diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index b94b2a453..69296ce03 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -10,16 +10,16 @@ # Hassan Najm , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1361,6 +1361,112 @@ msgid "" "messages `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "التثبيت " + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "عبر الإنترنت " @@ -1386,8 +1492,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" @@ -2931,8 +3037,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -4796,11 +4902,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -8878,64 +8984,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8944,7 +9054,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8952,13 +9062,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8970,23 +9080,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8996,7 +9106,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -9009,7 +9119,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -9019,13 +9129,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -9036,7 +9146,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -9045,58 +9155,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -9105,13 +9229,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -9120,171 +9244,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9294,7 +9418,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -9303,39 +9427,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "الإجراءات المؤتمتة " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -9344,63 +9468,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9410,7 +9534,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9418,7 +9542,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9426,21 +9550,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9449,7 +9575,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9457,7 +9583,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9465,92 +9591,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 9f2621d28..a2d4f45c9 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgstr "" "تحديثها في الوقت الفعلي: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Financial reports" @@ -1143,13 +1143,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"قد يكون سبب انقطاع الاتصال هو دعم أودو. في هذه الحال، تواصل مع فريق `الدعم " -"`_ مباشرة باستخدام معرف العميل أو مرجع الخطأ " -"المذكور في الدردشة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -3240,8 +3237,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -7651,7 +7648,7 @@ msgstr "قم بالإرجاع لاستعادة الـ 10 دولارات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -7780,9 +7777,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "أنواع الحسابات" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "الميزانية العمومية" @@ -7841,7 +7838,7 @@ msgstr "البطاقة الائتمانية" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:95 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "الالتزامات المتداولة " +msgstr "الالتزامات الجارية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:98 @@ -8326,6 +8323,9 @@ msgid "" " within one year. An example of a current liability is money owed to " "suppliers in the form of accounts payable." msgstr "" +"**الالتزامات الجارية** هي التزامات مالية قصيرة الأجل للشركة تستحق خلال عام " +"واحد. من الأمثلة على الالتزامات الجارية هي الأموال المستحقة للموردين على شكل" +" حسابات مستحقة الدفع. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 msgid "**Bank and cash accounts**" @@ -8337,6 +8337,8 @@ msgid "" "financial institution in which the financial transactions between the bank " "and a customer are recorded." msgstr "" +"**الحساب البنكي** هو حساب مالي يحتفظ به بنك أو مؤسسة مالية أخرى ويتم فيه " +"تسجيل المعاملات المالية بين البنك والعميل. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -8344,10 +8346,13 @@ msgid "" "transactions are recorded. The cash account includes both the cash receipts " "and the cash payment journals." msgstr "" +"قد يشير **الحساب النقدي** أو دفتر النقدية إلى دفتر الأستاذ الذي يتم فيه " +"تسجيل كافة المعاملات النقدية. يتضمن الحساب النقدي كلا من الإيصالات النقدية " +"ودفاتر يومية الدفع النقدي. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:115 msgid "**Expenses and income**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**النفقات والدخل** " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -8356,6 +8361,10 @@ msgid "" "obtaining something. Common expenses include supplier payments, employee " "wages, factory leases, and equipment depreciation." msgstr "" +"**النفقات** هي تكاليف العمليات التي تتحملها الشركة لتوليد الإيرادات. يتم " +"تعريفها ببساطة على أنها التكلفة التي يتعين على المرء إنفاقها للحصول على شيء " +"ما. تشمل النفقات الشائعة مدفوعات الموردين، وأجور الموظفين، وإيجار المصانع، " +"واستهلاك المعدات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -8363,6 +8372,8 @@ msgid "" "and other transfers of value received over a set period of time in exchange " "for services or products." msgstr "" +"يشير المصطلح \"**الدخل**\" عموماً إلى مقدار الأموال والممتلكات وغيرها من " +"تحويلات القيمة المستلمة خلال فترة زمنية محددة مقابل خدمات أو منتجات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 msgid "Example" @@ -8373,10 +8384,12 @@ msgid "" "\\*: Customer Refund and Customer Payment boxes cannot be simultaneously " "selected as they are contradictory." msgstr "" +"\\*: لا يمكن تحديد خيارَي رد أموال العميل ومدفوعات العميل في وقت واحد لأنهما" +" متناقضان. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:126 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الرصيد = الخصم - الائتمان " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -8384,17 +8397,22 @@ msgid "" " a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" +"يتم تسجيل كل مستند مالي للشركة (على سبيل المثال، فاتورة، كشف حساب بنكي، " +"إيصال دفع، عقد زيادة رأس المال) كقيد دفتر يومية، مما يؤثر على عدة حسابات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:140 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be balanced, the sum of all its debits must be equal " "to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" +" حتى تتم موازنة قيد اليومية، يجب أن يكون مجموع كافة خصوماتها مساوياً لمجموع " +"كافة الائتمانات الخاصة بها. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:145 msgid "" "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. (see entries.js)" msgstr "" +"أمثلة على القيود المحاسبية لمعاملات مختلفة. (ألقِ نظرة على entries.js) " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 @@ -8409,6 +8427,8 @@ msgid "" "of linking journal items of a specific account and matching credits and " "debits." msgstr "" +":doc:`Reconciliation <../../accounting/bank/reconciliation>` هي عملية ربط " +"عناصر دفتر اليومية الخاصة بحساب محدد ومطابقة الخصومات والائتمانات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -8416,49 +8436,53 @@ msgid "" "them as paid. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the accounts " "receivable account and/or the accounts payable account." msgstr "" +"الغرض الأساسي منه هو ربط المدفوعات بالفواتير ذات الصلة لتحديدها كمدفوعة. يتم" +" ذلك عن طريق إجراء تسوية على حساب الحسابات المدينة و/أو حساب الحسابات " +"المستحقة الدفع. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:158 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يتم تنفيذ التسوية تلقائياً بواسطة النظام عندما: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:160 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يتم تسجيل الدفع مباشرة في الفاتورة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:161 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" +"الروابط بين المدفوعات والفواتير يتم رصدها أثناء عملية المطابقة البنكية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مثال على كشف حساب العميل " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفاتورة 1 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 msgid "Partial payment 1/2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدفع الجزئي 1/2 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 msgid "70" -msgstr "" +msgstr "70" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفاتورة 2 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 msgid "65" -msgstr "" +msgstr "65" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 msgid "Partial payment 2/2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدفع الجزئي 2/2 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 msgid "30" @@ -8466,11 +8490,11 @@ msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عملية الدفع 2 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:182 msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفاتورة 3 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:186 @@ -8479,10 +8503,9 @@ msgstr "50" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:186 msgid "Total to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إجمالي المستحق دفعه " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "التسوية البنكية" @@ -8492,6 +8515,9 @@ msgid "" "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" +"التسوية البنكية هي عملية مطابقة بنود كشف الحساب البنكي (المقدمة من البنك " +"الذي تتعامل معه) مع المعاملات المسجلة داخلياً (المدفوعات إلى الموردين أو من " +"العملاء). لكل بند في كشف حساب البنك، يمكن أن يكون: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -8499,17 +8525,21 @@ msgid "" " a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank " "statement." msgstr "" +"**متطابقة مع دفعة مسجلة مسبقاً**: يتم تسجيل الدفعة عند استلام شيك من العميل،" +" ثم تتم مطابقتها عند التحقق من كشف الحساب البنكي. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:198 msgid "" "**recorded as a new payment**: the payment's journal entry is created and " "reconciled with the related invoice when processing the bank statement." msgstr "" +"**تسجيلها كدفعة جديدة**: يتم إنشاء قيد يومية الدفع ومطابقته مع الفاتورة ذات " +"الصلة عند معالجة كشف الحساب البنكي. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:200 msgid "" "**recorded as another transaction**: bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**مسجلة كمعاملة أخرى**: تحويل بنكي، رسوم مباشرة، وما إلى ذلك. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -8518,44 +8548,49 @@ msgid "" "balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " "balance." msgstr "" +"يجب أن يقوم أودو بتسوية معظم المعاملات تلقائياً؛ عدد قليل فقط يجب أن يحتاج " +"إلى مراجعة يدوية. عند الانتهاء من عملية التسوية البنكية، يجب أن يتطابق رصيد " +"الحساب البنكي في أودو مع رصيد كشف الحساب البنكي. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:209 msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التعامل مع الشيكات " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:211 msgid "" "There are two approaches to managing checks and internal wire transfers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "توجد طريقتان لإدارة الشيكات والتحويلات البنكية الداخلية: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:213 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اثنين من قيود دفتر اليومية والتسوية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:214 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قيد دفتر يومية واحد والتسوية البنكية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:218 msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" +"يتم إنشاء قيد اليومية الأول عن طريق تسجيل الدفعة في الفاتورة. يتم إنشاء " +"الثاني عند تسجيل كشف الحساب البنكي. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الفاتورة ABC " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أموال غير مودعة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الشيك 0123 " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -8563,6 +8598,8 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" +"يتم إنشاء قيد دفتر اليومية عن طريق تسجيل الدفعة في الفاتورة. عند تسوية كشف " +"الحساب البنكي، يتم ربط بند كشف الحساب بقيد دفتر اليومية الموجود. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 msgid "Bank Statement" @@ -8570,11 +8607,11 @@ msgstr "كشف الحساب البنكي " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:254 msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كشف الحساب XYZ " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 msgid "Multi-currency system" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نظام العملات المتعددة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8583,14 +8620,17 @@ msgid "" "can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your " "foreign currency activities." msgstr "" +"يتيح لك أودو إصدار فواتير العملاء واستلام فواتير المورّدين وتسجيل المعاملات " +"بعملات غير العملة الرئيسية التي تمت تهيئتها لشركتك. يمكنك أيضاً إعداد حسابات" +" بنكية بعملات أخرى وتشغيل تقارير عن أنشطتك بالعملة الأجنبية. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:20 msgid "Main currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "العملة الرئيسية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8599,10 +8639,13 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and changing the currency in the " ":guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." msgstr "" +"يتم تحديد **العملة الرئيسية** بشكل افتراضي وفقاً لدولة الشركة. يمكنك تغييرها" +" عن طريق الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات --> " +"العملات` وتغيير العملة في إعداد :guilabel:`العملة الرئيسية`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:29 msgid "Enable foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تمكين العملات الأجنبية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -8610,18 +8653,20 @@ msgid "" "enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` " "button." msgstr "" +"اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> العملات`، وقم بتمكين " +"العملات التي ترغب في استخدامها عن طريق تبديل زر :guilabel:`نشط`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتمكين العملات التي ترغب باستخدامها. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:41 msgid "Currency rates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أسعار صرف العملة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:44 msgid "Manual update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التحديث يدوياً " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8630,14 +8675,18 @@ msgid "" " the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` to create a new rate." msgstr "" +"لإنشاء سعر صرف العملة وتعيينه يدوياً، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> " +"التهيئة --> العملة`، ثك اضغط على العملة التي ترغب في تغيير سعر صرفها، وضمن " +"علامة تبويب :guilabel:`أسعار الصرف`، اضغط على :guilabel:`إضافة بند` لإنشاء " +"سعر صرف جديد. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإنشاء أو تعديل سعر صرف العملة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:55 msgid "Automatic update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التحديث تلقائياً " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -8646,6 +8695,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. By default, you have to click on" " the **Update now** button (:guilabel:`🗘`) to update the rates." msgstr "" +"عندما تقوم بتفعيل عملة ثانية للمرة الأولى، تظهر :guilabel:`أسعار صرف العملات" +" التلقائية` ضمن :menuselection:`لوحة بيانات المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> " +"الإعدادات --> العملات\". بشكل افتراضي، عليك الضغط على زر **التحديث الآن** " +"(:guilabel:`🗘`) لتحديث أسعار الصرف. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -8655,16 +8708,23 @@ msgid "" "service from which you want to retrieve the latest currency rates by " "clicking on the :guilabel:`Service` field." msgstr "" +"بوسع أودو تحديث أسعار الصرف على فترات منتظمة. للقيام بذلك، قم بتغيير " +":guilabel:`الفترة الزمنية` من :guilabel:`يدوياً` إلى :guilabel:`يومياً`، " +":guilabel:`أسبوعياً`، أو :guilabel:`شهرياً`. يمكنك أيضاً تحديد خدمة الويب " +"التي تريد استرداد أحدث أسعار صرف العملات منها عن طريق الضغط على حقل " +":guilabel:`الخدمة`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:69 msgid "Exchange difference entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قيود فروقات سعر الصرف " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:71 msgid "" "Odoo automatically records exchange differences entries on dedicated " "accounts, in a dedicated journal." msgstr "" +"يقوم أودو تلقائياً يتسجيل قيود فروقات أسعار الصرف في حسابات مخصصة لذلك، في " +"دفتر يومية مخصص لذلك. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -8673,6 +8733,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and editing the " ":guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Gain Account`, and :guilabel:`Loss Account`." msgstr "" +"يمكنك تحديد دفتر اليومية والحسابات التي سيتم استخدامها **لترحيل قيود فروقات " +"سعر الصرف** عن طريق الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> " +"الإعدادات --> الحسابات الافتراضية` وتحرير :guilabel:`دفتر اليومية` و " +":guilabel:`حساب الربح` و :guilabel:`حساب الخسارة`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -8682,12 +8746,18 @@ msgid "" "which Odoo automatically records in the default **Exchange Difference** " "journal." msgstr "" +"إذا تلقيت دفعة لفاتورة عميل بعد شهر واحد من إصدارها، فمن المحتمل أن يكون سعر" +" الصرف قد تغير منذ ذلك الحين. ولذلك، فإن هذا التقلب يعني بعض الربح أو " +"الخسارة بسبب فرق سعر الصرف، والذي يقوم أودو بتسجيله تلقائياً في دفتر اليومية" +" الافتراضي **فرق سعر الصرف**. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:89 msgid "" "Each account can have a set currency. By doing so, all moves relevant to the" " account are forced to have that account's currency." msgstr "" +"يمكن أن يكون لكل حساب عملة محددة. ومن خلال القيام بذلك، فإن كافة التحركات " +"ذات الصلة بالحساب ستضطر إلى الحصول على عملة هذا الحساب. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -8695,10 +8765,13 @@ msgid "" "Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. " "If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." msgstr "" +"للقيام بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> أشجار " +"الحسابات` وقم بتحديد عملة في حقل :guilabel:`عملة الحساب`. إذا تركت فارغة، " +"فسيتم التعامل مع كافة العملات النشطة عوضاً عن عملة واحدة فقط. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -8710,6 +8783,8 @@ msgid "" "If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles " "transactions in that currency." msgstr "" +"إذا تم تعيين عملة في **دفتر يومية**، فإن دفتر اليومية هذا يتعامل فقط مع " +"المعاملات بتلك العملة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -8717,33 +8792,38 @@ msgid "" "open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field " ":guilabel:`Currency`." msgstr "" +"للقيام بذلك، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> دفتر " +"اليومية`، وافتح دفتر اليومية التي ترغب في تحريره، وقم بتحديد عملة في حقل " +":guilabel:`العملة`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." -msgstr "" +msgstr "حدد العملة التي تريد من دفتر اليومية التعامل بها. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:113 msgid "Multi-currency accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المحاسبة بعملات متعددة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:118 msgid "Invoices, bills, and other documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فواتير العملاء وفواتير المورّدين والمستندات الأخرى " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:120 msgid "" "For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the " "transaction on the document itself." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة لكافة المستندات، يمكنك تحديد العملة ودفتر اليومية لاستخدامهما في " +"المعاملة على المستند نفسه. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتحديد العملة ودفتر اليومية الذان يجب استخدامهما. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 msgid "Payment registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تسجيل الدفع " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -8752,14 +8832,17 @@ msgid "" "and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` " "field." msgstr "" +"لتسجيل دفعة بعملة غير العملة الرئيسية لشركتك، اضغط على زر الدفع " +":guilabel:`تسجيل الدفع` في مستندك، وفي النافذة المنبثقة، حدد **العملة** في " +":guilabel: حقل \"المبلغ\". " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتحديد العملة ودفتر اليومية الذان يجب استخدامهما قبل تسجيل الدفع. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:143 msgid "Bank transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المعاملات البنكية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -8769,20 +8852,26 @@ msgid "" " your main currency for it to automatically get converted in the foreign " "currency in the :guilabel:`Amount in Currency field`." msgstr "" +"عند إنشاء أو استيراد المعاملات البنكية، يكون المبلغ بالعملة الرئيسية للشركة." +" لإدخال **عملة أجنبية**، قم بتحديد عملة في :guilabel:`العملة الأجنبية`. " +"بمجرد التحديد، قم بإدخال :guilabel:`المبلغ` بعملتك الرئيسية ليتم تحويله " +"تلقائياً بالعملة الأجنبية في :guilabel:`حقل المبلغ بالعملة`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "الحقول الإضافية المتعلقة بالعملات الأجنبية. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling, Odoo displays both the foreign currency amount and the " "equivalent amount in your company's main currency." msgstr "" +"عند التسوية، يقوم أودو بعرض المبلغ بالعملة الأجنبية وما يعادله بالعملة " +"الرئيسية لشركتك. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:160 msgid "Exchange rate journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قيود دفتر يومية أسعار صرف العملات " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -8790,18 +8879,20 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: " "Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" +"لرؤية **قيود دفتر يومية فروقات سعر الصرف**، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`لوحة " +"بيانات المحاسبة --> المحاسبة --> دفاتر اليومية: متنوعة`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قيد دفتر يومية سعر صرف العملة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 msgid "VAT units" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الوحدات الضريبية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ينطبق ذلك فقط على البيئات متعددة الشركات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8815,6 +8906,15 @@ msgid "" "specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " "companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." msgstr "" +"**الوحدة الضريبية** هي مجموعة من المؤسسات الخاضعة لضريبة القيمة المضافة " +"والمستقلة قانونياً عن بعضها البعض ولكنها مرتبطة ارتباطاً وثيقاً مالياً " +"وتنظيمياً واقتصادياً، وبالتالي تعتبر نفس المؤسسة الخاضعة لضريبة القيمة " +"المضافة. **الوحدات الضريبية** ليست إلزامية، ولكن في حالة إنشائها، يجب أن " +"تنتمي الشركات المكونة للوحدة إلى نفس **الدولة**، وتستخدم نفس **العملة**، " +"ويجب تعيين شركة واحدة لتكون الشركة **الممثلة **لـ **الوحدة الضريبية**. " +"**الوحدات الضريبية** تتلقى **معرفاً ضريبياً** محدداً مخصصاً فقط **للإقرارات " +"الضريبية**. تحتفظ **الشركات المكوِّنة** بـ **معرّفها الضريبي** المستخدم " +"**لأغراض **تجارية**. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8823,6 +8923,10 @@ msgid "" " two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " "taxes." msgstr "" +"تدين المؤسسة **A** بمبلغ 300.000,00 يورو من ضرائب ضريبة القيمة المضافة ويمكن" +" للمؤسسة **B** استرداد 280.000,00 يورو من ضرائب ضريبة القيمة المضافة. يتم " +"تشكيلها كوحدة **ضريبة القيمة المضافة** بحيث يتوازن المبلغان ويجب أن يدفعا " +"معاً مبلغ 20.000,00 يورو فقط من ضرائب ضريبة القيمة المضافة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8834,10 +8938,17 @@ msgid "" "report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " ":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." msgstr "" +"لتهيئة **وحدة ضريبة القيمة المضافة**، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`الإعدادات -->" +" الإعدادات العامة`، وقم بالتمرير لأسفل إلى قسم :guilabel:`الشركات`، واضغط " +"على :guilabel:`إدارة الشركات`. حدد الشركة التي ستقوم بدور **الممثل**، وفي " +"علامة التبويب :guilabel:`المعلومات العامة`، قم بملء الحقول الإلزامية لتصدير " +".XML عند تصدير **التقرير الضريبي**: :guilabel:`اسم الشركة`، " +":guilabel:`العنوان`، :guilabel:`ضريبة القيمة المضافة`، :guilabel:`العملة`، " +":guilabel:`الهاتف`، و :guilabel:`البريد الإلكتروني`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 msgid "General information tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "علامة تبويب المعلومات العامة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -8848,10 +8959,16 @@ msgid "" "serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " "unit**." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، اضغط على علامة تبويب :guilabel:`وحدات ضريبة القيمة المضافة`، وقم بـ" +" :guilabel:`إضافة بند`، وإما قم بتحديد **وحدة ضريبة القيمة المضافة** " +"الحالية، أو إنشاء وحدة جديدة. أدخل **اسماً** للوحدة، و :guilabel:`دولة` " +"الشركات المكوِّنة والتقرير الضريبي، و :guilabel:`الشركات`، و " +":guilabel:`الشركة الرئيسية` التي تلعب دور **الممثل** ، و :guilabel:`المعرف " +"الضريبي` لـ **وحدة ضريبة القيمة المضافة**. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 msgid "VAT units tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "علامة تبويب الوحدات الضريبية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 msgid "Fiscal position" @@ -8890,6 +9007,8 @@ msgid "" "Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " "this process for **each** constituent company on your database." msgstr "" +"قم بالشيء ذاته مع علامة تبويب :guilabel:`تخطيط الحساب` إذا لزم الأمر، وكرر " +"هذه العملية لكل شركة مكوِّنة في قاعدة البيانات الخاصة بك. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -8932,10 +9051,15 @@ msgid "" " contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " "export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." msgstr "" +"بوسع الشركة **الممثلة** الوصول إلى التقرير الضريبي المجمع لـ **الوحدة " +"الضريبية** عن طريق الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> إعداد التقارير " +"--> التقارير الضريبية`، واختيار **الوحدة الضريبية** في :guilabel:`الوحدة " +"الضريبية`. يحتوي هذا التقرير على المعاملات المجمعة لكافة **المكونات** ويحتوي" +" تصدير XML. على اسم ورقم ضريبة القيمة المضافة للشركة **الرئيسية**. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 msgid "VAT unit tax report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التقرير الضريبي للوحدة الضريبية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 msgid "Payments" @@ -8943,22 +9067,23 @@ msgstr "المدفوعات" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -8966,9 +9091,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -8984,174 +9106,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -10191,91 +10333,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -10462,69 +10519,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "الولايات المتحدة" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -10532,11 +10595,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -10544,7 +10607,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -10741,176 +10804,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "الربح والخسارة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "الملخص التنفيذي" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -10920,10 +10996,14 @@ msgstr "دفتر الأستاذ العام" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -10933,8 +11013,12 @@ msgstr "حسابات دائنة مستحقة متأخرة " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -10943,32 +11027,44 @@ msgstr "المتأخر المدين" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "كشف التدفقات النقدية" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "التقرير الضريبي " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" @@ -14943,7 +15039,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -14962,6 +15058,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -18720,7 +18820,7 @@ msgstr "" "by default." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "Document types" @@ -18829,7 +18929,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "document types grouped by letters." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "Use on invoices" @@ -19046,7 +19146,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "الاستخدام والاختبار " @@ -20688,7 +20788,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" @@ -21731,7 +21831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -21774,7 +21874,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Phone`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -22481,8 +22581,8 @@ msgstr "" "Adds the *Propuesta F29* and *Balance Tributario (8 columnas)* reports." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi`" @@ -22517,8 +22617,8 @@ msgstr "" " Internos)` regulations." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_exports`" @@ -22535,12 +22635,10 @@ msgstr "" "Internos)` and customs regulations." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" @@ -22556,23 +22654,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." @@ -22580,7 +22668,7 @@ msgstr "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -22592,13 +22680,13 @@ msgstr "" "`_" " certification process." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "معلومات الشركة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" @@ -22606,35 +22694,35 @@ msgstr "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Company Name`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Address`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Street`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr ":guilabel:`City`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr ":guilabel:`State`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr ":guilabel:`ZIP`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Country`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." @@ -22642,11 +22730,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." @@ -22654,11 +22742,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "Accounting settings" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" @@ -22666,37 +22754,37 @@ msgstr "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr ":ref:`Fiscal information `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr ":ref:`Signature certificates `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "Fiscal information" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" @@ -22704,7 +22792,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" @@ -22712,15 +22800,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" @@ -22728,15 +22816,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "Electronic invoice data" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -22748,11 +22836,11 @@ msgstr "" "Internos)`. In this mode, the direct connection flows can be tested, with " "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -22766,15 +22854,15 @@ msgstr "" "will not appear in this mode. Every internal validation can be tested in " "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" @@ -22782,11 +22870,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "Required information for electronic invoice." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "DTE incoming email server" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -22802,41 +22890,41 @@ msgstr "" "want to use *Email Box Electronic Invoicing* as the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " +"email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " +"documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" +"In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " +"email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " +"documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" -"In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " -"email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " -"documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr "" -"In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " -"email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " -"documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 -msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr ":guilabel:`POP Server`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " @@ -22846,18 +22934,18 @@ msgstr "" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " +"to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" +" can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " +"to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" +" can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " -"to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" -" can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " -"to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" -" can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 -msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " "suppliers, and communications from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -22874,19 +22962,19 @@ msgstr "" "Impuestos Internos)` site in the section: *ACTUALIZACION DE DATOS DEL " "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." @@ -22894,11 +22982,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." @@ -22906,7 +22994,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " @@ -22916,36 +23004,36 @@ msgstr "" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "الشهادة " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " +"electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " +"Signature Certificates` under the :guilabel:`Signature Certificates` " +"section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" +msgstr "" +"A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " +"electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " +"Signature Certificates` under the :guilabel:`Signature Certificates` " +"section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" -"A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " -"electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " -"Signature Certificates` under the :guilabel:`Signature Certificates` " -"section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" -msgstr "" -"A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " -"electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " -"Signature Certificates` under the :guilabel:`Signature Certificates` " -"section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 -msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " @@ -22955,7 +23043,7 @@ msgstr "" "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -22969,13 +23057,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "تهيئة الشهادة الرقمية. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "العملات المتعددة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -22989,12 +23077,12 @@ msgstr "" "an :guilabel:`Interval` for when the rate is automatically updated, or to " "select another :guilabel:`Service`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "Partner information" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -23006,40 +23094,40 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contacts` app to do so and fill in the following fields on a" " new or existing contact form." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " +"displays, if any." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " +"displays, if any." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" -":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " -"displays, if any." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " -"displays, if any." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 -msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." msgstr "" @@ -23050,7 +23138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." @@ -23058,7 +23146,7 @@ msgstr "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -23072,7 +23160,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "Chilean fiscal document types list." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." @@ -23080,11 +23168,11 @@ msgstr "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." @@ -23092,7 +23180,7 @@ msgstr "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." @@ -23100,21 +23188,21 @@ msgstr "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Ventas Santiago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Ventas Valparaiso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." @@ -23122,15 +23210,15 @@ msgstr "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Cashier 1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Cashier 2." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -23142,19 +23230,19 @@ msgstr "" "accounting transactions that are not related to vendor bills. This " "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "Tax payments to the government." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Employees payments." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "إنشاء دفتر يومية للمبيعات " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " @@ -23164,7 +23252,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." @@ -23172,34 +23260,34 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " +"electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " +"Otherwise, if the journal is used for invoices imported from a previous " +"system or if you are using the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " +"portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " +"electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " +"Otherwise, if the journal is used for invoices imported from a previous " +"system or if you are using the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " +"portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " -"electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " -"Otherwise, if the journal is used for invoices imported from a previous " -"system or if you are using the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." +":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" +" types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " -"electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " -"Otherwise, if the journal is used for invoices imported from a previous " -"system or if you are using the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." +":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" +" types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" -" types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " -"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " -"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" -" types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " -"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " -"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 -msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " ":guilabel:`Accounting Information` section. Configuring these fields is " @@ -23210,11 +23298,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Information` section. Configuring these fields is " "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -23228,7 +23316,7 @@ msgstr "" "issuer with the folios/sequences authorized for the electronic invoice " "documents." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -23242,18 +23330,18 @@ msgstr "" "you only need one active :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` per document" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the `SII documentation " +"`_ to check the details on how " +"to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." +msgstr "" +"Please refer to the `SII documentation " +"`_ to check the details on how " +"to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" -"Please refer to the `SII documentation " -"`_ to check the details on how " -"to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." -msgstr "" -"Please refer to the `SII documentation " -"`_ to check the details on how " -"to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 -msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " "(certification mode). Make sure you have the correct :abbr:`CAF (Folio " @@ -23264,11 +23352,11 @@ msgstr "" "(certification mode). Make sure you have the correct :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "Upload CAF files" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -23286,56 +23374,56 @@ msgstr "" "upload your :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` file by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " +"when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " +"the first folio in the sequence." +msgstr "" +"Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " +"when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " +"the first folio in the sequence." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" -"Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " -"when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " -"the first folio in the sequence." +"The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " +"Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " +"previous system, the next valid folio has to be set when the first " +"transaction is created." msgstr "" -"Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " -"when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " -"the first folio in the sequence." +"The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " +"Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " +"previous system, the next valid folio has to be set when the first " +"transaction is created." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" -"The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " -"Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " -"previous system, the next valid folio has to be set when the first " -"transaction is created." +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" msgstr "" -"The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " -"Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " -"previous system, the next valid folio has to be set when the first " -"transaction is created." +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " -"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " -"in:" -msgstr "" -"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " -"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " -"in:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "Default Account Payable" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "Default Account Receivable" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "حسابات وسيطة " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "معدل التحويل " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " @@ -23345,29 +23433,29 @@ msgstr "" "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "Electronic invoice workflow" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -23383,11 +23471,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "Customer invoice emission" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -23405,7 +23493,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "Customer invoice document type selection." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " @@ -23415,12 +23503,12 @@ msgstr "" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "Validation and DTE status" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " @@ -23430,7 +23518,7 @@ msgstr "" "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." @@ -23438,7 +23526,7 @@ msgstr "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -23450,7 +23538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -23468,7 +23556,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "Transition of DTE status flow." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -23486,7 +23574,7 @@ msgstr "" "via email. Then, the :guilabel:`DTE status` is updated to :guilabel:`Ask for" " Status`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -23504,7 +23592,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -23518,7 +23606,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "Electronic invoice data statuses." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" @@ -23526,7 +23614,7 @@ msgstr "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." @@ -23534,7 +23622,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " @@ -23544,7 +23632,7 @@ msgstr "" "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -23558,15 +23646,15 @@ msgstr "" "in Odoo, the details are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server" " is processed." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." @@ -23574,7 +23662,7 @@ msgstr "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Post the invoice again." @@ -23582,11 +23670,11 @@ msgstr "Post the invoice again." msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "Message when an invoice is rejected." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Crossed references" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -23606,14 +23694,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "Crossed referenced document(s)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "Invoice PDF report" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -23627,7 +23715,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "SII Validation fiscal elements." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " @@ -23637,23 +23725,23 @@ msgstr "" "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "Commercial validation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." @@ -23661,7 +23749,7 @@ msgstr "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." @@ -23669,11 +23757,11 @@ msgstr "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "Processed for claimed invoices" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -23691,12 +23779,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Common errors" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -23820,47 +23908,47 @@ msgstr "" "**Hint:** there are just five reasons why this error could show up and all " "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " +"missing." +msgstr "" +"The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " +"missing." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 +msgid "" +"The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" +" or missing." +msgstr "" +"The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" +" or missing." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " +"Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " +"missing." +msgstr "" +"The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " +"Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " +"missing." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 -msgid "" -"The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " -"missing." -msgstr "" -"The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " -"missing." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 -msgid "" -"The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" -" or missing." -msgstr "" -"The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" -" or missing." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 -msgid "" -"The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " -"Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " -"missing." -msgstr "" -"The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " -"Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " -"missing." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Credit notes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -23882,16 +23970,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "حالات الاستخدام " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "Cancel referenced document" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -23911,11 +23999,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "Credit note canceling the referenced document." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "Correct referenced document" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -23935,7 +24023,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "Credit note correcting referenced document text." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -23947,7 +24035,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." @@ -23955,11 +24043,11 @@ msgstr "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "Corrects referenced document amount" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -23979,12 +24067,12 @@ msgstr "" "Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference " "code 3." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "Debit notes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " @@ -23994,11 +24082,11 @@ msgstr "" "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "Add debt on invoices" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -24012,7 +24100,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -24024,17 +24112,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "Cancel credit notes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -24050,7 +24138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " @@ -24060,7 +24148,7 @@ msgstr "" "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." @@ -24068,19 +24156,19 @@ msgstr "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Reception" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" @@ -24088,25 +24176,25 @@ msgstr "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Acceptation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -24122,11 +24210,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "Button for accepting vendor bills." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "المطالبة" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -24148,7 +24236,7 @@ msgstr "" "Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is commercially\n" "rejected." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -24160,12 +24248,12 @@ msgstr "" " claimed documents should be canceled as they won't be valid for your " "accounting records." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "Delivery guide" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -24177,30 +24265,30 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery " "Guide`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " +":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " +"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module is " +"installed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " +":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " +"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module is " +"installed." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " -":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " -"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module is " -"installed." +"The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " +"(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " +"Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " -":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " -"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module is " -"installed." +"The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " +"(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " +"Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" -"The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " -"(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " -"Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." -msgstr "" -"The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " -"(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " -"Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 -msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " "setting up master data, etc.), delivery guides need their own :abbr:`CAFs " @@ -24215,7 +24303,7 @@ msgstr "" "` to check the details on how to acquire the " ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" @@ -24223,27 +24311,27 @@ msgstr "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " +"the sales order and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " +"the sales order and shows it on the document." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " +"product template and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " +"product template and shows it on the document." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " -"the sales order and shows it on the document." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " -"the sales order and shows it on the document." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " -"product template and shows it on the document." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " -"product template and shows it on the document." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" @@ -24253,11 +24341,11 @@ msgstr "" "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "Delivery guide from a sales process" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." @@ -24265,7 +24353,7 @@ msgstr "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -24279,7 +24367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" @@ -24287,7 +24375,7 @@ msgstr "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -24301,7 +24389,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "First Delivery Guide number warning message." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -24317,11 +24405,11 @@ msgstr "" "correctly generated, Odoo takes the next available number in the :abbr:`CAF " "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "After the delivery guide is created:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -24329,8 +24417,8 @@ msgstr "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -24340,7 +24428,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -24352,7 +24440,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` immediately, press the :guilabel:`Send now" " to SII` button." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -24364,7 +24452,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -24376,11 +24464,11 @@ msgstr "" "remember to manually add the :guilabel:`pdf417gen` library mentioned in the " ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "Electronic receipt" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -24390,20 +24478,20 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " +":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " +"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`E-invoicing Delivery Guide` " +"module is installed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " +":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " +"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`E-invoicing Delivery Guide` " +"module is installed." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " -":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " -"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`E-invoicing Delivery Guide` " -"module is installed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " -":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " -"dependency automatically when the :guilabel:`E-invoicing Delivery Guide` " -"module is installed." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 -msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " "setting up master data, etc.), electronic receipts need their own " @@ -24418,7 +24506,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -24438,7 +24526,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "Electronic Receipt module." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -24458,7 +24546,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -24474,11 +24562,11 @@ msgstr "" "correctly, make sure to edit the :guilabel:`Document Type` and change to " ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "After the receipt is posted:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -24490,33 +24578,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" +" action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " +"(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` immediately, press the :guilabel:`Send now" +" to SII` button." +msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" +" action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " +"(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` immediately, press the :guilabel:`Send now" +" to SII` button." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" -" action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " -"(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` immediately, press the :guilabel:`Send now" -" to SII` button." +"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " +"follows the same process." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" -" action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " -"(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` immediately, press the :guilabel:`Send now" -" to SII` button." +"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " +"follows the same process." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 -msgid "" -"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " -"follows the same process." -msgstr "" -"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " -"follows the same process." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "Electronic export of goods" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -24528,7 +24616,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for" " Chile`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." @@ -24536,7 +24624,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -24552,7 +24640,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentation ` to check the details on how to " "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " @@ -24562,7 +24650,7 @@ msgstr "" "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "Contact configurations" @@ -24570,11 +24658,11 @@ msgstr "Contact configurations" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "Chilean customs" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -24588,11 +24676,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "Chilean customs fields." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "PDF report" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -24608,11 +24696,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -24624,7 +24712,7 @@ msgstr "" "level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" " time." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -24642,11 +24730,11 @@ msgstr "Location of the Reporte Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas." msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -24660,7 +24748,7 @@ msgstr "" "Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the transactions related to VAT, " "improving its control and declaration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." @@ -24668,7 +24756,7 @@ msgstr "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -24682,7 +24770,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -24696,7 +24784,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -27303,7 +27391,7 @@ msgstr "هذه الأكواد سرية ويجب تخزينها بأمان. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "التهيئة في أودو " @@ -29113,7 +29201,6 @@ msgstr "" "section." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -36698,11 +36785,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" -"The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " -"<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -37428,16 +37512,12 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "إسبانيا " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" @@ -37453,15 +37533,12 @@ msgstr "PGCE Entitades" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." @@ -37469,30 +37546,42 @@ msgstr "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "سويسرا" @@ -39553,7 +39642,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -39976,7 +40065,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -40601,17 +40690,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 @@ -40623,12 +40721,16 @@ msgid "" "`Mollie `_ is an online payments platform " "established in the Netherlands." msgstr "" +"`Mollie `_ is an online payments platform " +"established in the Netherlands." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:16 msgid "" "Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " "which comprise:" msgstr "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " +"which comprise:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -40641,6 +40743,8 @@ msgid "" "You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " "the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." msgstr "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -40648,6 +40752,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " "Key**." msgstr "" +"To retrieve your API key, log into your Mollie account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " +"Key**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -40655,6 +40762,9 @@ msgid "" "**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " "rather than on your main database." msgstr "" +"If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:3 msgid "Ogone" @@ -41898,6 +42008,11 @@ msgid "" "authentication options require :ref:`credits `. If you " "do not have any credits left, the authentication steps will be skipped." msgstr "" +"As the owner of a document, you may request an :guilabel:`Extra " +"Authentication Step` through :ref:`SMS verification ` or via " +":ref:`Itsme® ` (available in Belgium and the Netherlands). Both " +"authentication options require :ref:`credits `. If you " +"do not have any credits left, the authentication steps will be skipped." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../general/in_app_purchase>`" @@ -41960,7 +42075,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:189 msgid "Itsme®" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Itsme®" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -41968,6 +42083,9 @@ msgid "" "identity using itsme®. This feature is only available in **Belgium** and the" " **Netherlands**." msgstr "" +"Itsme® authentication can be used to allow signatories to provide their " +"identity using itsme®. This feature is only available in **Belgium** and the" +" **Netherlands**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -41977,6 +42095,11 @@ msgid "" "Roles`. Click in the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the " "role, and select :guilabel:`Via itsme®`." msgstr "" +"The feature can be enabled in :guilabel:`Sign Settings` and applies " +"automatically to the :guilabel:`Customer (identified with itsme®)` role. To " +"enable it for other roles, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> " +"Roles`. Click in the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the " +"role, and select :guilabel:`Via itsme®`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -41987,7 +42110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" -msgstr "" +msgstr "select customer identified with itsme®" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -41996,6 +42119,10 @@ msgid "" "Document`, triggering a :guilabel:`Final verification` page where " "authentication via itsme® is required." msgstr "" +"Upon signing the document, the signer completes the :guilabel:`Signature` " +"field and proceeds by clicking on :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed " +"Document`, triggering a :guilabel:`Final verification` page where " +"authentication via itsme® is required." #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:210 msgid "Signatory hash" @@ -42081,7 +42208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:261 msgid "Field types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أنواع الحقول " #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:263 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 1db4bff04..1b60d5136 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Niyas Raphy, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4897,43 +4897,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5225,73 +5188,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "التذاكر " -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "الاشتراكات " -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5302,31 +5410,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5340,13 +5448,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5355,7 +5463,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5363,6 +5471,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "تغيير كلمة المرور" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 7a2108bef..f9ab1d64a 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,16 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -146,154 +146,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "إضافة موظف جديد" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "السيرة الذاتية " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -301,234 +364,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "المهارات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "أنواع المهارات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -537,92 +655,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -631,113 +724,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -745,35 +865,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "المستندات" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -782,11 +885,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "الإعدادات" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "الراتب " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "الشؤون المالية " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "العقد" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "الخدمات" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "عرض القائمة" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "كشوف المرتبات " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -798,7 +2125,7 @@ msgstr "" "تطبيقات أودو الأخرى، مثل *الموظفين* و *الجداول الزمنية* و *الإجازات* و " "*الحضور*. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -811,11 +2138,7 @@ msgstr "" " المحلية، ويسمح بتعيين الرواتب. تهيئة كشوف المرتبات مهمة لضمان معالجة " "إيصالات الدفع بدقة وفي الوقت المحدد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "الإعدادات" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" @@ -825,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> الإعدادات`. يتم هنا تحديد ما إذا كان قد تم ترحيل إيصالات الدفع في " "المحاسبة أم لا، وما إذا كان قد تم إنشاء مدفوعات SEPA أم لا. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -844,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "الإعدادات المتاحة لكشوف المرتبات. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -857,12 +2180,31 @@ msgstr "" "الدولة عند إنشاء قاعدة البيانات. لا ننصح بتعديل إعدادات الأقلمة إلى عند " "الضرورة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "قيود العمل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -874,15 +2216,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`الإجازات المرضية` أو :guilabel:`التدريب` أو :guilabel:`الإجازات " "الرسمية`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "أنواع قيود العمل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -894,39 +2236,40 @@ msgstr "" " قيد العمل`. يتم إنشاء قائمة :guilabel:`أنواع قيود العمل` تلقائياً بناءً على" " إعدادات الأقلمة المعدة في قاعدة البيانات. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -"لعرض أنواع قيود العمل الحالية المتاحة، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف " -"المرتبات --> التهيئة --> أنواع قيود العمل`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" -"كل نوع قيد عمل يحتوي على كود ليساعد في إنشاء إيصالات الدفع، وليضمن أن كافة " -"الضرائب والرسوم قد تم إدخالها بشكل صحيح. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." -msgstr "قائمة بكافة أنواع قيود العمل المتاحة حالياً. " +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "نوع قيد عمل جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -"لإنشاء نوع قيد عمل جديد، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء`. قم بإدخال المعلومات " -"في الاستمارة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -934,55 +2277,57 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`اسم نوع قيد العمل`: يجب أن يكون الاسم واضحاً ووصفياً، مثل `إجازة " "مرضية` أو `إجازة رسمية`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الكود`: يظهر هذا الكود مع نوع قيد العمل في الجداول الزمنية " -"وإيصالات الدفع. بما أن الكود يُستخدم مع تطبيق *المحاسبة*، نوصي بمراجعة قسم " -"المحاسبة لاستخدام الكود الصحيح. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`التسلسل`: يحدد التسلسل الترتيب الذي يتم احتساب قيد العمل وفقاً " -"له، في قائمة إيصال الدفع. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -"مربعات الاختيار: إذا كان أي من العناصر في القائمة ينطبق على قيد العمل، قم " -"بتحديد مربع الاختيار عن طريق الضغط عليه. إذا كان مربع :guilabel:`إجازة` " -"محدداً، سيظهر حقل :guilabel:`نوع الإجازة`. يحتوي هذا الحقل على قائمة منسدلة " -"لتحديد نوع الإجازة المحدد، أو يمكن إدخال نوع إجازة جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "استمارة قيد عمل جديد. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`التقريب`: تحدد طريقة التقريب كيفية عرض قيود الجداول الزمنية في " -"إيصال الدفع. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr ":guilabel:`دون تقريب`: لا يتم تعديل قيد الجداول الزمنية. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." @@ -990,14 +2335,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`نصف يوم`: يتم تقريب قيد الجداول الزمنية إلى أقرب قيمة لنصف اليوم." " " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`يوم`: يتم تقريب قيد الجداول الزمنية إلى أقرب قيمة لليوم الكامل. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -1012,55 +2357,129 @@ msgstr "" " تعيين :guilabel:`التقريب` إلى :guilabel:`نصف يوم`، يتم تغيير القيد إلى 4 " "ساعات. إذا تم تعيينه إلى :guilabel:`يوم`، سوف يتم تغييره إلى 8 ساعات. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" -msgstr "أوقات العمل " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -"لعرض أوقات العمل المهيأة حالياً، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات --> " -"التهيئة --> أوقات العمل`. ستجد أوقات العمل المتاحة لعقود الموظفين وقيود " -"العمل في هذه القائمة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" -"أوقات العمل تكون خاصةً بالشركة. يجب أن تقوم كل شركة بتحديد كل نوع وقت عمل " -"تستخدمه. على سبيل المثال، يجب أن يكون لقاعدة بيانات أودو تحتوي على عدة شركات" -" تستخدم نظام عمل الـ 40 ساعة على قيد وقت عمل منفصل لكل شركة تستخدم نظام " -"أسبوع عمل مكون من 40 ساعة. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." -msgstr "كافة أوقات العمل المعدة حالياً في قاعدة البيانات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" -msgstr "وقت العمل الجديد " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 -msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" -"لإنشاء وقت عمل جديد، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء`. قم بإدخال المعلومات في " -"الاستمارة. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." -msgstr "استمارة نوع عمل جديد. " +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1072,7 +2491,7 @@ msgstr "" "بعد ذلك، قم بإجراء تعديلات على الأيام والأوقات التي تنطبق على وقت العمل " "الجديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1086,7 +2505,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`العمل من` و :guilabel:`العمل إلى` يتم تعديلها عن طريق كتابة " "الوقت. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -1094,24 +2513,22 @@ msgstr "" "يجب أن تكون أوقات :guilabel:`العمل من` و :guilabel:`العمل إلى` بتنسيق الـ 24" " ساعة. على سبيل المثال، `2:00 مساءً` سيتم إدخالها كـ `14:00`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"إذا كان وقت العمل أسبوعين، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`التبديل لتقويم الأسبوعين` " -"ينشئ ذلك قيوداً لـ :guilabel:`أسبوع زوجي` و :guilabel:`أسبوع فردي`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "الراتب " +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "أنواع الهياكل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1127,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "الموظف أجراً وساعات العمل، وإذا كان الأجر مبنياً على راتب (ثابت) أو عدد " "الساعات التي يعملها الموظف (متغير). " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1137,15 +2554,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"يمكن رؤية أنواع الهياكل المختلفة عن طريق الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف " -"المرتبات --> التهيئة --> أنواع الهياكل`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1158,30 +2573,171 @@ msgstr "" "*الأجر بالساعة*. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." -msgstr "قائمة بكافة أنواع الهياكل. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" -"اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء` لإنشاء نوع هيكل جديد. معظم الحقول يتم إنشاؤها " -"تلقائياً، ولكن يمكن تحرير كافة الحقول. بمجرد أن قد تم تحرير كافة الحقول، " -"اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات، أو اضغط على :guilabel:`إهمال` " -"لحذف القيد. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." -msgstr "صندوق نوع الهيكل الجديد. " +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "الهياكل " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -1189,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "" "*هياكل الرواتب* هي الطرق المختلفة التي يتقاضى فيها الموظفون رواتبهم ضمن " "*هيكل* محدد وتكون محددة بواسطة قواعد خاصة مختلفة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1200,19 +2756,13 @@ msgstr "" "المختلفة للموظفين وكيفية احتساب رواتبهم. على سبيل المثال، من الهياكل الشائعة" " التي قد تكون مفيدة هي `الحافز`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -"لعرض كافة الهياكل لكل نوع هيكل، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات --> " -"التهيئة --> الهياكل`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "كافة هياكل الرواتب المتاحة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -1221,7 +2771,11 @@ msgstr "" "كل :ref:`نوع هيكل ` يحتوي على قائمة بمختلف الهياكل " "المرتبطة به. يحتوي كل هيكل على مجموعة من القواعد التي تحدده. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "كافة هياكل الرواتب المتاحة. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -1230,60 +2784,45 @@ msgstr "" "يقوم بحساب قيمة إيصال الدفع للموظف. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "القواعد" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -"يحتوي كل هيكل على مجموعة من *قواعد الراتب* لاتباعها لأغراض محاسبية. تتم " -"تهيئة هذه القواعد عن طريق الأقلمة، وتؤثر على تطبيق *المحاسبة*، ولذلك لا يجب " -"إجراء التعديلات على القواعد الافتراضية أو إنشاء قواعد جديدة إلى عند الضرورة." -" " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -"لعرض كافة القواعد، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`تطبيق كشوف المرتبات --> التهيئة " -"--> القواعد`. اضغط على هيكل (مثل :guilabel:`الدفع المنتظم`) لعرض كافة " -"القواعد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "القواعد لكل نوع لهيكل الراتب. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -"لإنشاء قاعدة جديدة، :guilabel:`إنشاء`. ستظهر استمارة قاعدة جديدة أدخل " -"المعلومات في الحقول ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "قم بإدخال المعلومات لقاعدة جديدة. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "الحقول المطلوبة لقاعدة هي: " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`الاسم`: قم بإدخال اسم للقاعدة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1291,16 +2830,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`الفئة`: اختر الفئة التي تنطبق عليها القاعدة من القائمة المنسدلة، " "أو قم بإدخال واحدة جديدة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`الكود`: قم بإدخال كود سيتم استخدامه لهذه القاعدة. نوصي بالتنسيق " -"مع قسم المحاسبة، حيث إن هذا الكود سيؤثر عليهم. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1308,7 +2845,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`هيكل الراتب`: اختر هيكل الراتب الذي تنطبق عليه القاعدة من القائمة" " المنسدلة، أو قم بإدخال واحد جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1317,7 +2854,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1330,78 +2867,75 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`كود بايثون`. بناءً على ما قمت بتحديده، يجب إدخال المبلغ الثابت " "أو النسبة أو كود بايثون تالياً. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "معايير القاعدة " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -"حالياً، خاصية :guilabel:`معايير القاعدة` الموجودة داخل قائمة " -":menuselection:`تطبيق كشوف المرتبات --> التهيئة` لا تزال قيد التطوير ويمكن " -"استخدامها في حالة واحدة فقط للأسواق البلجيكية. سيتم تحديث الوثائق عندما " -"يتوسع هذا القسم ليشمل أسواقاً أكثر. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "أنواع المدخلات الأخرى " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -"عند إنشاء إيصالات الدفع، من الضروري أحياناً إضافة قيود أخرى في حالات محددة، " -"كالنفقات أو التعويض أو الخصومات. يمكن تهيئة هذه المدخلات الأخرى عن طريق " -"الذهاب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات --> التهيئة --> أنواع المدخلات " -"الأخرى`. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "أنواع الإدخال الأخرى لكشف المرتبات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" -"لإنشاء نوع مدخلات جديد، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء`. قم بإدخال " -":guilabel:`الوصف` و :guilabel:`الكود`، وأي الهياكل ينطبق عليها في حقل " -":guilabel:`التوافر في الهيكل`. اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات، " -"أو اضغط على :guilabel:`إهمال` لحذف القيد. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "إنشاء نوع مدخلات جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "أداة تهيئة باقة الراتب " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -"الخيارات المتعددة تحت قسم :guilabel:`أداة تهيئة باقة الراتب` لقائمة " -":menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات --> التهيئة` كلها تؤثر على راتب الموظف " -"المحتمل. تلك الأجزاء (:guilabel:`المزايا`و :guilabel:`المعلومات الشخصية` و " -":guilabel:`السيرة الذاتية`) تحدد أي الفوائد يمكن عرضها للموظف ضمن باقة " -"الراتب. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1414,56 +2948,61 @@ msgstr "" "الإلكتروني، ستؤثر الأقسام تحت :guilabel:`أداة تهيئة باقة الراتب` مباشرة على" " ما يراه المتقدم للوظيفة، وما يتم إنشاؤه عندما يقوم بإدخال معلوماته. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "الفوائد " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -"عند عرض منصب لموظف محتمل، يمكن أن تكون هناك *مزايا* محددة في أودو إضافة إلى " -"الراتب لجعل العرض مغرياً أكثر (كأيام الإجازة الإضافية أو استخدام سيارة " -"الشركة أو رد الأموال عند دفع فواتير الهاتف والإنترنت، وما إلى ذلك). " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" -"لرؤية المزايا، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات --> التهيئة --> " -"المزايا`. المزايا مجمعة حسب :guilabel:`نوع الهيكل`. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "الإعدادات متاحة لكشوف المرتبات. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -"لإنشاء ميزة جديدة، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إنشاء`. قم بإدخال المعلومات في " -"الحقول، ثم اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ التغييرات، أو اضغط على " -":guilabel:`إهمال` لحذف القيد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "قائمة المزايا التي يمكن للموظف الحصول عليها. " +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" -msgstr "الحقول المطلوبة للميزة هي: " +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr ":guilabel:`الاسم`: قم بإدخال الاسم للميزة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." @@ -1471,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`حقل الميزة`: اختر من القائمة المنسدلة في أي حقول إيصال الدفع تظهر" " هذه الميزة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1482,7 +3021,7 @@ msgstr "" "بين :guilabel:`الفائدة الشهرية كنوع`، :guilabel:`صافي الفوائد الشهرية`، " ":guilabel:`الفوائد الشهرية نقداً`، أو :guilabel:`الفوائد السنوية نقداً`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." @@ -1490,101 +3029,147 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`نوع هيكل الراتب`: اختر من القائمة المنسدلة أي أنواع هياكل الرواتب" " تنتمي إليه هذه الميزة. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "قائمة المزايا التي يمكن للموظف الحصول عليها. " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "المعلومات الشخصية " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -"لدى كل موظف في أودو *بطاقة موظف* تشمل كافة معلوماته الشخصية وسيرته الذاتية " -"ومعلومات العمل والمستندات. لعرض بطاقة الموظف، اذهب إلى لوحة البيانات " -"الرئيسية لتطبيق :menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات` واضغط على بطاقة الموظف، أو " -"اذهب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات --> الموظفون --> الموظفون` واضغط على " -"بطاقة الموظف. يمكن عرض بطاقات الموظفين أيضاً عن طريق الذهاب إلى تطبيق " -":menuselection:`الموظفين`. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "يمكن اعتبار بطاقة الموظف كملف الموظف. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." msgstr "" -"يحتوي قسم *المعلومات الشخصية* على كافة الحقول المتاحة لإدخالها في بطاقة " -"الموظف. للوصول إلى هذا القسم، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`كشوف المرتبات --> " -"التهيئة --> المعلومات الشخصية`. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." -msgstr "المعلومات الشخصية التي تظهر في بطاقات الموظفين لإدخالها. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" -"لتحرير قيد، قم بتحديده من القائمة. ثم اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تحرير` وعدل على" -" القيد. عند الانتهاء، اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ` أو :guilabel:`إهمال` لحفظ " -"المعلومات أو إلغاء التغييرات. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "قيد معلومات شخصية جديد. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" -"أهم حقلين في استمارة المعلومات الشخصية هما :guilabel:`مطلوب` و " -":guilabel:`نوع العرض`. يؤدي تحديد مربع :guilabel:`مطلوب` إلى جعل الحقل " -"إلزامياً في بطاقة الموظف. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" -" القائمة المنسدلة :guilabel:`نوع العرض` تسمح بإدخال المعلومات بطرق مختلفة، " -"كمربع :guilabel:`النص` وحتى :guilabel:`الأزرار` المخصصة و :guilabel:`صناديق " -"الاختيار` و:guilabel:`المستندات`والمزيد. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" -"بمجرد أن يتم إدخال المعلومات، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`حفظ` لحفظ القيد. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "المتابعة " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" -"حالياً، خاصية :guilabel:`المتابعة` الموجودة داخل قائمة :menuselection:`تطبيق" -" كشوف المرتبات --> التهيئة` لا تزال قيد التطوير ويمكن استخدامها في حالة " -"واحدة فقط للأسواق البلجيكية. سيتم تحديث الوثائق عندما يتوسع هذا القسم ليشمل " -"أسواقاً أكثر. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 msgid "Contracts" @@ -2731,6 +4316,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -3013,11 +4873,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "التوظيف" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "رفض" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -3039,40 +6337,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -3084,37 +6366,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -3122,164 +6403,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "التقييمات " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "الأسئلة" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3289,143 +6667,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "الأسئلة" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "حساب الدرجات " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "الإجابات" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "المرشحون" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "مربع نص سطر واحد" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "المصفوفة" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "الوصف" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "الخيارات" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "مخطط" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "المشاركين" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "جلسة مباشرة " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3434,3 +7139,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "النقاط " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index bc65bcc8e..4b8116984 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -52,52 +52,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1207,8 +1424,8 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" -msgstr "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -1336,141 +1553,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "الإيصالات" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "أوامر التوصيل" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "تحويلات داخلية " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2905,80 +3642,169 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "المقدمة" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "قابلة التتبع " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -3493,11 +4319,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3507,10 +4328,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5873,10 +6690,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5885,29 +6702,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5916,11 +6734,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5933,7 +6751,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5943,7 +6761,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5954,7 +6772,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5969,11 +6787,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5985,7 +6803,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5997,18 +6815,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6020,7 +6838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6033,7 +6851,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6098,7 +6916,7 @@ msgstr "استلام البضاعة مباشرة (خطوة واحدة)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6561,49 +7379,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6617,7 +7443,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6626,7 +7452,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6635,7 +7461,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6646,7 +7472,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6659,11 +7485,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6672,7 +7498,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6687,11 +7513,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6699,7 +7525,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -15094,8 +15920,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -15104,53 +15931,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15746,10 +16840,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "قابلة التتبع " - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index fc0af201f..97b0a95a9 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "عرض القائمة" @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ msgid "" "Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " "instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " "options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " -"information is organzied for event staff to review." +"information is organized for event staff to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 @@ -1586,9 +1586,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " "Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " -"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" -" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " -"` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." +"customized either by using the frontend rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode ` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 @@ -1685,23 +1685,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " "website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " -"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +"navigate to it either from the backend of Odoo through the " ":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " -"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +"frontend as either a priveliged user or administrator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" -"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +"If navigating from the backend, go to the event form, and click the " ":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " -"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"website (on the frontend). If starting from the frontend , simply navigate " "to the event page that needs to be published." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 msgid "" -"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." -" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the frontend. " +"In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " "switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " ":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " "accessible to the public on the website." @@ -2117,149 +2117,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "متقدم" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "آثار" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "المشاركين" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2267,149 +2419,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "أنشئ مرحله" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2636,63 +2849,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2701,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2709,89 +2973,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "المشغّل " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2801,122 +3491,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -3562,7 +4266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 msgid "" "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " -"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 @@ -4249,389 +4953,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "المنشورات " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "وجهات النظر " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "الشركة " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "النشر في " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "الرسالة" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "إرفاق صور " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "الحملة" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "الزمان" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "خيارات الإشعارات المنبثقة " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4639,39 +5651,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4681,97 +5719,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "الزائرين " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4779,22 +5822,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4802,41 +5841,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4867,6 +5905,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 033fe6876..9c9cb9ea2 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -742,166 +742,174 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" +" the browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1331,6 +1339,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 4af44289b..77aa15f76 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Farid Fox, 2023 # Niyas Raphy, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -57,19 +57,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -96,77 +89,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5304,378 +5419,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "موصل شحن Amazon " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "الرسوم " - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5904,7 +6153,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5959,137 +6207,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "موصل eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "تاريخ البدء" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "العنوان" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "العنوان الفرعي" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "الفئة " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "Payment policy" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "المدة" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "الدولة" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "الرمز " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "رمز المستخدم " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "أودو" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "مفتاح المطور" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6097,154 +7475,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10335,641 +11740,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "أودو" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "قميص " - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "الخصائص" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 79bbf6e3e..29030bac1 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Mustafa J. Kadhem , 2023 # Hassan Najm , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Malaz Abuidris , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,6 +30,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "المواقع الإلكترونية " +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "المدونة" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "المتجر الإلكتروني" @@ -4187,22 +4459,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "أداة ذكية " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4210,14 +4481,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4229,29 +4500,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4264,13 +4535,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4281,18 +4552,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4303,18 +4574,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4322,7 +4593,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4332,7 +4603,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4345,20 +4616,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5394,6 +5665,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5814,108 +6202,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "التثبيت " - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 571b19e2f..6f9f04910 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ # Yannick Stahl, 2023 # MIRIAM SOPHIE KELLER, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1878,6 +1878,141 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie keinen Zugriff auf Ihren E-Mail-Server haben/verwalten, verwenden " "Sie :ref:`Eingehende Nachrichten `." +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" +"Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Installation vom Betriebssystem und der " +"Verteilung Ihres Computers abhängt. Wir gehen davon aus, dass Sie ein Linux-" +"Betriebssystem verwenden." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" +"Installieren Sie die `geoip2 `__-Python-" +"Bibliothek." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" +"Laden Sie die `GeoLite2-City-Datenbank " +"`_ herunter. Sie sollten " +"eine Datei namens ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb`` erhalten." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "Verschieben Sie die Datei in den Ordner ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "Starten Sie den Server neu." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die GeoIP-Datenbank nicht in ``/usr/share/GeoIP/`` finden können " +"oder verschieben möchten, können Sie die Option ``--geoip-db`` der Odoo-" +"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle verwenden. Diese Option übernimmt den absoluten " +"Pfad zur GeoIP-Datenbankdatei und verwendet diese als GeoIP-Datenbank. Zum " +"Beispiel:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr ":doc:`CLI-Dokumentation `." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" +"``GeoIP``-Python-Bibliothek kann auch verwendet werden. Diese Version ist " +"jedoch seit dem 1. Januar nicht mehr verfügbar. Siehe `GeoLite-Legacy-" +"Datenbanken werden jetzt eingestellt `_" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie zu Ihrer Website. Öffnen Sie die Webseite, auf der Sie ``GeoIP`` " +"testen möchten." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "Wählen Sie :menuselection:`Anpassen --> HTML/CSS/JS-Editor`." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "Fügen Sie den folgende XML-Abschnitt in die Seite ein:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten am Ende ein Dictionary erhalten, das den Standort der IP-Adresse" +" angibt." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" +"Wenn die geschweiften Klammern ``{}`` leer sind, kann dies einen der " +"folgenden Gründe haben:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" +"Die IP-Adresse des Browsers ist der localhost (``127.0.0.1``) oder eine " +"Adresse aus dem lokalen Netzwerk (``192.168.*.*``)" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen umgekehrten Proxy verwenden, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie ihn" +" richtig konfigurieren. Siehe :option:`Proxy-Modus `" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" +"``geoip2`` ist nicht installiert oder die GeoIP-Datenbankdatei wurde nicht " +"gefunden" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "Die GeoIP-Datenbank konnte die angegebene IP-Adresse nicht auflösen" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "Online" @@ -1909,8 +2044,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" @@ -3987,8 +4122,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -6206,12 +6341,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Entfernen`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" @@ -11389,64 +11524,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -11455,7 +11594,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -11463,13 +11602,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -11481,23 +11620,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -11507,7 +11646,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -11520,7 +11659,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -11530,13 +11669,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "Odoo.sh-Projekt und Stichwörter" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -11547,7 +11686,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -11556,43 +11695,57 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " @@ -11603,15 +11756,15 @@ msgstr "" " die Tests unter denselben Bedingungen wie in der neuen Version durchgeführt" " werden können." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "Die aktualisierte Datenbank enthält:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -11620,13 +11773,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -11635,171 +11788,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -11809,7 +11962,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -11818,39 +11971,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "Automatisierte Aktionen" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -11859,65 +12012,65 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie ohne vorherige Tests zum Produktionszweig übergehen, kann Folgendes" " geschehen:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -11927,7 +12080,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "Ansicht des Upgrade-Reiters" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -11935,7 +12088,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -11943,25 +12096,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -"Die Aktualisierung Ihrer benutzerdefinierten Module muss erfolgreich sein, " -"damit der gesamte Upgrade-Prozess abgeschlossen werden kann. Stellen Sie " -"sicher, dass der Status Ihres Staging-Upgrades :guilabel:`erfolgreich` ist, " -"bevor Sie es in der Produktion ausprobieren." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -11970,7 +12121,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -11978,7 +12129,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -11986,11 +12137,11 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "Service-Level-Agreement (SLA)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " @@ -12000,7 +12151,7 @@ msgstr "" "von Odoo **kostenlos**, einschließlich des erforderlichen Supports zur " "Behebung möglicher Unstimmigkeiten in der aktualisierten Datenbank." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " @@ -12011,11 +12162,11 @@ msgstr "" "diesem Abschnitt wird jedoch erläutert, welche Upgrade-Services Sie erwarten" " können." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "Upgrade-Services, die durch die SLA abgedeckt sind" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" @@ -12024,11 +12175,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo.sh) gehostet werden oder selbst gehostet sind (On-Premise), können " "jederzeit von den Upgrade-Services profitieren:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "das Upgrade aller **Standardapps**;" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " @@ -12038,7 +12189,7 @@ msgstr "" "Studio ist noch installiert und das entsprechende Abonnement ist noch aktiv;" " und" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." @@ -12046,7 +12197,7 @@ msgstr "" "das Upgrade aller **Entwicklungen und Anpassungen, die durch ein Abonnement " "für die Wartung von Anpassungen abgedeckt sind**." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" @@ -12056,22 +12207,22 @@ msgstr "" "Anpassung einer Datenbank (Standardmodule und Daten), um sie mit der Version" " kompatibel zu machen, auf die das Upgrade abzielt." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "Upgrade-Services, die nicht durch die SLA abgedeckt sind" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "Die folgenden Upgrade-bezogenen Leistungen sind **nicht** enthalten:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" "die **Bereinigung** bereits vorhandener Daten und Konfigurationen während " "des Upgrades;" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" @@ -12079,7 +12230,7 @@ msgstr "" "das Upgrade von **benutzerdefinierten Modulen, die selbst oder von " "Dritten**, einschließlich Odoo-Partnern, erstellt wurden;" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " @@ -12090,16 +12241,16 @@ msgstr "" "eingegebener Code und :ref:`automatisierte Aktionen mit Python-Code " "`; und" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" "**Schulung** zur Verwendung der Funktionen und Arbeitsabläufe der " "aktualisierten Version." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr ":doc:`Odoo.sh-Dokumentation `" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr ":doc:`Unterstützte Odoo-Versionen `" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 9a2ceea77..9dfa29941 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden in Echtzeit aktualisiert:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Finanzberichte" @@ -1213,14 +1213,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Diese Verbindungsunterbrechung kann durch den Odoo-Support verursacht " -"werden. In diesem Fall wenden Sie sich bitte direkt an den `Support " -"`_ mit Ihrer Kundennummer oder der Referenz des " -"Fehlers, der im Chat aufgeführt ist." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -3484,8 +3480,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -7914,7 +7910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -8026,9 +8022,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Kontotypen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilanz" @@ -8749,7 +8745,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "Insgesamt zu zahlen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bankabstimmung" @@ -9034,7 +9029,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -9348,42 +9343,30 @@ msgstr "Zahlungen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" -"In Odoo können Zahlungen entweder automatisch mit einer Rechnung verknüpft " -"werden oder als eigenständige Datensätze zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt " -"verwendet werden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" -"Wenn eine Zahlung **mit einer Rechnung verknüpft** ist, verringert sie den " -"fälligen Rechnungsbetrag. Sie können mehrere Zahlungen mit der gleichen " -"Rechnung verknüpfen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" -"Wenn eine Zahlung **nicht mit einer Rechnung** verknüpft ist, hat der Kunde " -"ein ausstehendes Guthaben bei Ihrem Unternehmen oder Ihr Unternehmen hat " -"eine ausstehende Belastung bei einem Lieferanten. Sie können diese " -"ausstehenden Beträge verwenden, um unbezahlte Rechnungen zu reduzieren." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr ":doc:`Interne Überweisungen `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -9401,75 +9384,40 @@ msgstr "Zahlung aus einer Ein- oder Ausgangsrechnung registrieren" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie in einer Kunden- oder Lieferantenrechnung auf :guilabel:`Zahlung " -"registrieren` klicken, wird eine neue Journalbuchung erstellt und der " -"fällige Betrag entsprechend der Höhe der Zahlung geändert. Der Gegenwert " -"wird in einem Konto für ausstehende Eingänge oder Zahlungen ausgewiesen. Zu " -"diesem Zeitpunkt wird die Kunden- oder Lieferantenrechnung als :guilabel:`In" -" Zahlung` gekennzeichnet. Wenn dann das ausstehende Konto mit einer " -"Kontoauszugszeile abgeglichen wird, wechselt die Rechnung oder " -"Lieferantenrechnung in den Status :guilabel:`Bezahlt`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -"Das Informationssymbol neben der Zahlungszeile zeigt weitere Informationen " -"über die Zahlung an. Sie können zusätzliche Informationen, wie z. B. das " -"zugehörige Journal, aufrufen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Ansicht` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" -msgstr "Anzeige detaillierterer Informationen einer Zahlung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -"Die Kunden- oder Lieferantenrechnung sollte den Status :guilabel:`Gebucht` " -"haben, um die Zahlung zu registrieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Zahlung registrieren` klicken, können Sie den zu " -"zahlenden Betrag auswählen und eine Teil- oder vollständige Zahlung " -"vornehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihr Hauptbankkonto als :ref:`Konto für offene Rechnungen " -"` eingestellt ist, und die Zahlung in Odoo " -"erfolgt (nicht in Verbindung mit einem Kontoauszug), werden Ein- und " -"Ausgangsrechnungen direkt im Status :guilabel:`Bezahlt` registriert." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Zahlung nicht abgestimmt haben, erscheint sie weiterhin in " -"Ihren Büchern, ist aber nicht mehr mit der Rechnung verknüpft." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " @@ -9479,7 +9427,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatisch eine Journalbuchung erstellt, um den Betrag der " "Wechselkursgewinne/-verluste (Rückbuchung) zu buchen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" @@ -9489,113 +9437,95 @@ msgstr "" "(nicht) abstimmen, wird automatisch eine Journalbuchung erstellt, um den " "Steuerbetrag mit Ist-Versteuerung (Rückbuchung) zu buchen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" "Zahlungen registrieren, die nicht an eine Ein- oder Ausgangsrechnung " "gebunden sind" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -"Wenn eine neue Zahlung über das Menü :menuselection:`Kunden/Lieferanten --> " -"Zahlungen` registriert wird, ist sie nicht direkt mit einer Rechnung " -"verknüpft. Stattdessen wird das Debitoren- oder Kreditorenkonto mit dem " -"Konto für offene Rechnungen verknüpft, bis es manuell mit der zugehörigen " -"Rechnung abgeglichen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "Ein- und Ausgangsrechnungen mit Zahlungen abgleichen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" -"Ein blaues Banner wird angezeigt, wenn Sie eine neue Ein- oder " -"Ausgangsrechnung validieren und es eine ausstehende Zahlung für diesen " -"Kunden oder Lieferanten gibt. Sie können die Ein- oder Ausgangsrechnung ganz" -" einfach abgleichen, indem Sie unter :guilabel:`Ausstehende " -"Verbindlichkeiten` oder :guilabel:`Ausstehende Forderungen` auf " -":guilabel:`HINZUFÜGEN` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -"Zeigt die Option HINZUFÜGEN an, um eine Ein- oder Ausgangsrechnung mit einer" -" Zahlung abzustimmen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -"Die Ein- oder Ausgangsrechnung wird nun als :guilabel:`In Zahlung` markiert," -" bis sie mit dem Kontoauszug abgestimmt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "Sammelzahlung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -"Mit Sammelzahlungen können Sie verschiedene Zahlungen gruppieren, um die " -":doc:`Abstimmung ` zu erleichtern. Sie sind auch " -"nützlich, wenn Sie Schecks bei der Bank einreichen oder für SEPA-Zahlungen. " -"Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Kunden --> " -"Sammelzahlungen` oder :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Lieferanten --> " -"Sammelzahlungen`. In der Listenansicht der Zahlungen können Sie mehrere " -"Zahlungen auswählen und zu einem Stapel zusammenfassen, indem Sie auf " -":menuselection:`Aktion --> Sammelzahlung erstellen` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "Zahlungsabgleich" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -"Das Tool zum :guilabel:`Zahlungsabgleich` öffnet alle unabgestimmten Kunden-" -" oder Lieferantenrechnungen und gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, diese einzeln zu" -" bearbeiten und den Abgleich aller Zahlungen und Rechnungen auf einmal " -"vorzunehmen. Sie erreichen dieses Tool über das " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltungsdashboard --> " -"Kundenrechnungen/Lieferantenrechnungen`, und klicken auf :guilabel:`⋮` und " -"wählen :guilabel:`Zahlungsabgleich`, oder indem Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Abstimmung` gehen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" @@ -9606,46 +9536,55 @@ msgstr "" "entweder zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt abgestimmt werden oder direkt " "ausgebucht werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "Sammelzahlungsabgleich" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" -"Um mehrere ausstehende Zahlungen oder Rechnungen für einen bestimmten Kunden" -" oder Lieferanten auf einmal abzustimmen, kann die Sammelabstimmungsfunktion" -" verwendet werden. Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " -"Berichtswesen --> Überfällige Forderungen / Überfällige Verbindlichkeiten`. " -"Sie sehen nun alle Transaktionen, die noch nicht abgestimmt wurden, und wenn" -" Sie einen Kunden oder Lieferanten auswählen, wird die Option " -":guilabel:`Abstimmen` angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" -msgstr "Anzeige der Abstimmungsoption" +msgid "See the reconcile option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "Zahlungen mit Kontoauszügen abstimmen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -"Sobald eine Zahlung registriert wurde, hat die Ein- oder Ausgangsrechnung " -"den Status :guilabel:`In Zahlung`. Der nächste Schritt ist die Abstimmung " -"mit der entsprechenden Kontoauszugszeile, um die Transaktion abzuschließen " -"und die Rechnung als :guilabel:`Bezahlt` zu kennzeichnen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" @@ -10956,118 +10895,6 @@ msgstr "Ausstehender Eingang" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "Bankkonto (BANK B)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "Mehrere Rechnungen auf einmal bezahlen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Odoo bietet die Möglichkeit, die Zahlungen mehrerer Rechnungen zu einer " -"einzigen zusammenzufassen und so den Abstimmungsprozess zu erleichtern." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "Zahlungen gruppieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Um die Zahlung mehrerer Rechnungen auf einmal zu registrieren, gehen Sie zur" -" :menuselection:`Buchhaltungsapp --> Lieferanten --> Rechnungen`. Wählen Sie" -" dann die Rechnungen aus, für die Sie eine Zahlung registrieren möchten, " -"indem Sie die Kästchen neben den Rechnungen ankreuzen. Wenn Sie fertig sind," -" klicken Sie entweder auf :guilabel:`Zahlung registrieren` oder " -":menuselection:`Aktion --> Zahlung registrieren`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "Schaltfläche „Zahlung registrieren“" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" -"Zahlungen können nur für :guilabel:`gebuchte` Rechnungen registriert werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" -"Bei der Registrierung von Zahlungen erscheint ein **Pop-up-Fenster**. Von " -"hier aus können Sie entweder **separate Zahlungen** für jede Rechnung auf " -"einmal erstellen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Zahlung erstellen` klicken, " -"*oder* eine Zahlung erstellen, indem Sie die Zahlungen **aller** Rechnungen " -"zusammenfassen. Um alle Zahlungen **zusammenzufassen**, kreuzen Sie das Feld" -" :guilabel:`Zahlungen gruppieren` an." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" -"Die Option :guilabel:`Zahlungen gruppieren` erscheint nur, wenn zwei oder " -"mehr Rechnungen ausgewählt wurden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "„Zahlungen gruppieren“-Option bei Registrierung einer Zahlung." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Option :guilabel:`Zahlungen gruppieren` wählen, werden " -":guilabel:`Betrag, Währung, Datum und Vermerk` automatisch eingestellt, aber" -" Sie können sie nach Ihren Bedürfnissen ändern." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "Teilgruppenzahungen mit Skonti" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" -"Bei **Teilgruppenzahlungen mit Skonti** können Sie die Schritte befolgen, " -"die Sie auf der :doc:`Dokumentationsseite für Skonto " -"` finden." -" Achten Sie darauf, dass Sie die :doc:`Zahlungsbedingungen " -"` auf die " -"**Eingangsrechnungen** *anstatt* auf die Ausgangsrechnungen anwenden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "Online-Zahlungen" @@ -11331,18 +11158,19 @@ msgstr "Scheck-Zahlungsmethode aktivieren" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -"Um die Scheck-Zahlungsmethode zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Schecks`, dort können Sie " -"die Zahlungsmethode aktivieren und das :guilabel:`Scheck-Layout` einrichten." -" Sobald Sie die Einstellung :guilabel:`Schecks` aktiviert haben, wird die " -"Funktion automatisch für Ihre :guilabel:`Zahlungsausgänge` eingerichtet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " @@ -11352,62 +11180,62 @@ msgstr "" " solche Module können standardmäßig installiert sein. Zum Beispiel ist das " "Modul :guilabel:`US-Scheck-Layout` erforderlich, um US-Schecks zu drucken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Kompatibles Scheckbriefpapier zum Drucken von Schecks" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Vereinigte Staaten von Amerika" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Odoo unterstützt standardmäßig die folgenden Scheckformate für die " "vereinigten Staaten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: Scheck oben, Kontrollabschnitt in der Mitte und " "unten;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" "**Peachtree**: Scheck in der Mitte, Kontrollabschnitte oben und unten;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: Scheck unten, Kontrollabschnitte oben" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Eine Lieferantenrechnungen mit einem Scheck bezahlen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" "Das Bezahlen eines Lieferanten mit einem Scheck erfolgt in drei Schritten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "eine Zahlung registrieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "Schecks für alle registrierten Zahlungen in Stapeln drucken" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "Kontoauszüge abstimmen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Eine Scheck-Zahlung registrieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -11420,11 +11248,11 @@ msgstr "" " Sie eine Zahlung registrieren. Setzen Sie die :guilabel:`Zahlungsmethode` " "auf :guilabel:`Schecks` und bestätigen Sie die Zahlung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Schecks drucken" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -11436,7 +11264,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Auszudruckende Schecks` klicken, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, die " "abgestimmten Schecks zu drucken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -11677,220 +11505,190 @@ msgstr "Verfügbare Hauptberichte" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -"Neben den Berichten, die speziell in jedem Lokalisierungsmodul erstellt " -"werden, sind einige sehr nützliche **generische** und **dynamische " -"Berichte** für alle Länder verfügbar:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Bilanz**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Gewinn und Verlust**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Kurzbericht**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Hauptbuch**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Überfällige Verbindlichkeiten**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Überfällige Forderungen**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Kapitalflussrechnung**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Steuerbericht**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Bankabstimmung**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Sie können jeden Bericht mit Anmerkungen versehen, um ihn auszudrucken und " -"an Ihren Berater weiterzuleiten. Exportieren Sie in xls, um zusätzliche " -"Analysen zu erstellen. Klappen Sie die Berichte auf, um mehr Details zu " -"sehen (Zahlungen, Rechnungen, Journalposten usw.)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -"Sie können die Werte auch mit einem anderen Zeitraum vergleichen. Wählen " -"Sie, mit wie vielen Zeiträumen Sie den gewählten Zeitraum vergleichen " -"möchten. Sie können bis zu 12 Zeiträume ab dem Datum des Berichts in der " -"Vergangenheit wählen, wenn Sie nicht die Standardoption **Vorheriger 1 " -"Zeitraum** verwenden möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -"Die **Bilanz** zeigt eine Momentaufnahme der Aktiva, Passiva und des " -"Eigenkapitals Ihrer Organisation zu einem bestimmten Datum." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Gewinn und Verlust" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -"Die **Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung* (oder **Erfolgsrechnung**) zeigt das " -"Nettoeinkommen Ihrer Organisation, indem die Ausgaben von den Einnahmen für " -"den Berichtszeitraum abgezogen werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Kurzbericht" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" -"Der **Kurzbericht** ermöglicht Ihnen einen schnellen Blick auf alle " -"wichtigen Zahlen, die Sie für die Führung Ihres Unternehmens benötigen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" msgstr "" -"Das ist, ganz einfach ausgedrückt, das, was jeder der Punkte in diesem " -"Abschnitt berichtet:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Leistung:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Bruttogewinnspanne**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Der Beitrag, den jeder einzelne Verkauf Ihres Unternehmens abzüglich der " -"direkten Kosten, die für die Erzielung dieser Verkäufe erforderlich sind (z." -" B. Arbeit, Material usw.), leistet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Nettogewinnspanne**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Der Beitrag, den jeder einzelne Verkauf Ihres Unternehmens abzüglich der " -"direkten Kosten, die für diese Verkäufe erforderlich sind, sowie der fixen " -"Gemeinkosten Ihres Unternehmens (Dinge wie Miete, Strom, Steuern, die Sie " -"aufgrund dieser Verkäufe zahlen müssen), leistet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Kapitalrendite (jährlich):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -"Das Verhältnis zwischen dem erzielten Nettogewinn und dem Vermögen, das das " -"Unternehmen zur Erzielung dieses Gewinns eingesetzt hat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Position:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Durchschnittliche Debitorenlaufzeit**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -"Die durchschnittliche Anzahl der Tage, die Ihre Kunden brauchen, um Sie " -"(vollständig) zu bezahlen, für alle Ihre Kundenrechnungen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Durchschnittliche Kreditorenlaufzeit**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -"Die durchschnittliche Anzahl der Tage, die Sie brauchen, um Ihre Lieferanten" -" (vollständig) zu bezahlen, für alle Ihre Rechnungen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Kurzfristige Liquiditätsprognose:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -"Wie viel Bargeld wird im nächsten Monat bei Ihrem Unternehmen ein- oder " -"ausgeht, d. h. der Saldo Ihres **Verkaufskontos** für den Monat abzüglich " -"des Saldos Ihres **Einkaufskontos** für den Monat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Umlaufvermögen zu Verbindlichkeiten**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Diese Kennzahl wird auch als **Liquiditätdkoeffizient** bezeichnet und ist " -"das Verhältnis zwischen dem Umlaufvermögen (Vermögensgegenstände, die " -"innerhalb eines Jahres zu Geld gemacht werden können) und den kurzfristigen " -"Verbindlichkeiten (Verbindlichkeiten, die im nächsten Jahr fällig werden). " -"Dies wird in der Regel als Maß für die Fähigkeit eines Unternehmens " -"verwendet, seine Schulden zu bedienen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" @@ -11899,17 +11697,15 @@ msgstr "Hauptbuch" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Der **Hauptbuchbericht** zeigt alle Transaktionen von allen Konten für einen" -" ausgewählten Datumsbereich an. Der anfängliche zusammenfassende Bericht " -"zeigt die Gesamtsummen für jedes Konto an und von dort aus können Sie einen " -"detaillierten Transaktionsbericht oder alle Ausnahmen anzeigen. Dieser " -"Bericht ist nützlich, um jede Transaktion zu überprüfen, die in einem " -"bestimmten Zeitraum stattgefunden hat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" @@ -11918,12 +11714,13 @@ msgstr "Überfällige Verbindlichkeiten" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Führen Sie den Bericht **Details überfälligen Verbindlichkleiten** aus, um " -"Informationen zu einzelnen Rechnungen, Gutschriften und Überzahlungen " -"anzuzeigen, die Sie schulden, und wie lange diese unbezahlt geblieben sind." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" @@ -11931,32 +11728,35 @@ msgstr "Überfällige Forderungen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -"Der Bericht **Überfällige Forderungen** zeigt die Verkaufsrechnungen an, die" -" im ausgewählten Monat und in den Monaten davor noch nicht bezahlt wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Kapitalflussrechnung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -"Die **Kapitalflussrechnung** zeigt, wie sich Veränderungen bei den " -"Bilanzkonten und Erträgen auf die liquiden Mittel auswirken, und gliedert " -"die Analyse in operative, investive und finanzierende Aktivitäten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Steuerbericht" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -11964,6 +11764,10 @@ msgstr "" "Mit diesem Bericht können Sie die **Nettobeträge** und **Steuerbeträge** für" " alle Steuern, gruppiert nach Typ (Verkauf/Einkauf), einsehen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Kostenrechnung" @@ -17073,7 +16877,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "Lieferantenrechnungen" @@ -17099,6 +16903,10 @@ msgstr "" "`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "Erstellung der Eingangsrechnung" @@ -21564,7 +21372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo standardmäßig als inaktiv gekennzeichnet sind" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "Belegarten" @@ -21677,7 +21485,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "Belegarten gruppiert nach Buchstaben." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "Auf Rechnungen verwenden" @@ -21902,7 +21710,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lieferanten bereitgestellt wird." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Verwendung und Prüfung" @@ -23606,7 +23414,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Einrichten`, um sie weiter zu konfigurieren." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" @@ -24708,7 +24516,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -24751,7 +24559,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefon`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -25468,7 +25276,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -25498,7 +25306,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -25513,12 +25321,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -25531,24 +25337,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -25556,136 +25355,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "Unternehmensinformationen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "Steuerinformation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -25693,11 +25492,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -25706,15 +25505,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -25722,11 +25521,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -25736,50 +25535,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -25790,29 +25589,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -25820,19 +25619,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "Konfiguratoin des Eingangsmailservers für chilenische DTE." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Zertifikat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -25840,24 +25639,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -25868,13 +25667,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "Konfiguration des digitalen Zertifikats." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Mehrere Währungen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -25883,12 +25682,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "Partnerinformation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -25896,36 +25695,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Identifikationsnummer`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Typ des Steuerzahlers`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -25935,13 +25734,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "Chilenische elektronische Rechungsdaten für Partner." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -25952,56 +25751,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "Liste der chilenischen Steuerbelegarten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Ventas Santiago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Ventas Valparaiso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Kassierer 1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Kassierer 2." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -26009,32 +25808,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Zahlungen der Arbeitnehmer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -26043,7 +25842,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -26051,7 +25850,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -26059,11 +25858,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -26072,7 +25871,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -26081,14 +25880,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -26096,11 +25895,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -26111,14 +25910,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -26126,60 +25925,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "Standarddebitorenkonto" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Transferkonten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Umrechnungskurs" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "In Chile gibt es mehrere Steuerarten, von denen die gängigsten sind:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -26191,11 +25990,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "Diagramm mit Transaktionen von elektronischen Rechnungen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -26208,32 +26007,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -26243,7 +26042,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "DTE-XML-Datei wird im Chatter angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -26256,7 +26055,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -26267,7 +26066,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -26280,7 +26079,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "Identifikationstransaktion für Rechnung und Statusaktualisierung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -26291,26 +26090,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -26319,21 +26118,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Buchen Sie die Rechnung erneut." @@ -26341,11 +26140,11 @@ msgstr "Buchen Sie die Rechnung erneut." msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "Nachricht, wenn eine Rechnung abgelehnt wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Gestrichene Referenzen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -26359,14 +26158,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "PDF-Rechnungsbericht" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -26377,36 +26176,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Sobald die Rechnung an den Kunden verschickt wurde:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "Der Kunde muss eine Empfangsbestätigung per E-Mail senden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -26414,11 +26213,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "Nachricht mit der kommerziellen Annahme durch den Kunden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -26431,12 +26230,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Häufige Fehler" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -26528,40 +26327,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Gutschriften" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -26576,16 +26375,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "Erstellung von CAF für Gutschriften" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -26599,11 +26398,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -26617,7 +26416,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -26627,17 +26426,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "Gutschrift mit dem korrigierten Wert auf den Rechnungszeilen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -26653,23 +26452,23 @@ msgstr "" "Gutschrift für Teilrückerstattung auf korrekte Beträge unter Verwendung des " "SII-Referenzcodes 3." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "Lastschriften" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -26680,7 +26479,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -26690,16 +26489,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -26711,55 +26510,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Empfang" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Akzeptanz" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -26771,11 +26570,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Anspruch" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -26790,7 +26589,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -26798,12 +26597,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "Frachtbrief" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -26811,7 +26610,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -26819,14 +26618,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -26836,19 +26635,19 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." @@ -26856,11 +26655,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aus Produktvorlage`: Odoo übernimmt den in der Produktvorlage " "konfigurierten Preis und zeigt ihn auf dem Dokument an." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" @@ -26871,11 +26670,11 @@ msgstr "" "Konsignationen, interne Transfers und im Grunde jede Art von " "Produkttransport darstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." @@ -26883,7 +26682,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ein Frachtbrief sollte **nicht** länger als eine Seite sein oder mehr als 60" " Produktzeilen enthalten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -26894,13 +26693,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -26911,7 +26710,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -26921,18 +26720,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -26941,7 +26740,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -26949,7 +26748,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -26959,7 +26758,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -26967,18 +26766,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -26986,7 +26785,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -26996,7 +26795,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -27010,7 +26809,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -27024,7 +26823,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -27034,11 +26833,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "Nachdem der Beleg gebucht wurde:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -27048,7 +26847,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -27056,18 +26855,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -27075,13 +26874,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -27091,14 +26890,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -27106,11 +26905,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -27121,11 +26920,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -27137,11 +26936,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -27149,7 +26948,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -27164,11 +26963,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -27177,13 +26976,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -27194,7 +26993,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -27205,7 +27004,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -29748,7 +29547,7 @@ msgstr "Diese Codes sind vertraulich und sollten sicher aufbewahrt werden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "Konfiguration in Odoo" @@ -31635,7 +31434,6 @@ msgstr "" "zur Lokalisierung das gewünschte Paket auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -38888,13 +38686,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" -"Der oben beschriebene Vorgang kann auch für eine *einzige* :doc:`Zahlung " -"<../accounting/payments>` eines Lieferanten durchgeführt werden, wenn dieser" -" mit einer oder mehreren :doc:`Lieferantenrechnungen " -"<../accounting/payments/multiple>` mit angewandter Quellensteuer verknüpft " -"wurde." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -39661,16 +39454,12 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Spanischer Kontenplan" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"In Odoo gibt es mehrere spanische Kontenpläne, die standardmäßig verfügbar " -"sind:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" @@ -39686,15 +39475,12 @@ msgstr "PGCE Entitades" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -"Sie können den gewünschten Kontenplan auswählen, indem Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration` gehen und dann das gewünschte" -" Paket im Abschnitt **Steuerliche Lokalisierung** auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." @@ -39702,30 +39488,42 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie eine neue Odoo-Online-Datenbank erstellen, wird PGCE PYMEs 2008 " "standardmäßig installiert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Spanische Buchhaltungsberichte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -"Wenn die spanische Buchhaltungslokalisierung installiert ist, haben Sie " -"Zugriff auf die für Spanien spezifischen Buchhaltungsberichte:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Steuerbericht (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Steuerbericht (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Steuerbericht (Modelo 303)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Schweiz" @@ -42039,7 +41837,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -42614,7 +42412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -43478,7 +43276,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Credienciales de prueba` im linken Teil der Anwendungsseite, dann" " kopieren Sie das :guilabel:`Access token` für Testzwecke." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." @@ -43487,15 +43289,17 @@ msgstr "" "` und ändern Sie seinen Status auf " ":guilabel:`Aktiviert`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" -"Füllen Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Anmeldedaten` das Feld :guilabel:`Access " -"Token` mit dem Wert, die Sie im Schritt " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` gespeichert haben." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 msgid "Mollie" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 2fca7b8f7..723ee6ca2 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -6586,59 +6586,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Leitfaden für mehrere Unternehmen `" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "Ein Odoo.com-Konto löschen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" -"Um Ihr Odoo.com-Konto zu löschen, rufen Sie die Löschoption auf, indem Sie " -"auf das Benutzersymbol klicken. Die Option zum Löschen können Sie über " -":menuselection:`Mein Konto --> Sicherheitseinstellungen bearbeiten --> Konto" -" löschen` aufrufen. Sie kann auch über https://www.odoo.com/my/home " -"aufgerufen werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" -"Die Löschung eines Odoo-Kontos ist nicht rückgängig zu machen. Seien Sie " -"vorsichtig, wenn Sie diese Aktion durchführen, da das Odoo.com-Konto nicht " -"wiederhergestellt werden kann." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Konto löschen` klicken, erscheint " -"ein Pop-up-Fenster, in dem Sie aufgefordert werden, die Kontolöschung zu " -"bestätigen." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" -"Beim Klick auf die Schaltfläche „Konto löschen“ erscheint ein Fenster, in " -"dem die Änderung bestätigt wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" -"Bestätigen Sie die Löschung, indem Sie das :guilabel:`Passwort` und den " -":guilabel:`Login` für das zu löschende Konto eingeben. Klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Konto löschen`, um die Löschung zu bestätigen." - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "Sprache ändern" @@ -7027,11 +6974,158 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" +"Beim Klick auf die Schaltfläche „Konto löschen“ erscheint ein Fenster, in " +"dem die Änderung bestätigt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "Portalzugriff" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." @@ -7039,7 +7133,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der Portalzugriff wird Benutzern gewährt, die bestimmte Dokumente oder " "Informationen innerhalb einer Odoo-Datenbank einsehen möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" @@ -7047,47 +7141,47 @@ msgstr "" "Kunden wird Portalzugriff gewährt wird, damit sie folgende Elemente in Odoo " "lesen/einsehen können:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "Leads/Verkaufschancen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "Angebote/Verkaufsaufträge" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "Bestellungen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "Ein- & Ausgangsrechnungen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "Projekte" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "Aufgaben" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "Zeiterfassungen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "Tickets" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "Signaturen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "Abonnements" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." @@ -7095,11 +7189,11 @@ msgstr "" "Portalbenutzer haben nur Lese-/Ansichtsrechte und können keine Dokumente in " "der Datenbank bearbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "Kunden Portalzugriff gewähren" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -7116,11 +7210,10 @@ msgstr "" " der Benutzeroberfläche." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -"Die Kontakte-App verwenden, um Benutzern Zugriff aufs Portal zu gewähren" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" @@ -7128,14 +7221,14 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Portalzugriff gewähren`. Es erscheint ein Pop-up-" "Fenster mit drei Feldern:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kontakt`: den in der Odoo-Datenbank gespeicherten Namen des " "Kontakts" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" @@ -7143,11 +7236,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`E-Mail`: die E-Mail-Adresse des Kontakts, mit der er sich beim " "Portal anmelden wird" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr ":guilabel:`Im Portal`: ob der Benutzer Portalzugriff hat oder nicht" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -7169,7 +7262,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eine E-Mail-Adresse und das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen für den Kontakt " "müssen ausgefüllt werden, bevor Sie eine Portaleinladung versenden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." @@ -7178,7 +7271,7 @@ msgstr "" "mitgeteilt wird, dass der Kontakt nun ein Portalbenutzer für diese Odoo-" "Datenbank ist." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -7193,7 +7286,7 @@ msgstr "" "unter der Spalte :guilabel:`Im Portal` für alle Kontakte, die Zugriff aufs " "Portal benötigen, und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Anwenden`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -7205,6 +7298,160 @@ msgstr "" "dann das Kontrollkästchen unter der Spalte :guilabel:`Im Portal` " "deaktivieren und auf :guilabel:`Anwenden` klicken." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Passwort ändern" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 60aa4d62c..cafd4443f 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ # philku79 , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -59,72 +59,270 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "Tägliche Vorgänge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "Verfahren für eine Bestandsaufnahme mit Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -"Um eine Bestandsaufnahme mithilfe von Barcodes durchzuführen, müssen Sie " -"zunächst die *Barcode*-App öffnen. Klicken Sie dann in der App auf " -"*Bestandsaufnahmen*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie vollständig mit Barcodes arbeiten möchten, können Sie das Dokument " -"*Befehle für die Bestandsaufnahme* herunterladen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" -"Sobald Sie auf *Bestandsaufnahmen* geklickt haben, erstellt Odoo automatisch" -" eine solche. Beachten Sie, dass Sie, wenn Sie mit mehreren Standorten " -"arbeiten, zunächst angeben müssen, an welchem Standort die Bestandsaufnahme " -"stattfindet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie nicht mit mehreren Standorten arbeiten, können Sie die " -"verschiedenen Produkte, die Sie in die Bestandsaufnahme einbeziehen möchten," -" scannen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie 5 identische Artikel haben, scannen Sie sie 5-mal oder verwenden " -"Sie die Tastatur, um die Anzahl festzulegen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Neben der Verwendung des Barcode-Scanners können Sie bei Bedarf auch manuell" -" ein Produkt hinzufügen. Klicken Sie dazu auf *Produkt hinzufügen* und geben" -" Sie die Informationen manuell ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "Wussten Sie schon?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie alle Artikel des Standorts gescannt haben, validieren Sie den " -"Bestand manuell oder scannen Sie den Barcode *Validieren*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1516,8 +1714,8 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "Vollständiger GS1-Barcode" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" -msgstr "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOS0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -1685,192 +1883,662 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "Datensatz bei der Aufnahme von 52,1 kg Pfirsichen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "Transferverfahren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "Einfacher Transfer" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -"Um einen Transfer aus der *Barcode*-App zu verarbeiten, müssen Sie zurerst " -"auf *Vorgänge* gehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -"Dann haben Sie die Wahl, entweder einen bereits vorhandenen Transfer " -"einzugeben, indem Sie zur entsprechenden Vorgangsart gehen und den " -"gewünschten Transfer manuell auswählen, oder indem Sie den Barcode des " -"Transfers scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -"Von dort aus können Sie die Produkte scannen, die Teil des bestehenden " -"Transfers sind und/oder neue Produkte zu diesem Transfer hinzufügen. Sobald " -"alle Produkte gescannt wurden, können Sie den Transfer validieren, um mit " -"den Lagerbuchung fortzufahren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie in Ihrem Lagerhaus verschiedene Lagerorte haben, können Sie " -"zusätzliche Schritte für die verschiedenen Vorgangsarten hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Wareneingänge" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Produkt auf Lager erhalten, müssen Sie dessen Barcode scannen, " -"um es im System zu identifizieren. Danach können Sie entweder dafür sorgen, " -"dass es in den Hauptlagerort des Transfers gelangt, z. B. WH/Stock, oder Sie" -" scannen einen Lagerort-Barcode, damit es in einen Unterlagerort des " -"Hauptlagerorts gelangt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie möchten, dass das Produkt in unserem Beispiel WH/Stock eingegeben " -"wird, können Sie einfach das nächste Produkt scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Lieferaufträge" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Produkt ausliefern, müssen Sie den Quellstandort scannen, wenn " -"er sich von dem ursprünglich beim Transfer festgelegten Standort " -"unterscheidet. Dann können Sie mit dem Scannen der Produkte beginnen, die " -"von diesem bestimmten Ort aus geliefert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -"Sobald die verschiedenen Produkte gescannt wurden, haben Sie die " -"Möglichkeit, einen anderen Ort zu scannen, z. B. WH/Stock, und eine weitere " -"Seite wird Ihrem Lieferauftrag hinzugefügt. Mit den Schaltflächen *Zurück* " -"und *Weiter* können Sie von einer Seite zur anderen wechseln." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -"Jetzt können Sie Ihren Transfer validieren. Klicken Sie dazu auf *Weiter*, " -"bis Sie die letzte Seite des Transfers erreichen. Dort können Sie sie " -"validieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Interne Transfers" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen internen Transfer mit mehreren Standorten durchführen, müssen" -" Sie zunächst den Quellstandort des Produkts scannen. Dann können Sie das " -"Produkt selbst scannen, bevor Sie den Barcode des Zielortes scannen müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Quelle und das Ziel der internen Transfers bereits korrekt sind, " -"müssen Sie diese nicht scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "Transfers mit verfolgten Produkten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit Produkten arbeiten, die per Los-/Seriennummern verfolgt werden," -" gibt es zwei Vorgehensweisen:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit Serien-/Losnummern arbeiten und dabei alle Produkte " -"berücksichtigen, können Sie den Barcode der Los-/Seriennummer scannen und " -"Odoo erhöht die Menge des Produkts, indem es dessen Los-/Seriennummer " -"festlegt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie dieselbe Los-/Seriennummer für verschiedene Produkte haben, können " -"Sie zuerst den Barcode des Produkts und dann den Barcode der " -"Los-/Seriennummer scannen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "Einen neuen Transfer erstellen" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Um einen Transfer aus der *Barcode*-App zu erstellen, müssen Sie zunächst " -"die Barcodes der Vorgangsarten drucken. Dazu können Sie das *Dokument für " -"Bestandsbarcodes* von der Startseite der App herunterladen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" -"Danach können Sie das Produkt scannen, für das Sie ein neues Dokument " -"erstellen möchten. Dann wird ein leeres Dokument erstellt und Sie können " -"Ihre Produkte scannen, um es zu füllen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -3841,105 +4509,171 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Was ist der Unterschied zwischen Los- und Seriennummern?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Einführung" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"In Odoo haben Lose und Seriennummern Ähnlichkeiten in ihrem Funktionssystem," -" unterscheiden sich aber in ihrem Verhalten. Sie werden beide in den Apps " -"**Lager**, **Einkauf** und **Verkauf** verwaltet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -"**Lose** entsprechen einer bestimmten Anzahl von Produkten, die Sie erhalten" -" haben und die zusammen in einer einzigen Packung gelagert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"**Seriennummern** sind Identifikationsnummern, die einem bestimmten Produkt " -"zugewiesen werden, um die Historie des Artikels vom Empfang bis zur " -"Lieferung und nach dem Verkauf zu verfolgen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Wann werden Sie verwendet?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"**Lose** sind für Produkte interessant, die Sie in großen Mengen erhalten " -"und bei denen eine Losnummer für Berichte, Qualitätskontrollen oder andere " -"Informationen hilfreich sein kann. Lose helfen bei der Identifizierung einer" -" Anzahl von Stücken, die z. B. einen Produktionsfehler aufweisen. Dies kann " -"bei der Serienproduktion von Kleidung oder Lebensmitteln nützlich sein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -"**Seriennummern** sind für Artikel interessant, die einen Kundendienst " -"benötigen könnten, wie Smartphones, Laptops, Kühlschränke und andere " -"elektronische Geräte. Sie können die Seriennummer des Herstellers oder Ihre " -"eigene verwenden, je nachdem, wie Sie diese Produkte verwalten" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Wann werden Sie nicht verwendet?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"Die Lagerung von Verbrauchsgütern wie Küchenrollen, Toilettenpapier, Stiften" -" und Papierblöcken in Losen macht überhaupt keinen Sinn, da die " -"Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass Sie sie bei Produktionsfehlern zurückgeben können, " -"sehr gering ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"Außerdem ist die Vergabe einer Seriennummer für jedes Produkt eine " -"zeitraubende Aufgabe, die nur bei Artikeln mit Garantie und/oder " -"Kundendienst Sinn macht. Eine Seriennummer zum Beispiel für Brot macht " -"überhaupt keinen Sinn." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern aktivieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" +"Die Funktion für Lose und Seriennummern in den Lagereinstellungen wurde " +"aktiviert." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -4672,11 +5406,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "Los- und Seriennummern aktivieren" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -4692,12 +5421,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern`. Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" -"Die Funktion für Lose und Seriennummern in den Lagereinstellungen wurde " -"aktiviert." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "Produkte mittels Los verfolgen" @@ -7791,17 +8514,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -"Als nächstes muss das Lager für dreistufige Lieferungen konfiguriert werden." -" Gehen Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " -"Lagerhäuser`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, um das " -":guilabel:`Lagerhaus` zu bearbeiten. Wählen Sie dann :guilabel:`Ware " -"verpacken, Ware in die Ausgabe schicken und dann ausliefern (3 Schritte)` " -"für :guilabel:`Warenausgänge`. Dann :guilabel:`Speichern` die Änderungen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." @@ -7811,46 +8528,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie dreistufige Eingänge und Lieferungen aktivieren, werden zwei neue " -"interne Orte erstellt: eine *Packzone* (WH/Packzone) und ein *Ausgang* " -"(WH/Ausgang). Um diese Orte umzubenennen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`, wählen Sie den zu ändernden " -":guilabel:`Lagerort`, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, aktualisieren " -"Sie den Namen und klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" -"Einen Lieferauftrag in 3 Schritten verarbeiten (Kommissionierung + " -"Verpackung + Versand)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie in der App :menuselection:`Verkauf` ein neues Angebot, indem " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Kunden`, fügen " -"Sie ein lagerfähiges :guilabel:`Produkt` hinzu, und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Bestätigen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" -"Oben rechts erscheint eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung`. " -"Wenn Sie darauf klicken, werden der Kommissionierauftrag, der " -"Verpackungsauftrag und der Lieferauftrag angezeigt, die alle mit dem " -"Verkaufsauftrag verbunden sind." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -7860,11 +8562,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nach der Bestätigung des Verkaufsauftrags erscheint die intelligente " "Schaltfläche Lieferung mit drei zugehörigen Artikeln" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "Eine Kommissionierung verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -7882,7 +8584,7 @@ msgstr "" "„Bereit“-Status für den Kommissioniervorgang, während die Pack- und " "Liefervorgänge warten auf einen anderen Vorgang." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -7899,7 +8601,7 @@ msgstr "" "erst auf :guilabel:`Bereit`, wenn das Verpacken als :guilabel:`Erledigt` " "markiert wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -7915,7 +8617,7 @@ msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" "Der Kommissionierauftrag ist in der Kanban-Ansicht des Lagers zu sehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -7936,11 +8638,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "Kommissionierung valdieren durch Klick auf Validieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "Eine Verpackung verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -7956,7 +8658,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "Der Packauftrag ist in der Kanban-Ansicht des Lagers zu sehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -7972,7 +8674,7 @@ msgstr "" "Auf dem Packauftrag auf Validieren klicken, um das Produkt aus der Packzone " "an den Ausgangsort zu übertragen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " @@ -7983,11 +8685,11 @@ msgstr "" "verschoben. Dann ändert sich der Status des Dokuments auf " ":guilabel:`Erledigt`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "Eine Lieferung verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -8004,7 +8706,7 @@ msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" "Der Lieferauftrag ist in der Kanban-Ansicht der Lieferaufträge zu sehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -8021,7 +8723,7 @@ msgstr "" "Auf dem Lieferauftrag auf Validieren klicken, um das Produkt vom Ausgabeort " "zum den Kundenstandort zu übertragen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -8111,7 +8813,7 @@ msgstr "Produkte direkt anliefern (1 Schritt)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "Einen Einkaufsauftrag erstellen" @@ -8791,18 +9493,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " -"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" -"Als nächstes muss das Lager für dreistufige Eingänge konfiguriert werden. " -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Lagerhäuser`, und " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, um das Lager zu bearbeiten. Wählen " -"Sie dann :guilabel:`Wareneingang, dann Qualität und dann Lager (3 Schritte)`" -" für :guilabel:`Wareneingänge`. Anschließend :guilabel:`Speichern` Sie die " -"Änderungen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." @@ -8810,38 +9512,29 @@ msgstr "" "Die Option für Wareneingänge so einstellen, dass sie in drei Schritten " "erhalten werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie dreistufige Eingänge und Lieferungen aktivieren, werden zwei neue " -"interne Orte erstellt: *Eingang* (WH/Input) und ein *Qualitätskontrolle* " -"(WH/Quality Control). Um diese Orte umzubenennen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`, wählen Sie den zu ändernden " -":guilabel:`Lagerort`, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, aktualisieren " -"Sie den Namen und klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -"Einen Eingang in drei Schritten verarbeiten (Eingang + Qualität + Lager)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie in der App :menuselection:`Einkauf` ein neues Angebot, indem " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken. Wählen Sie einen :guilabel:`Lieferanten`, " -"fügen Sie ein lagerfähiges :guilabel:`Produkt` hinzu, und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Auftrag bestätigen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " @@ -8852,11 +9545,11 @@ msgstr "" " Sie auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Wareneingang` klicken, " "wird die Eingangsauftrag angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Einen Wareneingang verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -8876,7 +9569,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der Status der drei Eingangstransfers zeigt an, welcher Vorgang bereit ist " "und welche auf einen anderen Vorgang warten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -8891,7 +9584,7 @@ msgstr "" "erst verarbeitet werden können, wenn der verknüpfte Schritt vor jedem " "Transfer abgeschlossen ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -8905,7 +9598,7 @@ msgstr "" "dann mit :guilabel:`Bereit` gekennzeichnet, wenn der Transfer an Qualität " "als :guilabel:`Erledigt` markiert wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -8922,7 +9615,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ein zur Bearbeitung bereitstehender Wareneingang in der Kanban-Ansicht " "Lagerübersicht." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -8940,11 +9633,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wareneingang validieren durch Klick auf Validieren und das Produkt wird dann" " an den Ort WH/Quality übertragen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "Einen Transfer an die Qualitätskontrolle verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -8958,7 +9651,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Übersicht` auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`1 zu " "verarbeiten` auf der Kanban-Karte :guilabel:`Interne Transfers`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -8981,11 +9674,11 @@ msgstr "" "Den internen Transfer validieren, um den Artikel zum Qualitätskontrollpunkt " "zu verschieben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "Einen Transfer zum Bestand verarbeiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -8998,7 +9691,7 @@ msgstr "" "die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`1 zu verarbeiten` auf der Kanban-" "Karte :guilabel:`Interne Transfers`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -19902,12 +20595,10 @@ msgstr "Stücklisten für Produktvarianten verwalten" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" -"Mit Odoo kann eine einzige Stückliste für mehrere Varianten desselben " -"Produkts verwendet werden. Eine konsolidierte Stückliste für ein Produkt mit" -" Varianten spart Zeit, da Sie nicht mehrere Stücklisten verwalten müssen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" @@ -19915,52 +20606,169 @@ msgstr "Produktvarianten aktivieren" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" -"Um Varianten zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie einfach zu :menuselection:`Lager " -"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Produkte`, und aktivieren Sie die " -"Option :guilabel:`Varianten`. Klicken Sie anschließend auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Einstellung zu übernehmen. Weitere " -"Informationen zur Konfiguration von Produktvarianten finden Sie auf " -":doc:`dieser Seite " -"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "Auswahl von „Varianten“ in den Einstellungen der Lagerapp." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "Stücklistenkomponenten auf Produktvarianten anwenden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" -"Als nächstes erstellen Sie eine neue Stückliste oder bearbeiten eine " -"bestehende, indem Sie auf :menuselection:`Fertigung --> Produkte --> " -"Stücklisten` gehen. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Die Option " -":guilabel:`Auf Varianten anwenden`, mit der Sie Komponenten bestimmten " -"Produktvarianten in der Stückliste zuordnen können, ist verfügbar, sobald " -"die Einstellung :guilabel:`Varianten` in der :guilabel:`Lager`-App aktiviert" -" wurde. Wenn das Feld :guilabel:`Auf Varianten anwenden` nicht sofort " -"sichtbar ist, aktivieren Sie es über das Menü der zusätzlichen Optionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "Option „Auf Varianten anwenden“ im Menü der zusätzlichen Optionen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " @@ -19971,21 +20779,152 @@ msgstr "" "verwendet. Das gleiche Prinzip gilt für die Konfiguration von Vorgängen und " "Nebenprodukten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Stücklisten für Varianten durch Komponentenzuweisung definieren, " -"sollten Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Produktvariante` im Hauptteil der Stückliste" -" leer lassen, wie unten gezeigt. Dieses Feld wird nur verwendet, wenn Sie " -"eine Stückliste speziell für eine Produktvariante erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." -msgstr "Komponenten auf mehrere Varianten anwenden." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" @@ -20759,10 +21698,6 @@ msgstr "" "einfach in den Preis des Subunternehmers **s** auf und entfernen die " "Produkte *B* aus der *Stückliste*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeit" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 1fe681129..3fa9459df 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # philku79 , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Liste` und :guilabel:`Grafik`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Listenansicht" @@ -3004,420 +3004,514 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Erweitert" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" -msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen" +msgid "Campaign metrics" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" -"Kennzahlen sind detaillierte Statistiken, die den Fortschritt und Erfolg von" -" Marketingkampagnen messen. Bei der Erstellung von Marketing-Aktivitäten in " -"einem Arbeitsablauf zeigt Odoo visuell verschiedene Kennzahlen in Bezug auf " -"die Kampagne mit detaillierten Diagrammen und ausführlichen Daten an." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" -"Ein typisches Liniendiagramm in einem Marketing-Automatisierungsablauf, das " -"die Erfolgsquote einer E-Mail zeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "Ein Beispiel für eine Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Fall ist das :guilabel:`Ziel` dieser Kampagne auf " -":guilabel:`Lead/Verkaufschance` eingestellt und wurde so eingegrenzt, dass " -"es sich *nur* auf die Leads (oder Verkaufschancen) konzentriert, deren " -":guilabel:`Stichwortbezeichnung` den Wert `Produkt` enthält – und die *auch*" -" eine E-Mail-Adresse in der Datenbank eingerichtet haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" -"Unter den Filterknoten zeigt Odoo an, wie viele Datensätze in der Datenbank " -"unter das zuvor festgelegte Filterkriterium fallen." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" -"Nachstehend finden Sie 18 Datensätze in der Datenbank, die den Kriterien " -"entsprechen." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Filter für die Lead-Generierung, die zur Verfeinerung der Datensätze von " -"Automatisierungskampagnen in Odoo verwendet werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" -"Am oberen Rand des Formulars für die Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne " -"befindet sich eine Reihe intelligenter Schaltflächen. Die intelligente " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Teilnahmen` in diesem Beispiel zeigt an, dass von " -"diesen 18 Datensätzen 25 zu Teilnehmern geworden sind. Mit anderen Worten: " -"Sie haben die Kriterien erfüllt und bereits auf die eine oder andere Weise " -"mit der Kampagne interagiert." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Datensätze` stellen eine Echtzeit-Anzahl dar. Während der " -"Arbeitsablauf läuft, können daher Änderungen an Datensätzen von " -"Verkaufschancen (Löschungen, Ergänzungen oder Anpassungen) auftreten." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" -"Das bedeutet, dass die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Datensätze` in Echtzeit " -"aktualisiert wird, aber solche Aktualisierungen *nicht* die Anzahl der " -":guilabel:`Teilnehmer` verändern, da die Kennzahl Verkaufschancen *nicht* " -"ausschließt, die bereits vorher als :guilabel:`Teilnehmer` festgelegt wurden" -" – Odoo fügt einfach neue hinzu." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." -msgstr "" -"Aus diesem Grund kann die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Datensätze` von Zeit zu Zeit" -" von der Anzahl der :guilabel:`Teilnehmer` abweichen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" -"Differenz zwischen der Anzahl der Echtzeit-Datensätze und der Gesamtzahl der" -" Teilnehmer an einer Markierungskampagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" -"Jedes Mal, wenn das System läuft, Zahlen aktualisiert und Aktionen auslöst, " -"prüft es das :guilabel:`Ziel`-Modell und ob neue :guilabel:`Datensätze` " -"hinzugefügt (oder geändert) wurden, wodurch der Ablauf immer auf dem " -"neuesten Stand bleibt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" -"Der :guilabel:`Filter` wird hier auf *alle* Aktivitäten angewendet. Leads, " -"die in der Zwischenzeit dieses spezifische Stichwort (`Produkt`) verlieren, " -"werden von späteren Aktivitäten ausgeschlossen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -"Filter können auch auf einzelne Aktivitäten angewendet werden, und zwar im " -"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Bereich` des Pop-up-Formulars :guilabel:`Aktivität`. " -"Verwenden Sie diese Funktion, um einen individuellen Filter festzulegen, der" -" *nur* ausgeführt wird, wenn die Datensätze *beide* Filterkriterien erfüllen" -" – den Aktivitätsfilter und seinen spezifischen Bereichsfilter." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie bei der Konfiguration einer SMS-Aktivität sicher, dass eine " -"bestimmte Telefonnummer eingestellt ist, um zu vermeiden, dass eine SMS " -"ausgelöst wird, die nie gesendet wird." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Ein relevanter Zielfilter, der für eine Art von individueller Aktivität " -"gilt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Erfolgreich` gibt an, wie oft die Suche nach Teilnehmern, die den" -" Filterkriterien dieser Aktivität entsprechen, erfolgreich durchgeführt " -"wurde, bezogen auf die Gesamtzahl der Teilnehmer. Wenn ein Teilnehmer die " -"Bedingungen *nicht* erfüllt, wird er zur Zahl :guilabel:`Abgelehnt` " -"hinzugefügt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Übersicht über die Teilnehmer, die den Filterkriterien für eine Aktivität " -"entsprechen oder nicht entsprechen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Diagramm eines Blocks mit " -"Automatisierungsaktivitäten bewegen, zeigt Odoo die Anzahl der erfolgreichen" -" und abgelehnten Teilnehmer pro Tag in den letzten 15 Tagen an." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Nachverfolgungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Teilnehmer" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" -"Immer wenn ein neuer Datensatz zum :guilabel:`Ziel`-Modell hinzugefügt wird," -" wird er automatisch dem Arbeitsablauf hinzugefügt, und der Arbeitsablauf " -"beginnt von vorne (:guilabel:`Übergeordenete Aktion`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Loslegen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Loslegen" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" -"Odoo *Marketing-Automatisierung* automatisiert eine Vielzahl von " -"Marketingaufgaben, indem sie spezifische Regeln und Filter kombiniert, um " -"zeitlich festgelegte Aktionen zu generieren. Anstatt jede Phase einer " -"Kampagne (z. B. eine Reihe von zeitgesteuerten Massenmailings) manuell " -"erstellen zu müssen, ermöglicht die *Marketing-Automatisierungsapp* dem " -"Marketingspezialisten, die gesamte Kampagne und alle ihre Phasen an einem " -"Ort auf einem einzigen Dashboard zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Eine Kampagne erstellen" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" -"Um eine neue automatisierte Marketingkampagne zu erstellen, öffnen Sie die " -":menuselection:`Marketing-Automatisierungsapp` und klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` in der oberen linken Ecke. Dadurch wird auf " -"einer separaten Seite ein leeres Formular mit Details zur Marketing-" -"Automatisierungskampagne angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" -msgstr "" -"Auf der leeren Seite der Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne sind die " -"folgenden intelligenten Schaltflächen und Felder verfügbar:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -"Ein Dashboard mit der Erstellung einer neuen Marketing-" -"Automatisierungskampagne in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" -msgstr "**Intelligente Schaltflächen**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vorlagen`: steht für die Anzahl der vorkonfigurierten E-Mail-" -"Vorlagen, die in dieser bestimmten Kampagne verwendet werden. (Vorlagen " -"können jederzeit auch spontan erstellt werden)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: steht für die Anzahl der personalisierten SMS-Nachrichten " -"im Zusammenhang mit dieser Kampagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Klicks`: gibt an, wie oft die angehängten Links von den " -"Empfängern dieser Kampagne angeklickt worden sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Teilnehmer`: gibt die Anzahl der Kontakte an, die direkt an " -"dieser Kampagne teilgenommen haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "**Felder**" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Name`: stellt den Namen der zu erstellenden Marketing-" -"Automatisierungskampagne dar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ziel`: Dieses Feld ist ein Drop-down-Menü, mit dem Sie auswählen " -"können, auf welches Modell diese Kampagne abzielt (z. B. Kontakte, " -"Verkaufsauftrag, Lead/Verkaufschance usw.)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: Dieses Feld bietet zahlreiche konfigurierbare Kriterien," -" die zur weiteren Eingrenzung der Zielgruppen für die Marketing-" -"Automatisierungskampagne verwendet werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "Kampagnenfilter" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -"Um der Zielgruppe einen :guilabel:`Filter` hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Filter hinzufügen`, woraufhin ein Knotenfeld erscheint. In dem " -"Knotenfeld kann eine benutzerdefinierte Gleichung konfiguriert werden, die " -"Odoo bei der Filterung der Personen verwendet, die in diese spezielle " -"Marketingkampagne aufgenommen (und von ihr ausgeschlossen) werden sollen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Ein Filterknoten in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -"Wenn das erste Feld des Knotens angeklickt wird, erscheint auf dem " -"Bildschirm ein verschachteltes Drop-down-Menü mit Optionen, in dem je nach " -"den Anforderungen der Kampagne bestimmte Kriterien ausgewählt werden. Die " -"übrigen Felder des Knotens definieren die Kriterien, die bestimmen, welche " -"Datensätze in die Ausführung der Kampagne einbezogen (oder von ihr " -"ausgeschlossen) werden sollen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -"Um einen weiteren Knoten hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " -":guilabel:`➕ (Pluszeichen)` rechts neben der Filterregel. Um einen Zweig " -"mehrerer Knoten gleichzeitig hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " -":guilabel:`⋯ (Ellipsen)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen zu Filtern finden Sie auf :doc:`dieser " -"Dokumentationsseite " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Datensätze` stellen die Anzahl der Kontakte im System dar, die " -"die angegebenen Kriterien für eine Kampagne erfüllen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" @@ -3739,89 +3833,114 @@ msgstr "Kampagnen testen/führen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -"Odoo gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, Marketingkampagnen (und Mailings) zu " -"testen, bevor sie offiziell gestartet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie zunächst die :menuselection:`Marketing-Automatisierungsapp` und " -"wählen Sie die gewünschte Kampagne aus, woraufhin sich das Detailformular " -"dieser Kampagne öffnet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich im Kampagnendetailformular, dass die Kampagne bereits " -"Aktivitäten konfiguriert hat (oder erstellen Sie eine Kampagne, indem Sie " -"den Anweisungen :doc:`dieser Dokumentation " -"`" -" folgen)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" -"Um einen Test durchzuführen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Einen Test starten` am oberen Rand des Kampagnenformulars." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Schaltfläche „Einen Test starten“ in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Einen Test " -"starten`. Wählen Sie im Drop-down-Feld einen bestehenden Datensatz (oder " -"erstellen Sie einen neuen), um den Test durchzuführen. Um einen ganz neuen " -"Datensatz zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf den Link :guilabel:`Mehr suchen ...`" -" unten im Drop-down-Menü und dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -"Daraufhin erscheint ein leeres Kontaktformular, in das Sie den " -":guilabel:`Namen` und die :guilabel:`E-Mail` eingeben müssen. Wenn Sie alle " -"erforderlichen Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern` und Odoo kehrt zum Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Einen " -"Test starten` zurück, mit dem neuen Datensatz im Feld :guilabel:`Wählen Sie " -"einen Kontakt aus oder erstellen Sie einen neuen, um einen Testteilnehmer zu" -" generieren`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" -"Sobald ein Datensatz ausgewählt ist, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Fortfahren`," -" und Odoo öffnet die Kampagnentestseite." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Testbildschirm in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -3835,7 +3954,7 @@ msgstr "" "Darunter, im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Arbeitsablauf`, sehen Sie die erste " "Aktivität (oder Aktivitäten) in dem Arbeitsablauf, der getestet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -3849,121 +3968,515 @@ msgstr "" "Ergebnisse (und Analysen), die mit dieser speziellen Aktivität verbunden " "sind, in Echtzeit an." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Fortschritt des Testlaufs in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" -"Sobald alle Ablaufsaktivitäten abgeschlossen sind, wird der Test beendet und" -" geht in die Phase :guilabel:`Abgeschlossen` über. Um einen Test zu beenden," -" bevor alle Ablaufsaktivitäten abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Stopp` in der oberen linken Ecke der " -"Kampagnentestseite." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" -msgstr "Marketing-Aktivitäten" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Kampagne in der *Marketing-Automatisierungsapp* erstellen, " -"können Sie Marketingaktivitäten wie E-Mail- oder SMS-Kampagnen planen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zum Loslegen zum unteren Ende eines Formulars für Marketing-" -"Automatisierungskampagnen und klicken auf :guilabel:`Neue Aktivität " -"hinzufügen`. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Aktivitäten" -" erstellen`. Bei diesem Pop-up-Fenster handelt es sich um eine leere " -"Aktivitätsvorlage, in der spezifische Parameter für die jeweilige Aktivität " -"festgelegt werden können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Felder sind im Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Aktivitäten " -"erstellen` verfügbar (wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Neue Aktivität hinzufügen` " -"klicken):" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Eine Aktivitätsvorlage in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Aktivitätsbezeichnung`: der Titel der Aktivität." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp`: Wählen Sie zwischen `E-Mail`, `Serveraktion` " -"(interner Odoo-Vorgang) oder `SMS`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage`: Wählen Sie aus vorkonfigurierten Vorlagen aus " -"(oder erstellen Sie eine neue Vorlage im Handumdrehen)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Auslöser`: Wählen Sie, wann diese Aktivität ausgelöst werden " -"soll." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gültigkeitsdauer`: Konfigurieren Sie, dass die Aktionen nach " -"einer bestimmten Zeitspanne (nach dem geplanten Datum) beendet werden. Wenn " -"Sie diese Option wählen, erscheint ein Feld :guilabel:`Abbrechen nach`, in " -"dem der Benutzer auswählen kann, nach wie vielen :guilabel:`Stunden, Tagen, " -"Wochen oder Monaten` die Aktionen nach dem ursprünglichen Datum beendet " -"werden sollen." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Aktivitätsfilter`: Bereich, der sich auf diese Aktivität (und " -"alle nachfolgenden untergeordneten Aktivitäten) bezieht." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Angewandter Filter`: Die Aktivität wird *nur* ausgeführt, wenn " -"sie den angegebenen Bereich (Filter) erfüllt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Auslöser" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -3981,22 +4494,23 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um die Aktivität zu löschen und zum Formular für die " "Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne zurückzukehren." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Arbeitsablaufsaktivität" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Sobald eine Aktivität gespeichert wurde, erscheint der Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Arbeitsablaufsaktivität` am unteren Rand des Formulars für die " -"Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne. Jede Aktivität wird als Liniendiagramm " -"angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Typische Arbeitsablaufsaktivität in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" "The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " "the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " @@ -4006,7 +4520,7 @@ msgstr "" "links neben der Karte :guilabel:`Arbeitsablaufsaktivität` im Abschnitt " ":guilabel:`Arbeitsablauf`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " ":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " @@ -4016,77 +4530,67 @@ msgstr "" "Zahl angezeigt, die die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Erfolgreichen` oder " ":guilabel:`Abgelehnten` Aktivitäten angibt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Typische Arbeitsablaufsaktivität in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"Wenn der :guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp` der Aktivität auf :guilabel:`E-Mail` " -"eingestellt ist, finden Sie unter den Daten des Aktivitätsdiagramms eine " -"detailliertere Analyse, die angibt, wie viele E-Mails :guilabel:`Gesendet` " -"und wie viel Prozent davon :guilabel:`Angeklickt` und " -":guilabel:`Beantwortet` wurden oder :guilabel:`Unzustellbar` waren." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Untergeordnete Aktivitäten" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -"Sie haben auch die Möglichkeit, eine *untergeordnete Aktivität* " -"hinzuzufügen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Untergeordnete Aktivität hinzufügen` " -"klicken, das sich am unteren Rand jedes Aktivitätsblocks im Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Arbeitsablauf` eines Marketing-Automatisierungsformulars " -"befindet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -"Untergeordnete Aktivitäten sind Unteraktivitäten, die mit der darüber " -"liegenden Aktivität, die auch als *übergeordnete Aktivität* bezeichnet wird," -" verbunden sind (und von ihr ausgelöst werden)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -"Odoo bietet eine Reihe von Auslöseoptionen, um eine untergeordnete Aktivität" -" zu starten, die alle von den Auslöser-Konfigurationen der übergeordneten " -"Aktivität abhängen. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger unter der gewünschten " -"übergeordneten Aktivität auf :guilabel:`Untergeordnete Aktivität hinzufügen`" -" und wählen Sie einen der folgenden Auslöser:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Eine andere Aktivität hinzufügen`: Fügen Sie sofort eine weitere " -"Aktivität hinzu." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Geöffnet`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn der " -"(E-Mail-)Empfänger das Mailing öffnet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -4094,7 +4598,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nicht geöffnet`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn der " "Empfänger das Mailing nicht öffnet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -4102,7 +4606,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Beantwortet`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn der " "Empfänger auf das Mailing antwortet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -4110,7 +4614,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nicht beantwortet`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn " "der Empfänger nicht auf das Mailing antwortet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4118,7 +4622,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Angeklickt`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn der " "Empfänger auf den im Mailing enthaltenen Link klickt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4126,7 +4630,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nicht angeklickt`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn der" " Empfänger nicht auf den im Mailing enthaltenen Link klickt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -4134,20 +4638,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Unzustellbar`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn das " "Mailing unzustellbar ist (oder nicht gesendet wurde)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" -"Sobald ein Auslöser ausgewählt wurde, kann der Benutzer die untergeordnete " -"Aktivität konfigurieren (sie verfügt über dieselben Konfigurationsoptionen " -"wie eine reguläre Aktivität) und auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen` " -"klicken, um die Erstellung der untergeordneten Aktivität abzuschließen, die " -"dann im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Arbeitsablauf` leicht eingerückt unter ihrer " -"übergeordneten Aktivität angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -5993,224 +6488,380 @@ msgstr "Grundlegende Informationen zu Social Marketing" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" -"Odoo *Social Marketing* hilft Marketingspezialisten für Inahlte, Beiträge zu" -" erstellen und zu planen, verschiedene Social-Media-Konten zu verwalten, die" -" Effektivität von Inhalten zu analysieren und direkt mit den Followern in " -"den sozialen Medien zu kommunizieren – und das alles an einem zentralen Ort." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" -msgstr "Social-Media-Konten hinzufügen" +msgid "Social media accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" -"Um Beiträge erstellen zu können, muss jedes Social-Media-Konto als Stream in" -" Odoo *Social Marketing* hinzugefügt werden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" -msgstr "Einen Social-Media-Stream hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie ein Social-Media-Konto als Stream hinzu, indem Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` navigieren und dann die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Stream hinzufügen` in der oberen linken Ecke auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Stream hinzufügen` klicken, erscheint das folgende " -"Pop-up-Fenster, in dem die verschiedenen sozialen Medien zur Auswahl stehen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Popup-Fensters, das erscheint, wenn Sie in Odoo 'Stream " -"hinzufügen' wählen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -"Je nach Ihrer Odoo-Version stehen Ihnen weitere Optionen für soziale Medien " -"zur Verfügung." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie in diesem Pop-up-Fenster eine Option für soziale Medien aus: " -":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn` oder :guilabel:`Twitter`." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" -"Anschließend navigiert Odoo direkt zur Autorisierungsseite des jeweiligen " -"Social-Media-Kontos, auf der die Erlaubnis erteilt werden muss, damit Odoo " -"das betreffende Social-Media-Konto der App *Social Marketing* als Stream auf" -" dem Hauptdashboard der App hinzufügen kann." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" -"Eine Facebook-Seite kann hinzugefügt werden, solange das Facebook-Konto, das" -" die Erlaubnis erteilt, der Administrator für die Seite ist. Außerdem können" -" verschiedene Seiten für verschiedene Streams hinzugefügt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" -"Sobald die Genehmigung erteilt ist, navigiert Odoo zurück zum " -":guilabel:`Feed` auf dem Hauptdashboard :guilabel:`Social Marketing` und " -"eine neue Spalte mit den Beiträgen dieses Kontos wird automatisch " -"hinzugefügt." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" -"Von hier aus können Sie jederzeit neue Konten und/oder Streams hinzufügen " -"und verwalten." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" -"Beispiel für ein mit Streams gefülltes Dashboard in Odoo Social Marketing" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Konten in sozialen Medien zum Feed hinzufügen, werden auch die KPIs" -" der jeweiligen Plattform verlinkt (sofern die Plattform über solche " -"verfügt). Um zu den Statistiken und Kennzahlen für ein beliebiges Social-" -"Media-Konto zu gelangen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Einblicke`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -"Der Link für Einblicke, auf den Sie für jeden in Odoo hinzugefügten Social-" -"Media-Stream zugreifen können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" -msgstr "Social-Media-Beiträge in Odoo erstellen und veröffentlichen" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -"Um in der :menuselection:`Social-Marketing`-App Inhalte für Social-Media-" -"Konten zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neuer " -"Beitrag` in der oberen linken Ecke des Hauptdashboards oder navigieren Sie " -"zu :menuselection:`Beiträge --> Neu` im Kopfmenü." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." msgstr "" -"Auf beiden Wegen erhalten Sie eine leere Seite mit Beitragsvorlagen, die Sie" -" auf verschiedene Weise anpassen und konfigurieren können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "Wie ein Social-Media-Beitrag direkt über Odoo erstellt wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "Beitragsvorlage" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Auf der Seite für Beitragsvorlagen stehen Ihnen viele verschiedene Optionen " -"zur Verfügung." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Beiträge" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "Abschnitt „Ihre Beiträge“" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Die erste Option ist das Feld :guilabel:`Posten auf`. Hier wird festgelegt, " -"auf welchen Konten in sozialen Medien oder auf welchen Websites per Push-" -"Benachrichtigung dieser Beitrag veröffentlicht werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Einblicke" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Unternehmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Posten auf" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Damit die Option :guilabel:`Push-Benachrichtigung` erscheint, stellen Sie " -"sicher, dass die Funktion *Web-Push-Benachrichtigungen aktivieren* in der " -"*Website*-App aktiviert ist. Navigieren Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Website " -"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Web-Push-" -"Benachrichtigungen aktivieren`, füllen Sie die entsprechenden Felder aus und" -" klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" -"Odoo stellt automatisch jedes verfügbare Social-Media-Konto, das mit der " -"Datenbank verknüpft wurde, als Option in diesem Abschnitt zur Verfügung." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Nachricht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Social-Media-Konto nicht als Stream zur *Social-Marketing*-App " -"hinzugefügt wurde, erscheint es nicht als Option in der Beitragsvorlage." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." @@ -6218,82 +6869,122 @@ msgstr "" "Darauf folgt das Feld :guilabel:`Nachricht`. Hier wird der Hauptinhalt des " "Beitrags erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie in dieses Feld die gewünschte Nachricht für den Beitrag ein. " -"Rechts, während das Feld :guilabel:`Nachricht` ausgefüllt wird, zeigt Odoo " -"visuelle Beispiele an, wie der Beitrag auf allen zuvor ausgewählten Konten " -"der sozialen Medien aus dem Feld :guilabel:`Posten auf` oben aussehen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -"Emojis können auch direkt in den Text im :guilabel:`Nachricht`-Feld " -"eingefügt werden. Klicken Sie einfach auf das :guilabel:`Emoji " -"(Smiley)`-Symbol, das sich in der Zeile des Feldes :guilabel:`Nachricht` " -"ganz rechts befindet. Wenn Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken, öffnet sich ein " -"Drop-down-Menü mit zahlreichen Emojis, aus denen Sie wählen können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -"Wenn in dem Beitrag Bilder verwendet werden sollen, klicken Sie auf den Link" -" :guilabel:`BILDER ANHÄNGEN` unter dem Feld :guilabel:`Nachricht`, woraufhin" -" Odoo ein Pop-up-Fenster öffnet. In diesem Pop-up-Fenster müssen Sie das " -"gewünschte Bild auswählen und dann hochladen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Bilder anhängen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -"Eine Vorschau des gesamten Beitrags, Text und Bild (falls zutreffend), wird " -"sofort in der visuellen Vorschau des Beitrags angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -"Danach haben Sie die Möglichkeit, diesen Beitrag einer bestimmten " -"Marketingkampagne in der Datenbank im Feld :guilabel:`Kampagne` zuzuordnen. " -"Klicken Sie auf die leere Zeile neben :guilabel:`Kampagne`, um die zuvor " -"konfigurierten Kampagnen anzuzeigen, aus denen Sie wählen können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -"Sie können auch eine neue Kampagne erstellen, indem Sie den Namen der neuen " -"Kampagne in das leere Feld :guilabel:`Kampagne` eingeben und " -":guilabel:`Erstellen` aus dem Drop-down-Menü des Feldes wählen. Oder wählen " -"Sie :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...` aus dem Menü, um die neu " -"erstellte Kampagne weiter anzupassen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Kampagne" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -"Ein Social-Media-Beitrag muss einer Kampagne *nicht* angehängt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Wann" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " @@ -6303,286 +6994,252 @@ msgstr "" "damit Odoo den Beitrag sofort veröffentlicht, oder :guilabel:`Für später " "planen`, damit Odoo den Beitrag zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt veröffentlicht." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Option :guilabel:`Für später planen` ausgewählt ist, zeigt Odoo ein" -" neues Feld darunter an (das Feld :guilabel:`Geplantes Datum`). Wenn Sie auf" -" dieses leere Feld klicken, erscheint ein Pop-up-Kalender, in dem ein " -"zukünftiges Datum und eine Uhrzeit angegeben sind. Zu diesem Zeitpunkt wird " -"Odoo den Beitrag sofort auf den vorher festgelegten Social-Media-Konten " -"veröffentlichen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Datum, um den Beitrag für diesen Tag zu " -"planen. Wählen Sie dann entweder die Standardzeit im Feld " -":guilabel:`Geplantes Datum` manuell aus und passen Sie sie an. Oder Sie " -"passen die gewünschte Zeit für den Beitrag an, indem Sie auf das Symbol für " -":guilabel:`Planung (Uhr)` im Kalender-Pop-up klicken und die gewünschte Zeit" -" wählen, zu der Odoo diesen Beitrag an diesem zukünftigen Datum " -"veröffentlichen soll." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Beitrag planen, müssen Sie oben links in der Beitragsvorlage " -"auf :guilabel:`Planen` klicken. Damit legen Sie fest, dass Odoo den Beitrag " -"an einem bestimmten Datum und zu einer bestimmten Uhrzeit versendet. " -"Außerdem wird der Status des Beitrags auf :guilabel:`Geplant` geändert." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Planen` klicken, erscheinen auf der Beitragsseite " -"eine Reihe von analytischen Schaltflächen. Jede von ihnen bietet eine " -"detaillierte Analyse der entsprechenden Kennzahl (z. B. :guilabel:`Leads`, " -":guilabel:`Umsätze`, usw.). Die gleichen intelligenten Schaltflächen " -"erscheinen auch, wenn ein Beitrag offiziell veröffentlicht wird." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "Abschnitt „Optionen für Push-Benachrichtigungen“" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -"Wenn im Feld :guilabel:`Push-Benachrichtiugngen` eine der Optionen " -":guilabel:`Posten auf` ausgewählt wurde, bietet Odoo einen weiteren Bereich " -"mit Einstellungen/Optionen am unteren Rand der Beitragsvorlage. Bitte " -"beachten Sie, dass *keins* dieser Felder erforderlich ist." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Optionen für Push-Benachrichtigungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"Das erste Feld ist für einen :guilabel:`Titel der Benachrichtigung`. Dabei " -"handelt es sich um einen Text, der als Titel der Push-Benachrichtigung " -"angezeigt wird, wenn diese gesendet wird. Odoo zeigt eine visuelle Vorschau " -"dieses Titels an, wenn ein solcher erstellt wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"Um eine bestimmte Seite auf der Website zu bestimmen, die diese Push-" -"Benachrichtigung auslösen soll, geben Sie die URL dieser Seite in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Ziel-URL` ein. Sobald ein Besucher diese bestimmte Seite " -"erreicht, zeigt Odoo die Push-Benachrichtigung an." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"Unter diesem Feld befindet sich die Option, ein benutzerdefiniertes " -":guilabel:`Icon-Bild` hinzuzufügen. Dies ist ein Symbol, das neben der Push-" -"Benachrichtigung erscheint. Standardmäßig verwendet Odoo ein „Smiley“ als " -"Symbol." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -"Um ein neues Bild hochzuladen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " -":guilabel:`Bearbeiten (Bleistift)`, wenn Sie mit dem Mauszeiger über das " -"Feld :guilabel:`Icon-Bild` fahren. Suchen Sie dann das gewünschte Bild und " -"laden Sie es hoch. Odoo zeigt dann automatisch eine Vorschau an, wie das " -"Symbol in der Push-Benachrichtigung aussehen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -"Als nächstes gibt es die Option :guilabel:`In der Zeitzone des Besuchers " -"versenden`. Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, sendet Odoo die Nachricht zur " -"passenden, vorher festgelegten Zeit, wobei der Standort des Besuchers " -"berücksichtigt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "Benachrichtigungsoptionen speichern, posten und testen" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie alle Änderungen vorgenommen haben und der Beitrag fertig ist, " -"klicken Sie entweder auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um den Beitrag als *Entwurf*" -" zu speichern. Oder, wenn der Beitrag sofort veröffentlicht werden soll, " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Posten`, und Odoo veröffentlicht den Beitrag " -"automatisch auf den vorher festgelegten Social-Media-Konten." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -"Es gibt auch die Option :guilabel:`Benachrichtigung testen`, wenn eine " -":guilabel:`Push-Benachrichtigung` im Feld :guilabel:`Posten auf` ausgewählt " -"wurde. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erhalten Sie ein schnelles Beispiel dafür, " -"wie die Benachrichtigung für Besucher aussehen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "Statusleiste für Social-Media-Beiträge" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -"Oben rechts auf der Seite :guilabel:`Beitragsvorlage` befindet sich die " -":guilabel:`Statusleiste`. Hier wird der aktuelle Status des Beitrags " -"angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern` klicken, befindet sich der Beitrag im " -"Status *Entwurf*." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -"Wenn der Beitrag für ein zukünftiges Datum/eine zukünftige Zeit geplant ist " -"und die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Planen` angeklickt wurde, ist der Status des" -" Beitrags *Geplant*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -"Wenn der Beitrag gerade veröffentlicht oder versendet wird, lautet der " -"Status des Beitrags *Posting*. Und wenn der Beitrag bereits veröffentlicht " -"oder versendet wurde, lautet der Status *Gepostet*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "Seite der Beiträge" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -"Um einen vollständigen Überblick über die Beiträge zu erhalten, gehen Sie zu" -" Odoo :menuselection:`Social Marketing`, und klicken Sie im Kopfmenü auf " -":menuselection:`Beiträge`. Hier ist jeder Beitrag, der mit Odoo erstellt und" -" veröffentlicht wurde, verfügbar." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -"Es gibt vier verschiedene Ansichtsoptionen für die Daten der Seite " -":guilabel:`Beiträge`: *Kanban*, *Kalender*, *Liste* und *Pivot*. Die " -"Ansichtsoptionen befinden sich in der oberen rechten Ecke der Seite der " -":guilabel:`Beiträge`, unterhalb der Suchleiste." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -"Odoo zeigt die Beiträge standardmäßig in einer Kanban-Ansicht an. Die " -"Informationen auf dieser Seite können über die Drop-down-Menüs " -":guilabel:`Filter` und :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` noch weiter sortiert " -"werden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht der Seite der Beiträge in Odoo Social Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "Kalenderansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" -"Die Option Kalenderansicht zeigt in einer visuellen Darstellung im " -"Kalenderformat an, wann Beiträge veröffentlicht wurden oder für die " -"Veröffentlichung geplant sind. Diese Option bietet einen klaren Überblick " -"über jeden geplanten Tag, jede Woche oder jeden Monat, und Odoo zeigt alle " -"entworfenen, geplanten und veröffentlichten Beiträge an." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "Beispiel der Kalenderansicht in Odoo Social Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" -"Die Option der Listenansicht ähnelt der Kanban-Option, aber statt einzelner " -"Blöcke werden alle Beitragsinformationen in einem übersichtlichen " -"Listenlayout angezeigt. Jede Zeile der Liste zeigt die :guilabel:`Social-" -"Media-Konten`, :guilabel:`Nachricht` und :guilabel:`Status` jedes Beitrags " -"an." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." @@ -6590,11 +7247,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht der Option zur Listenansicht für eine Seite für Beiträge in Odoo " "Social Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Pivot-Ansicht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -6609,56 +7266,36 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht der Option zur Pivot-Ansicht für eine Seite für Beiträge in Odoo " "Social Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -"Die Option zur Pivot-Ansicht bietet zahlreiche Analyseoptionen, die eine " -"eingehende, detaillierte Analyse verschiedener Beiträge ermöglichen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf ein beliebiges :guilabel:`+ (Pluszeichen)` neben einer Zeile" -" in der Pivot-Tabelle, um weitere metrische Optionen anzuzeigen, die Sie dem" -" Raster hinzufügen können." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -"In der Pivot-Ansicht steht Ihnen die Option :guilabel:`In " -"Tabellenkalkulation einfügen` zur Verfügung, die sich rechts neben dem Drop-" -"down-Menü :guilabel:`Werte` befindet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster, in dem Sie die " -"Möglichkeit haben, diese Informationen zu einem aktuellen Arbeitsblatt " -"hinzuzufügen. Die Option, ein neues Arbeitsblatt für diese Informationen zu " -"erstellen, ist ebenfalls in diesem Pop-up verfügbar." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -"Neben dem :guilabel:`In Tabellenkalkulation einfügen` befinden sich drei " -"Ansichtsoptionen, die speziell für die Pivot-Ansicht gelten." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "Die Optionen sind von links nach rechts:" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." @@ -6666,7 +7303,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Achse spiegeln`, das die *X*- und *Y*-Achse in der Gittertabelle " "umschaltet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." @@ -6674,7 +7311,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Alles aufklappen`, wodurch jede Zeile im Raster aufgeklappt wird " "und detailliertere Informationen zu dieser Zeile angezeigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." @@ -6682,146 +7319,115 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Herunterladen`, wodurch jede Zeile im Raster aufgeklappt wird und" " detailliertere Informationen zu dieser Zeile angezeigt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Besucher" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" -"Um einen vollständigen Überblick über alle Personen zu erhalten, die die mit" -" der Datenbank verbundene(n) Website(s) besucht haben, navigieren Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Besucher` im Kopfmenü." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "Ansicht der Besucherseite in Odoo Social Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -"Hier bietet Odoo ein detailliertes Layout mit allen relevanten Informationen" -" der Besucher in einer Standard-Kanban-Ansicht. Diese Informationen können " -"über die Optionen :guilabel:`Filter` und :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` " -"sortiert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -"Die Besucherdaten können auch als Liste oder als Diagramm angezeigt werden. " -"Diese Ansichtsoptionen finden Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke der Seite " -":guilabel:`Besucher` unterhalb der Suchleiste." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "Social-Media-Seite" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Social Media`, um eine " -"Sammlung aller Optionen für soziale Medien zu sehen: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, und :guilabel:`Push-" -"Benachrichtigungen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "Ansicht der Social-Media-Seite in Odoo Social Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" -"Wenn noch kein Konto mit einem bestimmten sozialen Medium verknüpft wurde, " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Konto verknüpfen`, um mit dem Verknüpfungsprozess" -" fortzufahren." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "Seite der Social-Media-Konten" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" -"Um eine Liste aller mit der Datenbank verknüpften Social-Media-Konten " -"anzuzeigen, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Social-Media-" -"Konten`. Auf dieser Seite werden das :guilabel:`Name des Mediums` und die " -":guilabel:`Social-Media`-Plattform angezeigt, mit der es verknüpft ist." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "Ansicht der Seite für Social-Media-Konten in Odoo Social Marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -"Um ein Social-Media-Konto zu bearbeiten/zu ändern, wählen Sie einfach das " -"gewünschte Konto aus der Liste auf dieser Seite aus und nehmen Sie die " -"erforderlichen Änderungen vor. Vergessen Sie nicht, auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern` zu klicken, um alle Änderungen zu sichern." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "Seite der Social-Media-Streams" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Social-Media-Streams`, " -"um eine separate Seite zu öffnen, die alle Social-Media-Streams enthält, die" -" dem Hauptdashboard der *Social-Marketing*-App hinzugefügt wurden, und die " -"über die Option :guilabel:`Feed` im Kopfmenü zugänglich ist." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -"Hier werden die Informationen zum Social-Media-Stream in einer Liste mit dem" -" :guilabel:`Social Media`, dem :guilabel:`Titel` des Streams und dem " -":guilabel:`Typ` des Streams (z. B. :guilabel:`Beiträge`, " -":guilabel:`Schlagwort` usw.) organisiert." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -"Um die Informationen eines Streams zu ändern, klicken Sie einfach auf den " -"gewünschten Stream in der Liste und nehmen Sie die erforderlichen Änderungen" -" vor. Vergessen Sie nicht, auf :guilabel:`Speichern` zu klicken, um alle " -"Änderungen zu sichern." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -6860,6 +7466,10 @@ msgstr "" "von Kunden (oder Mitarbeitern) zu messen und mehr Einblicke in die sich " "verändernde Marktstimmung zu erhalten." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Loslegen" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index cd588df12..d0c819d8a 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -997,214 +997,174 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "Mit Dialog loslegen" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -"Mit Dialog können Sie die gesamte Kommunikation in Ihrem Unternehmen über " -"Nachrichten, Notizen und Chats zusammenführen. Tauschen Sie Informationen, " -"Projekte und Dateien aus, setzen Sie Prioritäten und bleiben Sie über alle " -"Apps hinweg mit Kollegen und Partnern in Verbindung. Verbessern Sie Ihre " -"Beziehungen, steigern Sie die Produktivität und die Transparenz, indem Sie " -"eine bequeme Art der Kommunikation fördern." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "Ihre Benachrichtigungspräferenz auswählen" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu Ihren *Präferenzen* und wählen Sie aus, wie Sie Ihre " -"Benachrichtigungen behandeln möchten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Ansicht der Präferenzenseite in Odoo Dialog." +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig ist das Feld auf *Mit E-Mail bearbeiten* eingestellt, sodass " -"Nachrichten, Notizen und Benachrichtigungen, in denen Sie erwähnt werden " -"oder denen Sie folgen, per E-Mail versendet werden. Wenn Sie *In Odoo " -"bearbeiten* wählen, werden sie im *Posteingang* angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" -"Nachrichten können dann als *Als To-do*, *Beantwortet* oder *Gelesen* " -"markiert werden." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -"Ansicht einer Posteingangsnachricht und ihrer Aktionsoptionen in Odoo Dialog" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" -"Die mit *Als To-do markieren* gekennzeichneten Nachrichten werden auch unter" -" den *mit Sternchen* versehenden angezeigt, während die mit *Als gelesen " -"markiert* in *Verlauf* verschoben werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Ansicht der als To-do markierten Nachrichten in Odoo Dialog" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "Chatten" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sich zum ersten Mal bei Ihrem Konto anmelden, sendet OdooBot Ihnen " -"eine Nachricht, in der Sie um die Erlaubnis gebeten werden, Desktop-" -"Benachrichtigungen für Chats zu erhalten. Wenn Sie zustimmen, erhalten Sie " -"Push-Benachrichtigungen für die an Sie gesendeten Nachrichten, unabhängig " -"davon, wo Sie sich in Odoo befinden." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Nachrichten unter dem Nachrichtenmenü mit Hervorhebung der " -"Anfrage für Push-Benachrichtigungen für Odoo Dialog" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." +" the browser." msgstr "" -"Um keine Desktop-Benachrichtigungen mehr zu erhalten, setzen Sie die " -"Benachrichtigungseinstellungen Ihres Browsers zurück." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"Um einen Chat zu beginnen, klicken Sie auf *Neue Nachricht* im " -"*Nachrichtenmenü* oder gehen Sie zu *Dialog* und senden Sie eine " -"*Sofortnachricht*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Panels von Dialog mit Hervorhebung der Titelkanäle und " -"Sofortnachrichten in Odoo Dialog" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Sie können auch :doc:`öffentliche und private Kanäle ` " -"erstellen." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "Erwähnungen im Chat und im Chatter" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" -"Um einen Benutzer in einem Chat oder Chatter zu erwähnen, geben Sie " -"*@Benutzername* ein; um sich auf einen Kanal zu beziehen, geben Sie " -"*#Kanalname* ein." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" -"Eine Benachrichtigung wird dem erwähnten Benutzer je nach seinen " -"Einstellungen entweder in seinen *Posteingang* oder per E-Mail zugesandt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Ansicht mehrer Chat-Fenster-Nachrichten für Odoo Dialog" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Benutzer erwähnt wird, schlägt die Suchliste (Namensliste) Werte " -"vor, die zum einen auf den Followern der Aufgabe und zum anderen auf " -"*Mitarbeitern* basieren. Wenn der gesuchte Datensatz weder mit einem " -"Follower noch mit einem Mitarbeiter übereinstimmt, wird die Suche auf alle " -"Partner ausgeweitet." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "Chat-Status" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -"Es ist hilfreich zu sehen, was die Kollegen gerade machen und wie schnell " -"sie auf Nachrichten antworten können, indem Sie ihren *Status* überprüfen. " -"Der Status wird links neben den Namen der Kontakte in der Seitenleiste von " -"Dialog und im Menü *Nachrichtenmenü* angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "Grün = online" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "Orange = abwesend" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "Weiß = offline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "Flugzeug = nicht im Büro" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Ansicht des Status der Kontakte in Odoo Dialog" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1634,6 +1594,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "Kanäle für die Teamkommunikation verwenden" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 816297492..3e20c2d61 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,23 +6,22 @@ # Translators: # Kevin Harrings , 2022 # Leon Grill , 2022 -# Thomas, 2023 # Chris Egal , 2023 # Anja Funk , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Felix Schubert , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -66,26 +65,12 @@ msgstr "Leads in Verkaufschancen umwandeln" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" -"Das System kann Leads anstelle von Verkaufschancen generieren, um einen " -"Qualifizierungsschritt hinzuzufügen, bevor ein *Lead* in eine " -"*Verkaufschance* umgewandelt und den richtigen Vertriebsmitarbeitern " -"zugewiesen wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Sie können diesen Modus in den CRM-Einstellungen aktivieren. Er wird " -"standardmäßig auf alle Ihre Verkaufskanäle angewandt. Sie können ihn jedoch " -"auf bestimmte Kanäle in deren Konfigurationsformular beschränken." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -112,104 +97,200 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie für diese Funktion zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie die *Leads*-Funktion." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"Nun wird unter *Leads* ein neues Untermenü *Leads* aufgeführt, in dem sie " -"aufgelistet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Einen Lead in eine Verkaufschance umwandeln" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf einen *Lead* klicken, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, ihn in eine " -"Verkaufschance umzuwandeln und zu entscheiden, ob er weiterhin demselben " -"Kanal oder derselben Person zugewiesen werden soll oder ob Sie einen neuen " -"Kunden erstellen müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie bereits eine Verkaufschance mit diesem Kunden haben, bietet Odoo " -"Ihnen automatisch an, diese mit dieser Verkaufschance zu verbinden. Auf die " -"gleiche Weise bietet Odoo Ihnen automatisch an, sie mit einem bestehenden " -"Kunden zu verknüpfen, wenn dieser Kunde bereits existiert." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Verkaufschancen zusammenführen" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" -"Odoo schlägt auch automatisch vor, Verkaufschancen zusammenzuführen, wenn " -"sie dieselbe E-Mail-Adresse haben. Beim Zusammenführen von Verkaufschancen " -"führt Odoo die Informationen in der Verkaufschance zusammen, die zuerst " -"erstellt wurde, wobei die Informationen der ersten Verkaufschance Vorrang " -"haben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -"Es gehen keine Informationen verloren: Die Daten der anderen Verkaufschance " -"werden im Chatter und in den Informationsfeldern protokolliert, damit sie " -"leicht zugänglich sind." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie selbst ein Duplikat finden ... können Sie auch Verkaufschancen oder" -" Leads zusammenführen, selbst wenn das System dies nicht vorschlägt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -"So gehen Sie in der Listenansicht vor. Wählen Sie die Verkaufschancen oder " -"Leads aus, die Sie zusammenführen möchten, und die Aktionsschaltfläche wird " -"angezeigt. Dann können Sie „Zusammenführen“ auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" -"Es ist auch möglich, mehr als 2 Verkaufschancen oder Leads zusammenzuführen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -6883,508 +6964,516 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon-Konnektor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "Amazon-Konnektor-Funktionen" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Der **Amazon-Konnektor** synchronisiert die Bestellungen zwischen Amazon und" -" Ihrer Odoo-Datenbank, was die Zeit, die Sie auf Ihrem Dashboard von Amazon " -"Seller Central verbringen, erheblich reduziert und Ihre tägliche Routine " -"erleichtert." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" -msgstr "Unterstützte Funktionen" +msgid "Supported features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" -msgstr "Dieser Konnektor kann Folgendes:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" -"Alle bestätigten Bestellungen (sowohl FBA als auch FBM) (von Amazon zu Odoo)" -" und die dazugehörigen Bestellpositionen synchronisieren, einschließlich:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" -msgstr "der Name, die Beschreibung und die Menge des Produkts" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "die Versandkosten für das Produkt" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "die Kosten für Geschenkverpackungen" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -"In Odoo jeden fehlenden Partner für eine Bestellung erstellen (unterstützte " -"Kontaktarten: Kontakt und Lieferung)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" -"Amazon über eine bestätigte Sendung in Odoo (FBM) benachrichtigen, um " -"bezahlt zu werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "mehrere Verkäuferkonten unterstützen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "mehrere Marketplaces pro Verkäuferkonto unterstützen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "Versand durch Amazon (FBA)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "Versand durch Händler (FBM)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "**Aufträge**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Versendete und stornierte Aufträge synchronisieren" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Nichtversendete und stornierte Aufträge synchronisieren" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "**Versand**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Kosten" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "Lieferung erstellt" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "**Geschenkverpackung**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "Von Amazon durchgeführt" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "Kosten für Geschenkverpackungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" -msgstr "Geschenkmitteilung" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "**Bestandsverwaltung**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" -msgstr "Eine Bestandsbuchung pro Verkaufsauftragsposition" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" -msgstr "Durch Lieferung ausgeführt" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" -msgstr "**Bestätigung**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" -msgstr "Amazon bei Bestätigung der Lieferung benachrichtigen" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -"Der Konnektor dient dazu, die Daten von Bestellungen wie oben beschrieben zu" -" synchronisieren. Andere Aktionen, wie z. B. das Herunterladen einer " -"monatlichen Gebührenübersicht, die Bearbeitung von Streitigkeiten oder die " -"Ausstellung von Rückerstattungen, müssen wie üblich über Amazon Seller " -"Central verwaltet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" -msgstr "Unterstützte Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "**Bestandsverwaltung**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Der Amazon-Konnektor unterstützt alle aktuellen Marketplaces. Wenn ein " -"Marketplace nicht in Ihren Amazon-Marketplaces aufgeführt ist, können Sie " -"einen :ref:`neuen Marketplace hinzufügen `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "Amazon-Bestellungen in Odoo verwalten" +msgid "Amazon order management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "Synchronisierung der Bestellungen" +msgid "Order synchronization" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" -"Die Bestellungen werden in regelmäßigen Abständen automatisch von Amazon " -"abgerufen und in Odoo synchronisiert. Die Synchronisierung basiert auf dem " -"Amazon-Status: Nur Bestellungen, deren Status sich seit der letzten " -"Synchronisierung geändert haben, werden von Amazon abgerufen. Bei **FBA** " -"(Fulfilled by Amazon, deutsch: Versand durch Amazon) werden nur die " -"**versendeten** und **stornierten** Bestellungen abgerufen. Für **FBM** " -"(Fulfilled by Merchant, deutsch: Versand durch Händler) wird dasselbe für " -"**nichtversendete** und **stornierte** Bestellungen gemacht. Für jede " -"synchronisierte Bestellung werden in Odoo ein Verkaufsauftrag und ein Kunde " -"angelegt, wenn sie noch nicht registriert sind." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Wenn eine Bestellung in Amazon storniert wird und bereits in Odoo " -"synchronisiert wurde, wird der entsprechende Verkaufsauftrag automatisch in " -"Odoo storniert." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -"Um die Synchronisierung einer Bestellung zu erzwingen, deren Status sich " -"seit der letzten Synchronisierung nicht geändert hat, aktivieren Sie den " -":ref:`Entwicklermodus `, gehen Sie zu Ihrem Amazon-Konto und" -" ändern Sie das Datum unter :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " -"Sync` (Auftragsverfolgung --> Letzte Auftragssynchronisierung). Wählen Sie " -"ein Datum, das vor der letzten Statusänderung der Bestellung liegt, die Sie " -"synchronisieren möchten und speichern Sie." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" -"Um die Bestellungen Ihres Amazon-Kontos sofort zu synchronisieren, wechseln " -"Sie in den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `, gehen Sie zu Ihrem " -"Amazon-Konto und klicken Sie auf **SYNC ORDERS** (Aufträge synchronisieren)." -" Das Gleiche können Sie mit den Kommissionierungen tun, indem Sie auf **SYNC" -" PICKINGS** (Kommissionierungen synchronisieren) klicken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "Lieferungen in FBM verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein **FBM**-Auftrag in Odoo synchronisiert wird, wird eine " -"Kommissionierung zusammen mit dem Verkaufsauftrag und dem Kunden erstellt. " -"Sie können entweder alle bestellten Produkte auf einmal an Ihren Kunden " -"liefern oder einen Teil der Produkte mithilfe von Lieferrückständen " -"versenden." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" -"Wenn eine Kommissionierung im Zusammenhang mit dem Auftrag bestätigt wird, " -"wird eine Benachrichtigung an Amazon gesendet, die wiederum den Kunden " -"darüber informiert, dass die Bestellung (oder ein Teil davon) auf dem Weg " -"ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" -"Amazon verlangt, dass Sie bei jeder Lieferung eine Sendungsverfolgungsnummer" -" angeben. Sie müssen ein Transportunternehmen zuweisen. Wenn das " -"Transportunternehmen nicht automatisch eine Sendungsverfolgungsnummer " -"bereitstellt, müssen Sie diese manuell festlegen. Dies gilt für alle " -"Marketplaces." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" -"Wenn das von Ihnen gewählte Transportunternehmen nicht von Odoo unterstützt " -"wird, können Sie trotzdem ein Transportunternehmen mit seinem Namen " -"erstellen (z. B. ein Transportunternehmen mit dem Namen `Colissimo`). Bei " -"diesem Namen wird die Groß- und Kleinschreibung nicht berücksichtigt, aber " -"achten Sie auf Tippfehler, da Amazon diese nicht erkennt." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." -msgstr "" -"Legen Sie ein Transportunternehmen mit dem Namen `Selbstlieferung` an, um " -"Amazon mitzuteilen, dass Sie Ihre eigenen Lieferungen durchführen. Sie " -"müssen trotzdem eine Sendungsverfolgungsnummer eingeben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass der Kunde per E-Mail über die Lieferung " -"benachrichtigt wird und dass das Transportunternehmen und die " -"Sendungsverfolgungsnummer in der E-Mail an den Kunden angezeigt werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "Lieferungen in FBA verfolgen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein **FBA**-Auftrag in Odoo synchronisiert wird, wird für jeden Artikel" -" des Verkaufsauftrags eine Lagerbuchung aufgezeichnet, die in Ihrem System " -"gespeichert wird. Bestandsverwalter finden solche Bewegungen unter " -":menuselection:`Lager --> Berichtswesen --> Produktbewegungen`. Sie nehmen " -"Produkte an einem bestimmten Lagerort mit dem Namen **Amazon** auf. Dieser " -"Ort repräsentiert Ihren Bestand in den Lagern von Amazon und ermöglicht " -"Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bestands Ihrer Produkte im Rahmen des FBA-" -"Programms." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -"Um Ihre Amazon-Bestände (FBA) in Odoo zu verfolgen, können Sie eine " -"Bestandsaufnahme vornehmen, nachdem Sie sie aufgefüllt haben. Sie können " -"auch einen automatischen Nachschub über Nachbestellregeln am Amazon-Standort" -" auslösen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -"Der Amazon-Standort ist für das in Odoo verwaltete Amazon-Konto " -"konfigurierbar. Alle Konten desselben Unternehmens verwenden standardmäßig " -"denselben Standort. Es ist jedoch möglich, den Bestand nach Marketplaces zu " -"verfolgen. Entfernen Sie zunächst den Marketplace, für den Sie den Bestand " -"separat verfolgen möchten, aus der Liste der synchronisierten Marketplaces. " -"Legen Sie dann eine weitere Registrierung für dieses Konto an und entfernen " -"Sie alle Marketplaces, außer dem, den Sie von den anderen isolieren möchten." -" Weisen Sie schließlich der zweiten Registrierung Ihres Kontos einen anderen" -" Lagerort zu." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "Rechnungen ausstellen und Zahlungen registrieren" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "Rechnungen ausstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" -"Der Versand von Rechnungen an Amazon-Kunden direkt aus Odoo ist nicht " -"möglich, da Amazon keine E-Mail-Adressen von Kunden weitergibt. Stattdessen " -"ist es möglich, die in Odoo erstellten Rechnungen manuell in das Amazon-" -"Backend hochzuladen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -"Außerdem ist es für Ihre B2B-Kunden derzeit erforderlich, die " -"Mehrwertsteuernummern manuell aus dem Amazon-Backend abzurufen, bevor Sie " -"die Rechnung in Odoo erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" "Für :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`-Benutzer: " "Rechnungen, die aus Amazon-Bestellungen erstellt wurden, werden **nicht** " "mit TaxCloud synchronisiert, da Amazon sie bereits in seinen eigenen " -"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht. (Entfernung der TaxCloud-Integration " -"in Odoo 17+)" +"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" msgstr "Zahlung registrieren" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -"Da Kunden Amazon als Vermittler bezahlen, empfiehlt es sich, ein spezielles " -"*Bank*-Journal (z. B. mit dem Namen `Amazon-Zahlungen`) mit einem speziellen" -" Zwischenkonto *Bank- und Bargeld* anzulegen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" -"Da Amazon eine einzige monatliche Zahlung leistet, müssen Sie bei der " -"Registrierung von Zahlungen alle Rechnungen auswählen, die mit einer " -"einzigen Zahlung verbunden sind. Verwenden Sie das spezifische " -":guilabel:`Journal` für Amazon-Zahlungen und wählen Sie " -":guilabel:`Sammeleinzahlung` als :guilabel:`Zahlungsmethode`. Wählen Sie " -"dann alle generierten Zahlungen aus und klicken Sie auf " -":menuselection:`Aktionen --> Sammelzahlung erstellen --> Validieren`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." msgstr "" -"Das Gleiche können Sie mit Lieferantenrechnungen von Amazon machen, die für " -"Provisionen bestimmt sind. Wenn der Saldo am Ende des Monats auf dem " -"Bankkonto eingeht und die Kontoauszüge erfasst werden, schreiben Sie den " -"erhaltenen Betrag dem Amazon-Zwischenkonto gut." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "Ihr Amazon-Verläufe in Verkaufsberichtwesen verfolgen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" -"Da auf Ihrem Konto unter dem Reiter **Auftragsverfolgung** ein Verkaufsteam " -"festgelegt ist, können Sie mit nur wenigen Klicks in der " -"Verkaufsberichterstattung einen schnellen Blick auf die Zahlen werfen. " -"Standardmäßig wird das Verkaufsteam Ihres Kontos von allen Konten Ihres " -"Unternehmens gemeinsam genutzt." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie möchten, können Sie das Verkaufsteam auf Ihrem Konto gegen ein " -"anderes austauschen, um eine separate Berichterstattung für die Verkäufe " -"dieses Kontos zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." msgstr "" -"Es ist auch möglich, auf ähnliche Weise Berichte für jeden Marketplace zu " -"erstellen. Entfernen Sie zunächst den Marketplace, den Sie separat verfolgen" -" möchten, aus der Liste der synchronisierten Marketplaces. Erstellen Sie " -"dann eine weitere Registrierung für dieses Konto und entfernen Sie alle " -"Marketplaces mit Ausnahme des Marketplace, den Sie von den anderen isolieren" -" möchten. Schließlich weisen Sie einem der beiden Registrierungen Ihres " -"Kontos ein anderes Verkaufsteam zu." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -7613,7 +7702,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "Aktivieren Sie den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `." @@ -7668,184 +7756,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay-Konnektor" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Wie wird ein Produkt gelistet?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Auflistung ohne Variation" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Um ein Produkt aufzulisten, müssen Sie das Feld **Ebay nutzen** auf einem " -"Produktformular aktivieren. Der eBay-Reiter wird dann verfügbar sein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" -"Wenn das Feld **Lagerbestand verwenden** angekreuzt ist, wird die auf eBay " -"eingestellte Menge die von Odoo **prognostizierte Menge** sein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -"Die **Beschreibungsvorlage** ermöglicht es Ihnen, Vorlagen für Ihre Angebote" -" zu verwenden. Die Standardvorlage verwendet nur das Feld **eBay-" -"Beschreibung** des Produkts. Sie können html innerhalb der " -"**Beschreibungsvorlage** und in der **eBay-Beschreibung** verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -"Um Bilder in Ihrer Produktlistung zu verwenden, müssen Sie sie als " -"**Anhänge** in der Produktvorlage hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Auflistung mit Variation" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Wenn **ebay nutzen** für ein Produkt mit Varianten angekreuzt ist und " -"**Festpreis** als **Art des Angebots** aktiviert ist, sieht das eBay-" -"Formular etwas anders aus. Im Feld Varianten können Sie auswählen, welche " -"Variante bei eBay gelistet werden soll, und den Preis und die Menge für jede" -" Variante festlegen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Auflistung mit Artikeldetails" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Auflistung ohne Variation" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Um Artikeldetails hinzuzufügen, sollten Sie im Reiter **Varianten** des " -"Produktformulars ein Produktattribut mit einem Wert erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Produkt-IDs" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Auflistung mit Variation" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Auflistung mit Artikeldetails" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Produkt-IDs wie EAN, UPC, Marke oder MPN sind in den meisten eBay-Kategorien" -" erforderlich. Das Modul verwaltet die EAN- und UPC-Kennungen mit dem Feld " -"**Barcode** der Produktvariante. Wenn das Feld **Barcode** leer ist oder " -"einen ungültigen Wert hat, werden die EAN- und UPC-Werte gemäß der eBay-" -"Empfehlung auf „Trifft nicht zu“ gesetzt. Die Werte für Marke und MPN gelten" -" als Artikeldetails und sollten im Reiter **Varianten** des Produktformulars" -" festgelegt werden. Wenn diese Werte nicht festgelegt sind, wird für die " -"eBay-Listung der Wert „Trifft nicht zu“ verwendet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Wie wird eBay in Odoo konfiguriert?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "eBay-Tokens erstellen" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"Um Ihre Token zu erstellen, müssen Sie ein Entwicklerkonto auf dem " -"`Entwicklerportal `_ erstellen. Sobald Sie " -"eingeloggt sind, können Sie **Sandbox-Schlüssel** und " -"**Produktionsschlüssel** erstellen, indem Sie auf die entsprechenden " -"Schaltflächen klicken." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die Schlüssel erstellt haben, können Sie das Benutzertoken " -"abrufen. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Link **Get a User Token** (Benutzertoken " -"anfordern) unten auf der Seite. Gehen Sie durch das Formular, melden Sie " -"sich mit Ihrem eBay-Konto an und Sie erhalten die Schlüssel und das Token, " -"die Sie zur Konfiguration des Moduls in Odoo benötigen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Tokens in Odoo einrichten" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" -"Um die eBay-Integration einzurichten, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf " -"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie zuerst aus, ob Sie die Produktions- oder die Sandbox-Site von " -"eBay verwenden möchten. Füllen Sie dann die Felder **Entwicklerschlüssel**, " -"**Token**, **App-Schlüssel**, **Zertifikatsschlüssel** aus. Übernehmen Sie " -"die Änderungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Startdatum" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Titel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Unterbezeichnung" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" -"Sobald die Seite neu geladen ist, müssen Sie die Informationen von eBay " -"synchronisieren. Klicken Sie auf **Länder und Währungen synchronisieren**, " -"dann können Sie alle anderen Felder ausfüllen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "Zahlungsrichtlinie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" -"Wenn alle Felder ausgefüllt sind, können Sie die Kategorien und die " -"Richtlinien synchronisieren, indem Sie auf die entsprechenden Schaltflächen " -"klicken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Dauer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Land" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Benutzer-Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Entwickler-Schlüssel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "Benachrichtigung über die Kontolöschung akzeptieren" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -7857,202 +9028,186 @@ msgstr "" "Antrag auf Löschung eines Kontos erhält, müssen alle eBay-Partner den Erhalt" " des Antrags bestätigen und gegebenenfalls weitere Maßnahmen ergreifen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -"Odoo verfügt über einen Benachrichtigungsendpunkt, der diese " -"Benachrichtigungen empfängt, den Empfang der Anfrage bestätigt und die erste" -" Reihe von Aktionen durchführt, um die Kontodaten in **Kontakte** zu " -"anonymisieren und den Zugang des Kunden zum Portal zu entfernen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie :ref:`Ihr Abonnement für die Benachrichtigungen" -" über Marketplace-Kontolöschungen ` korrekt einrichten, da eBay das betreffende eBay-Konto " -"vorübergehend deaktivieren kann, bis das Abonnement abgeschlossen ist." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "Odoo auf die neueste Version aktualisieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "Die Liste der verfügbaren Module aktualisieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "Endpunktdetails aus Odoo entnehmen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -"Die Details zum Endpunkt finden Sie unter :menuselection:`Verkauf --> " -"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> eBay`. Klicken Sie auf *Token " -"generieren*, um Ihr **Verifizierungstoken** abzurufen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "Schaltfläche zum Generieren eines eBay-Verifizierungstokens in Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "Benachrichtigung über die Kontolöschung abonnieren" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Melden Sie sich im `Entwicklerportal von eBay " -"`_ an und gehen Sie zu **Alerts & " -"Notifications** (Benachrichtigungen & Mitteilungen)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" "Übersicht über das Dashboard „Benachrichtigungen & Mitteilungen“ von eBay" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" "Um Benachrichtigungen über Löschungen/Schließungen zu abonnieren, benötigt " "eBay einige Angaben:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -"Eine **E-Mail-Adresse**, an die Benachrichtigungen gesendet werden, wenn der" -" Endpunkt nicht erreichbar ist." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" -msgstr "Die **Endpunktdetails**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" "Die URL zum Endpunkt zur Benachrichtigung über die Löschung eines Kontos von" " Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "Ein Verifizierungstoken" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "Dedizierte Felder zur Eingabe der Endpunktdetails" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -"Sie können die letzten beiden Felder bearbeiten, sobald das Feld für die " -"E-Mail-Adresse ausgefüllt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "Die Konnektivität mit dem Endpunkt überprüfen" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die Details des abgerufenen Endpunkts im Dashboard von eBay " -"festgelegt haben, sollten Sie die Verbindung mit der Schaltfläche **Send " -"Test Notification** (Testbenachrichtigung senden) testen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -"Sie sollten die folgende Bestätigungsmeldung erhalten: „A test notification " -"was sent successfully!“ (Eine Testbenachrichtigung wurde erfolgreich " -"gesendet!)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "Schaltfläche zum Senden einer Testbenachrichtigung" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "Aktualisierte Synchronisierungsmethode verwenden" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie viele Produkte haben, kann die eBay-API manchmal einige " -"Synchronisierungsaufrufe ablehnen, da eBay die Anzahl der Anfragen zeitlich " -"begrenzt." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" -"Um dieses Problem zu beheben, wurde ein neuer Implementierungsmechanismus " -"entwickelt. Dieser aktualisierte Mechanismus ist jedoch standardmäßig " -"deaktiviert, um zu vermeiden, dass die 2 Systeme in bestehenden " -"Installationen parallel laufen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "Um zum neuen Synchronisationsmechanismus zu wechseln:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Geplante " -"Aktionen`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" -"Archivieren Sie die alten Synchronisierungsaktionen (beide heißen *Ebay: " -"Produktstatus aktualisieren*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" -"Aktivieren Sie die neuen Synchronisierungsaktionen (*Ebay: Neue Aufträge " -"abrufen*, die standardmäßig alle 15 Minuten ausgeführt werden, und *Ebay: " -"Lagerbestand synchronisieren (für die Synchronisierung von „Neue Aufträge " -"abrufen“)*, die standardmäßig einmal täglich ausgeführt werden)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie sicher, dass das **Nächste Ausführungsdatum** für diese beiden " -"Aktionen in der nahen Zukunft liegt" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" -"Ab dem nächsten Ausführungsdatum wird die neue Methode anstelle der alten " -"verwendet." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Abrechnungsmethode" @@ -12513,408 +13668,762 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Ihre Produkte verwalten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" -msgstr "Wie Produkte mit Kategorien und Varianten importiert werden" +msgid "Import products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Im **Import-Tool** werden Importvorlagen für die am häufigsten zu " -"importierenden Daten (Kontakte, Produkte, Kontoauszüge usw.) bereitgestellt." -" Sie können sie mit jeder Tabellenkalkulationssoftware (Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Drive usw.) öffnen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Wie die Datei angepasst wird" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -"Entfernen Sie Spalten, die Sie nicht benötigen. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch, die " -"*ID*-Spalte nicht zu entfernen (siehe unten, warum)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -"Legen Sie für jeden einzelnen Datensatz eine eindeutige ID fest, indem Sie " -"die ID-Sequenzierung nach unten ziehen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie nicht die Bezeichnungen der Spalten, die Sie importieren möchten." -" Andernfalls werden sie von Odoo nicht mehr erkannt und Sie müssen sie im " -"Importbildschirm selbst zuordnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Sie können gerne neue Spalten hinzufügen, aber die Felder müssen in Odoo " -"vorhanden sein. Wenn Odoo den Spaltennamen nicht mit einem Feld abgleichen " -"kann, können Sie ihn beim Importieren manuell abgleichen, indem Sie eine " -"Liste der verfügbaren Felder durchsuchen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "Warum eine „ID“-Spalte?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -"Die ID ist ein eindeutiger Bezeichner für die Position. Sie können gerne " -"eine aus Ihrer vorherigen Software verwenden, um den Übergang zu Odoo zu " -"erleichtern." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Die Angabe einer ID ist beim Importieren nicht zwingend erforderlich, aber " -"in vielen Fällen hilfreich:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -"Importe aktualisiere: Sie können dieselbe Datei mehrmals importieren, ohne " -"Duplikate zu erzeugen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Importieren Sie Beziehungsfelder (siehe weiter unten)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Wie Beziehungsfelder importiert werden" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -"Ein Odoo-Objekt ist immer mit vielen anderen Objekten verbunden (z. B. ist " -"ein Produkt mit Produktkategorien, Attributen, Lieferanten usw. verbunden). " -"Um diese Beziehungen zu importieren, müssen Sie zunächst die Datensätze der " -"verknüpften Objekte aus deren eigenem Listenmenü importieren." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "Produktvarianten" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" -"Sie können dazu den Namen des zugehörigen Datensatzes oder seine ID " -"verwenden. Die ID wird erwartet, wenn zwei Datensätze den gleichen Namen " -"haben. Fügen Sie in einem solchen Fall „ / ID“ am Ende des Spaltentitels " -"hinzu (z. B. für Produktattribute: Produktattribute / Attribut / ID)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" -msgstr "Produktbilder automatisch mit Google Bilder erhalten" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -"Die Produktbilder sind in Odoo sehr nützlich, z. B. um ein Produkt schnell " -"zu finden oder um zu prüfen, ob Sie das richtige gescannt haben, aber es " -"kann etwas mühsam sein, sie einzurichten, vor allem wenn Sie viele Produkte " -"haben. Mit der **Google Custom Search** können Sie automatisch Bilder für " -"Ihr Produkt auf der Grundlage des Barcodes finden, damit Sie sich auf das " -"konzentrieren können, was in Ihrem Geschäft wichtig ist." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Diese Funktion erfordert eine Konfiguration sowohl bei Google als auch bei " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -"Mit einem kostenlosen Google-Konto können Sie bis zu 100 kostenlose Bilder " -"pro Tag erhalten. Wenn Sie eine höhere Anzahl benötigen, müssen Sie ein " -"Upgrade auf ein Abrechnungskonto vornehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "Google-API-Dashboard" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " "`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zur Seite `Aktivierte APIs und Dienste der Google-Cloud-Plattform " -"`_, um die Anmeldedaten für die API " -"von Google Custom Search zu generieren. Melden Sie sich mit Ihrem Google-" -"Konto an." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Wählen oder erstellen Sie ein API-Projekt, um die Anmeldedaten zu speichern." -" Geben Sie ihm einen eindeutigen Namen (z. B. Odoo-Bilder) ein." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Im Abschnitt „Anmeldedaten“ klicken Sie auf **Anmeldedaten erstellen** und " -"wählen **API-Schlüssel**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "Seite der API & Dienste auf Google-Cloud-Plattform" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"Speichern Sie Ihren **API-Schlüssel**. Sie benötigen ihn für den nächsten " -"Schritt in Odoo!" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Suchen Sie in der Suchleiste nach **Google Custom Search API** und wählen " -"Sie es aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "Suchleiste mit „Custom Search API“ auf Google-Cloud-Plattform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Aktivieren Sie die API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"Kachel „Custom Search API“ mit hervorgehobener Schaltfläche „Aktivieren“ auf" -" Google-Cloud-Plattform" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" -msgstr "Dashboard von Google Programmable Search" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ und klicken Sie auf **Jetzt" -" starten**. Melden Sie sich mit Ihrem Google-Konto an." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -"Seite von Google Programmable Search Engine mit der Schaltfläche **Jetzt starten** oben rechts\n" -"auf der Seite" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie die Sprache und den Namen der Suchmaschine ein. Geben Sie ihr " -"einen eindeutigen Namen (z. B. Odoo-Bilder)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "Dashboard von Google Programmable Search" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -"Google erlaubt es nicht, eine Suchmaschine zu erstellen, ohne mindestens " -"eine bestimmte Website für die Suche eingegeben zu haben. Sie können eine " -"beliebige Website (z. B. www.google.com) für diesen Schritt angeben, wir " -"werden sie später entfernen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -"Validieren Sie das Formular, indem Sie auf **Erstellen** klicken. Rufen Sie " -"dann den Bearbeitungsmodus der von Ihnen erstellten Suchmaschine auf " -"(entweder durch Klicken auf **Control Panel** (Kontrollzentrum) auf der " -"Bestätigungsseite oder durch Klicken auf den Namen Ihrer Suchmaschine auf " -"der Startseite)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie im Reiter **Basics** (Grundlagen) sicher, dass Sie **Image " -"search** (Bildersuche), **SafeSearch** (Bildersuche) and **Search the entire" -" web** (Das gesamte Web durchsuchen) aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" -"Sobald **Search the entire web** (Das gesamte Web durchsuchen) aktiviert " -"ist, können Sie die Website, die Sie im vorherigen Schritt angegeben haben, " -"sicher löschen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Speichern Sie Ihre **Search Engine Id** (Suchmaschinen-ID). Sie benötigen " -"sie für den nächsten Schritt in Odoo!" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine Einstellungen --> " -"Integrationen`, aktivieren Sie **Google Bilder** und speichern Sie." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zurück zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine " -"Einstellungen--> Integrationen`, geben Sie Ihren **API-Schlüssel** und Ihre " -"**Suchmaschinen-ID** in den Einstellungen für **Google Bilder** ein und " -"speichern Sie erneut." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" -msgstr "Produktbilder automatisch in Odoo erhalten" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" -"Die Aktion zum automatischen Abrufen Ihrer Produktbilder in Odoo erscheint " -"in jeder Listenansicht Produkte oder Produktvarianten. Hier finden Sie eine " -"Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung aus der Lagerapp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Rufen Sie das Menü Produkte (:menuselection:`Produkte --> Produkte` oder " -":menuselection:`Produkte --> Produktvarianten`) aus jeder App auf, die " -"Produkte wie Lager oder Verkauf verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie in der Listenansicht die Produkte aus, die ein Bild benötigen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -"Es werden nur die 10.000 zuerst ausgewählten Produkte oder Produktvarianten " -"bearbeitet." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Es werden nur die Produkte oder Produktvarianten mit einem Barcode und ohne " -"Bild verarbeitet." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie in der Produkte-Ansicht ein Produkt auswählen, das eine oder " -"mehrere Varianten hat, wird jede Variante, die den vorherigen Kriterien " -"entspricht, bearbeitet." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Aktionsmenü **Bilder von Google Bilder erhalten** und " -"bestätigen Sie, indem Sie auf **Bild erhalten** klicken." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." -msgstr "Sie sollten sehen, dass Ihre Bilder nach und nach angezeigt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -"Nur die ersten 10 Bilder werden sofort abgerufen. Wenn Sie mehr als 10 " -"ausgewählt haben, werden die restlichen Bilder im Hintergrund abgerufen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Der Hintergrundjob verarbeitet etwa 100 Bilder in einer Minute. Wenn Sie das" -" von Google genehmigte Kontingent erreichen (entweder mit einem kostenlosen " -"oder einem kostenpflichtigen Plan), wird der Hintergrundjob für 24 Stunden " -"auf Eis gelegt und dort fortgesetzt, wo er am Vortag aufgehört hat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" @@ -12922,95 +14431,102 @@ msgstr "" "`Ihr Google-Cloud-Billing-Konto erstellen, ändern oder schließen " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "Produktvarianten" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -"Produktvarianten werden verwendet, um einzelnen Produkten eine Vielzahl " -"unterschiedlicher Eigenschaften zu geben, z. B. Größe und Farbe. Produkte, " -"die Varianten verwenden, können auf der Ebene der Produktvorlage (für alle " -"Attribute und Varianten dieses Produkts) und/oder auf der Ebene der Variante" -" (für einzelne Varianten) verwaltet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -"Ein Beispiel: Ein Unternehmen, das T-Shirts verkauft, könnte das folgende " -"Produkt anbieten:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T-Shirt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Farbe: Blau, Rot, Weiß, Schwarz" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Größe: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -"In diesem Beispiel ist **T-Shirt** die Produktvorlage und **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blau** ist eine Produktvariante. **Farbe** und **Größe** sind die Attribute." -" **S** und **Blau** sind Werte." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" -"Das obige Beispiel hat insgesamt 20 verschiedene Produktvarianten (5 Größen " -"x 4 Farben). Jede dieser Varianten hat ihren eigenen Bestand, Umsatz usw." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "Produktvarianten aktivieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Um Produktvarianten zu verwenden, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> " -"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Produktkatalog`, und aktivieren Sie die " -"Funktion :guilabel:`Varianten`. Klicken Sie abschließend auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Einstellung zu übernehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." -msgstr "Produktvarianten aktivieren." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" -msgstr "Attribute erstellen" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Bevor Produktvarianten eingerichtet werden können, müssen Attribute erstellt" -" werden. Auf Attribute können Sie über :menuselection:`Verkauf --> " -"Konfiguration --> Produkte --> Attribute` zugreifen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Attribute" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " @@ -13020,81 +14536,137 @@ msgstr "" "wie sie auf den Seiten :guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator`, " ":guilabel:`Kassensystem`-Dashboard und :guilabel:`E-Commerce` erscheinen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" -"Um ein neues Attribut zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`. Wählen " -"Sie zunächst einen Attributnamen, z. B. „Farbe“ oder „Größe“." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." -msgstr "Erstellungsfenster für Attribut." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie dann einen :guilabel:`Anzeigetyp`, der bestimmt, wie dieses " -"Produkt auf der :guilabel:`E-Commerce`-Seite, dem " -":guilabel:`Kassensystem`-Dashboard und im :guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator` " -"angezeigt wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Radio`: Optionen werden in einer Aufzählungsliste angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Auswählen`: Optionen werden in einem Drop-down-Menü angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Farbe`: Die Optionen erscheinen als kleine farbige Quadrate, die " -"alle eingestellten HTML-Farbcodes widerspiegeln." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "Anzeigetypen im Produktkonfigurator." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." -msgstr "" -"Der :guilabel:`Variantenerstellungsmodus` informiert Odoo darüber, wann " -"automatisch eine neue Variante erstellt werden soll, sobald ein Attribut zu " -"einem Produkt hinzugefügt wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sofort`: erstellt alle möglichen Varianten, sobald Attribute und " "Werte zu einer Produktvorlage hinzugefügt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dynamisch`: erstellt Varianten nur dann, wenn entsprechende " -"Attribute und Werte zu einem Verkaufsauftrag hinzugefügt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Niemals`: erstellt niemals automatisch Varianten." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." @@ -13102,57 +14674,88 @@ msgstr "" "Sobald ein Attribut einem Produkt hinzugefügt wurde, kann sein " ":guilabel:`Variantenerstellungsmodus` nicht mehr bearbeitet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -"Werte sollten vor dem Speichern zu einem Attribut hinzugefügt werden, aber " -"weitere Werte können bei Bedarf jederzeit hinzugefügt werden. Um einen Wert " -"hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`. Von dort aus " -"können Sie:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." -msgstr "Den Namen des Werts eingeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Ein Kästchen ankreuzen, um anzugeben, ob es sich um einen " -"benutzerdefinierten Wert handelt oder nicht (d. h. der Kunde gibt eindeutige" -" Spezifikationen)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Speziell für Farben einen HTML-Farbcode hinzufügen, damit Verkäufer und " -"Kunden noch leichter erkennen können, was sie auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" -"Ein Farbcode kann entweder durch Ziehen des Schiebereglers oder durch " -"Eingabe eines bestimmten HTML-Farbcodes (z. B. #FF0077) ausgewählt werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." -msgstr "Auswahl einer Farbe" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie anschließend auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Erstellung des " -"Attributs abzuschließen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." @@ -13161,55 +14764,68 @@ msgstr "" "indem Sie eine neue Zeile hinzufügen und den Namen auf dem Reiter " ":guilabel:`Varianten` eingeben." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -"Nachdem ein Attribut zu einem Produkt hinzugefügt wurde, erscheint auf der " -"Seite des Attributs ein neuer Reiter namens :guilabel:`Verwandte Produkte`. " -"Auf diesem Reiter werden alle Produkte in der Datenbank aufgelistet, die das" -" Attribut derzeit verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "Produktvarianten erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie ein Attribut erstellt haben, verwenden Sie das Attribut, um eine" -" Produktvariante zu erstellen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> " -"Produkte --> Produkte` gehen. Wählen Sie dann ein vorhandenes Produkt aus " -"und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, oder erstellen Sie ein neues " -"Produkt, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -"Die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Varianten` am oberen Rand der " -"Produktvorlage zeigt die Anzahl der aktuell konfigurierten Varianten für das" -" Produkt an." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Variante hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf den Reiter " -":guilabel:`Varianten` und dann auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, um " -"beliebige Attribute und Werte hinzuzufügen. Wenn Sie alle Attribute und " -"Werte hinzugefügt haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." @@ -13217,142 +14833,126 @@ msgstr "" "Ähnliche Vorgänge zur Erstellung von Produktvarianten sind über die Apps " "Einkauf, Lager und E-Commerce zugänglich." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" -msgstr "Produkterweiterungen verwalten" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Beispiele basieren alle auf einer Produktvorlage, die zwei " -"Attribute hat:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "T-Shirt" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "Farbe: Blau, Rot, Weiß" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" -"Mit der obigen Produktvorlage gibt es 15 verschiedene T-Shirt-Varianten in " -"drei verschiedenen Farben und fünf verschiedenen Größen. Wenn die weißen " -"T-Shirts nicht in der Größe XXL verfügbar sind, können Sie diese Variante " -"deaktivieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" -"Um eine bestimmte Produktvariante zu deaktivieren, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Verkauf --> Produkte --> Produkte` und wählen das " -"entsprechende Produkt aus. Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Konfigurieren` neben dem entsprechenden Attributwert. Wählen Sie " -"dann den entsprechenden Wert aus (in diesem Beispiel das Attribut " -":guilabel:`Weiße Farbe`) und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Ausschließen für` auf :guilabel:`Zeile " -"hinzufügen` und wählen Sie alle Produkte und/oder bestimmte Attributwerte " -"aus, die derzeit nicht verfügbar sind. Klicken Sie abschließend auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Einstellung zu übernehmen, und Odoo zeigt die " -"Produktvariante auf der E-Commerce-Seite automatisch als nicht verfügbar an." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "Attribute ausschließen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Einen Preis pro Variante festlegen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -"Für bestimmte Produktvarianten können zusätzliche Kosten zum Standardpreis " -"eines Produkts hinzugefügt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie dazu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Produkte --> Produkte`, und " -"klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Produkt. Klicken Sie dann auf " -":guilabel:`Varianten konfigurieren`, um auf die Liste der " -"Produktvariantenwerte zuzugreifen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie dann auf einen Variantenwert und :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Geben " -"Sie in das Feld :guilabel:`Preisaufschlag für Wert` die zusätzlichen Kosten " -"für diesen bestimmten Wert ein. Dieser Betrag wird zum Standardpreis " -"addiert. Klicken Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um den " -"Zusatzpreis auf den Wert anzuwenden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." -msgstr "Einstellung des Preisaufschlags für Wert" +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Auswirkungen von Varianten" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: Barcodes werden mit jeder Variante anstelle der " -"Produktvorlage verknüpft. Jede einzelne Variante kann ihren eigenen, " -"einzigartigen Barcode/SKU haben." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Preis`: Jede Produktvariante hat ihren eigenen öffentlichen " -"Preis, der sich aus dem Preis der Produktvorlage und eventuellen " -"Preisaufschlägen für bestimmte Attribute zusammensetzt. Ein rotes Hemd " -"kostet zum Beispiel 23 €, weil der Preis der Produktvorlage 20 € beträgt, " -"zuzüglich 3 € für die rote Farbvariante. Die Preislistenregeln können so " -"konfiguriert werden, dass sie für die Produktvorlage oder für die Variante " -"gelten." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" @@ -13363,12 +14963,12 @@ msgstr "" "aller Varianten wider, aber der tatsächliche Bestand wird für jede einzelne " "Variante berechnet." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr ":guilabel:`Bild`: Jede Produktvariante kann ihr eigenes Bild haben." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." @@ -13376,6 +14976,10 @@ msgstr "" "Änderungen an der Produktvorlage gelten automatisch für jede Variante dieses" " Produkts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "Retouren und Rückerstattungen" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 4a2030fb1..e61cd13fc 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -5268,13 +5268,9 @@ msgstr "Projekteinstellungen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo-Tutorials: Ihr Projekt anpassen " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 9f9d85b75..1b9b2a7a6 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ # MIRIAM SOPHIE KELLER, 2023 # Felix Schubert , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,6 +32,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Websites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "E-Commerce" @@ -5469,21 +5741,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -"Um den geografischen Standort der Besucher zu verfolgen, muss " -":guilabel:`GeoIP` in der Datenbank installiert sein. Während diese Funktion " -"bei *Odoo Online* standardmäßig installiert ist, sind bei *On-" -"Premise*-Datenbanken zusätzliche :doc:`Einrichtungsschritte " -"` erforderlich." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " @@ -5494,7 +5759,7 @@ msgstr "" "in eine Website eingefügt werden, um den Zugriff auf ein Livechat-Fenster zu" " ermöglichen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -5507,7 +5772,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Livechat` und wählen Sie den Kanal aus, den Sie der Website " "hinzufügen möchten. Klicken Sie zum Übernehmen auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " @@ -5518,7 +5783,7 @@ msgstr "" "die erste Schaltfläche :guilabel:`KOPIEREN` und fügen Sie den Code in das " "``-Stichwort auf der Website ein." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -5534,11 +5799,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "Ansicht des Reiters „Widget“ für Odoo Livechat" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "An einer Unterhaltung teilnehmen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " @@ -5549,11 +5814,11 @@ msgstr "" "notwendigen Schritte für Bediener, die an Livechat-Unterhaltungen in einer " "Odoo-Datenbank teilnehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "Online-Chatnamen festlegen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " @@ -5563,7 +5828,7 @@ msgstr "" "Chatnamen* aktualisieren. Dies ist der Name, der den Besuchern der Website " "in der Livechat-Unterhaltung angezeigt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -5581,7 +5846,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "Ansicht der Option „Mein Profil“ in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." @@ -5589,7 +5854,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn kein :guilabel:`Online-Chatname` für einen Benutzer eingestellt ist, " "wird standardmäßig der :guilabel:`Benutzername` angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -5606,11 +5871,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht eines Benutzerprofils in Odoo mit Hervorhebung des Felds des Online-" "Chatnamen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "Einem Kanal beitreten oder diesen verlassen" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " @@ -5620,7 +5885,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Livechat`-App und klicken Sie auf der Kanban-Karte für den " "entsprechenden Kanal auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`BEITRETEN`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -5636,7 +5901,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht eines Kanalformulars und der Option zum Beitreten eines Kanals für " "Odoo Livechat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " @@ -5646,11 +5911,11 @@ msgstr "" "zeigen, werden als abwesend betrachtet und anschließend aus dem Kanal " "entfernt." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "Livechat-Anfragen verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -5662,7 +5927,7 @@ msgstr "" "Datenbank befindet. Sie können an Unterhaltungen teilnehmen, ohne ihren " "aktuellen Ort zu verlassen." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -5676,7 +5941,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht der Menüleiste in Odoo mit Hervorhebung des " "„Unterhaltungen“-Symbols." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -5695,7 +5960,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ansicht der Dialog-App mit einer über den Livechat in Odoo gesendeten " "Nachricht" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " @@ -5705,7 +5970,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dadurch wird die Unterhaltung geöffnet. Aus dieser Ansicht kann ein Bediener" " an dem Chat genauso teilnehmen wie im normalen Chat-Fenster." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" @@ -5713,7 +5978,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Loslegen mit Dialog " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" @@ -7040,6 +7305,123 @@ msgstr "" " Sie schöne Websites erstellen, die Besucher in Leads oder Einnahmen " "umwandeln." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "Cookie-Leiste" @@ -7600,137 +7982,6 @@ msgstr "" "und Besucher können bei Bedarf nach Website gruppiert werden. Klicken Sie " "auf :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach --> Website`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "Geo-IP-Installation (On-Premises-Datenbank)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" -"Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Installation vom Betriebssystem und der " -"Verteilung Ihres Computers abhängt. Wir gehen davon aus, dass Sie ein Linux-" -"Betriebssystem verwenden." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" -"Installieren Sie die `geoip2 `__-Python-" -"Bibliothek." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" -"Laden Sie die `GeoLite2-City-Datenbank " -"`_ herunter. Sie sollten " -"eine Datei namens ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb`` erhalten." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "Verschieben Sie die Datei in den Ordner ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "Starten Sie den Server neu." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die GeoIP-Datenbank nicht in ``/usr/share/GeoIP/`` finden können " -"oder verschieben möchten, können Sie die Option ``--geoip-db`` der Odoo-" -"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle verwenden. Diese Option übernimmt den absoluten " -"Pfad zur GeoIP-Datenbankdatei und verwendet diese als GeoIP-Datenbank. Zum " -"Beispiel:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr ":doc:`CLI-Dokumentation `." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" -"``GeoIP``-Python-Bibliothek kann auch verwendet werden. Diese Version ist " -"jedoch seit dem 1. Januar nicht mehr verfügbar. Siehe `GeoLite-Legacy-" -"Datenbanken werden jetzt eingestellt `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "Wie GeoIP-Geolokalisierung In Ihrer Odoo-Website getestet wird" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu Ihrer Website. Öffnen Sie die Webseite, auf der Sie ``GeoIP`` " -"testen möchten." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "Wählen Sie :menuselection:`Anpassen --> HTML/CSS/JS-Editor`." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "Fügen Sie den folgende XML-Abschnitt in die Seite ein:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" -"Sie sollten am Ende ein Dictionary erhalten, das den Standort der IP-Adresse" -" angibt." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die geschweiften Klammern ``{}`` leer sind, kann dies einen der " -"folgenden Gründe haben:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" -"Die IP-Adresse des Browsers ist der localhost (``127.0.0.1``) oder eine " -"Adresse aus dem lokalen Netzwerk (``192.168.*.*``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen umgekehrten Proxy verwenden, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie ihn" -" richtig konfigurieren. Siehe :option:`Proxy-Modus `" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" -"``geoip2`` ist nicht installiert oder die GeoIP-Datenbankdatei wurde nicht " -"gefunden" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "Die GeoIP-Datenbank konnte die angegebene IP-Adresse nicht auflösen" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3 für Formulare" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 4cb7890bf..7e5b9c136 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Jesse Garza , 2023 # Marian Cuadra, 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -1880,6 +1880,140 @@ msgstr "" "Si no tiene acceso/no puede gestionar su servidor de correo, use " ":ref:`imensajes entrantes `." +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalación" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que la instalación depende del sistema operativo y la " +"distribución de su computadora. Asumiremos que utiliza Linux." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" +"Instale la biblioteca `geoip2 `__ de " +"Python " + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" +"Descargue la `base de datos GeoLite2 City " +"`_, debe tener un archivo " +"llamado ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "Mueva el archivo a la carpeta ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "Reinicie el servidor" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" +"Si no puede o no desea localizar la base de datos geoip en " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, puede utilizar la opción ``-geoip-db``` de la " +"interfaz de línea de comandos de Odoo. Esta opción toma la ruta absoluta al " +"archivo de base de datos GeoIP y la usa como base de datos GeoIP. Por " +"ejemplo:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr ":doc:`Documentación de la CLI `" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" +"También se puede utilizar la biblioteca ``GeoIP`` de Python. Sin embargo, " +"esta versión está obsoleta desde el 1 de enero. Consulte `Las bases de " +"datos GeoLite Legacy ya no están disponibles " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a su sitio web y abra la página web en la que desea probar ``GeoIP``." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "Seleccione :menuselection:`Personalizar --> Editor HTML/CSS/JS`." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "Agregue el siguiente fragmento de XML en la página:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" +"Debe obtener como resultado un diccionario que indique la ubicación de la " +"dirección IP." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" +"Si las llaves están vacías ``{}``, puede ser por cualquiera de los " +"siguientes motivos:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" +"La dirección IP de navegación es el localhost (``127.0.0.1``) o una red de " +"área local (``192.168.*.*``)" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" +"Si se utiliza un proxy inverso, asegúrese de configurarlo correctamente. " +"Consulte :option:`modo proxy `" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" +"``geoip2`` no está instalada o no se encontró el archivo de base de datos " +"GeoIP " + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" +"La base de datos GeoIP no pudo determinar la dirección IP proporcionada" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "En línea" @@ -1910,8 +2044,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo en línea" @@ -3988,8 +4122,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -6209,12 +6343,12 @@ msgstr "" " " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" @@ -11344,19 +11478,19 @@ msgstr "Migración de otro ERP a Odoo " #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -"Si su base de datos contiene un **módulo personalizado**, lo primero será " -"actualizar su código fuente para que sea compatible con la nueva versión de " -"Odoo **antes de realizar la actualización**." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "Resumen del proceso de actualización" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." @@ -11365,7 +11499,14 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`obtención de una base de datos de prueba actualizada `)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." @@ -11373,7 +11514,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pruebe exhaustivamente la base de datos actualizada (consulte :ref:`prueba " "de la nueva versión de la base de datos `)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." @@ -11381,15 +11522,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reporte cualquier problema encontrado durante las pruebas a Odoo en la " "`página de soporte `__." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"(Si aplica): actualice el código fuente de su módulo personalizado para que " -"sea compatible con la nueva versión de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " @@ -11399,7 +11532,7 @@ msgstr "" " datos actualizada se puede utilizar como su base de datos principal, " "planifique la actualización de su base de datos de producción." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " @@ -11410,7 +11543,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`actualización de la base de datos de producción `)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." @@ -11418,11 +11551,11 @@ msgstr "" "Reporte cualquier problema encontrado durante la actualización a Odoo en la " "`página de soporte `__." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "Obtener una base de datos de prueba actualizada" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -11437,7 +11570,7 @@ msgstr "" "_, o su proyecto Odoo.sh " "_." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -11449,7 +11582,7 @@ msgstr "" " el `reglamento general de protección de datos `_" " para obtener más información sobre cómo Odoo maneja sus datos y privacidad." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." @@ -11458,7 +11591,7 @@ msgstr "" "través del `administrador de bases de datos " "`_." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -11476,7 +11609,7 @@ msgstr "" "El administrador de la base de datos con un botón de actualización junto al " "nombre de la base de datos." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" @@ -11485,21 +11618,21 @@ msgstr "" " de actualización. En la ventana emergente, complete la siguiente " "información:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" "La **versión** de Odoo a la que desea actualizar, generalmente es la última " "versión." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" "El **correo electrónico** que debe recibir el enlace a la base de datos " "actualizada" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -11511,7 +11644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "La ventana emergente \"Actualizar base de datos\"." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -11532,7 +11665,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hacer clic en la flecha del menú mostrará la base de datos de prueba " "actualizada." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -11544,7 +11677,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "Proyecto y pestañas de Odoo.sh " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." @@ -11552,7 +11685,7 @@ msgstr "" "El **respaldo automático diario más reciente de producción** se envía a la " "`plataforma de actualización `_." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -11572,7 +11705,7 @@ msgstr "" "actualización en su nueva compilación de preparación actualizada en: " "file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -11587,12 +11720,18 @@ msgstr "" "pronto como se transfiera desde la plataforma de actualización y se saldrá " "del modo de actualización." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "Local" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" @@ -11601,7 +11740,7 @@ msgstr "" "comando en la línea de comandos de la máquina donde se encuentra alojada la " "base de datos." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" @@ -11609,7 +11748,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede utilizar el siguiente comando para mostrar la ayuda general y los " "comandos principales." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." @@ -11617,7 +11756,15 @@ msgstr "" "También puede solicitar una base de datos de prueba actualizada mediante la " "página de actualización ." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." @@ -11625,7 +11772,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por razones de seguridad, solo la persona que envío la solicitud de " "actualización puede descargarla. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " @@ -11635,7 +11782,7 @@ msgstr "" "repositorio de archivos al servidor de actualización. Por lo tanto, la base " "de datos actualizada no contiene el repositorio de archivos de producción. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " @@ -11645,15 +11792,15 @@ msgstr "" "debe estar unido a al repositorio de archivos de producción para que pueda " "realizar las pruebas bajo las mismas condiciones que la nueva versión. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "La base de datos actualizada contiene:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "Un archivo `dump.sql` que contiene la base de datos actualizada." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -11668,7 +11815,7 @@ msgstr "" " etc.). Esta es la carpeta que debe fusionarse con el repositorio de " "archivos de producción para obtener el repositorio completo. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." @@ -11676,7 +11823,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede solicitar múltiples bases de datos de prueba si desea probar una " "actualización más de una vez." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -11690,11 +11837,11 @@ msgstr "" "parte del grupo \"Administración / Ajustes\". Este reporte proporciona " "información importante sobre los cambios introducidos por la nueva versión." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "Probar la nueva versión de la base de datos" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " @@ -11705,7 +11852,7 @@ msgstr "" " a un cambio en las vistas o en el comportamiento, incluso debido a un " "mensaje de error una vez que la actualización esté activa." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" @@ -11713,11 +11860,11 @@ msgstr "" "Las bases de datos de prueba están neutralizadas y algunas de sus funciones " "están deshabilitadas para evitar que afecten la base de datos de producción:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "Las actividades programadas están deshabilitadas." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." @@ -11725,14 +11872,14 @@ msgstr "" "Los servidores de correo saliente se deshabilitan. Para esto, los que ya " "existen se archivan y además se agrega uno falso." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" "Los proveedores de pago y los transportistas se restablecen a un entorno de " "prueba." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " @@ -11742,7 +11889,7 @@ msgstr "" "póngase en contacto con su proveedor de sincronización bancaria para que le " "proporcione las credenciales del entorno de prueba. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " @@ -11752,11 +11899,11 @@ msgstr "" "asegurarse de que funcionen de forma correcta y para que se familiarice más " "con la nueva versión." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "Lista de verificación de prueba básica" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" @@ -11764,21 +11911,21 @@ msgstr "" "¿Hay vistas que están desactivadas en su base de datos de prueba pero " "activas en su base de datos de producción?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "¿Sus vistas habituales se muestran de forma correcta?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" "¿Sus reportes (facturas, órdenes de ventas, etcétera) se están generando de " "manera correcta?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "¿Las páginas de su sitio web están funcionando de forma adecuada?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" @@ -11786,23 +11933,23 @@ msgstr "" "¿Puede crear y modificar registros? (como órdenes de ventas, facturas, " "compras, usuarios, contactos, empresas, etcétera)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "¿Las plantillas de correo electrónico presentan errores?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "¿Las traducciones almacenadas tienen errores?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "¿Sus filtros de búsqueda están disponibles?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "¿Puede exportar sus datos?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" @@ -11813,15 +11960,15 @@ msgstr "" " producto, precio de venta, precio de costo, proveedor, cuentas, rutas, " "etcétera)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "Comprar el producto (aplicación Compra)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "Confirmar su recepción (aplicación Inventario)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." @@ -11829,11 +11976,11 @@ msgstr "" "Verificar si la ruta para recibir el producto es la misma que estableció en " "la base de datos de producción (aplicación Inventario)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "Vender el producto (aplicación Ventas) a un cliente aleatorio." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." @@ -11841,11 +11988,11 @@ msgstr "" "Abrir la base de datos con sus clientes (aplicación Contactos), seleccionar " "un cliente (o empresa) y verificar su información." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "Enviar el producto (aplicación Compra)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." @@ -11853,12 +12000,12 @@ msgstr "" "Verificar si la ruta para enviar el producto es la misma que estableció en " "la base de datos de producción (aplicación Inventario)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" "Validar la factura del cliente (aplicación Facturación o Contabilidad)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." @@ -11866,11 +12013,11 @@ msgstr "" "Acreditar una factura (emitir una nota de crédito) y verificar si se " "comporta de la misma manera que en la base de datos de producción." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "Verificar el reporte de resultados (aplicación Contabilidad)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." @@ -11878,7 +12025,7 @@ msgstr "" "Revisar de forma aleatoria sus impuestos, divisas, cuentas bancarias y año " "fiscal (aplicación Contabilidad)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " @@ -11889,7 +12036,7 @@ msgstr "" "Verificar si todo se comporta de la misma manera que en la base de datos de " "producción." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." @@ -11897,7 +12044,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esta lista **no** está completa. El ejemplo puede extenderse a otras de sus " "aplicaciones según el uso que le da a Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -11914,7 +12061,7 @@ msgstr "" " las pruebas para corregirlo antes de actualizar su base de datos de " "producción." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -11929,15 +12076,15 @@ msgstr "" "tenga errores, es responsabilidad de la persona que le da mantenimiento a su" " módulo personalizado que sea compatible con la nueva versión de Odoo. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "No olvide probar lo siguiente:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "Integraciones con software externo (EDI, API, etcétera)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" @@ -11946,15 +12093,15 @@ msgstr "" " Comercio electrónico, convertir un lead en una orden de venta, entregar " "productos, etcétera)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "Exportación de datos." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "Acciones automatizadas." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" @@ -11962,11 +12109,11 @@ msgstr "" "Acciones del servidor en el menú de acción desde las vistas de formulario, " "así como al seleccionar varios registros en las vistas de lista." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "Actualizar la base de datos de producción" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -11981,7 +12128,7 @@ msgstr "" "colaboración con los analistas de soporte de actualización de Odoo, " "contáctelos a través de la `página de soporte `__." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " @@ -11991,32 +12138,25 @@ msgstr "" "Le recomendamos que realice la actualización en un momento en que el uso de " "la base de datos es mínimo." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -"Como los scripts de actualización estándar y su base de datos evolucionan de" -" forma constante, también le recomendamos que con frecuencia solicite otra " -"base de datos de prueba actualizada, con la finalidad de asegurarse de que " -"el proceso de actualización se realiza con éxito, sobre todo si su " -"finalización toma mucho tiempo. Además, le recomendamos ensayar todo el " -"proceso de actualización un día antes de actualizar la base de datos de " -"producción." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" "Empezar a usar la producción sin hacer pruebas primero puede ocasionar: " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "Que los usuarios no se ajusten a los cambios y nuevas funciones." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" @@ -12024,7 +12164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Que haya interrupciones en las actividades empresariales (por ejemplo, ya no" " contar con la posibilidad de validar una acción)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" @@ -12032,7 +12172,7 @@ msgstr "" "Que los clientes tengan una mala experiencia de usuario (por ejemplo, si un " "sitio web de comercio electrónico deja de funcionar de manera adecuada)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." @@ -12040,7 +12180,7 @@ msgstr "" "El proceso de actualización de una base de datos de producción es parecido a" " la actualización de una base de datos de prueba salvo algunas excepciones." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " @@ -12051,7 +12191,7 @@ msgstr "" "de la opción relacionada al propósito, debe seleccionar " ":guilabel:`Producción` en lugar de :guilabel:`Prueba`." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " @@ -12061,7 +12201,7 @@ msgstr "" " hasta que termine la actualización. Una vez que el proceso haya finalizado," " es imposible volver a la versión anterior." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -12074,7 +12214,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "Vista desde la pestaña de actualizar " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -12087,7 +12227,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no hay módulos personalizados, el proceso de actualización se activa de " "inmediato." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -12100,18 +12240,16 @@ msgstr "" "exitoso, se crea una copia de seguridad de la base de datos antes de la " "actualización." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -"La actualización de sus módulos personalizados debe ser éxitosa antes de " -"completar todo el proceso de actualización. Asegúrese de que su " -"actualización de prueba sea :guilabel:`éxitosa` antes de intentarlo en la " -"producción. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " @@ -12121,7 +12259,7 @@ msgstr "" "comando para actualizar una base de prueba, solo debe reemplazar el " "argumento `test` por `production`:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -12136,7 +12274,7 @@ msgstr "" "actualizada. Por este motivo le recomendamos que no la use durante el " "proceso de actualización." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -12148,7 +12286,7 @@ msgstr "" "almacenados de la base de datos actualizada deben fusionarse con los que " "corresponden a producción antes de implementar la nueva versión." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -12160,11 +12298,11 @@ msgstr "" "`__, solo debe seleccionar la " "opción relacionada con la actualización en producción." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "Acuerdo de nivel de servicio (SLA, por sus siglas en inglés) " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " @@ -12174,7 +12312,7 @@ msgstr "" "es **gratis** e incluye cualquier tipo de soporte requerido para rectificar " "posibles discrepancias en la base de datos actualizada. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " @@ -12185,11 +12323,11 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise `. Sin embargo, esta sección aclara qué servicios de " "actualización puede esperar." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "Servicios de actualización que cubre el SLA " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" @@ -12198,11 +12336,11 @@ msgstr "" "línea y Odoo.sh) o que se alojan a si mismas (Local) se pueden beneficiar de" " los servicios de actualización en todo momento para: " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "actualizar todas las **aplicaciones estándar**;" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " @@ -12212,7 +12350,7 @@ msgstr "" " siempre y cuando Studio siga instalado y la suscripción correspondiente " "siga activa; y " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." @@ -12220,7 +12358,7 @@ msgstr "" "actualizar todos los **desarrollos y personalizaciones que cubre una " "suscripción de mantenimiento para las personalizaciones**. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" @@ -12230,23 +12368,23 @@ msgstr "" "adaptación de una base de datos (módulos estándar y datos) para hacerlos " "compatibles con la versión objetivo de la actualización. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "Servicios de actualización que no cubre el SLA" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" "Los siguientes servicios relacionados con la actualización **no** incluyen: " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" "la **limpieza** de datos y configuraciones pre-existentes al momento de " "actualizar; " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" @@ -12254,7 +12392,7 @@ msgstr "" "la actualización de **módulos personalizados creados internamente o por " "externos**, incluyendo partners de Odoo; " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " @@ -12265,16 +12403,16 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente, y :ref:`acciones automatizadas usando código Python " "`; y" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" "**capacitación** para usar las funciones de la versión actualizada y flujos " "de trabajo. " -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr ":doc:`Documentación de Odoo.sh `" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr ":doc:`Versiones de Odoo compatibles `" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 48ca6a55d..4fba5b87a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" " se actualizan en tiempo real:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Reportes financieros" @@ -1220,14 +1220,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Esta desconexión puede deberse al soporte de Odoo. En este caso, comuníquese" -" con el `soporte `_ directamente con su " -"identificación de cliente o la referencia del error que aparece en el " -"chatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -3458,8 +3454,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -8101,7 +8097,7 @@ msgstr "Devolución del artículo para recibir los 10 dólares correspondientes. #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -8235,9 +8231,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Tipos de cuentas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balance general" @@ -8998,7 +8994,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "Total a pagar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliación bancaria" @@ -9280,7 +9275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -9589,41 +9584,30 @@ msgstr "Pagos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" -"En Odoo, los pagos se pueden vincular de manera automática con una factura o" -" se pueden dejar como registros separados que se usarán en otra fecha." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" -"Si un pago está **vinculado a una factura** entonces la cantidad por pagar " -"de la factura se reducirá. Puede tener muchos pagos relacionados a la misma " -"factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" -"Si un pago **no está ligado a una factura**. el cliente tendrá un crédito " -"pendiente con su empresa, o su empresa tendrá un crédito pendiente con un " -"proveedor. Puede usar esas cantidades pendientes para reducir facturas sin " -"pagar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr ":doc:`Transferencias internas `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -9641,73 +9625,40 @@ msgstr "Registrar un pago para una factura" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -"Cuando haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Registrar pago` que aparece en una " -"factura, se genera un asiento contable y se cambia la cantidad que se debe " -"según la cantidad que se pagó. La contrapartida se refleja en la cuenta de " -"recibos o pagos pendientes. En este momento es cuando se marca la factura " -"como :guilabel:`En proceso de pago`. Después, cuando la cuenta pendiente se " -"concilie con la línea del estado de cuenta bancario, la factura cambiará al " -"estado :guilabel:`Pagado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -"El icono de información en la línea de pago muestra más información sobre el" -" pago. Para ver información adicional. como el diario relacionado, haga clic" -" en :guilabel:`Vista`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" -msgstr "Ver información de pago detallada" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -"Para poder registrar el pago la factura debe estar en el estado " -":guilabel:`Publicado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Registrar pago` usted puede elegir la cantidad " -"que se pagó, ya sea un pago parcial o completo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" -"Si su cuenta bancaria principal está configurada como :ref:`Cuenta pendiente" -" ` y el pago se hace en Odoo (no relacionado a la" -" cuenta bancaria), entonces las facturas se registran de manera automática " -"con el estado :guilabel:`Pagado`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -"Si quita la conciliación de un pago seguirá apareciendo en sus libros pero " -"ya no estará ligado a ninguna factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " @@ -9717,7 +9668,7 @@ msgstr "" "crea un asiento de diario de manera automática para publicar la cantidad de " "pérdidas y ganancias tras el cambio de divisas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" @@ -9727,105 +9678,93 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos con base en efectivo, se crea un asiento de diario de manera " "automática para publicar la cantidad de impuestos con base en efectivo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "Registrar pagos que no están ligados a una factura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -"Cuando se registra un nuevo pago a través del menú :menuselection:`Clientes " -"/ Proveedores --> Pagos`, este pago no se vinculará de inmediato a una " -"factura. En su lugar, las cuentas por pagar o las cuentas por cobrar se " -"concilian con las cuentas pendientes hasta que se concilien de manera manual" -" con la factura relacionada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "Vincular facturas con pagos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" -"Cuando valida una nueva factura y hay un pago pendiente (ya sea que el " -"cliente no haya pagado o usted no haya pagado al proveedor) aparecerá una " -"cinta azul. Para vincular la factura solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Añadir` en" -" :guilabel:`Créditos pendientes` o :guilabel:`Débitos pendientes`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" -msgstr "Muestra la opción AÑADIR para conciliar una factura con un pago" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -"La factura ahora se marca como :guilabel:`En proceso de pago` hasta que se " -"haya conciliado con el extracto bancario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "Pago en lote" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -"Los pagos en lote le permiten agrupar varios pagos para facilitar la " -":doc:`conciliación `. También ayudan mucho cuando hay " -"que depositar cheques en el banco o para pagos SEPA. Para crear pagos en " -"lote vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Pagos por lote` o " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Proveedores --> Pagos por lote`. En la " -"vista de lista de los pagos puede seleccionarlos y agruparlos en lote, haga " -"clie en :menuselection:`Acción --> Crear pago por lotes`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "Emparejamiento de pagos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -"La herramienta :guilabel:`Emparejamiento de pagos` abre todas las facturas " -"sin conciliar y le da la oportunidad de procesar todas una por una, ya que " -"podrá vincular los pagos con las facturas a la vez. Para usar esta " -"herramienta vaya al :menuselection:`Tablero de contabilidad --> Facturas de " -"cliente y de proveedor`, haga clic en :guilabel:`⋮` y seleccione " -":guilabel:`Emparejamiento de pagos`, o en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Conciliación`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" @@ -9835,45 +9774,55 @@ msgstr "" "cargos y los abonos no cuadra queda el balance restante. Este balance se " "tiene que conciliar después o se tiene que borrar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "Conciliación de pagos por lote" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" -"Puede usar la función de conciliación por lote para conciliar varios pagos " -"pendientes o facturas al mismo tiempo. Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Reportes --> Cuentas antiguas por pagar / Cuentas antiguas por cobrar`. " -"Ahora puede ver todas las transacciones que no se han conciliado y, cuando " -"seleccione un cliente o un proveedor, se mostrará la opción " -":guilabel:`Conciliar`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" -msgstr "Vea la opción de conciliación" +msgid "See the reconcile option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "Conciliar pagos con estados de cuenta bancarios" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -"Después de registrar el pago, el estado de la factura será :guilabel:`En " -"proceso de pago`. Después, concilie el pago con la línea del estado de " -"cuenta bancario relacionado para finalizar la transacción y hacer que la " -"factura se marque como :guilabel:`Pagado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" @@ -11171,116 +11120,6 @@ msgstr "Recibo pendiente" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "Cuenta bancaria (BANK B)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "Pagar varias facturas al mismo tiempo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo puede agrupar varios pagos de facturas en uno solo, lo que hará que" -" el proceso de conciliación sea fácil." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "Pagos por grupo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Para registrar el pago de varias facturas al mismo tiempo vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Proveedores --> Facturas`. Después " -"seleccione las casillas que están junto a las facturas para las que quiere " -"registrar un pago. Una vez que seleccionó todas, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Registrar pago` o :menuselection:`Acción --> Registrar pago`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "Botón para registrar pago." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "Solo puede registrar pagos para facturas :guilabel:`publicadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" -"Cuando registre pagos aparecerá una **ventana emergente**. Desde aquí puede " -"crear **pagos separados** para cada factura al hacer clic en " -":guilabel:`Crear pago`, *o* puede crear un pago al combinar **todos** los " -"pagos. Para **combinar** todos los pagos, marque la casilla " -":guilabel:`Agrupar pagos`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" -"La opción :guilabel:`Agrupar pagos` solo aparece cuando selecciona dos o más" -" facturas." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "Opciones para agrupar pagos al registrar un pago." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Cuando seleccione :guilabel:`Agrupar pagos`, la :guilabel:`cantidad, divisa," -" fecha y el memo` se configuran de manera automática, pero las puede " -"modificar según sus necesidades." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "Pagos parciales en grupos con descuentos de efectivo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" -"En caso de tener **pagos parciales en grupo con descuentos en efectivo** " -"puede seguir los pasos que se encuentran en :doc:`la página de documentación" -" de descuento " -"`. " -"Asegúrese de aplicar los :doc:`términos de pago " -"` a las " -"**facturas de proveedores** *y no* a las facturas de clientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "Pagos en línea" @@ -11538,18 +11377,19 @@ msgstr "Activar métodos de pago con cheque" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -"Para activar el método de pago por cheques, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad--> Configuración --> Cheques`, ahí también " -"puede configurar el :guilabel:`Diseño del cheque`. Después de que active la " -"función :guilabel:`Cheques`, se configura de manera automática para " -":guilabel:`Pagos salientes`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " @@ -11560,61 +11400,61 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` es necesario para imprimir cheques en los " "Estados Unidos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Material compatible para la impresión de cheques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Estados Unidos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Para los Estados Unidos, Odoo es compatible de forma predeterminada con los " "siguientes formatos de cheques:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" "**Quickbooks y Quicken**: cheque en la parte superior, talón en el centro y " "en la parte inferior." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" "**Peachtree**: cheque en el medio, talón en la parte superior e inferior." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: cheque en la parte inferior, y talón en la parte superior." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "El pago a un proveedor con un cheque se realiza en tres pasos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "registrar un pago" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "Imprimir cheques en lote para todos los pagos registrados." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "conciliación de estados bancarios" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registrar un pago con cheque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -11626,11 +11466,11 @@ msgstr "" "una vez que se validó una factura de proveedor. Configure el " ":guilabel:`método de pago` como :guilabel:`Cheques` y valide el pago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimir cheques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -11641,7 +11481,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede ver el número de cheques que están registrados. Al hacer clic en " ":guilabel:`Cheques por imprimir` puede imprimir los cheques conciliados." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -11878,218 +11718,190 @@ msgstr "Principales reportes disponibles" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -"Además de los reportes creados específicamente en cada módulo de " -"localización, existen algunos reportes **genéricos** y **dinámicos** muy " -"útiles para todos los países:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Balance general**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Estado de resultados**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Resumen ejecutivo**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Libro mayor**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Cuentas por pagar antiguas**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Cuentas por cobrar antiguas**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Estado de cuenta de flujo de efectivo**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Reporte de impuestos**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Conciliación bancaria**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Puede realizar comentarios en cada uno de los reportes para imprimirlos y " -"presentarlos a su asesor. Expórtelos como xls para realizar análisis " -"adicionales. Profundice en los reportes para ver más detalles (pagos, " -"facturas, apuntes de diario, etc)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -"También puede comparar los valores obtenidos en otro periodo. Elija con " -"cuántos periodos desea comparar el periodo de tiempo elegido. Puede elegir " -"hasta 12 periodos anteriores a la fecha del reporte si no desea utilizar la " -"opción predeterminada **1 periodo anterior**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -"El **balance general** muestra un panorama de los activos, pasivos y el " -"capital de su organización en una fecha determinada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Estado de resultados" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -"El reporte de **estados de resultados** (o **estado de cuenta de " -"resultados**) muestra los ingresos netos de su organización, deduciendo los " -"gastos de los ingresos correspondientes al periodo del reporte." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Resumen ejecutivo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" -"El **resumen ejecutivo** le permite consultar con rapidez todas las cifras " -"necesarias para dirigir su empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" msgstr "" -"De manera muy sencilla, esto es lo que reporta cada uno de los elementos de " -"esta sección:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Rendimiento:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Margen de ganancias brutas:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La contribución de cada venta individual realizada por su empresa menos los " -"costos directos necesarios para realizar esas ventas (por ejemplo, la mano " -"de obra, los materiales, etc)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Margen de ganancias netas:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La contribución de cada venta individual realizada por su empresa menos los " -"costos directos necesarios para realizar esas ventas, así como los costos " -"generales fijos de su empresa (por ejemplo, el alquiler, la electricidad, " -"los impuestos que tiene que pagar como resultado de esas ventas)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Retorno de la inversión (por año):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -"La relación entre las ganancias netas obtenidas y la cantidad de activos que" -" la empresa utilizó para obtenerlas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Posición:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Promedio de días de los deudores:**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -"El número promedio de días que sus clientes tardan en pagar (por completo), " -"tomando en cuenta todas las facturas de sus clientes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Promedio de días de los acreedores:**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -"El número promedio de días que tarda en pagar a sus proveedores (por " -"completo) tomando en cuenta todas sus facturas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Pronóstico de efectivo a corto plazo:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -"La cantidad de efectivo que se espera que ingrese o salga de su empresa en " -"el próximo mes, es decir, el balance de su **cuenta de ventas** del mes " -"menos el balance de su **cuenta de compras** del mes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Activos circulantes frente a pasivos:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"También conocido como **activo corriente**, es la relación entre los activos" -" circulantes (activos que pueden convertirse en efectivo en el plazo de un " -"año) y los pasivos circulantes (pasivos que vencerán en el próximo año). Se " -"suele utilizar como indicador de la capacidad de una empresa para pagar su " -"deuda." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" @@ -12098,17 +11910,15 @@ msgstr "Libro mayor" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"El **reporte de libro mayor** muestra las transacciones de todas las cuentas" -" durante un rango de fechas seleccionado. El resumen del reporte inicial " -"muestra los totales de cada cuenta y a partir de eso se puede ver un reporte" -" detallado de las transacciones o de las excepciones. Este reporte resulta " -"de gran utilidad a la hora de revisar cada una de las transacciones " -"ocurridas durante un periodo de tiempo determinado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" @@ -12117,12 +11927,13 @@ msgstr "Cuenta antigua por pagar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Realice el reporte **detalles de las cuentas antiguas por pagar** para " -"mostrar información sobre facturas, notas de crédito y sobrepagos " -"específicos que usted debe, así como el tiempo que llevan sin pagarse." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" @@ -12130,34 +11941,35 @@ msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar antiguas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -"El reporte de **cuenta antigua por cobrar** muestra las facturas de ventas " -"que estuvieron pendientes de pago durante el mes seleccionado y meses " -"anteriores." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Estado de flujos de efectivo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -"El **estado de cuenta de flujo de efectivo** muestra cómo los cambios en el " -"balance general y los ingresos afectan al efectivo y a los equivalentes de " -"efectivo. También analiza las actividades de operación, de inversión y de " -"financiación." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Reporte de impuestos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -12165,6 +11977,10 @@ msgstr "" "Este reporte permite ver los importes **netos** y **de impuestos** de todos " "los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad analítica" @@ -17263,7 +17079,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "Facturas de proveedor" @@ -17289,6 +17105,10 @@ msgstr "" "`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "Creación de factura" @@ -21669,7 +21489,7 @@ msgstr "" "de forma predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "Tipos de documentos" @@ -21781,7 +21601,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "Tipos de documento agrupados por letras." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "Usar en facturas" @@ -22004,7 +21824,7 @@ msgstr "" "documento." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Uso y prueba" @@ -23685,7 +23505,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Configurar` para continuar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" @@ -24774,7 +24594,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -24817,7 +24637,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Teléfono`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -25543,8 +25363,8 @@ msgstr "" "Agrega los reportes *Propuesta F29* y *Balance Tributario (8 columnas)*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación electrónica`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi`" @@ -25579,8 +25399,8 @@ msgstr "" "Impuestos Internos. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Exportación electrónica de bienes para Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_exports`" @@ -25597,12 +25417,10 @@ msgstr "" "Internos y las normas aduaneras. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Chile - Guía de envío facturación electrónica`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" @@ -25618,22 +25436,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" -"Incluye todos los requisitos técnicos y funcionales para generar guías de " -"envío en línea según las normas del Servicio de Impuestos Internos. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" "Odoo instala automáticamente el paquete adecuado para la empresa de acuerdo " "al país seleccionado cuando se creó la base de datos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." @@ -25641,7 +25450,7 @@ msgstr "" "El módulo *Chile - Guía de envío facturación electrónica* depende de la " "aplicación *Inventario*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -25652,13 +25461,13 @@ msgstr "" " proceso de certificación del `SII Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "Información de la empresa" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" @@ -25667,35 +25476,35 @@ msgstr "" "asegúrese de que la siguiente información de la empresa esté actualizada y " "correctamente escrita: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la empresa`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Dirección`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Calle`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Ciudad`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Estado`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Código postal`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`País`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." @@ -25703,13 +25512,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`NIF`: escriba el número de identificación fiscal para el " ":ref:`Tipo de contribuyente `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombres de las actividades`: seleccione hasta cuatro códigos de " "actividad." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." @@ -25717,11 +25526,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Descripción de la actividad de la empresa`: escriba una corta " "descripción acerca de la actividad de la empresa. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "Ajustes de contabilidad" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" @@ -25729,38 +25538,38 @@ msgstr "" "Luego, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes -->" " Localización de Chile` y siga las instrucciones de configuración:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr ":ref:`Información fiscal `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr ":ref:`Datos de facturación electrónica `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Servidor entrante de correo electrónico de DTE `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr ":ref:`Certificados de firma `" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "Información fiscal" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "Configure los siguientes datos del :guilabel:`Contribuyente`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuyente` seleccionando el tipo que corresponda:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" @@ -25768,7 +25577,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`IVA afectado (1° categoría)`: para las facturas que cobran " "impuestos a sus clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" @@ -25776,30 +25585,30 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Emisor de boletas (2° categoría)`: para los proveedores que " "emiten boletas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr ":guilabel:`Cliente final`: solo emite recibos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Extranjero`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Oficina SII`: seleccione la oficina regional SII de su empresa" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "Datos de facturación electrónica" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "Seleccione su ambiente de :guilabel:`Servicios web SII`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -25811,11 +25620,11 @@ msgstr "" "Internos. En este caso, puede probar los flujos de conexión directa, " "enviando los archivos al SII. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr ":guilabel:`SII - Producción`: para las bases de datos de producción." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -25830,16 +25639,16 @@ msgstr "" " recomendamos que seleccione esta opción en una base de datos de producción." " " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" "Luego, ingrese los :guilabel:`Datos de facturación electrónica legal`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr ":guilabel:`SII Resolución N°`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr ":guilabel:`SII Fecha de resolución`" @@ -25847,11 +25656,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`SII Fecha de resolución`" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "Información requerida para facturación electrónica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "Servidor de correo entrante para DTE" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -25868,7 +25677,7 @@ msgstr "" "de correo de facturación electrónica* como el servidor de correo entrante de" " los :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " @@ -25878,7 +25687,7 @@ msgstr "" "servidor de correo. Puede encontrar más información acerca de como hacerlo " "en está página: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" @@ -25887,24 +25696,24 @@ msgstr "" "DTE`, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para agregar un servidor y " "completar los siguientes campos: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: proporciónele un nombre al servidor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de servidor`: seleccione el tipo de servidor que usó. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Servidor IMAP`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Servidor POP`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " @@ -25914,7 +25723,7 @@ msgstr "" " crear nuevos registros. Puede encontrar el script en la sección de " ":guilabel:`Configuración` si selecciona esta opción." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" @@ -25925,7 +25734,7 @@ msgstr "" "enlace directo para las configuración en la sección :guilabel:`Información " "de inicio de sesión`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -25943,23 +25752,23 @@ msgstr "" "DATOS DEL CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Correo de contacto SII* y *Correo de contacto de " "empresas*. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" "En la pesataña :guilabel:`Servidor e inicio de sesión` (para los servidores " "IMAP and POP):" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre del servidor`: escriba el nombre del alojamiento o el " "servidor IP." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr ":guilabel:`Puerto`: escriba el puerto del servidor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." @@ -25967,13 +25776,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: active está opción si las conexiones están encriptadas " "usando el protocolo SSL/TLS." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nombre de usuario`: escriba el nombre de usuario de inicio de " "sesión del servidor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr ":guilabel:`Contraseña`: escriba la contraseñ para inicio de sesión." @@ -25983,7 +25792,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración del servidor de correo electrónico entrante para los DTE en " "Chile." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " @@ -25993,12 +25802,12 @@ msgstr "" "entrada todos los correos relacionados con las facturas de proveedor que no " "requieren procesamiento en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificado" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -26010,7 +25819,7 @@ msgstr "" " certificados de la firma` en la sección :guilabel:`Certificados de firma`. " "Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para configurar el certificado: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." @@ -26018,13 +25827,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Clave del certificado`: haga clic en :guilabel:`Subir archivo` y " "seleccione el archivo `.pfx`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Llave maestra del certificado`: escriba la llave maestra del " "archivo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " @@ -26034,7 +25843,7 @@ msgstr "" "que el campo no se complete automáticamente. En ese caso, escribe el " ":abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` del representante legal del certificado. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -26048,13 +25857,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "Configuración del certificado digital." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multidivisa" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -26068,12 +25877,12 @@ msgstr "" "establecer un :guilabel:`Intervalo` para cuando la tasa de cambio se " "actualice automáticamente o seleccionar otro :guilabel:`Servicio`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "Información del contacto" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -26085,32 +25894,32 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contactos` y complete los siguientes campos en un formulario" " de contacto nuevo o ya existente. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de identificación`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuyente`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Descripción de la actividad`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "En la pestaña :guilabel:`Facturación electrónica`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Correo electrónico de los DTE`: escriba la dirección de correo " "del remitente para el contacto. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." @@ -26118,7 +25927,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Precio de la guía de envío`: si lo tiene, seleccione cuál precio " "se mostrará para la guía de envío." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -26131,7 +25940,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "Datos de una factura electrónica para Chile." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." @@ -26139,7 +25948,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los documentos contables están categorizados de acuerdo con los tipos de " "documentos que define el SII. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -26153,7 +25962,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "Lista de tipos de documentos fiscales para Chile." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." @@ -26161,18 +25970,18 @@ msgstr "" "Varios tipos de documentos estarán desactivados de manera predeterminada, " "pero los puede activar deslizando la opción :guilabel:`Activar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "El tipo de documento en cada transacción se define por:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" "El diario relacionado a la factura, identifica si el diario usa documentos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." @@ -26180,22 +25989,22 @@ msgstr "" "La condición aplicada según el tipo de emisor y destinatario (por ejemplo, " "el vendedor o el régimen fiscal del proveedor). " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" "Generalmente los *diarios contables* en Odoo representan una unidad de " "negocio o ubicación. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Ventas Santiago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Ventas Valparaíso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." @@ -26203,15 +26012,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para la tiendas al por menor, es común tener un diario por :abbr:`PdV (Punto" " de Venta)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Caja 1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Caja 2." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -26223,19 +26032,19 @@ msgstr "" "contables que no están relacionadas con las facturas de proveedor. Puede " "configurar esto fácilmente usando el siguiente modelo. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "Pago de impuestos al gobierno." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Pagos de empleados." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "Crear un diario de ventas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " @@ -26245,7 +26054,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración --> Diarios`. Luego, haga clic en el botón de " ":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete la siguiente información: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." @@ -26253,7 +26062,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo`: seleccione :guilabel:`Venta` desde el menú desplegable " "para los diarios de facturas de los clientes. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -26267,7 +26076,7 @@ msgstr "" " está usando el portal *Facturación MiPyme* del :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)`, puede usar la opción :guilabel:`Manual`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -26280,7 +26089,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentos disponibles en Chile. De manera predeterminada, todos los diarios" " de ventas creados usarán documentos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -26293,11 +26102,11 @@ msgstr "" " Configurar estos campos es necesario para uno de los :ref:`casos de uso " "` de las notas de débito. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -26311,7 +26120,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos internos)` al emisor con el folio o secuencia autorizados para " "documentos de facturación electrónica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -26324,7 +26133,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estos CAFs se comparten en todos los diarios, por lo que solo necesita " "activar uno por tipo de documento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " @@ -26334,7 +26143,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ para obtener más información " "sobre cómo conseguir los archivos CAF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -26345,11 +26154,11 @@ msgstr "" " de pruebas (modo de certificación). Asegúrese de tener el CAF correcto en " "su entorno." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "Subir archivos CAF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -26365,7 +26174,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nuevo` para empezar a configurar. Una vez en el formulario, suba " "su archivo CAF y después haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " @@ -26375,7 +26184,7 @@ msgstr "" " momento, cuando la transacción se utilice para este tipo de documento, el " "número de factura tomará el primer folio en la secuencia." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -26386,7 +26195,7 @@ msgstr "" "caso de que se hayan utilizado algunos folios en el sistema anterior, debe " "establecer el siguiente folio válido cuando se cree la primera transacción." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " @@ -26396,24 +26205,24 @@ msgstr "" "conjunto de datos incluidos en el módulo de localización. Las cuentas se " "mapean automáticamente en:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "Cuentas por pagar predeterminadas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar predeterminadas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Cuenta de transferencias" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Tipo de cambio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " @@ -26424,29 +26233,29 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos desde :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> " "Impuestos`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Chile tiene varios tipos de impuestos, los más comunes son:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "**IVA**: el IVA normal que puede tener varias tasas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "**ILA**: el impuesto a las bebidas alcohólicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -26462,11 +26271,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "Diagrama con transacciones de factura electrónica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "Emisión de factura para el cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -26484,7 +26293,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "Selección del tipo de documento de factura de cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " @@ -26494,12 +26303,12 @@ msgstr "" " en las facturas electrónicas, de lo contrario el SII rechazará la " "validación del documento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "Validación y estado del DTE" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " @@ -26509,7 +26318,7 @@ msgstr "" "automática cuando se crea desde una orden de venta, proceda a validar la " "factura. Después del registro de la factura:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." @@ -26517,7 +26326,7 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` se crea de " "forma automática y se registra en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -26530,7 +26339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "Archivo DTE XML en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -26549,7 +26358,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "Transición del flujo del estado DTE." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -26565,7 +26374,7 @@ msgstr "" "comprobar los detalles enviados por el SII por correo electrónico. El " ":guilabel:`estado de la DTE` se actualizará a :guilabel:`solicitar estado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -26584,7 +26393,7 @@ msgstr "" "Identificación de la transacción que originó la factura y su actualización " "de estado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -26598,13 +26407,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "Estados de los datos de las facturas electrónicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "La respuesta final del SII puede tener uno de estos valores:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." @@ -26613,7 +26422,7 @@ msgstr "" "El documento ahora es válido fiscalmente y se envía al cliente de forma " "automática." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " @@ -26623,7 +26432,7 @@ msgstr "" "es correcta pero se identificó un problema menor, sin embargo, nuestro " "documento ahora es fiscalmente válido y se envía automáticamente al cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -26637,15 +26446,15 @@ msgstr "" "en Odoo, los detalles también aparecerán en el chatter una vez que se " "procese el servidor de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "En caso de que su factura sea rechazada, siga estos pasos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "Cambie el documento a :guilabel:`borrador`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." @@ -26653,7 +26462,7 @@ msgstr "" "Realice las correcciones necesarias en función del mensaje recibido del SII " "en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Registre la factura otra vez." @@ -26661,11 +26470,11 @@ msgstr "Registre la factura otra vez." msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "Mensaje cuando se rechaza una factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Referencias cruzadas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -26684,14 +26493,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "Documentos de referencias cruzadas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "Reporte la de factura en PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -26705,7 +26514,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "Elementos fiscales de validación del SII." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " @@ -26715,24 +26524,24 @@ msgstr "" "manual la biblioteca `pdf417gen `_. " "Para instalarla utilice el comando :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "Validación comercial" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Una vez que la factura se envió al cliente:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "El :guilabel:`estado del contacto DTE` cambia a :guilabel:`enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" "El cliente debe enviar un correo electrónico donde confirme su recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." @@ -26741,7 +26550,7 @@ msgstr "" "envía una confirmación de aceptación; en caso contrario, se envía una " "reclamación." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" "El campo :guilabel:`estado de aceptación de DTE` se actualiza de forma " @@ -26751,11 +26560,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "Mensaje con la aceptación comercial del cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "Proceso para facturas con reclamo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -26772,12 +26581,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "El estado comercial de la factura se actualizó a \"con reclamo\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Errores comunes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -26898,13 +26707,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Consejo:** solo hay cinco razones por las que puede aparecer este error y " "todas ellas están relacionadas con la sección *Carátula* del XML:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "El número RUT de la empresa es incorrecto o hace falta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." @@ -26912,7 +26721,7 @@ msgstr "" "El número RUT del propietario de la certificación es incorrecto o hace " "falta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " @@ -26921,21 +26730,21 @@ msgstr "" "El número RUT del SII es incorrecto (debería ser correcto de forma " "predeterminada) o hace falta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "La fecha de resolución es incorrecta o hace falta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "El número de resolución es incorrecto o hace falta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Notas de crédito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -26956,16 +26765,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "Creación de CAF para notas de crédito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "Cancelar el documento de referencia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -26985,11 +26794,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "Nota de crédito que anula el documento de referencia." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "Corregir el documento de referencia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -27009,7 +26818,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "Nota de crédito en proceso de corregir el texto del documento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -27021,7 +26830,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "Nota de crédito con el valor corregido en las líneas de la factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." @@ -27030,11 +26839,11 @@ msgstr "" "predeterminada` en el diario de ventas específicamente para este caso de " "uso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "Corregir el monto del documento de referencia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -27054,12 +26863,12 @@ msgstr "" "Nota de crédito para un reembolso parcial para corregir importes. Utiliza el" " código de referencia SII 3." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "Notas de débito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " @@ -27068,11 +26877,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la localización chilena puede crear notas de débito y crédito con el " "botón :guilabel:`agregar nota de débito` para dos casos de uso principales." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "Agrega un cargo adicional a las facturas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -27087,7 +26896,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "Nota de débito en proceso de corregir el valor del documento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -27099,17 +26908,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "Referencia automática a la factura en una nota de débito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" "Solo puede agregar notas de débito en una factura que el SII ya ha aceptado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "Cancelar notas de crédito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -27126,7 +26935,7 @@ msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" "Nota de débito cancelando el documento de referencia (nota de crédito)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " @@ -27136,7 +26945,7 @@ msgstr "" "correo electrónico entrante para que coincida con el que tiene registrado en" " el SII para:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." @@ -27144,47 +26953,47 @@ msgstr "" "Recibir los DTE de facturas del proveedor de forma automática y crear la " "factura de proveedor según esta información." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "Envíe de forma automática el acuse de recibo a su proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "Aceptar o reclamar el documento y enviar este estado a su proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Recepción" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" "En cuanto reciba el correo electrónico del proveedor con el DTE adjunto:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" "La factura de proveedor extraerá toda la información incluida en el XML." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" "Se le enviará un correo electrónico al proveedor con el acuse de recibo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" "Se establecerá el :guilabel:`estado del DTE` como :guilabel:`acuse de " "recibido enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Aceptación" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -27201,11 +27010,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "Botón para aceptar las facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Reclamación" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -27228,7 +27037,7 @@ msgstr "" "Botón para reclamar en las facturas de proveedor para informar al proveedor que el documento se rechazó \n" "comercialmente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -27240,12 +27049,12 @@ msgstr "" "buena práctica cancelar todos los documentos con reclamo, pues no son " "válidos para sus registros contables." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "Guía de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -27257,7 +27066,7 @@ msgstr "" "haga clic en :guilabel:`instalar` en el módulo :guilabel:`Chile - Guía de " "entrega de factura electrónica`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -27269,7 +27078,7 @@ msgstr "" "dependencia de forma automática cuando instale el módulo :guilabel:`guía de " "entrega`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -27278,7 +27087,7 @@ msgstr "" "El módulo *Guía de entrega* permite enviar los DTE al SII y el sello en los " "reportes PDF de las entregas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -27293,7 +27102,7 @@ msgstr "" "propios CAF. Consulte la :ref:`documentación sobre el CAF ` para saber cómo obtener los CAF para las guías de entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" @@ -27301,7 +27110,7 @@ msgstr "" "Verifique la siguiente información importante en la configuración de " ":guilabel:`precio de la guía de entrega`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." @@ -27309,7 +27118,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`De la orden de venta`: la guía de entrega toma el precio del " "producto de la orden de venta y lo muestra en el documento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." @@ -27317,13 +27126,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`De la plantilla de producto`: Odoo toma el precio que se " "configuró en la plantilla de producto y lo muestra en el documento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No mostrar precio`: no se muestra ningún precio en la guía de " "entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" @@ -27333,11 +27142,11 @@ msgstr "" "lugar a otro y pueden representar ventas, muestras, consignas, traslados " "internos y prácticamente cualquier movimiento de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "Guía de entrega a partir de un proceso de venta" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." @@ -27345,7 +27154,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una guía de envío **no** debe tener más de una página o más de 60 líneas de " "productos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -27359,7 +27168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "Botón de creación de guía de entrega en un proceso de venta" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" @@ -27367,7 +27176,7 @@ msgstr "" "La primera vez que hace clic en :guilabel:`crear guía de entrega` aparece un" " mensaje de advertencia con el siguiente texto:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -27381,7 +27190,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "Mensaje de advertencia de la primera entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -27399,11 +27208,11 @@ msgstr "" "autorización de folio) disponible para generar la siguiente guía de entrega," " y así sucesivamente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "Después de crear la guía de envío:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -27411,8 +27220,8 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` se crea de " "forma automática y se agrega al chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -27423,7 +27232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "Notas que se agregan al chatter al crear una guía de envío." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -27435,7 +27244,7 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` le responda de forma inmediata," " haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`enviar ahora al SII`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -27447,7 +27256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "Impresión del PDF de la guía de envío." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -27460,11 +27269,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`pdf417gen`, mencionada en :ref:`la sección de reportes PDF de " "facturas `." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "Boletas electrónicas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -27474,7 +27283,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Aplicaciones` y busque `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Después haga clic " "en :guilabel:`Instalar` en el módulo :guilabel:`Chile - Boleta electrónica`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -27486,7 +27295,7 @@ msgstr "" "de forma automática cuando instale el módulo :guilabel:`Guía de entrega de " "factura electrónica`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -27502,7 +27311,7 @@ msgstr "" "CAF ` para saber cómo obtener los :abbr:`CAF " "(Código de Autorización del Folio)` para las boletas electrónicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -27522,7 +27331,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "Módulo de boleta electrónica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -27542,7 +27351,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "Tipo de documento 39 para boletas electrónicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -27558,11 +27367,11 @@ msgstr "" "validar la boleta de forma correcta, asegúrese de editar el :guilabel:` tipo" " de documento` y cámbielo a boleta electrónica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "Después de registrar la boleta:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -27574,7 +27383,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "Estado de creación de boletas electrónicas STE." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -27586,7 +27395,7 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` le responda de forma inmediata," " haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`enviar ahora al SII`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " @@ -27596,11 +27405,11 @@ msgstr "" "validation>` para facturas electrónicas. El flujo de trabajo para boletas " "electrónicas sigue el mismo proceso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "Exportaciones electrónicas de bienes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -27612,7 +27421,7 @@ msgstr "" "haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar` en el módulo :guilabel:`Exportaciones " "electrónicas para bienes en Chile`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." @@ -27620,7 +27429,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para el módulo :guilabel:`Chile - Exportaciones electrónicas para bienes en " "Chile` debe instalar :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -27637,7 +27446,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtener los :abbr:`CAF (Código de Autorización del Folio)` para las boletas " "electrónicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " @@ -27648,7 +27457,7 @@ msgstr "" "Internos)`, si no también para guardar la información que se requiere para " "los aranceles." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones de contacto" @@ -27658,11 +27467,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tipo de contribuyente que se necesita para el módulo Exportaciones " "electrónicas para bienes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "Aduanas de Chile" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -27676,11 +27485,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "Campos personalizados para Chile." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "Reporte en PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -27696,11 +27505,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "Sección para Exportaciones electrónicas de bienes en el reporte PDF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -27711,7 +27520,7 @@ msgstr "" " Las cuentas están clasificadas según su origen y dependiendo el nivel de " "ganancias o pérdidas que ese negocio tubo dentro del periodo evaluado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -27729,11 +27538,11 @@ msgstr "Ubicación del reporte del Balance tributario de 8 columnas. " msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "Balance tributario (8 columnas)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -27747,7 +27556,7 @@ msgstr "" " compras (CR) y el registro de ventas (RV). Su finalidad es apoyar las " "transacciones relacionadas con el IVA para mejorar su control y declaración." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." @@ -27755,7 +27564,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los documentos tributarios electrónicos (DTE) que el :abbr:`SII (Servicio de" " Impuestos Internos)` recibió proporcionan este registro." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -27769,7 +27578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "Ubicación del reporte Propuesta F29 (CL)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -27784,7 +27593,7 @@ msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" "PPM y Factor de Proporcionalidad automático para el reporte Propuesta F39." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -30467,7 +30276,7 @@ msgstr "Estos códigos son confidenciales, almacénelos en un lugar seguro." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" @@ -32345,7 +32154,6 @@ msgstr "" "paquete que desee en la sección de localización fiscal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -40156,12 +39964,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" -"El proceso anterior también se puede hacer para *un solo* :doc:`pago " -"<../accounting/payments>` de proveedor si se vincularon a una o más " -":doc:`facturas de proveedor <../accounting/payments/multiple>` con las " -"retenciones aplicadas. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -40920,16 +40724,12 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan de cuentas español" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"En Odoo hay varios planes de cuentas españoles que están disponibles de " -"forma predeterminada:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" @@ -40945,15 +40745,12 @@ msgstr "PGCE Entidades" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -"Puede elegir el que desee al entrar a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración` y luego elija el paquete que desee en la sección " -"**Localización fiscal**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." @@ -40961,30 +40758,42 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando crea una nueva base de datos de Odoo en línea, el PGCE PYMEs 2008 se " "instala de forma predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Reportes contables españoles" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -"Si se instaló la localización contable española, tendrá acceso a reportes " -"contables específicos para España:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Reporte de impuestos (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Reporte de impuestos (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Reporte de impuestos (Modelo 303)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" @@ -43278,7 +43087,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -43838,7 +43647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "Configure el resto de las opciones como guste. " @@ -44673,7 +44482,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Credenciales de prueba` en la parte izquierda de la aplicación, " "luego copie el :guilabel:`Token de acceso` de prueba. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." @@ -44681,15 +44494,17 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Vaya al proveedor de pago Mercado Pago ` y " "cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Activado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" -"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Credenciales`, llene el campo :guilabel:`Token de " -"acceso` con el valor que guardo en el paso " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 msgid "Mollie" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c8668e30e..cdcd9eb7f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -19,20 +19,20 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Pablo Rojas , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -6610,56 +6610,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Lineamientos multiempresa `" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta de Odoo.com" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar su cuenta de Odoo.com, acceda a la opción de eliminar haciendo" -" clic en el icono del usuario. Puede acceder a la opción de eliminar yendo a" -" :menuselection:`Mi cuenta --> Editar ajustes de seguridad --> Eliminar " -"cuenta`. También puede ingresar mediante https://www.odoo.com/my/home." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" -"No podrá recuperar su cuenta de Odoo.com, eliminar una cuenta es " -"irreversible. Tenga cuidado al realizar esta acción." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Eliminar cuenta` aparecerá una ventana " -"emergente que le pedirá que confirme la eliminación de la cuenta." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en el botón Eliminar cuenta se abrirá una ventana que verifica" -" el cambio." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" -"Confirme que desea eliminar su cuenta. Ingrese la :guilabel:`contraseña` y " -"el :guilabel:`correo` de la cuenta que está eliminando. Haga clic en el " -"botón :guilabel:`Eliminar cuenta` para confirmar la acción." - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "Cambiar idioma" @@ -7043,11 +6993,216 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`Empresas`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "Cambios a la cuenta de Odoo.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" +"Esta documentación describe los cambios que puede hacer en una cuenta de " +"Odoo.com, entre los que se encuentran el proceso para eliminarla y para " +"cambiar la contraseña." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta de Odoo.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar una cuenta de Odoo.com, haga clic en el icono de perfil (está " +"representado con su nombre de usuario e icono) ubicado en la esquina " +"superior derecha para abrir un menú desplegable. Una vez en el menú " +"desplegable, seleccione :guilabel:`Mi cuenta de Odoo.com` para abrir el " +"portal de usuario." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"En el portal de usuario, puede acceder a la opción para eliminar su cuenta " +"si se dirige a :menuselection:`Mi cuenta --> Editar los ajustes de seguridad" +" --> Eliminar cuenta`, también puede acceder mediante " +"`https://www.odoo.com/my/home `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" +"**No** podrá recuperar su cuenta de Odoo después de eliminarla. Esta acción " +"es irreversible, así que tenga cuidado al realizarla." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`Eliminar cuenta` aparecerá una ventana " +"emergente que le solicitará que confirme la eliminación de la cuenta." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en el botón Eliminar cuenta se abrirá una ventana que verifica" +" el cambio." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" +"Para confirmar que desea eliminar su cuenta escriba su " +":guilabel:`contraseña` y el :guilabel:`correo` de la cuenta que está " +"eliminando. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Eliminar cuenta` para confirmar" +" la acción." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "Cambiar la contraseña de una cuenta de Odoo.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la contraseña de una cuenta de Odoo.com, primero debe iniciar " +"sesión en la cuenta correspondiente desde la página principal. Después de " +"haber iniciado sesión, vaya a la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla y " +"haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`▼ (flecha hacia abajo)` ubicado junto al " +"icono de perfil y seleccione :guilabel:`Mi cuenta`. La acción anterior " +"abrirá el tablero del perfil." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar la contraseña de su cuenta de Odoo.com, haga clic en el " +"enlace :guilabel:`Editar los ajustes de seguridad` que se encuentra en la " +"sección :menuselection:`Seguridad de la cuenta`. Haga los cambios necesarios" +" y escriba su :guilabel:`contraseña` actual, la :guilabel:`nueva contraseña`" +" y vuelva a escribirla en el campo de abajo para verificarla. Por último, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Cambiar la contraseña` para completar el cambio." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Si un cliente desea cambiar el correo correspondiente para iniciar sesión, " +"contacte al servicio de soporte `aquí `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" +"Las contraseñas para los usuarios de Odoo.com y los usuarios del portal " +"siguen siendo distintas, incluso si usan la misma dirección de correo " +"electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "Agregar autenticación de dos factores" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar la autenticación de dos factores, inicie sesión en la cuenta de" +" usuario de Odoo.com desde la página de inicio de sesión. Después de iniciar" +" sesión, vaya a la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla y haga clic en el" +" icono :guilabel:`▼ (flecha hacia abajo)` ubicado junto al :guilabel:`icono " +"de perfil` y seleccione :guilabel:`Mi cuenta`. La acción anterior abrirá el " +"tablero del portal." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"Si desea activar la autenticación de dos factores (A2F) para acceder a " +"Odoo.com, haga clic en el enlace :guilabel:`Editar los ajustes de seguridad`" +" dentro de la sección :menuselection:`Seguridad de la cuenta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Habilitar la autenticación de dos factores` para " +"activar la :abbr:`A2F (Autenticación de dos factores)`. Confirme la " +"contraseña actual en el campo :guilabel:`Contraseña`, luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Confirmar contraseña` y después de eso active la :abbr:`A2F " +"(Autenticación de dos factores)` en una aplicación para :abbr:`A2F " +"(Autenticación de dos factores)` como Google Authenticator, Authy o alguna " +"otra. Allí deberá escanear el :guilabel:`código QR` o escribir el " +":guilabel:`código de verificación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" +"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Habilitar la autenticación de dos " +"factores` para completar la configuración." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" +"Desde :guilabel:`Mi cuenta`, los usuarios de Odoo.com pueden acceder a las " +"siguientes secciones:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mi tablero de partner`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Servicios dentro de la aplicación`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tablero de aplicaciones`" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "Acceso al portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." @@ -7055,7 +7210,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se le brinda acceso al portal a los usuarios que necesitan poder ver " "documentos o información en específico en una base de datos de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" @@ -7064,47 +7219,47 @@ msgstr "" "acceso al portal incluyen permitir a los clientes ver o leer alguno de los " "siguientes elementos en Odoo:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "leads/oportunidades" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "cotizaciones/órdenes de venta" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "órdenes de compra" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "facturas de cliente o de proveedor" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "proyectos" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "tareas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "hojas de horas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "tickets" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "firmas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "suscripciones" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." @@ -7112,11 +7267,11 @@ msgstr "" "Los usuarios del portal solo tienen derechos de acceso de lectura/vista y no" " pueden editar ningún documento en la base de datos." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "Otorgar acceso al portal a sus clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -7133,11 +7288,12 @@ msgstr "" "que se encuentra en la parte superior central de la interfaz." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -"Usar la aplicación Contactos para otorgar a los usuarios acceso al portal" +"La aplicación Contactos muestra cómo otorgar acceso al portal a los " +"usuarios." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" @@ -7145,14 +7301,14 @@ msgstr "" "Luego seleccione la opción :guilabel:`otorgar acceso al portal`. Aparecerá " "una ventana emergente con tres campos:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contacto`: el nombre del contacto registrado en la base de datos " "de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" @@ -7160,11 +7316,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`: la dirección de correo electrónico que el " "contacto utilizará para iniciar sesión en el portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr ":guilabel:`En el portal`: si el usuario tiene acceso al portal o no" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -7185,7 +7341,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se debe completar la dirección de correo electrónico del contacto y su casilla correspondiente antes\n" "de enviar una invitación al portal." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." @@ -7194,7 +7350,7 @@ msgstr "" " que el contacto ahora es un usuario del portal de esa base de datos de " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -7209,7 +7365,7 @@ msgstr "" "todos los contactos que necesitan acceso al portal y luego haga clic en " ":guilabel:`aplicar`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -7221,6 +7377,229 @@ msgstr "" "portal` y anular la selección de la casilla en la columna :guilabel:`en el " "portal` y hacer clic en :guilabel:`aplicar`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de usuario del portal" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" +"Es probable que un usuario del portal quiera modificar su forma de iniciar " +"sesión en algún momento, esto es posible y lo puede realizar cualquier " +"usuario de la base de datos con permisos de acceso de administrador. El " +"siguiente proceso describe las instrucciones necesarias para cambiar la " +"manera de iniciar sesión." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" +":doc:`Consulte la documentación sobre la configuración de los permisos de " +"acceso `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" +"Primero vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Usuarios`. Después, en " +":guilabel:`Filtros`, seleccione :guilabel:`Usuarios del portal`, o " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Agregar filtro personalizado` y realice la siguiente " +"configuración :guilabel:`Grupos` > :guilabel:`contiene` > `portal`. Después " +"de hacer esta selección, busque (y abra) el usuario de portal que tiene que " +"editar." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` (si es necesario), haga clic en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Dirección de correo` y después haga los cambios necesarios " +"a este campo. El campo :guilabel:`dirección de correo` se usa para ingresar " +"al portal de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" +"Cambiar la :guilabel:`dirección de correo` (o inicio de sesión) solo cambia " +"el *nombre de usuario* de inicio de sesión en el portal del cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el correo de contacto debe hacerlo desde la plantilla en la " +"aplicación *Contactos*. También el cliente puede cambiar su correo " +"directamente desde el portal, pero los datos de inicio de sesión **no** se " +"pueden cambiar. :ref:`vea cómo cambiar la información del cleinte " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "Cambios en el portal del cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" +"El cliente puede querer realizar cambios a su información de contacto, " +"contraseña y seguridad o información de pago vinculada a su portal de " +"contacto. Estos cambios los puede realizar el cliente desde el portal y aquí" +" le explicaremos cómo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "Cambiar la información del cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" +"Primero ingrese el nombre de usuario y la contraseña en la página de inicio " +"de sesión de la base de datos de la cuenta de portal del usuario. Al iniciar" +" sesión aparecerá el tablero del portal y varios documentos de las " +"aplicaciones instaladas en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr ":ref:`Documentación de acceso del portal `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, en la esquina superior derecha del portal, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Editar`, a un lado de la sección :guilabel:`Detalles`. Después, " +"cambie la información pertinente y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Cambiar contraseña" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" +"Primero ingrese el nombre de usuario y la contraseña en la página de inicio " +"de sesión de la cuenta de portal del usuario. Cuando inicie sesión aparecerá" +" el tablero del portal." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar la contraseña de su cuenta de Odoo.com, haga clic en el " +"enlace :guilabel:`Editar los ajustes de seguridad` que se encuentra en la " +"sección :menuselection:`Seguridad de la cuenta`. Haga los cambios " +"necesarios, escriba su :guilabel:`contraseña` actual, la :guilabel:`nueva " +"contraseña` y vuelva a escribirla en el campo de abajo para verificar la " +"contraseña nueva. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Cambiar la contraseña`" +" para completar el cambio." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" +"Si un cliente desea modificar los datos de inicio de sesión, como se " +"mencionó con anterioridad, contacte al punto de contacto de la base de datos" +" de Odoo. :ref:`Consulte la documentación relacionada sobre cómo cambiar el " +"nombre de usuario del portal `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" +"Las contraseñas para los usuarios del portal y los usuarios de Odoo.com " +"siguen siendo distintas, incluso si usan la misma dirección de correo " +"electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"Si desea activar la autenticación de dos factores (A2F) para acceder al " +"portal, haga clic en el enlace :guilabel:`Editar los ajustes de seguridad` " +"dentro de la sección :menuselection:`Seguridad de la cuenta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Habilitar la autenticación de dos factores` para " +"activar la :abbr:`A2F (Autenticación de dos factores)`. Confirme la " +"contraseña actual del portal en el campo :guilabel:`Contraseña`, luego haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar contraseña` y después active la :abbr:`A2F " +"(Autenticación de dos factores)` en una aplicación para :abbr:`A2F " +"(Autenticación de dos factores)` como Google Authenticator, Authy o alguna " +"otra. Allí deberá escanear el :guilabel:`código QR` o escribir el " +":guilabel:`código de verificación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" +"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Habilitar la autenticación de dos " +"factores` para completar la configuración." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "Cambiar información de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" +"Si e cliente quiere gestionar las opciones de pago, vaya a " +":guilabel:`gestionar métodos de pago` en el menú de la derecha. Después, " +"agregue la nueva información de pago y seleccione :guilabel:`Agregar nueva " +"tarjeta`." + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de internet)q" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2ec1da7a9..747de7fc4 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -74,71 +74,270 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "Operaciones diarias" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "Proceso para un ajuste de inventarios con código de barras" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -"Para realizar un ajuste de inventarios utilizando códigos de barras necesita" -" abrir la aplicación \"Código de Barras\". Después, desde la aplicación, dar" -" click en \"Ajuste de Inventarios\"" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Si desea trabajar completamente con códigos de barras, puede descargar la " -"hoja *Comandos para inventario*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya hecho clic en *Ajustes de inventario*, Odoo creará uno " -"automáticamente. Tenga en cuenta que, si trabaja con varias ubicaciones, " -"primero debe especificar en qué ubicación se realiza el ajuste de " -"inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Si no trabaja con múltiples ubicaciones, podrá escanear los diferentes " -"productos que desea incluir en el ajuste de inventario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanee 5 veces o use el teclado para " -"establecer la cantidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Además de usar el escáner de código de barras, también puede agregar " -"manualmente un producto si es necesario. Para hacerlo, haga clic en *Agregar" -" producto* y complete la información." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "¿Sabía que? " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" -"Cuando haya escaneado todos los artículos de la ubicación, valide el " -"inventario de manera manual o escanee el código de barras *Validar*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1534,8 +1733,8 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "Código de barras GS1 completo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" -msgstr "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" +msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -1705,191 +1904,662 @@ msgstr "" "Registro del movimiento de inventario al momento de la recepción de los 52.1" " kg de duraznos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "Proceso para transferencias" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias simples" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -"Para procesar una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, el " -"primer paso es ir a *Operaciones*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -"Luego, tiene la opción de ingresar una transferencia existente. Para hacer " -"esto puede ir al tipo de operación correspondiente y seleccionar manualmente" -" la que desea ingresar, o puede escanear el código de barras de la " -"transferencia." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -"Desde ahí, podrá escanear los productos que forman parte de la transferencia" -" existente y/o agregar nuevos productos a esta transferencia. Una vez que se" -" hayan escaneado todos los productos, puede validar la transferencia para " -"continuar con los movimientos de stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -"Si tiene diferentes ubicaciones de almacenamiento en su almacén, puede " -"agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Recepciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -"Al recibir un producto en stock, debe escanear su código de barras para " -"identificarlo en el sistema. Una vez que haya realizado esto, puede hacer " -"que ingrese la ubicación principal de la transferencia, por ejemplo " -"WH/Almacén, o escanear un código de barras de ubicación para que ingrese una" -" sububicación de la ubicación principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -"Si desea que el producto ingrese WH/Almacén en nuestro ejemplo, simplemente " -"puede escanear el siguiente producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -"Al entregar un producto, debe escanear la ubicación de origen si es " -"diferente a la establecida inicialmente. Luego, puede comenzar a escanear " -"los productos que se entregan desde esta ubicación específica." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se han escaneado los diferentes productos, tiene la posibilidad " -"de escanear otra ubicación, como WH/Almacén, y se agregará otra página a su " -"pedido de entrega. Puede moverse de uno a otro gracias a los botones " -"*Anterior* y *Siguiente*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -"Ahora puede validar su transferencia. Para hacerlo, haga clic en *Siguiente*" -" hasta llegar a la última página de la transferencia, donde podrá validarla." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias internas" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -"Al realizar una transferencia interna con ubicación múltiple, primero debe " -"escanear la ubicación de origen del producto. Luego, puede escanear el " -"producto en sí mismo, antes de tener que escanear el código de barras de la " -"ubicación de destino." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -"Si el origen y el destino de las transferencias internas ya son correctos, " -"no necesita escanearlos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "Transferencias con productos rastreados" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -"Si trabaja con productos rastreados por lotes/números de serie, tiene dos " -"formas de trabajar:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -"Si trabaja con números de serie o lote en todos los productos, puede " -"escanear el código de barras del lote/número de serie y Odoo aumentará la " -"cantidad del producto, configurando su número de lote o serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" -"Si tiene el mismo número de serie o lote para diferentes productos, puede " -"trabajar escaneando primero el código de barras del producto y luego el " -"código de barras del número de serie o lote." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "Crear una transferencia desde cero" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Para crear una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, primero" -" debe imprimir los códigos de barras del tipo de operación. Para hacerlo, " -"puede descargar la *Hoja de códigos de barras de inventario* desde la página" -" de inicio de la aplicación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Crear un traslado interno" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho esto, puede escanear el código de barras para el que desea " -"crear un nuevo documento. Luego, se creará un documento vacío y podrá " -"escanear sus productos para completarlo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -3935,104 +4605,171 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "Seguimiento de productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre los números de lote y de serie?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"En Odoo, los números de lote y de serie tiene similitudes en su sistema " -"funcional pero son diferentes en su comportamiento. Ambos se administran " -"dentro de **Inventario**, **Compras** y la aplicación de **Ventas**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -"Los **lotes** corresponden a un cierto número de productos que recibió y " -"almacenó juntos en un solo paquete." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"Los **números de serie** son números de identificación dados a un producto " -"en particular, para permitir el seguimiento histórico de un artículo desde " -"la recepción hasta la entrega y posterior a la entrega." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Cuándo usarlo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"Los **lotes** funcionan para productos que se reciben en gran cantidad y " -"para los cuales un número de lote puede ayudar en los reportes, controles de" -" calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes le ayudarán a identificar " -"un grupo de piezas que, por ejemplo, pueden tener un defecto de producción. " -"También puede ser útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -"Los **números de serie** son útiles para artículos que podrían requerir " -"servicio posventa, como celulares, laptops, refrigeradores, y cualquier " -"dispositivo electrónico. Puede utilizar el número de seria del fabricante o " -"el propio, dependiendo de cómo administre estos productos." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Cuándo no usarlo" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"Almacenar productos consumibles como papel de cocina, papel higiénico, " -"lápices y bloques de papel en lotes no tendría ningún sentido, ya que hay " -"pocas oportunidades que pueda regresarlos por fallos de producción." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"Por otro lado, darle un número de serie a cada producto es una tarea que " -"consume mucho tiempo y que solo servirá en caso de artículos que tienen una " -"garantía o servicio de posventa. Ponerle un número de serie al pan, por " -"ejemplo, no tiene sentido." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "Activar lotes y números de serie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" +"Active las funciones de lote y número de serie desde los ajustes del " +"inventario." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Trazabilidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -4766,11 +5503,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "Activar lotes y números de serie" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -4785,12 +5517,6 @@ msgstr "" "haga clic en la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Número de serie y lote`. Después," " haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" -"Active las funciones de lote y número de serie desde los ajustes del " -"inventario." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "Rastrear productos por lotes" @@ -8113,17 +8839,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "Después, debe configurar el almacén para las entregas en tres pasos. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` y haga clic en " -":guilabel:`editar` para modificar el :guilabel:`almacén`. Luego, seleccione " +"la :menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` y " +"haga clic en el :guilabel:`almacén` que desee. Luego, seleccione " ":guilabel:`Empaquetar artículos, enviar productos a ubicación de salida y " -"enviar (3 pasos)` para los :guilabel:`envíos salientes`. :guilabel:`Guarde` " -"los cambios." +"enviar (3 pasos)` para los :guilabel:`envíos salientes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." @@ -8131,44 +8856,45 @@ msgstr "Establecer la opción de envío saliente para entregar en tres pasos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" -"Al activar la recepción y entrega en tres pasos, creará dos nuevas " -"ubicaciones internas: una *zona de empaquetado* (WH/Zona de empaquetado) y " -"una de *salida* (WH/Salida). Para cambiar el nombre de estas ubicaciones, " -"vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, seleccione la " -":guilabel:`ubicación` que desea modificar, haga clic en :guilabel:`editar`, " -"actualice el nombre y, por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." +"Activar la recepción y entrega en tres pasos crea dos nuevas ubicaciones " +"internas: una *zona de empaquetado* (WH/Zona de empaquetado) y una de " +"*salida* (WH/Salida). Para cambiar el nombre de estas ubicaciones, vaya a la" +" :menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, " +"haga clic en la :guilabel:`ubicación` que desea modificar y actualice el " +"nombre." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" -msgstr "" -"Procesar una orden de entrega en tres pasos (recolectar + empaquetar + " -"enviar)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgstr "Entregar en 3 pasos (recolección, empaquetado y envío)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -"Cree una nueva cotización en la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas`. Haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Crear`, seleccione un :guilabel:`cliente`, agregue un " -":guilabel:`producto` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar`." +"Para crear una nueva cotización, vaya a la :menuselection:`aplicación Ventas" +" --> Nuevo`, se abrirá un formulario de cotización en blanco. Una vez allí," +" seleccione un :guilabel:`cliente`, agregue un :guilabel:`producto` " +"almacenable y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" -"Aparecerá el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` en la parte superior " -"derecha. Al hacer clic en él aparecerá la orden de recolección, la orden de " -"empaquetado y la orden de entrega, que están vinculadas a la orden de venta." +"El botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` está ubicado en la parte superior " +"derecha del formulario de cotización. Al hacer clic en él aparecerá la orden" +" de recolección, la orden de empaquetado y la orden de entrega relacionadas " +"con la orden de venta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -8178,11 +8904,11 @@ msgstr "" "Después de confirmar la orden de venta, aparece el botón inteligente de entrega que muestra sus tres artículos \n" "relacionados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "Procesar una recolección" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -8200,7 +8926,7 @@ msgstr "" "La operación de recolección aparece en estado \"listo\", mientras que las operaciones de empaquetado y entrega están en espera de \n" "otra operación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -8216,7 +8942,7 @@ msgstr "" "recolección. El estado de la orden de entrega cambiará a :guilabel:`Listo` " "cuando el empaquetado esté marcado como :guilabel:`Hecho`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -8232,7 +8958,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede ver la orden de recolección en la vista kanban en la aplicación " "Inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -8254,11 +8980,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "Haga clic en Validar para validar la recolección." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "Procesar un empaquetado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -8276,7 +9002,7 @@ msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" "Puede ver la orden de empaquetado desde la vista kanban en Inventario. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -8292,7 +9018,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en validar en la orden de empaquetado para transferir el producto de la zona de empaquetado a \n" "la ubicación de salida. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " @@ -8303,11 +9029,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`WH/Ubicación de salida`. Luego, el estado del documento cambiará " "a :guilabel:`Hecho`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "Procesar una entrega " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -8326,7 +9052,7 @@ msgstr "" "La orden de entrega se puede ver desde la vista kanban de las Ordenes de " "entrega. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -8343,7 +9069,7 @@ msgstr "" "Haga clic en validar en la orden de entrega para transferir el producto de la ubicación de salida a\n" "la ubicación del cliente. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -8432,7 +9158,7 @@ msgstr "Recibir bienes directamente (1 paso)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "Crea una orden de compra" @@ -9099,55 +9825,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " -"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" -"Luego, necesita configurar el almacén para las recepciones en tres pasos. " -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` y haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para editar el almacén. Después, seleccione " -":guilabel:`Recibir artículos en la ubicación de entrada, trasladar a control" -" de calidad, y luego llevar a existencias (3 pasos)` para los " -":guilabel:`envíos entrantes`. :guilabel:`Guarde` los cambios. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "Establezca los envíos entrantes a recibir en tres pasos. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -"Activar las recepciones y los envíos en tres pasos creará dos nuevas " -"ubicaciones internas: *Ubicación de entrada* (WH/Entrada) y *Control de " -"calidad* (WH/Control de calidad). Para cambiar el nombre de estas " -"ubicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ubicaciones`, " -"seleccione la :guilabel:`ubicación` que desea modificar, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Editar`, actualice el nombre y, por último, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`guardar`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -"Procesar una recepción en tres pasos (entrada + calidad + existencias)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -"Cree una nueva cotización en la aplicación :menuselection:`Compra`. Haga " -"clic en :guilabel:`Crear`, seleccione un :guilabel:`proveedor`, agregue un " -":guilabel:`producto` almacenable y haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar orden`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " @@ -9157,11 +9874,11 @@ msgstr "" " derecha, estará asociada a una orden de compra. Al hacer clic en el botón " "inteligente de :guilabel:`Recepción`, aparecerá la orden de recepción. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Procesar una recepción " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -9181,7 +9898,7 @@ msgstr "" "El estado de los tres traslados de recepción mostrará cuál de las operaciones está lista y \n" "cuáles esperan otra operación. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -9196,7 +9913,7 @@ msgstr "" "pueden procesar hasta que el paso que se debe completar primero antes de " "cada movimiento esté completado. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -9210,7 +9927,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Listo` solo después de que el traslado hacia calidad se haya " "marcado como :guilabel:`Hecho`. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -9226,7 +9943,7 @@ msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" "Una recepción lista para procesarse en la vista kanban de Inventario " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -9244,11 +9961,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valide la recepción haciendo clic en validar y el producto se transferirá a la \n" "ubicación de WH/Calidad. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "Procesar un traslado a Control de calidad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -9263,7 +9980,7 @@ msgstr "" "Por procesar` en la tarjeta kanban de :guilabel:`Traslados internos`." " " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -9285,11 +10002,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valide el traslado interno para mover el artículo a la ubicación de Control " "de calidad. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "Procesar un traslado a existencias" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -9303,7 +10020,7 @@ msgstr "" "procesar` en la tarjeta kanabn de :guilabel:`Transferencias internas`." " " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -20893,13 +21610,10 @@ msgstr "Gestionar listas de materiales para variantes de productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" -"Odoo permite utilizar una lista de materiales (LdM) para múltiples variantes" -" del mismo producto. Tener una LdM consolidada para un producto con " -"variantes ahorra tiempo ya que no es necesario administrar varias listas de " -"materiales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" @@ -20907,50 +21621,169 @@ msgstr "Activar variantes de producto" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" -"Si desea activar las variantes, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes --> Productos` y active la opción " -":guilabel:`Variantes`, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar " -"la configuración. Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de " -"variantes de productos consulte :doc:`esta página " -"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "Seleccionar \"Variantes\" desde los ajustes de la aplicación Inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "Aplicar componentes de LdM a las variantes de producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" -"Cree una nueva LdM o edite una existente, vaya :menuselection:`Fabricación " -"--> Productos --> Lista de materiales` y luego haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Editar`. La opción :guilabel:`Aplicar en variantes` para asignar " -"componentes a variantes de producto específicas en la LdM estará disponible " -"una vez que se activan las :guilabel:`variantes` desde la aplicación " -":guilabel:`Inventario`. Si no es visible de forma inmediata, active este " -"campo desde el menú de opciones adicionales." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "Opción \"Aplicar en variantes\" en el menú de opciones adicionales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " @@ -20960,22 +21793,152 @@ msgstr "" " producto se utilizan componentes sin variantes especificadas. El mismo " "principio aplica cuando se configuran operaciones y subproductos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" -"Cuando se definen LdM de variantes por asignación de componentes, se debe " -"dejar en blanco el campo :guilabel:`Variante del producto` en la sección " -"principal de la LdM como se muestra a continuación. Este campo se utiliza " -"solo cuando se crea una lista de materiales específicamente para una " -"variante de producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." -msgstr "Aplicar componentes a multiples variantes." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" @@ -21800,10 +22763,6 @@ msgstr "" "**B** en el precio del subcontratista **s** y elimine los productos *B* de " "la *LdM*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Trazabilidad" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 49aedac1f..231ee041d 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -7,22 +7,22 @@ # Raquel Iciarte , 2022 # marcescu, 2023 # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 -# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Lucia Pacheco, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lista` y :guilabel:`Gráfico`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vista de lista" @@ -2968,418 +2968,736 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzado" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" -msgstr "Entender las métricas" +msgid "Campaign metrics" +msgstr "Métricas de campaña" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" -"Las métricas son estadísticas detalladas que evalúan el progreso y el éxito " -"de las campañas de marketing. Al crear actividades de marketing en un flujo " -"de trabajo, Odoo presenta varias métricas relacionadas con la campaña " -"mediante gráficos detallados y datos precisos." +"Las *métricas de campaña* son estadísticas detalladas y análisis dentro de " +"una campaña de marketing que miden el éxito y efectividad. Las actividades " +"de marketing activadas completan bloques de actividad relevantes con " +"métricas en tiempo real en el formulario de detalle de la campaña." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "Análisis de actividad" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" -"Un gráfico de líneas típico en un flujo de trabajo de automatización de " -"marketing que muestra la tasa de éxito de un correo electrónico." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "Ejemplo de una campaña de automatización de marketing en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" -"En este caso, el :guilabel:`objetivo` de esta campaña se ha definido como " -":guilabel:`contacto/oportunidad`, y se ha limitado para *solo* centrarse en " -"los contactos (u oportunidades) cuyo :guilabel:`nombre de etiqueta` contenga" -" el valor `producto` *y* una dirección de correo electrónico configurada en " -"la base de datos." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" -"Debajo de las líneas de filtro, Odoo muestra cuántos registros de la base de" -" datos corresponden a los criterios de filtrado previamente especificados." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, hay 18 registros en la base de datos que coinciden con los " -"criterios." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Filtros de generación de leads utilizados para mejorar los registros de las " -"campañas de automatización en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior del formulario de la campaña de automatización de " -"marketing hay varios botones inteligentes. El botón inteligente " -":guilabel:`participaciones` en el siguiente ejemplo indica que, de esos 18 " -"registros, 25 se convirtieron en participantes. Es decir, cumplen con los " -"criterios y ya han interactuado con la campaña de alguna forma." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" -"Los :guilabel:`registros` representan un número en tiempo real. Es posible " -"que mientras se ejecuta el flujo de trabajo ocurran cambios en los registros" -" de las oportunidades (como que se agreguen o eliminen algunas, o se " -"ajusten)." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" -"Esto significa que habrán actualizaciones en tiempo real del número de " -":guilabel:`registros` pero estas *no* modificarán el número de " -":guilabel:`participantes`. La métrica *no* excluye las oportunidades que ya " -"se habían establecido como :guilabel:`participantes` antes, Odoo solo agrega" -" las que son nuevas." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." -msgstr "" -"Es por eso que en algunas ocasiones el número de :guilabel:`registros` puede" -" ser distinto al de :guilabel:`participantes`." +"En la sección :guilabel:`flujo de trabajo` de un formulario de detalle de " +"campaña en la aplicación *Automatización de marketing*, puede encontrar " +"datos útiles en cada bloque de actividad individual, como el número de " +"comunicaciones :guilabel:`enviadas`, el porcentaje de mensajes a los que se " +"han hecho :guilabel:`clic`, y más." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Diferencia entre el conteo de registros en tiempo real y los participantes " -"totales en una campaña de marketing. " +"Un bloque de actividad en la sección de flujo de trabajo con datos " +"analíticos útiles en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" +"A la izquierda del bloque de actividad, se muestra la :doc:`hora de " +"activación <../getting_started/workflow_activities>` configurada como una " +"duración (:guilabel:`horas`, :guilabel:`días`, :guilabel:`semanas` o " +":guilabel:`meses`) si corresponde al periodo después de que comience el " +"flujo de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" +"Si el tiempo de activación depende de otra actividad o acción de activación " +"(por ejemplo, :guilabel:`correo: respondido`, etc.), se muestra el tiempo, " +"junto con la acción necesaria para que esa actividad se active (por ejemplo," +" `se respondió después de 2 horas`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"Activador de tiempo que se muestra cuando depende de otra actividad en la " +"aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" +"En el bloque de actividad, un icono representa cada tipo de actividad. El " +"icono :guilabel:`✉️ (sobre)` significa que la actividad es un correo " +"electrónico. Los tres pequeños iconos :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)` " +"entrelazados significan que la actividad es una acción interna. El icono " +"pequeño :guilabel:`📱 (móvil)` significa que la actividad es un mensaje de " +"texto." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" +"El nombre del tipo de actividad también se muestra en una fuente más pequeña" +" debajo del título de la actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" +"Al lado del icono de actividad, en la parte superior del bloque, encontrará " +"el título de la actividad y, a su lado derecho verá los botones " +":guilabel:`editar` y :guilabel:`eliminar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`editar` para abrir el formulario emergente " +":guilabel:`abrir: actividades` para esa actividad específica. Haga clic en " +"el botón :guilabel:`eliminar` para eliminar completamente esa actividad " +"específica del flujo de trabajo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" msgstr "" -"Cada que el sistema está en ejecución actualizando números y activando " -"acciones, examinará al modelo :guilabel:`objetivo` y verificará si se " -"agregaron nuevos :guilabel:`registros` o se modificaron los ya existentes, " -"esto mantiene el flujo actualizado." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" +msgstr "Pestaña del gráfico de actividades" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" -"Este :guilabel:`filtro` se aplica a *todas* las actividades. Los leads que " -"ya no tengan esa etiqueta específica (`producto`) se excluirán de otras " -"actividades." +"En cada bloque de actividades, verá la pestaña :guilabel:`gráfico (icono de " +"gráfico circular)` de manera predeterminada, en esta podrá ver todas las " +"métricas relevantes en un gráfico simple de líneas. Las métricas de éxito " +"están representadas en `verde` y las métricas rechazadas son de color " +"`rojo`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -"También puede aplicar filtros a actividades individuales desde la sección " -":guilabel:`dominio` del formulario emergente de la :guilabel:`actividad`. " -"Utilice esta función para especificar un filtro individual que *solo* se " -"ejecutará si los registros cumplen con *ambos* criterios: el filtro de " -"actividad y el filtro de dominio específico." +"Las representaciones numéricas tanto para las actividades " +":guilabel:`exitosas` como para las :guilabel:`rechazadas` se muestran del " +"lado derecho del gráfico de línea. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" -"Al configurar una actividad de envío de SMS, asegúrese de establecer un " -"número de teléfono para evitar activar un SMS que nunca se enviará." +"Si pasa el ratón por encima de cualquier punto del gráfico de línea del " +"bloque de actividades, aparecerá un desglose con anotaciones para esa fecha " +"en específico. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Un filtro de objetivo relevante que se aplica a un tipo de actividad en " -"específico." +"Pase el ratón por encima de cualquier punto del gráfico de línea para ver un" +" desglose con anotaciones de los datos en Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." msgstr "" -"El :guilabel:`éxito` representa el número de veces que la búsqueda de " -"participantes que cumplan con los filtros de criterio de esa actividad se " -"realizó con éxito, en relación con el número de participantes. Si un " -"participante *no* cumple con las condiciones, se agregará a " -":guilabel:`rechazado`." +"Debajo del gráfico del bloque de actividades, para los tipos de actividad de" +" *correo electrónico* o *SMS*, habrá una línea de datos numéricos accesibles" +" que proporciona una vista general de la actividad de la campaña, la cual " +"incluye: :guilabel:`Enviado` (numérico), :guilabel:`Se hizo clic` " +"(porcentaje), :guilabel:`Contestados` (porcentaje) y :guilabel:`Devueltos` " +"(porcentaje). " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en cualquiera de esas estadísticas en la línea de " +":guilabel:`DETALLES` debajo de la línea del gráfico, se abrirá una página " +"por separado que contiene cada registro específico para ese punto en " +"particular de datos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "Pestaña del filtro de actividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." +msgstr "" +"Luego en la pestaña :guilabel:`Gráfico` en el bloque de actividades, hay una" +" opción para abrir una pestaña de :guilabel:`filtros` (representado por un " +"icono de :guilabel:`filtro/embudo`). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Resumen que muestra los participantes que cumplen o no con los criterios de " -"filtrado de una actividad." +"Aspecto de la pestaña de filtro de actividades de la campaña en " +"Automatización de marketing en Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -"Si pasa el cursor sobre el gráfico en un bloque de actividad de " -"automatización, Odoo mostrará el número de participantes exitosos y " -"rechazados por día en los últimos 15 días." +"Al hacer clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Filtro` en el bloque de actividades, " +"aparecerán filtros específicos para esa campaña de actividades en particular" +" y cuántos registros en la base de datos coinciden con esos criterios " +"específicos. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." msgstr "" -"Cada que se agrega un nuevo registro al modelo :guilabel:`objetivo`, se " -"agregará de forma automática al flujo de trabajo y lo empezará desde el " -"principio (:guilabel:`acción principal`)." +"Al hacer clic en el enlace de :guilabel:`registros` debajo del filtro que " +"aparece, aparecerá una ventana emergente por separado que contiene una lista" +" de todos los registros que coinciden con las reglas de esa campaña " +"específica de actividades. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "Rastreador de enlaces" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" +"Odoo rastrea todas las URLs que se usan en las campañas de marketing. Para " +"acceder y analizar todas esas URLs, vaya a :menuselection:`Automatización de" +" marketing --> Reportes --> Rastreador de enlaces`. Al hacerlo, aparecerá " +"una página de :guilabel:`estadísticas de enlaces` donde podrá analizar todas" +" las URLs relacionadas con esa campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" +"La vista de :guilabel:`gráfico de barras` es la predeterminada de la página " +":guilabel:`estadísticas de enlaces`, pero hay varias opciones diferentes " +"disponibles en la esquina superior izquierda. Hay una opción para ver las " +"estadísticas como un :guilabel:`gráfico de línea` o un :guilabel:`gráfico " +"circular`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" +"Además, también hay una opción para ver las estadísticas " +":guilabel:`apiladas` y los datos se pueden ordenar de manera " +":guilabel:`descendiente` o :guilabel:`ascendiente`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"En la extrema izquierda de las opciones de vista, hay un menú desplegable de" +" :guilabel:`medidas` con las opciones disponibles para ver el " +":guilabel:`Número de clics` o el :guilabel:`Número total`. Del lado derecho " +"del menú, podrá agregar cualquier dato a la hoja de cálculo si hace clic en " +"el botón :guilabel:`Insertar en hoja de cálculo`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"También, en la esquina superior derecha de la página :guilabel:`estadísticas" +" de enlace`, del lado derecho de la barra de búsqueda, hay opciones " +"adicionales entre las cuales podrá escoger: la vista de :guilabel:`gráfico`," +" de :guilabel:`tabla dinámica` y de :guilabel:`lista`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Seguimientos" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo rastrea todas las actividades que se usan en cada campaña de marketing." +" Puede acceder y analizar los datos relacionados a esas actividades en la " +"página de :guilabel:`Seguimientos`, la cual se encuentra en " +":menuselection:`Automatización de marketing --> Reportes --> Seguimientos`." +" " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" +"La página de seguimientos en la aplicación Automatización de marketing en " +"Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" +"La vista predeterminada en la página de :guilabel:`Seguimientos` es el " +":guilabel:`gráfico de barras`, pero hay diferentes opciones de vista " +"disponibles en la esquina superior izquierda. Está la opción de ver las " +"estadísticas como :guilabel:`gráfico de línea` o :guilabel:`circular`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" +"En la parte superior del gráfico, hay claves por colores que le dicen al " +"usuario qué actividades se :guilabel:`procesaron`, :guilabel:`programaron` " +"y :guilabel:`rechazaron`. También hay un indicador que le informa a los " +"usuarios la :guilabel:`suma` de ciertas actividades. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" +"Además de las varias opciones de vista en la esquina superior izquierda de " +"la página :guilabel:`Seguimientos`, también está la opción de ver las " +"estadísticas :guilabel:`apiladas` y puede ordenar los datos de manera " +":guilabel:`descendiente` o :guilabel:`ascendiente`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"En la extrema izquierda de las opciones de vista, hay un menú desplegable de" +" :guilabel:`medidas` con las opciones disponibles para ver el :guilabel:`ID " +"del documento` o el :guilabel:`Número total`. Del lado derecho del menú, " +"podrá agregar cualquier dato a la hoja de cálculo si hace clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Insertar en hoja de cálculo`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo rastrea todas las actividades que se usan en cada campaña de marketing." +" Puede acceder y analizar los datos relacionados a esas actividades en la " +"página de :guilabel:`Participantes`, la cual se encuentra en " +":menuselection:`Automatización de marketing --> Reportes --> Participantes`." +" " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" +"La página de participantes en la aplicación Automatización de marketing. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" +"La vista predeterminada en la página de :guilabel:`Participantes` es el " +":guilabel:`gráfico de barras`, pero hay diferentes opciones de vista " +"disponibles en la esquina superior izquierda. Está la opción de ver las " +"estadísticas como :guilabel:`gráfico de línea` o :guilabel:`circular`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" +"En la parte superior del gráfico, hay un código de colores que describe el " +"tipo de participantes que se encuentran en el gráfico. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"En la extrema izquierda de las opciones de vista, hay un menú desplegable de" +" :guilabel:`medidas` con las opciones disponibles para ver el :guilabel:`ID " +"del registro` o el :guilabel:`Número total`. Del lado derecho del menú, " +"podrá agregar cualquier dato a la hoja de cálculo si hace clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Insertar en hoja de cálculo`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Primeros pasos" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "Campañas de automatización de marketing " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" -"La aplicación *Automatización de marketing* automatiza varias tareas de " -"marketing al combinar reglas y filtros específicos para generar acciones " -"planificadas. En lugar de tener que crear cada etapa de una campaña (como " -"una serie de correos masivos de envío planificado) de forma manual, la " -"aplicación *Automatización de marketing* permite que el personal de " -"marketing cree campañas enteras, con todas sus etapas, en un solo lugar y en" -" un solo tablero." +"La aplicación *Automatización de marketing* automatiza varias tareas al " +"combinar reglas y filtros específicos para generar acciones planificadas. En" +" lugar de crear cada etapa de la campaña (como una serie de correos masivos " +"planificados), la aplicación *Automatización de marketing* le permite a los " +"empleados de marketing crear una campaña completa con todas sus etapas en un" +" solo lugar y en un solo tablero." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Crear una campaña" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de campañas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva campaña automatizada de marketing, abra la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Automatización de marketing` y haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Nuevo` en la esquina superior izquierda. Aparecerá un formulario " -"de detalles de la campaña de automatización de marketing en blanco en una " -"página separada." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" -msgstr "" -"En la página de campaña de automatización de marketing en blanco están " -"disponibles los siguientes campos y botones inteligentes:" +"Para crear una nueva campaña de marketing automatizada, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Automatización de marketing --> Nuevo` para abrir un " +"formulario en blanco para una campaña. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -"Un tablero que muestra la creación de una nueva campaña de automatización de" -" marketing en Odoo." +"Un formulario en blanco de una campaña de marketing en la aplicación " +"Automatización de marketing. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" -msgstr "**Botones inteligentes**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" +"Después de escribir el nombre para la campaña de marketing, configure su " +"audiencia objetivo en los campos restantes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar su audiencia objetivo si escribe criterios específicos para" +" que Odoo los tenga en cuenta al momento de determinar a quien va dirigida " +"esa campaña de automatización de marketing. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Plantillas`: representa el número de plantillas de correo " -"preconfiguradas que se utilizan en esta campaña en específico, también puede" -" crear plantillas sobre la marcha." +"En el campo :guilabel:`Objetivo`, use el menú desplegable para elegir sobre " +"qué modelo deberán basarse los filtros de la audiencia objetivo (por " +"ejemplo, :guilabel:`contacto`, :guilabel:`lead/oportunidad, :guilabel:`orden" +" de ventas`, etc.) " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: representa el número de mensajes de SMS personalizados que " -"están relacionados a esta campaña." +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Buscar más...` en el menú desplegable para abrir una " +"ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Buscar: objetivo`, la cual contiene todas " +"las opciones disponibles de objetivos. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Clics`: representa el número de veces que los destinatarios de la" -" campaña han hecho clic en los enlaces adjuntos." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Participantes`: representa el número de contactos que han " -"participado directamente en esta campaña." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "**Campos**" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nombre`: representa el nombre de la campaña de automatización de " -"marketing que se está creando." +"Una vez seleccionado un :guilabel:`objetivo`, verá el campo " +":guilabel:`Unicidad basada en`, el cual se usa para evitar duplicados según " +"el modelo que eligió en el campo :guilabel:`Objetivo`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Objetivo`: este campo es un menú desplegable en el que puede " -"elegir el modelo objetivo de esta campaña (es decir, contactos, órdenes de " -"venta, leads u oportunidades, etc.)." +"Si elige :guilabel:`Clientes` como su :guilabel:`objetivo`, seleccione el " +":guilabel:`Correo electrónico` en el campo :guilabel:`Unicidad basada en` " +"para que Odoo solo procese un registro por cada dirección de correo " +"electrónico del cliente. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtro`: este campo proporciona varios criterios configurables " -"que se pueden utilizar para delimitar con mayor precisión los destinatarios " -"o el público objetivo de la campaña de automatización de marketing." +"Selecciona :guilabel:`Buscar más...` desde el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`Unicidad basada en` para mostrar todas las opciones disponibles " +"en una ventana emergente. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "Filtros de campaña" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -"Para agregar un :guilabel:`filtro` al público objetivo, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`agregar filtro`. Aparecerá un campo de nodo, allí puede " -"configurar una ecuación personalizada que Odoo utilizará para filtrar a " -"quién incluir (y excluir) de esta campaña de marketing en específico." +"Lo último en el formulario de la campaña, es el campo de " +":guilabel:`Filtro`. Aquí es donde puede seleccionar por capas las opciones " +"de objetivo más específicas en la campaña, y así reducir el número y tipo de" +" destinatarios que reciben el material de la automatización de marketing. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" -"Un nodo de filtro en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo." +"Si lo deja vacío, el campo :guilabel:`Filtro` aparecerá como: " +":guilabel:`Conciliar todos los registros`. Esto significa que Odoo usará los" +" campos :guilabel:`Objetivo` y :guilabel:`Unicidad basada en` para " +"determinar quiénes serán los destinatarios. El número de destinatarios está " +"representados debajo como :guilabel:`registro(s)`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en el primer campo del nodo, aparecerá un menú desplegable " -"anidado con varias opciones en la pantalla, allí elegirá los criterios " -"específicos según las necesidades de la campaña. Los campos restantes del " -"nodo determinan los criterios para incluir (o excluir) registros en la " -"ejecución de la campaña." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" +msgstr "Reglas para los filtros de las campañas" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -"Para agregar otro nodo, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`➕ (signo de más)` " -"que se encuentra a la derecha de la regla de filtrado. Para agregar una rama" -" de varios nodos al mismo tiempo haga clic el icono :guilabel:`... (puntos " -"suspensivos)`." +"Para agregar un filtro más específico a una campaña de automatización de " +"marketing, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Agregar una condición` en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Filtro`. Al hacerlo, aparecerán varios campos configurables" +" para las reglas de filtros. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre los filtros, consulte :doc:`esta página " -"de documentación " -"`." +"En los campos de las reglas, puede configurar ecuaciones personalizables que" +" use Odoo al momento de filtrar a quién incluir o excluir de esta campaña de" +" marketing específica. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -"Los :guilabel:`registros` representan el número de contactos en el sistema " -"que cumplen con los criterios especificados en una campaña." +"Aspecto de los campos de ecuación para las reglas de los filtros en las " +"campañas de Automatización de marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +"Los :guilabel:`registros` se refieren a los contactos en el sistema que " +"encajan con los criterios específicos de una campaña. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"También, una vez que hace clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una condición`, " +"aparecerá como disponible la opción para :guilabel:`Guardar como favorito` " +"en el formulario de la campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" +"También tendrá la opción de conciliar los registros con :guilabel:`todas` o " +":guilabel:`cualquiera` de las reglas configuradas en el campo " +":guilabel:`Filtro`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" +"Para elegir una de esas opciones, haga clic en :guilabel:`todas` en medio de" +" la oración \":guilabel:`Conciliar los registros con todas las siguientes " +"reglas`\" para abrir un menú desplegable con estas opciones. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Concilie registros con todas o cualquiera de las reglas del campo Filtros " +"para las campañas de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" +"Cuando haga clic en el primer campo de la ecuación de la regla, aparecerá un" +" menú desplegable donde deberá elegir criterios específicos según las " +"necesidades de la campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" +"Los campos restantes en la ecuación de la regla definirán los criterios " +"después, lo que se usa para determinar qué registros de la base de datos se " +"incluyen o se excluyen en el lanzamiento de la campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar otra regla, haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`➕ (signo de " +"más)` que se encuentra a la derecha de la regla de filtroso haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nueva regla` debajo de los campos de ecuación de la regla. Al " +"hacer clic en cualquiera de las dos opciones, aparecerán varios campos " +"nuevos de reglas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una rama de varias reglas al mismo tiempo, haga clic en el " +"icono de :guilabel:`rama` que se ubica al lado derecho del icono " +":guilabel:`➕ (signo de más)`. Al hacer clic sobre él, aparecerán dos campos " +"adicionales de ecuación de sub-reglas debajo de la regla inicial. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" +"Ejemplo del aspecto de las ramas de las reglas en la sección de filtros en " +"una campaña de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" +"También tiene la opción de aplicar el filtro de :guilabel:`cualquiera` o " +":guilabel:`todos` de las reglas configuradas de la rama. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información acerca de la configuración de los filtros de la" +" automatización de marketing, consulte :doc:`esta documentaión " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" +msgstr ":doc:`testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" @@ -3702,89 +4020,163 @@ msgstr "Probar y ejecutar campañas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -"Odoo permite que sus usuarios realicen pruebas con sus campañas y correos de" -" marketing antes de accionarlas." +"La aplicación *Automatización de marketing* de Odoo le permite a los " +"usuarios probar campañas de marketing (y el envío de correos) antes de " +"lanzarlos oficialmente para revisar errores y corregir cualquier cosa antes " +"de que llegue a su audiencia objetivo. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." -msgstr "" -"Abra la aplicación :menuselection:`Automatización de marketing` y seleccione" -" una campaña para abrir su formulario de detalles. " +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" +msgstr "Campañas de prueba" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" -"En el formulario de detalles de la campaña, asegúrese de que la campaña " -"tenga actividades configuradas (o construya una campaña con las " -"instrucciones que se describen en :doc:`esta documentación " -"`)." +"Para probar una campaña de marketing, abra la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Automatización de marketing` y seleccione la campaña que " +"desea probar. Se abrirá el formulario de detalles de dicha campaña. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario de detalles de la campaña, asegúrese de que la campaña ya " +"tenga actividades configuradas en el flujo de trabajo (o cree una campaña " +"siguiendo las instrucciones de :doc:`esta documentación " +"`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" +"Debe utilizar la versión de producción de su base de datos para realizar las" +" pruebas de sus campañas de automatización de marketing. Las bases de datos " +"duplicadas (o de prueba) tienen capacidades muy limitadas para enviar " +"correos electrónicos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" "Para :guilabel:`comenzar una prueba`, haga clic en el botón correspondiente " -"que se encuentra en la parte superior del formulario de la campaña." +"que se encuentra en la parte superior del formulario de la campaña, del lado" +" derecho del botón :guilabel:`Iniciar.`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" -"Botón para comenzar una prueba en la aplicación Automatización de marketing " -"de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Cuando hace clic en :guilabel:`Comenzar una prueba` aparece una ventana " -"emergente. En el campo desplegable, elija el registro específico donde " -"realizará la prueba. También puede crear uno nuevo al hacer clic en el " -"enlace de :guilabel:`Buscar más...` en la parte inferior del menú " -"desplegable, luego haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear`." +"Botón para comenzar una prueba en un formulario de detaññes de una campaña " +"en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -"Se abrirá un formulario de contacto en blanco donde **debe** escribir el " -":guilabel:`nombre` y :guilabel:`correo electrónico`. Cuando haya completado " -"toda la información necesaria, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` y Odoo " -"volverá a la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Comenzar una prueba` con ese nuevo" -" registro en el campo :guilabel:`Seleccione un registro existente o cree uno" -" nuevo para realizar una prueba`." +"Al hacer clic sobre él, aparecerá una ventana emergente para " +":guilabel:`comenzar una prueba.` " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya seleccionado un registro, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Continuar` y Odoo desplegará la página de prueba de la campaña." +"Ventana emergente para comenzar una prueba en Automatización de marketing de" +" Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" +"En la ventana emergente para :guilabel:`comenzar una prueba`, haga clic en " +"el campo :guilabel:`Elegir o crear un contacto para generar un participante " +"de prueba` y aparecerá un menú desplegable de contactos. Desde aquí, " +"seleccione un contacto ya existente (o cree uno nuevo) para comenzar la " +"prueba. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" +"Solo puede seleccionar un contacto en la ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`comenzar una prueba`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo contacto directamente desde la ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`comenzar una prueba`, escriba el nombre del nuevo contacto en el " +"campo en blanco y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Creación de un nuevo contacto directamente desde la ventana emergente para " +"comenzar una prueba en Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, se abrirá un formulario emergente en blanco para " +":guilabel:`crear un registro`, en donde *deberá* escribir información de " +"contacto (:guilabel:`correo electrónico`, :guilabel:`celular`, etc.) para " +"que la prueba funcione. Cuando termine, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y " +"cerrar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"Un formulario de contacto en blanco de una ventana emergente para comenzar " +"una prueba en Automatización de marketing en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Cuando estén completos todos los campos, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y " +"cerrar` para regresar a la ventana emergente para :guilabel:`comenzar una " +"prueba`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." +msgstr "" +"Una que haya seleccionado un contacto, haga clic en :guilabel:`Iniciar` para" +" abrir la página de prueba de la campaña. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" "Pantalla de prueba en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -3799,7 +4191,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Flujo de trabajo`, se encuentran las primeras actividades que se " "encuentran a prueba." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -3813,123 +4205,720 @@ msgstr "" "analíticos) relacionados con esa actividad en específico a medida que " "ocurren en tiempo real." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" +"Si una actividad subordinada está programada debajo de una actividad " +"principal, esa actividad subordinada aparecerá con un poco de sangría en el " +"flujo de trabajo una vez que ejecute la actividad principal con el icono de " +":guilabel:`▶️ (botón de iniciar)`. " + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" "Progreso de prueba del flujo de trabajo en la aplicación Automatización de " "marketing de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se completen todas las actividades del flujo de trabajo, la " -"prueba terminará y se moverá a la etapa de :guilabel:`Completado`. Para " -"detener una prueba antes de completar todas las actividades del flujo de " -"trabajo, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Detener` en la la esquina " -"superior izquierda de la página de prueba de la campaña." +"Una vez que estén completas todas las actividades del flujo, la prueba " +"terminará y la barra de estado (ubicada en la esquina superior derecha) se " +"moverá a la etapa de :guilabel:`Completado`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" +"Para detener una prueba antes de que se completen todas las actividades del " +"flujo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Detener`, que se ubica en la esquina superior" +" izquierda de la página de prueba de la campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "Lanzar campañas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" +"Para iniciar una campaña, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Automatización de marketing` y seleccione la campaña que " +"desee ejecutar. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario de detalles de la campaña, ya con todas las actividades " +"listas en la sección del :guilabel:`flujo de trabajo`, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Iniciar`, que se ubica en la esquina superior derecha, para " +"lanzar oficialmente la campaña para su audiencia objetivo que se especificó " +"en el formulario de detalles. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Iniciar`, comenzará la campaña y la barra de " +"estado de la campaña cambiará a :guilabel:`En proceso`, la cual está ubicada" +" en la esquina superior derecha del formulario de detalles de la campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" +"El estado de la campaña de marketing establecido a en proceso, en la esquina" +" superior derecha" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" +"Si algunos participantes ya estaban activos dentro de una campaña y esta se " +"detuvo por cualquier razón, al hacer clic de nuevo en :guilabel:`Iniciar` " +"aparecerá una advertencia. Este mensaje le recomienda al usuario que haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Actualizar` para aplicar cualquier modificación hecha a " +"la campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" +"Mensaje de advertencia emergente que advierte que el flujo de trabajo se ha " +"modificado en el formulario de una campaña de marketing. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que los participantes que ya habían completado una campaña " +"completa en su estado original, **pueden** volver a participar en la recién " +"modificada campaña, y puede crear nuevos seguimientos a partir de ellos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" +"Luego, a medida que los correos y las acciones se van activando en el " +":guilabel:`Flujo de trabajo`, las estadísticas y datos relacionados a cada " +"actividad aparecen en cada bloque de actividades. También hay diferentes " +"botones inteligentes relacionados con las estadísticas que aparecen en la " +"parte superior del formulario de detalles de la campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" +"Estos botones inteligentes analíticos *también* se poblarán con datos en " +"tiempo real a medida que avanza la campaña: :guilabel:`plantillas`, " +":guilabel:`clics`, :guilabel:`pruebas`, :guilabel:`participantes`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"La fila de botones inteligentes que aparece en una campaña de marketing en " +"proceso en Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "Detener las campañas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" +"Para detener una campaña que está activa en ese momento, vaya a la " +"aplicación :menuselection:`Automatización de marketing` y seleccione la " +"campaña que desea detener. En el formulario de detalles de la campaña, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Detener` que se ubica en la esquina superior izquierda. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" +"Botón de detener en un formulario común de detalles de una campaña en la " +"aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, la campaña se detiene oficialmente, y el estado cambia a " +":guilabel:`Detenida` en la esquina superior derecha del formulario de " +"detalles de la campaña." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" +"Estado de detenido de una campaña de marketing en un formulario de detalles " +"de una campaña en Automatización de marketing de Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr ":doc:`first_campaign`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" +msgstr ":doc:`target_audience`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" -msgstr "Actividades de marketing" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" +msgstr "Actividades del flujo de trabajo de una campaña " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -"Al crear una campaña en la aplicación *Automatización de marketing* los " -"usuarios pueden planificar actividades de marketing como campañas de correo " -"electrónico o SMS." +"Al crear un campaña de marketing en la aplicación *Automatización de " +"marketing*, los usuarios pueden planificar actividades de marketing que se " +"pueden activar a través de ciertas acciones o inacciones. Pueden ser " +"actividades como correo electrónicos automatizados, SMS o acciones del " +"servidor interno. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." -msgstr "" -"Para empezar, diríjase a la parte inferior del formulario de detalles de una" -" campaña de marketing y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una nueva " -"actividad`. Se abrirá una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`crear " -"actividades` en blanco, allí podrá especificar los parámetros específicos de" -" esa actividad." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" +msgstr "Agregar actividades al flujo de trabajo " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." msgstr "" -"Los siguientes campos están disponibles en la ventana emergente " -":guilabel:`Crear actividades` al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una nueva " -"actividad`:" +"Para agregar actividades al flujo de trabajo de una campaña de marketing, " +"vaya a la parte inferior del formulario de detalles de una campaña ya " +"existente o de una nueva, debajo de los campos de configuración de la " +"audiencia objetivo, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nueva actividad`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." +msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, se abrirá una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`crear " +"actividades`. Esta ventana es una plantilla en blanco donde puede configurar" +" parámetros específicos para una actividad en particular. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" -"Una plantilla de actividad en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la actividad`: es el título de la actividad." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de actividad`: elija entre `correo electrónico`, `acción del" -" servidor` (operación interna de Odoo) o `SMS`." +"Una ventana emergente de una planilla para una actividad para un flujo de " +"trabajo en Automatización de marketing de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Plantilla de correo`: elija una de las plantillas preconfiguradas" -" o cree una nueva desde allí." +"Primero, escriba un nombre para la actividad en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre " +"de la actividad`. Luego, continúe con la configuración de las siguientes " +"opciones." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Activador`: elija cuando se debe activar esta actividad." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Duración de vencimiento`: configure este campo para detener las " -"acciones después de una cantidad específica de tiempo (después de la fecha " -"programada). Cuando se selecciona, aparece el campo :guilabel:`Cancelar " -"después` y el usuario puede elegir después de cuántas :guilabel:`horas, " -"días, semanas o meses` posteriores a la fecha inicial desea detener las " -"acciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtro de actividad`: dominio relacionado con esta actividad (y " -"todas las actividades subordinadas)." +"Una vez que esté listo, puede hacer clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` " +"para guardar la actividad y cerrar el formulario, o en :guilabel:`Guardar y " +"crear uno nuevo` para guardar la actividad y crear de manera inmediata otra " +"actividad en un nuevo formulario, o en :guilabel:`Descartar` para eliminar " +"la actividad. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtro aplicado`: la actividad se realizará *solo* si cumple con " -"el dominio (filtro) especificado." +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "Tipos de actividades" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" +"Luego, debe seleccionar el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad`. Elija entre " +":guilabel:`correo electrónico`, :guilabel:`acción del servidor` (una acción " +"interna dentro de la base de datos) o :guilabel:`SMS`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" +"El campo debajo de :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` cambia en función del " +":guilabel:`tipo de actividad que haya elegido`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "Actividad de correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" +"Si el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` es un :guilabel:`correo electrónico`, " +"estará disponible la opción para escoger una :guilabel:`plantilla de correo " +"electrónico` ya existente. También puede crear su propia plantilla de correo" +" rápidamente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva plantilla directamente desde el campo " +":guilabel:`plantilla de correo electrónico`, comience escribiendo el título " +"de la nueva plantilla en el campo en blanco junto a :guilabel:`plantilla de " +"correo electrónico` y seleccione :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` para abrir " +"una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`crear una plantilla de marketing`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" +"La opción desplegable para crear un editar un correo electrónico en la " +"ventana emergente para crear actividades. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" +"En esa ventana, cree y configure la nueva plantilla de correo electrónico. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"La ventana emergente para crear una plantilla de correo electrónico para " +"marketing en Automatización de marketing de Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "Actividad de acción del servidor" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" +"Si el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad es una :guilabel:`acción del servidor`, " +"estará disponible la opción para escoger una :guilabel:`acción del servidor`" +" específica (por ejemplo, mensajes para los vendedores, crear leads a " +"partir de los clics del sitio web, etc.). " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"También puede crear una nueva acción del servidor directamente desde la " +"opción :guilabel:`acción del servidor`. Para ello, escriba el nombre de la " +"nueva acción y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` desde el " +"menú desplegable. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" +"La opción para crear y editar en el campo de acción del servidor en un " +"formulario de detalles de una campaña. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" +"Otra opción es hacer clic en el campo en blanco :guilabel:`acción del " +"servidor` para abrir un menú desplegable y seleccionar :guilabel:`Buscar " +"más...`para abrir la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Buscar: acción del " +"servidor`, donde encontrará todas las opciones disponibles de acciones del " +"servidor ya configuradas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva acción del servidor desde esta ventana, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Botón de nuevo ubicado en la ventana emergente de una acción del servidor en" +" la aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" +"Cualquiera de las dos opciones abre otra ventana en blanco para " +":guilabel:`crear una acción del servidor` donde podrá crear y configurar una" +" acción del servidor personalizada. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "Actividad de SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" +"Si el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` es un :guilabel:`SMS`, estará " +"disponible la opción para escoger una :guilabel:`plantilla de SMS` ya " +"configurada. También puede crear una plantilla de SMS rápidamente desde este" +" campo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva plantilla directamente desde el campo " +":guilabel:`plantilla SMS`, comience por escribir el título de la nueva " +"plantilla en el campo en blanco junto a :guilabel:`plantilla de SMS` y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` en el menú desplegable. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, se abrirá una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`crear una " +"plantilla de marketing ` donde podrá crear y configurar una nueva plantilla " +"de SMS. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "La ventana emergente para crear una plantilla de marketing para SMS." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Activador" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`activador` en el formulario emergente para " +":guilabel:`crear actividades` le permite a los usuarios escoger cuándo se " +"deberá activar la activad del flujo de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un número en la parte superior del campo. En el siguiente campo " +"de :guilabel:`activador`, establezca si deben ser :guilabel:`horas`, " +":guilabel:`días`, :guilabel:`semanas`, o :guilabel:`meses`. Luego, haga clic" +" en el campo final que dice: :guilabel:`inicio del flujo de trabajo` para " +"abrir un menú desplegable con otras opciones de activadores. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Lista de todas las opciones de activadores disponibles en el formulario del " +"flujo de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "Las opciones de activadores son las siguientes: " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Inicio del flujo de trabajo`: la actividad se activará en el " +"tiempo previamente configurado cuando empiece todo el flujo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Otra actividad`: la actividad se activará en el tiempo " +"previamente configurado después de otra actividad específica del flujo de " +"trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo: abierto`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario abrió el correo que envió en " +"el flujo de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo: no abierto`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario no ha abierto el correo que " +"envió en el flujo de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo: respondido`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario respondió el correo que envió " +"en el flujo de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo: no respondido`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario no ha respondido el correo que" +" envió en el flujo de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo: se hizo clic`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario hizo clic en el correo que " +"envió en el flujo de trabajo, después de abrirlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo: no se hizo clic`: la actividad se activará en el plazo " +"que configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario no hizo clic en el correo " +"que envió en el flujo de trabajo, después de abrirlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Correo: devuelto`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el correo que envió en el flujo de trabajo se " +"devuelve por cualquier motivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS: se hizo clic`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario hizo clic en el SMS que envió " +"en el flujo de trabajo, después de abrirlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS: no se hizo clic`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el destinatario no hizo clic en el SMS que " +"envió en el flujo de trabajo, después de abrirlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS: devuelto`: la actividad se activará en el plazo que " +"configuró con anterioridad si el SMS que envió en el flujo de trabajo se " +"devuelve por cualquier motivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "Duración de vencimiento" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" +"En el formulario emergente :guilabel:`Crear actividades` se encuentra la " +"opción :guilabel:`Duración de vencimiento`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" +"La casilla :guilabel:`Duración de vencimiento` le proporciona la opción de " +"configurar la actividad para detener las acciones después de un tiempo " +"específico, es decir, después de la fecha programada." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" +"Cuando selecciona la casilla, aparece el campo :guilabel:`Cancelar después " +"de`, en el cual puede configurar el número de :guilabel:`horas, días, " +"semanas o meses` para que las acciones se detengan después de la fecha " +"inicial." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" +"Una lista con las opciones de duración de vencimiento disponibles en el " +"formulario emergente de las actividades del flujo de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "Actividades y filtros aplicados" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Dominio` del formulario emergente :guilabel:`Crear " +"actividades` están disponibles los campos :guilabel:`Filtro de actividad` y " +":guilabel:`Filtro aplicado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Filtro de actividad` le proporciona la opción de " +"configurar un dominio de filtro de destinatario que se aplica a esta " +"actividad *y* a sus actividades secundarias. Además, funciona de la misma " +"manera que un filtro de audiencia objetivo común." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un filtro de actividad, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar " +"condición` en el campo :guilabel:`Filtro de actividad` y luego configure una" +" o varias reglas personalizadas de ecuación de filtro de actividad." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"Cómo agregar un filtro de actividad a una actividad de flujo de trabajo en " +"la aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción no es un campo obligatorio. Si lo deja vacío, la actividad se " +"aplicará a todos los registros relacionados con el público objetivo de la " +"campaña en general." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Filtro aplicado` no es configurable. En términos " +"simples, es un resumen de cuándo se realizará la actividad *solo* si cumple " +"con el dominio especificado (por ejemplo, las reglas configuradas en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Filtro de actividad`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -3946,22 +4935,30 @@ msgstr "" "actividad`, o en :guilabel:`Descartar` para eliminar la actividad y volver " "al formulario de la campaña de automatización de marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Actividad del flujo de trabajo" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Una vez que guarda una actividad, la sección :guilabel:`Actividad del flujo " -"de trabajo` aparece en la parte inferior del formulario de la campaña de " -"automatización de marketing. Cada actividad se muestra como un gráfico de " +"Una vez que crea y guarda una actividad, aparece como una tarjeta de " +"actividad en la sección del :guilabel:`flujo de trabajo` en la parte " +"inferior del formulario de la campaña de automatización de marketing. Las " +"métricas relacionadas con cada actividad se muestran como un gráfico de " "líneas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" +"Actividad de flujo de trabajo normal en la aplicación Automatización de " +"marketing de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" "The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " "the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " @@ -3971,7 +4968,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponible del lado izquierdo de la tarjeta de la :guilabel:`actividad del " "flujo de trabajo` en la sección :guilabel:`Flujo de trabajo`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " ":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " @@ -3981,77 +4978,96 @@ msgstr "" "el número de estas que tuvieron :guilabel:`éxito` o que fueron " ":guilabel:`rechazadas`. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" -"Actividad de flujo de trabajo normal en la aplicación Automatización de " -"marketing de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"Si el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` es :guilabel:`correo electrónico`, puede" -" consultar datos analíticos más detallados debajo del gráfico de actividad, " -"por ejemplo, cuántos correos ha :guilabel:`enviado` así como la tasa de " -":guilabel:`clics`, :guilabel:`respuestas` y :guilabel:`devueltos`." +"Si el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` es :guilabel:`correo electrónico` o " +":guilabel:`SMS`, puede consultar datos analíticos más detallados debajo del " +"gráfico de actividad, por ejemplo, cuántos mensajes ha :guilabel:`enviado` " +"así como la tasa de :guilabel:`clics`, :guilabel:`respuestas` y " +":guilabel:`devueltos`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Actividades subordinadas" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -"También puede agregar una *actividad subordinada*, haga clic en " +"También puede agregar una *actividad secundaria* si hace clic en " ":guilabel:`Agregar actividad subordinada` que se ubica en la parte inferior " "de cada bloque de actividad en la sección :guilabel:`flujo de trabajo` de un" -" formulario de automatización de marketing." +" formulario de una campaña de marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -"Las actividades subordinadas son actividades secundarias que están " -"conectadas a (y se activan mediante) una actividad anterior, la que se " -"conoce como su *actividad principal*." +"Las actividades secundarias son subactividades que están conectadas y se " +"activan mediante la actividad que está arriba de ellas, es decir, su " +"*actividad principal*. Es fácil reconocer una actividad secundaria porque " +"tiene una pequeña sangría debajo de su actividad principal." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" +"Una actividad secundaria común aparece con una sangría debajo de su " +"actividad principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -"Odoo proporciona una serie de opciones de activación para iniciar una " -"actividad subordinada, y todas dependen de las configuraciones de " -"activadores relacionadas con la actividad principal. Vaya a la actividad " -"principal que desea, desplace el cursor sobre :guilabel:`Agregar actividad " -"subordinada` y seleccione alguna de estas actividades:" +"Odoo proporciona varias opciones de activación para iniciar una actividad " +"secundaria y todas dependen de las configuraciones de activación " +"relacionadas con su actividad principal. Vaya a la actividad principal " +"correspondiente y luego coloque el cursor sobre :guilabel:`Agregar actividad" +" secundaria` para abrir el menú de opciones de activación de actividades " +"secundarias." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." +msgstr "" +"Las diversas opciones para activar actividades secundarias en la sección de " +"flujo de trabajo de una campaña." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" +"Seleccione una de las siguientes opciones para activar una actividad " +"secundaria:" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Agregar otra actividad`: agrega otra actividad de forma " "instantánea." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Abierto`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario " -"abre el correo electrónico." +"abre el correo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -4059,7 +5075,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No se abrió`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario" " no abre el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -4067,7 +5083,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Respondido`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario " "contesta al correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -4075,7 +5091,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No se respondió`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el " "destinatario no contesta al correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4083,7 +5099,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Seleccionado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el " "destinatario hace clic en un enlace incluido en el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4091,7 +5107,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`No seleccionado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el " "destinatario no hace clic en un enlace incluido en el correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -4099,20 +5115,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Devuelto`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el correo " "electrónico fue devuelto (no lo recibió)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" -"Una vez que seleccione un activador, el usuario puede configurar la " -"actividad subordinada (tiene las mismas opciones de configuración que una " -"actividad regular) y hacer clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para " -"concluir su creación. Aparecerá en la sección del :guilabel:`flujo de " -"trabajo` en una posición con un ligero desplazamiento debajo de su actividad" -" principal." +"Una vez que selecciona un activador, el usuario puede configurar la " +"actividad secundaria de la misma manera que lo haría para una actividad de " +"flujo de trabajo regular." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -5966,9 +6976,10 @@ msgstr "Fundamentos de marketing social" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" "La aplicación *Marketing social* de Odoo ayuda a quienes se encargan del " "marketing de contenido a crear y programar publicaciones, gestionar varias " @@ -5977,221 +6988,525 @@ msgstr "" "ubicación centralizada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" -msgstr "Agregar cuentas de redes sociales" +msgid "Social media accounts" +msgstr "Cuentas de redes sociales" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" -"Debe agregar cada cuenta de redes sociales como flujo en la aplicación " -"*Marketing social* para poder crear publicaciones." +"Para crear publicaciones en redes sociales y analizar contenido con la " +"aplicación *Marketing social* de Odoo, **debe** agregar las cuentas de redes" +" sociales como un *flujo* en el tablero principal de la aplicación." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" -msgstr "Agregar flujos de redes sociales" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -"Para agregar una cuenta de redes sociales como flujo vaya a " -":menuselection:`Marketing social`, luego haga clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Agregar un flujo` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda" +"Tenga en cuenta que **no** puede agregar perfiles personales como flujo. El " +"uso principal de la aplicación *Marketing social* de Odoo es gestionar y " +"analizar cuentas empresariales en plataformas de redes sociales." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -"Cuando presiona :guilabel:`Agregar un flujo`, aparece la siguiente ventana " -"emergente mostrando los diferentes medios sociales a elegir." +"La aplicación *Marketing social* tiene algunas limitaciones con respecto a " +"las cuentas de redes sociales. Odoo **no puede** gestionar una cantidad " +"grande de páginas distintas (por ejemplo, un aproximado de 40 páginas) en la" +" misma empresa. Estas limitaciones también aplican en un entorno " +"multiempresas, ya que están relacionadas con la forma en la que está " +"construida la API." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." +msgstr "" +"Si se encuentra en un entorno multiempresas deberá activar una página a la " +"vez para cada empresa, de lo contrario ocurrirá un error con los permisos." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si la Empresa 1 es la única empresa seleccionada desde el " +"tablero principal de Odoo y activa la *Página 1 de Facebook* y la *Página 2 " +"de Facebook*, entonces podrá acceder a esas páginas desde el tablero de " +"*Marketing social*." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 +msgid "" +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si en la misma base de datos, el usuario agrega la Empresa 2 " +"desde el menú desplegable de empresas en ubicado en la parte superior y " +"trata de agregar los mismos flujos, entonces ocurre un error con los " +"permisos." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." +msgstr "" +"Vista del error de permiso que aparece cuando intenta agregar flujos de " +"forma incorrecta." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "Flujos de redes sociales" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una cuenta empresarial de redes sociales como flujo, vaya a la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Marketing social` y seleccione el botón " +":guilabel:`Agregar un flujo` que está ubicado en la esquina superior " +"izquierda. Al hacerlo, se abrirá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Agregar un " +"flujo`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" "Vista de la ventana emergente que aparece cuando selecciona \"Agregar un " "flujo\" en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." msgstr "" -"Están disponibles opciones de redes sociales adicionales dependiendo de la " -"versión de Odoo que utilice." +"Una vez que se encuentre en la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Agregar un " +"flujo`, seleccione :guilabel:`Vincular una nueva cuenta` para un negocio " +"desde cualquiera de las siguientes plataformas populares de redes sociales: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`X o Twitter` y :guilabel:`YouTube`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." msgstr "" -"En esta ventana emergente seleccione una de las siguientes redes sociales: " -":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn` o :guilabel:`Twitter`." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" -"Después, Odoo navega directamente a la página de autorización de esa red " -"social específica, donde debe otorgar permiso para que esa cuenta en " -"particular se agregue a la aplicación *Marketing social* como flujo en el " -"tablero principal." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" -"Se puede agregar una página de Facebook siempre que la cuenta que realiza " -"esta acción tenga permisos de administrador de la página. Además, puede " -"agregar diferentes páginas para distintos flujos." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que cuenta con la autorización necesaria, Odoo regresa al " -":guilabel:`Feed` en el tablero principal de :guilabel:`Marketing social`, " -"también se agrega de forma automática una nueva columna con las " -"publicaciones de esa cuenta." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" -"Desde aquí puede agregar y administrar nuevas cuentas y/o flujos en " -"cualquier momento." +"Después de hacer clic en una de las redes sociales desde la ventana " +"emergente :guilabel:`Agregar un flujo`, Odoo le redirigirá a la página de " +"autorización de esa red social en específico, allí debe otorgar permiso para" +" que Odoo agregue esa cuenta como un flujo en la aplicación *Marketing " +"social*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de cómo se ve un tablero lleno con flujos en la aplicación Marketing" -" social de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." -msgstr "" -"Cuando agrega cuentas de redes sociales al feed también se vinculan los " -"indicadores clave de rendimiento (KPI) de esa plataforma en específico (si " -"los tiene). Para que se le redirija a las estadísticas y métricas " -"relacionadas con cualquier cuenta social, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Información`." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." -msgstr "" -"El enlace de información al que se puede acceder para cada flujo de redes " -"sociales agregado en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" -msgstr "Crear y realizar publicaciones en redes sociales con Odoo" +"Ejemplo de un tablero en la aplicación Marketing social con contenido y " +"flujos de redes sociales." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -"Para crear contenido para cuentas de redes sociales en la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Marketing social` haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nueva " -"publicación` ubicado en la esquina superior izquierda del tablero principal," -" o vaya a :menuselection:`Publicaciones --> Nuevo` desde el menú del " -"encabezado." +"Una vez que proporcionó la autorización necesaria, Odoo regresa al " +":guilabel:`Feed` en el tablero principal de :guilabel:`Marketing social`. " +"Allí aparece una nueva columna con las publicaciones de esa cuenta. Puede " +"agregar cuentas o flujos en cualquier momento." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." msgstr "" -"Cualquiera de las rutas anteriores muestra una página de plantilla de " -"publicación en blanco que se puede personalizar y configurar de varias " -"maneras diferentes." +"Puede agregar una página de :guilabel:`Facebook` siempre y cuando la cuenta " +"que realiza esta acción tenga permisos de administrador de la página. " +"Además, puede agregar diferentes páginas para distintos flujos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Cómo crear una publicación en redes sociales directamente a través de Odoo" +"Las cuentas de :guilabel:`Instagram` se agregan a través de un inicio de " +"sesión de :guilabel:`Facebook`, pues utilizan la misma API. Esto quiere " +"decir que una cuenta de :guilabel:`Instagram` debe estar vinculada a una " +"cuenta de :guilabel:`Facebook` para que aparezca como un flujo en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "Plantilla de publicación" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" -"La página de plantilla de publicaciones tiene muchas opciones distintas " -"disponibles." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Posts" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "Sección de \"su publicación\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La primera opción es el campo :guilabel:`Publicar en`, aquí determina en qué" -" cuenta de redes sociales, o en qué sitio web a través de una notificación " -"push, se realizará la publicación." +"Si hace clic en una publicación de un flujo de redes sociales abrirá una " +"ventana emergente que muestra el contenido de esa publicación en específico," +" junto con todos los datos relacionados a las interacciones, por ejemplo, me" +" gusta, comentarios y otros." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Ejemplo de una ventana emergente de una publicación de redes sociales en la " +"aplicación Marketing social de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" +"Si lo desea, el usuario puede dejar un nuevo comentario en la publicación " +"desde la ventana emergente de la publicación. Solo debe escribir su " +"comentario en el campo :guilabel:`Escriba un comentario...` y luego " +"presionar la tecla :guilabel:`Enter (o Entrar)` para publicarlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "Crear leads a partir de comentarios" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Marketing social* de Odoo también le permite crear leads a " +"partir de los comentarios en sus redes sociales." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" +"Para crear un lead desde alguno de los comentarios en una publicación de " +"redes sociales, haga clic en la publicación correspondiente en el tablero " +"para abrir la ventana emergente específica de esa publicación. Luego, vaya " +"hasta el comentario indicado y haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`tres " +"puntos verticales` que se encuentra a la derecha de ese comentario." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, abre un menú desplegable con la opción :guilabel:`Crear lead`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" +"El menú desplegable junto a un comentario que muestra la opción para crear " +"un lead." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear lead` desde el menú desplegable " +"del comentario, aparece la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Convertir " +"publicación a lead`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" +"La ventana emergente de convertir publicación a lead que aparece en la " +"aplicación Marketing social de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" +"En esta ventana emergente puede seleccionar si :guilabel:`Crear un nuevo " +"cliente`, :guilabel:`Vincular a un cliente existente` o :guilabel:`No " +"vincular a un cliente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Vincular a un cliente existente`, aparece un nuevo " +"campo de :guilabel:`Cliente` debajo de esas opciones, allí puede elegir un " +"cliente para vincularlo a este lead." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que seleccionó una opción, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Convertir` en la parte inferior de la ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`Convertir publicación a lead`. Esto abrirá un nuevo formulario de" +" detalle de lead donde puede agregar y procesar la información necesaria." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" +"Nuevo formulario de detalles de un lead creado a partir de un comentario en " +"redes sociales en la aplicación Marketing social de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Estadísticas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" +"Cuando agrega un flujo de cuenta de redes sociales al tablero de *Marketing " +"social*, cada flujo también muestra y vincula los KPI específicos de esa " +"plataforma de redes sociales, en caso de que la plataforma cuente con ellos." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" +"Para consultar las estadísticas y métricas relacionadas con los KPI de " +"cualquier cuenta de redes sociales, haga clic en el enlace " +":guilabel:`Información` que se encuentra en la parte superior de cada flujo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" +"Visualización del enlace de información que aparece en el tablero de la " +"aplicación Marketing social." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" +"Si se encuentra en un entorno multiempresa y no selecciona *todas* las " +"páginas, entonces se le desautenticará." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si las empresas tienen 3 páginas de *Facebook* pero solo le " +"proporciona acceso a 1 y luego intenta proporcionarle acceso a otra después," +" se le desautenticará y perderá el acceso a la información y las métricas de" +" la página inicial." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de agregar *todas* las páginas para *todas* las empresas del " +"entorno multiempresas para evitar que ocurra este error. Si una página se " +"desautentica solo tiene que eliminar el flujo y volverlo a establecer." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "Crear y publicar contenido en redes sociales " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Marketing social* de Odoo le permite crear y publicar " +"contenido para cuentas de redes sociales desde la aplicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Para crear contenido para sus cuentas de redes sociales, vaya a la " +":menuselection:` aplicación Marketing social` y haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nueva publicación` que está ubicado en la esquina superior " +"derecha del tablero de *Marketing social*." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Botón \"Nueva publicación\" en el tablero principal de la aplicación " +"Marketing social de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" +"O, vaya a :menuselection:`Marketing social --> Publicacioness` y haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Nuevo botón en la página de publicaciones sociales en la aplicación " +"Marketing social." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" +"Cualquiera de las rutas anteriores muestra una publicación de red social en " +"blanco que se puede personalizar y configurar de varias maneras diferentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" +"Página de detalle de una publicación de red social en blanco en la " +"aplicación de Marketing social." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "Formulario de detalles de la publicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" +"El formulario de detalles de una publicación para redes sociales en la " +"aplicación *Marketing social* de Odoo tiene muchas opciones configurables " +"disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Compañía" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" +"Si está trabajando en un entorno multiempresa, el primer campo en la sección" +" :guilabel:`Su publicación` del formulario de detalles de la publicación de " +"redes sociales es :guilabel:`Empresa`. En este campo, seleccione la empresa " +"que debería estar vinculada a esta publicación de redes sociales." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Publicar en" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" +"Si está trabajando en un entorno de una sola empresa, el primer campo en la " +"sección :guilabel:`Su publicación` del formulario de detalles de publicación" +" de redes sociales es :guilabel:`Publicar en`. En este campo debe determina " +"en qué red social se debe realizar esta publicación, o a qué visitantes del " +"sitio web se debería enviar esta publicación mediante notificación " +"emergente; solo tiene que seleccionar la caja a un lado de la o las opciones" +" deseadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" +"En esta sección podrá elegir, de manera automática, todas las cuentas de " +"redes sociales disponibles que ha vinculado a su base de datos. Si una " +"cuenta de red sociales no se a agregado a la aplicación *Marketing social*, " +"entonces no aparecerá como opción para publicar en la plantilla." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" +"Puede seleccionar varios flujos de redes sociales y sitios web en el campo " +":guilabel:`Publicar en`. Siempre debe seleccionar al menos **una** de las " +"opciones en el campo :guilabel:`Publicar en`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de *habilitar las notificaciones push del sitio web* en la " +"aplicación *Sitio web* para que la opción :guilabel:`Notificaciones push` " +"aparezca en el formulario de detalles de la publicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Para que aparezca la opción :guilabel:`Notificación push`, asegúrese de que " -"la función *Habilitar notificaciones push del sitio web* esté habilitada en " -"la aplicación *Sitio web*. Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes`, active :guilabel:`Habilitar notificaciones push " -"del sitio web`, complete los campos correspondientes y haga clic en " +"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Sitio web --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes` y active :guilabel:`Habilitar las notificaciones " +"push del sitio wen`, llene los campos correspondientes y haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" -"Odoo también proporciona, de forma automática, todas las cuentas de redes " -"sociales disponibles que se han vinculado a la base de datos como una opción" -" en esta sección." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mensaje" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" -"Si no ha agregado una cuenta de redes sociales como flujo a la aplicación " -"*Marketing social*, entonces no aparecerá como una opción en la plantilla de" -" publicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." @@ -6199,83 +7514,167 @@ msgstr "" "Luego está el campo :guilabel:`Mensaje`. Aquí se crea el contenido principal" " de la publicación." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -"Escriba el mensaje que desea adjuntar a su publicación en este campo. A la " -"derecha, conforme va escribiendo en el campo :guilabel:`Mensaje`, Odoo " -"presenta muestras visuales de cómo se verá la publicación en todas las " -"cuentas de redes sociales previamente seleccionadas en el campo anterior " -":guilabel:`Publicar en`." +"En el campo :guilabel:`Mensaje` escriba el mensaje que quiere enviar en la " +"publicación. Después, haga clic en cualquier lugar fuera del " +":guilabel:`Mensaje` para ver ejemplos visuales sobre cómo se verá la " +"publicación en todas las redes sociales seleccionadas (así como en los " +"sitios web como notificaciones push)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" +"Publicación de red social de ejemplo con muestras visuales de cómo se verá " +"en diferentes redes sociales." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" "También puede agregar emojis directo al texto en el campo " -":guilabel:`Mensaje`, solo haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`emoji (cara " +":guilabel:`Mensaje`, solo haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`🙂 (cara " "sonriente)` ubicado en la parte derecha de la línea de este campo. Al hacer " "clic en este icono se muestra un menú desplegable que contiene varios emojis" " para elegir." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -"Si utilizará imágenes en su publicación, haga clic en :guilabel:`ADJUNTE " -"IMÁGENES` debajo del campo de :guilabel:`Mensaje` y Odoo mostrará una " -"ventana emergente. Desde allí, elija la imagen para su publicación y luego " -"cárguela." +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Twitter` en el campo :guilabel:`Publicar en`, " +"aparecerá un contador de caracteres debajo del campo :guilabel:`Mensaje`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Adjuntar imágenes" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -"Se muestra al instante una vista previa de la publicación completa, es " -"decir, texto e imagen (si corresponde)." +"Si se utilizarán imágenes en la publicación, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Adjuntar imágenes` en la parte inferior del campo " +":guilabel:`Mensaje`. Al hacer clic, Odoo mostrará una ventana emergente en " +"la que puede seleccionar la imagen que quiere subir desde su disco duro." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -"En el siguiente campo, :guilabel:`Campaña`, puede adjuntar esta publicación " -"a una campaña de marketing específica en la base de datos. Haga clic en la " -"línea en blanco junto a este campo para elegir entre las campañas " -"previamente configuradas." +"Después de subir y adjuntar la imagen deseada, Odoo le mostrará una nueva " +"previsualización de la publicación en la que se incluirá la imagen en el " +"lado derecho del formulario." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -"También puede crear una nueva campaña desde el campo :guilabel:`Campaña` en " -"blanco. Escriba el nombre de la nueva campaña y seleccione :guilabel:`Crear`" -" desde el menú desplegable, o seleccione :guilabel:`Crear y editar` en el " -"menú para seguir personalizando la campaña recién creada." +"Imágenes de ejemplo de publicaciones con las imágenes agregadas en la " +"aplicación Marketing social de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Campaña" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -"*No* es necesario que una publicación de red social esté adjunta a una " -"campaña." +"Después, hay un campo :guilabel:`Campaña` que no es obligatorio, pero le da " +"la opción de adjuntar esta publicación a una campaña de marketing " +"específica." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar esta publicación a una campaña existente, haga clic en el campo" +" vacío :guilabel:`Campaña` para mostrar un menú desplegable donde podrá ver " +"todas las campañas existentes en la base de datos. Seleccione la campaña que" +" desea y agréguela." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva campaña directamente desde el formulario de detalles de" +" la publicación, empiece a escribir el nombre de la nueva campaña en el " +"campo en blanco :guilabel:`Campaña` y seleccione ya sea :guilabel:`Crear` o " +":guilabel:`Crear y editar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "Imagen del menú desplegable con las opciones Crear y Crear y editar." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear` se creará una campaña que puede editar y " +"personalizar después." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` se creará la campaña y se " +"abrirá un ventana emergente :guilabel:`Crear campaña`, donde podrá editar " +"los campos :guilabel:`Identificador de campañas`, :guilabel:`Responsable` y " +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Ventana emergente para crear una campaña que aparece en el formulario de " +"detalle de la publicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se realicen todos los ajustes deseados, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para guardar la campaña y regresar al " +"formulario de detalles de la publicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Cuándo" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " @@ -6285,243 +7684,274 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Programar después`. Con la primera opción, Odoo enviará la " "publicación de inmediato; con la segunda, en una fecha y hora posteriores." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Programar después`, Odoo mostrará un nuevo campo " -"(con el nombre :guilabel:`Fecha programada`) abajo del anterior. Al hacer " -"clic en ese campo vacío se mostrará un calendario emergente, seleccione allí" -" la fecha y la hora en la que Odoo realizará la publicación en las cuentas " -"de redes sociales que seleccionó con anterioridad." +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Programar después`, aparecerá un nuevo campo de " +":guilabel:`Fecha planificada`. Si hace clic en el campo vació aparecerá un " +"calendario en el que puede designar una fecha y una hora futuras." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en la fecha en la que desea enviar la publicación para ese día, " -"después seleccione y personalice la hora predeterminada en el campo " -":guilabel:`Fecha programada` de forma manual o ajuste la hora de envío de su" -" publicación. En este caso, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`planificación " -"(reloj)` ubicado en la ventana emergente del calendario, y elija la hora " -"deseada para que Odoo realice esta publicación en esa fecha." +"Ventana emergente donde se programa una fecha que aparece en un formulario " +"de detalles de la publicación en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -"Si programa una publicación, recuerde hacer clic en el botón " -":guilabel:`Planificación` en la parte superior izquierda de la plantilla de " -"publicación. Al hacerlo, fija una fecha y hora específica para que Odoo " -"envíe la publicación, también cambia su estado a :guilabel:`programado`." +"Después de seleccionar una fecha y hora deseadas, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Aplicar`. Después, Odoo realizará la publicación en esa fecha y " +"hora específicas en la o las cuentas de redes sociales predeterminadas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"Además, cuando hace clic en :guilabel:`Planificación`, aparecen varios " -"botones inteligentes analíticos en la página de la publicación. Cada uno " -"ofrece un análisis detallado de la métrica correspondiente (por ejemplo, " -":guilabel:`leads`, :guilabel:`ingresos`...). Estos mismos botones " -"inteligentes también aparecen cuando un mensaje se publica de forma oficial." +"Si va a programar una publicación, el botón en la parte superior que antes " +"era :guilabel:`Publicar` cambiará a :guilabel:`Programar`. Asegúrese de " +"hacer clic en :guilabel:`Programar` después de completar el formulario de " +"detalle de la publicación." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "Sección de \"opciones de notificación web\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Notificaciones push` en el campo " -":guilabel:`Publicar en`, Odoo proporciona otra sección de ajustes y opciones" -" en la parte inferior de la plantilla de la publicación. Tome en cuenta que " -"*ninguno* de estos campos es obligatorio." +"Al hacerlo se establecerá la fecha y hora en la que Odoo realizará la " +"publicación y cambia e estado a :guilabel:`Programado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Opciones de notificaciones push" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"El primer campo es para el :guilabel:`título de la notificación`. Este es un" -" texto que se muestra como el título de la notificación push cada vez que se" -" envía. Odoo muestra una vista previa de este título si asigna uno." +"Si se elige una (o varias) opciones de :guilabel:`[Notificación Push]` en el" +" campo :guilabel:`Publicar en`, aparecerá una sección específica de " +":guilabel:`Opciones de notificación push` en la parte inferior del " +"formulario de detalle de la publicación en redes sociales." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" +"Sección de opciones de la notificación push en un formulario de detalles de " +"publicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "Tome en cuenta que ninguno de estos campos son obligatorios." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" +"El primer campo en esta sección es :guilabel:`Título de la notificación`. En" +" este campo hay una opción para agregar un título personalizado a la " +"notificación push que se enviará." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"Para indicar una página específica en el sitio web que debería activar esta " -"notificación push, escriba la URL de esa página en el campo :guilabel:`URL " -"objetivo`. Una vez que un visitante ingrese a esa página en específico, Odoo" -" mostrará la notificación push." +"Para designar una página específica para activar la notificación push en el " +"sitio web ingrese el URL de la página en el campo :guilabel:`URL objetivo`. " +"Así, una vez que un visitante llegue a esta página, Odoo mostrará la " +"notificación push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"Debajo de ese campo se encuentra la opción para agregar una " -":guilabel:`imagen del icono` personalizada. Este icono aparece junto a la " -"notificación push y Odoo usa una \"cara sonriente\" de forma predeterminada." +"Debajo de ese campo está la opción para agregar una :guilabel:`imagen del " +"icono` a la notificación push. Este es un icono que aparece a un lado de la " +"notificación push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -"Para subir una nueva imagen, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`Editar " -"(lápiz)` cuando pase por encima del campo :guilabel:`imagen del icono` con " -"el cursor. Después, localice y cargue la imagen deseada, Odoo mostrará en " -"automático una vista previa de cómo aparecerá el icono en la notificación " -"push." +"Para subir una nueva imagen, haga clic en el cicono :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` " +"al pasar el cursor por encima del icono de cámara de :guilabel:`Imagen del " +"icono`. Hacerlo mostrará una ventana emergente en donde puede subir la " +"imagen de icono que quiera desde su disco duro." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -"Después se encuentra la opción para realizar la publicación en una " -":guilabel:`hora local`. Si está activada, Odoo realizará la publicación en " -"el momento adecuado y predeterminado, teniendo en cuenta la ubicación del " -"visitante." +"Una vez que lo haya hecho, Odoo actualizará de forma automática la " +"previsualización de cómo el icono aparecerá en la notificación push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "Opciones para guardar, publicar y probar notificaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -"Cuando haya realizado todas las modificaciones y la publicación esté " -"completa, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para que se quede como un " -"*borrador, o si está lista para que se publique en ese momento, haga clic en" -" :guilabel:`Publicar` y Odoo realizará la publicación de forma automática en" -" las cuentas de redes sociales predeterminadas." +"Si programa la publicación para después, hay una opción para asegurar que la" +" publicación se enviará en la zona horaria del visitante, solo tiene que " +"activar la opción :guilabel:`Hora local`. Al hacerlo, Odoo tomará en cuenta " +"la ubicación del visitante al enviar la notificación a la hora apropiada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -"También tiene la opción de :guilabel:`probar la notificación` si seleccionó " -"las :guilabel:`notificaciones push` en el campo :guilabel:`Publicar en`. Al " -"hacer clic, se proporciona un ejemplo rápido de cómo se mostrará la " -"notificación a los visitantes." +"Imagen de la opción de Hora local en la sección de notificaciones push en " +"ajustes." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "Barra de estado de publicación en redes sociales" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -"En la parte superior derecha de la página de :guilabel:`plantilla de " -"publicación` se encuentra la :guilabel:`barra de estado`, en ella se muestra" -" el estado actual de la publicación." +"También está el campo :guilabel:`todos los registros`, con el cual puede " +"editar un grupo específico de destinatarios en la base de datos, según " +"ciertos criterios, además de que se puede aplicar para :guilabel:`todas` o " +":guilabel:`algunas` de las reglas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" -"Cuando hace clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`, la publicación se encuentra en " -"estado de *Borrador*." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -"Si programó el envío de la publicación en una fecha u hora posterior e hizo " -"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Planificación`, entonces el estado de la " -"publicación es *Planificado*." +"Para utilizar este campo haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`+ Agregar " +"condición`, el cual hará que aparezca campo de regla tipo ecuación." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -"Si la publicación está en proceso de publicarse o enviarse, el estado de la " -"publicación es *Publicando*. En caso de que ya se haya publicado o enviado, " -"su estado es *Publicado*." +"En este campo tipo ecuación de regla puede especificar la criteria que Odoo " +"tomará en cuanta al enviar esta publicación a una audiencia en especial." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" +"La configuración de las notificaciones push configuradas para coincidir la " +"cantidad de registros en la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una regla adicional, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`➕ (signo " +"de más)` a la derecha de la regla." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una rama (una serie de reglas adicionales según la regla previa" +" que especifican más la audiencia objetivo), haga clic en el " +":guilabel:`icono de rama`, ubicado a la derecha del icono :guilabel:`➕ " +"(más)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" +"Por último, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`🗑️ (basura)` para borrar " +"cualquier regla." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" +"Los :guilabel:`registros` debajo de las reglas representan el tamaño de la " +"audiencia específica de destinatarios." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "Página de publicaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -"Para obtener una visión completa de las publicaciones, vaya a la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Marketing social` y haga clic en " -":menuselection:`Publicaciones` en el menú de encabezado. Aquí se encuentra " -"disponible cada publicación que ha creado y publicado con Odoo." +"Para obtener un resumen completo de las publicaciones, vaya a " +":menuselection:`la aplicación de Marketing social --> Publicaciones`, aquí " +"tendrá acceso a todas las publicaciones que se han creado y publicado con " +"Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -"Hay cuatro opciones de vista diferentes para los datos en la página de " -":guilabel:`Publicaciones`: *kanban*, *calendario*, *lista* y *tabla " -"dinámica*. Estas se encuentran en la esquina superior derecha de la página " -"de :guilabel:`Publicaciones`, debajo de la barra de búsqueda." +"Hay cuatro opciones de vista diferentes para los datos en la página " +":guilabel:`Publicaciones sociales`: *kanban*, *calendario*, *lista* y " +"*gráfica dinámica*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones de vista se encuentran en la esquina superior derecha de la " +"página :guilabel:`Publicaciones`, abajo de la barra de búsqueda." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Vista de kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." msgstr "" -"Odoo muestra las publicaciones en una vista de kanban de forma " -"predeterminada. La información en esta página se puede clasificar con mas " -"detalle gracias a los menús desplegables de :guilabel:`Filtros` y " -":guilabel:`Agrupar por` ." +"Por defecto, Odoo mostrará las publicaciones en la vista kanban. Puede " +"clasificar minuciosamente la información en esta página con ayuda de la " +"barra lateral, donde puede ver, acceder y analizar todas las redes sociales " +"y las publicaciones conectadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" +"En la esquina superior derecha encontrará el :guilabel:`icono de barra de " +"gráfica invertida`, el cual representa la vista de kanban." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -6530,33 +7960,51 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de kanban de la página de publicaciones en la aplicación Marketing " "social de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "Vista de calendario" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." msgstr "" -"La opción de vista de calendario muestra una representación visual en un " -"formato de calendario de cuándo se realizaron, o están programadas, las " -"publicaciones. Esta opción proporciona una vista general clara de cualquier " +"La opción de vista de calendario muestra una representación visual de las " +"publicaciones en un formato de calendario de cuándo se realizaron, o están " +"programadas. Esta opción proporciona una vista general clara de cualquier " "día, semana o mes planificado. Odoo muestra todas las publicaciones en " "borradores, programadas y publicadas." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en una fecha se mostrará un formulario de detalles de " +"publicaciones en blanco en el que podrá crear la publicación social y Odoo " +"la publicará en la fecha y hora específicas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." +msgstr "" +"En la esquina superior derecha encontrará el :guilabel:`icono de " +"calendario`, el cual representa la vista de calendario." + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" "Ejemplo de la vista de calendario en la aplicación de Marketing social de " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" @@ -6566,17 +8014,34 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`cuentas de redes sociales`, el :guilabel:`mensaje` y el " ":guilabel:`estado` de cada publicación." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" +"La barra lateral izquierda organiza todas las publicaciones por " +":guilabel:`Estado` y también enlista todas las redes sociales conectadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" +"En la esquina superior derecha hay cuatro líneas verticales que representan " +"la vista de lista." + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" "Vista de la opción de lista en la página de publicaciones en la aplicación " "Marketing social de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -6591,57 +8056,48 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la opción de tabla dinámica en la página de publicaciones en la " "aplicación Marketing social de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" "La opción de vista de tabla dinámica proporciona varias opciones de " "análisis, brindándole un análisis profundo y detallado de varias " -"publicaciones. " +"publicaciones y métricas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en cualquier :guilabel:`ícono + (signo de más)` junto a una línea " +"Haga clic en cualquier :guilabel:`ícono ➕ (signo de más)` junto a una línea " "en la tabla dinámica para mostrar más opciones métricas que puede agregar a " "la cuadrícula. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" "Mientras está en la vista de tabla dinámica, estará disponible la opción de " ":guilabel:`Insertar en una hoja de cálculo`, que se encuentra a la derecha " -"del menú desplegable :guilabel:`Medidas`. " +"del menú desplegable :guilabel:`Medidas`, en la esquina superior izquierda " +"de la página :guilabel:`Publicaciones sociales`. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic, aparece una ventana emergente, donde estará disponible la " -"opción de agregar estos datos a la hoja de cálculo actual. La opción de " -"crear una nueva hoja de cálculo para estos datos de manera inmediata también" -" está disponible en esta ventana emergente. " - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" "Junto a la opción :guilabel:`Insertar en una hoja de cálculo` hay tres " -"opciones de vista específicas de la vista de tabla dinámica. " +"opciones específicas de la vista de tabla dinámica. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "De izquierda a derecha, las opciones son: " +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" +msgstr "Las opciones son, de izquierda a derecha:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." @@ -6649,7 +8105,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Voltear eje`, voltea los ejes *X* e *Y* en la tabla de " "cuadrícula." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." @@ -6657,7 +8113,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Expandir todo`, expande cada línea en la cuadrícula, mostrando " "más información detallada relacionada. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." @@ -6665,60 +8121,76 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Descargar`, al hacer clic, descarga de manera instantánea la " "tabla dinámica como una hoja de cálculo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Visitantes" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" "Para ver un resumen completo de todas las personas que han visitado el sitio" " web conectado a la base de datos, vaya a :menuselection:`Marketing Social " -"--> Visitantes` en el menú del encabezado. " +"--> Visitantes`. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" "Vista de la página de visitantes en la aplicación Marketing Social de Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" "Aquí, Odoo proporciona una página detallada de toda la información " -"pertinente de los visitantes en la vista predefinida Kanban. Esta misma " -"información se puede ver a través de los :guilabel:`Filtros` y las opciones " -"de :guilabel:`Agrupar por`. " +"pertinente de los visitantes en la vista predefinida Kanban. Si los " +"visitantes ya tienen información de contacto en la base de datos, tendrá " +"disponible la opción para enviarles un :guilabel:`correo` o :guilabel:`SMS`." +" " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -"Los datos de los visitantes también se pueden ver en forma de lista o de " +"Los datos de este visitante también se pueden ver en forma de lista o de " "gráfico. Estas opciones de vista se ubican en la esquina superior derecha de" -" la página :guilabel:`Visitantes` debajo de la barra de búsqueda. " +" la página :guilabel:`Visitantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "Página de redes sociales " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Redes sociales` para ver una " -"recopilación de todas las opciones para redes sociales: " -":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, y las " -":guilabel:`Notificaciones Push`. " +"Otra forma de vincular redes sociales rápido a la aplicación *Marketing " +"social* es desde la página :guilabel:`Redes sociales`. Para ingresar a esta " +"página, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Marketing social --> " +"Configuración --> Redes sociales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." +msgstr "" +"En la página :guilabel:`Redes sociales` tiene una gama de opciones de redes " +"sociales, cada una con un botón para :guilabel:`vincular la cuenta`: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, y :guilabel:`Notificaciones push`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -6726,29 +8198,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vista de la página de redes sociales en la aplicación de Marketing Social. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" -"Si no hay una cuenta vinculada a ninguna red social en particular, haga clic" -" en :guilabel:`Vincular cuenta` para ir al proceso de vinculación. " - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "Página de cuentas de redes sociales " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" -"Para ver una lista de todas las cuentas vinculadas a la base de datos, vaya " -"a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Cuentas de redes sociales`. Esta página " -"le mostrará el :guilabel:`Nombre del medio` y la plataforma de " -":guilabel:`Red social` a la que está asociado. " +"Para ver una lista de todas las cuentas de redes sociales y sitios web que " +"están vinculados a una base de datos, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación " +"de Marketing social --> Configuración --> Cuentas de red social`. Estas " +":guilabel:`cuentas de redes sociales` muestran el :guilabel:`nombre`, el " +":guilabel:`Nombre de usuario`, la plataforma de :guilabel:`redes sociales`, " +"quién :guilabel:`creó la cuenta` y la :guilabel:`empresa` a la que está " +"asociada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -6757,56 +8226,54 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la página de cuentas de redes sociales en la aplicación de " "Marketing Social de Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -"Para editar/modificar cualquier cuenta de redes sociales, simplemente " -"seleccione la cuenta deseada en la lista de esta página, y luego haga los " -"ajustes que crea necesarios. No olvide presionar el botón de " -":guilabel:`Guardar` para asegurar los cambios. " +"Para editar/modificar cualquier cuenta de redes sociales en esta página, " +"simplemente seleccione la cuenta deseada en la lista de esta página, y luego" +" haga los ajustes que crea necesarios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "Página de flujos sociales " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Flujos sociales` para mostrar una " -"página separada que contiene todos los flujos sociales que se agregaron al " -"tablero principal de la aplicación *Marketing Social* , accesible a través " -"de la opción :guilabel:`Feed` en el menú del encabezado. " +"Para ver una página separada con todos los flujos de redes sociales que ha " +"agregado al tablero principal de *Marketing social*, vaya a " +":menuselection:`la aplicación de Marketing social --> Configuración --> " +"Flujos sociales`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" "Aquí, la infromación del flujo social se organiza en una lista con las " -":guilabel:`Redes sociales`, el :guilabel:`Título` del flujo y el " +":guilabel:`Redes sociales`, el :guilabel:`Título` del flujo, el " ":guilabel:`Tipo` (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`Publicaciones`, :guilabel:`Palabra" -" clave`, etc.). " +" clave`, etc.), quién lo :guilabel:`creó` y la :guilabel:`la empresa` a la " +"que está asociada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" "Para modificar la información de cualquier flujo, simplemente haga clic en " -"el flujo que desee de la lista y haga los ajustes que crea necesarios. No " -"olvide presionar el botón de :guilabel:`Guardar` para asegurar los cambios. " +"el flujo que desee de la lista y haga los ajustes que crea necesarios." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -6846,6 +8313,10 @@ msgstr "" "de los clientes (o empleados) y obtener mayor información sobre los cambios " "de opinión en el mercado. " +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 3d9d76c60..cb6f1d4ce 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -10,25 +10,24 @@ # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Raquel Iciarte , 2023 # Josep Anton Belchi, 2023 -# Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1016,212 +1015,231 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "Empezar a usar Conversaciones" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" +msgstr "Fundamentos sobre Conversaciones" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -"La aplicación Conversaciones le permite unificar todas las comunicaciones de" -" su empresa a través de mensajes, notas y chat. Comparta información, " -"proyectos, archivos, priorice tareas y permanezca conectado con colegas y " -"partners a través de todas las aplicaciones. Establezca mejores relaciones, " -"aumente la productividad y la transparencia al promover una forma " -"conveniente de comunicarse." +"*Conversaciones* de Odoo es una aplicación de comunicación interna que le " +"permite a lo usuarios comunicarse mediante mensajes, notas y archivos " +"adjuntos, todo mediante una ventana de chat que funciona no importa en qué " +"aplicación esté y en el tablero de *Conversaciones*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "Elija su preferencia de notificaciones" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" +msgstr "Seleccione sus preferencias de notificaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" -"Acceda a sus *Preferencias* y elija cómo desea gestionar sus notificaciones." +"Para acceder a las preferencias específicas del usuario en la aplicación " +"*Conversaciones* vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Usuarios --> Usuario -->" +" pestaña de Preferencia`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" -"Vista de la página de preferencias de la aplicación Conversaciones de Odoo." +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "Imagen de la pestaña de preferencias en Conversaciones de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, el campo está configurado como *Manejar por correo " -"electrónico* y hace que los mensajes, notas y notificaciones donde se le " -"mencione o que usted siga se envíen por correo electrónico. Al elegir " -"*Manejar en Odoo*, se muestran en la *bandeja de entrada*." +"Por defecto, el campo :guilabel:`Notificación` estará configurado como " +":guilabel:`Manejar por correo electrónico`. Con este ajuste, Odoo enviará un" +" correo de notificación cada que envíe un mensaje del chatter, una nota se " +"envía con una mención `@` (en el chatter), o una notificación se envía para " +"un registro que el usuario sigue. También se enviará una notificación si se " +"cambia de etapa (si se ha configurado un correo para enviar, por ejemplo si " +"una tarea se marca como :guilabel:`Hecha`)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" -"Los mensajes se pueden *marcar como por realizar *, *respondido* o *marcar " -"como leído*." +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Gestionar en Odoo`, las notificaciones se muestran " +"en la *bandeja de entrada* de la aplicación *Conversaciones*. Con los " +"mensajes es posible: responder con un emoji al :guilabel:`Agregar una " +"reacción`, o puede responder al mensaje si hace clic en " +":guilabel:`Responder`. También puede :guilabel:`marcar mensajes como por " +"realizar` si hace clic en la estrella, puede anclarlos si hace clic en " +":guilabel:`Fijar`, o incluso :guilabel:`marcar el mensaje como no leído`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" "Imagen de un mensaje en la bandeja de entrada y las opciones de acción en " -"Conversaciones de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" -"Los mensajes etiquetados como *marcar como por realizar* también se muestran" -" en *destacado*, mientras que los *marcar como leídos* se mueven a " -"*historial*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" -"Imagen de mensajes que se marcaron como por hacer en Conversaciones de Odoo" +"Conversaciones de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "Empezar a chatear" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" -"La primera vez que inicia sesión en su cuenta, OdooBot le envía un mensaje " -"solicitando permiso para recibir notificaciones de escritorio en los chats. " -"Si acepta, recibirá notificaciones push de los mensajes que se le envíen " -"independientemente de en qué parte de Odoo se encuentre." +"Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como pendiente` en un mensaje, hará que " +"aparezca en la página :guilabel:`Destacados`. Si hace clic en " +":guilabel:`Marcar como leído` el mensaje se moverá a :guilabel:`Historial`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" +"Imagen de mensajes que se marcaron como por hacer en Conversaciones de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "Empiece a chattear" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"La primera vez que un usuario inicia sesión en su cuenta, OdooBot envía un " +"mensaje donde se le pedirá permiso para enviar notificaciones de chats a su " +"computadora. Si lo acepta, el usuario recibirá notificaciones push en su " +"computadora de todos los mensajes que reciba, sin importar en qué parte de " +"Odoo se encuentre el usuario." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" "Imagen de mensajes en el menú de mensajería en donde se resalta la solicitud para enviar\n" "notificaciones push para la aplicación Conversaciones de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." +" the browser." msgstr "" "Para dejar de recibir notificaciones de escritorio, restablezca la " -"configuración de notificaciones de su navegador." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"Para iniciar un chat, haga clic en *nuevo mensaje* en el *menú de " -"mensajería*, o vaya a *conversaciones* y envíe un *mensaje directo*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" -"Imagen del panel de Conversaciones donde se resaltan las secciones de " -"canales y mensajes directos en la aplicación Conversaciones de Odoo." +"configuración de notificaciones del navegador." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"También puede crear :doc:`canales públicos y privados `." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "Menciones en el chat y en el chatter" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" -"Para mencionar a un usuario dentro de un chat o en el chatter escriba " -"*@nombre-usuario *. Para referir a un canal, escriba *#nombre-canal *." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" -"Se envía una notificación a la *Bandeja de entrada* del usuario mencionado o" -" por correo electrónico, dependiendo de su configuración." +"Para iniciar un chat, vaya a la aplicación :guilabel:`Conversaciones` y haga" +" clic en el icono :guilabel:`+ (más)` que se encuentra a un lado de " +":guilabel:`Mensajes directos` o :guilabel:`Canales` en el menú izquierdo del" +" tablero." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Imagen de dos ventanas de mensajes de chat de Conversaciones de Odoo." +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" +"Imagen del panel de Conversaciones donde se resaltan las secciones de canales y\n" +"mensajes directos en la aplicación Conversaciones de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Una empresa también puede crear :doc:`canales públicos y privados " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" +msgstr "Menciones en el chat y en el chatter" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Para mencionar a un usuario en un chat o en un chatter, escriba `@nombre-de-" +"usuario`. Para mencionar un canal, escriba `#nombre-del-canal`. El usuario " +"mencionado recibirá una notificación en su *bandeja de entrada* o por correo" +" electrónico, dependiendo de los ajustes de comunicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "Imagen de dos ventanas de mensajes de chat de Conversaciones de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" "Cuando se menciona a un usuario, la lista de búsqueda (lista de nombres) " "sugiere valores, en primer lugar, en función de los seguidores de la tarea " -"y, en segundo lugar, en función de los *empleados*. Si el registro que se " +"y, en segundo lugar, en función de los empleados. Si el registro que se " "busca no coincide con un seguidor o un empleado, el alcance de la búsqueda " "se convierte en todos los contactos." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "Estado del chat" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" +msgstr "Estado del usuario" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" "Es útil ver qué están haciendo sus colegas y qué tan rápido pueden responder" " a los mensajes, por eso debe verificar su *estado*. El estado se muestra en" -" el lado izquierdo de los nombres de un contacto en la barra lateral de " -"Discusiones y en el *menú de Mensajería*." +" el lado izquierdo de el nombre de un contacto en la barra lateral " +"de:guilabel:`Discusiones`, en el *menú de mensajería* y en el *chatter*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "Verde = en línea" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "Naranja = ocupado" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "Blanco = sin conexión" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "Avión = fuera de la oficina" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Vista del estado para los contactos en Conversaciones de Odoo." +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "Vista del estado de los contactos en Conversaciones de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1804,6 +1822,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "Uso de canales para la comunicación en equipo" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index abdbb2d35..a4166a980 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,12 +4,10 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Nicole Kist , 2022 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2022 # AleEscandon , 2022 # Vivian Montana , 2022 # José Cabrera Lozano , 2022 -# David Arnold , 2022 # Pablo Rojas , 2022 # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Marian Cuadra, 2023 @@ -19,21 +17,21 @@ # Jon Perez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -76,25 +74,12 @@ msgstr "Convierta leads en oportunidades" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" -"El sistema puede generar leads en lugar de oportunidades, para agregar un " -"paso de calificación antes de convertir un **lead** en una **oportunidad** y" -" asigne a los vendedores correctos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Puede activar este modo desde los ajustes de CRM. Esto aplica " -"automáticamente a todos sus canales de venta. Puede hacerlo específico para " -"canales en especiales desde la configuración de formulario." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -121,100 +106,200 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Para activar esta función vaya a :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"Podrá ver un nuevo submenú en el menú de *Leads* donde se agregarán los " -"nuevos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Convierta un lead en una oportunidad" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en un *lead* tendrá la opción de convertirlo en una " -"oportunidad y podrá decidir si todavía quiere que se le asigne a el mismo " -"canal/persona y si necesita crear un cliente nuevo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Si ya tiene una oportunidad con ese cliente, Odoo le ofrecerá fusionar ambas" -" oportunidades automáticamente. De la misma manera, Odoo automáticamente le " -"ofrecerá vincularlo a un cliente existente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Fusionar oportunidades" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" -"Odoo también le propondrá fusionar ambas oportunidades si cuentan con la " -"misma dirección de correo. Al fusionar las oportunidades, Odoo pasa la " -"información a la oportunidad que se creó primero y le da prioridad a la " -"información presente en la primera oportunidad." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -"No se pierde información: los datos de la otra oportunidad se registran en " -"el chatter y en los campos de información para que pueda acceder a ellos sin" -" problemas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -"Si usted mismo encuentra un duplicado, también puede fusionar oportunidades " -"o leads incluso si el sistema no se lo propone." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -"Así lo puede hacer desde la vista de lista. Seleccione las oportunidades o " -"los leads que quiere fusionar y aparecerá un botón de acción. Después, puede" -" seleccionar fusionarlos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "También es posible fusionar más de 2 oportunidades o leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -7001,494 +7086,516 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Conector de Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "Funciones del conector de Amazon" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" -"El **conector de Amazon** sincroniza las órdenes entre Amazon y su base de " -"datos de Odoo, esto hace que su rutina diaria sea más sencilla. Además, " -"reduce de forma considerable la cantidad de tiempo que pasa en su tablero de" -" la Central de vendedores de Amazon." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" -msgstr "Funciones compatibles" +msgid "Supported features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" -msgstr "El conector puede:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" -"Sincronizar todas las órdenes confirmadas de Amazon a Odoo (tanto FBA como " -"FBM) con los artículos en ellas, lo que incluye:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" -msgstr "el nombre, descripción y cantidad de producto," +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "los costos de envío del producto, y" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "el costo de la envoltura de regalo." +msgid "gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -"Crear en Odoo cualquier usuario faltante relacionado con la orden (tipos de " -"contacto compatibles: contacto y entrega)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" -"Notificar a Amazon de un envío confirmado en Odoo (FBM) con el fin de " -"cobrar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "Tener varias cuentas de vendedor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "Tener varios Marketplace por cuenta de vendedor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "Por Amazon (FBA)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "Por el comerciante (FBM)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "**Órdenes**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Sincroniza órdenes enviadas y canceladas" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Sincroniza órdenes sin enviar y canceladas" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "**Envío**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Costos" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "Entrega creada" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "**Envoltura de regalo**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "Gestionado por Amazon" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "Costos de envoltura de regalo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" -msgstr "Mensaje del regalo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "**Gestión de existencias**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" -"Se crea un movimiento de existencias por artículo de la orden de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" -msgstr "Gestionado por la entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" -msgstr "**Confirmación**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" -msgstr "Notifica a Amazon al confirmar la entrega" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -"Como se menciona con anterioridad, el conector está diseñado para " -"sincronizar los datos de las órdenes. Otras acciones, como la descarga de " -"reportes de cuotas mensuales, gestión de disputas o emisión de reembolsos, " -"se deben gestionar desde Seller Central de Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" -msgstr "Marketplaces de Amazon compatibles" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "**Gestión de existencias**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"El conector de Amazon es compatible con todos sus Marketplaces actuales. Si " -"no aparece en la lista de Amazon puede :ref:`agregarlo `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "Gestionar órdenes de Amazon en Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "Sincronización de órdenes" +msgid "Order synchronization" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" -"Las órdenes se obtienen en automático de Amazon y se sincronizan con Odoo en" -" intervalos regulares. La sincronización depende del estado de Amazon: solo " -"se obtienen de Amazon las órdenes cuyo estado haya cambiado desde la última " -"sincronización. Para **FBA** (logística por Amazon), solo se obtienen las " -"órdenes **enviadas** y **canceladas**. Para **FBM** (logística por el " -"comerciante), se hace lo mismo con las órdenes **sin enviar** y " -"**canceladas**. Se crea una orden de venta en Odoo y un cliente por cada " -"orden sincronizada, si todavía no están registrados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Cuando se cancela una orden en Amazon y ya se había sincronizado en Odoo, la" -" orden de venta correspondiente se cancela de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -"Para forzar la sincronización de una orden cuyo estado no ha cambiado desde " -"la última sincronización, active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `, vaya a su cuenta de Amazon y modifique la fecha en " -":menuselection:`Seguimiento de órdenes --> Sincronización de la última " -"orden`. Elija una fecha anterior al último cambio de estado de la orden que " -"desea sincronizar y guarde." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" -"Para sincronizar de inmediato las órdenes de su cuenta de Amazon, cambie al " -":ref:`modo de desarrollador `, diríjase a su cuenta de " -"Amazon y haga clic en **SINCRONIZAR ÓRDENES**. Puede hacer lo mismo con las " -"recolecciones al hacer clic en **SINCRONIZAR RECOLECCIONES**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "Gestionar entregas en FBM" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" -"Cuando se sincroniza en Odoo una orden **FBM** (logística por el " -"comerciante), se crea una recolección junto a la orden de venta y el " -"cliente. Puede enviar todos los productos que ordenó su cliente a la vez o " -"de forma parcial mediante las órdenes parciales." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se confirma una recolección relacionada con la orden, se envía una " -"notificación a Amazon que, a su vez, notificará al cliente que la orden (o " -"parte de ella) va en camino." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" -"Amazon requiere que se proporcione una referencia de seguimiento con cada " -"entrega. Debe asignar a un transportista y si el transportista no " -"proporciona la referencia de seguimiento de forma automática, deberá " -"establecer una manualmente. Esto aplica para todos los marketplaces." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" -"Si el transportista que eligió no es compatible con Odoo, puede crear uno " -"con su nombre (por ejemplo, cree un transportista con el nombre " -"`Colissimo`). Este nombre no distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas, pero " -"tenga cuidado con los errores, ya que Amazon no los reconocerá." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." -msgstr "" -"Cree un transportista con el nombre `Autoentrega` para informar a Amazon que" -" realiza sus propias entregas. Aún así, debe introducir una referencia de " -"rastreo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que al cliente se le notifica de la entrega a través de " -"correo electrónico. Además, el transportista y la referencia de rastreo " -"aparecen en el correo electrónico al cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "Seguimiento de entregas en FBA" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -"Cuando se sincroniza una orden **FBA** (logística por Amazon) con Odoo, se " -"registra un movimiento de existencias por cada artículo de la orden de venta" -" que esté guardado en su sistema. Los gerentes de inventario pueden " -"encontrar dichos movimientos en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> " -"Movimientos de productos`. Recolectan productos en una ubicación de " -"inventario específica con el nombre **Amazon**, esta ubicación representa " -"sus existencias en los almacenes de Amazon y le permite gestionar las " -"existencias de sus productos en el programa FBA." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -"Para seguir sus existencias de Amazon (FBA) en Odoo, puede hacer un ajuste " -"de inventario después de reabastecerlas. También puede activar un " -"reabastecimiento automatizado desde las reglas de reordenamiento en la " -"ubicación de Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -"La ubicación de Amazon se puede configurar por la cuenta de Amazon que se " -"gestiona en Odoo. Todas las cuentas de la misma empresa utilizan la misma " -"ubicación de forma predeterminada. Sin embargo, es posible seguir las " -"existencias por mercado. Primero, elimine el mercado para el que desea " -"seguir las existencias por separado de la lista de mercados sincronizados. A" -" continuación, cree otro registro para esta cuenta y elimine todos los " -"mercados, excepto el que desea aislar de los demás. Por último, asigne otra " -"ubicación de existencias al segundo registro de su cuenta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "Emitir facturas y registrar pagos" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "Emitir facturas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" -"No es posible enviar facturas a los clientes de Amazon desde Odoo debido a " -"la política de Amazon de no compartir las direcciones de correo electrónico " -"de los clientes. Sin embargo, puede cargar manualmente las facturas " -"generadas en Odoo al backend de Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -"Además, para sus clientes B2B, debe obtener el NIF de forma manual desde el " -"backend de Amazon antes de crear la factura en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" "Para los usuarios de :doc:`TaxCloud " "<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`: las facturas creadas a partir" " de órdenes de ventas de Amazon **no** se sincronizan con TaxCloud, Amazon " -"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud. Tome en cuenta " -"que la integración con TaxCloud será obsoleta a partir de Odoo 17." +"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" msgstr "Registrar pagos" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -"Como los clientes pagan a Amazon como intermediario, es recomendable que " -"cree un diario *bancario* (con el nombre `Pagos de Amazon`, por ejemplo) con" -" una cuenta intermediaria *bancaria y de efectivo* específica." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" -"Amazon realiza un solo pago mensual. Es necesario que, al registrar los " -"pagos, seleccione todas las facturas vinculadas a un solo pago. Utilice el " -":guilabel:`diario` `Pagos de Amazon` y seleccione :guilabel:`Depósito por " -"lote` como :guilabel:`método de pago`. Luego, seleccione todos los pagos " -"generados y haga clic en :menuselection:`Acciones --> Crear pago por lote " -"--> Validar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." msgstr "" -"Se puede hacer lo mismo con las facturas de proveedores de Amazon destinadas" -" a las comisiones. Cuando la cuenta bancaria recibe el saldo al final del " -"mes y los estados de cuenta bancarios se registran, acredite la cuenta " -"intermediaria de Amazon por la cantidad recibida." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "Seguimiento de sus ventas de Amazon en los reportes de ventas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" -"Al establecer un equipo de ventas en su cuenta en la pestaña de " -"**Seguimiento de órdenes** puede consultar las cifras mediante pocos clics " -"en los reportes de Ventas. Su equipo de ventas de la cuenta se comparte " -"entre todas las cuentas de su empresa de forma predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." msgstr "" -"Si así lo desea, puede cambiar el equipo de venta de su cuenta por otro para" -" realizar un reporte separado de las ventas de esta cuenta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." msgstr "" -"También puede realizar reportes de rendimiento por marketplace de manera " -"similar. Primero, elimine la plataforma de ventas que desea rastrear por " -"separado de la lista de plataformas sincronizadas. Luego, cree otro registro" -" para esta cuenta y elimine todos los marketplaces, excepto el que aisló de " -"los demás. Por último, asigne otro equipo de ventas a uno de los dos " -"registros de su cuenta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -7812,7 +7919,6 @@ msgstr "" "agregar un nuevo marketplace, siga los siguientes pasos:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "Active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `." @@ -7893,180 +7999,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Conector de eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "¿Cómo publicar un producto?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Publicar sin variaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Para publicar un producto, debe seleccionar el campo **Usar eBay** en un " -"formulario de producto. La pestaña de eBay estará disponible." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" -"Cuando selecciona el campo **Usar la cantidad de existencias**, la cantidad " -"que se establece en eBay será la **cantidad pronosticada** de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -"La **plantilla de descripción** le permite usar plantillas para sus " -"publicaciones. La plantilla predeterminada solo usa el campo **Descripción " -"en eBay** del producto. Puede usar HTML dentro de la **plantilla de " -"descripción** y en la **descripción en eBay**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -"Para poder utilizar imágenes en sus publicaciones, debe agregarlas como " -"**archivos adjuntos** en la plantilla de productos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Publicar con variaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"El formulario de eBay es distinto cuando selecciona **Usar eBay** en un " -"producto con variaciones y con **precio fijo** como **tipo de publicación**." -" En la bandeja de variantes puede elegir qué variante se publicará en eBay, " -"además de establecer el precio y la cantidad de cada variante." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Publicar artículos específicos" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Publicar sin variaciones" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Para agregar características específicas a los artículos, debe crear un " -"atributo de producto con un valor en la pestaña de **Variantes** en el " -"formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Identificadores de productos" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Publicar con variaciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Publicar artículos específicos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Los identificadores de productos como EAN, UPC, Marca, o MPN son necesarios " -"en la mayoría de las categorías de eBay. El módulo gestiona los " -"identificadores EAN y UPC con el campo **código de barras** de la variante " -"del producto, si está vacío o tiene un valor que no es válido, los valores " -"EAN y UPC se establecerán como 'No aplica' como eBay recomienda. Los valores" -" de marca y MPN funcionan como características específicas del artículo y " -"debe definirlos en la pestaña de **variantes** en el formulario del " -"producto. Si no lo hace, se utilizará 'No aplica' en la publicación de eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar eBay en Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "Crear tokens de eBay" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"Para crear sus tokens, debe crear una cuenta de desarrollador en el `portal " -"de desarrollador `_. Una vez que haya " -"iniciado sesión, puede crear **claves sandbox** y **de producción** al hacer" -" clic en los botones correspondientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Después de crear las claves, puede obtener el token de usuario. Haga clic en" -" el enlace **Obtener un token de usuario** al final de la página. Revise el " -"formulario, inicie sesión en su cuenta de eBay y obtendrá las claves y el " -"token necesarios para configurar el módulo en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Configurar tokens en Odoo" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" -"Para configurar la integración con eBay, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"Elija si desea usar el sitio de eBay de producción o de sandbox. Luego " -"complete los campos **clave de desarrollador**, **token**, **clave de " -"aplicación**, **clave de certificado** y aplique los cambios." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Fecha de inicio" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Título" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Subtítulo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoría" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" -"Una vez que vuelva a cargar la página, es necesario sincronizar la " -"información de eBay. Haga clic en **Sincronizar países y divisas** para " -"completar los otros campos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "Política de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" -"Cuando complete todos los campos, podrá sincronizar las categorías y las " -"políticas al hacer clic en los botones correspondientes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Duración" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "País" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Token de usuario" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Clave de desarrollador" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "Aceptar notificaciones de eliminación de cuenta" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -8079,201 +9272,190 @@ msgstr "" "confirmar la recepción de la solicitud y tomar medidas adicionales si es " "necesario." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene un punto final de comunicación de notificaciones para recibir " -"dichas notificaciones, confirmar la recepción de la solicitud y gestionar el" -" primer conjunto de acciones para anonimizar los detalles de la cuenta en " -"**Contactos** y eliminar el acceso del cliente al portal." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de :ref:`configurar de forma adecuada su suscripción a las " -"notificaciones de eliminación de cuenta de la plataforma de comercio " -"electrónico `, ya que tal vez" -" eBay deshabilite temporalmente la cuenta de eBay relacionada hasta que se " -"complete la suscripción." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "Actualizar Odoo a la versión más reciente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "Actualizar la lista de módulos disponibles" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" +"Para hacerlo, active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `, y " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones -> Actualizar lista de aplicaciones`. Un" +" asistente le solicitará confirmar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "Instalar la actualización de \"Conector de eBay - Eliminación de cuenta\"" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "Recuperar los detalles de los puntos finales de comunicación de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar los detalles de los puntos finales de comunicación en " -":menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> eBay`. Haga clic en" -" *Generar token* para obtener su **token de verificación**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "Botón para generar un token de verificación de eBay en Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "Recibir las notificaciones de eliminación de cuenta" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Inicie sesión en el `portal de desarrollador de eBay " -"`_ y vaya a **Alertas y notificaciones**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "Vista general del tablero de Alertas y notificaciones de eBay" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" "Para recibir las notificaciones de eliminación o cierre, eBay necesita " "algunos detalles:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -"Una **dirección de correo electrónico** a la cual enviará notificaciones si " -"no puede contactar al punto final de comunicación." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" -msgstr "Los **detalles del punto final de comunicación**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" "La URL del punto final de comunicación de la notificación de eliminación de " "la cuenta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "Un token de verificación" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" "Campos específicos para ingresar los detalles del punto final de " "comunicación." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -"Puede editar los dos últimos campos una vez que complete el campo de " -"dirección de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "Verificar la conectividad con el punto final de comunicación" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -"Después de establecer los detalles del punto final de comunicación obtenidos" -" en el tablero de eBay, considere realizar pruebas de conectividad con el " -"botón de **Enviar notificación de prueba**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -"Debe recibir el siguiente mensaje de confirmación: \"¡Se envió con éxito una" -" notificación de prueba!\"" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "Botón para enviar notificaciones de prueba" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "Usar el método de sincronización actualizado" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene muchos productos, la API de eBay puede rechazar algunas llamadas de" -" sincronización debido a un límite de tiempo que eBay aplica al número de " -"solicitudes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" -"Para solucionar este problema, se desarrolló un nuevo mecanismo de " -"implementación. Sin embargo, este mecanismo actualizado no está habilitado " -"de forma predeterminada para evitar tener ambos sistemas en ejecución " -"paralela en las instalaciones existentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "Para cambiar al nuevo mecanismo de sincronización:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnicos --> Acciones programadas`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" -"Archive las acciones de sincronización antiguas (ambas se llaman *eBay: " -"actualizar estado de producto*)." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" -"Active las nuevas acciones de sincronización, *eBay: recibir nuevas órdenes*" -" que se ejecuta cada 15 minutos de forma predeterminada y *eBay: sincronizar" -" existencias (para la sincronización 'recibir nuevas órdenes')*. Esta última" -" se ejecuta una vez al día de forma predeterminada." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la **siguiente fecha de ejecución** para ambas acciones " -"esté próxima." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" -"A partir de la siguiente fecha de ejecución, se utilizará el nuevo método en" -" lugar del anterior." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de facturación" @@ -14025,403 +15207,762 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gestionar productos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" -msgstr "Cómo importar productos con categorías y variantes" +msgid "Import products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -"En la **herramienta de importación** se proporcionan plantillas de los datos" -" más comunes a importar (contactos, productos, estados de cuenta bancarios, " -"etc.). Puede abrirlas con cualquier software de hoja de cálculo (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Cómo personalizar el archivo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -"Elimine las columnas que no necesita. Sin embargo, recomendamos no eliminar " -"la de *ID* (damos la explicación abajo)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -"Establezca un ID único para cada registro arrastrando la secuencia del ID " -"hacia abajo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" -"No cambie las etiquetas de las columnas que desea importar, ya que Odoo no " -"las reconocerá más, y tendrá que asignarlas manualmente en la pantalla de " -"importación." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Siéntase libre de agregar nuevas columnas, pero los campos deben existir en " -"Odoo. Si Odoo tiene problemas al relacionar el nombre de la columna con un " -"campo, puede relacionarlo de forma manual buscando en una lista de campos " -"disponibles durante la importación." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "¿Por qué usar una columna de “ID”?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -"El ID es un identificador único para cada registro. Puede utilizar uno de su" -" software anterior para facilitar la transición a Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"No es obligatorio establecer un ID al importar, pero es de gran ayuda en " -"muchos casos:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -"Actualizar importaciones: puede importar el mismo archivo varias veces sin " -"crear duplicados." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Importar campos de relación (ver a continuación)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado con muchos otros objetos (por " -"ejemplo, un producto está vinculado a categorías de productos, atributos, " -"proveedores, etc.). Para importar esas relaciones, primero debe importar los" -" registros del objeto relacionado desde su propio menú de lista." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "Variantes de producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" -"Puede hacerlo utilizando el nombre del registro relacionado o su ID. En el " -"caso de que dos registros tengan el mismo nombre, se recomienda utilizar el " -"ID. En tal caso, agregue \" / ID\" al final del título de la columna (por " -"ejemplo, para los atributos del producto: Atributos del producto / Atributo " -"/ ID)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" -"Obtener imágenes de productos de forma automática con Imágenes de Google" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -"Las imágenes del producto son muy útiles en Odoo, por ejemplo, para " -"encontrar rápido un producto o comprobar si escaneó el correcto, pero puede " -"ser un poco difícil configurarlas, sobre todo si tiene muchos productos. La " -"**búsqueda personalizada de Google** permite encontrar imágenes de forma " -"automática para su producto, según su código de barras, así solo se enfoca " -"en lo más importante de su negocio." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Esta funcionalidad necesita que realice configuraciones tanto en Google como" -" en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -"Puede obtener hasta cien imágenes sin costo por día con una cuenta gratuita " -"de Google. Si necesita una cantidad mayor, tendrá que actualizar a una " -"cuenta de facturación." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "Tablero de la API de Google" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " "`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a la página de `Plataforma API Google Cloud & Services " -"`_ para generar credenciales de API" -" para la búsqueda personalizada de Google. Inicie sesión con su cuenta de " -"Google." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Seleccione o cree un proyecto API para almacenar las credenciales. Nómbrelo " -"con un título específico (por ejemplo, imágenes de Odoo)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"En la sección de credenciales, haga clic en **Crear credenciales** y " -"seleccione **Clave API**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "Página de API & Services en Google Cloud Platform." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "Guarde su **clave API**. ¡Deberá utilizarla en Odoo!" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Utilice la barra de búsqueda para buscar la **búsqueda personalizada de " -"API** de Google y selecciónela." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -"Barra de búsqueda que contiene \"búsqueda personalizada de API\" en Google " -"Cloud Platform." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Active la API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"Ventana \"búsqueda personalizada de API\" con el botón Habilitar resaltado " -"en Google Cloud Platform." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" -msgstr "Tablero de Google Programmable Search" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -"Vaya al `Motor de búsqueda programable de Google " -"`_ y haga clic en " -"**Comenzar**. Inicie sesión con su cuenta de Google." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -"Página del motor de búsqueda programable de Google con el botón **Comenzar** en la parte superior derecha\n" -"de la página" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el idioma y el nombre del motor de búsqueda. Nómbrelo con un " -"título específico (por ejemplo, Imágenes de Odoo)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "Tablero de Google Programmable Search" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -"Google no permite crear un motor de búsqueda sin haber introducido al menos " -"un sitio específico para buscar. En este paso puede escribir cualquier sitio" -" web (por ejemplo, www.google.com), lo eliminaremos más tarde." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -"Valide el formulario haciendo clic en **Crear**, después vaya al modo de " -"edición del motor de búsqueda que creó (haciendo clic en **Panel de " -"control** en la página de confirmación o en el nombre de su motor de " -"búsqueda en la página de inicio)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -"En la pestaña de **elementos básicos**, asegúrese de habilitar la **búsqueda" -" de imágenes**, **SafeSearch** y **buscar en toda la web**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" -"Una vez que habilite la opción **buscar en toda la web**, puede eliminar de " -"forma segura el sitio que escribió en el paso anterior." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "¡Guarde su **ID de motor de búsqueda**, deberá utilizarlo en Odoo!" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> Integraciones`, " -"active **Imágenes de Google** y guarde." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -"Ingrese otra vez a :menuselection:`Ajustes--> Ajustes generales --> " -"Integraciones`, ingrese su **clave API** e **ID de motor de búsqueda** en la" -" configuración de **Imágenes de Google** y vuelva a guardar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" -msgstr "Obtenga las imágenes de sus productos de forma automática en Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" -"La acción para obtener las imágenes de sus productos en Odoo de forma " -"automática aparece en cualquier vista de lista de productos o variantes de " -"producto. Esta es una guía detallada para hacerlo desde la aplicación " -"Inventario." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Vaya al menú Productos (:menuselection:`Productos --> Productos` o " -":menuselection:`Productos --> Variantes de producto`) desde cualquier " -"aplicación que utilice productos, como Inventario o Ventas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -"En la vista de lista, seleccione los productos que necesitan una imagen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -"Solo se procesarán los 10,000 primeros productos o variantes de productos " -"seleccionados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Solo se procesarán los productos o variantes de producto con código de " -"barras que no tengan una imagen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona un producto que tiene una o más variantes en la vista de " -"productos, se procesará cada variante que coincida con los criterios " -"anteriores." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." -msgstr "" -"En el menú de acción, seleccione **Obtener imágenes de Imágenes de Google** " -"y valide haciendo clic en **Obtener imágenes**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." -msgstr "Debería ver que el número de imágenes que aparecen va en aumento." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -"Solo las primeras diez imágenes se obtienen en seguida. Si seleccionó más, " -"se irán obteniendo en segundo plano." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -"El trabajo en segundo plano procesa cerca de 100 imágenes por minuto. Si " -"alcanza la cuota autorizada por Google (ya sea con un plan gratuito o de " -"pago), el trabajo en segundo plano se pausará durante 24 horas y continuará " -"donde se detuvo el día anterior." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" @@ -14429,96 +15970,133 @@ msgstr "" "`Cree, modifique o cierre su cuenta de facturación de Google Cloud " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "Variantes de producto" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -"Las variantes de producto se utilizan para dar una variedad de " -"características diferentes, como talla y color, a un producto. Los productos" -" que utilizan variantes pueden gestionarse a nivel de plantilla de producto " -"(para todos los atributos y variantes de ese producto), y/o a nivel de " -"variante (para variantes individuales)." +"Usamos las variantes de producto para que productos únicos tengan diferentes" +" características y opciones que los clientes puedan elegir, como tamaño, " +"estilo, color, entre otras." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, una empresa que vende camisetas puede tener el siguiente " -"producto:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "Camisetas" +"Puede gestionar las variantes de los productos en la plantilla de cada " +"producto, o si va a la página :guilabel:`Variantes de producto` o " +":guilabel:`Atributos`. Todas estas opciones se encuentran dentro de la " +"aplicación *Ventas* de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" +"Una empresa de ropa tiene el siguiente desglose de variantes para una de sus" +" camisetas más vendidas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "Camiseta clásica unisex" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Color: azul, rojo, blanco, negro" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Talla: CH, M, G, XG, XXG" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, la **camiseta** es la plantilla del producto y **camiseta, " -"CH, azul** es una variante del producto. El **color** y la *talla** son los " -"atributos, mientras **CH** y **azul** son los valores." +"Aquí, la **camiseta** es la plantilla del producto y **Camiseta: Azul, S** " +"es una variante de producto específica." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" -"El ejemplo anterior tiene un total de veinte variantes de producto distintas" -" (cinco tallas x cuatro colores). Cada una de ellas tiene su propio " -"inventario, ventas, etc." +"El **tamaño** y el **color** son atributos y las opciones correspondientes " +"(como **azul** y **S**) son los **valores**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "Activar variantes de producto" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Para usar variantes de productos, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas--> " -"Configuración --> Ajustes --> Catálogo del producto`, y active la función " -":guilabel:`Variantes`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar la " -"configuración." +"En este caso, hay un total de veinte variantes de producto diferentes: " +"cuatro opciones de **color** multiplicadas por cinco opciones de **tamaño**." +" Cada variante tiene su propio inventario, total de ventas y otros registros" +" similares en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." -msgstr "Activar variantes de producto" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" -msgstr "Crear atributos" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" +"Para usar variantes de producto, **debe** activar las **variantes** en la " +"aplicación **Ventas** de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Los atributos deben crearse antes de que se puedan configurar las variantes " -"del producto. Puede acceder a los atributos mediante :menuselection:`Ventas " -"--> Configuración --> Productos --> Atributos`." +"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Ventas --> Configuración " +"--> Ajustes`, y ubique la sección :guilabel:`Catálogo de producto` en la " +"parte superior de la página." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" +"En esta sección, marque la caja para activar la funcionalidad " +":guilabel:`Variantes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Imagen sobre la activación de las variantes de productos en la página de " +"ajustes de la aplicación de Ventas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` en la parte superior de la página " +"de :guilabel:`Ajustes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Atributos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" +"Antes de poder configurar las variantes de productos, **debe** crear los " +"atributos. Para crear, gestionar y modificar los atributos, vaya a " +":menuselection:`la aplicación de ventas --> Configuración --> Atributos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " @@ -14529,80 +16107,187 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Punto de venta` y las páginas de :guilabel:`Comercio " "electrónico`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo atributo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Otorgue un " -"nombre al atributo, como \"Color\" o \"Talla.\"" +"Para crear un nuevo atributo desde la página :guilabel:`Atributos` haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Así se mostrará un formulario de atributo en blanco " +"que usted puede personalizar y configurar de varias maneras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." -msgstr "Ventana de creación de atributos." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" +"Un formulario de creación de atributos en blanco en la aplicación Ventas de " +"Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" -"Luego, seleccione un :guilabel:`Tipo de visualización`, que determina cómo " -"se mostrará este producto en la página de :guilabel:`Comercio electrónico`, " -"el tablero de :guilabel:`Punto de venta` y en el :guilabel:`Configurador de " -"productos`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Radio`: las opciones aparecen en una lista de estilos de viñetas." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Selección`: las opciones aparecen en un menú desplegable." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Color`: las opciones aparecen como pequeños cuadrados de colores " -"que muestran cualquier código de color HTML establecido." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "Los tipos de visualización en el configurador de producto." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." -msgstr "" -"El :guilabel:`modo de creación de las variantes` le informa a Odoo cuándo " -"debe crear de manera automática una nueva variante, después de agregar un " -"atributo a un producto." +"Primero, cree un :guilabel:`Nombre de atributo`, como `Color` o `Tamaño`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" +"Después, en el campo opcional :guilabel:`Categoría` seleccione una categoría" +" desde el menú desplegable para agrupar atributos similares dentro de la " +"misma sección para ser más específicos y organizados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" +"Para ver los detalles relacionados a la categoría de atributos seleccionada," +" haga clic en el enlace del símbolo :guilabel:`➡️ (flecha)` que se encuentra" +" a la derecha del campo :guilabel:`Categoría`. Así se mostrará el formulario" +" de detalle de la categoría de ese atributo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" +"Una página de detalles de categoría de atributo estándar a la cual se puede " +"entrar mediante el icono de flecha de enlace interno." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" +"Aquí, el :guilabel:`Nombre de categoría` y la :guilabel:`Secuencia` se " +"muestran en la parte superior, seguido por :guilabel:`atributos " +"relacionados` asociados con la categoría. Puede arrastrar y soltar estos " +"atributos en el orden de prioridad que quiera." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar atributos directamente a la categoría, también puede hacer " +"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una lína`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una categoría de atributo directamente desde este campo, empiece " +"a escribir el nombre de la nueva categoría. Después seleccione " +":guilabel:`Crear` o :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` en el menú desplegable que" +" aparece." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Crear`, se crea la categoría, la cual podrá " +"editar después. Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` se crea la " +"categoría y aparece una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`Crear categoría`, " +"en donde podrá personalizar y configurar la categoría de inmediato. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" +"Abajo del campo :guilabel:`Categoría` están las :guilabel:`Opciones de " +"visualización`. El :guilabel:`tipo de visualización` determina cómo se " +"mostrará el producto en la tienda en línea, en el tablero del " +":guilabel:`Punto de venta` y en el :guilabel:`Configurador del producto`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "Las :guilabel:`Opciones de visualización` son:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: las opciones aparecerán en una lista con botones de " +"opción en la página de productos de la tienda en línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barra`: las opciones aparecerán como botones seleccionables en la" +" página de la tienda en línea del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Seleccionar`: las opciones aparecen en un menú desplegable en la " +"página del producto de la tienda en línea." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Color`: las opciones aparecen como cuadrados pequeños de colores " +"que representarán en la página del producto en la tienda en línea el código " +"de color HTML que se haya seleccionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Tipos de visualización en la configuración del producto en la tienda en " +"línea de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`modo de creación de las variantes` le informa a Odoo " +"cuándo debe crear de manera automática una nueva variante, después de " +"agregar un atributo a un producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Instantáneamente`: crea todas las variantes posibles tan pronto " "como se agregan atributos y valores a una plantilla de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dinámicamente`: crea variantes solo cuando se agregan atributos y" -" valores correspondientes a una orden de venta." +":guilabel:`Dinámicamente`: crea variantes **solo** cuando se agregan " +"atributos y valores correspondientes a una orden de venta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nunca`: nunca crea variantes de manera automática." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nunca (opción)`: nunca crea variantes de manera automática." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." @@ -14610,55 +16295,120 @@ msgstr "" "El :guilabel:`modo de creación de las variantes` de un atributo no se puede " "editar después de que se agregó a un producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -"Los valores deben agregarse a un atributo antes de guardar, pero si es " -"necesario se pueden agregar más después. Para agregar un valor, haga clic en" -" :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`. Desde allí, puede:" +"Por último, el campo :guilabel:`Visibilidad del filtro de comercio " +"electrónico` determina si las opciones de este atributo serán visibles para " +"el cliente desde el frontend cuando estén comprando en la tienda en línea." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." -msgstr "Escribir el nombre del valor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Marcar una casilla para indicar si el valor es personalizado (es decir, el " -"cliente proporciona especificaciones únicas)." +":guilabel:`Visible`: los clientes pueden ver los atributos de los valores " +"desde el frontend." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Para los colores, agregar un código de color HTML que facilite a los " -"vendedores y clientes saber qué están seleccionando." +":guilabel:`Oculto`: los clientes no pueden ver los atributes de valores " +"desde el frontend." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" +msgstr "Valores de atributos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." msgstr "" -"Puede seleccionar un código de color arrastrando el control deslizante o " -"escribiendo un código de color HTML específico (por ejemplo, #FF0077)." +"Los valores de los atributos se tienen que agregar en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Valores de atributo`. Puede agregar valores a un atributo a la " +"vez si así lo necesita." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un valor, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Valores de atributo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" +"Después, ingrese el nombre del valor en la columna :guilabel:`Valor`. " +"Después, marque la casilla en la columna :guilabel:`Es valor personalizado`," +" si el valor es personalizado (es decir, el cliente brindará " +"especificaciones únicas para este valor en específico)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona el :guilabel:`Tipo de visualización` - :guilabel:`Color`, " +"aparecerá la opción para para agregar un código de color HTML en el lado " +"derecho de la línea de valor, para que sea más fácil para los vendedores y " +"clientes saber exactamente qué opción están seleccionando." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." -msgstr "Seleccionar un color." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` para terminar de crear el " -"atributo." +"La pestaña de valores de atributo cuando se hace clic en agregar una línea, " +"donde se muestran columnas personalizadas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Para elegir un color, haga clic en el círculo en blanco en la columna " +":guilabel:`Color`, lo cual mostrará una ventana emergente para seleccionar " +"el color HTML." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" +"Selección de un color desde la ventana emergente para seleccionar HTML que " +"aparece en el formulario del atributo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" +"En esta ventana emergente, seleccione un color específico, solo tiene que " +"arrastrar el seleccionador de color al tono que quiera y hacer clic para " +"confirmar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" +"O seleccione un color específico, haga clic en el icono de *gotero* y " +"seleccione el color deseado que pueda hacer clic en la pantalla." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." @@ -14666,54 +16416,99 @@ msgstr "" "También puede crear atributos desde la plantilla de producto. Agregue una " "nueva línea y escriba el nombre en la pestaña :guilabel:`Variantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -"Después de agregar un atributo a un producto, aparece una nueva pestaña en " -"la página del atributo con el título :guilabel:`Productos relacionados`. " -"Esta pestaña muestra todos los productos de la base de datos que están " -"utilizando el atributo." +"Una vez que se agrega un atributo a un producto, ese producto se enlista y " +"se puede acceder con el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Productos " +"relacionados`. Ese botón enlista todos los productos en la base de datos que" +" están utilizando el atributo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "Crear variantes de producto" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -"Después de crear un atributo, úselo para crear una variante de producto. " -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Productos`. Luego, " -"seleccione un producto existente y hage clic en :guilabel:`Editar`, o cree " -"un nuevo producto haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Crear`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." -msgstr "" -"El botón inteligente :guilabel:`Variantes` en la parte superior de la " -"plantilla del producto indica el número de variantes configuradas en el " +"Una vez que se crea el atributo, úselo (junto con sus valores) para crear " +"una variante de producto. Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación" +" Ventas --> Productos --> Productos` y seleccione un producto existente para" +" ver el formulario de producto deseado. O, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` " +"para crear un producto nuevo al que le puede agregar una variante de " "producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -"Para agregar una nueva variante, haga clic en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Variantes` y luego en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` para agregar " -"cualquier atributo y valor. Cuando haya agregado todos, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`guardar`." +"En el formulario de producto, haga clic en le pestaña :guilabel:`Atributos y" +" variantes` para ver, gestionar y modificar los atributos y valores del " +"producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"La pestaña de atributos y valores en un producto común en Ventas de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un atributo a un producto, y valores de atributo subsecuentes, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea` en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Atributos y valores`. Después, seleccione el atributo deseado del" +" menú desplegable que aparece." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" +"Puede crear atributos directamente desde la pestaña :guilabel:`Atributos y " +"variantes` del formulario de producto. Para hacerlo, primero escriba el " +"nombre del nuevo atributo en el campo en blanco y seleccione ya sea " +":guilabel:`Crear` o :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` desde el menú desplegable " +"que aparece." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Crear`, se crea el atributo, el cual podrá " +"editar después. Si hace clic en :guilabel:`Crear y editar...` se crea el " +"atributo y aparece una ventana emergente para :guilabel:`Crear el atributo`," +" en donde podrá personalizar y configurar la categoría de inmediato. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que seleccione un atributo en la columna :guilabel:`Atributo` " +"seleccione los valores específicos de atributo que tiene que aplicar en el " +"producto, desde el menú desplegable disponible en la columna " +":guilabel:`Valores`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "No hay límite sobre cuántos valores puede agregar." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." @@ -14721,143 +16516,171 @@ msgstr "" "Puede acceder a procesos de creación de variantes para productos similares a" " través de las aplicaciones Compra, Inventario y Comercio electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" -msgstr "Gestionar exclusiones de producto" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" +msgstr "Configurar variantes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" -"Los siguientes ejemplos se basan en una plantilla de producto que tiene dos " -"atributos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "Camiseta" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "Color: azul, rojo, blanco" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" -"Con la plantilla del producto anterior, tenemos 15 variantes diferentes de " -"camisetas en tres colores diferentes y cinco tallas también diferentes. Si " -"las camisetas blancas no están disponibles en talla XXL, esa variante se " -"puede desactivar. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" -"Para desactivar una variante de producto específica, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Productos` y seleccione el producto" -" relevante. Luego, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Configurar` que está " -"junto al valor del atributo correspondiente. Luego seleccione el valor " -"correspondiente (en este caso, el atributo :guilabel:`Color blanco`), y haga" -" clic en :guilabel:`Editar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." -msgstr "" -"En la sección :guilabel:`Excluir para`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una " -"línea` y seleccione los productos y/o valores de atributo específicos que no" -" estén disponibles en ese momento. Finalmente, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar la configuración, y Odoo mostrará " -"automáticamente la variante de producto como no disponible en la página del " -"comercio electrónico." +"A la derecha de la línea de atributo está el botón :guilabel:`Configurar`. " +"Al hacer clic, Odoo mostrará una página separada con esos :guilabel:`Valores" +" de variantes de producto` específicos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "Exclusión de atributos. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Establecer un precio por variante" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -"Puede agregar costos adicionales al precio estándar del producto para " -"variantes específicas del producto. " +"Puede acceder a la página Valores de variantes de producto con el botón " +"Configurar en un formulario de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -"Para hacer esto, abra :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos --> Productos`, y" -" haga clic en el producto que desea. Después, haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Configurar variantes` para acceder a la lista de valores de " -"variantes del producto. " +"Aquí puede ver el nombre específico de :guilabel:`Valor`, :guilabel:`Índice " +"de color HTML` (si aplica) y el :guilabel:`Valor del precio adicional`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." msgstr "" -"Luego, haga clic en el valor de una variante y en :guilabel:`Editar`. En el " -"campo :guilabel:`Precio adicional del valor`, ponga el costo adicional para " -"este valor particular, esta cantidad se agrega al precio estándar. " -"Finalmente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar el precio " -"adicional al valor. " +"El :guilabel:`Valor de precio adicional` representa cuánto aumentará el " +"precio de venta si se selecciona el atributo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se hace clic en la página :guilabel:`Valores de variantes de " +"producto` Odoo mostrará una página a parte donde verá los detalles " +"relacionados a los valores." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." -msgstr "Establecer un costo adicional al valor. " +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." +msgstr "" +"Una página de valores de la variante de producto a la que se puede acceder a" +" través de la página general Valores de variantes de producto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" +"En esa página de detalles de la variante específica podrá encontrar los " +"campos :guilabel:`Valor` y :guilabel:`Valores de variantes de producto`, así" +" como un campo :guilabel:`Excluir para`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Excluir para` puede agregar :guilabel:`Plantillas de " +"producto` y :guilabel:`Valores de atributo` específicos. Al hacerlo, este " +"valor de atributo específico se excluirá de esos productos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "Botón inteligente de variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" +"Cuando un producto tiene atributos y variantes configurados en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Atributos y variantes`, aparecerá un botón :guilabel:`Variantes` " +"en la parte superior del formulario del producto. El botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Variantes` indica cuántas variantes están configuradas en ese " +"producto en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"El botón inteligente de variantes en la parte superior del formulario de " +"producto en Ventas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se hace clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Variantes`, Odoo " +"mostrará una página separa donde podrá ver todas las combinaciones de " +"variantes de productos configuradas" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a la página de variantes mediante el botón inteligente " +"variantes en el formulario de producto de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impacto de variantes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Además de ofrecer opciones de productos más detalladas a los clientes, las " +"variantes de producto tienen sus propios impactos y puede aprovecharlas en " +"toda la base de datos de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Código de barras`: los códigos de baras están relacionados con " -"cada variante vez de estarlo con la plantilla del producto. Cada variante " -"individual puede tener su propio código de barras/SKU único. " +":guilabel:`Código de barras`: los códigos de barra están asociados con cada " +"variante en lugar de cada plantilla de producto. Cada variante individual " +"puede tener su propio código de barras o SKU." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Precio`: cada variante de producto tiene su propio precio " -"público, que es la suma del precio de la plantilla del producto y cualquier " -"costo adicional por atributos particulares. Por ejemplo, el precio de una " -"camiseta roja es de $23 porque el precio que aparece en la plantilla de la " -"camiseta es de $20 mas $3 adicionales por la variante de color rojo. Las " -"reglas de las listas de precios se pueden configurar para que se apliquen a " -"la plantilla del producto o a la variante. " +"público, el cual es la suma de la plantilla del producto *y* cargos " +"adicionales para atributos particulares." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" +"El precio de una playera roja es $23, porque el precio en la plantilla de la" +" playera es $20, más unos $3 adicionales por la variante del color rojo. Las" +" reglas de la lista de precios se pueden configurar para aplicarse a la " +"plantilla del producto, o a la variante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" @@ -14868,14 +16691,14 @@ msgstr "" "inventario refleja la suma de todas las variantes, pero el inventario real " "se calcula según las variantes individuales. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Imagen`: cada variante de producto puede tener su propia imagen " "específica. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." @@ -14883,6 +16706,10 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios a la plantilla del producto se aplican automáticamente a cada " "variante de ese producto. " +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr ":doc:`importar`" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "Devoluciones y reembolsos" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 8776ebeff..6e260a4cc 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -5279,13 +5279,9 @@ msgstr "Ajustes del proyecto" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Ttoriales de Odoo: Personalice su proyecto " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 1beb079ea..34a2a0d7a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -15,22 +15,22 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Pablo Rojas , 2023 # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Francisco de la Peña , 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -42,6 +42,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Sitios web" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "Comercio electrónico" @@ -5476,21 +5748,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -"Para poder rastrear la ubicación geográfica de los visitantes debe instalar " -":guilabel:`GeoIP` en la base de datos. Esta función se instala de forma " -"predeterminada en *Odoo en línea*, en las bases de datos *locales* debe " -"realizar algunos :doc:`pasos de configuración " -"` adicionales." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " @@ -5501,7 +5766,7 @@ msgstr "" " Puede agregar este código a un sitio web para proporcionar acceso a una " "ventana de chat en vivo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -5513,7 +5778,7 @@ msgstr "" "sección :guilabel:`Chat en vivo`, seleccione el canal que agregará al sitio " "y, por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " @@ -5524,7 +5789,7 @@ msgstr "" "pestaña :guilabel:`Widget` y pegue el código en la etiqueta `` del " "sitio." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -5540,11 +5805,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "Vista de la pestaña \"widget\" en la aplicación Chat en vivo de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "Participar en una conversación" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " @@ -5555,11 +5820,11 @@ msgstr "" "siguiente información describe los pasos necesarios para los operadores que " "participan en conversaciones de chat en vivo en una base de datos de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "Seleccionar un nombre para el chat" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " @@ -5569,7 +5834,7 @@ msgstr "" "participar en un chat en vivo, este es el nombre que los visitantes del " "sitio verán en la conversación." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -5588,7 +5853,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "Vista de la opción Mi perfil en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." @@ -5597,7 +5862,7 @@ msgstr "" " nombre que aparecerá de forma predeterminada será su :guilabel:`nombre de " "usuario`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -5614,11 +5879,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vista del perfil de usuario en Odoo, se resalta el campo de nombre de chat " "en línea." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "Unirse o abandonar un canal" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " @@ -5628,7 +5893,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Chat en vivo` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`UNIRSE` de " "la tarjeta kanban del canal correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -5643,7 +5908,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de un formulario de canal y la opción de unirse a un canal en la " "aplicación Chat en vivo de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " @@ -5653,11 +5918,11 @@ msgstr "" "de treinta minutos se considerarán desconectados y serán eliminados del " "canal." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "Gestionar solicitudes del chat en vivo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -5669,7 +5934,7 @@ msgstr "" "encuentren en la base de datos, ya que pueden interactuar en conversaciones " "sin salir de su ubicación actual." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -5682,7 +5947,7 @@ msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" "Vista de la barra de menú en Odoo, se destaca el icono Conversaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -5701,7 +5966,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vista de la aplicación Conversaciones con un mensaje enviado a través del " "chat en vivo de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " @@ -5711,7 +5976,7 @@ msgstr "" " abrirá la conversación. Desde esta vista, un operador puede participar en " "el chat de la misma forma en que lo haría en cualquier ventana de chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" @@ -5719,7 +5984,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Empezar a usar Conversaciones " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" @@ -7159,6 +7424,123 @@ msgstr "" "crear sitios web geniales que conviertan a los visitantes en leads e " "ingresos." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "Barra de cookies" @@ -7717,136 +8099,6 @@ msgstr "" "sitio web si es necesario. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agrupar por --> Sitio " "web`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "Instalación de GeoIP (bases de datos con alojamiento local)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalación" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que la instalación depende del sistema operativo y la " -"distribución de su computadora. Asumiremos que utiliza Linux." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" -"Instale la biblioteca `geoip2 `__ de " -"Python " - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" -"Descargue la `base de datos GeoLite2 City " -"`_, debe tener un archivo " -"llamado ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "Mueva el archivo a la carpeta ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "Reinicie el servidor" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Si no puede o no desea localizar la base de datos geoip en " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, puede utilizar la opción ``-geoip-db``` de la " -"interfaz de línea de comandos de Odoo. Esta opción toma la ruta absoluta al " -"archivo de base de datos GeoIP y la usa como base de datos GeoIP. Por " -"ejemplo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr ":doc:`Documentación de la CLI `" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" -"También se puede utilizar la biblioteca ``GeoIP`` de Python. Sin embargo, " -"esta versión está obsoleta desde el 1 de enero. Consulte `Las bases de " -"datos GeoLite Legacy ya no están disponibles " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "Cómo probar la geolocalización GeoIP en su sitio web de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a su sitio web y abra la página web en la que desea probar ``GeoIP``." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "Seleccione :menuselection:`Personalizar --> Editor HTML/CSS/JS`." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "Agregue el siguiente fragmento de XML en la página:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" -"Debe obtener como resultado un diccionario que indique la ubicación de la " -"dirección IP." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" -"Si las llaves están vacías ``{}``, puede ser por cualquiera de los " -"siguientes motivos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" -"La dirección IP de navegación es el localhost (``127.0.0.1``) o una red de " -"área local (``192.168.*.*``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" -"Si se utiliza un proxy inverso, asegúrese de configurarlo correctamente. " -"Consulte :option:`modo proxy `" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" -"``geoip2`` no está instalada o no se encontró el archivo de base de datos " -"GeoIP " - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" -"La base de datos GeoIP no pudo determinar la dirección IP proporcionada" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3 en los formularios" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 686fe5cc0..135f612ed 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -16,19 +16,19 @@ # Richard Mathot , 2023 # Khadija Mbazaa , 2023 # Rémi CAZENAVE, 2023 -# Cécile Collart , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Cécile Collart , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1910,6 +1910,141 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous n'avez pas accès/ne gérez pas votre serveur de messagerie, utilisez " ":ref:`messages entrants `." +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter que l'installation dépend du système d'exploitation et de la " +"distribution de votre ordinateur. Nous supposerons que vous utilisez un " +"système d'exploitation Linux." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" +"Installer la bibliothèque Python de `geoip2 " +"`__ " + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" +"Télécharger la `base de données GeoLite2 City " +"`_. Vous devriez obtenir un " +"fichier appelé \"GeoLite2-City.mmdb\"." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "Déplacer le fichier vers le dossier ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "Redémarrer le serveur" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne pouvez/voulez pas localiser la base de données GeoIP dans " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, vous pouvez utiliser l'option ``--geoip-db`` de " +"l'interface de ligne de commande de Odoo. Cette option prend le chemin " +"absolu vers le fichier de la base de données GeoIP et l'utilise comme base " +"de données GeoIP. Par exemple :" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr ":doc:`documentation CLI `." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" +"La bibliothèque Python ``GeoIP`` peut également être utilisée. Cependant " +"cette version est abandonnée depuis le 1er janvier. Voir `Les bases de " +"données GeoLite Legacy sont désormais abandonnées. " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" +"Allez à votre site web. Ouvrez la page web sur laquelle vous voulez tester " +"``GeoIP``." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "Choisissez :menuselection:`Personnaliser --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "Ajoutez le morceau de XML suivant dans la page :" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez vous retrouver avec un dictionnaire indiquant l'emplacement de " +"l'adresse IP." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" +"Si les accolades sont vides ``{}``, cela peut être pour l'une des raisons " +"suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" +"L'adresse IP de navigation est le localhost (127.0.0.1) ou un réseau local " +"(192.168.*.*)." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" +"Si un proxy inversé est utilisé, assurez-vous de le configurer correctement." +" Voir :option:`mode proxy `." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" +"``geoip2`` n'est pas installé ou le fichier de la base de données GeoIP n'a " +"pas été trouvé" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "La base de données GeoIP n'a pas pu résoudre l'adresse IP donnée." + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "Online" @@ -1940,8 +2075,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" @@ -4028,8 +4163,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -6255,12 +6390,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Supprimer`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" @@ -11482,19 +11617,19 @@ msgstr "Migrer d'un autre ERP vers Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -"Si votre base de données contient un **module personnalisé**, vous devez " -"d'abord mettre à niveau son code source pour qu'il soit compatible avec la " -"nouvelle version d'Odoo **avant de procéder à la mise à niveau**." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "La mise à niveau en quelques mots" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." @@ -11502,7 +11637,14 @@ msgstr "" "Demandez une base de données test mise à niveau (voir :ref:`obtenir une base" " de données test mise à niveau `)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." @@ -11510,7 +11652,7 @@ msgstr "" "Testez minutieusement la base de données mise à niveau (voir :ref:`tester la" " nouvelle version de la base de données `)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." @@ -11518,15 +11660,7 @@ msgstr "" "Signalez à Odoo tout problème rencontré pendant les tests via la `page " "d'assistance `__." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"(Le cas échéant) : mettez à niveau le code source de votre module " -"personnalisé pour qu'il soit compatible avec la nouvelle version d'Odoo." - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " @@ -11537,7 +11671,7 @@ msgstr "" "principale sans aucun problème, planifiez la mise à niveau de votre base de " "données de production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " @@ -11547,7 +11681,7 @@ msgstr "" "rend indisponible pendant la durée du processus (voir :ref:`mettre à niveau " "la base de données de production `)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." @@ -11555,11 +11689,11 @@ msgstr "" "Signalez à Odoo tout problème rencontré pendant la mise à niveau via la " "`page d'assistance `__." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "Obtenir une base de données test mise à niveau" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -11574,7 +11708,7 @@ msgstr "" "Online `_, ou de votre `projet Odoo.sh " "`_." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -11587,7 +11721,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ pour en savoir plus sur la façon dont Odoo " "traite vos données et votre vie privée." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." @@ -11595,7 +11729,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les bases de données d'Odoo Online peuvent être mises à niveau manuellement " "via le `gestionnaire de base de données `_." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -11613,7 +11747,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le gestionnaire de base de données avec un bouton de mise à niveau à côté du" " nom d'une base de données." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" @@ -11621,21 +11755,21 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur la **flèche dans un cercle** pour lancer le processus de mise à " "niveau. Dans la fenêtre contextuelle, remplissez les champs suivants :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" "La **version** d'Odoo vers laquelle vous souhaitez vous mettre à niveau, " "généralement la version la plus récente" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" "L'adresse **email** qui doit recevoir le lien vers la base de données mise à" " niveau" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -11647,7 +11781,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "La fenêtre contextuelle \"Mettre à niveau votre base de données\"." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -11668,7 +11802,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le fait de cliquer sur la flèche déroulante affiche la base de données test " "mise à niveau." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -11680,7 +11814,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "Projet et onglets Odoo.sh" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." @@ -11688,7 +11822,7 @@ msgstr "" "La **dernière sauvegarde automatique quotidienne de production** est envoyée" " à la `plateforme de mise à niveau `_." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -11708,7 +11842,7 @@ msgstr "" " votre nouvelle version staging mise à niveau en allant à " ":file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -11723,12 +11857,18 @@ msgstr "" "construite dès qu'elle est transférée de la plateforme de mise à niveau, et " "le mode de mise à niveau est quitté." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "On-premise" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" @@ -11737,7 +11877,7 @@ msgstr "" "ligne de commande suivante sur la machine sur laquelle la base de données " "est hébergée :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" @@ -11745,7 +11885,7 @@ msgstr "" "La commande suivante peut être utilisée pour afficher l'aide générale et les" " commandes principales :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." @@ -11753,7 +11893,15 @@ msgstr "" "Une base de données test mise à niveau peut également être demandée via la " "`Page de mise à niveau `_." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." @@ -11761,7 +11909,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour des raisons de sécurité, seule la personne qui a soumis la demande de " "mise à niveau peut la télécharger." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " @@ -11771,7 +11919,7 @@ msgstr "" "serveur de mise à niveau sans filestore. Par conséquent, la base de données " "mise à niveau ne contient pas le filestore de production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " @@ -11781,15 +11929,15 @@ msgstr "" "doit être fusionné avec le mémoire fichier de production pour pouvoir " "effectuer des tests dans les mêmes conditions que dans la nouvelle version." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "La base de données mise à niveau contient :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "Un fichier `dump.sql` contenant la base de données mise à niveau" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -11804,7 +11952,7 @@ msgstr "" "s'agit du dossier qui doit être fusionné avec le mémoire fichier de " "production afin d'obtenir le mémoire fichier complet mis à jour." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." @@ -11812,7 +11960,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez demander plusieurs bases de données de test si vous voulez " "tester la mise à niveau plus d'une fois." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -11827,11 +11975,11 @@ msgstr "" "informations importantes sur les changements introduits par la nouvelle " "version." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "Tester la nouvelle version de la base de données" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " @@ -11842,7 +11990,7 @@ msgstr "" "quotidiennes par un changement de vue, de comportement ou par un message " "d'erreur lorsque la mise à niveau sera opérationnelle." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" @@ -11851,11 +11999,11 @@ msgstr "" "sont désactivées pour éviter qu'elles n'aient un impact sur la base de " "données de production :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "Les actions planifiées sont désactivées." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." @@ -11863,14 +12011,14 @@ msgstr "" "Les serveurs de messagerie sortants sont désactivés en archivant les " "serveurs existants et en ajoutant un faux serveur." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" "Les fournisseurs de paiement et les transporteurs sont réinitialisés dans " "l'environnement de test." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " @@ -11880,7 +12028,7 @@ msgstr "" "synchronisation, contactez votre fournisseur de synchronisation bancaire " "pour obtenir des identifiants sandbox." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " @@ -11890,11 +12038,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour s'assurer qu'ils fonctionnent correctement et pour se familiariser avec" " la nouvelle version." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "Check-list des tests de base" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" @@ -11902,20 +12050,20 @@ msgstr "" "Il y a-t-il des vues qui sont désactivées dans votre base de données de " "test, mais actives dans votre base de données de production ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "Vos vues habituelles s'affichent-elles correctement ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" "Vos rapports (facture, commande, etc.) sont-ils correctement générés ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "Les pages de votre site web fonctionnent-elles correctement ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" @@ -11924,23 +12072,23 @@ msgstr "" "(commandes, factures, bons de commande, utilisateurs, contacts, sociétés, " "etc.)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "Rencontrez-vous des problèmes avec vos modèles d'email ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "Rencontrez-vous des problèmes avec les traductions enregistrées ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "Vos filtres de recherche sont-ils toujours présents ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "Pouvez-vous exporter vos données ?" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" @@ -11951,15 +12099,15 @@ msgstr "" "(catégorie de produit, prix de vente, coût, fournisseur, comptes, routes, " "etc.)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "Acheter ce produit (application Achats)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "Confirmer la réception de ce produit (application Inventaire)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." @@ -11967,11 +12115,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vérifier si la route pour recevoir ce produit est la même dans votre base de" " données de production (application Inventaire)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "Vendre ce produit (application Ventes) à un client aléatoire." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." @@ -11979,11 +12127,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ouvrir votre base de données client (application Contacts), sélectionner un " "client (ou une société) et vérifier ses données." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "Expédier ce produit (application Inventaire)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." @@ -11991,12 +12139,12 @@ msgstr "" "Vérifier si la route pour expédier ce produit est la même que dans votre " "base de données de production (application Inventaire)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" "Valider la facture d'un client (application Facturation ou Comptabilité)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." @@ -12004,11 +12152,11 @@ msgstr "" "Créditer la facture (émettre un avoir) et vérifier si le comportement est le" " même que dans votre base de données de production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "Vérifier les résultats de vos rapports (application Comptabilité)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." @@ -12016,7 +12164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vérifier vos taxes, devises, comptes bancaires et exercice fiscal de manière" " aléatoire (application Comptabilité)." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " @@ -12027,7 +12175,7 @@ msgstr "" "vérifier si le comportement est le même que dans votre base de données de " "production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." @@ -12035,7 +12183,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cette liste n'est **pas** exhaustive. Étendez l'exemple à vos autres " "applications en fonction de votre utilisation d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -12052,7 +12200,7 @@ msgstr "" "de test pour y remédier avant de mettre à niveau votre base de données de " "production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -12067,15 +12215,15 @@ msgstr "" " est de la responsabilité du mainteneur de votre module personnalisé de le " "rendre compatible avec la nouvelle version d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "N'oubliez pas de tester :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "Les intégrations avec les logiciels externes (EDI, APIs, etc.)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" @@ -12083,15 +12231,15 @@ msgstr "" "Les flux de travail entre différentes applications (ventes en ligne avec " "eCommerce, convertir une piste en commande, livraison de produits, etc.)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "Les exports de données" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "Les actions automatisées" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" @@ -12099,11 +12247,11 @@ msgstr "" "Les actions serveur dans le menu d'action sur les formulaires, ainsi qu'en " "sélectionnant plusieurs enregistrements sur les vues de liste." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "Mettre à niveau la base de données de production" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -12118,7 +12266,7 @@ msgstr "" "analystes de l'assistance à la mise à niveau d'Odoo, joignable via la `page " "d'assistance `__." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " @@ -12128,35 +12276,28 @@ msgstr "" " niveau. Par conséquent, nous vous recommandons de planifier la mise à " "niveau à un moment où l'utilisation de la base de données est minimale." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -"Comme les scripts de mise à niveau standard et votre base de données sont en" -" évolution constante, il est également recommandé de demander fréquemment " -"une autre base de données de test mise à niveau pour s'assurer que le " -"processus de mise à niveau est toujours réussi, en particulier s'il prend " -"beaucoup de temps à se terminer. Il est également recommandé de répéter " -"entièrement le processus de mise à niveau la veille de la mise à niveau de " -"la base de données de production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" "La mise en production sans avoir effectué de tests préalables peut entraîner" " :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" "Des utilisateurs qui ne s'adaptent pas aux changements et aux nouvelles " "fonctionnalités" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" @@ -12164,7 +12305,7 @@ msgstr "" "Des interruptions d'activité (par ex. ne plus avoir la possibilité de " "valider une action)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" @@ -12172,7 +12313,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une mauvaise expérience client (par ex. un site web d'eCommerce qui ne " "fonctionne pas correctement)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." @@ -12181,7 +12322,7 @@ msgstr "" "similaire à la mise à niveau d'une base de données de test avec quelques " "exceptions." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " @@ -12192,7 +12333,7 @@ msgstr "" "de finalité, qui doit être définie sur :guilabel:`Production` au lieu de " ":guilabel:`Test`." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " @@ -12202,7 +12343,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponible jusqu'à la fin de la mise à niveau. Une fois le processus " "terminé, il est impossible de revenir à la version précédente." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -12215,7 +12356,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "Vue de l'onglet Mise à niveau" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -12228,7 +12369,7 @@ msgstr "" "a pas de modules personnalisés, le processus de mise à niveau est déclenché " "immédiatement." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -12240,18 +12381,16 @@ msgstr "" "le fait pour une mise à jour régulière. En cas de réussite, une sauvegarde " "de la base de données avant la mise à niveau est créée." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -"La mise à jour de vos modules personnalisés doit être réussie pour que le " -"processus de mise à niveau soit complet. Assurez-vous que votre mise à " -"niveau de simulation affiche le statut :guilabel:`réussite` avant de " -"l'essayer en production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " @@ -12261,7 +12400,7 @@ msgstr "" "similaire à celle de la mise à niveau d'une base de données de test à " "l'exception de l'argument `test`, qui doit être remplacé par `production`:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -12276,7 +12415,7 @@ msgstr "" " C'est la raison pour laquelle nous vous recommandons de ne pas l'utiliser " "pendant le processus de mise à niveau." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -12288,7 +12427,7 @@ msgstr "" "mémoire fichier de la base de données mise à niveau doit être fusionné avec " "le mémoire fichier de production avant de déployer la nouvelle version." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -12300,11 +12439,11 @@ msgstr "" "`__ en sélectionnant l'option " "relative à la mise à niveau en production." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "Accord de niveau de service (SLA)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " @@ -12315,7 +12454,7 @@ msgstr "" "nécessaire pour rectifier les écarts potentiels dans la base de données mise" " à niveau." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " @@ -12326,11 +12465,11 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. Cependant, cette section " "clarifie les services de mise à niveau auxquels vous pouvez vous attendre." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "Services de mise à niveau couverts par le SLA" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" @@ -12339,11 +12478,11 @@ msgstr "" " et Odoo.sh) ou hébergées sur vos serveurs (On-Premise) bénéficient des " "services de mise à niveau suivants à tout moment :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "la mise à niveau de toutes les **applications standards** ;" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " @@ -12353,7 +12492,7 @@ msgstr "" " Studio**, tant que Studio reste installée et que l'abonnement correspondant" " est toujours actif ; et" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." @@ -12361,7 +12500,7 @@ msgstr "" "la mise à niveau de tous les **développements et personnalisations couverts " "par un abonnement de maintenance des personnalisations**." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" @@ -12371,22 +12510,22 @@ msgstr "" "l'adaptation d'une base de données (modules et données standards) pour les " "rendre compatibles avec la version ciblée par la mise à niveau." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "Services de mise à niveau non couverts par le SLA" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "Les services de mise à niveau suivants ne sont **pas** inclus :" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" "le **nettoyage** des données et des configurations préexistantes lors de la " "mise à niveau ;" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" @@ -12394,7 +12533,7 @@ msgstr "" "la mise à niveau des **modules personnalisés créés en interne ou par des " "tiers**, y compris les partenaires d'Odoo ;" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " @@ -12405,16 +12544,16 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement et les :ref:`actions automatisées utilisant le code Python " "` ; et" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" "la **formation** à l'utilisation des fonctionnalités et des flux de travail " "de la version mise à jour." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr ":doc:`Documentation Odoo.sh `" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr ":doc:`Versions d'Odoo prises en charge `" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f6ee2ccca..58b57a97b 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibles et mis à jour en temps réel :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Rapports financiers" @@ -1225,14 +1225,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Cette déconnexion peut être causée par l'assistance d'Odoo. Dans ce cas, " -"veuillez contacter l'`Assistance d'Odoo `_ " -"directement avec votre identifiant client ou la référence de l'erreur " -"répertoriée dans le chatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -3493,8 +3489,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -7925,7 +7921,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -8038,9 +8034,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Types de compte" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilan" @@ -8759,7 +8755,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "Total à payer" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Rapprochement bancaire" @@ -9044,7 +9039,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -9356,42 +9351,30 @@ msgstr "Paiements" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les paiements peuvent soit être liés automatiquement à une " -"facture client ou une facture fournisseur, soit être des enregistrements " -"autonomes à utiliser ultérieurement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" -"Si un paiement est **lié à une facture client ou une facture fournisseur**, " -"il réduit le montant dû de la facture. Plusieurs paiements peuvent être liés" -" à la même facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" -"Si un paiement n'est **pas lié à une facture client ou fournisseur**, le " -"client a un crédit en suspens auprès de votre entreprise ou votre entreprise" -" a un débit en suspens auprès d'un fournisseur. Vous pouvez utiliser ces " -"montants en suspens pour payer des factures clients/fournisseurs impayées." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr ":doc:`Virements internes `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -9411,76 +9394,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` sur une facture" -" client ou une facture fournisseur, cela génère une nouvelle écriture " -"comptable et modifie le montant dû en fonction du montant payé. La " -"contrepartie est reflétée dans un compte de paiements entrants/sortants en " -"suspens. À ce stade, la facture client ou la facture fournisseur est marquée" -" comme :guilabel:`En paiement`. Ensuite, lorsque le montant en suspens est " -"rapproché avec une ligne de relevé bancaire, la facture client ou " -"fournisseur passe au statut :guilabel:`Payé`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -"L'icône d'information située près de la ligne de paiement affiche plus " -"d'informations sur le paiement. Vous pouvez accéder à des informations " -"supplémentaires, telles que le journal associé, en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Voir`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" -msgstr "Voir les informations détaillées d'un paiement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -"La facture client ou la facture fournisseur doit avoir le statut " -":guilabel:`Comptabilisé` pour enregistrer le paiement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement`, vous pouvez " -"sélectionner le montant à payer et effectuer un paiement partiel ou " -"intégral." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" -"Si votre compte bancaire principal est défini comme un :ref:`compte en " -"suspens `, et le paiement est effectué dans Odoo " -"(non associé à un relevé bancaire), les factures clients et fournisseurs " -"sont directement enregistrées sous le statut :guilabel:`Payé`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez annulé le lettrage d'un paiement, il apparaît toujours dans vos" -" livres, mais il n'est plus lié à la facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " @@ -9490,7 +9437,7 @@ msgstr "" "différente, une écriture comptable est automatiquement créée pour " "enregistrer le montant des gains/pertes de change (extourne)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" @@ -9501,112 +9448,94 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement créée pour enregistrement le montant de la TVA sur " "encaissements (extourne)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" "Enregistrer des paiements non associés à une facture client ou fournisseur" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un nouveau paiement est enregistré via le menu " -":menuselection:`Clients / Fournisseurs --> Paiements`, il n'est pas " -"directement associé à une facture client ou fournisseur. Au lieu de cela, le" -" compte client ou le compte fournisseur est associé au compte en suspens " -"jusqu'à ce qu'il est manuellement lettré à la facture client ou fournisseur " -"associée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "Lettrer les factures clients et fournisseurs aux paiements" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" -"Une bannière bleue apparaît lorsque vous validez une nouvelle facture client" -" ou fournisseur et qu'il existe un paiement en suspens pour ce client ou " -"fournisseur spécifique. Il peut facilement être lettré à la facture client " -"ou fournisseur en cliquant sur :guilabel:`AJOUTER` sous :guilabel:`Crédits " -"en suspens` ou :guilabel:`Débits en suspens`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -"Affiche l'option AJOUTER pour lettrer une facture client ou une facture " -"fournisseur à un paiement" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -"La facture client ou fournisseur est à présent marquée comme :guilabel:`En " -"paiement` jusqu'à ce qu'elle est rapprochée du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "Paiements par lot" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -"Les paiements par lot vous permettent de regrouper plusieurs paiements pour " -"faciliter le :doc:`lettrage `. Ils sont également " -"utiles lorsque vous déposez des chèques à la banque ou pour les virements " -"SEPA. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> " -"Paiements par lot` ou :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Fournisseurs --> " -"Paiements par lot`. Dans la vue liste des paiements, vous pouvez " -"sélectionnez plusieurs paiements et les regrouper dans un lot en cliquant " -"sur :menuselection:`Action --> créer un paiement par lot`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "Lettrage des paiements" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -"L'outil de :guilabel:`lettrage des paiements` ouvre toutes les factures " -"clients ou fournisseurs non lettrées et vous donne la possibilité de les " -"traiter une par une, en faisant le rapprochement de tous leurs paiements et " -"factures en une seule fois. Vous pouvez accéder à cet outil à partir du " -":menuselection:`Tableau de bord de comptabilité --> Factures clients / " -"Factures fournisseurs`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`⋮` et sélectionnant " -":guilabel:`Lettrage des paiements`, ou en allant à " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Lettrage`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" @@ -9617,47 +9546,55 @@ msgstr "" "restant qui devra être lettré ultérieurement ou qui doit être annulé " "directement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "Lettrage des paiements par lot" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" -"Pour lettrer plusieurs paiements ou factures en suspens en une seule fois, " -"pour un client ou fournisseur spécifique, vous pouvez utiliser la " -"fonctionnalité du lettrage par lot. Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->" -" Analyse --> Balance âgée des clients/fournisseurs`. Vous y verrez toutes " -"les transactions qui n'ont pas encore été lettrées et lorsque vous " -"sélectionnez un client ou un fournisseur, l'option :guilabel:`Lettrer` " -"s'affiche." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" -msgstr "Voir l'option de lettrage" +msgid "See the reconcile option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "Rapprocher des paiements avec les relevés bancaires" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un paiement a été enregistré, le statut de la facture client ou " -"fournisseur est :guilabel:`En paiement`. L'étape suivante consiste à " -"effectuer un rapprochement avec la ligne correspondante du relevé bancaire " -"afin de finaliser la transaction et marquer la facture client ou fournisseur" -" comme :guilabel:`Payé`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" @@ -10967,122 +10904,6 @@ msgstr "Paiement entrant en suspens" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "Compte bancaire (BANQUE B)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "Payer plusieurs factures à la fois" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Odoo offre la possibilité de regrouper les paiements de plusieurs factures " -"fournisseurs en une fois, facilitant ainsi le processus de lettrage." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "Regrouper des paiements" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer le paiement de plusieurs factures fournisseurs à la fois, " -"allez à l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Fournisseurs --> " -"Factures fournisseurs`. Sélectionnez ensuite les factures pour lesquelles " -"vous voulez enregistrer un paiement en **cochant** les cases à côté des " -"factures. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` ou " -"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Action --> Enregistrer un paiement`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "Bouton permettant d'enregistrer un paiement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" -"Les paiements ne peuvent être enregistrés que pour les factures " -":guilabel:`comptabilisées`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'enregistrement des paiements, une **fenêtre contextuelle** " -"apparaît. À partir de là, vous pouvez créer des **paiements séparés** pour " -"chaque facture fournisseur en une seule fois en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Créer un paiement`, *ou*, créer un paiement en combinant les " -"paiements de **toutes** les factures. Pour **combiner** tous les paiements, " -"cochez la case :guilabel:`Regrouper les paiements`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" -"L'option :guilabel:`Regrouper des paiements` apparaît uniquement lorsque " -"vous sélectionnez deux factures ou plus." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" -"L'option permettant de regrouper les paiements lors de l'enregistrement d'un" -" paiement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Regrouper les paiements`, le " -":guilabel:`montant, la devise, la date et le mémo` sont définis " -"automatiquement, mais vous pouvez les modifier en fonction de vos besoins." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "Paiements groupés partiels avec escompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" -"En cas de **paiements groupés partiels avec escompte**, vous pouvez suivre " -"les étapes indiquées sur la :doc:`page de documentation relative à " -"l'escompte " -"`. " -"Assurez-vous d'appliquer les :doc:`conditions de paiement " -"` aux " -"**factures fournisseurs** *plutôt* qu'aux factures clients." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "Paiements en ligne" @@ -11346,18 +11167,19 @@ msgstr "Activer le mode de paiement par chèque" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -"Pour activer le mode de paiement par chèque, allez à " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Chèques`, où vous pouvez " -"activer le mode de paiement et configurer le :guilabel:`Format du chèque`. " -"Une fois le paramètre :guilabel:`Chèques` activé, il est automatiquement " -"configuré pour vos :guilabel:`Paiements sortants`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " @@ -11368,59 +11190,59 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Format de chèques US` est nécessaire pour imprimer des chèques " "américains." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Papier à chèque compatible pour l'impression de chèques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "États-Unis" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Pour les États-Unis, Odoo prend en charge par défaut les formats de chèques " "suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken** : chèque en haut, talons au milieu et en bas ;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "**Peachtree** : chèque au milieu, talons en haut et en bas ;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP®** : chèque en bas et talons en haut." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Payer une facture fournisseur par chèque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Le paiement d'un fournisseur par chèque se fait en trois étapes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "l'enregistrement du paiement" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "l'impression des chèques par lot pour tous les paiements enregistrés" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "le rapprochement des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement par chèque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -11432,11 +11254,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur est validée, vous pouvez enregistrer un paiement. Définissez le " ":guilabel:`Mode de paiement` sur :guilabel:`Chèques` et validez le paiement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimer des chèques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -11448,7 +11270,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquant sur :guilabel:`Chèques à imprimer`, vous avez la possibilité " "d'imprimer les chèques rapprochés." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -11692,219 +11514,190 @@ msgstr "Principaux rapports disponibles" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -"En plus des rapports créés spécifiquement dans chaque module de " -"localisation, quelques **rapports génériques** et **dynamiques** très utiles" -" sont disponibles pour tous les pays :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Bilan**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Compte de résultat**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Résumé général**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Grand livre**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Balance âgée des fournisseurs**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Balance âgée des clients**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Flux de trésorerie**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Déclaration de TVA**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Rapprochement bancaire**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez annoter tous les rapports pour les imprimer et les transmettre à" -" votre conseiller. Exportez au format xls pour effectuer des analyses " -"supplémentaires. Les rapports peuvent être détaillés (paiements, factures, " -"écritures comptables, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également comparer les valeurs avec une autre période. " -"Choisissez le nombre de périodes avec lesquelles vous souhaitez comparer la " -"période choisie. Vous pouvez choisir jusqu'à 12 périodes antérieures à la " -"date du rapport, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser l'option *Période " -"précédente** par défaut." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -"Le **Bilan** montre un aperçu des actifs, des passifs et des fonds propres " -"de votre organisation à une date particulière." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Compte de résultat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -"Le **compte de résultat** (ou **compte de pertes et profits**) montre le " -"revenu net de votre organisation, en déduisant les charges des produits pour" -" la période considérée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Résumé général" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" -"Le **Résumé général** permet de consulter rapidement tous les chiffres " -"importants dont vous avez besoin pour gérer votre entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" msgstr "" -"En termes très simples, voilà ce que rapporte chacun des éléments de cette " -"section :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Performance :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marge bénéficiaire brute :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle réalisée par votre entreprise, " -"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes (comme la " -"main-d'œuvre, les matériaux, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marge bénéficiaire nette :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle réalisée par votre entreprise, " -"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour réaliser ces ventes, ainsi que tous" -" les frais généraux fixes de votre entreprise (comme le loyer, " -"l'électricité, les impôts que vous devez payer à la suite de ces ventes)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Retour sur investissement (p.a.) :**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -"Il s'agit du ratio entre le bénéfice net réalisé et le montant des actifs " -"utilisés par l'entreprise pour réaliser ces bénéfices." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Position :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Délai moyen de recouvrement :**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il faut à vos clients pour vous payer " -"(intégralement), calculé à partir de toutes vos factures clients." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Délai moyen de règlement fournisseur :**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il vous faut pour payer (intégralement) vos " -"fournisseurs, calculé à partir de toutes vos factures fournisseurs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Prévisions de trésorerie à court terme :**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -"Le montant des espèces qui devrait entrer ou sortir de votre organisation " -"pour le mois prochain, c'est-à-dire le solde de votre **Compte des ventes** " -"pour le mois moins le solde de votre **Compte des achats** pour le mois." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Ratio actif circulant/passif circulant :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Également appelé **ratio de liquidité générale** ou **current ratio**, il " -"s'agit du rapport entre l'actif circulant (actifs pouvant être transformés " -"en liquidités dans l'année) et le passif circulant (passifs arrivant à " -"échéance dans l'année à venir). Ce ratio est généralement utilisé pour " -"mesurer la capacité d'une entreprise à rembourser sa dette." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" @@ -11913,16 +11706,15 @@ msgstr "Grand livre" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Le **Grand livre** montre toutes les transactions de tous les comptes pour " -"une période choisie. Le résumé initial présente les totaux pour chaque " -"compte et à partir de là, vous pouvez voir un rapport détaillé des " -"transactions ou des exceptions. Ce rapport est utile pour vérifier toutes " -"les transactions qui ont eu lieu au cours d'une certaine période de temps." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" @@ -11931,12 +11723,13 @@ msgstr "Balance âgée des fournisseurs" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"La **Balance âgée des fournisseur** montre les informations sur les factures" -" fournisseurs individuelles, les avoirs et le trop-payé que vous devez, " -"ainsi que la durée pendant laquelle ils sont restés impayés." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" @@ -11944,34 +11737,35 @@ msgstr "Balance âgée des clients" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -"La **Balance âgée des clients** montre les factures clients qui ont été en " -"attente de paiement au cours d'un mois sélectionné et de plusieurs mois " -"antérieurs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Flux de trésorerie" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -"Le **Flux de trésorerie** montre comment les variations des comptes du bilan" -" et des revenus affectent la trésorerie et les équivalents de trésorerie et " -"décompense l'analyse en activités d'exploitation, d'investissement et de " -"financement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Déclaration de TVA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -11979,6 +11773,10 @@ msgstr "" "Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **fiscaux** de " "toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité analytique" @@ -17072,7 +16870,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" @@ -17098,6 +16896,10 @@ msgstr "" "`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "Création d'une facture fournisseur" @@ -21537,7 +21339,7 @@ msgstr "" "par défaut." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "Types de document" @@ -21649,7 +21451,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "Les types de documents regroupés par lettre." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "Utilisation sur les factures" @@ -21871,7 +21673,7 @@ msgstr "" " de document est fourni par le fournisseur." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Utilisation et tests" @@ -23563,7 +23365,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` pour la configurer plus en détail." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" @@ -24636,7 +24438,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -24679,7 +24481,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Téléphone`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -25389,7 +25191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -25419,7 +25221,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -25434,12 +25236,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -25452,24 +25252,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -25477,136 +25270,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "Informations relatives à l'entreprise" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "Informations fiscales" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -25614,11 +25407,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -25627,15 +25420,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -25643,11 +25436,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -25657,50 +25450,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -25711,29 +25504,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -25741,19 +25534,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "Configuration du serveur de messagerie entrant pour le DTE chilien." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -25761,24 +25554,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -25789,13 +25582,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "Configuration du certificat numérique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multi-devises" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -25804,12 +25597,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "Informations relatives au partenaire" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -25817,36 +25610,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Numéro d'identification`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Type de contribuable`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -25856,13 +25649,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "Données de facture électronique chiliennes pour les partenaires." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -25873,56 +25666,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "Liste des types de documents fiscaux au Chili." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Ventas Santiago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Ventas Valparaiso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Caissier 1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Caissier 2." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -25930,32 +25723,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Paiements des employés." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -25964,7 +25757,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -25972,7 +25765,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -25980,11 +25773,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -25993,7 +25786,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -26002,14 +25795,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -26017,11 +25810,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -26032,14 +25825,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -26047,62 +25840,62 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "Compte client par défaut" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Comptes de transferts" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Taux de conversion" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" "Le Chili compte plusieurs types d'impôts, les plus courants étant les " "suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -26114,11 +25907,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "Diagramme avec les transactions de facturation électronique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -26131,32 +25924,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -26166,7 +25959,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "Le fichier XML du DTE affiché dans le chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -26179,7 +25972,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -26190,7 +25983,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -26204,7 +25997,7 @@ msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" "Opération d'identification pour la facturation et la mise à jour du statut." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -26215,26 +26008,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -26243,21 +26036,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Enregistrer à nouveau la facture." @@ -26265,11 +26058,11 @@ msgstr "Enregistrer à nouveau la facture." msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "Message lorsqu'une facture est rejetée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Références croisées" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -26283,14 +26076,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "Rapport PDF de la facture" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -26301,36 +26094,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Une fois que la facture a été envoyée au client :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "Le client doit envoyer un email confirmant la réception." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -26338,11 +26131,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "Message contenant l'acceptation commerciale de la part du client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -26355,12 +26148,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Erreurs courantes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -26452,40 +26245,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Avoirs" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -26500,16 +26293,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "Création d'un CAF pour les avoirs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -26523,11 +26316,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -26541,7 +26334,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -26551,17 +26344,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "Avoir avec la valeur corrigée sur les lignes de la facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -26577,23 +26370,23 @@ msgstr "" "Remboursement partiel pour corriger les montants, en utilisant le code de " "référence SII 3." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "Notes de débit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -26604,7 +26397,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -26614,16 +26407,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -26635,55 +26428,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Réception" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Acceptation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -26695,11 +26488,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Réclamation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -26714,7 +26507,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -26722,12 +26515,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "Guide de livraison" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -26735,7 +26528,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -26743,14 +26536,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -26760,19 +26553,19 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." @@ -26780,11 +26573,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`À partir du modèle du produit` : Odoo prend le prix configuré sur" " le modèle du produit et l'affiche sur le document." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" @@ -26795,11 +26588,11 @@ msgstr "" "échantillonnages, des consignations, des transferts internes et " "fondamentalement n'importe quel mouvement de produit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." @@ -26807,7 +26600,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un guide de livraison ne doit **pas** dépasser une page, ni contenir plus de" " 60 lignes de produits." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -26818,13 +26611,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -26835,7 +26628,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -26845,18 +26638,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -26865,7 +26658,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -26873,7 +26666,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -26883,7 +26676,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -26891,18 +26684,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -26910,7 +26703,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -26920,7 +26713,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -26934,7 +26727,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -26948,7 +26741,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -26958,11 +26751,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "Après l'enregistrement du reçu :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -26972,7 +26765,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -26980,18 +26773,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -26999,13 +26792,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -27015,14 +26808,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -27030,11 +26823,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -27045,11 +26838,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -27061,11 +26854,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -27073,7 +26866,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -27088,11 +26881,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -27101,13 +26894,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -27118,7 +26911,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -27129,7 +26922,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -29646,7 +29439,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo" @@ -31532,7 +31325,6 @@ msgstr "" "souhaité dans la section Localisation fiscale." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -38742,12 +38534,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" -"Le même processus peut également être effectué pour *un seul* :doc:`paiement" -" <../accounting/payments>` fournisseur s'il est lié à une ou plusieurs " -":doc:`factures fournisseurs <../accounting/payments/multiple>` avec les " -"retenues à la source appliquées." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -39504,16 +39292,12 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espagne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan comptable espagnol" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, plusieurs plans comptables espagnols sont disponibles par défaut " -": " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" @@ -39529,15 +39313,12 @@ msgstr "PGCE Entitades" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -"Choisissez lequel vous voulez utiliser en allant à " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration`, puis sélectionnez le " -"package que vous voulez dans la section **Localisation fiscale**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." @@ -39545,30 +39326,42 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données Odoo Online, le PGCE PYMEs " "2008 est installé par défaut." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Rapports comptables espagnols" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -"Si la localisation de comptabilité espagnole est installée, vous aurez accès" -" aux rapports comptables spécifiques à l’Espagne :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Déclaration de TVA (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Déclaration de taxe (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Déclaration de taxe (Modelo 303)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suisse" @@ -41873,7 +41666,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -42430,7 +42223,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "Configurez les autres options à votre guise." @@ -43274,7 +43067,11 @@ msgstr "" " dans la partie gauche de la page d'application, puis copiez le " ":guilabel:`Jeton d'accès` de test." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." @@ -43283,15 +43080,17 @@ msgstr "" "` et définissez son statut sur " ":guilabel:`Activé`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Identifiants`, complétez dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Jeton d'accès` la valeur que vous avez enregistrée à l'étape " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 msgid "Mollie" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8e76c3aa6..afaa67673 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -6606,59 +6606,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Directives multi-sociétés `" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "Supprimer un compte Odoo.com" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer votre compte Odoo.com, accédez aux options de suppression en " -"cliquant sur l'icône de l'utilisateur. L'option de suppression est " -"accessible en allant à :menuselection:`Mon compte --> Modifier les " -"paramètres de sécurité --> Supprimer le compte`. Elle est également " -"accessible en allant à https://www.odoo.com/my/home." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" -"La suppression d'un compte Odoo est irréversible. Soyez prudent lorsque vous" -" effectuez cette action, car le compte Odoo.com ne pourra pas être récupéré." -" " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Supprimer le compte`, une fenêtre " -"contextuelle apparaîtra, en vous demandant de confirmer la suppression de " -"votre compte." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur le bouton Supprimer le compte, une fenêtre s'ouvrira pour " -"vérifier la modification." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" -"Confirmez la suppression en saisissant le :guilabel:`mot de passe` et le " -":guilabel:`login` du compte à supprimer. Cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Supprimer le compte` pour confirmer la suppression." - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "Changer la langue" @@ -7049,11 +6996,158 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur le bouton Supprimer le compte, une fenêtre s'ouvrira pour " +"vérifier la modification." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "Accès au portail" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." @@ -7061,7 +7155,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'accès au portail est accordé aux utilisateurs qui ont besoin de visualiser" " certains documents ou informations dans une base de données Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" @@ -7070,47 +7164,47 @@ msgstr "" " fait de permettre aux clients de lire/visualiser l'un ou l'autre ou " "l'ensemble des éléments suivants dans Odoo :" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "pistes/opportunités" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "devis/commandes clients" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "bons de commande" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "factures clients & factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "projets" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "tâches" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "feuilles de temps" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "tickets" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "signatures" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "abonnements" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." @@ -7118,11 +7212,11 @@ msgstr "" "Les utilisateurs du portail disposent d'un accès en lecture/visualisation et" " ne peuvent pas modifier les documents de la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "Donner un accès au portail aux clients" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -7139,12 +7233,10 @@ msgstr "" "au centre de l'interface." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -"Utiliser l'application Contacts pour donner accès au portail aux " -"utilisateurs" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" @@ -7152,14 +7244,14 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Donner accès au portail`. Une fenêtre " "contextuelle apparaît et affiche trois champs :" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contact` : le nom du contact enregistré dans la base de données " "d'Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" @@ -7167,11 +7259,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Email` : l'adresse email du contact utilisée pour se connecter au" " portail" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr ":guilabel:`Au portail` : si l'utilisateur a accès au portail ou pas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -7192,7 +7284,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une adresse email et la case à cocher correspondante pour le contact doivent être complétées avant\n" "d'envoyer une invitation au portail." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." @@ -7200,7 +7292,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un email sera envoyé à l'adresse email précisé, indiquant que le contact est" " à présent un utilisateur du portail pour cette base de données Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -7215,7 +7307,7 @@ msgstr "" "colonne :guilabel:`Au portail` pour tous les contacts qui doivent accéder au" " portail et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -7227,6 +7319,160 @@ msgstr "" "décochant ensuite la case à cocher dans la colonne :guilabel:`Au portail` et" " en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Appliquer`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Changer le mot de passe" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "VoIP (Voix sur protocole Internet)" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index f233961a4..8ea5c8606 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -178,29 +178,22 @@ msgstr "" "départements des employés d'une entreprise." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel employé" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un nouvel employé est engagé, le première étape consiste à créer une " -"nouvelle fiche employé. Commencez dans le tableau de bord de l'application " -":menuselection:`Employés`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` pour " -"créer une nouvelle fiche employé. Remplissez les informations obligatoires " -"(soulignées en gras) et tous les détails supplémentaires, puis cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." -msgstr "Créez une nouvelle fiche employé." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." @@ -208,21 +201,28 @@ msgstr "" "Le numéro de téléphone et le nom de l'entreprise actuelle sont indiqués dans" " les champs :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et :guilabel:`Société`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "Informations générales" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "Champs obligatoires" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " @@ -232,52 +232,74 @@ msgstr "" "engagé le nouvel employé ou créez une nouvelle société en saisissant le nom " "dans le champ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Champs optionnels" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" " the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Photo` : Dans la zone d'image en haut à droite de la fiche " -"employé, cliquez sur l'icône d'édition :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` pour " -"sélectionner une photo à charger." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : Saisissez l'intitulé de la fonction de " -"l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -"Étiquettes : Cliquez sur une étiquette dans le menu déroulant pour ajouter " -"toute étiquette applicable à l'employé. Il est possible de créer n'importe " -"quelle étiquette dans ce champ en la saisissant. Une fois créée, la nouvelle" -" étiquette est disponible pour toutes les fiches employés. Il n'y a pas de " -"limite au nombre d'étiquettes pouvant être ajoutées." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -"Coordonnées professionnelles : Saisissez le :guilabel:`Téléphone portable " -"professionnel`, le :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et " -"l':guilabel:`Adresse email professionnelle` de l'employé et/ou le nom de la " -":guilabel:`Société`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -285,21 +307,39 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Département` : Sélectionnez le département de l'employé dans le " "menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manager` : Sélectionnez le manager de l'employé dans le menu " "déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mentor` : Sélectionnez le mentor de l'employé dans le menu " "déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " @@ -309,69 +349,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mentor` est laissé vide, le manager sélectionné est " "automatiquement complété dans le champ :guilabel:`Mentor`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -"Pour apporter des modifications aux champs :guilabel:`Département`, " -":guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Mentor`, ou :guilabel:`Société` " -"sélectionnés, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté de la " -"sélection respective. Le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre le formulaire" -" sélectionné, ce qui permet d'y apporter des modifications. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` une fois les modifications enregistrées." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "Onglet des informations supplémentaires" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Onglet CV" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "CV" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" -"Saisissez ensuite les antécédents professionnels de l'employ dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`CV`. Chaque ligne de CV doit être saisie individuellement. " -"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée`, et le formulaire " -":guilabel:`Créer Lignes de CV` s'ouvre. Saisissez les informations suivantes" -" pour chaque entrée." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez les informations relatives à l'expérience professionnelle antérieure" -" dans ce formulaire." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Titre` : Saisissez le titre de l'expérience professionnelle " "précédente." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type` : Dans le menu déroulant, sélectionnez " -":guilabel:`Expérience`, :guilabel:`Éducation`, :guilabel:`Certification " -"interne`, :guilabel:`Formation interne`, ou saisissez une nouvelle entrée." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." @@ -379,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type d'affichage` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Classique`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, ou :guilabel:`Cours` dans le menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -392,13 +419,13 @@ msgstr "" "(droite)` pour aller au mois souhaité, puis cliquez sur le jour pour " "sélectionner la date." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Description` : Saisissez tous les détails pertinents dans le " "champ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " @@ -409,39 +436,32 @@ msgstr "" " cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer " "l'entrée actuelle et créer une autre ligne de CV." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -"Après l'enregistrement de la fiche du nouvel employé, le poste et la société" -" actuels sont automatiquement ajoutés à l'onglet :guilabel:`CV` en tant " -"qu':guilabel:`Expérience`, la date de fin étant indiquée en tant " -"qu':guilabel:`Actuel`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Compétences" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" -"Les compétences d'un employé peuvent être saisies dans l'onglet " -":guilabel:`CV` de la même manière qu'une ligne de CV est créée. Lorsque vous" -" cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée` sous " -":guilabel:`Compétences` et un formulaire :guilabel:`Créer Compétences` " -"apparaît. Remplissez les informations sur le formulaire." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." -msgstr "Créez une nouvelle compétence pour l'employé." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." @@ -450,51 +470,36 @@ msgstr "" "` en cliquant sur le bouton radio à côté du type de " "compétence." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Compétence` : Les compétences associées au :guilabel:`Type de " -"compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un menu déroulant. Par exemple, si" -" vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Langue` en tant que :guilabel:`Type de " -"compétence`, vous avez le choix entre plusieurs langues dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Compétences`. Sélectionnez la compétence prédéfinie appropriée ou" -" saisissez-en une nouvelle." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Niveau de compétence` : Les niveaux de compétence prédéfinis " -"associés au :guilabel:`type de compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un " -"menu déroulant. Sélectionnez d'abord un niveau de compétence, puis la barre " -"de progression affiche automatiquement la progression prédéfinie pour ce " -"niveau de compétence spécifique. Les niveaux de compétence et la progression" -" peuvent être modifiés dans le formulaire contextuel :guilabel:`Niveau de " -"compétence`, auquel on accède via le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté " -"du champ :guilabel:`Niveau de compétence`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -"Une fois que toutes les informations sont saisies, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` s'il n'y a qu'une seule entrée à ajouter ou" -" cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer " -"l'entrée actuelle et créer une autre compétence." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " @@ -505,200 +510,177 @@ msgstr "" "ligne en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Ajouter` à côté de la section " "correspondante." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" msgstr "Types de compétences" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une compétence à la fiche d'un employé, vous devez configurer " -"les :guilabel:`Types de compétences`. Allez à l'application " -":menuselection:`Employés --> Configuration --> Types de compétence` pour " -"afficher les types de compétences actuellement configurés et créer de " -"nouveaux types de compétence. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer` et un formulaire" -" d'un nouveau :guilabel:`Type de compétence` s'ouvre. Remplissez tous les " -"détails et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Répétez cette étape pour " -"tous les types de compétences souhaités." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type de compétences` : Saisissez le nom du type de compétences. " -"Ce nom doit être assez générique, car les compétences spécifiques listées " -"seront placées dans cette catégorie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Compétences` : Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et " -"saisissez les informations de la nouvelle compétence, puis répétez cette " -"étape pour toutes les autres compétences nécessaires." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Niveaux` : Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et un " -"formulaire :guilabel:`Créer des niveaux` s'ouvre. Saisissez le nom du niveau" -" et assignez un pourcentage (0-100) pour ce niveau. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer l'entrée et ajouter un " -"autre niveau ou cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour " -"enregistrer le niveau et fermer le formulaire." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter des compétences en mathématiques, saisissez `Math` dans le " -"champ :guilabel:`Nom`. Ensuite, dans le champ :guilabel:`Compétences`, " -"saisissez `Algèbre`, `Calcul`, et `Trigonométrie`. Enfin, dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Niveaux`, saisissez `Débutant`, `Intermédiaire`, et `Expert`, les" -" :guilabel:`Progressions` étant respectivement de `25`, `50`, et `100`. " -"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` ou " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez de nouvelles compétences mathématiques et de nouveau niveaux à " -"l'aide du formulaire des types de compétences." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" -msgstr "Onglet des informations professionnelles" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -"L'onglet :guilabel:`Informations professionnelles` contient les informations" -" spécifiques à l'emploi de l'employé. Son horaire de travail, ses différents" -" rôles, la personne qui approuve ses demandes spécifiques (congé, feuilles " -"de temps et notes de frais), et les détails de son lieu de travail sont " -"répertoriés ici. Saisissez les informations suivantes pour le nouvel " -"employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Lieu` : Sélectionnez l':guilabel:`Adresse professionnelle` et le " -":guilabel:`Lieu de travail` dans les menus déroulants correspondants. Le " -"bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` de l'adresse professionnelle ouvre le " -"formulaire de la société sélectionnée dans une fenêtre et permet les " -"modifications. Le :guilabel:`Lieu de travail` est le détail du lieu " -"spécifique, tel qu'un étage ou un bâtiment. Si un nouveau lieu de travail " -"est nécessaire, ajoutez-le en le saisissant dans le champ." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Validateurs` : À l'aide des menus déroulants, sélectionnez les " -"utilisateurs chargés de valider les :guilabel:`Congés`, les :guilabel:`Notes" -" de frais`, et les :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` de l'employé. Le bouton " -":guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre un formulaire contenant les champs " -":guilabel:`Nom`, :guilabel:`Adresse email`, :guilabel:`Société`, " -":guilabel:`Téléphone`, et :guilabel:`Téléphone portable` du validateur. Il " -"est possible de les modifier le cas échéant. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` après avoir effectué les modifications." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Horaire` : Sélectionnez les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` et le " -":guilabel:`Fuseau horaire` (champs obligatoires) pour l'employé. Le bouton " -":guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre une vue détaillée des heures de travail " -"quotidiennes spécifiques. Les heures de travail peuvent être modifiées ou " -"supprimées ici. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les " -"changements." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Planning` : La section :guilabel:`Planning` affecte l'application" -" *Planification* et n'apparaît que si l'application *Planification* est " -"installée. Cliquez sur un rôle de planification dans le menu déroulant des " -"champs :guilabel:`Rôle par défaut` et :guilabel:`Rôles` pour ajouter un " -"rôle. Il n'y a pas de limite au nombre de :guilabel:`Rôles` pouvant être " -"sélectionnés pour un employé, mais il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul " -":guilabel:`Rôle par défaut`. Le rôle par défaut est le rôle *typique* de " -"l'employé, tandis que les :guilabel:`Rôles de planning` sont *tous* les " -"rôles spécifiques que l'employé est en mesure d'assumer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez les informations professionnelles dans l'onglet Informations " -"professionnelles" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs qui apparaissent dans le menu déroulant de la section " -":guilabel:`Validateurs` doivent avoir des droits d'*Administrateur* pour le " -"rôle de ressources humaines correspondant. Pour vérifier qui dispose de ces " -"droits, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Utilisateurs " -"--> Gérer les utilisateurs`. Cliquez sur un employé et vérifiez la section " -":guilabel:`Ressources humaines` de l'onglet :guilabel:`Droits d'accès`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " @@ -709,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'équipe`, :guilabel:`Approbateur de tout`, ou :guilabel:`Administrateur` " "défini pour le rôle :guilabel:`Notes de frais`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " @@ -719,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Congés`, il doit avoir le rôle :guilabel:`Gestionnaire` ou " ":guilabel:`Administrateur` défini pour le rôle :guilabel:`Congés`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " @@ -730,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gestionnaire`, ou :guilabel:`Administrateur` définir pour le " "rôle :guilabel:`Paie`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " @@ -740,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" "les heures de travail d'un employé ne peuvent pas être situées en dehors de " "l'horaire de l'entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." @@ -749,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" "bases de données multi-sociétés, chaque entreprise doit avoir son propre " "horaire." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -764,134 +746,67 @@ msgstr "" "--> Configuration --> Temps de travail`, ajoutez un nouveau temps de travail" " ou éditez-en un existant." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -"Après avoir créé le nouveau temps de travail, définissez les heures de " -"travail de l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" -msgstr "Onglet des informations privées" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -"Aucune information n'est obligatoire dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " -"privées`. Toutefois, certaines informations dans cette section peuvent être " -"essentielles pour le département de paie de l'entreprise. Afin de traiter " -"correctement les fiches de paie et s'assurer que toutes les déductions sont " -"prises en compte, il est important de saisir les informations " -"professionnelles de l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -"Ici vous pouvez saisir les informations relatives au :guilabel:`Coordonnées " -"privées`, à l':guilabel:`État civil`, au :guilabel:`Contact d'urgence`, à " -"l':guilabel:`Éducation`, à la :guilabel:`Citoyenneté`, aux " -":guilabel:`Personnes à charge` et au :guilabel:`Permis de travail` de " -"l'employé. Les champs sont complétés à l'aide d'un menu déroulant, en " -"cochant une case ou en saisissant les informations." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` : Saisissez l':guilabel:`Adresse` " -"personnelle de l'employé. La sélection peut être faite à l'aide du menu " -"déroulant. Si les informations ne sont pas disponibles, saisissez le nom de " -"la nouvelle adresse. Pour modifier la nouvelle adresse, cliquez sur le " -"bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` pour ouvrir le formulaire d'adresse. Sur le " -"formulaire d'adresse, saisissez les détails nécessaires, puis cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Certaines autres informations de la section :guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` " -"peuvent s'afficher automatiquement si l'adresse est déjà répertoriée dans le" -" menu déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -"Saisissez ensuite l'adresse :guilabel:`Email` et le numéro de " -":guilabel:`Téléphone` de l'employé dans les champs correspondants." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la :guilabel:`Langue` préférée de l'employé dans le menu " -"déroulant." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez le :guilabel:`Numéro du compte bancaire` de l'employé dans le menu" -" déroulant. Si la banque n'est pas encore configurée (la situation " -"habituelle lorsque vous créez un nouvel employé), saisissez le numéro de " -"compte bancaire et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier`. Une fenêtre " -"contextuelle :guilabel:`Créer : Numéro de compte bancaire` s'ouvre. " -"Remplissez les informations, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, saisissez la :guilabel:`Distance Domicile-Lieu de travail` dans le " -"champ. Ce champ n'est nécessaire que si l'employé bénéficie d'une quelconque" -" indemnité de déplacement." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`État civil` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Célibataire`, " -":guilabel:`Marié(e)`, :guilabel:`Cohabitant légal`, :guilabel:`Veuf(ve)` ou " -":guilabel:`Divorcé(e)` dans le menu déroulant." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Urgence` : Tapez le nom et le numéro de téléphone du contact " -"d'urgence de l'employé." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -906,70 +821,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Autre`. Saisissez le :guilabel:`Champ d'étude` et le nom de " "l':guilabel:`Établissement scolaire` dans les champs respectifs." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Citoyenneté` : Cette section contient toutes les informations " -"relatives à la citoyenneté de l'employé. Certaines sélections utilisent un " -"menu déroulant, comme dans les sections :guilabel:`Nationalité (Pays)`, " -":guilabel:`Genre`, et :guilabel:`Pays de naissance`. La :guilabel:`Date de " -"naissance` utilise un module calendrier pour sélectionner la date. Cliquez " -"d'abord sur le nom du mois, puis l'année pour accéder aux plages d'années. " -"Utilisez les icônes fléchées :guilabel:`< (gauche)` et :guilabel:`> " -"(droite)`, allez à la plage d'années appropriée et cliquez sur l'année. " -"Cliquez ensuite sur le mois. Cliquez enfin sur le jour pour sélectionner la " -"date. Saisissez les informations pour les champs :guilabel:`N° " -"d'identification`, :guilabel:`N° de passeport`, et :guilabel:`Lieu de " -"naissance`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`À charge` : Si l'employé a des enfants, saisissez le " -":guilabel:`Nombre d'enfants` dans le champ." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Permis de travail` : Si l'employé a un permis de travail, " -"saisissez les informations dans cette section. Saisissez le :guilabel:`N° de" -" visa` et/ou :guilabel:`N° de permis de travail` dans les champs " -"correspondants. À l'aide du module calendrier, sélectionnez la " -":guilabel:`Date d'expiration du visa` et/ou la :guilabel:`Date d'expiration " -"du permis de travail` pour saisir la ou les dates d'expiration. Si elle est " -"disponible, chargez une copie numérique du document de permis de travail. " -"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Charger votre fichier`, allez au fichier du permis de" -" travail dans l'explorateur de fichiers et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ouvrir`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." -msgstr "Ajoutez les informations privées dans l'onglet Informations privées." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" -msgstr "Onglet des paramètres RH" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " @@ -980,86 +881,85 @@ msgstr "" " en fonction de la localisation, mais certaines sections apparaissent de " "toute manière." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Statut` : Sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Type d'employé` et, le cas " -"échéant, un :ref:`Utilisateur associé `, dans les " -"menus déroulants." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Paie` : Sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Contrat actuel` et la " -":guilabel:`Fonction` dans les menus déroulants. Le cas échéant, saisissez le" -" :guilabel:`Numéro d'enregistrement` dans cette section." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Employeur précédent` : Cette section s'affiche uniquement pour " -"les sociétés belges et ne sera pas visible pour les autres sites. Il s'agit " -"des jours qui seront payés au nouvel employé. Saisissez les " -":guilabel:`Simple pécule de vacances à récupérer`, :guilabel:`Nombre de " -"jours à récupérer`, et :guilabel:`Simple pécule de vacances récupéré` d'un " -"employeur précédent, pour les catégories N et N-1." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Occupations précédentes` : Cette section s'affiche uniquement " -"pour les sociétés belges et ne sera pas visible pour les autres sites. " -"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour saisir les informations de " -"chaque occupation précédente. Saisisse le nombre de :guilabel:`Mois`, le " -":guilabel:`Montant`, et le :guilabel:`Taux d'occupation` dans les champs " -"correspondants. Cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` pour " -"supprimer une ligne." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Présence/Point de Vente` : Saisissez ici l':guilabel:`ID du " -"badge` et le :guilabel:`Code PIN` de l'employé ici, si l'employé en a besoin" -" ou en possède un. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Générer` à côté de l':guilabel:`ID" -" du badge` pour créer un ID de badge." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Paramètres de l'application` : Le cas échéant, saisissez le " -"numéro de la :guilabel:`Carte mobilité du parc automobile`. Saisissez le " -"coût horaire de l'employé au format $XX.XX. Ce coût est pris en compte " -"lorsque l'employé travaille dans un :doc:`poste de travail " -"<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. " -"Cette valeur affecte les coûts de fabrication d'un produit, si la valeur du " -"produit fabriqué n'est pas un montant fixe." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1068,55 +968,19 @@ msgstr "" "Saisissez toutes les informations demandées dans l'onglet Paramètres RH pour" " l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" -"Les employés ne doivent pas être des utilisateurs. Un employé ne compte " -"**pas** pour la facturation, alors que les *utilisateurs* **comptent** pour " -"la facturation. Si le nouvel employé doit également être un utilisateur, " -"l'utilisateur doit être créé." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" -"Dans le champ :guilabel:`Utilisateur associé`, saisissez le nom de " -"l'utilisateur à ajouter, puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier...`. " -"Un formulaire :guilabel:`Créer : Utilisateur associé` s'ouvre. Saisissez le " -":guilabel:`Nom`, l':guilabel:`Adresse email`, et puis sélectionnez la " -":guilabel:`Société` dans le menu déroulant. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` après avoir saisi les informations. Une fois " -"l'enregistrement sauvegardé, le nouvel utilisateur apparaît dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Utilisateur associé`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Documents" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" -"Tous les documents associés à un employé sont stockés dans l'application " -"*Documents*. Le nombre de documents associés à l'employé apparaît dans le " -"bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Documents` de la fiche de l'employé. En " -"cliquant sur le bouton intelligent, tous les documents apparaissent. Pour " -"plus d'informations sur l'application *Documents*, consultez la " -":doc:`documentation relative aux documents " -"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1126,11 +990,1235 @@ msgstr "" "Tous les documents associés à l'employé apparaissent dans le bouton " "intelligent Documents." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Paramètres" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "T3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Salaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscalité" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contrat" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Interventions" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vue de liste" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Vue graphique" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Paie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -1142,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'application Paie fonctionne avec d'autres applications d'Odoo, telles que " "*Employés*, *Feuilles de temps*, *Congés* et *Présences*." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -1157,11 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuration de la paie est essentielle pour garantir un traitement précis " "et opportun des fiches de paie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Paramètres" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" @@ -1172,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr "" "paie sont enregistrées ou non dans la comptabilité et si les paiements SEPA " "sont créés." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -1192,7 +2276,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "Paramètres disponibles pour la paie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -1206,12 +2290,31 @@ msgstr "" " lors de la création de la base de données. Il n'est pas recommandé de " "modifier les paramètres de localisation sauf en cas de besoin spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Prestations" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -1224,15 +2327,15 @@ msgstr "" "les :guilabel:`Congés de maladie`, les :guilabel:`Formations` ou les " ":guilabel:`Jours fériés`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr ":doc:`Gérer les prestations `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Types de prestations" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -1245,40 +2348,40 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Types de prestations` est créée automatiquement en fonction des " "paramètres de localisation définis dans la base de données." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -"Pour afficher les types de prestations actuellement disponibles, allez à " -":menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Types de prestations`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" -"Chaque type de prestation est associé à un code qui facilite la création des" -" fiches de paie et permet de s'assurer que toutes les taxes et frais sont " -"saisis correctement." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." -msgstr "Liste de tous les types de prestations actuellement disponibles." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Nouveau type de prestation" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau type de prestation, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Créer`. Saisissez les informations dans le formulaire :" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -1286,59 +2389,59 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nom du type de prestation` : Le nom doit être court et " "descriptif, tel que `Congé maladie` ou `Jour férié`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code` : Ce code s'affiche à côté du type de prestation sur les " -"feuilles de temps et les fiches de paie. Puisque le code est utilisé " -"conjointement avec l'application *Comptabilité*, il est recommandé de " -"vérifier le code à utiliser auprès du département comptable." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Séquence` : La séquence détermine l'ordre dans lequel la " -"prestation est calculée dans la liste des fiches de paie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -"Cases à cocher : Si l'un des éléments de la liste s'applique à la " -"prestation, cochez la case en cliquant dessus. Si l'option " -":guilabel:`Congés` est cochée, un champ :guilabel:`Type de congé` s'affiche." -" Vous pouvez alors sélectionner un type de congé spécifique dans un menu " -"déroulant ou saisir un nouveau type de congé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "Formulaire d'un nouveau type de prestation." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arrondi` : La méthode d'arrondi détermine comment les entrées de " -"feuille de temps s'affichent sur la fiche de paie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aucun arrondi` : Une entrée de feuille de temps n'est pas " "modifiée." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." @@ -1346,7 +2449,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Demi-journée` : Une entrée de feuille de temps est arrondie à la " "demi-journée la plus proche." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." @@ -1354,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journée` : Une entrée de feuille de temps est arrondie à la " "journée la plus proche." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -1370,60 +2473,129 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Demi-journée`, l'entrée est modifiée en 4 heures. S'il est défini" " sur :guilabel:`Journée`, l'entrée est modifiée en 8 heures." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" -msgstr "Horaires de travail" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -"Pour afficher les horaires de travail actuellement configurés, allez à " -":menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Horaires de travail`. Les " -"horaires de travail disponibles pour les contrats et les prestations d'un " -"employé figurent dans cette liste." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" -"Les horaires de travail sont propres à chaque entreprise. Chaque entreprise " -"doit identifier chaque type d'horaire qu'elle utilise. Par exemple, une base" -" de données Odoo contenant plusieurs entreprises qui utilisent une semaine " -"de travail standard de 40 heures doit avoir un horaire de travail séparé " -"pour chaque entreprise qui utilise la semaine de travail standard de 40 " -"heures." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -"Tous les horaires de travail actuellement configurés dans la base de " -"données." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" -msgstr "Nouvel horaire de travail" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouvel horaire de travail, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Créer`. Saisissez les informations dans le formulaire." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." -msgstr "Formulaire d'un nouvel horaire de travail." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1436,7 +2608,7 @@ msgstr "" "modifications nécessaires aux jours et aux heures qui s'appliquent au nouvel" " horaire." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1450,7 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "" "effectuant la sélection souhaitée. Les colonnes :guilabel:`Heure de début` " "et :guilabel:`Heure de fin` peuvent être modifiées en saisissant l'heure." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -1458,26 +2630,22 @@ msgstr "" "L':guilabel:`Heure de début` et l':guilabel:`Heure de fin` doivent être au " "format 24 heures. Par exemple, `2:00 PM` doit être saisi comme `14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"Si l'horaire de travail doit être configuré sur deux semaines, cliquez sur " -"le bouton :guilabel:`Passer à un calendrier de 2 semaines`. Cela permet de " -"créer des entrées pour une :guilabel:`Semaine paire` et une " -":guilabel:`Semaine impaire`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Salaire" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Types de structures" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1495,7 +2663,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'horaire de travail et si les salaires sont basés sur une rémunération " "(fixe) ou sur le nombre d'heures travaillées par l'employé (variable)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1512,15 +2680,13 @@ msgstr "" "structure `Salaire régulier` et la structure `Prime de fin d'année` sont " "toutes deux des structures appartenant au type de structure `Employé`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez afficher les différents types de structures en allant à " -":menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Types de structures`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1534,31 +2700,171 @@ msgstr "" "salaire est *Salaire horaire*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." -msgstr "Liste de tous les types de structures." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` pour créer un nouveau type de " -"structure. Plusieurs champs sont préremplis, mais tous les champs peuvent " -"être modifiés. Une fois les champs modifiés, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements ou cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer l'entrée." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." -msgstr "Formulaire du nouveau type de structure." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Structures" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -1567,7 +2873,7 @@ msgstr "" "payé au sein d'une *structure* spécifique et sont spécifiquement définies " "par plusieurs règles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1579,20 +2885,13 @@ msgstr "" "manière dont leur salaire est calculé. Par exemple, une structure commune " "utile à ajouter pourrait être une `Prime`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez afficher toutes les structures possibles pour chaque type de " -"structure en allant à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> " -"Structures`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "Toutes les structures salariales disponibles." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -1602,7 +2901,11 @@ msgstr "" "différentes structures qui lui sont associées. Chaque structure contient un " "ensemble de règles qui la définissent." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Toutes les structures salariales disponibles." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -1611,62 +2914,45 @@ msgstr "" "Ces règles permettent de calculer la fiche de paie de l'employé." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." -msgstr "Détails de la structure salariale d'un Salaire régulier." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Règles" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -"Chaque structure dispose d'un ensemble de *règles salariales* à suivre à des" -" fins comptables. Ces règles sont configurées par la localisation et " -"impactent l'application *Comptabilité*, de sorte que les modifications des " -"règles par défaut ou la création de nouvelles règles ne doivent être " -"effectuées qu'en cas de nécessité." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -"Pour afficher toutes les règles, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paie " -"--> Configuration --> Règles`. Cliquez sur une structure (telle que " -":guilabel:`Salaire régulier`) pour afficher toutes les règles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "Règles pour chaque type de structure salariale." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle règle, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Un nouveau " -"formulaire de règle s'affiche. Saisissez les informations dans les champs, " -"puis cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "Saisissez les informations pour la nouvelle règle." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "Les champs obligatoires pour une règle sont les suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Donnez un nom à la règle." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1674,17 +2960,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Catégorie` : Sélectionnez une catégorie à laquelle la règle " "s'applique dans le menu déroulant ou saisissez une nouvelle catégorie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code` : Saisissez un code à utiliser pour cette nouvelle règle. " -"Il est recommandé de contacter le département comptable pour obtenir un " -"code, car cette règle aura également un impact sur eux." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1693,7 +2976,7 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle la règle s'applique dans le menu déroulant ou saisissez une " "nouvelle structure." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1707,7 +2990,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique, qui est saisie sous la sélection), ou une :guilabel:`Expression " "Python` (le code est saisi sous la sélection)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1721,83 +3004,75 @@ msgstr "" "fonction de l'option sélectionnée, vous devez ensuite saisir le montant " "fixe, le pourcentage ou le code Python." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Paramètres de la règle" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -"Pour l'instant, la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Paramètres de la règle` qui se " -"trouve dans le menu :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration` est encore en " -"cours de développement et ne répond qu'à un cas d'utilisation spécifique " -"pour les marchés belges. La documentation sera mise à jour lorsque cette " -"option aurait été développée pour d'autres marchés." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Autres types d'entrées" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -"Lors de la création de fiches de paie, il est parfois nécessaire d'ajouter " -"d'autres entrées pour les circonstances spécifiques, comme des notes de " -"frais, des remboursements ou des déductions. Ces autres saisies peuvent être" -" configurées en allant à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Autres " -"types d'entrées`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "Autres types d'entrées pour la paie." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau type d'entrée, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Créer`. Saisissez la :guilabel:`Description`, le " -":guilabel:`Code`, et la structure qui s'applique dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Disponible dans la structure`. Cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements ou sur " -":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer l'entrée." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "Créer un nouveau type d'entrée." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Configurateur du package salarial" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -"Les différentes options de la section :guilabel:`Configurateur du package " -"salarial` du menu :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration` affectent toutes " -"le salaire potentiel d'un employé. Ces sections (:guilabel:`Avantages`, " -":guilabel:`Informations personnelles`, et :guilabel:`Résumé`) précisent " -"quels avantages peuvent être proposés à un employé dans le cadre de son " -"package salarial." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1812,58 +3087,61 @@ msgstr "" "affectent directement ce que le candidat voit et ce qui est renseigné " "lorsque le candidat saisit des informations. " -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Avantages" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous proposez un poste à des employés potentiels, certains " -"*avantages* peuvent être définis dans Odoo en plus du salaire afin de rendre" -" l'offre plus attrayante (comme les congés supplémentaires, l'accès à une " -"voiture de société, le remboursement d'un téléphone ou d'internet, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" -"Pour voir les avantages, allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> " -"Avantages`. Les avantages sont regroupés par :guilabel:`Type de structure`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "Paramètres disponibles pour la paie." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouvel avantage, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer`. " -"Saisissez les informations dans les champs, puis cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements ou cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ignorer` pour supprimer l'entrée." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "Liste des avantages dont les employés peuvent bénéficier." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" -msgstr "Les champs obligatoires pour un avantage sont les suivants :" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'avantage." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." @@ -1871,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Champ d'avantage` : Sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant le champ " "de la fiche de paie dans lequel cet avantage apparaît." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1883,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr "" " toute nature`, :guilabel:`Avantages mensuels en net`, :guilabel:`Avantages " "mensuels en espèces`, ou :guilabel:`Avantages annuels en espèces`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." @@ -1891,110 +3169,149 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type de structure salariale` : Sélectionnez dans le menu " "déroulant le type de structure salariale auquel cet avantage s'applique." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Liste des avantages dont les employés peuvent bénéficier." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Informations personnelles" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -"Chaque employé dans Odoo a une *fiche employé* qui comprend toutes ses " -"informations personnelles, son CV, ses informations professionnelles et ses " -"documents. Pour voir la fiche d'un employé, allez au tableau de bord " -"principal de l'application :menuselection:`Paie` et cliquez sur le fiche de " -"l'employé ou allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> Employés --> Employés` et " -"cliquez sur la fiche de l'employé. Vous pouvez également accéder à la fiche " -"de l'employé en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Employés`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Une fiche d'employé peut être considérée comme un dossier personnel de " "l'employé." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." msgstr "" -"La section *Informations personnelles* répertorie tous les champs qui " -"peuvent être saisis sur la fiche de l'employé. Pour accéder à cette section," -" allez à :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration --> Informations " -"personnelles`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." -msgstr "Les informations personnelles à saisir sur la fiche de l'employé." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" -"Pour modifier une entrée, sélectionnez-la dans la liste. Cliquez ensuite sur" -" le bouton :guilabel:`Modifier` et modifiez l'entrée. Lorsque vous avez " -"terminé, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les " -"informations ou sur :guilabel:`Ignorer` pour annuler les modifications." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nouvelle entrée d'informations personnelles." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" -"Les deux champs les plus importants du formulaire d'informations " -"personnelles sont :guilabel:`Est obligatoire` et :guilabel:`Type " -"d'affichage`. Le fait de cocher la case :guilabel:`Est obligatoire` rend le " -"champ obligatoire sur la fiche de l'employé." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" -"Le menu déroulant du :guilabel:`Type d'affichage` permet de saisir les " -"informations de différentes manières, qu'il s'agisse d'une zone de " -":guilabel:`Texte`, d'un bouton :guilabel:`Radio` personnalisé, d'une " -":guilabel:`Case à cocher`, d'un :guilabel:`Document`, et bien plus encore." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" -"Une fois les informations saisies, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer l'entrée." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Résumé" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" -"Pour l'instant, la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Résumé` qui se trouve dans le " -"menu :menuselection:`Paie --> Configuration` est encore en cours de " -"développement et ne répond qu'à un cas d'utilisation spécifique pour les " -"marchés belges. La documentation sera mise à jour lorsque cette option " -"aurait été développée pour d'autres marchés." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 msgid "Contracts" @@ -3634,6 +4951,281 @@ msgstr "" "sur le bouton :guilabel:`Générer les fiches de paie` pour créer les fiches " "de paie des commissions." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Graphique à barres" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Graphique circulaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -4043,11 +5635,1449 @@ msgstr "Le bouton Imprimer permettant d'imprimer les fiches de paie." msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr ":ref:`Configurer les prestations `" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Recrutement" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Refuser" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Créer un employé" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "Postes" @@ -4076,14 +7106,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez consulter les candidatures soumises en cliquant sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`# Candidatures`, `#` étant le nombre de candidatures reçues. Si " -"un poste n'est pas publié, le bouton :guilabel:`Lancer le recrutement` " -"s'affiche plutôt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." @@ -4091,39 +7115,17 @@ msgstr "" "Tableau de bord principal du recrutement affichant tous les postes à " "pourvoir." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "Créer un nouveau poste" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -"Il y a deux manières de créer un poste : à partir du tableau de bord " -"principal de :guilabel:`Recrutement` ou à partir du menu " -":guilabel:`Configuration`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un poste à partir du menu :guilabel:`Configuration`, allez à " -"l'app :menuselection:`Recrutement --> Configuration --> Postes`. Les postes " -"s'affichent par défaut en vue de liste." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau poste à partir du tableau de bord :guilabel:`Postes` en " -"cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` dans le coin supérieur gauche." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -4140,47 +7142,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "Créez un nouveau poste." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -"Une fois le poste créé, il apparaît sous forme de carte dans la vue kanban " -"du tableau de bord principal du :guilabel:`Recrutement` et dans la vue de " -"liste dans le menu :guilabel:`Configuration`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "Modifier un nouveau poste" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" -"Une fois le poste créé, il est temps d'en saisir les détails. Cliquez sur " -"l'icône :guilabel:`⋮ (trois points)` dans le coin supérieur droit de la " -"carte concernée pour faire apparaître plusieurs options, puis cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Modifier` pour modifier les détails." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "Modifiez la carte du poste." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -"Saisissez la description du poste dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description du " -"poste`. Ces informations sont visibles par les candidats potentiels " -"lorsqu'ils recherchent des postes à pourvoir." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -4192,180 +7183,200 @@ msgstr "" "obligatoire, mais il est conseillé de fournir au moins quelques détails, " "tels que la localisation du poste." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "Les champs peuvent être remplis comme suit :" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Société` : Sélectionnez la société pour laquelle le poste est à " -"pourvoir." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Site web` : Sélectionnez le site web sur lequel le poste sera " -"publié." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Département` : Sélectionnez le département correspondant au poste" -" à pourvoir." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nouveaux employés attendus` : Saisissez le nombre d'employés à " -"embaucher pour ce poste." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Modèle de contrat` : Sélectionnez un modèle de contrat qui sera " -"utilisé lorsque vous offrez le poste à un candidat." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Formulaire d'entretien` : Sélectionnez un formulaire que les " -"candidats doivent compléter avant leur entretien ou créez un nouveau " -"formulaire. Une fois sélectionné, un bouton :guilabel:`Afficher le " -"formulaire (Nom)` s'affiche à côté du formulaire sélectionné. Cliquez dessus" -" pour voir comment le formulaire se présente pour le candidat dans le " -"frontend." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -"Un lien vers le formulaire d'entretien permet de le voir comme le fera le " -"candidat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Recruteur` : Sélectionnez la personne qui fera le recrutement " -"pour ce poste." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "Saisissez les détails de la fonction dans l'onglet recrutement." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Évaluations" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" -"Cet onglet affiche le :guilabel:`Modèle de feedback employé` et le " -":guilabel:`Modèle de feedback manager`, qui seront tous deux utilisés une " -"fois que l'employé aura été embauché, qu'une période prédéterminé se sera " -"écoulée et qu'un feedback sera demandé." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "Créer un formulaire d'entretien" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un poste a été créé, le :guilabel:`Formulaire d'entretien` doit " -"être créé. Dans la vue kanban du tableau de bord du " -":menuselection:`Recrutement`, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⋮ (trois " -"points)` dans le coin supérieur droit de la carte pour afficher plusieurs " -"options et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer un formulaire d'entretien`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "Créez un formulaire d'entretien pour le nouveau poste." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une section` pour ajouter une section au " -"formulaire. Une ligne apparaît et une en-tête de section peut être ajoutée. " -"Une fois que vous avez terminé, cliquez à côté de la ligne ou appuyez sur " -"enter pour bloquer la nouvelle section du formulaire." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une question` pour ajouter une " -"question à la section. Une fenêtre contextuelle s'ouvre et vous permet de " -"saisir les détails de la question. Écrivez la question dans la ligne " -"supérieure." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir parmi plusieurs *types de questions* :" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Zone de texte à lignes multiples` : permet au candidat de saisir " -"plusieurs lignes de texte" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Zone de texte à ligne unique` : restreint le candidat à une seule" -" ligne de texte" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Valeur numérique` : ne permet de saisir qu'un seul chiffre" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Date` : un module calendrier s'ouvre permettant de sélectionner " -"une date" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Datetime` : un module calendrier et une icône d'horloge s'ouvrent" -" permettant de sélectionner une date et une heure" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Questions" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" @@ -4373,7 +7384,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Choix multiple : une seule réponse` : un choix multiple qui " "permet au candidat de ne sélectionner qu'une seule réponse" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" @@ -4381,7 +7392,39 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Choix multiples : plusieurs réponses autorisées` : un choix " "multiple qui permet au candidat de sélectionner plusieurs réponses" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zone de texte à lignes multiples` : permet au candidat de saisir " +"plusieurs lignes de texte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zone de texte à ligne unique` : restreint le candidat à une seule" +" ligne de texte" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valeur numérique` : ne permet de saisir qu'un seul chiffre" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Date` : un module calendrier s'ouvre permettant de sélectionner " +"une date" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" @@ -4389,11 +7432,17 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Matrice` : un tableau personnalisable qui permet au candidat de " "choisir une réponse pour chaque ligne" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "Ajoutez une nouvelle question au formulaire d'entretien." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " @@ -4403,7 +7452,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquant sur les en-têtes de section ou lignes de question individuelles et " "en les déplaçant à l'emplacement souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -4415,194 +7464,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "Un exemple de catégories et de questions pour un candidat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, configurez les options du formulaire d'entretien. Cliquez sur " -"l'onglet :guilabel:`Options` pour afficher toutes les options à configurer, " -"par catégorie." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Questions" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Disposition` : Choisissez comment les questions doivent " -"s'afficher." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Une page avec toutes les questions` : Affichez toutes les " -"sections et questions en même temps." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Une page par section` : Affichez chaque section et ses questions " -"correspondantes sur une page individuelle." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Une page par question` : Affichez une seule question sur chaque " -"page." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mode de progression` : Affichez la progression du candidat, soit " -"sous forme de :guilabel:`Pourcentage`, soit sous forme de " -":guilabel:`Nombre`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Limite de temps du sondage` : Cochez cette case pour limiter le " -"temps alloué pour remplir le formulaire. Lorsque cette case est cochée, un " -"champ permettant de saisir les minutes apparaît à côté de la case cochée. " -"Saisissez le temps (au format XX:XX minute/seconde) dans le champ." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sélection` : Affichez le formulaire entier (par ex. " -":guilabel:`Toutes les questions`), ou une sélection aléatoire de questions " -"de chaque section (:guilabel:`Aléatoire par section`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" -"Même s'il s'agit d'une option à sélectionner, il n'est généralement pas " -"possible de sélectionner l'option :guilabel:`Aléatoire par section` pour un " -"formulaire d'entretien." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Notation" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Pas de notation` : Sélectionnez cette option pour ne pas noter le" -" formulaire." - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Notation avec réponses à la fin` : Sélectionnez cette option pour" -" noter le formulaire et afficher les" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "bonnes réponses pour le candidat lorsqu'il a terminé le formulaire." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Réponses" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Notation sans réponses à la fin` : Sélectionnez cette option pour" -" noter le formulaire, mais sans montrer les réponses au candidat." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" -"Si l'une des options de notation est sélectionnée, un champ :guilabel:`% de " -"réussite` s'affiche. Saisissez le pourcentage que le candidat doit atteindre" -" pour réussir l'examen (par exemple 80,00 %). L'entrée doit être écrite au " -"format “XX.XX”." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Candidats" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mode d'accès` : Précisez qui peut accéder à l'examen : " -":guilabel:`Toute personne disposant du lien` ou :guilabel:`Seules les " -"personnes invitées`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Seuls les évaluateurs` : Cochez cette case pour que seuls les " -"managers qui évaluent l'examen puissent voir les réponses. Si cette case " -"n'est pas cochée, tout le monde peut voir les résultats." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Authentification requise` : Cochez cette case pour demander au " -"candidats de se connecter avant de participer à l'examen, qu'ils aient un " -"jeton valide ou non." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Limite de tentatives` : S'il y a une limite au nombre de " -"tentatives de l'examen, cochez cette case, puis saisissez le nombre maximum " -"de tentatives dans le champ situé à côté." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Zone de texte à ligne unique" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrice" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Description" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Options" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Agencement" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participants" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Session en direct" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Récompenser les réponses rapides` : Si l'examen doit être fait en" -" direct, cochez cette case pour accorder plus de points aux participants qui" -" répondent rapidement." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code de session` : Saisissez un code d'accès qui permet aux " -"spectateurs à la session d'examen en direct." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -4614,3 +7939,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "Plusieurs options pour configurer le formulaire d'entretien." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Points" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index c8ce736a1..52f6ada84 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -66,72 +66,270 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "Opérations quotidiennes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "Réaliser un ajustement d'inventaire avec Code-barres" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -"Pour effectuer un ajustement d'inventaire en utilisant des codes-barres, " -"vous devez d'abord ouvrir l'application *Code-barres*. Ensuite, à partir de " -"l'application, cliquez sur *Ajustements d'inventaire*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez travailler uniquement avec les codes-barres, vous pouvez " -"télécharger la fiche *Commandes pour l'inventaire*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous avez cliqué sur *Ajustements d'inventaire*, Odoo va " -"automatiquement en créer un. Notez que, si vous travaillez avec plusieurs " -"emplacements, vous devez d'abord préciser dans quel emplacement l'ajustement" -" d'inventaire a lieu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Si vous ne travaillez pas avec des emplacements multiples, vous pourrez " -"scanner les différents produits que vous voulez inclure dans l'ajustement " -"d'inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez 5 articles identiques, scannez-les 5 fois ou utilisez le " -"clavier pour définir la quantité. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Outre l'utilisation du lecteur de codes-barres, vous pouvez également " -"ajouter manuellement un produit si nécessaire. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur " -"*Ajouter un produit* et complétez les informations manuellement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "Le saviez-vous ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous avez scanné tous les articles de l'emplacement, validez " -"l'inventaire manuellement ou scannez le code-barres *Appliquer*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1379,7 +1577,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1532,194 +1730,662 @@ msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" "Enregistrement d'un mouvement de stock de réception pour 52,1 kg de pêches." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "Processus de transfert" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "Transferts simples" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -"Pour traiter un transfert à partir de l'application *Code-barres*, la " -"première étape consiste à aller dans *Opérations*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, vous pouvez saisir un transfert existant soit en allant dans le " -"type d'opération correspondant et en sélectionnant manuellement celui que " -"vous voulez saisir, soit en scannant le code-barres du transfert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -"De là, vous pouvez scanner les produits qui font partie du transfert " -"existant et/ou ajouter de nouveaux produits à ce transfert. Une fois que " -"tous les produits ont été scannés, vous pouvez valider le transfert pour " -"procéder aux mouvements de stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez différents emplacements de stockage dans votre entrepôt, vous " -"pouvez ajouter des étapes supplémentaires pour les différents types " -"d'opérations." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Réceptions" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous recevez un produit dans votre stock, vous devez scanner son " -"code-barres afin de l'identifier dans le système. Une fois cela fait, vous " -"pouvez soit le faire entrer dans l'emplacement principal du transfert, par " -"exemple WH/Stock, soit scanner le code-barres d'un emplacement pour le faire" -" entrer dans un sous-emplacement de l'emplacement principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez que le produit entre en WH/Stock dans notre exemple, vous " -"pouvez simplement scanner le produit suivant." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Livraisons" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -"Lors de la livraison d'un produit, vous devez scanner l'emplacement source " -"s'il est différent de celui initialement défini sur le transfert. Ensuite, " -"vous pouvez commencer à scanner les produits qui sont livrés à partir de cet" -" emplacement spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -"Une fois les différents produits scannés, vous avez la possibilité de " -"scanner un autre emplacement, tel que WH/Stock, et une autre page sera " -"ajoutée à votre livraison. Vous pouvez passer de l'un à l'autre grâce aux " -"boutons *Précédent* et *Suivant*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous pouvez valider votre transfert. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur " -"*Suivant* jusqu'à ce que vous atteigniez la dernière page du transfert. Là, " -"vous pourrez le valider." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Transferts internes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous réalisez un transfert interne avec plusieurs emplacements, vous" -" devez d'abord scanner l'emplacement d'origine du produit. Ensuite, vous " -"pouvez scanner le produit lui-même, avant de devoir scanner le code-barres " -"de l'emplacement de destination." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -"Si les emplacements d'origine et de destination des transferts internes sont" -" déjà corrects, il n'est pas nécessaire de les scanner." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "Transferts avec des produits trackés" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -"Si vous travaillez avec des produits trackés par des numéros de lot/série, " -"vous avez deux possibilités :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -"Si vous travaillez avec des lots/numéros de série en tenant compte de tous " -"les produits, vous pouvez scanner le code-barres du lot/numéro de série et " -"Odoo augmentera la quantité du produit en définissant son numéro de " -"lot/série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez le même numéro de lot/série pour différents produits, vous " -"pouvez procéder en scannant d'abord le code-barres du produit, puis le code-" -"barres du numéro de lot/série." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "Créer un transfert à partir de zéro" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un transfert à partir de l'application *Code-barres*, vous devez " -"d'abord imprimer les codes-barres du type d'opération. Pour cela, vous " -"pouvez télécharger la *feuille de codes-barres de stock* depuis la page " -"d'accueil de l'application." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Créer un transfert interne" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" -"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez scanner celui pour lequel vous voulez créer " -"un nouveau document. Ensuite, un document vide sera créé et vous pourrez " -"scanner vos produits pour le remplir." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -3640,108 +4306,171 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre des lots et des numéros de série ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les lots et les numéros de série ont des similitudes dans leur " -"système fonctionnel, mais sont différents dans leur comportement. Ils sont " -"tous deux gérés dans les applications **Inventaire**, **Achats** et " -"**Ventes**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -"Les **Lots** correspondent à un certain nombre de produits que vous recevez " -"et stockez ensemble dans un seul emballage." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"Les **Numéros de série** sont des numéros d’identification donnés à un " -"produit en particulier, pour permettre de suivre l'historique de l'article " -"depuis sa réception à sa livraison et aux services après-vente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Quand les utiliser" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"Les **Lots** sont intéressants pour les produits que vous recevez en grande " -"quantité et pour lesquels un numéro de lot peut être utile dans les " -"rapports, les contrôles qualité ou toute autre information. Les lots " -"permettent d'identifier un nombre de pièces présentant par exemple un défaut" -" de production. Cela peut être utile pour une production par lot de " -"vêtements ou de denrées alimentaires." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -"Les **Numéros de série** sont intéressants pour les articles qui pourraient " -"nécessiter un service après-vente, tels que les smartphones, les ordinateurs" -" portables, les réfrigérateurs et tout autre appareil électronique. Vous " -"pouvez utiliser le numéro de série du fabricant ou le vôtre, selon la " -"manière dont vous gérez ces produits." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Quand ne pas les utiliser" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"Le stockage de produits consommables tels que du papier de cuisine, du " -"papier toilette, des stylos et des blocs de papier en lots n'a aucun sens, " -"car il y a très peu de chances que vous puissiez les retourner pour un " -"défaut de production." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"D'autre part, attribuer un numéro de série à chaque produit est une tâche " -"fastidieuse qui n'aura de sens que dans le cas d'articles bénéficiant d'une " -"garantie et/ou d'un service après-vente. L'attribution d'un numéro de série " -"à un pain, par exemple, n'a aucun sens." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "Activer les lots et les numéros de série" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité Lots et numéros de série activée dans les paramètres " +"d'inventaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Traçabilité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -4490,11 +5219,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "Activer les lots et les numéros de série" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -4510,12 +5234,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" -"La fonctionnalité Lots et numéros de série activée dans les paramètres " -"d'inventaire." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "Suivre des produits par lots" @@ -7600,17 +8318,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, l'entrepôt doit être configuré pour les livraisons en trois étapes." -" Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` pour modifier l':guilabel:`Entrepôt`. " -"Sélectionnez ensuite :guilabel:`Emballer les marchandises, les envoyer à " -"l'emplacement de sortie et ensuite livrer (3 étapes)` pour les " -":guilabel:`Expéditions`. :guilabel:`Enregistrez` ensuite les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." @@ -7618,45 +8330,31 @@ msgstr "Définissez l'option d'expédition sur livrer en trois étapes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" -"L'activation des réceptions et expéditions en trois étapes créera deux " -"nouveaux emplacements internes : une *Zone de colisage* (WH/Packing Zone) et" -" *Sortie* (WH/Output). Pour renommer ces emplacements, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Emplacements`, sélectionnez " -"l':guilabel:`Emplacement` à modifier, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`, " -"mettez à jour le nom et cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" -"Traiter un bon de livraison en trois étapes (transfert + colisage + " -"expédition)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Ventes`, créez un nouveau devis en " -"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Client`, ajoutez " -"un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" -"Un bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Livraison` apparaîtra dans le coin " -"supérieur droit. Le fait de cliquer dessus affiche le bon de transfert, le " -"bon de colisage et le bon de livraison, qui sont tous associés à la " -"commande." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -7666,11 +8364,11 @@ msgstr "" "Après avoir confirmé la commande, le bouton intelligent Livraison apparaît et affiche les trois articles\n" "qui y sont associés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "Traiter un transfert" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -7688,7 +8386,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le statut est prêt pour l'opération de transfert, alors que les opérations de colisage et de livraison sont en attente\n" "d'une autre opération." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -7704,7 +8402,7 @@ msgstr "" "transfert. Le statut du bon de livraison ne passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que " "lorsque le colisage aura été marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -7718,7 +8416,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "Le bon de transfert se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'Inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -7739,11 +8437,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "Validez le transfert en cliquant sur Valider." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "Traiter un colisage" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -7759,7 +8457,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "Le bon de colisage se trouve dans la vue kanban de l'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -7775,7 +8473,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Valider sur le bon de colisage pour transférer le produit de la zone de colisage vers\n" "l'emplacement de sortie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " @@ -7786,11 +8484,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`WH/Output`. Ensuite, le statut du document passe à " ":guilabel:`Fait`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "Traiter une livraison" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -7807,7 +8505,7 @@ msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" "Le bon de livraison se trouve dans la vue kanban des Bons de livraisons." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -7824,7 +8522,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Valider sur le bon de livraison pour transférer le produit de l'emplacement de sortie vers\n" "l'emplacement client." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -7913,7 +8611,7 @@ msgstr "Recevoir les marchandises directement (1 étape)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "Créer un bon de commande" @@ -8578,56 +9276,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " -"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, l'entrepôt doit être configuré pour les réceptions en trois étapes." -" Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Entrepôts` et " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` pour modifier l'entrepôt. Sélectionnez " -"ensuite :guilabel:`Décharger dans l'emplacement d'entrée, passer par un " -"contrôle qualité avant d'être admis en stock (3 étapes)` pour les " -":guilabel:`Réceptions`. :guilabel:`Enregistrez` ensuite les changements." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "Définissez l'option de réception sur recevoir en trois étapes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -"L'activation des réceptions et expéditions en trois étapes créera deux " -"nouveaux emplacements internes : *Entrée* (WH/Input) et *Contrôle qualité* " -"(WH/Quality Control). Pour renommer ces emplacements, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Emplacements`, sélectionnez " -"l':guilabel:`Emplacement` à modifier, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`, " -"mettez à jour le nom et cliquez finalement sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -"Traiter une réception en trois étapes (emplacement d'entrée + contrôle " -"qualité + stock)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application :menuselection:`Achats`, créez un nouveau devis en " -"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Fournisseur`, " -"ajoutez un :guilabel:`Produit` stockable et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer" -" la commande`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " @@ -8638,11 +9326,11 @@ msgstr "" " cliquer sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` affichera l'ordre " "de réception." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "Traiter une réception" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -8662,7 +9350,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le statut des trois transferts de réception indique les opérations prêtes et celles\n" "en attente d'une autre opération. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -8677,7 +9365,7 @@ msgstr "" "traités tant que l'étape associée précédant chaque transfert n'est pas " "terminée." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -8691,7 +9379,7 @@ msgstr "" "passera à :guilabel:`Prêt` que lorsque le transfert vers le contrôle qualité" " aura été marqué comme :guilabel:`Fait`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -8707,7 +9395,7 @@ msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" "Une réception prête à être traitée dans la vue kanban de l'aperçu du stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -8725,11 +9413,11 @@ msgstr "" "Validez la réception en cliquant sur Valider et le produit sera transféré vers\n" "WH/Contrôle qualité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "Traiter un transfert vers le contrôle qualité" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -8744,7 +9432,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`1 à traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts " "internes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -8766,11 +9454,11 @@ msgstr "" "Validez le transfert interne pour déplacer l'article vers l'emplacement de " "contrôle qualité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "Traiter un transfert vers le stock" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -8783,7 +9471,7 @@ msgstr "" "l':guilabel:`Inventaire`, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`1 à " "traiter` sur la carte kanban des :guilabel:`Transferts internes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -19647,13 +20335,10 @@ msgstr "Gérer les nomenclatures pour les variantes de produit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" -"Odoo permet d'utiliser une seule nomenclature pour plusieurs variantes d'un " -"même produit. Le fait d'avoir une nomenclature consolidée pour un produit " -"avec des variantes permet de gagner du temps en évitant d'avoir à gérer " -"plusieurs nomenclatures." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" @@ -19661,18 +20346,19 @@ msgstr "Activer des variantes de produit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" -"Pour activer les variantes, allez simplement à :menuselection:`Inventaire " -"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Produits`, et activez l'option " -":guilabel:`Variantes`. Ensuite, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour " -"appliquer le paramètre. Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration des " -"variantes de produit, consultez :doc:`cette page " -"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." @@ -19680,29 +20366,145 @@ msgstr "" "Sélectionner l'option \"Variantes\" dans les paramètres de l'application " "Inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "Appliquer des composants de nomenclature aux variantes de produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, créez une nouvelle nomenclature ou modifiez une nomenclature " -"existante en allant à :menuselection:`Fabrication --> Produits --> " -"Nomenclatures`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. L'option " -":guilabel:`Appliquer aux variantes` permettant d'assigner des composants à " -"des variantes de produit spécifiques sur la nomenclature est disponible une " -"fois que le paramètre :guilabel:`Variantes` est activé dans l'application " -":guilabel:`Inventaire`. Si le champ :guilabel:`Appliquer aux variantes` " -"n'est pas immédiatement visible, activez-le à partir du menu des options " -"supplémentaires." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." @@ -19710,7 +20512,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'option \"Application aux variantes\" dans le menu des options " "supplémentaires." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " @@ -19721,22 +20523,152 @@ msgstr "" "variantes du produit. Le même principe s'applique lors de la configuration " "des opérations et des sous-produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous définissez des nomenclatures de variantes par l'assignation de " -"composants, le champ :guilabel:`Variante de produit` dans la section " -"principale de la nomenclature doit être laissé vide, comme illustré ci-" -"dessous. Le champ n'est utilisé que lors de la création d'une nomenclature " -"spécifique à une variante de produit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." -msgstr "Appliquer des composants à plusieurs variantes." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" @@ -20505,10 +21437,6 @@ msgstr "" "du sous-traitant **s** et de supprimer les produits **B** de la " "*nomenclature*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Traçabilité" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 94b5c1361..6d39f4487 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ # Jérôme Tanché , 2023 # Fernanda Marques , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Liste` et :guilabel:`Graphique`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vue liste" @@ -3002,419 +3002,514 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancé" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" -msgstr "Comprendre les métriques" +msgid "Campaign metrics" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" -"Les métriques sont des statistiques détaillées qui mesurent la progression " -"et la réussite des campagnes de marketing. Lors de la création d'activités " -"de marketing dans un flux de travail, Odoo affiche différentes métriques " -"liées à la campagne avec des graphiques et des données détaillés." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" -"Un graphique linéaire typique dans un flux de travail d'automatisation du " -"marketing montrant le taux de réussite d'un email." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "Un exemple d'une campagne de marketing automation dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, la :guilabel:`Cible` de cette campagne est définie sur " -":guilabel:`Piste/Opportunité` et a été réduite pour *uniquement* se " -"concentrer sur les pistes (ou les opportunités) dont le :guilabel:`Nom " -"d'étiquette` contient une valeur de `produit` — et qui ont *également* une " -"adresse email définie dans la base de données." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" -"En dessous des nœuds de filtrage, Odoo affiche les enregistrements de la " -"base de données qui correspondent aux critères précédemment précisés." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" -"Ci-dessous, il y a 18 enregistrements dans la base de données qui " -"correspondent aux critères." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Filtres de génération de pistes utilisées pour affiner les enregistrements " -"sur les campagnes d'automatisation dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" -"En haut du formulaire de campagne d'automatisation du marketing, vous " -"trouvez une série de boutons intelligents. Le bouton intelligent " -":guilabel:`Participants` dans cet exemple indique que, sur ces 18 " -"enregistrements, 25 sont devenus des participants. En d'autres termes, ils " -"correspondent aux critères et ils ont interagi avec la campagne d'une " -"manière ou d'une autre." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" -"Les :guilabel:`Enregistrements` correspondent à un nombre en temps réel. Par" -" conséquent, au cours de l'exécution du flux de travail, le nombre " -"d'enregistrements d'opportunités (suppressions, ajouts ou ajustements) peut " -"changer." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" -"Cela signifie qu'il y aura des mises à jour en temps réel du nombre " -"d':guilabel:`Enregistrements`, mais ces mises à jours ne modifient *pas* le " -"nombre de :guilabel:`Participants`, car la métrique n'exclut *pas* les " -"opportunités qui ont déjà été définies comme :guilabel:`Participants` " -"auparavant — Odoo ne fait qu'en ajouter de nouvelles." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." -msgstr "" -"C'est pourquoi le nombre d':guilabel:`Enregistrements` peut différer du " -"nombre de :guilabel:`Participants` de temps en temps." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" -"Différence entre le nombre d'enregistrements en temps réel et le nombre " -"total de participants à une campagne de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" -"Chaque fois que le système s'exécute, met à jour les chiffres et déclenche " -"les actions, il examine le modèle :guilabel:`Cible` et vérifie si de " -"nouveaux :guilabel:`Enregistrements` ont été ajoutés (ou modifiés), ce qui " -"permet de garder le flux constamment à jour." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" -"Le :guilabel:`Filter` s'applique à *toutes* les activités. Les pistes qui " -"perdent cette étiquette spécifique (`produit`) entre-temps seront exclues " -"des activités ultérieures." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -"Les filtres peuvent également s'appliquer à des activités individuelles, " -"dans la section :guilabel:`Domaine` du formulaire contextuel " -":guilabel:`Activité`. Cette fonction permet de préciser un filtre individuel" -" qui ne sera exécuté *que* si les enregistrements correspondent aux *deux* " -"critères de filtrage — le filtre d'activité et le filtre de domaine " -"spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" -"Lors de la configuration d'une activité SMS, assurez-vous qu'un certain " -"numéro de téléphone est défini, afin d'éviter de déclencher un SMS qui ne " -"serait jamais envoyé." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Un filtre de ciblage pertinent qui s'applique à un type d'activité " -"individuelle." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" -"Les :guilabel:`Réussites` représentent le nombre de fois que la recherche de" -" participants — qui correspondent au(x) filtre(s) de critères de cette " -"activité — a été effectuée avec succès, par rapport au nombre total de " -"participants. Si un participant ne correspond *pas* aux conditions, il sera " -"ajouté au nombre de participants :guilabel:`rejetés`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Vue d'ensemble des participants qui correspondent ou non aux critères de " -"filtrage d'une activité." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -"En survolant le graphique sur un bloc d'activité d'automatisation, Odoo " -"affiche le nombre de réussites et d'échecs, par jour, au cours des 15 " -"derniers jours." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Suivis" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participants" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" -"Chaque fois qu'un nouvel enregistrement est ajouté au modèle " -":guilabel:`Cible`, il est automatiquement ajouté au flux de travail et il " -"démarre le flux de travail depuis le début (:guilabel:`Action parente`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Commencer" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Commencer" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" -"L'application *Marketing Automation* d'Odoo automatise une variété de tâches" -" de marketing en combinant des règles et des filtres spécifiques pour " -"générer des actions programmées. Au lieu d'avoir à créer chaque étape d'une " -"campagne (telle qu'une série d'envois de masse programmés), l'application " -"Marketing Automation permet aux agents de marketing de créer la campagne " -"entière et tous ses composants, à partir d'un seul tableau de bord." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Créer une campagne" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle campagne de marketing automation, ouvrez " -"l'application :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` et cliquez sur le bouton" -" :guilabel:`Créer` dans le coin supérieur gauche. Cette opération fait " -"apparaître un formulaire détaillé de campagne de marketing automation vierge" -" dans une page séparée." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" -msgstr "" -"Sur la page de campagne de marketing automation vierge, vous trouvez les " -"boutons intelligents et les champs suivants :" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -"Un tableau de bord montrant la création d'une nouvelle campagne de marketing" -" automation dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" -msgstr "**Boutons intelligents**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Modèles` : représente le nombre de modèles d'email préconfigurés " -"utilisés dans cette campagne en particulier. (Les modèles peuvent également " -"être créés à la volée)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SMS` : représente le nombre de SMS personnalisés liés à cette " -"campagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Clics` : représente le nombre de fois où les destinataires de " -"cette campagne ont cliqué sur les liens attachés." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Participants` : représente le nombre de contacts qui ont " -"participé directement à cette campagne." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "**Champs**" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nom` : représente le nom de la campagne de marketing automation " -"en cours de création." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cible` : ce champ est un menu déroulant pour choisir le modèle " -"ciblé par cette campagne (c'est-à-dire, par Contact, Commande client, " -"Piste/Opportunité, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtre` : ce champ fournit plusieurs critères configurables qui " -"peuvent être utilisés pour affiner les destinataires/l'audience cible de la " -"campagne de marketing automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "Filtres de campagne" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un :guilabel:`Filtre` à l'audience cible, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Ajouter un filtre` et un champ de nœud apparaît. Dans le champ de" -" nœud, vous pouvez confirmer une équation personnalisée qu'Odoo utilise lors" -" du filtrage des contacts à inclure (et à exclure) dans cette campagne de " -"marketing spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Un nœud de filtre dans Odoo Marketing Automation" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'on clique sur le premier champ du nœud, un menu déroulant imbriqué" -" d'options apparaît à l'écran, dans lequel vous pouvez choisir des critères " -"spécifiques en fonction des besoins de la campagne. Les champs restants du " -"nœud définissent les critères déterminant les enregistrements à inclure (ou " -"à exclure) dans l'exécution de la campagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un autre nœud, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`➕ (signe plus)` à" -" droite de la règle de filtrage. Pour ajouter une branche de plusieurs nœuds" -" en même temps, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipse)`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'informations sur les filtres, consultez :doc:`cette page de la " -"documentation " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -"Les :guilabel:`Enregistrements` représentent le nombre de contacts dans le " -"système qui correspondent aux critères spécifiques pour une campagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" +msgstr ":doc:`testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" @@ -3736,90 +3831,114 @@ msgstr "Tester/lancer des campagnes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -"Odoo donne aux utilisateurs la possibilité de tester les campagnes de " -"marketing (et les mailings) avant de les lancer officiellement." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -"Ouvrez d'abord l'application :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` et " -"sélectionnez la campagne souhaitée, qui affiche le formulaire détaillé de la" -" campagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" -"Sur le formulaire détaillé de la campagne, assurez-vous que la campagne a " -"déjà des activités configurées (ou créez une campagne en suivant les " -"instructions que vous trouvez dans :doc:`cette documentation " -"`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" -"Pour lancer un test, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lancer un test` en " -"haut du formulaire de campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Le bouton Lancer un test dans Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce bouton, une fenêtre contextuelle " -":guilabel:`Lancer un test` apparaît. Dans le menu déroulant, choisissez un " -"enregistrement existant (ou créez-en un nouveau) pour effectuer un test. " -"Pour créer un tout nouvel enregistrement, cliquez sur le lien " -":guilabel:`Recherche avancée...` au bas du menu déroulant et cliquez sur le " -"bouton :guilabel:`Créer`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -"Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de contact vierge, dans lequel" -" vous **devez** saisir le :guilabel:`Nom` et l':guilabel:`Email`. Lorsque " -"toutes les informations nécessaires ont été saisies, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` et Odoo retourne à la fenêtre contextuelle " -":guilabel:`Lancer un test`, avec ce nouvel enregistrement dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Choisissez un enregistrement existant ou créez-en un nouveau pour" -" tester`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un enregistrement est sélectionné, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Continuer` et Odoo vous redirige vers la page de test de la " -"campagne. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Écran de test dans Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -3833,7 +3952,7 @@ msgstr "" "En dessous, dans la section :guilabel:`Flux de travail`, se trouve la " "première activité (ou activités) du flux de travail qui est testée." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -3846,120 +3965,515 @@ msgstr "" "recharge et Odoo montre les différents résultats (et analyses) liés à cette " "activité spécifique au fur et à mesure qu'ils se produisent, en temps réel." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Progression du flux de test dans Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" -"Une fois toutes les activités du flux de travail accomplies, le test prend " -"fin et passe à l'étape :guilabel:`Terminé`. Pour arrêter un test avant que " -"toutes les activités du flux ne soient terminées, cliquez sur le bouton " -":guilabel:`Arrêter` dans le coin supérieur gauche de la page de test de la " -"campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" -msgstr "Activités de marketing" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -"Lors de la création d'une campagne dans l'application *Marketing " -"Automation*, les utilisateurs peuvent planifier des activités de marketing, " -"telles que des campagnes par email ou par SMS." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -"Pour commencer, allez jusqu’au bas d'un formulaire détaillé d'une campagne " -"d'automatisation du marketing et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une nouvelle" -" activité`. Cette action fait apparaître une fenêtre contextuelle " -":guilabel:`Créer des activités`. Cette fenêtre contextuelle est un modèle " -"d'activité vierge, dans lequel vous pouvez définir des paramètres " -"spécifiques pour cette activité particulière." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" -"Les champs suivants sont disponibles dans la fenêtre contextuelle " -":guilabel:`Créer des activités` (lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter" -" une nouvelle activité`) :" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Un modèle d'activité dans Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de l'activité` : le titre de l'activité." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type d'activité` : choisissez entre `Email`, `Action de serveur` " -"(opération interne à Odoo), ou `SMS`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Modèle d'email` : choisissez parmi les modèles préconfigurés (ou " -"créez-en un nouveau à volée)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Déclencheur` : choisissez si cette activité doit être déclenchée." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Durée d'expiration` : permet de configurer l'arrêt des actions " -"après un certains temps (après la date prévue). Lorsque cette option est " -"sélectionnée, un champ :guilabel:`Annuler après` apparaît, où l'utilisateur " -"peut choisir le nombre d':guilabel:`heures, jours, semaines ou mois` après " -"lequel il souhaite que les actions cessent après la date initiale." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtre d'activité` : domaine lié à cette activité (et à toutes " -"les activités enfants suivantes)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtre appliqué` : l'activité ne sera exécutée *que* si elle " -"satisfait au domaine précisé (filtre)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Déclencher" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -3977,21 +4491,23 @@ msgstr "" "supprimer l'activité et retourner au formulaire de campagne d'automatisation" " du marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Activité du flux de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'une activité est enregistrée, la section :guilabel:`Flux de " -"travail` apparaît au bas du formulaire de campagne d'automatisation du " -"marketing. Chaque activité est affichée sous forme de graphique linéaire." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Activité du flux de travail typique dans Odoo Marketing Automation" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" "The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " "the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " @@ -4001,7 +4517,7 @@ msgstr "" "trouve à gauche de la carte :guilabel:`Activité du flux de travail` dans la " "section :guilabel:`Flux de travail`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " ":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " @@ -4011,77 +4527,67 @@ msgstr "" "de :guilabel:`Réussites` ou d':guilabel:`Échecs` s'affiche à droite du " "graphique." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Activité du flux de travail typique dans Odoo Marketing Automation" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"Si le :guilabel:`Type d'activité` de l'activité est défini sur " -":guilabel:`Email`, des analyses plus détaillés sont disponibles sous les " -"données du graphique d'activité, présentant le nombre d'emails " -":guilabel:`envoyés`, et le pourcentage de ceux qui ont été " -":guilabel:`cliqués`, qui ont été :guilabel:`répondus` ou qui ont été " -":guilabel:`rejetés`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Activités enfants" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -"Vous avez également la possibilité d'ajouter une *activité enfant* en " -"cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une activité enfant`, situé en bas de chaque" -" bloc d'activité dans la section :guilabel:`Flux de travail` d'un formulaire" -" de marketing automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -"Les activités enfants sont des sous-activités qui sont liées à (et " -"déclenchées par) l'activité supérieure, connue sous le nom d'*activité " -"parent*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -"Odoo propose un certain nombre d'options de déclenchement pour lancer une " -"activité enfant - qui dépendent toutes des configurations de déclenchement " -"de l'activité parent. Sous l'activité parent souhaitée, survolez " -":guilabel:`Ajouter une activité enfant` et sélectionnez l'un des " -"déclencheurs suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ajouter une autre activité` : ajouter instantanément une autre " -"activité." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ouvert` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " -"destinataire (de l'email) ouvre l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -4089,7 +4595,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pas ouvert` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire n'ouvre pas l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -4097,7 +4603,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Répondu` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire répond à l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -4105,7 +4611,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pas répondu` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire ne répond pas à l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4113,7 +4619,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cliqué` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire clique sur un lien inclus dans l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4121,7 +4627,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Pas cliqué` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si le " "destinataire ne clique pas sur un lien inclus dans l'email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -4129,20 +4635,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Rejeté` : la prochaine activité sera déclenchée si l'email est " "rejeté (pas envoyé)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un déclencheur est sélectionné, un utilisateur peut configurer " -"l'activité enfant (elle a les mêmes options de configuration qu'une activité" -" normale) et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour terminer la " -"création de l'activité enfant, qui sera alors affichée dans la section " -":guilabel:`Flux de travail`, dans une position légèrement indentée sous " -"l'activité parent." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -5986,223 +6483,380 @@ msgstr "Les essentiels du marketing social" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" -"Le *Marketing social* d'Odoo aide les spécialistes du marketing à créer et à" -" planifier des posts, à gérer divers comptes de réseaux sociaux, à analyser " -"l'efficacité du contenu et à communiquer directement avec les adeptes des " -"réseaux sociaux en un seul endroit centralisé." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" -msgstr "Ajouter des comptes de réseaux sociaux" +msgid "Social media accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" -"Afin de créer des posts, chaque compte de réseau social doit être ajouté en " -"tant que flux dans l'application Odoo *Marketing social*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" -msgstr "Ajouter un flux de réseau social" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez un compte de réseau social en tant que flux en allant à " -":menuselection:`Marketing social` et sélectionnez ensuite le bouton " -":guilabel:`Ajouter un flux` dans le coin supérieur gauche." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un flux`, la fenêtre " -"contextuelle suivante apparaît, affichant les différents réseaux sociaux " -"parmi lesquels vous pouvez choisir." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" -"Vue de la fenêtre contextuelle qui apparaît lorsque vous cliquez sur " -"'Ajouter un flux' dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -"D'autres options de réseaux sociaux sont disponibles en fonction de votre " -"version d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" -"À partir de cette fenêtre contextuelle, sélectionnez un réseau social : " -":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn` ou :guilabel:`Twitter`." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, Odoo redirige directement vers la page d'autorisation de ce réseau " -"social spécifique, où vous devez donner l'autorisation pour qu'Odoo ajoute " -"ce compte de réseau social spécifique à l'application *Marketing social* en " -"tant que flux sur le tableau de bord principal de l'application." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" -"Une page Facebook peut être ajoutée tant que le compte Facebook qui accorde " -"l'autorisation est l'administrateur de la page. De plus, il est possible " -"d'ajouter différentes pages pour des flux différents." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" -"Une fois l'autorisation accordée, Odoo revient au :guilabel:`Feed` sur le " -"tableau de bord principal du :guilabel:`Marketing social` et une nouvelle " -"colonne avec les posts de ce compte est ajoutée automatiquement." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" -"À partir de là, de nouveaux comptes et/ou flux peuvent être ajoutés et gérés" -" à tout moment." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "Exemple de tableau de bord rempli de flux dans Odoo Marketing social" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." -msgstr "" -"L'ajout de comptes de réseaux sociaux au feed relie également les KPIs de " -"cette plateforme de réseau social spécifique (si la plateforme en a). Pour " -"être redirigé vers les statistiques et les mesures liées à un compte social," -" cliquez sur :guilabel:`Statistiques`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -"Le lien des statistiques est accessible pour chaque flux de réseau social " -"ajouté dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" -msgstr "Créer et publier des posts de réseaux sociaux dans Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -"Pour créer du contenu pour les comptes de réseaux sociaux dans l'application" -" :menuselection:`Marketing social`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Nouveau" -" post` dans le coin supérieur gauche du tableau de bord principal et allez à" -" :menuselection:`Posts --> Créer` à partir du menu d'en-tête." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." msgstr "" -"L'une ou l'autre des options permet d'afficher un modèle de post vierge qui " -"peut être personnalisé et configuré de différentes manières." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "Comment créer un post de réseau social directement dans Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "Modèle de post" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "La page du modèle de post comporte de nombreuses options différentes." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Posts" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "La section 'Votre post'" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La première option est le champ :guilabel:`Publier sur`. Vous y déterminerez" -" sur quel(s) compte(s) de réseaux sociaux ou sur quel(s) site(s) web via une" -" notification push, ce post sera publié." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Statistiques" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Société" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Publier sur" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Pour que l'option :guilabel:`Notification push` apparaisse, activez la " -"fonctionnalité *Activer les notifications push* dans l'application *Site " -"Web*. Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> " -"Paramètres`, activez la fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Activer les notifications " -"push`, complétez les champs correspondants et cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" -"Odoo fournit automatiquement chaque compte de réseau social disponible qui a" -" été lié à la base de données en tant qu'option dans cette section " -"également." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Message" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" -"Si un compte de réseau social n'a pas été ajouté en tant que flux à " -"l'application *Marketing social*, il n'apparaîtra pas en tant qu'option dans" -" le modèle du post." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." @@ -6210,82 +6864,122 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, vous avez le champ :guilabel:`Message` où vous pouvez créer le " "contenu principal du post." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -"Écrivez le message souhaité pour le post dans ce champ. À droite, au fur et " -"à mesure que le champ :guilabel:`Message` se remplit, Odoo affiche des " -"exemples visuels de l'apparence du post sur tous les comptes de réseaux " -"sociaux précédemment sélectionnés dans le champ :guilabel:`Publier sur` ci-" -"dessus." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -"Il est également possible d'ajouter des émojis directement au texte dans le " -"champ :guilabel:`Message`. Cliquez simplement sur :guilabel:`l'émoji " -"(smiley)` situé sur la ligne du champ :guilabel:`Message` à l'extrême " -"droite. En cliquant sur cette icône, une liste déroulante contenant de " -"nombreux émojis s'affiche." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -"Si des images doivent être utilisées dans le post, cliquez sur le lien " -":guilabel:`JOINDRE DES IMAGES` sous le champ :guilabel:`Message` et Odoo " -"affiche une fenêtre contextuelle. Dans cette fenêtre, choisissez et chargez " -"l'image souhaitée." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Joindre des images" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -"Un aperçu du post, du texte et de l'image (le cas échéant) s'affiche " -"instantanément dans l'aperçu visuel de post." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, vous avez l'option d'attacher ce post à une campagne marketing " -"spécifique dans la base de données dans le champ :guilabel:`Campagne`. " -"Cliquez sur la ligne vide à côté de :guilabel:`Campagne` pour révéler les " -"campagnes précédemment configurées." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -"Il est également possible de créer une nouvelle campagne en saisissant le " -"nom de la nouvelle campagne dans le champ :guilabel:`Campagne` vide et en " -"sélectionnant :guilabel:`Créer` dans le menu déroulant. Vous pouvez " -"également sélectionner :guilabel:`Créer et modifier` dans le menu pour " -"personnaliser davantage la campagne nouvellement créée." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." -msgstr "Il n'est *pas* nécessaire d'attacher un post social à une campagne." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Campagne" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Quand" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " @@ -6296,242 +6990,197 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Planifier ultérieurement` pour qu'Odoo publie le post à une date " "et une heure ultérieures." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Planifier ultérieurement`, Odoo fait " -"apparaître un nouveau champ (le champ :guilabel:`Date de publication " -"planifiée`). En cliquant sur ce champ vide, un calendrier s'affiche dans " -"lequel une date et une heure futures sont indiquées. À ce moment-là, Odoo " -"publiera rapidement le post sur les comptes de réseaux sociaux sélectionnés." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur la date souhaitée pour planifier le post pour ce jour. Ensuite, " -"sélectionnez et personnalisez manuellement l'heure par défaut dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Date de publication planifiée` ou ajoutez l'heure de publication " -"souhaitée en cliquant sur l':guilabel:`icône de planification (horloge)` " -"située dans la fenêtre contextuelle du calendrier et choisissez l'heure " -"souhaitée pour qu'Odoo publie ce message à cette date future." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -"Si vous planifiez un post, n'oubliez pas de cliquer sur " -":guilabel:`Planifier` dans le coin supérieur gauche du modèle de post. Ceci " -"permet de bloquer la date de l'heure de publication du post et change le " -"statut du post en :guilabel:`Planifié`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"De plus, lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Planifier`, certains boutons " -"intelligents analytiques apparaissent sur la page du post. Chacun d'eux " -"propose une analyse détaillée de la mesure correspondante (par ex. " -":guilabel:`Pistes`, :guilabel:`Revenus`, etc.). Ces mêmes boutons " -"intelligents apparaissent également lorsqu'un post est officiellement " -"publié." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "La section 'Options de notifications web'" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez sélectionné des :guilabel:`Notifications push` dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Publier sur`, Odoo fournit une autre section de " -"paramètres/options au bas du modèle du post. Il convient de noter qu'*aucun*" -" de ces champs n'est obligatoire." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Options de notification push" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"Le premier champ concernant le :guilabel:`Titre de la notification push`. Il" -" s'agit du texte qui s'affiche comme titre de la notification push " -"lorsqu'elle est envoyée. Odoo montre un aperçu visuel de ce titre, s'il est " -"créé." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"Pour désigner une page spécifique du site web qui doit déclencher cette " -"notification push, saisissez l'URL de cette page dans le champ " -":guilabel:`URL cible`. Ensuite, lorsqu'un visiteur attendra cette page " -"spécifique, Odoo affichera la notification push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"En dessous de ce champ figure l'option d'ajouter une :guilabel:`Image " -"d'icône`. Il s'agit d'une icône qui s'affiche à côté de la notification " -"push. Par défaut, Odoo utilise un \"smiley\" comme icône." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -"Pour charger une nouvelle image, cliquez sur :guilabel:`l'icône Modifier " -"(crayon)` lorsque vous survolez le champ :guilabel:`Image d'icône`. Ensuite," -" localisez et chargez l'image souhaitée et Odoo montre automatiquement un " -"aperçu de la façon dont l'icône s'affichera sur la notification push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, vous avez l'option d':guilabel:`Envoyer suivant le fuseau horaire " -"du visiteur`. Si cette option est activée, Odoo enverra la notification à " -"l'heure appropriée et prédéterminée en tenant compte de la localisation " -"géographique du visiteur." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "Options d'enregistrement, de publication et de test de notification" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -"Lorsque toutes les modifications ont été effectuées et le post est terminé, " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer le post en tant que " -"*brouillon* ou sur :guilabel:`Publier` si le post est prêt à être publié " -"immédiatement. Odoo publiera automatiquement le post sur les comptes de " -"réseaux sociaux sélectionnés." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -"Vous avez également l'option de :guilabel:`Tester la notification`, si une " -":guilabel:`notification push` a été sélectionnée dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Publier sur`. En cliquant sur cette option, vous obtiendrez un " -"exemple rapide de la façon dont la notification s'affichera aux visiteurs." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "Barre de statut des posts sociaux" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -"Dans le coin supérieur droit de la page de :`Modèle de post` se trouve la " -":guilabel:`Barre de statut`, qui permet d'afficher le statut actuel du post." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`, le post a le statut " -"*Brouillon*." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -"Si le post est planifié pour être envoyé à une date/heure future et si vous " -"avez cliqué sur le bouton :guilabel:`Planifier`, le statut du post est " -"*Planifié*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -"Si le post est en cours de publication ou d'envoi, le statut du post est *En" -" cours*. Et finalement, si le post a déjà été publié ou envoyé, le statut " -"est *Publié*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "Page des posts" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -"Pour avoir une vue d'ensemble de tous les posts, allez à Odoo " -":menuselection:`Marketing social` et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Posts` dans" -" le menu d'en-tête. Vous y trouverez tous les posts créés et publiés avec " -"Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -"Il existe quatre options d'affichage différentes pour les données de la page" -" des :guilabel:`Posts` : *kanban*, *calendrier*, *liste* et *tableau croisé " -"dynamique*. Les options d'affichage se trouvent dans le coin supérieur droit" -" de la page des :guilabel:`Posts`, en dessous de la barre de recherche." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Vue kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Odoo affiche les posts dans une vue kanban. Les informations de " -"cette page peuvent encore être triées davantage en utilisant le menu " -"déroulant des :guilabel:`Filtres` et de :guilabel:`Regrouper par`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -6539,50 +7188,66 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "La vue kanban de la page des posts dans l'application Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "Vue calendrier" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" -"L'option de vue calendrier affiche une représentation visuelle sous forme de" -" calendrier de la date à laquelle les posts ont été publiés ou sont " -"planifiés pour être publiés. Cette option fournit une vue d'ensemble claire " -"d'une journée, d'une semaine ou d'un mois planifié et Odoo affiche tous les " -"posts en brouillon, planifiés et publiés." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "Exemple de la vue calendrier dans Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" -"L'option d'affichage en liste est similaire à l'option kanban, mais au lieu " -"de blocs individuels, toutes les informations sur les posts sont affichées " -"dans une liste claire. Chaque ligne de la liste affiche les " -":guilabel:`Comptes sociaux`, le :guilabel:`Message` et le :guilabel:`Statut`" -" de chaque post." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" "Vue de l'option de liste sur la page des posts dans Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Vue tableau croisé dynamique" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -6597,58 +7262,36 @@ msgstr "" "L'option d'affichage de tableau croisé dynamique sur la page des posts dans " "Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -"L'option d'affichage de tableau croisé dynamique offre de nombreuses options" -" analytiques, permettant une analyse approfondie et détaillée des différents" -" posts." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l':guilabel:`icône + (signe plus)` à côté d'une ligne dans le " -"tableau croisé dynamique pour afficher d'autres options de mesure à ajouter " -"à la grille." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -"Dans le tableau croisé dynamique, vous avez la possibilité " -"d':guilabel:`Insérer dans une feuille de calcul`, à droite du menu déroulant" -" :guilabel:`Mesures`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur cette option, une fenêtre contextuelle s'affiche et" -" vous propose d'ajouter ces informations à une feuille de calcul existante. " -"L'option de créer une nouvelle feuille de calcul pour ces informations est " -"également disponible dans cette fenêtre." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -"À côté de l'option :guilabel:`Insérer dans une feuille de calcul` se " -"trouvent trois options d'affichage, spécifiques à la vue de tableau croisé " -"dynamique." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "De gauche à droite, les options sont les suivantes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." @@ -6656,7 +7299,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Inverser les axes`, qui permet d'intervertir les axes *X* et *Y* " "dans la grille." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." @@ -6664,7 +7307,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tout déplier`, qui développe chaque ligne de la grille, affichant" " ainsi des informations plus détaillées à son sujet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." @@ -6672,60 +7315,57 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Télécharger`, qui vous permet de télécharger instantanément le " "tableau croisé dynamique sous forme de feuille de calcul." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Visiteurs" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" -"Pour avoir une vue d'ensemble de toutes les personnes qui ont visiter le(s) " -"site(s) web connecté(s) à la base de données, allez à " -":menuselection:`Marketing social --> Visiteurs`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" "Vue de la page des visiteurs dans l'application Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -"Ici, Odoo fournit une présentation détaillée de toutes les informations " -"pertinentes des visiteurs dans une vue kanban par défaut. Ces mêmes " -"informations peuvent être triées en utilisant les options " -":guilabel:`Filtres` et :guilabel:`Regrouper par`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -"Il est également possible d'afficher les données des visiteurs sous forme de" -" liste ou de graphique. Ces options d'affichage se trouvent dans le coin " -"supérieur droit de la page des :guilabel:`Visiteurs`, sous la barre de " -"recherche." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "Page des réseaux sociaux" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Réseaux sociaux` pour voir " -"l'ensemble des options de réseaux sociaux : :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter` et :guilabel:`Notifications push`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -6733,29 +7373,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vue de la page des réseaux sociaux dans l'application Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" -"Si aucun compte n'a été lié à un réseau social en particulier, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Lier un compte` pour entamer la procédure de liaison." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "Page des comptes sociaux" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" -"Pour avoir une vue s'ensemble de tous les comptes sociaux liés à la base de " -"données, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptes sociaux`. Cette " -"page affichera le :guilabel:`Nom du médium` et la plateforme de " -":guilabel:`réseau social` qui y est associée." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -6763,57 +7393,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vue de la page des comptes sociaux dans l'application Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -"Pour modifier/modifier des comptes sociaux, sélectionnez simplement le " -"compte souhaité dans la liste sur cette page et effectuez les modifications " -"nécessaires. N'oubliez pas de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour " -"enregistrer toutes les modifications." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "Page des flux sociaux" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Flux sociaux` pour afficher une " -"page séparée qui contient tous les flux de réseaux sociaux qui ont été " -"ajoutés au tableau de bord principal de l'application *Marketing social*, " -"accessible depuis l'option :guilabel:`Feed` dans le menu d'en-tête." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -"Ici, les informations sur les flux sociaux sont organisées sous forme de " -"liste avec les :guilabel:`Réseaux sociaux`, le :guilabel:`Titre` du flux et " -"le :guilabel:`Type` du flux (par ex. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Mot clé`," -" etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -"Pour modifier les informations d'un flux, cliquez simplement sur le flux " -"souhaité dans la liste et effectuez les modifications nécessaires. N'oubliez" -" pas de cliquer sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer toutes les " -"modifications." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -6852,6 +7465,10 @@ msgstr "" "des clients (ou des employés) et obtenir plus d'informations sur les " "sentiments changeants du marché." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Commencer" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index e51fa36f9..4292e3701 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ # Cécile Collart , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1003,212 +1003,174 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "Démarrer avec Discussion" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -"L'application Discussion vous permet de rassembler toutes les communications" -" de votre entreprise par le biais de messages, de notes et de chats. " -"Partagez des informations, des projets, des fichiers, hiérarchisez les " -"tâches et restez en contact avec vos collègues et partenaires d'une " -"application à l'autre. Forgez de meilleures relations, augmentez la " -"productivité et la transparence en promouvant un mode de communication " -"pratique." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "Choisir vos préférences de notifications" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" -"Accédez à vos *Préférences* et choisissez la manière dont vous souhaitez " -"recevoir vos notifications." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Vue de la page des préférences pour Odoo Discussion" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, le champ est défini sur *Recevoir par email*, de sorte que les " -"messages, notes et notifications dans lesquels vous êtes mentionné ou que " -"vous suivez, vous sont envoyés par email. En choisissant *Recevoir dans " -"Odoo*, ils s'affichent dans votre *Boîte de réception*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" -"Les messages peuvent alors être marqués comme *À faire*, *Répondus* ou " -"*Marqués comme lus*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -"Vue d'un message de la boîte de réception et les options d'action dans Odoo " -"Discussion" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" -"Les messages *marqués comme à faire* sont accompagnés d'une *étoile*, alors " -"que les autres messages *marqués comme lus* sont déplacés vers *Historique*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Vue des messages marqués comme à faire dans Odoo Discussion" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "Commencer à discuter" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" -"La première fois que vous vous connectez à votre compte, OdooBot vous envoie" -" un message vous demandant la permission de recevoir des notifications pour " -"les chats. Si vous acceptez, vous recevez des notifications push pour les " -"messages qui vous sont envoyés, peu importe où vous vous trouvez dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -"Vue des messages sous le menu des messages mettant en évidence la demande de \n" -"notifications push dans Odoo Discussion" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." +" the browser." msgstr "" -"Pour ne plus recevoir de notifications, réinitialisez les paramètres de " -"notification de votre navigateur." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"Pour démarrer un chat, cliquez sur *Nouveau message* dans le *menu " -"Messagerie*, ou allez dans l'application *Discussion* et envoyez un *Message" -" direct*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" -"Vue du panneau de discussion mettant en évidence les titres, les canaux et " -"les messages directs dans Odoo Discussion" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également créer des :doc:`canaux publics et privés " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "Mentions dans le chat et sur le chatter" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" -"Pour mentionner un utilisateur dans un chat ou dans le chatter, tapez " -"*@nomdelutilisateur*; pour faire référence à un canal, tapez *#nomducanal*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" -"Une notification est envoyée à l'utilisateur mentionné soit dans sa *boîte " -"de réception*, soit par email, en fonction de ses paramètres." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Vue de quelques fenêtres de chat dans Odoo Discussion" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un utilisateur est mentionné, la liste de recherche (liste de noms) " -"suggère des valeurs d'abord basées sur les abonnés de la tâche, puis sur " -"*Employés*. Si l'enregistrement recherché ne correspond ni à un abonné ni à " -"un employé, l'étendue de la recherche passe à tous les partenaires." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "Statut du chat" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -"Il est utile de savoir ce que font les collègues et dans quelle mesure ils " -"peuvent répondre rapidement aux messages en vérifiant leur *Statut*. Le " -"statut est affiché à gauche du nom d'un contact dans la barre latérale de " -"Discussion et dans le *menu Messagerie*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "Vert = en ligne" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "Orange = absent" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "Blanc = hors ligne" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "Avion = hors du bureau" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Vue du statut des contacts dans Odoo Discussion" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1795,6 +1757,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "Utiliser les canaux pour la communication d'équipe " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e1a7725fe..6c3417e99 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ # Camille Dantinne , 2022 # David David , 2022 # Sébastien BÜHL , 2022 -# Renaud de Colombel , 2022 # Jérôme Tanché , 2022 +# Renaud de Colombel , 2022 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2022 # Priscilla (prs) Odoo , 2022 # Maxime Chambreuil , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Fernanda Marques , 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Jolien De Paepe, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -69,25 +69,12 @@ msgstr "Convertir des pistes en opportunités" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" -"Le système peut générer des pistes au lieu d'opportunités, afin d'ajouter " -"une étape de qualification avant de convertir une *Piste* en *Opportunité* " -"et de l'assigner aux bons vendeurs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez activer ce mode depuis les paramètres du CRM. Il s'appliquera " -"par défaut à tous vos canaux de vente. Mais vous pouvez le rendre spécifique" -" pour certains canaux depuis leur formulaire de configuration." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -114,102 +101,200 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres` et cochez la case *Pistes*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"Vous disposez désormais d'un nouveau menu *Pistes* où les pistes viendront " -"s'ajouter." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Convertir une piste en opportunité" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Quand vous cliquez sur une *Piste*, vous aurez la possibilité de la " -"convertir en opportunité, de décider si elle doit être toujours assignée au " -"même canal/vendeur et si vous devez créer un nouveau client ou non." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour ce client, Odoo vous proposera" -" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, " -"Odoo vous proposera de créer un lien vers un client existant s'il existe " -"déjà." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Fusionner des opportunités" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" -"Odoo vous proposera aussi de fusionner automatiquement des opportunités si " -"elles ont la même adresse mail. Lors de cette fusion, Odoo fusionne les " -"informations dans l'opportunité qui a été créée en premier, en donnant la " -"priorité aux informations présentes dans la première opportunité." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -"Aucune information n'est perdue : pour un accès plus rapide, les données " -"venant de l'autre opportunité sont enregistrées dans le chatter et dans les " -"champs d'information." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -"Si vous trouvez vous-même un doublon, vous pouvez aussi fusionner les " -"opportunités ou les pistes même si le système ne vous le propose pas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -"Voici comment : depuis la vue de liste, sélectionnez les opportunités ou les" -" pistes que vous voulez fusionner et le bouton action s'affichera. Ensuite, " -"cliquez sur fusionner." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" -"Il est également possible de fusionner plus de 2 opportunités ou pistes." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -7098,502 +7183,516 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Connecteur Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités du Connecteur Amazon" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Le **Connecteur Amazon** synchronise les commandes entre Amazon et votre " -"base de données Odoo, ce qui réduit considérablement le temps que vous devez" -" passer sur votre tableau de bord Amazon Seller Central." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités prises en charge" +msgid "Supported features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" -msgstr "Le connecteur est capable de :" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" -"Synchroniser (Amazon vers Odoo) toutes les commandes confirmées (FBA et FBM)" -" et leurs articles de commande qui incluent :" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" -msgstr "le nom, la description et la quantité du produit" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "les frais d'expédition du produit" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "les frais d'emballage cadeau" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -"Créer sur Odoo tout partenaire manquant lié à une commande (types de contact" -" pris en charge : contact et livraison)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" -"Informer Amazon d'une expédition confirmée sur Odoo (FBM) afin d'être payé." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "Prendre en charge plusieurs comptes vendeurs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "Prendre en charge plusieurs marketplaces par compte vendeur." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "Expédié par Amazon (FBA)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "Expédié par le vendeur (FBM)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "**Commandes**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Synchronisation des commandes expédiées et annulées" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Synchronisation des commandes non expédiées et annulées" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "**Expédition**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Frais" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "Livraison créée" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "**Emballage cadeau**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "Géré par Amazon" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "Frais d'emballage cadeau" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" -msgstr "Message cadeau " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "**Gestion du stock**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" -msgstr "Un mouvement de stock créé par article du bon de commande" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" -msgstr "Géré par la livraison" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" -msgstr "**Confirmation**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" -msgstr "Notifier Amazon lors de la confirmation de livraison" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -"Le connecteur est conçu pour synchroniser les données des commandes comme il" -" est détaillé ci-dessus. D'autres actions, telles que le téléchargement des " -"rapports de frais mensuels, la gestion des litiges ou l'émission de " -"remboursements doivent être gérées à partir d'Amazon Seller Central, comme " -"d'habitude." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" -msgstr "Marketplaces prises en charge" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "**Gestion du stock**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Le Connecteur Amazon prend en charge toutes les marketplaces actuelles. Si " -"une marketplace ne figure pas dans la liste de vos marketplaces Amazon, vous" -" pouvez :ref:`ajouter une nouvelle marketplace `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "Gérer les commandes Amazon dans Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "Synchronisation des commandes" +msgid "Order synchronization" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" -"Les commandes sont automatiquement récupérées d'Amazon et synchronisées dans" -" Odoo à intervalles réguliers. La synchronisation est basée sur le statut " -"d'Amazon : seules les commandes dont le statut a changé depuis la dernière " -"synchronisation sont récupérées d'Amazon. Pour **FBA** (expédié par Amazon)," -" seules les commandes **expédiées** et **annulées** sont récupérées. Pour " -"**FBM** (Expédié par le vendeur), il en va de même pour les commandes **non " -"expédiées** et **annulées**. Pour chaque commande synchronisée, un bon de " -"commande et un client sont créés dans Odoo s'ils ne sont pas encore " -"enregistrés." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une commande est annulée dans Amazon et qu'elle a déjà été " -"synchronisée dans Odoo, le bon de commande correspondant est automatiquement" -" annulé dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -"Pour forcer la synchronisation d'une commande dont le statut n'a pas changé " -"depuis la dernière synchronisation, activez le :ref:`mode développeur " -"`, naviguez vers votre compte Amazon et modifiez la date " -"dans le menu :menuselection:`Suivi des commandes --> Synchronisation " -"dernière commande`. Choisissez une date antérieure au dernier changement de " -"statut de la commande que vous souhaitez synchroniser et enregistrez." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" -"Pour immédiatement synchroniser les commandes de votre compte Amazon, passez" -" en :ref:`mode développeur `, allez à votre compte Amazon et" -" cliquez sur **SYNCHRONISER LES COMMANDES**. Vous pouvez faire de même avec " -"les transferts en cliquant sur **SYNCHRONISER LES TRANSFERTS**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "Gérer les livraisons en FBM" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une commande **FBM** (Expédié par le vendeur) est synchronisée dans " -"Odoo, un transfert est créé en même temps que le bon de commande et le " -"client. Vous pouvez soit expédier tous les produits commandés à votre client" -" en une fois, soit expédier une partie des produits en utilisant des " -"reliquats." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'un transfert lié à la commande est confirmé, une notification est " -"envoyée à Amazon qui, à son tour, informera le client que la commande (ou " -"une partie de celle-ci) est en route." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" -"Amazon exige de fournir une référence de suivi avec chaque livraison. Vous " -"devez désigner un transporteur. Si le transporteur ne fournit pas " -"automatiquement une référence de suivi, vous devrez en définir une " -"manuellement. Ceci s'applique à toutes les marketplaces." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" -"Si le transporteur que vous avez choisi n'est pas pris en charge par Odoo, " -"vous pouvez toujours créer un transporteur portant son nom (par exemple, " -"créer un transporteur dénommé `Colissimo`). Ce nom n'est pas sensible à la " -"casse, mais soyez attentif aux fautes de frappe, car Amazon ne les " -"reconnaîtra pas." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." -msgstr "" -"Créez un transporteur dénommé `Self Delivery` pour informer Amazon que vous " -"effectuez vos propres livraisons. Vous devez toujours saisir une référence " -"de suivi." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas que le client est notifié par email de la livraison et que le " -"transporteur et la référence de suivi s'affichent dans l'email envoyé au " -"client." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "Suivre des livraisons en FBA" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une commande **FBA** (Expédié par Amazon) est synchronisée dans Odoo," -" un mouvement de stock est enregistré pour chaque article du bon de commande" -" afin qu'il soit enregistré dans votre système. Les gestionnaires " -"d'inventaire peuvent trouver ces mouvements dans :menuselection:`Inventaire " -"--> Analyse --> Mouvements de stock`. Ils enlèvent les produits dans un " -"stock spécifique appelé **Amazon**. Cet emplacement représente votre stock " -"dans les entrepôts d'Amazon et vous permet de gérer le stock de vos produits" -" dans le cadre du programme FBA." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -"Pour suivre votre stock Amazon (FBA) dans Odoo, vous pouvez effectuer un " -"ajustement d'inventaire après le réassort. Vous pouvez également déclencher " -"un réassort automatisé à partir de règles de réapprovisionnement sur " -"l'emplacement Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -"L'emplacement Amazon peut être configuré via le compte Amazon géré dans " -"Odoo. Tous les comptes de la même entreprise utilisent le même emplacement " -"par défaut. Il est toutefois possible de suivre le stock par marketplace. " -"Supprimez tout d'abord la marketplace pour laquelle vous souhaitez suivre le" -" stock séparément de la liste de marketplaces synchronisées. Ensuite, créez " -"un autre enregistrement pour ce compte et supprimez toutes les marketplaces," -" sauf celle que vous voulez isoler des autres. Finalement, assignez un autre" -" emplacement de stock au deuxième enregistrement de votre compte." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "Émettre des factures et enregistrer des paiements" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "Émettre des factures" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible d'envoyer les factures aux clients d'Amazon " -"directement à partir d'Odoo en raison de la politique d'Amazon de ne pas " -"partager les adresses mail des clients. Au lieu de cela, il est possible de " -"charger manuellement les factures générées dans Odoo vers le backend " -"d'Amazon. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -"De plus, pour vos clients B2B, il est actuellement nécessaire de récupérer " -"manuellement les numéros de TVA à partir du backend d'Amazon avant de créer " -"la facture dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" "Pour les utilisateurs de :doc:`TaxCloud " "<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` : les factures créées à partir" -" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, puisque " -"Amazon les inclut déjà dans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud. (mise " -"hors service de l'intégration de TaxCloud dans Odoo 17+)" +" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, " +"puisqu'Amazon les inclut déjà sans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" msgstr "Enregistrer les paiements" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -"Comme les clients paient Amazon en tant qu'intermédiaire, il est recommandé " -"de créer un journal de *Banque* dédié (par exemple, intitulé `Paiements " -"Amazon`) avec un compte intermédiaire *Banque et Espèces* dédié." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" -"De plus, comme Amazon effectue un seul paiement mensuel, il est nécessaire " -"de sélectionner toutes les factures liées à un seul paiement lors de " -"l'enregistrement des paiements. Utilisez le :guilabel:`Journal` `Paiements " -"Amazon` dédié et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Dépôt par lot` comme " -":guilabel:`mode de paiement`. Sélectionnez ensuite tous les paiements " -"générés et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Actions --> Créer un paiement par lot" -" --> Valider`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." msgstr "" -"La même chose peut être faite pour les factures fournisseurs d'Amazon " -"dédiées aux commissions. Lorsque le solde est reçu sur le compte bancaire à " -"la fin du mois et les relevés bancaires sont enregistrés, créditez le compte" -" intermédiaire Amazon du montant reçu." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "Suivre vos ventes Amazon dans l'analyse des ventes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" -"Puisqu'une équipe commerciale est définie sur votre compte sous l'onglet " -"**Suivi de la commande**, vous pouvez jeter un coup d’œil rapide sur les " -"chiffres en quelques clics dans l'analyse des ventes. Par défaut, l'équipe " -"commerciale de votre compte est partagée entre tous les comptes de votre " -"entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." msgstr "" -"Si vous le souhaitez, vous pouvez modifier l'équipe commerciale de votre " -"compte pour obtenir un rapport séparé pour les ventes de ce compte." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." msgstr "" -"Il est également possible de générer des rapports par marketplace de manière" -" similaire. Tout d'abord, supprimez la marketplace que vous souhaitez suivre" -" séparément de la liste des marketplaces synchronisées. Créez ensuite un " -"autre enregistrement pour ce compte et supprimez toutes les marketplaces, à " -"l'exception de celle que vous souhaitez isoler des autres. Enfin, assignez " -"une autre équipe commerciale à l'un des deux enregistrements de votre " -"compte." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -7915,7 +8014,6 @@ msgstr "" " ajouter une nouvelle marketplace, suivez les étapes suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "Activez le :ref:`mode développeur `." @@ -8000,184 +8098,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Connecteur eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Comment répertorier un produit ?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Répertorier sans variantes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Pour répertorier un produit, vous devez cocher la case **Vendre sur eBay ** " -"sur la fiche du produit. L'onglet eBay sera disponible." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" -"Lorsque le champ **Utiliser la quantité en stock** est coché, la quantité " -"définie sur eBay sera la **Quantité prévue** dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -"Le **Modèle de description** vous permet d'utiliser des modèles pour vos " -"listes. Le modèle par défaut utilise uniquement le champ **Description eBay*" -" du produit. Vous pouvez utiliser du code html à l'intérieur du **Modèle de " -"description** et de la **Description eBay**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser des images dans vos listes, vous devez les ajouter comme " -"**pièces jointes** sur le modèle du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Répertorier avec variantes" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'option **Vendre sur eBay** est activée et le **Type de liste** est" -" **Prix fixe** sur un produit avec des variantes, le formulaire eBay est " -"légèrement différent. Dans le tableau des variantes, vous pouvez choisir " -"quelle variante sera également répertoriée sur eBay, ainsi que le prix et la" -" quantité de chaque variante." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Répertorier avec des caractéristiques de produit" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Répertorier sans variantes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter des caractéristiques de produit, vous devez créer un attribut " -"de produit avec une valeur dans l'onglet **Variantes** sur la fiche du " -"produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Identifiants de produit" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Répertorier avec variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Répertorier avec des caractéristiques de produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Les identifiants de produits tels que EAN, UPC, Marque ou MPN sont requis " -"dans la plupart des catégories eBay. Le module gère les identifiants EAN et " -"UPC avec le champ **Code-barres** de la variante de produit. Si le champ " -"**Code-barres** est vide ou si la valeur n'est pas valide, les valeurs EAN " -"et UPC seront définies comme 'non applicables' comme recommandé par eBay. " -"Les valeurs Marque et MPN fonctionnent comme des caractéristiques de produit" -" et doivent être définies dans l'onglet **Variantes** de la fiche du " -"produit. Si ces valeurs ne sont pas définies, 'non applicable' sera utilisé " -"pour la liste eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Comment configurer eBay dans Odoo ?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "Créer des jetons eBay" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Aperçu" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"Afin de créer vos jetons, vous devez créer un compte développeur sur le " -"`portail développeur `_. Une fois que vous " -"êtes connecté, vous pouvez créer des **Sandbox Keys** et des **Production " -"Keys** en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Après la création des clés, vous pouvez obtenir le jeton utilisateur. Pour " -"ce faire, cliquez sur le lien **Get a User Token** en bas de la page. " -"Complétez le formulaire, connectez-vous avec votre compte eBay et vous " -"obtiendrez les clés et jetons nécessaires pour configurer le module dans " -"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Configurer des jetons dans Odoo ?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" -"Pour configurer l'interface eBay, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"Choisissez tout d'abord si vous voulez utiliser le site eBay de production " -"ou la sandbox. Ensuite, complétez les champs **Clé développeur**, **Jeton**," -" **Clé de l'application** et **Clé de certificat**. Sauvegardez les " -"modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Date de début" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Titre" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Sous-titre" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Catégorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" -"Une fois la page rechargée, vous devez synchroniser les informations depuis " -"eBay. Cliquez sur **Synchroniser les pays et les devises** et complétez tous" -" les autres champs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "Politique de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" -"Lorsque tous les champs sont remplis, vous pouvez synchroniser les " -"catégories et les politiques en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Durée" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Pays" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Jeton" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Jeton d'utilisateur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Clé développeur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "Accepter les notifications de suppression de compte" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -8190,198 +9371,185 @@ msgstr "" "réception de la demande et prendre toutes les mesures appropriées le cas " "échéant." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -"Odoo dispose d'un point de terminaison de notification pour recevoir ces " -"notifications, confirmer la réception de la demande et réaliser les " -"premières actions nécessaires pour anonymiser les détails du compte dans " -"**Contacts** et supprimer l'accès du client au portail." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -"Veillez à configurer correctement :ref:`votre abonnement aux notifications " -"de suppression de compte de la marketplace `, car eBay peut désactiver temporairement le compte eBay " -"concerné jusqu'à ce que l'abonnement soit finalisé." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "Mettre à jour Odoo à la dernière version" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "Mettre à jour la liste des modules disponibles" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "Récupérer les détails du point de terminaison d'Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -"Les détails du point de terminaison se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Ventes " -"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> eBay`. Cliquez sur *Générer le jeton* " -"pour récupérer votre **Jeton de vérification**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "Bouton pour générer un jeton de vérification eBay dans Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "S'abonner aux notifications de suppression de compte" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous au `portail développeur d'eBay " -"`_ et allez à **Alerts & Notifications**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "Aperçu du tableau de bord Alertes & Notifications d'eBay" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" "Pour s'abonner aux notifications de suppression/fermeture, eBay a besoin de " "quelques détails :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -"Une **adresse mail** pour envoyer des notifications si le point de " -"terminaison est inaccessible." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" -msgstr "Les **détails du point de terminaison** :" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" "L'URL vers le point de terminaison de notification de suppression de compte " "d'Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "Un jeton de vérification" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "Champs dédiés pour saisir les détails du point de terminaison" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez modifier les deux derniers champs dès que l'adresse mail est " -"complétée." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "Vérifier la connectivité au point de terminaison " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -"Après avoir défini les détails du point de terminaison récupéré dans le " -"tableau de bord d'eBay, pensez à tester la connectivité avec le bouton " -"**Envoyer une notification de test**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -"Vous devriez obtenir le message de confirmation suivant : \"Une notification" -" de test a été envoyée avec succès !\"" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "Bouton pour envoyer la notification de test" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "Utiliser la méthode de synchronisation mise à jour" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez beaucoup de produits, l'API d'eBay peut parfois refuser " -"certains appels de synchronisation en raison d'une limite temporelle du " -"nombre de requêtes que eBay applique." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" -"Pour résoudre ce problème, un nouveau mécanisme d'implémentation a été " -"développé. Toutefois, ce mécanisme mis à jour est désactivé par défaut pour " -"éviter que les deux systèmes ne fonctionnent en parallèle dans les " -"installations existantes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "Pour passer au nouveau mécanisme de synchronisation : " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions planifiées`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" -"Archivez les anciennes actions de synchronisation (les deux sont dénommées " -"*Ebay : mettre à jour le statut du produit*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" -"Activez les nouvelles actions de synchronisation (*Ebay : obtenir les " -"nouvelles commandes* qui s'exécute toutes les 15 minutes par défaut et *Ebay" -" : synchroniser le stock (pour la synchronisation 'obtenir les nouvelles " -"commandes')* qui s'exécute une fois par jour par défaut)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que la **prochaine date d'exécution** de ces deux actions se " -"situe dans un avenir proche" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" -"À partir de la prochaine date d'exécution, la nouvelle méthode sera utilisée" -" à la place de l'ancienne." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Méthode de facturation" @@ -13796,410 +14964,762 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gérez vos produits" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" -msgstr "Comment importer des produits avec des catégories et des variantes" +msgid "Import products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Des modèles d'importation sont fournis dans l'**Outil d'importation** des " -"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " -"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel de " -"feuilles de calcul (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons " -"toutefois de ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque enregistrement en tirant la séquence ID " -"vers le bas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" -"Ne changez pas les étiquettes des colonnes que vous voulez importer. Sinon, " -"Odoo ne les reconnaîtra plus et vous devrez les faire correspondre vous-même" -" dans l'écran d'importation." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"N'hésitez pas à ajouter de nouvelles colonnes, mais les champs doivent " -"exister dans Odoo. Si Odoo ne parvient pas à faire correspondre le nom de la" -" colonne avec un champ, vous pouvez le faire manuellement lors de " -"l'importation en parcourant la liste des champs disponibles." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "Pourquoi une colonne “ID” ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -"L'ID est un identifiant vraiment unique pour l'élément de la ligne. " -"N'hésitez pas à utiliser celui de votre logiciel précédent pour faciliter la" -" transition vers Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"La définition d'un ID n'est pas obligatoire lors de l'importation, mais elle" -" est utile dans de nombreux cas :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -"Mise à jour des importations : vous pouvez importer le même fichier à " -"plusieurs reprises sans créer de doublons." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Importer des champs de relation (voir ci-dessous)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Comment importer des champs de relation" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à plusieurs autres objets (par ex. un produit" -" est lié aux catégories de produits, attributs, fournisseurs, etc.). Pour " -"importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer les enregistrements de " -"l'objet lié à partir de leur propre menu de liste." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "Variantes de produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez utiliser le nom de l'enregistrement lié ou son " -"ID. L'ID est requis lorsque deux enregistrements ont le même nom. Dans ce " -"cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par exemple, pour " -"les attributs de produit : Attributs de produit / Attribut / ID)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" -msgstr "Obtenir automatiquement des images de produits avec Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -"Les images des produits sont très utiles dans Odoo, par exemple, pour " -"trouver rapidement un produit ou vérifier si vous avez scanné le bon " -"produit, mais cela peut être un peu pénible à mettre en place surtout si " -"vous avez beaucoup de produits. La fonction **Google Custom Search** (moteur" -" de recherche personnalisé Google) permet de trouver automatiquement des " -"images pour votre produit, en fonction de leur code-barres. Vous pouvez " -"ainsi vous concentrer sur ce qui compte dans votre activité." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité nécessite une configuration à la fois sur Google et sur" -" Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -"Avec un compte Google gratuit, vous pouvez obtenir jusqu'à 100 images " -"gratuites par jour. Si vous avez besoin de plus d'images, vous devrez passer" -" à un compte payant." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "Tableau de bord de l'API Google" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " "`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -"Allez à la page `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ pour générer des identifiants de " -"l'API Google Custom Search. Connectez-vous avec votre compte Google." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez ou créez un projet d'API pour enregistrer les identifiants. " -"Donnez-lui un nom explicite, tel qu'Odoo Images." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Dans la section des identifiants, cliquez sur **Créer des identifiants** et " -"sélectionnez **Clés API**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "Page API & Services sur la Plateforme Cloud de Google" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"Enregistrez votre **Clé API**. Vous en aurez besoin pour l'étape suivante " -"dans Odoo !" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Utilisez la barre de recherche pour chercher l'**API Google Custom Search** " -"et sélectionnez-la." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -"Barre de recherche dans laquelle est noté \"Custom Search API\" sur la " -"plateforme cloud de Google" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Activez l'API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"Encadré \"Custom Search API\" avec le bouton Activer en surbrillance sur la " -"plateforme cloud de Google." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" -msgstr "Tableau de bord de Google Programmable Search" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -"Allez à `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ et cliquez sur **Premiers " -"pas**. Connectez-vous avec votre compte Google." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -"La page Google Programmable Search Engine avec le bouton **Premiers pas** " -"dans le coin supérieur droit de la page" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." -msgstr "" -"Complétez la langue et le nom du moteur de recherche. Donnez-lui un nom " -"explicite, tel qu'Odoo Images." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "Tableau de bord de Google Programmable Search" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -"Google ne permet pas de créer un moteur de recherche sans renseigner au " -"moins un site spécifique sur lequel effectuer la recherche. Vous pouvez " -"saisir n'importe quel site web (par ex. www.google.com) pour cette étape. " -"Nous le supprimerons plus tard." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -"Validez le formulaire en cliquant sur **Créer**. Allez ensuite dans le mode " -"d'édition du moteur de recherche que vous avez créé (soit en cliquant sur le" -" **Panneau de contrôle** sur la page de confirmation, soit en cliquant sur " -"le nom de votre moteur de recherche sur la page d'accueil)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **basics**, assurez-vous d'activer **Image search** " -"(Rechercher des images), **SafeSearch** et **Search the entire web** " -"(Rechercher sur tout le web)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" -"Une fois que la fonction **Rechercher sur tout le web** est activée, vous " -"pouvez supprimer en toute sécurité le site que vous avez renseigné à l'étape" -" précédente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Enregistrez votre **ID de moteur de recherche**. Vous en aurez besoin pour " -"l'étape suivante dans Odoo !" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux --> " -"Intégrations`, activez **Google Images** et enregistrez." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -"Revenez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux--> " -"Intégrations`, saisissez votre **Clé API** et **ID moteur de recherche** " -"dans les paramètres **Google Images** et enregistrez de nouveau." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" -msgstr "Obtenir automatiquement vos images de produit dans Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" -"L'action permettant d'obtenir automatiquement vos images de produit dans " -"Odoo apparaît dans toute vue de liste de produits ou de variantes de " -"produit. Voici un guide étape par étape à partir de l'application " -"Inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Allez au menu Produits (:menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` ou " -":menuselection:`Produits --> Variantes de produit`) à partir de n'importe " -"quelle application qui utilise des produits comme Inventaire ou Ventes." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -"À partir de la vue de liste, sélectionnez les produits qui ont besoin d'une " -"image." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -"Seuls les 10.000 premiers produits ou variantes de produit sélectionnés " -"seront traités." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Seuls les produits ou les variantes de produit avec un code-barres et sans " -"image seront traités." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez un produit avec une ou plusieurs variantes depuis la " -"vue Produits, chaque variante correspondant aux critères précédents sera " -"traitée." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le menu d'action, sélectionnez **Obtenir des images à partir de Google " -"Images** et validez en cliquant sur **Obtenir une image**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." -msgstr "Vous devriez voir vos images apparaître progressivement." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -"Seules les 10 premières images sont récupérées immédiatement. Si vous en " -"sélectionnez plus de 10, le reste sera récupéré en tâche d'arrière-plan." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -"La tâche d'arrière-plan traite environ 100 images en une minute. Si vous " -"atteignez le quota autorisé par Google (avec un plan gratuit ou payant), la " -"tâche d'arrière-plan se met en attente pendant 24 heures et reprend là où " -"elle s'est arrêtée la veille." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" @@ -14207,96 +15727,102 @@ msgstr "" "`Créer, modifier ou fermer un compte de facturation Cloud en libre-service " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "Variantes de produit" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour donner à des produits uniques " -"une variété de caractéristiques différentes, telles que la taille et la " -"couleur. Les produits utilisant des variantes peuvent être gérés au niveau " -"du modèle de produit (pour tous les attributs et les variantes de ce " -"produit) et/ou au niveau de la variante (pour les variantes individuelles)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -"À titre d'exemple, une entreprise qui vend des t-shirts peut proposer les " -"articles suivants :" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T-shirt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Couleur : bleu, rouge, blanc, noir" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Taille : S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, **T-shirt** est le modèle de produit et **T-Shirt, S, " -"Bleu** est une variante de produit. La **couleur** et la **taille** sont les" -" attributs. **S** et **Blue** sont des valeurs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" -"L'exemple susmentionné a un total de 20 variantes de produit différentes (5 " -"tailles x 4 couleurs). Chacune de ces variantes a son propre stock, ses " -"propres ventes, etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "Activer des variantes de produit" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les variantes de produit, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Catalogue de produits` et activez la " -"fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Variantes`. Enfin, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer le paramètre." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." -msgstr "Activer les variantes de produit." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" -msgstr "Créer des attributs" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Les attributs doivent être créés avant de pouvoir configurer des variantes " -"d'un produit. Vous pouvez accéder aux attributs via :menuselection:`Ventes " -"--> Configuration --> Produits --> Attributs`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Attributs" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " @@ -14306,80 +15832,137 @@ msgstr "" "dont ils apparaissent sur les pages :guilabel:`Configurateur de produts`, le" " tableau de bord du :guilabel:`Point de Vente` et :guilabel:`eCommerce`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouvel attribut, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`. Choisissez " -"d'abord un nom d'attribut, tel que \"Couleur\" ou \"Taille\"." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." -msgstr "Fenêtre de création d'un attribut" +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Type d'affichage`, qui détermine comment" -" ce produit sera présenté sur la page :guilabel:`eCommerce`, le tableau de " -"bord du :guilabel:`Point de Vente` et la page :guilabel:`Configurateur de " -"produits`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Radio`: les options s'affichent dans une liste à puces." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sélectionner`: les options s'affichent dans un menu déroulant." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Couleur`: les options s'affichent sous forme de petits carrés " -"colorés, qui reflètent les codes de couleur HTML définis." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "Types d'affichage dans le configurateur de produits" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." -msgstr "" -"Le :guilabel:`mode de création de variantes` indique à Odoo quand créer " -"automatiquement une nouvelle variante dès qu'un attribut est ajouté à un " -"produit." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Instantanément`: crée toutes les variantes possibles dès que les " "attributs et les valeurs sont ajoutés à un modèle de produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dynamique`: crée des variantes uniquement lorsque les attributs " -"et les valeurs correspondants sont ajoutés à une commande client." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Jamais`: ne crée jamais des variantes automatiquement." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." @@ -14387,56 +15970,88 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois ajouté à un produit, le :guilabel:`mode de création de variantes` " "d'un attribut ne peut être modifié." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -"Les valeurs doivent être ajoutées à un attribut avant de le sauvegarder, " -"mais d'autres valeurs peuvent être ajoutées à tout moment le cas échéant. " -"Pour ajouter une valeur, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne`. À partir" -" de là, vous pouvez :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." -msgstr "Écrire le nom de la valeur." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Cocher une case pour indiquer si la valeur est personnalisée ou non (par ex." -" le client fournit des spécifications uniques)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Particulièrement pour des couleurs, ajouter un code couleur HTML pour que " -"les vendeurs et les clients sachent plus facilement ce qu'ils sélectionnent." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" -"Un code couleur peut être sélectionné soit en faisant glisser le curseur, " -"soit en saisissant un code couleur HTML spécifique (par ex. #FF0077)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." -msgstr "Sélectionner une couleur." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -"Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour terminer la création de " -"l'attribut." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." @@ -14445,54 +16060,68 @@ msgstr "" "produit en ajoutant une nouvelle ligne et en tapant le nom dans l'onglet " ":guilabel:`Variantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -"Après l'ajout d'un attribut à un produit, un nouvel onglet apparaît sur la " -"page de l'attribut, intitulé :guilabel:`Produits liés`. Cet onglet reprend " -"tous les produits de la base de données qui utilisent actuellement " -"l'attribut." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "Créer des variantes de produit" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -"Après la création d'un attribut, utiliser cet attribut pour créer une " -"variante de produit en allant à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> " -"Produits`. Ensuite, sélectionnez un produit existant et cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Modifier` ou créez un nouveau produit en cliquant sur " -":guilabel:`Créer`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -"Le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Variantes` en haut du modèle de produit " -"indique le nombre de variantes actuellement configurées sur le produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle variante, cliquez sur l'onglet " -":guilabel:`Variantes` et cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` " -"pour ajouter des attributs et des valeurs. Quand tous les attributs et " -"toutes les valeurs ont été ajoutés, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." @@ -14500,141 +16129,126 @@ msgstr "" "Des processus similaires de création de variantes de produit sont " "accessibles via les applications Achats, Inventaire et eCommerce." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" -msgstr "Gérer les exclusions de produits" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -"Les exemples suivants se basent sur un modèle de produit qui possède deux " -"attributs :" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "T-Shirt" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "Couleur : bleu, rouge, blanc" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" -"Pour le modèle de produit susmentionné, il y a 15 variantes de t-shirt " -"différentes dans trois couleurs et cinq tailles. Si les t-shirts blancs ne " -"sont pas disponibles en XXL, il est possible de désactiver cette variante." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" -"Pour désactiver une variante particulière, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes " -"--> Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez le produit concerné. Cliquez " -"ensuite sur le bouton :guilabel:`Configurer` à côté de la valeur d'attribut " -"concernée. Sélectionnez ensuite la valeur pertinente (dans cet exemple, " -"l'attribut :guilabel:`couleur blanche`) et cliquez ensuite sur " -":guilabel:`Modifier`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Dans la section :guilabel:`Exclure pour`, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une" -" ligne` et sélectionnez le ou les produits et/ou valeurs d'attribut " -"spécifiques qui sont actuellement indisponibles. Enfin, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer le paramètre et Odoo affichera " -"automatiquement la variante de produit comme étant indisponible sur la page " -"d'eCommerce." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "Exclure des attributs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Définir un prix par variante" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter des frais supplémentaire au prix standard d'un produit " -"pour des variantes de produit spécifiques." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Produits --> Produits` et " -"cliquez sur le produit concerné. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Configurer` " -"pour accéder à la liste des valeurs des variantes du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur une valeur de variante et sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Dans" -" le champ :guilabel:`Supplément pour cette valeur`, saisissez le coût " -"supplémentaire pour cette valeur spécifiquement. Ce montant sera ajouté au " -"prix standard. Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer le " -"coût supplémentaire à la valeur." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." -msgstr "Paramètre du supplément pour la valeur" +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impact des variantes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code-barres`: Les codes-barres sont associés à chaque variante au" -" lieu du modèle de produit. Chaque variante individuelle peut avoir son " -"propre code-barres/UGS unique." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Prix`: Chaque variante de produit a son propre prix public, qui " -"est la somme du prix du modèle de produit et tous les frais supplémentaires " -"pour des attributs particuliers. Par exemple, un t-shirt rouge coûte $23, " -"parce que le prix du modèle de t-shirt s'élève à $20, plus $3 " -"supplémentaires pour la variante de couleur rouge. Les règles de la liste de" -" prix peuvent être configurées pour s'appliquer au modèle de produit ou à la" -" variante." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" @@ -14645,14 +16259,14 @@ msgstr "" "reflète la somme de toutes les variantes, mais l'inventaire réel est calculé" " par variante individuelle." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Image`: Chaque variante de produit peut avoir sa propre image " "spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." @@ -14660,6 +16274,10 @@ msgstr "" "Les modifications du modèle de produit s'appliquent automatiquement à chaque" " variante de ce produit." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "Retours et remboursements" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e1f45e81a..93cb30e2c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -5261,13 +5261,9 @@ msgstr "Paramètres du projet" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriels Odoo : Personnaliser votre projet " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 46457f327..bc78deb0c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -10,22 +10,22 @@ # Eloïse Stilmant , 2023 # Jérôme Tanché , 2023 # Xavier Symons , 2023 +# Cécile Collart , 2023 # Jean-Louis Bodren , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Shark McGnark , 2023 -# Cécile Collart , 2023 # Fernanda Marques , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -37,6 +37,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Sites web" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "eCommerce" @@ -5498,21 +5770,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -"Afin de suivre la localisation géographique des visiteurs, :guilabel:`GeoIP`" -" doit être installé sur la base de données. Alors que cette fonctionnalité " -"est installée par défaut sur *Odoo Online*, les bases de données *On " -"premise* nécessitent des :doc:`étapes de configuration " -"` supplémentaires." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " @@ -5522,7 +5787,7 @@ msgstr "" " fournit un code court pour le widget de site web intégrable. Ce code peut " "être ajouté à un site web pour donner accès à une fenêtre de live chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -5535,7 +5800,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnez le canal à ajouter au site. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`" " pour l'appliquer." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " @@ -5545,7 +5810,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur le premier bouton :guilabel:`COPIER` dans l'onglet " ":guilabel:`Widget` et collez le code dans l'étiquette `` sur le site." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -5561,11 +5826,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "Vue de l'onglet widget pour Odoo Live Chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "Participer à une conversation" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " @@ -5576,11 +5841,11 @@ msgstr "" "décrivent les étapes nécessaires pour que les opérateurs participent à des " "conversations de live chat dans une base de données Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "Définir un nom de chat en ligne" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " @@ -5590,7 +5855,7 @@ msgstr "" "leur *Nom de chat en ligne*. C'est le nom qui sera affiché aux visiteurs du " "site web dans la conversation de live chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -5609,7 +5874,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "Vue de l'option Mon profil dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." @@ -5617,7 +5882,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si un utilisateur n'a pas défini de :guilabel:`Nom de chat en ligne`, le nom" " affiché sera par défaut le :guilabel:`Nom d'utilisateur`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -5634,11 +5899,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vue d'un profil utilisateur dans Odoo, mettant en évidence le champ de Nom " "de chat en ligne." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "Rejoindre ou quitter un canal" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " @@ -5648,7 +5913,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Live Chat` et cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`REJOINDRE` " "sur la carte kanban du canal approprié." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -5663,7 +5928,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vue d'un formulaire de canal et de l'option de rejoindre un canal pour Odoo " "Live Chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " @@ -5673,11 +5938,11 @@ msgstr "" "trente minutes seront considérés comme déconnectés et ensuite supprimés du " "canal." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "Gérer les demandes de live chat" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -5689,7 +5954,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans la base de données. Il peut ainsi participer à des conversations sans " "quitter sa page actuelle." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -5703,7 +5968,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vue de la barre de menu dans Odoo mettant en évidence l'icône des " "conversations." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -5722,7 +5987,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vue de l'application Discussion avec un message envoyé par le live chat " "d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " @@ -5732,7 +5997,7 @@ msgstr "" " Cela ouvrira la conversation. À partir de cette vue, un opérateur peut " "participer au chat comme il le ferait dans une fenêtre de chat normale." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" @@ -5740,7 +6005,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Démarrer avec Discussion " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" @@ -7167,6 +7432,123 @@ msgstr "" "créer de superbes sites qui convertiront vos visiteurs en pistes et " "généreront des revenus." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "Barre de cookies" @@ -7731,137 +8113,6 @@ msgstr "" "regroupées par site web si nécessaire. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Regrouper par " "--> Site Web`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "Installation de Geo IP (bases de données on-premise)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter que l'installation dépend du système d'exploitation et de la " -"distribution de votre ordinateur. Nous supposerons que vous utilisez un " -"système d'exploitation Linux." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" -"Installer la bibliothèque Python de `geoip2 " -"`__ " - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" -"Télécharger la `base de données GeoLite2 City " -"`_. Vous devriez obtenir un " -"fichier appelé \"GeoLite2-City.mmdb\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "Déplacer le fichier vers le dossier ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "Redémarrer le serveur" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne pouvez/voulez pas localiser la base de données GeoIP dans " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, vous pouvez utiliser l'option ``--geoip-db`` de " -"l'interface de ligne de commande de Odoo. Cette option prend le chemin " -"absolu vers le fichier de la base de données GeoIP et l'utilise comme base " -"de données GeoIP. Par exemple :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr ":doc:`documentation CLI `." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" -"La bibliothèque Python ``GeoIP`` peut également être utilisée. Cependant " -"cette version est abandonnée depuis le 1er janvier. Voir `Les bases de " -"données GeoLite Legacy sont désormais abandonnées. " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "Comment tester la géolocalisation GeoIP dans votre site web Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" -"Allez à votre site web. Ouvrez la page web sur laquelle vous voulez tester " -"``GeoIP``." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "Choisissez :menuselection:`Personnaliser --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "Ajoutez le morceau de XML suivant dans la page :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" -"Vous devriez vous retrouver avec un dictionnaire indiquant l'emplacement de " -"l'adresse IP." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" -"Si les accolades sont vides ``{}``, cela peut être pour l'une des raisons " -"suivantes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" -"L'adresse IP de navigation est le localhost (127.0.0.1) ou un réseau local " -"(192.168.*.*)." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" -"Si un proxy inversé est utilisé, assurez-vous de le configurer correctement." -" Voir :option:`mode proxy `." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" -"``geoip2`` n'est pas installé ou le fichier de la base de données GeoIP n'a " -"pas été trouvé" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "La base de données GeoIP n'a pas pu résoudre l'adresse IP donnée." - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3 sur les formulaires" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c080d3a61..7ff7b823b 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,16 +13,16 @@ # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # Netta Waizer, 2023 # NoaFarkash, 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3973,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " -"post directly from my database." +"post directly from your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 @@ -3983,14 +3983,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " -"credits to test our IAP features." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 @@ -4018,10 +4018,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:42 msgid "" -"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " -"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " -"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:50 @@ -4030,46 +4030,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:52 msgid "" -"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " -"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " -"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " -"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " -"by email!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 -msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " -"Database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " -"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "" -"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " -"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:74 -msgid "" -"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" -" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" -" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 @@ -4078,8 +4044,8 @@ msgstr "דו\"חות" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " -"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +"You can find several reports under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most " +"apps that let you analyze and visualize the data of your records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 @@ -4111,11 +4077,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:33 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your " "records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " @@ -4127,11 +4093,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:45 msgid "Choosing measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 msgid "" "After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " ":doc:`filtered `. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " @@ -4139,7 +4105,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:52 msgid "" "When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" " for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " @@ -4149,7 +4115,7 @@ msgid "" "the total number of filtered records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:58 msgid "" "After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " "be :ref:`grouped ` depending on the dimension you want to " @@ -4157,7 +4123,7 @@ msgid "" "used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" "When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " "another one appears." @@ -4167,11 +4133,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Using the comparison option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:72 msgid "Select measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:74 msgid "" "Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " ":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " @@ -4182,11 +4148,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:81 msgid "Group measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" "You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" " rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." @@ -4196,11 +4162,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:92 msgid "Using the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:94 msgid "" "Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " "the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" @@ -4211,13 +4177,13 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`➖`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " "the newly created subgroups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:104 msgid "" "You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " "example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " @@ -4229,52 +4195,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:112 msgid "" "Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " "(:guilabel:`⇄`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" " (⏷) order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:114 msgid "" "Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " "(:guilabel:`⭳`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 msgid "Using the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 -msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:121 +msgid "Three graphs are available: the bar, line, and pie charts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:123 msgid "" "**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " "categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " "sets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:126 msgid "" "**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " "time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:128 msgid "" "**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " "number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4282,7 +4248,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:138 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4290,7 +4256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:143 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "" @@ -4298,14 +4264,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:149 msgid "" "For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " "have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " "next to each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:154 msgid "Stacked bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4313,7 +4279,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:159 msgid "Regular bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4321,7 +4287,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:164 msgid "Stacked line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4329,8 +4295,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:184 msgid "Regular line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4338,13 +4304,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:174 msgid "" "For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " "is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:179 msgid "Cumulative line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4864,43 +4830,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5192,73 +5121,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "קריאות שירות" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "מנויים" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5269,31 +5343,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5307,13 +5381,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5322,7 +5396,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5330,6 +5404,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "שנה סיסמה" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 53b120f17..3af82749c 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,23 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# ExcaliberX , 2023 -# דודי מלכה , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # yotam linder , 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 -# Yihya Hugirat , 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # yael terner, 2024 +# Roy Sayag, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2024 +# ExcaliberX , 2024 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yael terner, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -151,154 +151,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "הוסף עובד חדש" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "קורות חיים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -306,234 +369,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "מיומנויות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "סוגי מיומנויות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -542,92 +660,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -636,102 +729,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -739,35 +870,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "מסמכים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -776,11 +890,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "הגדרות" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "רבעון 3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "חוזה" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "שירותים" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "שכר" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -788,7 +2126,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -797,18 +2135,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "הגדרות" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -822,7 +2156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -831,12 +2165,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -844,15 +2197,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -860,88 +2213,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -951,46 +2324,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -998,7 +2454,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1007,28 +2463,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1038,7 +2494,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1048,13 +2504,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1063,32 +2519,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "מבנים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1096,94 +2697,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "כללים" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1192,7 +2787,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1201,61 +2796,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1264,54 +2873,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "הטבות" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1319,83 +2941,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "המשך" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2533,6 +4224,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2815,11 +4781,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "גיוס" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "דחה" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "צור עובד" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2841,40 +6245,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2886,37 +6274,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2924,164 +6311,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "הערכות" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "שאלות" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3091,143 +6575,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "שאלות" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "ציון" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "תשובות" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "מועמדים" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "תיבת טקסט שורה בודדת" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "מטריצה" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "תיאור" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "מוצרים אופציונליים" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "עיצוב" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "משתתף" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "שידור חי" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3236,3 +7047,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "נקודות" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index c2fca1b1c..2a62cb935 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roy Sayag, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" @@ -60,52 +60,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1215,7 +1432,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1344,141 +1561,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "קבלות" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "הזמנות משלוח" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "העברות פנימיות" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2913,79 +3650,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "הקדמה" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "מעקב" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3500,11 +4326,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3514,10 +4335,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5877,10 +6694,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5889,29 +6706,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5920,11 +6738,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5937,7 +6755,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5947,7 +6765,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5958,7 +6776,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5973,11 +6791,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5989,7 +6807,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -6001,18 +6819,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6024,7 +6842,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6037,7 +6855,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6102,7 +6920,7 @@ msgstr "קלוט סחורה ישירות (צעד 1)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6565,49 +7383,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6621,7 +7447,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6630,7 +7456,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6639,7 +7465,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6650,7 +7476,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6663,11 +7489,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6676,7 +7502,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6691,11 +7517,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6703,7 +7529,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14928,8 +15754,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14938,53 +15765,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15580,10 +16674,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "מעקב" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 3745c3ae0..5b8519f06 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,20 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 # דודי מלכה , 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Fishfur A Banter , 2024 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2024 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -167,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "" @@ -253,12 +254,26 @@ msgstr "קבץ לפי" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 msgid "" -"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on " -"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent " -"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-" -"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the " -"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria." +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 @@ -266,11 +281,11 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "מועדפים" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " "filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " @@ -284,11 +299,11 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 msgid "Settings" msgstr "הגדרות" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -298,26 +313,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " "features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " "when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -325,17 +340,17 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." msgstr "" @@ -343,20 +358,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" " a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " "field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " @@ -364,24 +379,24 @@ msgid "" " in either field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "" "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " "is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 msgid "" "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " "email content, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "נמענים" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 msgid "" "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." @@ -392,79 +407,79 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "" "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " "option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " "from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " "target audience for the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" " purchased event registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" " a specific talk (track) at an event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 msgid "" "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " "simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " @@ -472,18 +487,18 @@ msgid "" " to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "Add a recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 msgid "" "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" " than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " "needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " "selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " @@ -496,20 +511,20 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " "(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " "rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," @@ -518,17 +533,17 @@ msgid "" "even more specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 msgid "Mail body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 msgid "" "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " ":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " @@ -543,7 +558,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " "and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " @@ -553,17 +568,17 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " "depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " @@ -572,7 +587,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "" "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" @@ -584,32 +599,32 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " "responsible for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " "sender of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " "this particular email will be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" " for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " ":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " @@ -621,17 +636,17 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 msgid "" "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " "particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " @@ -645,7 +660,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 msgid "" "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -654,18 +669,18 @@ msgid "" "campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " @@ -679,14 +694,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 msgid "" "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " "filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" @@ -694,24 +709,24 @@ msgid "" "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 msgid "" "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " "available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " "the upper-right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" " delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " @@ -719,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "" "page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " @@ -731,7 +746,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " "it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " @@ -741,11 +756,11 @@ msgid "" " the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 msgid "A/B testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 msgid "" "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" " A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " @@ -754,7 +769,7 @@ msgid "" "duplicate messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " "contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " @@ -762,30 +777,30 @@ msgid "" "are randomly chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 msgid "Send, schedule, or test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 msgid "" "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " "upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " ":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " "recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " "date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " @@ -793,7 +808,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to *In Queue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " "sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " @@ -801,20 +816,20 @@ msgid "" " Sample Mail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" " (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " "as :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" " the last save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " ":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " @@ -823,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1469,7 +1484,7 @@ msgid "" "Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " "instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " "options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " -"information is organzied for event staff to review." +"information is organized for event staff to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 @@ -1574,9 +1589,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " "Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " -"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" -" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " -"` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." +"customized either by using the frontend rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode ` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 @@ -1673,23 +1688,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " "website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " -"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +"navigate to it either from the backend of Odoo through the " ":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " -"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +"frontend as either a priveliged user or administrator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" -"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +"If navigating from the backend, go to the event form, and click the " ":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " -"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"website (on the frontend). If starting from the frontend , simply navigate " "to the event page that needs to be published." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 msgid "" -"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." -" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the frontend. " +"In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " "switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " ":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " "accessible to the public on the website." @@ -2105,149 +2120,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "מתקדם" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "משתתף" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2255,149 +2422,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "צור קמפיין" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2624,63 +2852,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2689,7 +2968,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2697,89 +2976,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "הפעלה" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2789,122 +3494,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -3550,7 +4269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 msgid "" "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " -"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 @@ -4237,389 +4956,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "פוסטים" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "תובנות" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "חברה" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "שלח ב" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "הודעה" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "צרף תמונות" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "קמפיין" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "מתי" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4627,39 +5654,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4669,97 +5722,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "מבקרים" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4767,22 +5825,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4790,41 +5844,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4855,6 +5908,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 57c0c8db0..2611611a4 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,26 +4,27 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# ExcaliberX , 2022 -# Ha Ketem , 2022 -# דודי מלכה , 2023 # Adi Sharashov , 2023 # שהאב חוסיין , 2023 # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # Roy Sayag, 2023 # NoaFarkash, 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2024 +# yael terner, 2024 +# david danilov, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# ExcaliberX , 2024 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2024 +# דודי מלכה , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lilach Gilliam , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: דודי מלכה , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -62,19 +63,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -101,77 +95,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5283,378 +5399,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "חיובים" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5883,7 +6133,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5938,137 +6187,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr " קישור ל eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "סקירה כללית" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "תאריך התחלה" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "תואר" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "כותרת משנה" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "קטגוריה" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "משך זמן" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "ארץ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "אסימון" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6076,154 +7455,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10314,641 +11720,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "תכונות" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 4b5af5742..24677f9d2 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -12,19 +12,19 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Netta Waizer, 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # yael terner, 2023 # Ofir Blum , 2023 # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yihya Hugirat , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,6 +36,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "אתרי אינטרנט" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "בלוג" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "מסחר אלקטרוני" @@ -4148,22 +4420,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "יישומון" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4171,14 +4442,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4190,29 +4461,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4225,13 +4496,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4242,18 +4513,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4264,18 +4535,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4283,7 +4554,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4293,7 +4564,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4306,20 +4577,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5355,6 +5626,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5775,108 +6163,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 2c24db470..255d78383 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2024 +# Muftiara Syuhada , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Muftiara Syuhada , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -446,6 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" msgstr "" +"Hanya tunjukkan basis data dengan nama yang diawali dengan 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 @@ -587,11 +589,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gunakan akun pengguna 'odoo'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dengan kata kunci 'pwd'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" @@ -1450,6 +1452,112 @@ msgid "" "messages `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "Daring" @@ -1480,8 +1588,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" @@ -3025,8 +3133,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" @@ -4661,11 +4769,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -8607,64 +8715,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8673,7 +8785,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8681,13 +8793,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8699,23 +8811,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8725,7 +8837,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -8738,7 +8850,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -8748,13 +8860,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -8765,7 +8877,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -8774,58 +8886,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -8834,13 +8960,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -8849,171 +8975,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9023,7 +9149,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -9032,39 +9158,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "Tindakan Otomatis" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -9073,63 +9199,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9139,7 +9265,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9147,7 +9273,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9155,21 +9281,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9178,7 +9306,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9186,7 +9314,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9194,92 +9322,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 272560b23..bb758b454 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,14 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Muftiara Syuhada , 2024 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Muftiara Syuhada , 2024\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -19,8 +23,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications.rst:9 msgid "User Docs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumen Pengguna" #: ../../content/applications.rst:11 msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temukan panduan pengguna dan tutorial konfigurasi kami per aplikasi." diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index a29ece1e8..522d0d143 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -951,9 +951,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 @@ -2646,8 +2646,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6261,7 +6261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6369,9 +6369,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Tipe Akun" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Lembar Saldo" @@ -6975,7 +6975,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Rekonsiliasi Bank" @@ -7191,7 +7190,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7418,22 +7417,23 @@ msgstr "Pembayaran" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7441,9 +7441,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7459,174 +7456,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8597,91 +8614,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -8868,69 +8800,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Amerika Serikat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -8938,11 +8876,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -8950,7 +8888,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9139,176 +9077,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Laba dan Rugi" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Ringkasan Eksekutif" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9318,10 +9269,14 @@ msgstr "Buku Besar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9331,8 +9286,12 @@ msgstr "Utang Seusia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9341,32 +9300,44 @@ msgstr "Piutang Seusia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Pernyataan Aliran Kas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Laporan Pajak" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" @@ -13181,7 +13152,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -13200,6 +13171,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16456,7 +16431,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16539,7 +16514,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -16706,7 +16681,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -18045,7 +18020,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -18873,7 +18848,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -18912,7 +18887,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19477,7 +19452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19507,7 +19482,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19522,12 +19497,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19540,24 +19513,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19565,136 +19531,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19702,11 +19668,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19715,15 +19681,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -19731,11 +19697,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -19745,50 +19711,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -19799,29 +19765,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -19829,19 +19795,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Sertifikat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -19849,24 +19815,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -19877,13 +19843,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -19892,12 +19858,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -19905,36 +19871,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -19944,13 +19910,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -19961,56 +19927,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20018,32 +19984,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20052,7 +20018,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20060,7 +20026,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20068,11 +20034,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20081,7 +20047,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20090,14 +20056,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20105,11 +20071,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20120,14 +20086,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20135,60 +20101,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Transfer Akun" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Tingkat Konversi" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20200,11 +20166,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20217,32 +20183,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20252,7 +20218,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20265,7 +20231,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20276,7 +20242,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20289,7 +20255,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20300,26 +20266,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20328,21 +20294,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20350,11 +20316,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20368,14 +20334,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20386,36 +20352,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20423,11 +20389,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20440,12 +20406,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20537,40 +20503,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20585,16 +20551,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20608,11 +20574,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20626,7 +20592,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20636,17 +20602,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -20660,23 +20626,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -20687,7 +20653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -20697,16 +20663,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -20718,55 +20684,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -20778,11 +20744,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Klaim" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -20797,7 +20763,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -20805,12 +20771,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -20818,7 +20784,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20826,14 +20792,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20843,46 +20809,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -20893,13 +20859,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -20910,7 +20876,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -20920,18 +20886,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -20940,7 +20906,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -20948,7 +20914,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -20958,7 +20924,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -20966,18 +20932,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20985,7 +20951,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20995,7 +20961,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21009,7 +20975,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21023,7 +20989,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21033,11 +20999,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21047,7 +21013,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21055,18 +21021,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21074,13 +21040,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21090,14 +21056,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21105,11 +21071,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21120,11 +21086,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21136,11 +21102,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21148,7 +21114,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21163,11 +21129,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21176,13 +21142,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21193,7 +21159,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21204,7 +21170,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23263,7 +23229,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -24779,7 +24745,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -30635,7 +30600,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31198,13 +31163,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanyol" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -31221,39 +31184,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Switzerland" @@ -33085,7 +33062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33508,7 +33485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34128,17 +34105,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 030d81561..c4b9dab55 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,15 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4822,43 +4823,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5150,73 +5114,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "tiket" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "langganan" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5227,31 +5336,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5265,13 +5374,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5280,7 +5389,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5288,6 +5397,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Ubah sandi" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index c5d93becb..475373e96 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ # Wahyu Setiawan , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -148,154 +148,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Tambah karyawan baru" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -303,234 +366,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Kemampuan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Tipe-Tipe Ketrampilan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -539,92 +657,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -633,102 +726,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -736,35 +867,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Dokumen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -773,11 +887,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Pengaturan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Gaji " + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiskalitas" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Kontrak" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Layanan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Tampilan list" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Penggajian" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -785,7 +2123,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -794,18 +2132,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Pengaturan" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -819,7 +2153,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -828,12 +2162,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -841,15 +2194,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -857,88 +2210,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -948,46 +2321,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -995,7 +2451,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1004,28 +2460,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Gaji " +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1035,7 +2491,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1045,13 +2501,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1060,32 +2516,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Struktur-Struktur" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1093,94 +2694,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Aturan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1189,7 +2784,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1198,61 +2793,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1261,54 +2870,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Fasilitas" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1316,83 +2938,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Lanjutkan" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2530,6 +4221,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2812,11 +4778,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Perekrutan" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Tolak" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Buat karyawan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2838,40 +6242,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2883,37 +6271,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2921,164 +6308,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Penilaian" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Pertanyaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3088,143 +6572,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Pertanyaan" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Menilai" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Jawaban" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Kotak Teks Baris Tunggal" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matriks" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Deskripsi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opsi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Partisipan" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Sesi Live" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3233,3 +7044,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Poin-Poin" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index bc8a1f62f..8b70b6404 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -52,52 +52,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1207,7 +1424,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1336,141 +1553,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Penerimaan" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Order Pengiriman" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Transfer Internal" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2905,79 +3642,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Pengantar" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Bisa Ditelusuri" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3492,11 +4318,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3506,10 +4327,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5869,10 +6686,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5881,29 +6698,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5912,11 +6730,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5929,7 +6747,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5939,7 +6757,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5950,7 +6768,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5965,11 +6783,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5981,7 +6799,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5993,18 +6811,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6016,7 +6834,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6029,7 +6847,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6094,7 +6912,7 @@ msgstr "Terima barang langsung (1 langkah)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6557,49 +7375,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6613,7 +7439,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6622,7 +7448,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6631,7 +7457,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6642,7 +7468,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6655,11 +7481,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6668,7 +7494,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6683,11 +7509,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6695,7 +7521,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14920,8 +15746,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14930,53 +15757,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15572,10 +16666,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Bisa Ditelusuri" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 83fa23c37..2a0a8351d 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Tampilan list" @@ -2117,149 +2117,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Lanjutan" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Pelacak" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Partisipan" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2267,149 +2419,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Buat kampanye" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2636,63 +2849,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2701,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2709,89 +2973,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Pemicu" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2801,122 +3491,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -4249,389 +4953,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "kiriman" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Insight" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Perusahaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Post pada" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Pesan" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Lampirkan Gambar" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Kampanye" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Kapan" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Opsi Push Notification" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4639,39 +5651,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4681,97 +5719,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Pengunjung" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4779,22 +5822,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4802,41 +5841,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4867,6 +5905,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 7de26856a..e05b368e4 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,16 +7,17 @@ # Wongcie Cahyono, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Muftiara Syuhada , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,6 +41,10 @@ msgid "" "the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next " "activities." msgstr "" +"**Odoo CRM ** membantu Anda mengatur aktivitas penjualan Anda: melacak " +"prospek, menyelesaikan peluang, dan mendapatkan perkiraan yang akurat. Jaga " +"agar peluang tetap terorganisir dengan pipeline dan kelola aktivitas sehari-" +"hari Anda dengan meeting dan aktivitas berikutnya." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" @@ -47,27 +52,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memperoleh prospek" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubah prospek menjadi peluang" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -94,77 +92,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ubah prospek menjadi peluang" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5278,378 +5398,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon Connector" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Biaya-Biaya" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5878,7 +6132,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5933,137 +6186,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Konektor eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overview" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Tanggal awal" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Judul" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Subtitle" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategori" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Durasi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Negara" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Token User" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Kunci Developer" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6071,154 +7454,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10309,641 +11719,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T-shirt" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Atribut" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 7f2371886..9afb3aeba 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,16 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,6 +27,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Website" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "eCommerce" @@ -4139,22 +4411,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4162,14 +4433,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4181,29 +4452,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4216,13 +4487,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4233,18 +4504,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4255,18 +4526,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4274,7 +4545,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4284,7 +4555,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4297,20 +4568,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5346,6 +5617,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5766,108 +6154,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 5f9d46ce4..0260ba673 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -949,9 +949,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 @@ -2644,8 +2644,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6259,7 +6259,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6367,9 +6367,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Tipi conto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Stato patrimoniale" @@ -6973,7 +6973,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Riconciliazione bancaria" @@ -7189,7 +7188,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7416,22 +7415,23 @@ msgstr "Pagamenti" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7439,9 +7439,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7457,174 +7454,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8595,91 +8612,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -8866,69 +8798,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Stati Uniti" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -8936,11 +8874,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -8948,7 +8886,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9137,176 +9075,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Stato patrimoniale**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Conto economico**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Conto economico" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Sintesi esecutiva" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9316,10 +9267,14 @@ msgstr "Libro mastro" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9329,8 +9284,12 @@ msgstr "Debiti scaduti" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9339,32 +9298,44 @@ msgstr "Crediti esigibili" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Rendiconto finanziario" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Resoconto fiscale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilità analitica" @@ -13179,7 +13150,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "Fatture fornitore" @@ -13198,6 +13169,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16454,7 +16429,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16537,7 +16512,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -16704,7 +16679,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -18043,7 +18018,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -18871,7 +18846,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -18910,7 +18885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19475,7 +19450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19505,7 +19480,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19520,12 +19495,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19538,24 +19511,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19563,136 +19529,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "Informazioni aziendali" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19700,11 +19666,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19713,15 +19679,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -19729,11 +19695,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -19743,50 +19709,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -19797,29 +19763,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -19827,19 +19793,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificato" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -19847,24 +19813,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -19875,13 +19841,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -19890,12 +19856,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -19903,36 +19869,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -19942,13 +19908,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -19959,56 +19925,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20016,32 +19982,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20050,7 +20016,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20058,7 +20024,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20066,11 +20032,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20079,7 +20045,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20088,14 +20054,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20103,11 +20069,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20118,14 +20084,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20133,60 +20099,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Conti trasferimento" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Tasso di conversione" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20198,11 +20164,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20215,32 +20181,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20250,7 +20216,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20263,7 +20229,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20274,7 +20240,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20287,7 +20253,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20298,26 +20264,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20326,21 +20292,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20348,11 +20314,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20366,14 +20332,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20384,36 +20350,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20421,11 +20387,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20438,12 +20404,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20535,40 +20501,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20583,16 +20549,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casi d'uso" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20606,11 +20572,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20624,7 +20590,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20634,17 +20600,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -20658,23 +20624,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -20685,7 +20651,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -20695,16 +20661,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -20716,55 +20682,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -20776,11 +20742,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Richiedi" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -20795,7 +20761,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -20803,12 +20769,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -20816,7 +20782,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20824,14 +20790,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20841,46 +20807,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -20891,13 +20857,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -20908,7 +20874,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -20918,18 +20884,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -20938,7 +20904,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -20946,7 +20912,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -20956,7 +20922,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -20964,18 +20930,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20983,7 +20949,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20993,7 +20959,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21007,7 +20973,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21021,7 +20987,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21031,11 +20997,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21045,7 +21011,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21053,18 +21019,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21072,13 +21038,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21088,14 +21054,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21103,11 +21069,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21118,11 +21084,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21134,11 +21100,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21146,7 +21112,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21161,11 +21127,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21174,13 +21140,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21191,7 +21157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21202,7 +21168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23263,7 +23229,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -24779,7 +24745,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -30907,7 +30872,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31470,13 +31435,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spagna" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Piano dei conti spagnolo" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -31493,39 +31456,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Svizzera" @@ -33357,7 +33334,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33780,7 +33757,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34400,17 +34377,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 3cf1c2150..d3b90285e 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ # Dario Cucchiar, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marianna Ciofani, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Sara Ciaurri , 2023 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3969,7 +3969,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " -"post directly from my database." +"post directly from your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 @@ -3979,14 +3979,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " -"credits to test our IAP features." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 @@ -4014,10 +4014,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:42 msgid "" -"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " -"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " -"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:50 @@ -4026,46 +4026,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:52 msgid "" -"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " -"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " -"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " -"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " -"by email!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 -msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " -"Database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " -"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "" -"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " -"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:74 -msgid "" -"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" -" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" -" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 @@ -4074,8 +4040,8 @@ msgstr "Resoconti" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " -"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +"You can find several reports under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most " +"apps that let you analyze and visualize the data of your records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 @@ -4107,11 +4073,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:33 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your " "records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " @@ -4123,11 +4089,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:45 msgid "Choosing measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 msgid "" "After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " ":doc:`filtered `. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " @@ -4135,7 +4101,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:52 msgid "" "When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" " for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " @@ -4145,7 +4111,7 @@ msgid "" "the total number of filtered records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:58 msgid "" "After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " "be :ref:`grouped ` depending on the dimension you want to " @@ -4153,7 +4119,7 @@ msgid "" "used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" "When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " "another one appears." @@ -4163,11 +4129,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Using the comparison option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:72 msgid "Select measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:74 msgid "" "Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " ":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " @@ -4178,11 +4144,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:81 msgid "Group measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" "You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" " rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." @@ -4192,11 +4158,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:92 msgid "Using the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:94 msgid "" "Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " "the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" @@ -4207,13 +4173,13 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`➖`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " "the newly created subgroups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:104 msgid "" "You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " "example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " @@ -4225,52 +4191,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:112 msgid "" "Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " "(:guilabel:`⇄`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" " (⏷) order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:114 msgid "" "Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " "(:guilabel:`⭳`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 msgid "Using the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 -msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:121 +msgid "Three graphs are available: the bar, line, and pie charts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:123 msgid "" "**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " "categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " "sets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:126 msgid "" "**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " "time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:128 msgid "" "**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " "number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4278,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:138 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4286,7 +4252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:143 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "" @@ -4294,14 +4260,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:149 msgid "" "For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " "have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " "next to each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:154 msgid "Stacked bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4309,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:159 msgid "Regular bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4317,7 +4283,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:164 msgid "Stacked line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4325,8 +4291,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:184 msgid "Regular line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4334,13 +4300,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:174 msgid "" "For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " "is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:179 msgid "Cumulative line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4860,43 +4826,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5188,73 +5117,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "ticket" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "abbonamenti" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5265,31 +5339,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5303,13 +5377,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5318,7 +5392,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5326,6 +5400,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Modifica password" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 71842f193..f024ca277 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marianna Ciofani, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -147,154 +147,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Aggiungi nuovo dipendente" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Curriculum vitae" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -302,234 +365,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Competenze" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Tipi di competenza" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -538,92 +656,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -632,102 +725,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -735,35 +866,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Documenti" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -772,11 +886,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "3° trimestre" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Retribuzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscalità" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contratto" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servizi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vista elenco" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Libro paga" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -784,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -793,18 +2131,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Impostazioni" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -818,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -827,12 +2161,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -840,15 +2193,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -856,88 +2209,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -947,46 +2320,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -994,7 +2450,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1003,28 +2459,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Retribuzione" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1034,7 +2490,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1044,13 +2500,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1059,32 +2515,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Strutture" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1092,94 +2693,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regole" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1188,7 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1197,61 +2792,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1260,54 +2869,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Vantaggi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1315,83 +2937,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Riprendi" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2529,6 +4220,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rendiconto" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2811,11 +4777,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Selezione del personale" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Respingi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Crea dipendente" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2837,40 +6241,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2882,37 +6270,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2920,164 +6307,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Valutazioni" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Domande" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3087,143 +6571,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Domande" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Punteggio" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Risposte" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Candidati" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Casella di testo a riga singola" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrice" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opzioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Struttura" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Partecipanti" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Sessione dal vivo" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3232,3 +7043,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Punti" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 951292330..370395096 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" @@ -55,52 +55,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1210,7 +1427,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1339,141 +1556,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Ricezioni" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Ordini di consegna" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Trasferimenti interni" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2908,79 +3645,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduzione" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Tracciabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3495,11 +4321,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3509,10 +4330,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5872,10 +6689,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5884,29 +6701,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5915,11 +6733,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5932,7 +6750,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5942,7 +6760,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5953,7 +6771,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5968,11 +6786,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5984,7 +6802,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5996,18 +6814,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6019,7 +6837,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6032,7 +6850,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6097,7 +6915,7 @@ msgstr "Ricezione diretta dei beni (1 fase)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6560,49 +7378,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6616,7 +7442,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6625,7 +7451,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6634,7 +7460,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6645,7 +7471,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6658,11 +7484,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6671,7 +7497,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6686,11 +7512,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6698,7 +7524,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14923,8 +15749,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14933,53 +15760,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15575,10 +16669,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Tracciabilità" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 140f3bef6..39782b639 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Marianna Ciofani, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vista elenco" @@ -2118,149 +2118,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzato" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Tracce" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Partecipanti" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2268,149 +2420,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Crea una campagna" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2637,63 +2850,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2702,7 +2966,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2710,89 +2974,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Attivazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2802,122 +3492,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -4250,389 +4954,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Messaggi" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Approfondimenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Azienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Pubblica su" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Messaggio" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Allega immagini" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Campagna" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Quando" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Opzioni notifiche push" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4640,39 +5652,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4682,97 +5720,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Visitatori" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4780,22 +5823,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4803,41 +5842,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4868,6 +5906,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 68d5cad07..f98895fa8 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,21 +5,20 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# David Minneci , 2023 # Sara Ciaurri , 2023 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 # Marianna Ciofani, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -58,19 +57,12 @@ msgstr "Convertire i Lead in opportunità" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -97,88 +89,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Per attivare questa funzionalità andare su: CRM -> Configurazione -> " -"Impostazioni e selezionare la funzione \"Contatti\"." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"A questo punto apparirà un nuovo sotto-menù chiamato \"Contatti\" sotto " -"\"Contatti\" dove si aggregheranno." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Convertire un Contatto in Opportunità" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Cliccando su un \"Contatto\" è possibile convertirlo in un'opportunità e " -"decidere se assegnarlo sempre allo stesso canale/persona e se è necessario " -"creare un nuovo cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Nel caso sia già stata creata un'opportunità con un determinato cliente, " -"Odoo dà la possibilità di unire la nuova opportunità a quella esistente. " -"Allo stesso modo Odoo permette di collegare all’opportunità un cliente " -"esistente se quel cliente è stato precedentemente inserito." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Unisci Opportunità" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5330,378 +5433,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Integrazione con Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Addebiti" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "Emetti fatture" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5930,7 +6167,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5985,137 +6221,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Integrazione con eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Data inizio" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Titolo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Sottotitolo" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoria" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Durata" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Nazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Token utente" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Chiave sviluppatore" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6123,154 +7489,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10361,641 +11754,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Abilitare l'API" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T-shirt" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Caratteristiche" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 74d422169..b42bb484d 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marianna Ciofani, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,6 +30,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Siti web" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "E-commerce" @@ -4142,22 +4414,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4165,14 +4436,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4184,29 +4455,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4219,13 +4490,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4236,18 +4507,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4258,18 +4529,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4277,7 +4548,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4287,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4300,20 +4571,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5349,6 +5620,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5769,108 +6157,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index be1c9602b..548a488e4 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "以下の財務 :doc:`reports ` が利用可能で、リアルタイムで更新されます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "財務レポート" @@ -1021,11 +1021,10 @@ msgstr "プロキシとの接続が切断された場合、 :guilabel:`アカウ #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"この切断はOdooサポートによって引き起こされる可能性があります。この場合、顧客IDまたはチャターに記載されているエラーの参照を添えて、サポート`_まで直接お問い合わせ下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -2796,13 +2795,13 @@ msgstr "顧客に請求書を送付" msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書を検証した後、'メールで送信'機能を使って顧客に直接送信することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有効な請求書から生成される典型的な仕訳は以下です：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 @@ -2811,17 +2810,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:139 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**勘定科目**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**取引先**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**期日**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 @@ -2833,7 +2832,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**借方**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 @@ -2845,39 +2844,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**貸方**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:58 msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "売掛金" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agrolait" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "01/07/2015" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 msgid "115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -2925,11 +2924,12 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " "entered the payment." msgstr "" +"Odooでは、関連する会計仕訳と支払仕訳が消込された時点で請求書が支払われたとみなされます。消込が行われていない場合、支払を仕訳するまで請求書は未決済のままとなります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払から発生する典型的な仕訳は以下のようになります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:238 @@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "銀行" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行明細書による一部支払いの受領" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2950,12 +2950,13 @@ msgid "" "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" +"Odooでは銀行取引明細を手動で入力することもできますし、csvファイルや会計のローカライズに応じたその他の定義済みフォーマットからインポートすることもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会計ダッシュボードから、関連する仕訳とともに銀行取引明細書を作成し、100ドルを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 msgid "Reconcile" @@ -2963,13 +2964,13 @@ msgstr "消込" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:150 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "では消込しましょう！" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:154 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これで、全ての取引に目を通して消込することができます。また、下部にある指示に従って一括消込することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -2977,12 +2978,13 @@ msgid "" "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" +"シートの項目を消込すると、関連する請求書に\"この顧客の未払金があります。この請求書を支払うために、それらを消込することができます。\"と表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:164 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払いを適用して下さい。下図のように、請求書に支払いが追加されました。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:170 msgid "Payment Followup" @@ -2994,6 +2996,7 @@ msgid "" "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" +"顧客が請求書を後払いにする傾向はますます強まっています。したがって、支払を受ける側は集金にあらゆる努力を払い、より早く集金しなければならなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -3004,28 +3007,29 @@ msgid "" "passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" +"Odooはフォローアップ戦略の定義をサポートします。未払請求書の支払を顧客に促すために、顧客の延滞度合いに応じて異なるアクションを定義することができます。これらのアクションは、請求書の支払期日が一定の日数を経過した場合にトリガされるフォローアップレベルに集約されています。同じ顧客で他に延滞している請求書がある場合、最も延滞している請求書のアクションが実行されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:184 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客レコードに移動し、\"滞納支払\"に入ると、フォローアップメッセージと全ての延滞請求書が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:194 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客エイジングレポート:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:196 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客エイジングレポートは、集金側が顧客の貸勘定に関わる問題を理解し、業務の優先順位をつけるための、さらなる重要なツールとなります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:200 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "エイジングレポートを使用して、どの顧客が延滞しているかを見極め、回収活動を開始しましょう。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -3033,24 +3037,24 @@ msgid "" "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " "sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" " and Expenses.\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "損益計算書には、収益と費用の詳細が表示されます。最終的に純損益の明確なイメージを得ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:218 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "貸借対照表は、特定の時点における企業の負債、資産、資本をまとめたものです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:225 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例えば、継続記録法で在庫を管理している場合、材料が顧客に出荷されると、勘定科目の\"流動資産\"が減少するはずです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "現金割引と減税" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3066,19 +3070,19 @@ msgid "" "You issue a €100 invoice on the 1st of January. The full payment is due " "within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you " "within seven days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月1日に100ユーロの請求書を発行します。全額の支払は30日以内とし、顧客が7日以内に支払えば2％の割引を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they " "would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月8日までであれば98ユーロの支払でよく、それ以降は1月31日までに100ユーロを支払う必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 msgid "" "A :ref:`tax reduction ` can also be applied " "depending on the country or region." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`減税 ` は国または地域によって適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -3090,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 msgid "Tax reductions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "減税" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -3115,7 +3119,7 @@ msgstr "常に (請求時)" msgid "" "The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " "discounted amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "税金は常に減額されます。税額の計算に使用される基準額は、顧客が割引の恩恵を受けるかどうかにかかわらず、割引後の金額です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 @@ -3129,6 +3133,7 @@ msgid "" "reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means that, depending on the " "customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued." msgstr "" +"税額が軽減されるのは、顧客が早期に支払った場合のみです。税額の計算に使用される基準額は、売上と同じです。もし顧客が減額の恩恵を受ければ、税額も減額されます。つまり、顧客によっては、請求書発行後に税額が変動する可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 @@ -3139,7 +3144,7 @@ msgstr "しない" msgid "" "The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " "full amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "税金が減額されることはありません。税額の計算に使用される基準額は、顧客が割引の恩恵を受けるかどうかにかかわらず、全額です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -3147,19 +3152,20 @@ msgid "" "tax rate. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% " "discount if your customer pays you within seven days." msgstr "" +"1月1日に税率21％の100ユーロの請求書(税別)を発行します。全額の支払は30日以内とし、顧客が7日以内に支払う場合は2％の割引を適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "期日" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:99 msgid "Total amount due" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合計請求額" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 @@ -3171,12 +3177,12 @@ msgstr "計算" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 msgid "8th of January" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月8日" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:87 msgid "€118.58" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€118.58" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:88 @@ -3187,11 +3193,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:104 msgid "31st of January" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月31日" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 msgid "€120.58" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€120.58" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:76 msgid "(€100 + (21% of €98))" @@ -3200,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:105 msgid "€121.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€121.00" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:106 @@ -3209,7 +3215,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:102 msgid "€119.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€119.00" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:103 msgid "(€98 + (21% of €100))" @@ -3221,6 +3227,8 @@ msgid "" " are correctly computed according to the :ref:`type of tax reduction ` you configured." msgstr "" +"ref:`税額グリッド`は、設定した :ref:`減税の種類` に従って正しく計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3228,10 +3236,12 @@ msgid "" " depending on your :ref:`fiscal localization package " "`." msgstr "" +"**現金割引減税の種類**は、 :ref:会計ローカリゼーションパッケージ ` " +"に応じて、あらかじめ正しく設定されている可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "現金割引損益勘定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -3239,6 +3249,7 @@ msgid "" "benefits from the cash discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and " "losses, which are recorded on default accounts." msgstr "" +"現金割引では、顧客が現金割引の恩恵を受けるかどうかによって、得られる金額が決まります。このため、必然的に損益が発生し、デフォルト勘定に計上されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -3265,14 +3276,16 @@ msgid "" "Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" "reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." msgstr "" +" \"2/7 Net 30\"という名の支払条件の設定。フィールド\"請求書上の説明\"\n" +"には \"支払条件: 30日間、 7日以内の支払に対する早期支払値引2％\"と表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:147 msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客の請求書に現金割引を適用する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -3288,12 +3301,16 @@ msgid "" "details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the " ":guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`仕訳帳項目`タブの下にある \"トグル\"ボタンをクリックし、 :guilabel:`割引日`と " +":guilabel:`割引額`カラムを追加することで、割引の詳細を表示することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 msgid "" "An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" "is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." msgstr "" +"支払条件として\"2/7 Net 30\" を選択した100ユーロの請求書。 \"仕訳項目\"タブ\n" +"を開き、\"割引日\"と\"割引額\"の列を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -3309,7 +3326,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 msgid "Payment reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払消込" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -3328,7 +3345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../payments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../payments`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" @@ -3338,61 +3355,61 @@ msgstr "キャッシュラウンディング" msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**現金丸め**は、通貨の最小額面または最小硬貨が口座の最小単位より高い場合に必要となります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例えば、現金払いの場合、請求書の合計金額を5セント単位で切り上げるか、切り下げることを企業に要求する国もあります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に行き、*現金丸め*を有効にし、*保存*をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 現金丸め`に行き、*作成*をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ここで、*丸め精度*、*丸め戦略*、*丸め方法*を定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは2つの**丸め戦略**をサポートしています:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**丸め行の追加**：請求書に丸め行が追加されます。どの勘定科目で現金の丸めを記録するかを定義する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**税額の修正**：丸めは税金セクションで適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "丸めを適用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドラフト請求書を編集する際、*他の情報* タブを開き、*会計情報* セクションに進み、適切な*現金丸め方法* を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit notes and refunds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クレジット・ノートと払戻" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3400,22 +3417,24 @@ msgid "" " customer that notifies them that they have been *credited/debited* a " "certain amount." msgstr "" +" " +"**クレジット/デビット・ノート**、または**クレジット/デビット・メモ**は、顧客に発行されるドキュメントで、ある金額の*貸方/借方*を通知するものです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:8 msgid "Several use cases can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "次のようないくつかの使用例が、クレジット・ノートにつながる可能性あります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書上の誤り" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "商品の返品またはサービスの拒否" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" -msgstr "" +msgstr "納品された商品が破損していた場合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3423,6 +3442,7 @@ msgid "" " by customers or to vendors because of modifications to confirmed customer " "invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" +"デビット・ノートは、あまり一般的ではありませんが、確定済の顧客請求書や仕入先請求書を修正したために、顧客や仕入先が負っている債務を追跡するために最も頻繁に使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3432,10 +3452,11 @@ msgid "" "the :doc:`return ` if a " "storable product is returned." msgstr "" +"クレジット/デビットノートを発行することは、有効な請求書をキャンセル、返金、または修正する唯一の合法的な方法です。顧客へ送金する必要がある場合、または保管可能な製品が返品された場合、:doc:`返品`を検証する必要がある場合は、その後**支払登録**することを忘れないで下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:25 msgid "Issue a credit note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "クレジット・ノートの発行" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3444,6 +3465,8 @@ msgid "" "on :guilabel:`Create`. Filling out a credit note form works the same way as " "an invoice form." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`会計 --> 顧客 --> クレジットノート`に行き、 " +":guilabel:`作成`をクリックすることで、クレジットノートをゼロから作成することができます。クレジットノートフォームへの入力は請求書フォームと同じように行います。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3455,19 +3478,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 msgid "You can choose between three options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3つのオプションから選択できます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`部分返金`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Full Refund`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全額返金`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全額返金と新規ドラフト請求書`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3475,10 +3498,12 @@ msgid "" "related document (e.g., RINV/2019/0004 is related to the invoice " "INV/2019/0004)." msgstr "" +"クレジット・ノートの連番は`R`で始まり、その後に関連ドキュメントの番号が続きます。 (例:RINV/2019/0004 is related to " +"the invoice INV/2019/0004)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 msgid "Partial refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "部分返金" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3487,14 +3512,15 @@ msgid "" "original invoice. This is the option to choose if you wish to do a partial " "refund or if you want to modify any detail of the credit note." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`部分返金`オプションを選択すると、Odooは元の請求書から必要な情報をあらかじめ入力したクレジットノートのドラフトを作成します。このオプションは部分返金を行う場合、またはクレジットノートの詳細を変更する場合に選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:53 msgid "This is the only option for invoices marked as *in payment* or *paid*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これは、*支払中*または*支払済*とマークされた請求書用の唯一のオプションです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "Full refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "全額返金" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -3502,16 +3528,17 @@ msgid "" "note, automatically validates it, and reconciles it with the related " "invoice." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`全額返金`オプションを選択すると、Odooはクレジットノートを作成し、自動的にそれを検証し、関連する請求書と消込します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst-1 msgid "Full refund credit note." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全額返金クレジットノート。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:64 msgid "" "This is the option to choose for a full refund or to **cancel** a " "*validated* invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これは、全額返金または**検証済**請求書の**キャンセル**を選択するオプションです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" @@ -3524,14 +3551,16 @@ msgid "" "the related invoice, and opens a new draft invoice prefilled with the same " "details from the original invoice." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`全額返金と新規ドラフト請求書` " +"オプションを選択すると、Odooはクレジットノートを作成し、それを自動的に検証し、関連する請求書と消込し、元の請求書と同じ詳細が予め記入された新しい請求書ドラフトを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:73 msgid "This is the option to **modify** the content of a *validated* invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これは、*検証済*請求書の内容を**修正**するオプションです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:76 msgid "Issue a debit note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デビットノートの発行" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3544,11 +3573,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 msgid "Record a vendor refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕入先返金を記録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:85 msgid "**Vendor refunds** are recorded the same way as credit notes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**仕入先返金** はクレジットノートと同様の方法で記録されます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3560,13 +3589,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "Record a debit note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デビットノートを記録" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:94 msgid "" "**Debit notes** from vendors are recorded in a similar way to how they are " "issued to customers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕入先からの**デビットノート** は顧客に発行されるのと同様の方法で記録されます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3586,29 +3615,29 @@ msgstr "仕訳帳エントリ" msgid "" "Issuing a credit/debit note from an invoice/bill creates a **reverse entry**" " that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書からクレジット/デビットノートを発行すると、元の請求書によって生成された仕訳項目がゼロになる**逆入力**が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:108 msgid "The journal invoice of an entry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕訳の仕訳帳請求書：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 msgid "Invoice journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書仕訳。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:113 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "そしてこれが、上記の下の請求書をリバースするために作成されたクレジットノートの仕訳です:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 msgid "Credit note journal entry reverses the invoice journal entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "クレジットノートの仕訳は、請求書仕訳を逆仕訳します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送および請求先住所" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3617,10 +3646,11 @@ msgid "" "another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " "scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." msgstr "" +"企業には複数の拠点があることが多く、ある住所に請求書を送り、別の住所に納品書を送るということがよくあります。Odooの**顧客住所**機能は、このようなケースに対応できるよう、それぞれの場合に使用する住所を簡単に指定できるように設計されています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`概要`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3629,6 +3659,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"販売オーダの請求先住所と配送先住所を設定するには、まず :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進みます。セクション " +":guilabel:`顧客請求書` で :guilabel:`顧客住所` を有効にして :guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -3638,10 +3670,11 @@ msgid "" "will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " "instead." msgstr "" +"見積書とオーダにおいて、:guilabel:`請求先住所`と:guilabel:`配送先住所`のフィールドが追加されました。もし顧客の連絡先レコードに請求書または配送先住所が記載されている場合、対応するフィールドはデフォルトでその住所を使用しますが、任意の連絡先の住所を代わりに使用することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "異なる住所に請求と配送を行う" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3650,6 +3683,8 @@ msgid "" " show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " "customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." msgstr "" +"配送オーダとその配送伝票レポートは、販売オーダで :guilabel:`配送先住所` " +"として設定された住所を使用します。デフォルトでは、送り状レポートには配送先住所と送り状住所の両方が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3658,6 +3693,8 @@ msgid "" "email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " "order." msgstr "" +"Eメールも異なるアドレスに送信されます。見積書とオーダは通常通り主な連絡先のEメールに送信されますが、請求書はオーダの " +":guilabel:`請求先住所` に設定された住所のEメールに送信されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -3665,22 +3702,26 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`customized using Studio " "`." msgstr "" +"納品書や請求書などのレポートは、:doc: " +"`スタジオを使用してカスタマイズできます`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 msgid "" "If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" " & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." msgstr "" +" :doc:`郵送 `がチェックされている場合、:guilabel:`送信 & " +"印刷`をクリックすると、請求書が請求先住所に送られます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前受収益" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**繰延収益**、または**前受収益**は、まだ納入していない製品またはまだ提供していないサービスに対して顧客から前払いされるものです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3689,6 +3730,7 @@ msgid "" "report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" +"このような支払いは、それを受け取った会社にとっては**負債**となります。このような支払は、将来、実質的に収益となるため、会社は、現在の**損益計算書**に計上することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -3696,6 +3738,7 @@ msgid "" "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" +"これらの将来の収益は、損益計算書上で、一度に、あるいは定められた期間にわたって、**認識**されるようになるまで、会社の貸借対照表上で繰延べされる必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3705,13 +3748,14 @@ msgid "" "a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" +"たとえば、5年間の延長保証を350ドルで販売したとします。当方は今すでにお金を受け取っているが、まだ収入を得ていない状態です。そこで、この新たな収入を繰延収益勘定に計上し、1年ごとに認識することにします。今後5年間、毎年70ドルを収益として認識します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計は、*ドラフトモード*で自動的に作成され、定期的に計上される複数の仕訳に繰延収益を分散して処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:28 @@ -3720,6 +3764,7 @@ msgid "" "The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " "up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" +"サーバは1日1回、仕訳を記帳しなければならないかどうかをチェックします。そのため、*ドラフト*から*記帳済*に変更されるまで最大24時間かかる場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 @@ -3732,11 +3777,11 @@ msgstr "前提条件" msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このような取引は、デフォルトの収入勘定ではなく、**繰延収益勘定**に計上しなければなりません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "繰延収益勘定の設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:40 @@ -3746,62 +3791,64 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " "on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" +"勘定科目を**勘定科目表**に設定するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> " +"勘定科目表`に行き、*作成*をクリックし、フォームに必要事項を記入して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計における繰延収益勘定の設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "この勘定科目のタイプは、*流動負債*または*非流動負債*のいずれかである必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "収入を正しい勘定科目に記帳する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドラフト請求書の勘定科目を選択する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドラフト請求書上で、収入を繰延る必要がある全てのプロダクトについて、適切な勘定科目を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "" "Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo " "Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計の請求書ドラフトで繰延収益勘定を選択します" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "特定のプロダクトについて、別の収益勘定を選択する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "商品の編集を開始し、*会計*タブに移動し、適正な**収益勘定科目**を選択し、保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでプロダクトの収益勘定科目を変更" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらの商品の収益記帳の作成を自動化することは可能です(参照:`繰延収益の自動化`_)。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" -msgstr "" +msgstr "記帳済項目の勘定科目を変更" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -3809,16 +3856,18 @@ msgid "" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" +"そのためには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 会計 --> " +"販売`で売上仕訳帳を開き、修正したい仕訳帳項目を選択し、勘定科目をクリックして、正しいものを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計で計上した仕訳項目の勘定科目の変更" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前受収益仕訳" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:97 @@ -3832,12 +3881,14 @@ msgid "" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" +"**前受収益の項目**は、全ての仕訳を自動的に*ドラフトモード*で作成します。その後、収益の全額が認識されるまで、適切なタイミングで1つずつ記帳されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" +"新しい項目を作成するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 会計 --> 前受収益`に行き、*作成*をクリックし、フォームに記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3845,10 +3896,11 @@ msgid "" "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" +"**関連購買を選択**をクリックして、既存の仕訳項目をこの新しい仕訳にリンクさせます。いくつかのフィールドが自動的に入力され、仕訳項目が**関連売上**タブの下に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計の前受収益仕訳" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -3857,22 +3909,23 @@ msgid "" "all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " "date." msgstr "" +"入力が完了したら、*収益を計算*（*確認*ボタンの隣）をクリックすると、**収益ボード**の全ての値が生成されます。このボードには、Odooが収益を認識するために計上するすべての仕訳とその日付が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計での収益ボード" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Prorata Temporis\"とはどういう意味ですか？" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Prorata Temporis**機能は、可能な限り正確に収益を認識するのに便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -3880,6 +3933,8 @@ msgid "" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" +"この機能により、収益ボード上の最初の仕訳は、デフォルトの認識間隔ではなく、*Prorata " +"Date*から*最初の認識日*までの残り時間に基づいて計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -3887,16 +3942,18 @@ msgid "" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" +"例えば、上記の収益ボードには、その最初の収入として70.00ドルではなく、4.22ドルという金額があります。その結果、最後の仕訳も低く、$ " +"65.78の金額となっています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "売上仕訳帳からの前受収益" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**売上仕訳帳**の特定の仕訳項目から繰延仕訳を作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -3905,18 +3962,20 @@ msgid "" "sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 会計 --> " +"販売`で売上仕訳帳を開き、繰延たい仕訳項目を選択します。正しい勘定科目に計上されていることを確認して下さい。(参照：`記帳した仕訳項目の勘定科目を変更する`_)。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " "form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、*アクション*をクリックし、**繰延仕訳を作成**を選択し、新規仕訳を作成するときと同じようにフォームに記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計で仕訳帳項目から繰延仕訳を作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" @@ -3926,7 +3985,7 @@ msgstr "前受収益モデル" msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**前受収益モデル**を作成することで、前受収益の仕訳をより迅速に作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -3934,6 +3993,8 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" +"モデルを作成するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> " +"前受収益モデル`に行き、*作成*をクリックし、新規仕訳を作成するのと同じようにフォームに記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -3941,16 +4002,18 @@ msgid "" "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" +"また、:menuselection:`会計 --> 会計 --> " +"前受収益`から仕訳を開き、*モデルを保存*ボタンをクリックすることで、*確認済前受収益仕訳*をモデルに変換することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前受収益モデルを新規仕訳に適用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "新しい前受収益仕訳を作成する際、**前受収益勘定**に正しい認識勘定を記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:222 @@ -3960,14 +4023,15 @@ msgid "" "the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " "model." msgstr "" +"その勘定科目にリンクされているすべてのモデルの新しいボタンがフォームの上部に表示されます。モデルのボタンをクリックすると、そのモデルに従ってフォームが入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計の前受収益モデルボタン" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前受収益を自動化する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -3975,16 +4039,17 @@ msgid "" "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" +"タイプが*流動負債*または*非流動負債*である勘定科目を作成または編集すると、その勘定科目に仕訳される収益を自動的に繰延べるように設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**前受収益自動化** フィールドには3つの選択肢があります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**いいえ:** これはデフォルト値です。何も起こりません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -3993,6 +4058,8 @@ msgid "" "first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" +"**ドラフトで作成:**勘定科目に取引が記帳されるたびに、ドラフトの*前受収益仕訳*が作成されますが、検証はされません。最初に " +":menuselection:`会計 --> 会計 --> 前受収益` のフォームに記入する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -4000,10 +4067,12 @@ msgid "" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +"**作成と検証**: 前受収益モデルを選択する必要があります(参照: " +"繰延収益モデル)。勘定科目に取引が記帳されるたびに、*前受収益仕訳*が作成され、直ちに検証されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計で口座の前受収益を自動化する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -4011,22 +4080,24 @@ msgid "" "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" +"例えば、この勘定科目をプロダクトのデフォルトの**収益勘定**として選択することで、そのプロダクトの販売を完全に自動化することができます。(参照: " +"`特定のプロダクトに別の収益勘定を選択する`_)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:256 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 msgid ":doc:`../get_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../get_started/chart_of_accounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odooアカデミー: 前受収益 (認識) `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Electronic invoicing (:abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "電子請求書発行 (:abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)`)。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4037,23 +4108,24 @@ msgid "" "Various EDI file formats exist and are available depending on your company's" " country." msgstr "" +"EDI、電子データ交換とは、購買オーダや請求書などのビジネスドキュメントを標準フォーマットで企業間通信することです。EDI標準に従ってドキュメントを送信することで、メッセージを受信した機械が情報を正しく解釈できるようになります。様々なEDIファイルフォーマットが存在し、貴社の国に応じて利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:10 msgid "" "EDI feature enables automating the administration between companies and " "might also be required by some governments for fiscal control or to " "facilitate the administration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "EDI機能は、企業間の管理の自動化を可能にし、また、財政管理や管理の円滑化のために政府によって要求される場合もあります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:13 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing of your documents such as customer invoices, credit " "notes or vendor bills is one of the application of EDI." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客からの請求書、クレジットノート、仕入先請求書といったドキュメントの電子請求書発行は、EDIの適用の1つです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:16 msgid "Odoo supports, among others, the following formats." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは特に以下のフォーマットをサポートしています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:21 msgid "Format Name" @@ -4091,7 +4163,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:30 msgid "XRechnung (UBL)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XRechnung (UBL)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:31 msgid "For German companies" @@ -4099,7 +4171,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:32 msgid "Fattura PA (IT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fattura PA (IT)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:33 msgid "For Italian companies" @@ -4107,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:34 msgid "CFDI (4.0)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CFDI (4.0)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:35 msgid "For Mexican companies" @@ -4115,7 +4187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:36 msgid "Peru UBL 2.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peru UBL 2.1" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:37 msgid "For Peruvian companies" @@ -4123,7 +4195,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:38 msgid "SII IVA Llevanza de libros registro (ES)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SII IVA Llevanza de libros registro (ES)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:39 msgid "For Spanish companies" @@ -4131,7 +4203,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:40 msgid "UBL 2.1 (Columbia)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "UBL 2.1 (Columbia)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:41 msgid "For Colombian companies" @@ -4139,7 +4211,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:42 msgid "Egyptian Tax Authority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "エジプト税務当局" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:43 msgid "For Egyptian companies" @@ -4147,7 +4219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:44 msgid "E-Invoice (IN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-Invoice (IN)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:45 msgid "For Indian companies" @@ -4155,7 +4227,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:46 msgid "NLCIUS (Netherlands)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NLCIUS (Netherlands)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:47 msgid "For Dutch companies" @@ -4163,7 +4235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:48 msgid "EHF 3.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EHF 3.0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:49 msgid "For Norwegian companies" @@ -4238,7 +4310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "EPC QR codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EPC QRコーdp" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4247,29 +4319,31 @@ msgid "" " applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" +"欧州決済評議会のクイック・レスポンス・コード、すなわち**EPC " +"QRコード**は、顧客が**モバイル・バンキング・アプリケーション**でスキャンして**SEPAクレジット送金(SCT)**を開始し、請求書を即座に支払うことができる二次元バーコードです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使いやすさとスピードアップだけでなく、支払に支障をきたす可能性のあるタイプミスを大幅に減らすことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" "This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " "such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この機能は、オーストリア、ベルギー、フィンランド、ドイツ、オランダなどヨーロッパ数か国の企業のみが利用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`../bank`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../bank`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odooアカデミー: 欧州の顧客用の請求書上のQR Code `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -4277,16 +4351,18 @@ msgid "" "activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " "Payments` section." msgstr "" +" :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に移動し、:guilabel:`顧客支払` セクションの " +":guilabel:`QR コード機能` を有効化して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行口座仕訳帳を作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" " with your IBAN and BIC." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`銀行口座`のIBANとBICがOdooで正しく設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4294,14 +4370,16 @@ msgid "" "open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " ":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 仕訳帳` に進み、銀行仕訳帳を開き、 :guilabel:`銀行口座番号`" +" 列の下に :guilabel:`口座番号` と :guilabel:`銀行` を記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "銀行仕訳帳の銀行口座番号欄" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EPC QRコードで請求書を発行する" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4309,18 +4387,22 @@ msgid "" "supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " "pay the invoice." msgstr "" +"請求書にEPC QRコードが自動的に追加されます。銀行がEPC " +"QRコードでの支払に対応している顧客は、コードをスキャンして請求書を支払うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " "new invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:`会計 --> 顧客 --> 請求書`に行き、新規請求書を発行して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 msgid "" "Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " "fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." msgstr "" +"記帳する前に :guilabel:`その他情報 タブを開いて下さい。Odooは自動的に :guilabel:`受取銀行` " +"フィールドにIBANを入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4329,16 +4411,18 @@ msgid "" " Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " "it to generate the EPC QR code." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`その他の情報`タブでは、:guilabel:`受取銀行`フィールドに表示された口座が顧客からの支払いに使用されます。Odooはデフォルトでこのフィールドにお客様のIBANを自動的に入力し、EPC" +" QRコードの生成に使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 msgid "" "When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " "bottom." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書を印刷またはプレビューすると、下部にQRコードが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書上のQRコード" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4346,6 +4430,8 @@ msgid "" "indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " ":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." msgstr "" +"EPC " +"QRコードなしで請求書を発行したい場合は、請求書の:guilabel:`その他情報`タブにある:guilabel:`受取銀行`フィールドに表示されているIBANを削除して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:3 msgid "Incoterms" @@ -4362,72 +4448,76 @@ msgid "" "from the seller to the buyer, the responsibility for transportation, " "insurance, customs clearance, and other relevant aspects of the transaction." msgstr "" +"abbr:`インコタームズ(International Commercial " +"Terms)`とは、国際取引において買主と売主の権利と責任を定義するために使用される標準化された貿易用語です。インコタームズは、物品の引渡し、リスクの移行、および当事者間の費用分配に関する義務を定めています。インコタームズには、リスクとコストが売主から買主に移行する時点、輸送、保険、通関、および取引のその他の関連事項などの重要な詳細が規定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:13 msgid "By default, all 11 Incoterms are available in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトでは、11のインコタームズすべてがOdooで利用可能です：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:15 msgid "**EXW**: Ex works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**EXW**: Ex works" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:16 msgid "**FCA**: Free carrier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**FCA**: Free carrier" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:17 msgid "**FAS**: Free alongside ship" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**FAS**: Free alongside ship" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:18 msgid "**FOB**: Free on board" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**FOB**: Free on board" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:19 msgid "**CFR**: Cost and freight" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**CFR**: Cost and freight(運賃込み条件)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:20 msgid "**CIF**: Cost, insurance and freight" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**CIF**: Cost, insurance and freight(運賃保険料込み条件)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:21 msgid "**CPT**: Carriage paid to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**CPT**: Carriage paid to (輸送費込み条件)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:22 msgid "**CIP**: Carriage and insurance paid to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**CIP**: Carriage and insurance paid to (輸送費保険料込)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:23 msgid "**DPU**: Delivered at place unloaded" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**DPU**: Delivered at place unloaded (荷卸込持込渡)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:24 msgid "**DAP**: Delivered at place" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**DAP**: Delivered at place (仕向地持込渡し)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:25 msgid "**DDP**: Delivered duty paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**DDP**: Delivered duty paid (関税込み持込渡し)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../reporting/intrastat`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../reporting/intrastat`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:33 msgid "Define an Incoterm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "インターコムを定義" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:35 msgid "" "To define an Incoterm manually, create an invoice or bill, click the " ":guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Incoterm`." msgstr "" +"インコタームを手動で定義するには、顧客請求書または仕入先請求書を作成し、 :guilabel:`その他情報` タブをクリックし、 " +":guilabel:`インターコム` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:41 msgid "Default Incoterm configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトインターコム設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -4437,10 +4527,14 @@ msgid "" " down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, and select an Incoterm " "in the :guilabel:`Default Incoterm` field." msgstr "" +"新しく作成された顧客請求書や仕入先請求書のインターコムフィールドに **自動的に** " +"入力するデフォルトのインターコム規則を設定することができます。menuselection:`会計/請求 --> 設定 --> 管理設定`で、 " +":guilabel:`顧客請求書`セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 " +":guilabel:`デフォルトインターコム`フィールドでインコタームを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing processes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求処理" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4451,16 +4545,17 @@ msgid "" "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." msgstr "" +"ビジネスや使用するアプリケーションによって、Odooで顧客請求書作成を自動化する方法は異なります。通常、請求書の下書きはシステムによって作成され(販売オーダや契約書などの他のドキュメントから情報を取得)、経理担当者は請求書のドラフトを検証し、請求書を一括(郵送またはEメール)で送信するだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ビジネスに応じて、以下のいずれかの方法で請求書案を作成することができます :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダ‣ 請求書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -4468,28 +4563,29 @@ msgid "" "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" +"多くの企業では、販売担当者が見積書を作成し、その内容が検証されると販売オーダとなります。そして、そのオーダに基づいて請求書が作成されます。以下のような様々なオプションがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動で請求書を発行:販売オーダのボタンを使用して請求書ドラフトをトリガします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送前請求:配送オーダのトリガする前に、全オーダの請求書を発行します・。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送オーダに基づく請求書: 次項参照" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送前請求とは、通常eコマースアプリケーションで使用されるもので、顧客がオーダ時に支払を行い、こちら側がその後に納品するものです。(前払)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4498,18 +4594,19 @@ msgid "" "whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " "fixed advance." msgstr "" +"その他の殆どの使用例では、手動で請求書を発行することをお勧めします。販売担当者は、オーダ全体の請求、パーセンテージ(前払)の請求、一部明細の請求、固定前払請求などのオプションを使って、請求書をオンデマンドで発行することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このプロセスは、サービスと物理的プロダクトの両方に適しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダ ‣ 配送オーダ ‣ 請求書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4518,6 +4615,8 @@ msgid "" "you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" +"小売業やeコマースでは通常、販売オーダではなく、配送オーダに基づいて請求書を発行します。この方法は、配送数量がオーダ数量と異なる可能性のあるビジネス: " +"食品(実際のKgに基づいて請求)に適しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4525,14 +4624,15 @@ msgid "" "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" +"こうすれば、オーダの一部を納品した場合、実際に納品した分だけを請求することができます。バックオーダ(一部を納品し、残りを後で納品すること)を行った場合、顧客は2つの請求書を受け取ることになります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eコマースオーダ ‣ 請求書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -4541,6 +4641,7 @@ msgid "" "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." msgstr "" +"eコマースオーダは、支払が完了した時点でオーダの作成も開始されます。小切手または電信送金による支払を許可している場合、Odooはオーダのみを作成し、支払が完了すると請求書がトリガされます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" @@ -4548,7 +4649,7 @@ msgstr "契約" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定期契約 ‣ 請求書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -4556,28 +4657,29 @@ msgid "" "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" +"契約を使用する場合、費やした時間や材料、経費、またはサービスやプロダクトの固定ラインに基づいて請求書をトリガすることができます。毎月、販売担当者は契約上の活動に基づいて請求書を発行します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アクティビティは以下の場合があります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本契約に関連する販売オーダに由来する固定プロダクト/サービス" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "購買済材料(再請求予定)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "タイムシートまたは購買(下請け)に基づく時間と材料" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "旅費や宿泊費など、顧客に再請求する費用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4586,33 +4688,34 @@ msgid "" "time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" +"契約終了時に請求書を発行することも、中間請求書を発行することもできます。この方法は、主に時間と材料に基づいて請求書を発行するサービス企業に使用されます。固定価格で請求書を発行するサービス企業では、通常の販売オーダを使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定期契約 ・請求書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." -msgstr "" +msgstr "サブスクリプションの場合、請求書は定期的に自動的に発行されます。請求書の発行頻度や請求されるサービス/プロダクトは、契約時に定義されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" @@ -4620,7 +4723,7 @@ msgstr "その他" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動で請求書を作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -4628,87 +4731,88 @@ msgid "" "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" +"また、契約書や販売オーダを使用せずに、手動で請求書を作成することもできます。販売プロセス(見積書)やプロダクト・サービスの納品を管理する必要がない場合は、この方法をお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダから請求書を作成する場合でも、例外的な使用例では請求書を手作業で作成する必要があるかもしれません:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "返金を作成する必要がある場合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引きをする必要がある場合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダから作成された請求書を変更する必要がある場合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本業とは関係のない請求書が必要な場合" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "特定のモジュール" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "特定のモジュールでは、請求書のドラフトを作成することもできます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**メンバシップ**: メンバに毎年請求" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**修理**: アフターサービスの請求" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書の再付番" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 msgid "" "It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書の再付番は可能ですが、いくつかの制限があります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この機能は、仕訳がロック日より前の日付の場合は機能しません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 msgid "" "The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of " "the entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この機能は、順番が仕訳の月と一致しない場合は機能しません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付番が重複につながる場合は機能しません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書の順序は変更されません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 msgid "" "It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who " "want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "他のソフトのナンバリングを使用している場合に、最初からやり直すことなく現行の年度を継続したい場合に便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "光学式文字認識(OCR)による請求書のデジタル化" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " "traditional paper invoices into invoices forms in your accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**請求書のデジタル化**とは、従来の紙の請求書を会計上の請求書フォームに自動的にエンコードするプロセスです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -4716,45 +4820,48 @@ msgid "" "content of the documents. Vendor bills and customer invoices forms are " "automatically created and populated based on scanned invoices." msgstr "" +"OdooはOCRとAI技術を使ってドキュメントの内容を認識します。スキャンされた請求書に基づいて、仕入先請求書や顧客請求書フォームが自動的に作成され、入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:162 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "Payment terms and installment plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払条件と分割払いプラン" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" "**Payment terms** specify all the conditions of a sale's payment to help " "ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**支払条件**は、顧客が請求書をきちんと期限内に支払うことを保証するために、販売に関する全ての支払条件を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "" "Payment terms are generally defined on documents such as sales orders, " "customer invoices, and vendor bills. Payment terms cover:" msgstr "" +"支払条件は一般に、販売注オーダ、顧客からの請求書、業者からの請求書などのドキュメントに定義されています。支払条件には以下のようなものがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 msgid "The due date(s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "期日" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Early payment discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "早期支払割引" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "Any other conditions on the payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払に関する他の条件" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." -msgstr "" +msgstr "分割払いプラン**は、顧客が請求書を分割して支払うことを可能にするもので、金額と支払日は販売側があらかじめ定義しておきます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 msgid "Immediate Payment" @@ -4762,24 +4869,24 @@ msgstr "即時支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:20 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書発行日に全額を支払ってもらいます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "15 Days (or Net 15)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "15日間(または正味15日間)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:22 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書発行日から15日後までに全額をお支払頂きます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:23 msgid "21 MFI" -msgstr "" +msgstr "21 MFI" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:24 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書発行日の翌月21日までに全額をお支払い頂きます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 msgid "30% Advance End of Following Month" @@ -4789,11 +4896,11 @@ msgstr "30%前払、残りは翌月末" msgid "" "30% is due on the day of the invoice's issuance. The remaining balance is " "due at the end of the following month." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書発行日に30％をお支払頂きます。残金は翌月末にお支払頂きます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 msgid "2% 10, Net 30 EOM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2% 10, Net 30 EOM" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4801,6 +4908,7 @@ msgid "" " ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" +"2％の現金割引適用` 10日以内に支払いが確認された場合。それ以外の場合は、請求書発行日の翌月末に全額をお支払頂きます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4809,6 +4917,7 @@ msgid "" "order, you issue multiple invoices to your customer, that is neither a " "payment term nor an installment plan but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" +"支払条件は、:doc:`頭金請求書`と混同してはならない。特定のオーダに対して、顧客に複数の請求書を発行する場合、それは支払条件でも分割払いプランでもなく、請求書発行ポリシーです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4817,26 +4926,29 @@ msgid "" "regarding content use, return policies, and other policies surrounding the " "sale of goods and services." msgstr "" +"このページは*支払条件*機能についてのものであり、 " +":doc:`取引条件`(コンテンツの使用に関する契約上の義務、返品ポリシー、商品やサービスの販売にまつわるその他のポリシー)についてのものではありません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: payment terms `_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: 支払条件`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:48 msgid "To create new payment terms, follow these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新しい支払条件を作成するには以下の手順に従って下さい:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " "click on :guilabel:`New`." -msgstr "" +msgstr " :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 支払条件`に行き、 :guilabel:`新規`をクリック" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4891,7 +5003,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "Terms are computed in the order of their due dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "期日は期日の古い順に計算されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." @@ -4911,12 +5023,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:91 msgid "Using payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払条件を使用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:93 msgid "" "Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払条件は :guilabel:`支払条件` フィールドを使って定義することができます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -4924,26 +5036,29 @@ msgid "" "sales orders, invoices, and bills. This can be modified in the contact form," " under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" +"**連絡先:**連絡先の新しい販売オーダ、顧客請求書、仕入先請求書にデフォルトの支払い条件を自動的に設定します。これは連絡先フォームの " +":guilabel:`販売＆購買` タブで変更できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 msgid "" "**Quotations/Sales Orders:** To set specific payment terms automatically on " "all invoices generated from a quotation or sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**見積書/販売オーダ:** 見積書または販売オーダから生成されたすべての請求書に、特定の支払条件を自動的に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:101 msgid "" "Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Due Date` field, with the " ":guilabel:`Terms` drop-down list on:" msgstr "" +"支払条件は :guilabel:`条件` ドロップダウンリストをオンにした :guilabel:`期日` フィールドを使って定義することができます：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 msgid "**Customer invoices:** To set specific payment terms on an invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**顧客請求書**特定の支払条件を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 msgid "**Vendor bills:** To set specific payment terms on a bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**仕入先請求書**。仕入先請求書に特定の支払条件を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -4952,12 +5067,14 @@ msgid "" "setting the **due date** is enough. If payment terms are already defined, " "empty the field to select a date." msgstr "" +"仕入先請求書に支払条件を設定することは、複数の分割払いや現金値引を伴う仕入先条件を管理する場合に主に役立ちます。それ以外の場合は、手動で **期日** " +"を設定するだけで十分です。支払条件がすでに定義されている場合は、日付を選択するフィールドを空にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 msgid "" "Invoices with specific payment terms generate different *journal entries*, " "with one *journal item* for every computed *due date*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "特定の支払条件を持つ請求書は、計算された*期日*ごとに1つの*仕訳項目*を持つ、異なる*仕訳項目*を生成します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -4968,12 +5085,16 @@ msgid "" "due date. It also helps to get an accurate :ref:`aged receivable report " "`." msgstr "" +"これにより、Odooは残高の期日だけでなく、それぞれの期日を考慮するため、:doc:`フォローアップ`や:doc:`照合`が容易になります。また、正確な:ref:`売掛金年齢表レポート" +" ` の取得にも役立ちます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst-1 msgid "" "The amount debited to the account receivable is split into two journal items with\n" "distinct due dates" msgstr "" +"売掛金に引き落とされる金額は、期日の異なる2つの仕訳項目に\n" +"分割されます" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -5027,19 +5148,19 @@ msgstr "売掛金勘定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 msgid "February 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2月21日" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 msgid "300" -msgstr "" +msgstr "300" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 msgid "March 31" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3月31日" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 msgid "700" -msgstr "" +msgstr "700" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 msgid "Product Sales" @@ -5054,11 +5175,11 @@ msgstr "1000" msgid "" "The $1000 debited to the account receivable is split into two distinct " "journal items. Both of them have their own due date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "売掛金に借方記入された1000ドルは、2つの仕訳項目に分かれています。この2つの仕訳にはそれぞれ期限があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "Snailmail" -msgstr "かたつむり郵便" +msgstr "Snailmail" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5067,26 +5188,30 @@ msgid "" "you have the ability to send invoices and follow-up reports through postal " "mail worldwide, all from within your database." msgstr "" +"ダイレクトメールを送ることは、特にEメールの受信箱が溢れているときに、人々の注意を引くための効果的な戦略です。Odooを使えば、請求書やフォローアップレポートをデータベースから世界中に郵送することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" " invoices` section to activate :guilabel:`Snailmail`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 顧客請求書` 有効化するセクション " +":guilabel:`郵送`に行きます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:17 msgid "" "To make it a by-default feature, select :guilabel:`Send by Post` in the " ":guilabel:`Default Sending Options` section." msgstr "" +"この機能をデフォルトにするには、 :guilabel:`デフォルト送信オプション` セクションで :guilabel:`郵送` を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst-1 msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "設定でOdoo会計のSnailmail機能を有効にします" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:25 msgid "Send invoices by post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "郵送で請求書を送る" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5094,12 +5219,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send by Post`. Make sure your customer’s address is set " "correctly, including the country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" +"請求書を開き、:guilabel:`送信＆印刷`をクリックし、:guilabel:`郵送`を選択します。手紙を送る前に、顧客の住所が国を含めて正しく設定されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:31 msgid "" "Your document must respect the following rules to pass the validation before" " being sent:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送信前に検証をパスするためには、ドキュメントは以下の規則に従わなければなりません：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -5110,24 +5236,29 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`General Settings --> Technical --> Reporting section: Paper " "Format`." msgstr "" +"余白は必ず**5mm**取ってください。OdooではSnailmailを送る前に外側の余白を強制的に白で塗りつぶしているため、余白からはみ出てしまうとユーザのカスタムが切れてしまう可能性があります。余白を確認するには、" +" :ref:`開発者モード `を有効にして :menuselection:`一般設定 --> 技術設定 --> レポーティングセクションに進みます： " +"用紙のフォーマット`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:38 msgid "" "A square of **15mm by 15mm** on the bottom left corner has to stay clear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "左下隅の**15mm×15mm**の正方形はクリアである必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:39 msgid "" "The postage area has to stay clear (click :download:`here " "` to get more info about the area)." msgstr "" +"ポスト投函エリアはクリアでなければなりません(:download:`ここ`をクリックすると、エリアについての詳細が表示されます)。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:41 msgid "" "Pingen (Odoo Snailmail service provider) scans the area to process the " "address, so if something gets written outside the area, it is not counted as" " part of the address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pingen（Odoo Snailmailサービスプロバイダー）は宛名を処理するためにエリアをスキャンします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 @@ -5140,6 +5271,8 @@ msgid "" "requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes " "one stamp." msgstr "" +"Snailmailは :doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase` " +"サービスで、動作にはプリペイド切手(=クレジット)が必要です。ドキュメントを1通送ると切手が1枚消費されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5148,43 +5281,49 @@ msgid "" "credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases: Odoo IAP`," " and click on :guilabel:`View my Services`." msgstr "" +"切手を購入するには、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 顧客請求書： または " +":menuselection:`管理設定 --> アプリ内購買： または :menuselection:`管理設定 --> アプリ内購買: Odoo " +"IAP` で :guilabel:`自分のサービスを見る` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:94 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " "free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Onlineの企業版をご利用の場合、無料トライアルクレジットの特典があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:57 msgid "" "Click `here `_ to know about our " "*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" +" `ここ `_ をクリックして*プライバシーポリシー*を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトの契約条件 (T&C)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" "Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " "contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " "services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "返品や返金、保証、アフターサービスなど、重要な契約事項を定めるには、取引条件の明示が不可欠です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 msgid "" "You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " "invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての顧客請求書、販売オーダ、見積書の下部に、テキストまたはウェブページへのリンクとして既定の条件を追加できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: 契約条件 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5194,10 +5333,13 @@ msgid "" "the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " "the terms and conditions in the text box below." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定`に進みます。guilabel:`顧客請求書`の下にある、:guilabel:`デフォルト契約条件`を有効にします。デフォルトでは、:guilabel:`メモを追加`" +" オプションが選択され、ドキュメントの下部に条件が表示されます。下のテキストボックスに条件を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "メモとしての契約条件の例" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5205,6 +5347,7 @@ msgid "" " when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " "to include them by default." msgstr "" +"Eメールでドキュメントを送信する際に、PDF版の規約を添付ファイルとして追加することもできます。デフォルトで添付したい場合は、メールテンプレートを編集して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5214,6 +5357,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " "document." msgstr "" +"また、利用規約をウェブページに表示するには、 :guilabel:`ウェブページにリンクを追加` オプションを選択し、 :guilabel:`保存` " +"をクリックします。guilabel:`利用規約の更新`をクリックして内容を編集し、:guilabel:`保存`をクリックします。そのページへのリンクがドキュメントにメモとして追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -5222,10 +5367,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " "Terms`." msgstr "" +"ページのレイアウトや内容は :doc:`ウェブサイト ` " +"アプリを使って編集することができます。ウェブサイトアプリが有効化されている場合、:guilabel:`ウェブサイトビルダで編集`オプションが:guilabel:`規約を更新`に置き換わります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ウェブページとしての諸条件の例" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" @@ -5238,12 +5385,14 @@ msgid "" " get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " "it." msgstr "" +"Odoo会計アプリを初めて開くと、*会計概要*ページがステップバイステップのオンボーディングバナーでお迎えします。このバナーは閉じるまで表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:11 msgid "" "The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" " going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"オンボーディングバナーに表示されている設定は、後で :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定` で変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5253,35 +5402,37 @@ msgid "" "are ready-to-go. :ref:`Click here ` for more " "information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"Accountingはデータベースの作成時に選択された国に応じて、あなたの会社に適切な**財政ローカリゼーションパッケージ**を自動的にインストールします。これにより、適切な勘定科目、レポート、税が利用できます。ref:`財務ローカライゼーションパッケージについての詳細はこちら`をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:21 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会計オンボーディングバナー" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:23 msgid "" "The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ステップ・バイ・ステップのアカウンティング・オンボーディング・バナーは、4つのステップで構成されています:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計のステップバイステップ・オンボーディングバナー" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:137 @@ -5295,10 +5446,12 @@ msgid "" "number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " "invoices." msgstr "" +"このメニューでは、会社名、住所、ロゴ、ウェブサイト、電話番号、Eメールアドレス、Tax " +"ID、またはVAT番号などの詳細を追加することができます。これらの詳細は、請求書などのドキュメントに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計とOdoo請求書に会社の詳細を追加して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5306,6 +5459,8 @@ msgid "" "General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " "Info**." msgstr "" +"これらの設定は、:menuselection:`管理設定 --> 一般設定 --> 管理設定 --> " +"会社`に進み、**情報更新**をクリックして変更することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:52 msgid "Bank Account" @@ -5317,12 +5472,13 @@ msgid "" "synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " "*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" +"銀行口座をデータベースに接続し、銀行明細を自動的に同期させます。これを行うには、リストであなたの銀行を見つけ、*接続*をクリックし、画面の指示に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here ` for more information about " "this feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ここをクリック `してこの機能について更に詳しく見る。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -5330,26 +5486,28 @@ msgid "" "prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " "account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." msgstr "" +"銀行口座が自動的に同期されない場合、またはデータベースと同期させたくない場合は、*それを作成*をクリックしてフォームに記入し、手動で銀行口座を設定することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:64 msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**名前**: Odooに表示される銀行口座名。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:65 msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**口座番号**: あなたの銀行口座番号(ヨーロッパではIBAN)。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**銀行**: *作成と編集* をクリックして銀行の詳細を設定します。金融機関名とその識別コード(BICまたはSWIF)を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" "**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" " default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." msgstr "" +"**Code**: このコードはOdoo上で表示される仕訳帳の*短縮コード*です。デフォルトでOdooはこの短縮コードで新規仕訳帳を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -5358,6 +5516,8 @@ msgid "" "you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " "account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." msgstr "" +"**仕訳帳**： " +"このフィールドは、まだ銀行口座にリンクされていない既存の銀行仕訳帳がある場合に表示されます。この場合、この銀行口座にリンクされている金融取引を記録するために使用する**仕訳帳**を選択するか、**作成と編集**をクリックして新しい仕訳帳を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -5365,10 +5525,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " "Account*." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`会計 --> 設定`に行き*銀行口座を追加*をクリックすれば、このツールで必要なだけの銀行口座を追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information about Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`銀行口座についての詳しい情報はこちら`をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:83 msgid "Accounting Periods" @@ -5380,18 +5541,21 @@ msgid "" " to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " "along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" +"ここで、**会計年度**の開始日と終了日を定義します。この日付は、レポートを自動生成するために使用されます。また、**納税申告期間**と、納税申告期限を逃さないためのリマインダを定義します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:89 msgid "" "By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " "date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトでは、最も一般的なものに倣い、開始日は1月1日、終了日は12月31日に設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:93 msgid "" "You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." msgstr "" +"これらの設定は :menuselection:`会計 --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> " +"会計期間`に移動して値を更新することによっても変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:99 msgid "Chart of Accounts" @@ -5401,7 +5565,7 @@ msgstr "勘定科目表" msgid "" "With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " "indicate their initial opening balances." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このメニューでは、口座を**口座表**に追加し、その初期開始残高を表示することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -5409,21 +5573,24 @@ msgid "" "Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " "arrow button* at the end of the line." msgstr "" +"基本的な設定はこのページに表示され、勘定科目表の確認に役立ちます。口座の全ての設定にアクセスするには、行末の*二重矢印ボタン*をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計での勘定科目とその開始残高の設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:111 msgid "" ":doc:`Click here ` for more information on " "how to configure your Chart of Accounts." msgstr "" +":doc:`ここをクリック ` " +"して、勘定科目表を設定する方法についてさらに詳しく参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:115 msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書オンボーディングバナー" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -5432,42 +5599,45 @@ msgid "" "onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" " rather than the Accounting app." msgstr "" +"Odooの請求書作成アプリと会計アプリを活用するために、もう一つステップバイステップのオンボーディングバナーがあります。*請求書作成オンボーディングバナー*は、会計アプリではなく請求書作成アプリを使用する場合に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:121 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " "going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." msgstr "" +"データベースにOdoo会計がインストールされている場合、 :menuselection:`会計 --> 顧客 --> 請求書`からアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:124 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求オンボーディングバナーは、主に4つのステップで構成されています:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo請求のステップバイステップオンボーディングバナー" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:130 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:131 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:139 msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner `." msgstr "" +"このフォームは、:ref:`会計オンボーディングのバナーに表示されるものと同じです。 `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 msgid "Invoice Layout" @@ -5478,7 +5648,7 @@ msgid "" "With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" " which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " "use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このツールを使えば、レイアウトテンプレート、用紙フォーマット、色、フォント、ロゴを選択して、ドキュメントをデザインすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -5488,10 +5658,12 @@ msgid "" "the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." msgstr "" +"また、*会社のキャッチフレーズ*とドキュメントの*フッター*の内容を追加することもできます。フッターには、:ref:`会社データ'で設定した値に従って、会社の電話番号、Eメール、ウェブサイトのURL、タックスID(またはVAT番号)が自動的に追加されます。" +" `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo請求でのドキュメントレイアウト設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -5499,12 +5671,13 @@ msgid "" "Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" " of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." msgstr "" +"フッターに**銀行口座番号**と**一般諸条件**へのリンクを追加してください。こうすることで、発行する請求書に印刷することなく、オンラインで一般諸条件の全内容を確認することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:164 msgid "" "These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" " General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらの設定は、:menuselection:`設定 --> 一般設定`の*ビジネスドキュメント*セクションで変更することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:170 msgid "Payment Method" @@ -5514,7 +5687,7 @@ msgstr "支払方法" msgid "" "This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " "can pay you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このメニューでは、顧客があなたへ支払う方法を設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -5522,38 +5695,41 @@ msgid "" "Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " "online, from their Customer Portal." msgstr "" +"このツールで*決済プロバイダー*を設定すると、自動的に*請求書オンライン支払*オプションも有効になります。これにより、ユーザはカスタマーポータルからオンラインで直接支払うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:181 msgid "Sample Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "サンプル請求書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:183 msgid "" "Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" " configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書のサンプルをEメールで送信し、すべてが正しく設定されていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`bank`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`銀行`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`get_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`get_started/chart_of_accounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:189 msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_localizations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../fiscal_localizations`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:190 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting and Invoicing - Getting started [video] " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odooチュートリアル: 会計と請求 - 始める [video] " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Average price on returned goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "返品商品の平均価格" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5562,22 +5738,23 @@ msgid "" "period, divided by the total number of items on-hand. Inventory valuation is" " used to:" msgstr "" +"*平均原価法*(AVCO)とは、棚卸資産の評価方法の一つで、ある期間に購入または生産された商品の総原価を手持ち商品の総数で割って原価を評価する方法でです。棚卸資産の評価は、以下の目的で使用されます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:12 msgid "reflect the value of a company's assets;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "企業の資産価値を反映する;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:13 msgid "keep track of the amount of unsold goods;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "売れ残った商品の量を把握する;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:14 msgid "account for monetary value in goods that have yet to generate profit;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "まだ利益を生んでいない商品に金銭的価値を計上する;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:15 msgid "report on flow of goods throughout the quarter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "四半期を通しての商品の流れを報告する。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5586,6 +5763,8 @@ msgid "" "quantities. In Odoo, this costing analysis is *automatically updated* each " "time products are received." msgstr "" +"|平均原価法| " +"は加重平均で原価を評価するため、数種類のプロダクトを大量に販売する企業に適しています。Odooでは、この原価分析は商品が入荷されるたびに*自動的に更新*されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5595,6 +5774,9 @@ msgid "" "because :ref:`this can potentially create inconsistencies with inventory " "valuation `." msgstr "" +"このように、出荷がサプライヤーに戻されると、Odooは自動的に在庫評価の変更を反映した会計仕訳を作成します。しかし、Odooは |平均原価法| " +"の計算を自動的に更新*しません*。 なぜなら " +":ref:`在庫評価`と矛盾が生じる可能性があるからです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5602,17 +5784,19 @@ msgid "" "Navigate :ref:`here ` for " "instructions on how to set up and use |AVCO| in Odoo." msgstr "" +"このドキュメントでは理論的な目的のために特定のユースケースを取り上げています。Odooで|移動平均法(AVCO)|を設定・使用する方法は " +":ref:`here ` を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Using inventory valuation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`在庫評価の利用 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" ":ref:`Other inventory valuation methods " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`他の在庫評価方法`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5622,16 +5806,19 @@ msgid "" " set :guilabel:`Costing Method` to `Average Cost (AVCO)` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" +"商品で平均原価在庫評価を使用するには、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> 設定 --> プロダクトカテゴリ` " +"に移動し、|平均原価法(AVCO)| を使用するカテゴリを選択します。プロダクトカテゴリページで :guilabel:`原価法` を `平均原価法 " +"(AVCO)` に、 :guilabel:`在庫評価` を `自動化済` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`在庫評価設定 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:47 msgid "Using average cost valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均原価法を使用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -5640,6 +5827,8 @@ msgid "" "explanation is unnecessary, skip to the :ref:`return to supplier use case " "` section." msgstr "" +"平均原価法は、プロダクトが倉庫に入荷した際に在庫評価を調整します。このセクションではその仕組みを説明しますが、説明が不要な場合は " +":ref:サプライや使用例に戻る ` セクションに飛んで下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "Formula" @@ -5649,27 +5838,29 @@ msgstr "計算式" msgid "" "When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is " "recomputed using the formula:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新しいプロダクトが入荷すると、各商品の新しい平均コストが計算式を使って再計算されます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Avg~Cost = \\frac{(Old~Qty \\times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \\times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:63 msgid "**Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**旧数量**：新入荷前の在庫数です;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "**Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the " "previous inventory valuation;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**旧平均原価**: 前回の在庫評価で算出された単一プロダクトの平均原価;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:66 msgid "**Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**入荷数**：新しい配送で入荷するプロダクトの数;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5679,10 +5870,13 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`landed costs `. At reception of the " "vendor bill, this price is adjusted;" msgstr "" +"**仕入価格**：プロダクト入荷時の見積価格(取引先からの請求書が後日届く可能性があるため)。この金額には、プロダクトの価格だけでなく、送料、税金、 " +":ref:`仕入諸掛 ` " +"などの追加原価も含まれます。取引先請求書を受け取った時点で、この価格は調整されます;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:71 msgid "**Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**最終数量**: 在庫移動後の手持ち在庫の数量。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -5690,10 +5884,12 @@ msgid "" "Read about why the average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here " "`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトが倉庫から出るとき、平均原価は変わり**ません**。平均原価の評価が調整され**ない**理由については、こちらをご覧下さい。 :ref:`ここ" +" `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 msgid "Compute average cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均原価を計算" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -5701,6 +5897,7 @@ msgid "" "consider the following table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each " "is a different example of how the average cost valuation is affected." msgstr "" +"出荷のたびにプロダクトの平均原価がどのように変化するかを理解するために、次の倉庫作業と在庫移動の表を見てみましょう。それぞれ、平均原価評価がどのように影響されるかを示す異なる例です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 @@ -5711,7 +5908,7 @@ msgstr "工程" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 msgid "Incoming Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "入荷額" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 @@ -5725,14 +5922,14 @@ msgstr "在庫金額" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手持ち在庫数" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均原価" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 @@ -5741,21 +5938,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 msgid "$0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:275 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブル8台を1台につき10ドルで提供" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 msgid "8 * $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8 * $10" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 @@ -5767,27 +5964,27 @@ msgstr "$80" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 msgid "$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16/unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4テーブルを$16/台で入荷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 msgid "4 * $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4 * $16" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 msgid "$144" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$144" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 @@ -5810,39 +6007,39 @@ msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$12" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 msgid "Deliver 10 tables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10テーブルを配送" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 msgid "-10 * $12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10 * $12" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 msgid "$24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$24" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 msgid "" "Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the \"Receive 8 " "tables at $10/unit\" example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上記の計算を理解するために、\"1台につき10ドルで8台のテーブルを入荷\"例を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:106 msgid "Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0." -msgstr "" +msgstr "初期状態では、商品の在庫は0なので、すべての値は0ドルです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -5850,36 +6047,41 @@ msgid "" " average cost is calculated using the :ref:`formula " "`:" msgstr "" +"最初の倉庫作業では、`8`個のテーブルがそれぞれ`$10`で入庫されます。平均コストは :ref:`式 " +"` を使って計算されます：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:111 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Avg~Cost = \\frac{0 + 8 \\times $10}{8} = \\frac{$80}{8} = $10\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for " "each is `$10`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブルの*入荷*数量*は`8`で、それぞれの*購入価格*は`$10`です、" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:115 msgid "The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分子の在庫価値は80ドルと評価されます;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:116 msgid "`$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$80`は、保存するテーブルの合計量である`8`で割られます;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "`$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`$10` 初回出荷分のテーブル1台の平均コストです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" "To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new" " product, `Table`, with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each." msgstr "" +"これをOdooで確認するために、*購買*アプリで、過去に在庫が移動していない新プロダクト、`テーブル`を8`個、それぞれ$10`でオーダします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -5889,12 +6091,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to `Average Cost (AVCO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory" " Valuation` to `Automated`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブにあるテーブルの :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` フィールドで " +":guilabel:`➡️ (矢印)` アイコンをクリックし、プロダクトカテゴリを編集する :guilabel:`外部リンク` " +"を開きます。guilabel:`原価計算法`を`平均原価法 (AVCO)`に、 :guilabel:`在庫評価`を`自動化済`に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" "Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and " "click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to confirm receipt." msgstr "" +"その後、オーダに戻ります。guilabel:`オーダの確認`をクリックし、:guilabel:`プロダクトの受取り`をクリックして受取りを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -5905,10 +6111,13 @@ msgid "" "valuation at a specific point in time = on-hand quantity * unit price`). The" " 8 tables in-stock are worth $80." msgstr "" +"次に、 :menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> 在庫評価` " +"に移動して、プロダクト入荷で生成された在庫評価記録を確認します。``テーブル`のドロップダウンを選択し、*評価レイヤ*の " +":guilabel:`合計値`列を表示します（:dfn:`特定の時点での在庫評価=手持ち数量*単価`）。在庫のある8つのテーブルは80ドルの価値があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでテーブル8台の在庫評価を表示" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -5917,10 +6126,13 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Cost` field, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " "on the product page itself." msgstr "" +"プロダクトカテゴリの :guilabel:`原価計算法` が :guilabel:`平均原価法(AVCO)` " +"に設定されている場合、プロダクトの平均原価はプロダクトページの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブにある :guilabel:`原価` " +"フィールドにも表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Product delivery (use case)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト配送(使用例)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -5930,18 +6142,21 @@ msgid "" "decreases because the product is removed from stock and delivered to the " "customer location." msgstr "" +"出荷配送の場合、:ref:`出荷プロダクトは平均原価評価`に影響しません。平均原価評価は再計算されませんが、在庫からプロダクトが取り除かれ、顧客ロケーションに配送されるため、在庫値は依然として減少します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" "To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine " "the \"Deliver 10 tables\" example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均原価評価が再計算されないことを説明するために、\"テーブル10台の配送\"の例を検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:157 msgid "" "Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Avg~Cost = \\frac{12 \\times $12 + (-10) \\times $12}{12-10} = \\frac{24}{2} = $12\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -5949,27 +6164,30 @@ msgid "" "is `-10`. The previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's " "*purchase price*;" msgstr "" +"10台のテーブルが顧客に発送されるため、*入荷数* は `-10` となります。仕入先の*購買価格*の代わりに以前の平均原価($12`)が使われます;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:162 msgid "The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*入荷在庫価値* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" "The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory " "value* (`-$120`), so `$144 + -$120 = $24`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "旧*在庫価値*（$144`）は*入荷在庫価値*（-$120`）に加えられるので、$144 + -$120 = $24`となります;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:165 msgid "" "Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the " "current *inventory value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);" msgstr "" +" " +"`12`のテーブルから10`のテーブルを出荷した後、`2`のテーブルだけが残ります。つまり、現在の*在庫金額*（$24`）は手持ち在庫数（`2`）で割られます;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:167 msgid "" "`$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`$24 / 2 = $12`, これは前のオペレーションと同じ平均コストです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -5979,20 +6197,23 @@ msgid "" "topmost valuation layer, delivering `10` tables reduces the product's value " "by `-$120`." msgstr "" +"Odooでこれを確認するには、*Sales*アプリで`10`テーブルを販売し、配送を検証した後、:menuselection:`在庫 --> " +"レポーティング --> " +"在庫評価`で在庫評価記録を確認します。一番上の評価レイヤーでは、`10`テーブルを納品すると、商品価値が`-$120`下がります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:174 msgid "" "**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the " "revenue made from this sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注**:この在庫評価記録には、この販売による収益が記載されていないため、この減少は会社の損失ではありません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "納品によって在庫評価がどのように低下するかを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:184 msgid "Return items to supplier (use case)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "サプライヤーに返品する(使用例)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -6000,33 +6221,34 @@ msgid "" " valued at with the |AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific" " way." msgstr "" +"|平均原価|法でプロダクトが評価される価格とサプライヤーに支払われる価格が異なる場合があるため、Odooは返品された商品を特殊な方法で処理します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:189 msgid "" "Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトは購入時の価格でサプライヤーに返却されますが、；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:190 msgid "The internal cost valuation remains unchanged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "内部原価評価に変更はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:192 msgid "" "The above :ref:`example table ` is updated as" " follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "上記:ref:`例テーブル ` は以下のように更新されています:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:195 msgid "Qty*Avg Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数量*平均原価" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 msgid "Return 1 table bought at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10で購入したテーブル1台を返品" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 msgid "-1 * $12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 * $12" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 @@ -6034,7 +6256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6044,6 +6266,7 @@ msgid "" "returned; the initial purchase price of `$10` is unrelated to the table's " "average cost." msgstr "" +"言い換えると、取引先への返品は倉庫から出荷されるプロダクトの一形態としてOdooに認識されます。Odooにとって、テーブルは1台あたり12ドルで評価されるため、プロダクトが返品されると在庫価値は12ドル減少します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -6052,6 +6275,9 @@ msgid "" "1 ` by going to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`," " clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired receipt." msgstr "" +" `$10`で購入したテーブルを1台返品するには、*在庫*アプリで、 :guilabel:`在庫概要`から、 " +":guilabel:`入荷`をクリックし、目的の入荷を選択して、 " +":ref:`練習1`で購入した8台のテーブルの入荷に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -6060,26 +6286,28 @@ msgid "" " shipment for the table. Select :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the outgoing" " shipment." msgstr "" +"次に、有効な配送オーダの :guilabel:`返品` をクリックし、逆送信ウィンドウで数量を `1` " +"に修正します。これでテーブルの出荷が作成されます。guilabel:`検証`を選択して出荷配送を確定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:217 msgid "" "Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` " "to see how the outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12." -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`在庫 --> レポーティング --> 在庫評価` に戻り、出荷によって在庫が$12減少したことを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Inventory valuation for return." -msgstr "" +msgstr "返品用在庫評価" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:227 msgid "Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "出荷プロダクトの在庫評価ミスの排除" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:229 msgid "" "Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost " "valuation is recalculated on outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "平均原価評価を出荷時に再計算すると、会社の在庫に矛盾が生じる可能性があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -6087,45 +6315,46 @@ msgid "" "table is shipped to a customer and another is returned to a supplier at the " "purchased price." msgstr "" +"このエラーを示すために、下の表は、テーブル1台が顧客に出荷され、もう1台のテーブルが仕入価格でサプライヤーに返品されるシナリオを示しています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:236 msgid "Qty*Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数量*価格" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 msgid "Ship 1 product to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1プロダクトを顧客に配送" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:240 msgid "-1 \\* $12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 \\* $12" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 msgid "Return 1 product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10で購入したプロダクト1点を返品" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 msgid "-1 \\* $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 \\* $10" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$2**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:242 msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**0**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:245 msgid "" "In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is" " `$2` even though there are `0` tables left in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上記の最終操作では、テーブルの在庫が残り0`であるにもかかわらず、テーブルの最終的な在庫評価は`$2`です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:248 msgid "Correct method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "修正方法" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -6134,10 +6363,12 @@ msgid "" "internally at $12. The inventory value change represents a product worth $12" " no longer being accounted for in company assets." msgstr "" +"返品の評価には平均原価を使用します。$10で返品された商品は、社内では1$12で評価されます。在庫価値の変動は、$12 " +"の価値があるプロダクトが会社の資産に計上されなくなったことを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:255 msgid "Anglo-Saxon accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アングロサクソン会計" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -6148,12 +6379,13 @@ msgid "" "account (called **stock input**) is credited and only reconciled once the " "vendor bill is received." msgstr "" +"|平均原価法(AVCO)|を使用することに加えて、**アングロサクソン会計**を使用する企業は、仕入先に支払うべき金額を追跡する保留勘定も保持します。仕入先がオーダを納品すると、在庫に入ったプロダクトの仕入先価格に基づいて**在庫金額**が増加します。保有勘定(**在庫入力**と呼ばれます)は入金され、仕入先の請求書が届いて初めて消込されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:263 msgid "" ":ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`英米式 vs. 大陸式 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -6163,66 +6395,67 @@ msgid "" " a price difference between the price the product is **valued at** and the " "price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created." msgstr "" +"以下の表は、仕訳と勘定を反映したものです。*在庫入力*勘定は、仕入先からの請求書をまだ受け取っていない場合に、仕入先に支払うための資金を保管します。プロダクトの**評価額**と購入価格との間に価格差があるプロダクトを返品する際に、勘定科目のバランスをとるために、*価格差異*勘定が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 msgid "Stock Input" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫入力" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:273 msgid "Price Diff" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格差異" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 msgid "Receive 8 tables at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブル8台を$10で入荷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:277 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($80)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:279 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "入荷仕入先請求書 $80" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 msgid "Receive 4 tables at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブル4台を$16で入荷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:281 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "($64)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:283 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" +msgstr "入荷仕入先請求書$64" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:285 msgid "Deliver 10 tables to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブル10台を顧客に配送" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 msgid "Return 1 table initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "元は$10で購入したテーブル1台を返品" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$10**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:287 msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$12**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取引先から返金 $10受ける" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:289 msgid "$2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$2" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:293 msgid "Product reception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト入荷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:296 msgid "Summary" @@ -6239,6 +6472,7 @@ msgid "" "means the bill has been paid. **Stock Input** is reconciled once the vendor " "bill is received." msgstr "" +"プロダクト入荷時に、Odooは入荷した商品の価格に一致する金額を**在庫入力**という:doc:`負債勘定`に先払いすることで、企業が購買した商品の代金を支払うことができるようにします。その後、請求書が受領されると、保有口座の金額が**買掛金**に振り込まれます。この勘定への振替は仕入先請求書が支払われたことを意味します。**在庫入力**は、取引先請求書を受領した時点で消込されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -6248,43 +6482,44 @@ msgid "" "**purchased for**, the **Inventory Valuation** account is unrelated to the " "crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account." msgstr "" +"在庫評価とは、各在庫製品が内部的にいくらの価値があるかを計算する方法です。プロダクトが**評価された価格**と、プロダクトが実際に**購買された価格**との間には差があるため、**在庫評価**勘定は、**在庫入力**勘定の貸方操作および借方操作とは無関係です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:310 msgid "To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これら全てを概念化するには、以下の内訳に従って下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:313 msgid "Accounts balanced at received products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "入荷プロダクトにおいて均衡している勘定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:315 msgid "" "In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in " "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "この例では、ある会社で、あるプロダクト`テーブル`の在庫が0個からスタートしたとします。その後、取引先から8台テーブルが届きます:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:318 msgid "" "The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The " "amount in this account is unrelated to the inventory value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在庫入力**勘定には、仕入先に支払うべき貸方`$80`があります。この勘定科目の金額は在庫金額とは無関係です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:320 msgid "" "`$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account " "`$80`), and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`$80` 相当のテーブルが**入荷**(**棚卸資産*勘定から`$80`**貸方記入**)、そして" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:321 msgid "" "`$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* " "account `$80`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "入荷した商品に対して**$80`を払**出**する必要があります。(**在庫入力**勘定`$80`を**貸方記入**)。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:324 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:367 msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooで" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -6293,6 +6528,8 @@ msgid "" "Account` by selecting the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page." msgstr "" +" |平均原価(AVCO)| 法を使用する配送を受取ると、Odooは会計仕訳を作成します。プロダクトページの :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` " +"フィールドの横にある :guilabel:`➡️ (矢印)` アイコンを選択して :guilabel:`価格差異勘定科目` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:330 msgid "" @@ -6301,10 +6538,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. Then set the account :guilabel:`Type` as " "`Expenses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`勘定属性`の下に、勘定名を入力し、 :guilabel:`作成と編集`をクリックして、新しい " +":guilabel:`価格差異勘定`を作成します。次に、勘定科目の :guilabel:`タイプ` を `経費` に設定し、 " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Create price difference account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格差異勘定科目を作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:338 msgid "" @@ -6313,10 +6553,12 @@ msgid "" "Entries`. In the list, find the :guilabel:`Reference` that matches the " "warehouse reception operation for the relevant product." msgstr "" +"次に、*購買*アプリまたは*在庫*アプリで貨物を受取り、 :menuselection:`会計アプリ --> A会計 --> " +"仕訳`に移動します。リストで、該当するプロダクトの入庫作業に一致する :guilabel:`参照` を見つけます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "リストから8台のテーブルの会計仕訳を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:346 msgid "" @@ -6325,14 +6567,17 @@ msgid "" "`$80`. Conversely, the **Stock Input** account (set as `Stock Interim " "(Received)` account by default) is credited `$80`." msgstr "" +"テーブル8台の明細をクリックして下さい。この会計仕訳は、8台が入荷した時に `在庫評価` 勘定が `$80` " +"増加したことを示しています。逆に、**在庫入力** 勘定(デフォルトでは `預かり在庫(入荷済)` 勘定として設定されている)には `$80` " +"が借方記入されています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars." -msgstr "" +msgstr "借方在庫評価額と貸方在庫入力 80 ドル。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:355 msgid "Accounts balanced at received vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕入先請求書を受領した時点で勘定が均衡している" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -6340,16 +6585,17 @@ msgid "" "stock. Then, 8 tables are received from the vendor. When the bill is " "received from vendor for 8 tables:" msgstr "" +"この例では、ある会社が、あるプロダクト(テーブル)の在庫が0個からスタートしたとします。その後、仕入先から8台のテーブルが入荷します。仕入先から8台分の請求書が届いた時:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:360 msgid "" "Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out " "and the account now holds `$0`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "取引先請求書の支払に **在庫入力** 勘定科目の `$80` を使用します。これは相殺され、勘定科目には現在 `$0` があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:362 msgid "Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "借方**在庫入力** `$80` (この勘定科目を消込する)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -6357,6 +6603,8 @@ msgid "" "company owes others, so accountants use the amount to write checks to " "vendors." msgstr "" +"**買掛金** " +"`$80`を借方記入します。この勘定科目には、会社が他へ支払うべき金額が保存されており、経理担当者はこの金額を使って仕入先に小切手を発行します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -6365,6 +6613,8 @@ msgid "" "8 tables. Inside the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, select :guilabel:`Create " "Bill`." msgstr "" +"仕入先が支払を要求したら、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> オーダ --> 購買` に移動し、8台のテーブルの " +":abbr:`購買オーダ` を選択します。その :abbr:`購買オーダ` の中で :guilabel:`請求書を発行` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -6372,14 +6622,16 @@ msgid "" " from the holding account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`." " :guilabel:`Confirm` the bill to record the payment to the vendor." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`仕訳項目` タブに切り替えて、`$80` が保有勘定である `Stock Interim (Received)` から `買掛勘定`" +" にどのように転記されたかを見ます。 :guilabel:請求書を`確認` して、取引先への支払を記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables." -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブル8台分の発注書にリンクされた請求書を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:382 msgid "On product delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト配達時" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -6387,20 +6639,22 @@ msgid "" " products are delivered to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is " "untouched because there are no new products coming in. To put it simply:" msgstr "" +"ref:`上記の例のテーブル`では、10個のプロダクトが顧客に納品されると、新しいプロダクトが入ってこないため、**在庫入力**勘定はそのままになります。簡潔に言うと:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:388 msgid "" "**Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory " "valuation represents `$120` worth of products exiting the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**在庫評価**には`$120`が貸方記入されます。在庫評価から差し引いて`$120`ドル相当のプロダクトが会社から出ることになります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:390 msgid "Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**売掛金**を借方計上し、販売による収益を計上します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Show journal items linked to sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダにリンクされた仕訳帳項目を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:398 msgid "" @@ -6409,6 +6663,7 @@ msgid "" "all pertain to the sale of the product. **Accounts Receivable** is the " "account where the customer payment will be received." msgstr "" +"会計仕訳で、顧客にテーブル10台分の請求書を発行する場合、**プロダクト売上高**、**受取税**、**売掛金**の勘定科目はすべて商品の売上に関係します。**売掛金**は、顧客からの支払いを受け取る勘定科目です。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -6418,10 +6673,11 @@ msgid "" "account is debited `$120` to log the costs of storing 10 tables during this " "period of time." msgstr "" +"英米式会計では、販売が完了した時点で売上原価(COGS)を認識します。したがって、プロダクトが販売されるか、廃棄されるか、返品されるまでは、プロダクトを在庫として保管するための原価は計上されません。この期間にテーブル10台を保管するための費用を計上するため、**費用**勘定から120ドルが引き落とされます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:408 msgid "On product return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト返品時" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -6433,6 +6689,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price Difference Account`, which is set up in the product's " ":guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" +":ref:`上記の例のテーブル`において、$10`で購入したプロダクトを1つ返品する場合、ある会社は仕入先から**買掛金**勘定に$10`が入ることを期待します。しかし、返品時の平均原価は12ドルであるため、**在庫入力**勘定からは12ドルが引き落とされなければなりません。不足分の" +" `$2` は、商品の :guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ` に設定されている :guilabel:`価格差異勘定` に計上されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:417 msgid "" @@ -6440,6 +6699,7 @@ msgid "" "case, the account is intended to store differences between vendor price and " "*automated* inventory valuation methods." msgstr "" +" *価格差勘定*の動作はローカライゼーションによって異なります。この場合、勘定科目は仕入先価格と*自動*在庫評価方法の差額を保存するためのものです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:420 msgid "Summary:" @@ -6451,47 +6711,48 @@ msgid "" "input. This move is to indicate that the table is to be processed for an " "outgoing shipment." msgstr "" +"在庫から在庫入力にテーブルを移動させるために、**在庫入力**勘定`$10`を借方にします。この移動は、テーブルが出荷処理されることを示すものです。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:424 msgid "" "Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price " "Difference**." -msgstr "" +msgstr " **在庫入力**に**価格差異**用の勘定科目に追加の `$2`を借方記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:425 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在庫がなくなるので、**在庫評価** `$12`を貸方記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2ドルの差額は価格差勘定で費用処理されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:431 msgid "Once the vendor's refund is received," -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕入先の返金を受取ったら、" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:433 msgid "" "Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table." -msgstr "" +msgstr "テーブルの価格を消込するために、**在庫入力** 勘定 `$10` を貸方記入します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:434 msgid "" "Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and " "register the payment in their journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "借方入力**買掛金** `$10`で、経理担当者に支払いを回収させ、仕訳帳に支払を記入してもらいます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Return to get 10 dollars back." -msgstr "" +msgstr "戻って10ドルを取り戻す。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6518,11 +6779,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計で勘定科目をグループ化します" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 msgid "Configuration of an account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "勘定科目の設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6533,6 +6794,9 @@ msgid "" "country's regulations. You can use it directly or set it according to your " "company's needs." msgstr "" +"データベースの作成時に選択した国(またはデータベース内の追加会社)によって、どの :doc:`会計ローカリゼーションパッケージ " +"<../../fiscal_localizations>` " +"がデフォルトでインストールされるかが決まります。このパッケージには、その国の規則に従って設定された標準的な勘定科目表が含まれています。これをそのまま使うこともできますし、会社のニーズに応じて設定することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6546,45 +6810,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" " journal entry has been posted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦仕訳が計上されると、企業の**財務ローカライゼーション**を修正することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:33 msgid "Code and name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "コードと名前" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" "Each account is identified by its :guilabel:`Code` and :guilabel:`Name`, " "which also indicate the account's purpose." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各アカウントは :guilabel:`コード` と :guilabel:`名前`によって識別され、アカウントの目的も示します。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:43 msgid "" "Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" " purposes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**勘定科目タイプ**を正しく設定することは、複数の役割を果たすため非常に重要です:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "" +msgstr "勘定科目の目的と動作に関する情報" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:46 msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国別の法律および財務レポートの作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会計年度をクローズする規則を設定" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:48 msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "開始記帳を作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" "To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " "selector and select the corresponding type from the following list:" msgstr "" +"勘定科目タイプを設定するには、:guilabel:`タイプ`フィールドのドロップダウンセレクタを開き、以下のリストから対応するタイプを選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 msgid "Report" @@ -6599,9 +6864,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "勘定科目タイプ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "貸借対照表" @@ -6712,7 +6977,7 @@ msgstr "オフバランスシート" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:94 msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "資産、繰延費用、繰延収益の自動化" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6725,11 +6990,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` tab:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`自動化`タブには3つの選択肢があります:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`いいえ`: これはデフォルト値です。何も起きません。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -6737,6 +7002,8 @@ msgid "" "account, a draft entry is created but not validated. You must first fill out" " the corresponding form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: " +"取引が勘定科目に記帳されるたびに、下書き項目が作成されますが、検証はされません。最初に対応するフォームに入力する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -6744,11 +7011,13 @@ msgid "" "Expense Model`. Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is" " created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: " +":guilabel:`繰延費用モデル`も選択する必要があります。勘定科目に取引が記帳されるたびに、仕訳が作成され、すぐに検証されます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:14 msgid "Default taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルト税" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -6785,13 +7054,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 msgid "Create account groups manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "勘定科目グループを手動で作成" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 msgid "" "Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " "following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常のユーザは、勘定科目グループを手動で作成する必要はありません。以下のセクションは、まれで高度な使用例のみを対象としています。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -6805,7 +7074,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 msgid "Account groups creation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "勘定科目グループ作成。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -6816,17 +7085,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計の残高試算表の勘定科目グループ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:154 msgid "Allow reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "消込を許可" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 msgid "" "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" " method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払方法の取引を記録するために作られた勘定など、一部の勘定は、仕訳の消込に使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -6835,6 +7104,8 @@ msgid "" " to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " "reconciliation**." msgstr "" +"例えば、クレジットカードで支払われた請求書は、その支払と消込された場合、 " +":guilabel:`支払済`とマークすることができます。したがって、クレジットカードによる支払を記録する勘定科目は、**消込を許可する**ように設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -6842,10 +7113,12 @@ msgid "" "settings, and :guilabel:`Save`; or enable the button from the chart of " "accounts view." msgstr "" +"これを行うには、勘定科目の設定で :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` ボックスをチェックし、 " +":guilabel:`Save`;または勘定科目表ビューからボタンを有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 msgid "Allow reconciliation for accounts in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計で勘定科目の消込を可能にします" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 msgid "Deprecated" @@ -6879,7 +7152,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -7205,7 +7478,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "銀行消込" @@ -7421,7 +7693,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7648,22 +7920,23 @@ msgstr "支払" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7671,9 +7944,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7689,174 +7959,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8827,91 +9117,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -9098,69 +9303,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "アメリカ合衆国" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -9168,11 +9379,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -9180,7 +9391,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9369,176 +9580,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "損益計算書" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "事業概要報告" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9548,10 +9772,14 @@ msgstr "総勘定元帳" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9561,8 +9789,12 @@ msgstr "買掛金年齢表" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9571,32 +9803,44 @@ msgstr "長期滞留債権" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "キャッシュフロー明細書 " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "税レポート" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" @@ -13417,7 +13661,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -13436,6 +13680,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16692,7 +16940,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16775,7 +17023,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -16942,7 +17190,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -18281,7 +18529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -19109,7 +19357,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -19148,7 +19396,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19713,7 +19961,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19743,7 +19991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19758,12 +20006,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19776,24 +20022,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19801,136 +20040,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19938,11 +20177,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19951,15 +20190,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -19967,11 +20206,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -19981,50 +20220,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -20035,29 +20274,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -20065,19 +20304,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "証明書" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -20085,24 +20324,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -20113,13 +20352,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -20128,12 +20367,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -20141,36 +20380,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -20180,13 +20419,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -20197,56 +20436,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20254,32 +20493,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20288,7 +20527,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20296,7 +20535,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20304,11 +20543,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20317,7 +20556,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20326,14 +20565,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20341,11 +20580,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20356,14 +20595,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20371,60 +20610,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "転送アカウント" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "コンバージョン率" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20436,11 +20675,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20453,32 +20692,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20488,7 +20727,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20501,7 +20740,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20512,7 +20751,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20525,7 +20764,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20536,26 +20775,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20564,21 +20803,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20586,11 +20825,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20604,14 +20843,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20622,36 +20861,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20659,11 +20898,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20676,12 +20915,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20773,40 +21012,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20821,16 +21060,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20844,11 +21083,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20862,7 +21101,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20872,17 +21111,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -20896,23 +21135,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -20923,7 +21162,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -20933,16 +21172,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -20954,55 +21193,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -21014,11 +21253,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "クレーム" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -21033,7 +21272,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -21041,12 +21280,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21054,7 +21293,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21062,14 +21301,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21079,46 +21318,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -21129,13 +21368,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -21146,7 +21385,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -21156,18 +21395,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -21176,7 +21415,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21184,7 +21423,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -21194,7 +21433,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -21202,18 +21441,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21221,7 +21460,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21231,7 +21470,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21245,7 +21484,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21259,7 +21498,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21269,11 +21508,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21283,7 +21522,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21291,18 +21530,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21310,13 +21549,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21326,14 +21565,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21341,11 +21580,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21356,11 +21595,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21372,11 +21611,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21384,7 +21623,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21399,11 +21638,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21412,13 +21651,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21429,7 +21668,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21440,7 +21679,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23499,7 +23738,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -25015,7 +25254,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -30871,7 +31109,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31434,13 +31672,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "スペイン" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -31457,39 +31693,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "スイス" @@ -33321,7 +33571,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33744,7 +33994,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34364,17 +34614,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 882d32195..fdfb0a31c 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Junko Augias, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4826,43 +4826,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5154,73 +5117,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "チケット" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "サブスクリプション" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5231,31 +5339,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5269,13 +5377,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5284,7 +5392,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5292,6 +5400,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "パスワード変更" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index f9dd0bc31..02b2d0b15 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -54,52 +54,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1209,7 +1426,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1338,141 +1555,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "入荷" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "配送" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "内部振替" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2907,79 +3644,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "入門" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "トレーサビリティ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3494,11 +4320,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3508,10 +4329,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5871,10 +6688,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5883,29 +6700,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5914,11 +6732,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5931,7 +6749,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5941,7 +6759,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5952,7 +6770,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5967,11 +6785,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5983,7 +6801,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5995,18 +6813,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6018,7 +6836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6031,7 +6849,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6096,7 +6914,7 @@ msgstr "直接入荷(1ステップ)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6559,49 +7377,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6615,7 +7441,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6624,7 +7450,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6633,7 +7459,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6644,7 +7470,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6657,11 +7483,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6670,7 +7496,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6685,11 +7511,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6697,7 +7523,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14922,8 +15748,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14932,53 +15759,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15574,10 +16668,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "トレーサビリティ" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 159afa64e..0e9c045ce 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # Noma Yuki, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Andy Yiu, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Junko Augias, 2023 +# Andy Yiu, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "ビュー一覧" @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgid "" "Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " "instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " "options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " -"information is organzied for event staff to review." +"information is organized for event staff to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 @@ -1588,9 +1588,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " "Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " -"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" -" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " -"` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." +"customized either by using the frontend rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode ` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 @@ -1687,23 +1687,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " "website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " -"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +"navigate to it either from the backend of Odoo through the " ":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " -"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +"frontend as either a priveliged user or administrator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" -"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +"If navigating from the backend, go to the event form, and click the " ":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " -"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"website (on the frontend). If starting from the frontend , simply navigate " "to the event page that needs to be published." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 msgid "" -"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." -" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the frontend. " +"In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " "switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " ":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " "accessible to the public on the website." @@ -2119,149 +2119,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "詳細" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "追跡" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "対象者" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2269,149 +2421,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "キャンペーンを作成" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2638,63 +2851,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2703,7 +2967,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2711,89 +2975,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "トリガー" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2803,122 +3493,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -3564,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 msgid "" "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " -"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 @@ -4251,389 +4955,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "投稿" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "インサイト" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "会社" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "以下に投稿: " + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "メッセージ" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "画像添付" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "キャンペーン" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "日時" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "プッシュ通知オプション" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4641,39 +5653,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4683,97 +5721,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "訪問者" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4781,22 +5824,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4804,41 +5843,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4869,6 +5907,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index fa80dd233..5c855aebd 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -58,19 +58,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -97,77 +90,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "コンフィグレーション" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -3498,14 +3613,14 @@ msgstr "キャッシュラウンディング" msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**現金丸め**は、通貨の最小額面または最小硬貨が口座の最小単位より高い場合に必要となります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例えば、現金払いの場合、請求書の合計金額を5セント単位で切り上げるか、切り下げることを企業に要求する国もあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5279,378 +5394,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazonコネクター" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "課金" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5879,7 +6128,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5934,137 +6182,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBayコネクター" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概要" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "開始日" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "タイトル" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "サブタイトル" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "カテゴリー" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "期間" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "国" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "トークン" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "トークンを使用" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "開発者キー" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6072,154 +7450,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -9801,7 +11206,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "Configuration tab" @@ -10310,641 +11715,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "Tシャツ" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "属性" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 7fe783694..af90f9e36 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Ryoko Tsuda , 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,6 +30,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "ウェブサイト" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "ブログ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "eコマース" @@ -3063,7 +3335,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:90 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Question upvoted`" @@ -3249,7 +3521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:179 msgid "1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit all posts`" @@ -3261,7 +3533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:148 msgid "300" -msgstr "" +msgstr "300" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Close own posts`" @@ -4142,22 +4414,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "ウィジェット" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4165,14 +4436,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4184,29 +4455,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4219,13 +4490,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4236,18 +4507,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4258,18 +4529,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4277,7 +4548,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4287,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4300,20 +4571,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5349,6 +5620,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5769,108 +6157,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 7bfde391b..0fb6e5cff 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -63,6 +63,8 @@ msgid "" "and developing modules. They can be used for long-term production with " "additional deployment and maintenance work." msgstr "" +":doc:`패키지 설치 프로그램 `은 Odoo 테스트 및 모듈 개발에 적합합니다. 프로덕션 환경에서 " +"장기간 사용하려면 추가 배포 및 유지 관리 작업과 함께 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -71,12 +73,15 @@ msgid "" "is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base for production " "deployment." msgstr "" +":doc:`원본 설치 `옵션은 유연성이 향상되어 단일 시스템에서 여러 Odoo 버전을 실행하는 등의 작업을 " +"수행할 수 있습니다. 모듈 개발에 적합하며 프로덕션 배포를 위한 기반으로 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:20 msgid "" "A `Docker `_ base image is available for " "development or deployment." msgstr "" +"`도커 `_ 기본 이미지는 개발 및 배포 목적으로 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 msgid "Editions" @@ -93,6 +98,9 @@ msgid "" "`_. It is the core upon " "which Odoo Enterprise is built." msgstr "" +"**Odoo 커뮤니티**는 소프트웨어의 무료 오픈 소스 버전으로, `GNU LGPLv3 " +"`_ 라이선스에 따라 운영됩니다. 이는 Odoo" +" 엔터프라이즈를 구축하는 기반이 됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -101,12 +109,15 @@ msgid "" "hosting. `Pricing `_ starts from one app " "free." msgstr "" +"**Odoo 엔터프라이즈**는 소프트웨어의 공유 소스 버전으로, 기능 지원, 업그레이드, 호스팅 등의 추가 기능에 대한 액세스를 " +"제공합니다. 가격 `_은 무료 앱으로 시작합니다." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise ` at any time" " (except for the source install)." msgstr "" +":doc:`커뮤니티에서 엔터프라이즈로 전환 `은 언제든지 가능합니다. (소스 설치 제외)" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" @@ -123,12 +134,15 @@ msgid "" "internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," " high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CDN (콘텐츠 전송 네트워크)` 또는 *콘텐츠 배포 네트워크*는 지리적으로 분산된 서버 네트워크로, 빠른 인터넷 콘텐츠 " +"전송을 제공합니다. CDN (콘텐츠 전송 네트워크)`은 빠르고 고품질의 콘텐츠 전송을 보장하며, 특히 콘텐츠가 많은 웹사이트에 " +"유용합니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 msgid "" "This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " "Odoo powered website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 문서는 Odoo에서 제공하는 웹사이트를 위해 KeyCDN_ 계정을 설정하는 과정을 안내합니다." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" @@ -1449,6 +1463,112 @@ msgid "" "messages `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "설치" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "서버 다시 시작" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr ":doc:`CLI 문서 `." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "웹사이트로 이동합니다. ``GeoIP``를 테스트할 웹페이지를 엽니다." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr ":menuselection:`사용자 지정 --> HTML/CSS/JS 편집기`를 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "페이지에 다음 XML을 추가합니다:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "온라인" @@ -1474,8 +1594,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -3061,8 +3181,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -4709,12 +4829,12 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" -msgstr "" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" -msgstr "" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" @@ -4733,6 +4853,9 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Expiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스를 등록하려면 앱 전환기에 있는 배너에 구독 코드를 입력합니다. 구독 코드 앞뒤에 추가 공백이 없는지 확인하세요. 등록에 " +"성공하면 배너가 녹색으로 바뀌고 최근에 등록한 데이터베이스의 만료일이 표시됩니다. 이 만료일은 정보 메뉴(Odoo 9) 또는 설정 " +"대시보드(Odoo 10)에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:16 msgid "Registration Error Message" @@ -5414,6 +5537,10 @@ msgid "" " be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all " "set." msgstr "" +"웹사이트에서 다운로드한 설치 패키지를 사용하여 Odoo를 설치한 경우 (권장 방법), 업데이트 프로세스는 간단합니다. 시스템에 맞는 설치" +" 패키지를 다운로드하고 (1단계 참조) 서버에 설치하기만 하면 됩니다. 이러한 패키지는 매일 업데이트되며 최신 보안 수정 사항이 포함되어" +" 있습니다. 일반적으로 패키지를 두 번 클릭하여 설치하면 기존 설치 파일 위에 설치됩니다. 설치가 완료된 후 Odoo 서비스를 다시 " +"시작하거나 서버를 재부팅하면 모든 준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" @@ -6133,6 +6260,10 @@ msgid "" "document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML" " data files overriding the default configuration or views." msgstr "" +"가장 최근의 데이터베이스는 무기한 보존되며, 같은 브랜치의 오래된 데이터베이스는 새 데이터베이스를 위한 공간을 확보하기 위해 가비지 " +"컬렉션될 수 있습니다. 이러한 데이터베이스는 3개월 동안 유효하며, 그 이후에는 브랜치를 다시 빌드해야 합니다. 이러한 데이터베이스에서 " +"구성 또는 보기 변경을 구현하는 경우 이를 문서화하거나 XML 데이터 파일을 사용하여 브랜치의 모듈에 직접 삽입하여 기본 구성 또는 " +"보기를 재정의하는 것이 중요합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -6465,6 +6596,10 @@ msgid "" "will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " "cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." msgstr "" +"하나 또는 여러 모듈 (:file:`__manifest__.py`) 또는 관련 Python 종속성 " +"(:file:`requirements.txt`)의 버전을 업데이트하는 커밋을 병합하면 Odoo.sh는 자동으로 백업을 시작합니다. " +"(목록에 업데이트 유형으로 표시) 이는 새 pip 패키지를 설치하여 컨테이너가 변경되거나 후속 모듈 업데이트를 통해 데이터베이스 자체가 " +"변경될 수 있으므로 필요합니다. 두 가지 경우 모두 문제 발생의 잠재적 위험을 완화하기 위해 백업을 수행하는 것이 필수적입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -6476,6 +6611,10 @@ msgid "" "wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " "abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." msgstr "" +"앞서 언급한 수정 없이 코드만 변경하는 커밋을 병합하는 경우, Odoo.sh는 백업을 수행하지 않습니다. 이는 컨테이너나 데이터베이스가 " +"수정되지 않아 플랫폼이 충분히 안전하다고 판단하기 때문입니다. 추가적인 예방 조치로, 예상치 못한 문제가 발생할 경우를 대비하여 프로덕션" +" 소스에 중요한 변경 사항을 적용하기 전에 수동으로 백업을 생성할 수 있습니다. (이러한 수동 백업은 약 1주일 동안 액세스할 수 있음)" +" 오용을 방지하기 위해 수동 백업은 하루에 5개로 제한합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -8162,6 +8301,10 @@ msgid "" "considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " "the file highlighted in the file browser." msgstr "" +"하지만 필드 또는 뷰의 레이블 변경과 같이 데이터베이스에 저장된 데이터와 관련된 수정 사항인 경우 해당 모듈을 업데이트하여 변경 사항을 " +"구현해야 합니다. 현재 열려 있는 파일의 모듈은 메뉴 :menuselection:`Odoo --> 현재 모듈 업데이트`를 사용하여 " +"업데이트할 수 있습니다. 현재 열려 있는 것으로 간주되는 파일은 파일 브라우저에서 강조 표시된 파일이 아니라 텍스트 편집기에서 초점이 " +"맞춰진 파일입니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:93 msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" @@ -8232,6 +8375,13 @@ msgid "" "command-line/>`_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " "suffices." msgstr "" +"보안 고려 사항으로 인해 빌드 컨테이너에 SSH 개인 키가 없거나 웹 브라우저를 통해 이 편집기에 액세스하는 경우 SSH 에이전트를 통해" +" 전달되기 때문에 SSH Github 리모트는 사용되지 않습니다. 따라서 SSH를 사용하여 Github에 인증할 수 없습니다. 대신, " +"변경 사항을 푸시하려면 Git 리포지토리의 HTTPS 리모컨을 사용해야 하며, 이 리모컨은 자동으로 추가되고 Git 리모컨의 이름이 " +"*https*로 지정됩니다. 이 과정에서 Github 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 입력하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. Github에서 2단계 " +"인증을 사용 설정한 경우 `개인 액세스 토큰 `_을 생성하여 비밀번호로 사용할 수 있습니다. " +"``리포지토리`` 권한을 부여하는 것이 적절합니다." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -8674,64 +8824,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8740,7 +8894,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8748,13 +8902,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8766,23 +8920,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8792,7 +8946,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -8805,7 +8959,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -8815,13 +8969,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -8832,7 +8986,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -8841,58 +8995,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -8901,13 +9069,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -8916,171 +9084,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9094,7 +9262,7 @@ msgstr "" "지원 요청을 할 수 있습니다. 어떤 경우든 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 업그레이드하기 전에 테스트 중에 발생한 문제를 보고하여 문제를 해결하는" " 것이 중요합니다." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -9106,39 +9274,39 @@ msgstr "" "다만, 새 버전에서 도입된 변경 사항으로 인해 사용자 지정이 중단되는 경우, 사용자 지정 모듈의 유지 관리자의 책임 하에 사용자 지정 " "모듈을 새 버전의 Odoo와 호환되도록 합니다." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "자동화된 작업" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -9147,59 +9315,56 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -"표준 업그레이드 스크립트 및 데이터베이스가 계속하여 발전하고 있으므로 업그레이드 프로세스가 성공적으로 완료될 수 있도록, 특히 완료하는 " -"데 시간이 오래 걸리는 경우에는 업그레이드된 테스트 데이터베이스를 자주 요청하는 것이 좋습니다. 프로덕션 데이터베이스를 업그레이드하기 " -"전날 업그레이드 프로세스를 충분히 테스트해보는 것도 좋습니다." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " @@ -9207,7 +9372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "업그레이드 요청 시 업그레이드가 완료될 때까지 데이터베이스를 사용할 수 없습니다. 프로세스가 완료되면 이전 버전으로 되돌릴 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9217,7 +9382,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9227,7 +9392,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 프로세스는 브랜치에 새로운 커밋이 생성되는 즉시 **작동**됩니다. 이렇게 하면 업그레이드 프로세스가 사용자 지정 모듈로 업그레이드된" " 소스 코드 배포와 동기화될 수 있습니다. 사용자 지정 모듈이 없는 경우에는 업그레이드 프로세스가 즉시 연계되어 작동됩니다." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9237,23 +9402,23 @@ msgstr "" "작업 전반에서 데이터베이스를 사용할 수 없습니다. 문제가 발생할 경우, 일반 업데이트와 마찬가지로 플랫폼에서 업그레이드를 자동으로 " "되돌립니다. 업그레이드가 성공하면 업그레이드 전 데이터베이스의 백업이 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -"전체 업그레이드 프로세스를 완료하려면 커스텀 모듈의 업데이트가 성공해야 합니다. 프로덕션 환경에서 시도하기 전에 스테이지 업그레이드의 " -"상태가 :guilabel:`성공`인지 확인하세요." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9262,7 +9427,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9270,7 +9435,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9278,92 +9443,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "서비스 수준 계약 (SLA : Service-level agreement)" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr ":doc:`Odoo.sh 참고 문서 `" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr ":doc:`지원되는 Odoo 버전 `" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 3b08914ba..b7227ad86 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "다음의 재무 :doc:`보고서 `를 사용할 수 있으며 실시간으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "재무 보고서" @@ -1043,12 +1043,10 @@ msgstr "프록시 접속이 끊어진 경우에는, :guilabel:`계정 불러오 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Odoo 고객 지원팀 접속이 끊어질 수 있습니다. 이 경우, 클라이언트 아이디 또는 메시지창에 기재되어 있는 오류 참조 내용을 확인하여 " -"`고객 지원 `_ 으로 직접 문의해 주시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -2937,8 +2935,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6936,7 +6934,7 @@ msgstr "10달러를 되돌려 놓습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -7047,9 +7045,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "계정 유형" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "대차대조표" @@ -7710,7 +7708,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "전체 결제 금액" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "은행 조정" @@ -7952,7 +7949,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -8217,36 +8214,30 @@ msgstr "결제" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." -msgstr "Odoo에서 결제 항목은 청구서나 업체 청구서로 자동 연결되거나 독립형 기록으로 만들어 나중에 사용할 수 있습니다." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" -"결제가 **청구서나 업체 청구서에 연결**되어 있으면, 청구서 결제 금액을 차감합니다. 동일한 청구서에 결제를 여러 항목 연결할 수 " -"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" -"결제가 **청구서나 업체 청구서에 연결되어 있지 않다면** 고객이 회사에 미지급 중인 금액이 있거나, 회사에서 공급업체에 미지급한 금액이" -" 있는 것입니다. 이같은 미지급 금액을 사용하여 미지급 청구서나 업체 청구서 금액을 차감할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr ":doc:`내부 이동 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -8264,61 +8255,40 @@ msgstr "청구서 또는 업체 청구서에서 결제 등록하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -"고객 청구서나 공급업체 청구서에서 :guilabel:`결제 등록`을 클릭하면 새로 전표가 생성되고 결제 금액에 따라 지급해야 하는 금액이" -" 변경됩니다. 거래 상대는 미지급 영수증 또는 결제 계정에 반영됩니다. 이때, 고객 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서는 " -":guilabel:`결제 중`으로 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 미지급 계정이 은행 명세서 내역과 조정되면 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서가 " -":guilabel:`결제 완료` 상태로 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -"결제 내역 옆에 있는 정보 아이콘에는 결제에 대한 정보가 자세히 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`보기`를 클릭하면 관련 전표와 같은 추가" -" 정보를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" -msgstr "결제와 관련된 세부 정보를 확인해 보세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." -msgstr "고객 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서 상태가 :guilabel:`발행 완료`인 경우에만 결제를 등록할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 등록`을 클릭하면 결제 금액을 선택하고 부분 또는 전액 결제를 할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -"주은행계좌가 :ref:`미납 계좌 `로 설정되어 있고, Odoo에서 결제한 경우 (은행 " -"명세서와 무관), 청구서 및 업체 청구서는 :guilabel:`결제 완료` 상태로 즉시 등록됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " -"longer linked to the invoice." -msgstr "결제 조정을 취소하면, 장부에 계속 표시되지만 청구서에는 더 이상 연결되지 않습니다." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"longer linked to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " @@ -8326,7 +8296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "다른 통화로 결제 내역을 조정 (조정 취소)하는 경우에는, 환차 손익 (환입) 금액을 전기하기 위해 전표가 자동으로 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" @@ -8335,93 +8305,93 @@ msgstr "" "현금 기준으로 세금이 포함되도록 결제와 청구서를 조정 (조정 취소)하는 경우에는, 현금 기준 세금 (환입) 금액을 전기하기 위해 전표가 " "자동으로 생성됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "청구서나 업체 청구서에 연결되지 않은 결제 등록하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`고객/공급업체 --> 결제` 메뉴를 통해 새로 결제를 등록하는 경우에는 청구서나 업체 청구서에 직접 연결되지" -" 않습니다. 대신, 미수금 계정이나 미지급금 계정이 관련 청구서 또는 업체 청구서와 수기로 일치될 때까지 미지급 계정과 일치됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "청구서 및 업체 청구서를 결제와 일치시키기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" -"신규 청구서나 업체 청구서를 승인 후 특정 고객이나 공급업체에 대한 미납 금액이 있는 경우에는 파란색 배너가 표시됩니다. " -":guilabel:`미납 대변 금액` 또는 :guilabel:`미납 차변 금액` 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭하면, " -"청구서나 업체 청구서에서 쉽게 일치시킬 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" -msgstr "청구서나 업체 청구서를 결제와 조정하는 추가 옵션 항목을 표시합니다." +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." -msgstr "이제 청구서나 업체 청구서는 은행 명세서와 조정될 때까지 :guilabel:`결제 중`으로 표시됩니다." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "일괄 결제" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -"일괄 결제를 사용하면 여러 결제를 그룹화하여 쉽게 :doc:`조정 할 수 있습니다. 은행에 수표를 " -"입금하거나 SEPA 결제를 할 때도 유용합니다. 그러려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 고객 --> 일괄 결제` 또는 " -":menuselection:`회계 --> 공급업체 --> 일괄 결제`로 이동하세요. 결제 목록 보기에서 :menuselection:`작업" -" --> 일괄 결제 생성`을 클릭하여 여러 개의 결제를 선택하고 일괄 그룹화할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "결제 일치시키기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`결제 일치` 도구를 활용하여 전체 미조정 고객 청구서나 공급업체 청구서를 열고 결제 및 청구서를 한번에 일치시킬 수 " -"있어서, 모든 작업을 한꺼번에 처리할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`회계 현황판 --> 고객 청구서 / 공급업체 청구서`에서" -" 해당 도구를 확인할 수 있으며, :guilabel:`⋮`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`결제 일치`를 선택하거나 " -":menuselection:`회계 --> 조정`으로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" @@ -8430,40 +8400,55 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`조정 ` 진행 중에 차변과 대변의 합이 일치하지 않으면 남은 잔액이 있는 것입니다. 이는" " 나중에 조정하거나 직접 상각해야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "일괄 결제 일치시키기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" -"일괄 조정 기능을 사용하면 특정 고객이나 공급업체에 있는 여러 건의 미납 금액이나 청구서를 한 번에 조정할 수 있습니다. " -":menuselection:`회계 --> 보고 --> 장기 미수금 / 장기 미지급금`으로 이동합니다. 이제 전체 미조정 거래가 표시되며," -" 고객이나 공급업체를 선택하면 :guilabel:`조정` 옵션이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" -msgstr "조정 옵션을 확인해 보세요." +msgid "See the reconcile option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "결제를 은행 명세서와 조정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -"결제가 등록되면 청구서나 업체 청구서 상태가 :guilabel:`결제 중`으로 표시됩니다. 다음 단계로는 거래를 완료하고 청구서나 업체 " -"청구서가 :guilabel:`결제 완료`로 표시되도록 관련 은행 명세서 내역과 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" @@ -9577,105 +9562,6 @@ msgstr "미지급 수취" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "은행 계좌 (은행 B)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "한꺼번에 여러 개의 업체 청구서 지불하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "Odoo에서는 여러 건의 업체 청구서를 하나의 그룹으로 묶어서 조정 프로세스를 쉽게 진행할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "그룹 결제" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" -"청구서가 여러 건일 때 한 번에 결제 등록을 하려면 :menuselection:`회계 앱 --> 공급업체 --> 공급업체 청구서`로 " -"이동합니다. 그런 다음 결제 등록을 하려는 청구서를 선택한 후 청구서 옆에 있는 확인란에 **표시**하세요. 완료되면 " -":guilabel:`결제 등록` 또는 :menuselection:`활동 --> 결제 등록`을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "결제 등록 버튼" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "청구서가 :guilabel:`발행 완료`된 이후에만 결제를 등록할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" -"결제를 등록하면 **팝업창**이 나타납니다. 여기에서 :guilabel:`결제 생성`을 클릭하여 한번에 각각의 업체 청구서에 대한 " -"**별도 결제** 항목을 생성하거나 ***전체** 업체 청구서 결제 항목을 합쳐서 단일 결제 항목을 생성할 수 있습니다. 전체 결제를 " -"**합치려면** :guilabel:`그룹 결제` 확인란에 표시하세요." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr ":guilabel:`그룹 결제` 옵션은 청구서를 두 개 이상 선택할 때만 표시됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "결제 등록 시 그룹 결제 옵션" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`그룹 결제`를 선택하면 :guilabel:`금액, 통화, 날짜 및 메모`가 모두 자동 설정되지만, 필요에 따라 수정할" -" 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "현금 할인을 받는 부분 그룹 결제" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" -"**현금 할인이 적용된 그룹 부분 결제**의 경우에는, :doc:`현금 할인 문서 페이지 " -"`에 있는 단계를" -" 따라 진행합니다. 청구서 *대신* **공급업체 청구서**에 :doc:`지급 조건 " -"`을 적용해야 " -"합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "온라인 결제" @@ -9896,16 +9782,19 @@ msgstr "수표 결제 방법 활성화하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -"수표 결제 방법을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 수표`로 이동한 후, 여기에서 결제 방법을 " -"활성화하고 :guilabel:`수표 레이아웃`을 설정할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`수표` 설정을 활성화하면, " -":guilabel:`출금 결제`에서 기능이 자동으로 설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " @@ -9914,56 +9803,56 @@ msgstr "" "일부 국가에서는 수표 인쇄용으로 특정한 모듈이 있어야 합니다. 해당 모듈은 기본 설치되어 있을 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 미국 수표를 " "인쇄하려면 :guilabel:`미국용 수표 레이아웃` 모듈이 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "수표를 인쇄하기에 적합한 수표 용지" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "미국" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "미국의 경우, Odoo에서는 다음과 같은 수표 형식 기본값을 지원합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: 상단에 수표 인쇄, 중앙 및 하단에 부표 인쇄;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "**Peachtree**: 중앙에 수표 인쇄, 상단 및 하단에 부표 인쇄;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: 하단에 수표 인쇄, 상단에 부표 인쇄." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "수표로 공급업체 청구서 결제하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "다음의 세 단계를 통해 공급업체에 수표로 결제합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "결제 등록하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "전체 등록 결제를 일괄 수표로 인쇄하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "은행 명세서 조정하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "수표로 결제 등록하기" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -9973,11 +9862,11 @@ msgstr "" "결제 등록을 하려면 :menuselection:`매입 --> 공급업체 청구서` 메뉴에서 공급업체 청구서를 엽니다. 공급자 청구서 승인이 " "완료되면 결제 등록을 할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`결제 방법`을 :guilabel:`수표`로 설정하고 결제를 승인하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "수표 인쇄" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -9987,7 +9876,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`은행` 전표의 :guilabel:`회계 현황판`에서 등록 수표의 개수를 확인할 수 있습니다. " ":guilabel:`인쇄할 수표`를 클릭하면 조정된 수표를 인쇄할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -10203,190 +10092,190 @@ msgstr "사용할 수 있는 주요 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -"각각의 현지화 모듈에서 생성되어 있는 특정 보고서 외에도, 모든 국가에서 **일반 보고서** 및 **동적 보고서**를 매우 유용하게 " -"활용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**재무상태표**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**손익계산서**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**경영 요약 보고서**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**총계정원장**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**장기 미지급금 보고서**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**장기 미수금 보고서**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**현금흐름표**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**세금 보고서**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**은행 내역 조정 보고서**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"보고서에 주석을 달아 인쇄하고 어드바이저에게 보고할 수 있습니다. xls 파일로 내보내어 추가 분석을 관리해 보세요. 보고서를 " -"드릴다운하여 세부 내용 (결제, 청구서, 전표 항목 등)을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." msgstr "" -"다른 기간과 값을 비교할 수도 있습니다. 선택한 기간을 몇 개의 기간과 비교할지 선택하세요. 기본값인 **이전 1개 기간** 항목을 " -"사용하지 않으려면, 보고서 날짜로부터 최대 12개 기간까지 선택할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "**재무상태표**에는 특정한 날짜를 기준으로 조직이 보유하고는 자산, 부채 및 자본 현황이 표시됩니다." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "손익보고서" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -"**손익계산서** (또는 **이익계산서**)에는 조직의 순이익이 표시되며, 이는 보고 기간 동안 수익에서 비용을 차감한 값입니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "종합 요약" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "**경영 요약 보고서**로 회사를 경영하기 위한 중요 수치 전체를 빠르게 살펴볼 수 있습니다." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "이 섹션의 각 항목이 보고하는 내용을 아주 기본적인 용어로 설명하면 다음과 같습니다:" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**실적:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**매출총이익률:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "비즈니스에서 발생한 개별 판매 건에서 판매를 하기 위해 필요한 직접비 (인건비, 자재 등)를 뺀 금액입니다." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**순이익률:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -"비즈니스에서 발생한 개별 판매건에서 판매를 하기 위해 필요한 직접비와 회사가 보유하고 있는 고정 간접비 (판매로 인해 납부해야 하는 " -"임대료, 전기, 세금 등)를 뺀 금액입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**투자수익률 (연간):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." -msgstr "회사에서 수익을 창출하기 위한 자산 금액 대비 순이익의 비율입니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**포지션:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**평균 채무 일수:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "전체 고객 청구서에서 고객이 대금을 (전액) 지불하는 데 걸리는 평균 일수입니다." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**평균 채권 일수:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." -msgstr "전체 공급업체 청구서에서 공급업체에 대금을 (전액) 지불하는 데 걸리는 평균 일수입니다." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**단기 현금 예측:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -"해당하는 월의 **판매 계정** 잔액에서 해당 월의 **구매 계정** 잔액을 뺀 금액으로, 조직에 다음 달에 유입 또는 유출될 것으로 " -"예상하는 현금 금액입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**유동 자산 대비 유동 부채:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"**유동비율**이라고도 하며, 유동자산 (1년 이내에 현금으로 전환할 수 있는 자산)과 유동부채 (다음 해에 만기가 도래하는 부채)의 " -"비율입니다. 일반적으로 회사의 부채 상환 능력을 측정하는 지표로 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" @@ -10395,14 +10284,15 @@ msgstr "총 계정원장" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"**총계정원장 보고서**에는 선택한 날짜 범위에서 전체 계정에서 발생한 모든 거래가 표시됩니다. 기초 요약 보고서에는 각 계정의 총계가 " -"표시되며 여기에서 자세한 거래 보고서 또는 예외 사항을 볼 수 있습니다. 이 보고서는 특정 기간 동안 발생한 모든 거래를 확인하는 데 " -"유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" @@ -10411,11 +10301,13 @@ msgstr "장기미지급금" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"**장기 미지급금 상세 내역** 보고서를 실행하면 지불해야 할 개별 청구서, 대변전표 및 초과 지급액에 대한 정보와 연체 중인 기간을 " -"표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" @@ -10423,34 +10315,44 @@ msgstr "장기미수금" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "**장기 미수금** 보고서에는 선택한 달과 이전 몇 달 동안 지급 대기 중인 판매 청구서가 표시됩니다." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "현금흐름표" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -"**현금흐름표**는 대차대조표 계정과 수입의 변화가 현금 및 현금 등가물에 미치는 영향을 미치는지 보여주고, 운영, 투자, 재무 활동으로" -" 세분화하여 분석합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "세금신고서" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "이 보고서를 통해 유형 (판매/매입)별로 세금을 모두 그룹화하여 **순액** 및 **세액**을 확인할 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "분석 회계" @@ -13658,12 +13560,14 @@ msgid "" "on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " "of this customer." msgstr "" +"고객과 계약을 세금 포함가로 할지 아니면 세금 제외로 할 지 협상할 때, 고객 양식에서 가격표와 재정 위치를 설정하여 해당 고객과 관련된" +" 판매에 전부 자동 적용되도록 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:179 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "가격표는 고객 양식의 **판매 및 매입** 탭에 있으며, 재정 위치는 회계 탭에 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -13672,19 +13576,21 @@ msgid "" "wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " "to only work with one price reference." msgstr "" +"오류가 발생할 수 있다는 점에 유의하세요. 세금 포함 가격에 대한 재정 위치를 설정한 후 세금 미포함 가격표를 사용할 경우 가격 계산이 " +"잘못될 수 있습니다. 이런 이유로, 일반적으로 회사에서는 가격 참조를 한 가지로만 작업하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 msgid "Avatax integration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avatax 통합" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avatax는 Odoo에 통합할 수 있는 세금 계산 서비스업체입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:116 msgid "Credential configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자격 증명 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -13692,16 +13598,18 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" " :guilabel:`Avatax` section." msgstr "" +"Avatax를 Odoo와 통합하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 세금`으로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`Avatax` 섹션에 Avatax 자격 증명을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 msgid "" "If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " "Credentials`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "아직 자격 증명이 없는 경우, :guilabel:`자격 증명을 얻는 방법`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 msgid "Configure Avatax settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avatax 환경 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 msgid "Tax mapping" @@ -13711,46 +13619,46 @@ msgstr "세금 매핑" msgid "" "The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " "included Avatax fiscal position." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avatax를 통합하여 판매주문서 및 청구서에 있는 Avatax 재정 위치에서 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" "Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " "product categories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "통합 기능을 사용하기 전에 품목 카테고리에 :guilabel:`Avatax 카테고리`를 지정하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목에 Avatax 카테고리 지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 msgid "" "Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avatax 카테고리는 개별 품목에서도 다시 지정하거나 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 msgid "Override product categories as needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "필요에 따라 품목 카테고리 재지정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 msgid "Address validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주소 유효성 검사하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 msgid "" "Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " "address` link in the customer form view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 양식 화면에서 :guilabel:`주소 유효성 검사` 링크를 클릭하여 고객 주소의 유효성을 직접 검사합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 msgid "Validate customer addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 주소 유효성 검사하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 msgid "" "If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " "address in the wizard that pops up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "원하는 경우 팝업으로 표시되는 마법사에서 새로 검증이 완료된 주소 또는 원래의 주소를 유지하도록 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 msgid "Address validation wizard" @@ -13767,12 +13675,16 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " "documents are in draft mode." msgstr "" +"문서 확인을 통해 Avatax로 Odoo 견적서 및 청구서에 대한 세금을 자동으로 계산합니다. 또는 문서가 초안 모드인 동안 " +":guilabel:`Avatax를 사용하여 세금 계산` 버튼을 클릭하여 세금을 수기로 계산할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " "quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." msgstr "" +"고객, 견적서 및 청구서에 있는 :guilabel:`Avalara 코드` 필드를 사용하여 Odoo와 Avatax의 데이터를 상호 " +"참조합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 @@ -13791,6 +13703,8 @@ msgid "" "expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " "some countries and under some conditions." msgstr "" +"현금 기준 세금은 청구서가 확정되었을 때 납부해야 하는 표준 세금과는 달리 결제할 때 납부해야 하는 세금입니다. 일부 국가에서는 특정 " +"조건에서 현금 기준 방식에 따라 정부에 수입과 지출을 보고하는 것이 의무 사항입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -13798,12 +13712,16 @@ msgid "" "is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " "must pay is for the 2nd quarter." msgstr "" +"회계연도 중 1분기에 제품을 판매하고 2분기에 대금을 수령하는 경우입니다. 현금 기준 방식에 따라서는, 반드시 2분기에 대한 세금을 " +"납부해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " "the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`세금` 섹션 아래에 있는 " +":guilabel:`현금 기준`을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13811,16 +13729,20 @@ msgid "" "link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" " :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`세금 현금 기준 전표`에 대해 정의합니다. 전표 옆에 있는 외부 링크 버튼을 클릭하여 전표 기본 속성 " +"(예: :guilabel:`전표 이름`, :guilabel:`유형` 또는 :guilabel:`단문 코드`)을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현금 기준 과세 전표를 선택하고 외부 링크를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:28 msgid "" "By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " "are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." msgstr "" +"기본적으로, :guilabel:`현금 기준 세금` 전표에서 입력을 할 경우에는 단문 코드 :guilabel:`CABA` 를 사용하여 " +"이름이 지정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -13828,18 +13750,22 @@ msgid "" "Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " ":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." msgstr "" +"이 작업이 완료되면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 회계: 세금`으로 이동하여 세금을 설정합니다. " +":guilabel:`신규 생성`으로 새로 세금을 만들거나 기존 세금을 업데이트할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " "post taxes until the payment is registered." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`계정` 열에는 결제가 등록될 때까지 세금 항목을 발행할 적절한 전환 계정이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 msgid "" "Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" "is registered" msgstr "" +"결제가 등록될 때까지 세금을 기록하는 임시 계정으로 계정 열을\n" +"입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -13849,16 +13775,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " "as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`고급 옵션` 탭에서 :guilabel:세금 신고 자격`을 결정합니다. 청구서 결제 시 세금을 납부하도록 " +":guilabel:`결제 기준`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 원래 청구서가 조정되지 않는 한 세액이 기록되는 :guilabel:`현금 기준 " +"전환 계정`에 대해 정의할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 msgid "" "Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" "reconciliation." msgstr "" +"현금 기준 전환 계정에는 결제조정을 할 때까지 세금을 기록하여\n" +"입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:54 msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "현금 기준 세금이 회계에 미치는 영향" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -13866,16 +13797,18 @@ msgid "" "let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " "cash basis tax of 15%." msgstr "" +"현금 기준 세금이 회계 거래에 미치는 영향을 설명하기 위해, 현금 기준 15% 세금인 1,000$의 품목을 판매하는 예를 들어 " +"보겠습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:63 msgid "" "The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " "currently empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계에 다음 항목이 생성되며 세금 보고서는 현재 비어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:66 msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**고객 전표 (INV)**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:86 @@ -13889,11 +13822,11 @@ msgstr "수익 $1,000" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:103 msgid "Temporary tax account $150" -msgstr "" +msgstr "임시 세금 계정 $150" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:77 msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이후 지불받게 되면 아래와 같이 등록합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:80 msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" @@ -13907,17 +13840,17 @@ msgstr "은행 $1,150" msgid "" "Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " "Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 등록이 완료되면 청구서에 있는 :guilabel:`현금 기준 항목` 스마트 버튼을 사용하여 바로 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:93 msgid "" "Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " "entry is automatically created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "마지막으로, 청구서와 결제 금액 정산이 완료되면 아래 항목이 자동으로 생성됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:97 msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**현금 기준 세금 전표 (Caba)** " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:105 @@ -13926,7 +13859,7 @@ msgstr "수익 계정 $1,000" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:107 msgid "Tax Received $150" -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금 수령액 $150" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -13934,6 +13867,8 @@ msgid "" "are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " "accurate base tax amounts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`수입 계정` 전표 항목 대비 :guilabel:`수입 계정`은 중립적인 항목이지만, 올바른 기본 세액으로 Odoo에서" +" 세금 신고를 정확하게 수행하기 위해 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -13943,10 +13878,13 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " "under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." msgstr "" +"잔액을 0으로 하여 불필요한 회계 이동으로 인해 수입 계정에 오류가 생기지 않도록 기본 :guilabel:`기본 세금 수취 계정`을 " +"사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 세금`으로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`현금 기준` 아래에서 :guilabel:`기본 세금 수취 계정`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 msgid "EU intra-community distance selling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EU 지역 내 원거래 판매" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13956,6 +13894,8 @@ msgid "" "remotely, typically through online platforms, mail orders, telephone, or " "other means of communication." msgstr "" +"EU 지역 원거리 판매는 부가가치세 등록이 되어 있는 공급업체가 유럽 연합 회원국에 위치한 개인 에게 상품 및 서비스를 국경 간 거래하는" +" 것 (B2C)을 말합니다. 거래는 일반적으로 온라인 플랫폼, 우편 주문, 전화 또는 기타 통신 수단을 통해 원격으로 이루어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -13963,12 +13903,14 @@ msgid "" "regulations. The vendor must charge VAT per the VAT rate applicable in the " "buyer's country." msgstr "" +"EU 지역 내 원거리 판매에는 특정 부가가치세 규칙 및 규정이 적용됩니다. 판매자는 구매자 측 국가에 적용되는 부가가치세 세율에 따라 " +"부가가치세를 부과해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "This remains applicable even if the vendor is located outside of the " "European Union." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이는 공급업체가 유럽 연합 외부에 있는 경우에도 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -13978,11 +13920,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, tick " ":guilabel:`EU Intra-community Distance Selling`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"**EU 지역 내 원거리 판매** 기능을 사용하면 판매자의 국가를 기준으로 규정을 준수하기 위하여 새로운 **재정 위치** 및 " +"**세금**을 생성하고 구성합니다. 이 기능을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> " +"세금`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`EU 커뮤니티 내 원거리 판매`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 체크합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 msgid "" "EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계 설정에서의 EU 지역 내 원거리 판매 기능" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -13991,16 +13936,18 @@ msgid "" " --> Taxes --> EU Intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the " ":guilabel:`Refresh tax mapping`." msgstr "" +"세금을 추가하거나 수정할 때마다 재정 위치를 자동으로 업데이트할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`회계/청구서 발행 --> 설정" +" --> 세금 --> EU 커뮤니티 내 원거리 판매`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`세금 매핑 새로 고침`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:33 msgid "" "We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the " "products and services you sell before using it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제안된 매핑이 판매하는 제품 및 서비스에 적합한지 사용하기 전에 확인하는 것을 적극 권합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:42 msgid "One-Stop Shop (OSS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "원스톱 상점 (OSS: One-Stop Shop)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -14012,6 +13959,10 @@ msgid "" " are **two primary schemes**: the **Union OSS** scheme for cross-border " "services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." msgstr "" +"유럽연합에서 도입한 :abbr:`OSS(원스톱 상점)` 시스템은 **국가간** 상품 및 서비스 판매에 대한 부가가치세 징수를 " +"간소화합니다. 이는 주로 기업 대 소비자 **(B2C)** 사례에 적용됩니다. OSS를 통해 기업은 본국에서 부가가치세를 등록하고 단일 " +"온라인 포털을 사용하여 EU 내 판매에 대한 부가가치세 납세 의무를 해소할 수 있습니다. **두 가지 주요 제도**를 통해 진행됩니다: " +"국가간 서비스를 위한 **유니온 OSS** 제도와 €150 이하의 상품에 대한 **OSS 수입** 제도가 바로 그것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 @@ -14030,6 +13981,11 @@ msgid "" "Once generated, log into the platform of your competent federal authority to" " submit it onto the OSS portal." msgstr "" +"**OSS 판매** 또는 **OSS 수입** 보고서를 생성하여 OSS 포털에 제출하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 보고 " +"--> 세금 보고서`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`보고: 일반 세금 보고서`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`OSS 판매` 또는 " +":guilabel:`OSS 수입`을 선택합니다. 선택 후 왼쪽 상단 모서리의 :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`XLSX`" +" 또는 :guilabel:`XML`을 클릭합니다. 그러면 선택한 형식으로 현재 열려 있는 보고서가 생성됩니다. 보고서가 생성되면 관할 " +"연방 기관의 플랫폼에 로그인하여 OSS 포털에 제출합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 msgid "OSS reports view" @@ -14040,10 +13996,12 @@ msgid "" "`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union " "`_" msgstr "" +"`유럽 위원회: OSS | 조세 및 관세 동맹 " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 msgid "Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 위치 (세금 및 계정 매핑)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14052,12 +14010,14 @@ msgid "" " localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " "transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" +"품목 및 고객에 대한 기본 세금과 계정이 설정되어 있어 거래를 즉시 새로 생성할 수 있습니다. 다만 고객과 공급업체의 현지화 및 비즈니스" +" 유형에 따라 거래에 다른 세금 및 계정을 사용해야 하는 경우도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" "**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " "accounts used for a transaction automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**재정 위치**를 사용하면 거래에 사용할 세금과 계정을 자동으로 조정하는 규칙을 만들 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -14065,12 +14025,16 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " "`." msgstr "" +":ref:`자동 `, :ref:`수기 ` " +"또는 :ref:`협력사에게 배정 `으로 적용될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "" "Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " "localization package `." msgstr "" +":ref:`재정 현지화 패키지 `에서 여러 가지 기본 재정 위치를 사용할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 msgid "Tax and account mapping" @@ -14082,42 +14046,49 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " "on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"재정 위치를 수정 또는 생성하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 재정 위치`로 이동하여 수정할 항목을 열거나" +" :guilabel:`새로 만들기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" " defined in the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금 및 계정 매핑은 품목의 양식에 지정되어 있는 기본 세금 및 계정을 기반으로 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " "to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" +"다른 세금이나 계좌에 매핑하려면 오른쪽에 있는 열 (:guilabel:`적용할 세금`/ :guilabel:`대신 사용할 계정`)을 " +"입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 위치의 세금 매핑 예시" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 위치의 계정 매핑 예시" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금을 삭제하려면 :guilabel:`적용할 세금` 필드를 비워 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" "To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" " :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" +"세금을 여러 가지의 다른 세금으로 대체시키려면, 동일한 :guilabel:`품목에 대한 세금`을 사용하여 여러 줄을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" +"매핑은 *활성화*되어 있는 세금에 대해서만 작동합니다. 따라서 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 세금`으로 " +"이동하여 해당 세금이 활성화되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 msgid "Application" @@ -14133,38 +14104,42 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " "the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" +"일련의 조건에 따라 재정 위치를 자동 적용되도록 하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 재정 위치`로 이동하여" +" 수정할 재정 위치를 열고 :guilabel:`자동 감지`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "여기에서 몇 가지 조건을 활성화할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" " contact form." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VAT 필수`: 문의 양식에 고객의 VAT 번호가 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " "only applied to the selected country or country group." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`국가 그룹` 및 :guilabel:`국가`: 재정 위치는 선택한 국가 또는 국가 그룹에만 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재정 위치를 자동 적용하도록 설정하는 예시" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 msgid "" "Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " "has logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**이커머스 주문**에 대한 세금은 고객이 로그인하거나 청구 세부 정보를 입력하면 자동으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 msgid "" "The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " "if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." msgstr "" +"재정 위치의 **순서**에서는 여러 개의 재정 위치에 설정되어 있는 조건이 동시에 모두 충족되는 경우 어떤 재정 위치를 적용할 지 " +"정의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -14173,6 +14148,8 @@ msgid "" "comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " "applied to customers from *country A*." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 순서 상 첫 번째에 있는 재정 위치 대상이 *A 국가*이고 두 번째 재정 위치는 *A 국가*를 포함하는 *국가 그룹*을 " +"대상으로 한다고 가정합니다. 이 경우 *A 국가*의 고객에게는 첫 번째 재정 위치만 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 msgid "Manual application" @@ -14184,10 +14161,12 @@ msgid "" "go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." msgstr "" +"재정 위치를 직접 선택하려면 판매주문서, 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서를 열어서 품목 라인을 추가하기 전에 :guilabel:`기타 정보`" +" 탭으로 이동하여 원하는 :guilabel:`재정 위치`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매주문서, 청구서 또는 공급업체 청구서의 재정 위치 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 msgid "Assign to a partner" @@ -14200,10 +14179,12 @@ msgid "" "select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" +"특정 협력사에 대해서 반드시 기본적으로 사용해야 하는 재정 위치를 정의하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 고객 --> " +"고객`으로 이동하여 협력사를 선택하고 :guilabel:`판매 및 매입` 탭을 연 다음 :guilabel:`재정 위치`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객의 재정 위치 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" @@ -14216,7 +14197,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:28 msgid "Withholding taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "원천징수 세금" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14225,6 +14206,8 @@ msgid "" "payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " "withholding tax applies to employment income." msgstr "" +"원천징수세 또는 원천세는 고객 청구서 결제자가 결제 금액에서 세금을 원천징수하거나 공제하고 해당 세금을 국가에 납부해야 하는 국가 의무 " +"사항입니다. 대부분의 관할권 하에서 원천징수세는 근로 소득에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -14232,10 +14215,12 @@ msgid "" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " "amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." msgstr "" +"일반 세금의 경우, 세금이 소계에 추가되어 납부해야 할 총액이 표시됩니다. 일반 세금과 달리 원천세는 고객이 납부할 세금이므로 지불할 " +"금액에서 공제됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "예를 들어 콜롬비아에서는 다음과 같이 청구서가 발행될 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -14243,6 +14228,7 @@ msgid "" "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " "**government**." msgstr "" +"이 예에서 청구서를 보낸 **회사**가 **정부**에 납부할 세금은 $20이고 **고객**이 **정부**에 납부할 세금은 $10입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -14250,19 +14236,21 @@ msgid "" "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 원천징수세는 음수로 생성하여 지정합니다. 10%를 징수할 경우, 다음과 같이 세금을 " +"설정합니다(:menuselection:`환경 설정 --> 세금`을 통해 액세스 가능):" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " "tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서에 원천징수 항목으로 표시하려면 **고급 옵션** 탭에서 세금에 특정 세금 그룹으로 **원천징수**를 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "세금 지정이 완료되면, 품목이나 판매주문서 또는 청구서에서 이를 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -14270,10 +14258,12 @@ msgid "" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " "(normal tax and retention)." msgstr "" +"일반 세금의에서 비율로 원천징수하는 경우, **세금 그룹**으로 **세금 계산**을 하도록 세금을 생성하고 이 그룹에 두 가지 세금 " +"(일반 세금 및 보유세)을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서에 원천징수 적용하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -14281,6 +14271,8 @@ msgid "" "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " "line." msgstr "" +"세금을 생성하면 고객 양식이나 판매주문서 또는 고객 청구서에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 단일 고객 청구서 줄에서 여러 항목의 세금을 적용할 " +"수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -14289,14 +14281,16 @@ msgid "" "print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " "taxes." msgstr "" +"화면에서 고객 청구서를 확인할 때는, 전체 세금 (일반 세금 및 원천징수세)을 요약한 **세금 내역**만 표시됩니다. 다만 청구서를 " +"인쇄하거나 전송하는 경우 Odoo에서 모든 세금을 알맞게 그룹화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서를 인쇄하면 세금 그룹별로 다른 금액이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "TaxCloud integration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TaxCloud 통합" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -14561,7 +14555,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:3 msgid "VAT numbers verification (VIES)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT 번호 확인 (VIES:VAT numbers verification)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14630,10 +14624,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14641,6 +14635,8 @@ msgid "" "while the **Aged Payable report** provides an overview of all outstanding " "bills to help us pay the correct amounts on time." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 공급업체 청구서를 **수기** 혹은 **자동**으로 등록할 수 있으며, **장기 미지급금 보고서**를 통해 미납 중인 전체" +" 업체 청구서를 한 눈에 볼 수 있으므로 적시에 정확한 금액을 지불할 수 있도록 도와줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -14648,10 +14644,16 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"튜토리얼 `공급업체 청구서 등록하기 `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:19 msgid "Manually" @@ -14662,6 +14664,8 @@ msgid "" "Create a vendor bill manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Vendors --> Bills` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`회계 --> 공급업체 --> 공급업체 청구서`로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`신규 생성`을 클릭하여 업체 " +"청구서를 직접 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 msgid "Automatically" @@ -14674,22 +14678,27 @@ msgid "" "purchase journal, or by **uploading a PDF** in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Vendors --> Bills` and then clicking :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" +"업체 청구서를 자동으로 생성하려면, 매입 전표에 연결된 :ref:`이메일 별칭 `으로 **이메일을 보내거나**, :menuselection:`회계 --> 공급업체 --> 공급업체 청구서`에서 PDF를 " +"업로드한 다음 :guilabel:`업로드`를 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:32 msgid "Bill completion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 완료하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:34 msgid "" "Whether the bill is created manually or automatically, make sure the " "following fields are appropriately completed:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "직접 혹은 자동 생성 여부와 관계없이, 청구서에서 다음 필드가 알맞게 입력되었는지 확인합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Odoo automatically fills some information based on the " "vendor's registered information, previous purchase orders, or bills." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`공급업체`: Odoo에서는 공급업체의 등록 정보나 이전 발주서 또는 청구서를 기반으로 하여 자동으로 일부 정보가 " +"입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -14697,6 +14706,8 @@ msgid "" "vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching ` when you " "receive the products." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`청구서 참조`: 공급업체에서 받은 판매주문서 참조를 추가하며, 물품을 수령할 때 :ref:`일치 " +"` 작업을 하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -14704,58 +14715,63 @@ msgid "" "automatically complete the document. The :guilabel:`Vendor` field should be " "completed prior to completing this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`자동 완성`: 예전 업체청구서/발주서를 선택하면 문서가 자동 완성됩니다. 이 필드를 완료하기 전에 " +":guilabel:`공급업체` 필드를 입력해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: is the issuance date of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체 청구서 날짜`: 문서가 발행된 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: is the date on which the document is registered" " in your accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`회계 날짜`: 문서가 회계에 등록된 날짜입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Reference`: when registering the payment, it is " "automatically indicated in the :guilabel:`Memo` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 참조`: 결제를 등록할 때 :guilabel:`메모` 필드에 자동으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Recipient Bank`: to indicate to which account number the payment " "has to be made." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`수취인 은행`: 결제 받을 계좌 번호를 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Due Date` or :guilabel:`Terms` to pay the bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`마감일` 또는 :guilabel:`기간`으로 청구서 금액을 결제합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select in which journal the bill should be recorded and" " the :doc:`Currency `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`전표`: 청구서를 기장할 전표와 :doc:`통화 `를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst-1 msgid "filling the vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 입력하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:57 msgid "" "Bills can be :doc:`digitized ` for " "automatic completion by clicking :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." msgstr "" +"청구서는 :doc:`디지털화 `를 클릭하여 자동 완성할 수 있으며, " +":guilabel:`전송하여 디지털화하기`를 클릭하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:59 msgid "" "If you upload the bill, the PDF document is displayed on the right of the " "screen, allowing you to easily fill in the bill information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서를 업로드하면 화면 우측에 PDF 문서가 표시되어, 청구서 정보를 쉽게 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:63 msgid "Bill confirmation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 확인하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -14763,22 +14779,25 @@ msgid "" " document changes to :guilabel:`Posted` and a journal entry is generated " "based on the configuration on the invoice." msgstr "" +"문서 작성이 완료되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다. 문서 상태가 :guilabel:`발행 완료`로 변경되고 청구서 설정에 따라" +" 전표가 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:69 msgid "" "Once confirmed, it is no longer possible to update it. Click " ":guilabel:`Reset to draft` if changes are required." msgstr "" +"일단 확인이 완료되면, 더 이상 변경할 수 없습니다. 변경을 해야 하는 경우, :guilabel:`초안으로 재설정`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:73 msgid "Bill Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 결제" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:75 msgid "" "Upon payment of the vendor bill, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`. A " "new window pops up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 결제 시, :guilabel:`결제 등록`을 클릭합니다. 새로 팝업창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -14789,16 +14808,21 @@ msgid "" "bill. If the field is empty, we recommend you select the vendor invoice " "number as a reference." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`전표`, :guilabel:`결제 방법`, 결제하려는 :guilabel:`금액`(전액 또는 부분 결제) 및 " +":guilabel:`통화`를 선택합니다. 공급업체 청구서에서 `결제 참조`가 올바르게 설정되어 있으면 Odoo에서 `메모` 필드가 " +"자동으로 입력됩니다. 필드가 입력되지 않는 경우에는, 공급업체 청구서 번호를 참조로 선택하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:82 msgid "" "Once confirmed, an :guilabel:`In Payment` banner appears on the bill until " "it is :doc:`reconciled `." msgstr "" +"일단 확인을 하면, :doc:`조정 완료 ` 될 때까지 청구서에 :guilabel:`결제 중` " +"배너가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:86 msgid "Aged payable report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "장기 미지급금 보고서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -14806,12 +14830,14 @@ msgid "" "you can use the **Aged Payable report**. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged payable`." msgstr "" +"미납 중인 업체 청구서 및 해당 기한에 대해 전체적인 내용을를 확인하려면 **장기 미지급금 보고서**를 활용할 수 있습니다. " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 보고 --> 협력사 보고서`: 장기 미지급금`으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on a vendor's name to open up the details of all outstanding bills, " "the amounts due, the due dates, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체명을 클릭하면 미납 업체 청구서, 미납액, 기한 등 모든 세부 정보가 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -14819,6 +14845,8 @@ msgid "" "available on the screen as a PDF or XLSX file and save it in the folder of " "your choice." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하면 화면에 표시되는 정보를 PDF 또는 XLSX 파일로 내보내어 원하는 폴더에 저장할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -14826,10 +14854,12 @@ msgid "" "is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or " "if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" +"공급업체 이월 주문 상태이고 품목을 배송할 때 청구서를 보내는 경우, 또는 공급업체가 일부분에 대해서만 청구서를 보내거나 보증금을 " +"요청하는 경우에는, 동일한 구매주문서에 대해 청구서를 여러 개 받을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "비유동자산 및 고정자산" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14838,6 +14868,8 @@ msgid "" " than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" " their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" +"**비유동 자산**은 **장기 자산**이라고도 하며, 1년 이상의 기간 후에 실현될 것으로 예상되는 투자 자산입니다. 해당 자산은 비용 " +"대신 자본으로 처리하여 회사의 재무상태표에 표시합니다. 자산의 성격에 따라 **감가상각**할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -14845,6 +14877,7 @@ msgid "" " bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " "equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" +"**고정자산**은 비유동자산의 일종으로 건물, 차량, 기계 설비, 토지, 소프트웨어와 같이 생산 활동을 위해 매입한 자산을 포함합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -14855,16 +14888,19 @@ msgid "" "Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" " us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, $27,000달러 자동차를 구입한다고 가정합니다. 5년 동안 상각될 예정이고 향후에 $7,000달러에 판매할 계획입니다. " +"직선법 혹은 정액법을 감가상각 방법으로 사용하면 매년 $4,000가 **감가상각비**로 지출됩니다. 5년 후 재무상태조표에 보고되는 " +"**감가상각누계액** 금액은 $20,000가 되고, **감가상각 불가 금액**, 즉 잔존 가치는 $7,000가 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " "automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서는 감가상각 항목을 *초안 모드*로 자동 생성한 후 주기적으로 발행하여 처리합니다" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:21 msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서는 다음과 같은 **감가상각법**을 지원합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:23 msgid "Straight Line" @@ -14876,67 +14912,67 @@ msgstr "정률법" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "정률법 적용 후 정액법" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" " default expense account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이와 같은 거래는 기본 비용 계정이 아니라 반드시 **자산 계정**으로 발행해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:38 msgid "Configure an Assets Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산 계정 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서 자산 계정 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 계정의 유형은 반드시 *고정 자산* 또는 *비유동 자산*이어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 msgid "Post an expense to the right account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "비용 항목을 알맞은 계정에 발행하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 초안에서 계정 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." -msgstr "" +msgstr "업체 청구서 초안에서, 구매하려는 자산에 적합한 계정을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 공급업체 청구서 초안에서 자산 계정 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "특정 품목에 대해 다른 비용 계정 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Expense Account**, and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 수정을 시작한 후, *회계* 탭으로 이동하여 올바른 **비용 계정**을 선택한 다음 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 품목 자산 계정 변경하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:75 msgid "" "It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이와 같은 품목에 대해 :ref:`자동으로 자산 항목 생성하기`를 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 @@ -14945,22 +14981,26 @@ msgid "" " --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " "click on the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면, :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 매입`으로 이동하여, 수정하려는 전표을 선택한 다음 계정을 클릭하고" +" 올바른 계정을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:92 msgid "Assets entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산 입력" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:99 msgid "" "An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " "mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**자산 입력**을 하면 모든 전표 항목이 *초안 모드*로 자동 생성됩니다. 그런 다음 알맞은 시기에 하나씩 발행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:102 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" +"새로운 항목을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 자산`으로 이동하여 *생성*을 클릭한 후 양식을 " +"작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -14968,10 +15008,12 @@ msgid "" "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." msgstr "" +"**관련 매입 선택**을 클릭하면 기존 전표 항목을 새로운 항목에 연결합니다. 그러면 일부 필드가 자동으로 작성되고 이제 해당 전표 " +"항목은 **관련 판매** 탭 아래에 놓이게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계로 자산 입력하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -14980,16 +15022,18 @@ msgid "" " shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" " at which date." msgstr "" +"완료된 후에는, *감가상각 계산* (*확인* 버튼 옆)을 클릭하면 **감가상각 현황표**에 있는 전체 값을 생성할 수 있습니다. 이 " +"현황표에는 Odoo에서 자산을 감가상각하기 위해 발행하는 모든 항목과 해당 날짜가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 감가상각 현황표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " "most accurately possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**시간 비례 원칙 (Prorata Temporis)**은 자산을 가장 정확하게 감가상각할 수 있는 유용한 기능입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -14998,6 +15042,8 @@ msgid "" "Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " "depreciations." msgstr "" +"이 기능을 사용하면, 감가상각 현황표에 있는 첫 번째 항목은 기본 감가상각 기간이 아닌 *비례 날짜*와 *최초 감가상각 날짜* 사이에 " +"남은 기간을 기준으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -15005,17 +15051,19 @@ msgid "" " amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " "also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 위의 감가상각 현황표에 있는 첫 번째 감가상각은 $4,000.00이 아니라 $241.10입니다. 따라서 마지막 항목의 금액도" +" 더 낮아져 $3758.90이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:134 msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "여러 가지 감가상각 방법" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:136 msgid "" "The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " "Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " "the same amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**정액법 감가상각**은 기초의 감가상각 가치를 계획된 감가상각 횟수로 나눕니다. 감가상각하는 금액은 모두 일정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -15026,6 +15074,9 @@ msgid "" "the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " "duration." msgstr "" +"**정률법 감가상각**은 감가상각비에 각 항목의 **감가상각 계수**를 곱합니다. 모든 감가상각 항목은 이전 항목보다 금액이 낮아지게 " +"됩니다. 마지막 감가상각 항목은 감가상각 계수를 사용하지 않고 대신 감가상각 잔존가치에 해당하는 금액을 적용하여 지정된 기간이 끝날 때 " +"$0에 도달하도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15034,16 +15085,18 @@ msgid "" "This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " "constant one afterward." msgstr "" +"**정률법 후 정액법 감가상각**은 정률법을 적용하는 방법이나 최소 감가상각액은 정액법과 동일합니다. 이 방법을 사용하면 처음에 " +"감가상각이 빠르게 진행되고 이후에는 감가상각이 일정하게 유지됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:149 msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "매입 전표에서의 자산" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:151 msgid "" "You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**매입 전표**의 전표 입력 항목에서 자산 항목을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -15052,25 +15105,29 @@ msgid "" "record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " ":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면, :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 매입`으로 이동하여 매입 전표을 열고 자산으로 입력할 전표를 " +"선택합니다. 발행된 계정이 올바른지 확인하시기 바랍니다. (:ref:`journal-assets-account`). 참조)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:157 msgid "" "Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " "same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." msgstr "" +"그런 다음, *활동*을 클릭하여 **자산 생성**을 선택한 다음, :ref:`새로운 항목 생성하기 `와 동일한 방식으로 양식을 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 전표 항목에서 자산 항목 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:165 msgid "Modification of an Asset" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산 수정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:167 msgid "" "You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산의 가치를 수정하여 자산 가치를 높이거나 낮출 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -15078,6 +15135,7 @@ msgid "" "Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " "click on *Modify*." msgstr "" +"수정하려는 자산을 열고 *감가상각 수정*을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 새로운 감가상각 가치로 양식을 입력하고 *수정*을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -15085,6 +15143,8 @@ msgid "" " and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " "Depreciation Board." msgstr "" +"**가치 상의 감소**를 **가치 감소**에 대한 새로운 전표로 발행하여 감가상각 현황표에 기재된 앞으로의 *발행되지 않은* 전표 항목을" +" 모두 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -15093,30 +15153,32 @@ msgid "" "Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " "Button." msgstr "" +"**가치 상의 증가** 항목은 계정 이동과 관련하여 필드를 추가로 입력해야 하며 **가치 증가**로 새로운 자산 항목을 생성합니다. " +"스마트 버튼으로 총 자산 증가항목을 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 총 증가 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:184 msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고정자산 처분" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:186 msgid "" "To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " "from the Balance Sheet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산을 **판매**하거나 **처분**한다는 것은 반드시 해당 자산을 재무상태표에서 삭제해야 함을 의미합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:188 msgid "" "To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," " and fill out the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "처분하려는 자산을 열고 *매각 또는 처분*을 클릭한 후 양식을 입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서의 자산 처분" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -15125,22 +15187,25 @@ msgid "" "difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " "amount it is sold for." msgstr "" +"그러면 Odoo 회계에서는 매각 당시의 자산 장부가액과 매각 금액의 차이를 기준으로 한 매각 손익을 포함하여 자산을 처분하는 데 필요한 " +"전표를 모두 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:199 msgid "" "To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " "Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산 매각을 기록하려면 먼저 관련 고객 청구서를 발행하여 자산 매각과와 연결할 수 있도록 해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:203 msgid "Assets Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산 모델" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:205 msgid "" "You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " "particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." msgstr "" +"**자산 모델**을 생성하여 자산 항목을 더 빠르게 생성할 수 있습니다. 동일한 종류의 자산을 반복적으로 매입하는 경우 특히 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -15148,6 +15213,8 @@ msgid "" "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" +"모델을 생성하려면, :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 자산 모델`로 이동하여 *생성*을 클릭하고 새로 항목을 " +"생성할 때와 동일한 방식으로 양식을 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -15155,24 +15222,26 @@ msgid "" "from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " "clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" +"모델로 변환시킬 수도 있습니다. :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 이연 수익`에서 *확정된 자산 항목*을 열고 *모델" +" 저장* 버튼을 클릭하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:217 msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 항목에 자산 모델 적용하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:219 msgid "" "When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " "with the right asset account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로 자산 항목을 생성할 경우, 알맞은 인식 계정을 사용하여 **고정자산 계정**을 입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 자산 모델 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:232 msgid "Automate the Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자산 자동 처리" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -15180,10 +15249,12 @@ msgid "" "Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " "expenses that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" +"계정 유형을 *비유동 자산* 또는 *고정자산*으로 만들거나 수정할 경우, 해당 계정의 대변에 기록되는 비용이 자동으로 자산 생성되도록 " +"설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:238 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**자산 자동 처리** 필드에서 다음 세 가지 항목 중 선택할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -15191,6 +15262,8 @@ msgid "" "draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " "the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." msgstr "" +"**초안으로 생성:**의 경우, 거래가 계정에 발행될 때마다 *자산 항목*이 초안으로 생성되지만 승인은 되지 않습니다. 먼저 " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 자산`에서 양식을 작성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -15198,10 +15271,12 @@ msgid "" "Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " "entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +"**생성 및 승인:**에서는 반드시 자산 모델도 선택해야 합니다 (`자산 모델`_ 참조). 계정에 거래가 발행될 때마다 *자산 항목*이 " +"생성되고 즉시 승인됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서 자산 자동 처리하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -15209,10 +15284,12 @@ msgid "" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" "account`)." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 이 계정을 품목의 기본 **비용 계정**으로 선택하여 매입을 완전히 자동화할 수 있습니다 (참조: :ref:`product-" +"assets-account`_)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 msgid "Deferred expenses and prepayments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이연 비용 및 선급금" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15220,6 +15297,8 @@ msgid "" "expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " "products or services yet to receive." msgstr "" +"**이연 비용** 및 **선급금** (**선급 비용**이라고도 함)은 모두 아직 사용하지 않은 상품이나 서비스에 대해 이미 발생한 " +"비용입니다" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15229,6 +15308,8 @@ msgid "" " or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " "the future." msgstr "" +"이같은 비용의 경우에는 아직 사용하지 않은 상품이나 서비스에 대해 이미 지불한 것이기 때문에 비용을 지불한 회사의 **자산**입니다. " +"해당 비용은 실제 비용 처리를 미래에 처리하기 때문에 회사에서는 당기의 **손익계산서**, 또는 *수익계산서* 상에 보고할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15236,6 +15317,8 @@ msgid "" "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" +"이와 같은 미래의 비용은 손익계산서 상에서 한 번에 또는 특정 기간에 걸쳐서 **인식**될 수 있는 시점까지 회사의 재무상태표에 이연 " +"항목으로 기록되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -15245,56 +15328,59 @@ msgid "" "on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " "recognized as an expense." msgstr "" +"예를 들어 1년 보증 서비스을 일시납 $1200에 판매한다고 가정합니다. 지금 대금을 이미 납부했지만, 아직 서비스를 받지 못했습니다. " +"따라서 이 새로운 비용을 이연 비용 계정으로 발행하고 월 단위로 인식하기로 결정합니다. 향후 12개월 동안 매월 100달러를 비용으로 " +"인식합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " "in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " "posted periodically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서는 이연 비용 및 선급금을 *초안 모드*로 자동 생성한 후 주기적으로 여러 발행 항목에 분산하여 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " "than on the default expense account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이와 같은 거래는 기본 비용 계정이 아니라 반드시 **이연 비용 계정**으로 발행해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이연 비용 계정 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서 이연 비용 계정 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 계정의 유형은 반드시 *유동 자산* 또는 *선급금*이어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 msgid "" "On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " "expenses must be deferred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "공급업체 청구서 초안에서, 수익비용이 반드시 이연 처리되어야 하는 전체 품목에 대해서 알맞은 계정을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 공급업체 청구서 초안에서 이연 비용 계정 선택하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 품목 비용 계정 변경하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이와 같은 품목에 대해 비용 항목을 자동으로 생성되게 할 수 있습니다 (`이연 비용 자동화`_ 참조)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이연 비용 항목" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -15302,12 +15388,16 @@ msgid "" "*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the expense is recognized." msgstr "" +"**이연 비용 입력**을 하게 되면 모든 전표 항목이 *초안 모드*로 자동 생성됩니다. 그런 다음 전체 비용 금액이 인식될 때까지 알맞은" +" 시기에 하나씩 발행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" +"새로운 항목을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 이연 비용`으로 이동하여 *생성*을 클릭한 후 양식을 " +"작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -15315,10 +15405,12 @@ msgid "" "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." msgstr "" +"**관련 구매 선택**을 클릭하면 기존 전표 항목을 새로운 항목에 연결합니다. 그러면 일부 필드가 자동으로 작성되고 이제 해당 전표 " +"항목은 **관련 비용** 탭 아래에 놓이게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 이연 비용 항목" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -15327,16 +15419,18 @@ msgid "" "shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" " at which date." msgstr "" +"완료된 후에는, *비용 계산* (*확인* 버튼 옆)을 클릭하면 **비용 현황표**에 있는 전체 값을 생성할 수 있습니다. 이 현황표에는 " +"Odoo에서 비용을 인식하기 위해 발행하는 모든 항목과 해당 날짜가 표시됩니다" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 비용 현황표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " "most accurately possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**시간 비례 원칙 (Prorata Temporis)**은 비용을 가장 정확하게 인식할 수 있는 유용한 기능입니다" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -15344,6 +15438,8 @@ msgid "" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" +"이 기능을 사용하면, 비용 현황표에 있는 첫 번째 항목은 기본 인식 시간이 아닌 *비례 날짜*와 *최초 인식 날짜* 사이에 남은 시간을 " +"기준으로 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -15351,16 +15447,18 @@ msgid "" " $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " "and has an amount of $ 29.03." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 위의 비용 현황표에 있는 첫 번째 수익은 $100.00이 아니라 $70.97입니다. 따라서 마지막 항목의 금액도 더 낮아져 " +"$29.03이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "매입 전표에서의 이연 항목 입력" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " "**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**매입 전표**의 전표 입력 항목에서 이연 항목을 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -15369,6 +15467,8 @@ msgid "" "defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " "account of a posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면, :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 매입`으로 이동하여 매입 전표을 열고 이연할 전표를 선택합니다. " +"발행된 계정이 올바른지 확인하시기 바랍니다. (`발행 완료된 전표 항목의 계정 변경`_ 참조)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" @@ -15378,7 +15478,7 @@ msgstr "이연 비용 모델" msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " "entries faster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**이연 비용 모델**을 생성하면 이연 비용 항목을 한층 더 빠르게 만들 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -15386,6 +15486,8 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" +"모델을 생성하려면, :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 이연 비용 모델`로 이동하여 *생성*을 클릭하고 새로 " +"항목을 생성할 때와 동일한 방식으로 양식을 작성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -15393,24 +15495,26 @@ msgid "" "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" +"모델로 변환시킬 수도 있습니다. :menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 이연 비용`에서 *확정된 이연 비용 항목*을 열고 " +"*모델 저장* 버튼을 클릭하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 항목에 이연 비용 모델 적용하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로 이연 비용 항목을 생성할 경우, 알맞은 인식 계정을 사용하여 **이연 비용 계정**을 입력하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계의 이연 비용 모델 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이연 비용 자동화" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -15418,10 +15522,12 @@ msgid "" "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" +"계정 유형을 *유동 자산* 또는 *선급금*으로 만들거나 수정할 경우, 해당 계정의 대변에 기록되는 비용을 자동으로 이연하도록 설정할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**이연 비용 자동화** 필드에서 다음 세 가지 항목 중 선택할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -15430,6 +15536,8 @@ msgid "" "first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" +"**초안으로 생성:**의 경우, 거래가 계정에 발행될 때마다 *이연 비용 항목*이 초안으로 생성되지만 승인은 되지 않습니다. 먼저 " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 회계 --> 이연 비용`에서 양식을 작성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -15437,10 +15545,12 @@ msgid "" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" +"**생성 및 승인:**에서는 반드시 이연 비용 모델도 선택해야 합니다 (`이연 비용 모델`_ 참조). 계정에 거래가 발행될 때마다 *이연" +" 비용 항목*이 생성되고 즉시 승인됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 회계에서 계정의 이연 비용 자동화하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -15448,16 +15558,18 @@ msgid "" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " "Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 이 계정을 품목의 기본 **비용 계정**으로 선택하여 매입을 완전히 자동화할 수 있습니다 (참조: `특정 품목에 대해 다른 " +"비용 계정 선택`_)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 msgid "AI-powered document digitization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AI를 기반으로 문서를 디지털화하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 msgid "" "**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " "vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**디지털 청구서**는 종이로 된 청구서를 회계에서 공급업체 및 고객 청구서 양식으로 자동 인코딩하는 프로세스입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -15466,18 +15578,22 @@ msgid "" "bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " "based on the scanned invoices." msgstr "" +"Odoo는 :abbr:`OCR(광학 문자 인식)` 및 인공 지능 기술을 통해 문서 내용을 인식합니다. 스캔한 청구서를 기반으로 공급업체 " +"청구서 및 고객 청구서 양식이 자동으로 생성 후 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:13 msgid "" "`Test Odoo's invoice digitization `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 디지털 청구서 테스트 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 튜토리얼: OCR을 이용한 디지털 청구서 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -15487,6 +15603,9 @@ msgid "" "includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " "demand." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 디지털화`에서 :guilabel:`문서 디지털화` 확인란을 " +"선택하고 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` 및 :guilabel:`고객 청구서`(고객 대변전표 포함)를 자동으로 처리할지 또는 요청 " +"시 처리할지 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -15494,14 +15613,16 @@ msgid "" "line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " "on the invoice." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`세금당 단일 청구서 라인` 옵션을 활성화하면 인보이스의 라인 수에 관계없이 새로운 청구서에는 세금당 라인이 한 줄만 " +"생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 msgid "Invoice upload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 업로드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 msgid "Upload invoices manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 직접 업로드하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -15511,10 +15632,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and select " ":guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`회계 현황판`에서 공급업체 청구서 전표에 있는 :guilabel:`업로드` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 또는 " +":menuselection:`회계 --> 고객 --> 청구서` 또는 :menuselection:`회계 --> 공급업체 --> 공급업체 " +"청구서`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`업로드`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일 별칭을 사용하여 청구서 업로드하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -15522,6 +15646,8 @@ msgid "" "email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " "customer invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" +"연결되어 있는 스캐너에서 스캔 문서를 이메일 별칭으로 보내도록 설정할 수 있습니다. 이와 같이 별칭으로 전송된 이메일은 고객 청구서이나 " +"공급업체 청구서 신규 초안으로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -15530,6 +15656,9 @@ msgid "" "enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " "and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"전표에 있는 이메일 별칭을 수정할 수 있습니다. 수정하려면 앱 :guilabel:`설정`으로 이동합니다. guilabel:`일반 설정: " +"메일 및 채팅`에서 :guilabel:`사용자 지정 이메일 서버`를 활성화하고, :guilabel:`별칭 도메인`을 추가한 다음, " +":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -15537,6 +15666,8 @@ msgid "" " the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " "into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" +"이제 전표의 :guilabel:`고급 설정` 탭에서 이메일 별칭을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 주소로 전송되는 이메일은 새로운 청구서나 업체" +" 청구서로 자동 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -15544,6 +15675,8 @@ msgid "" " send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., " "`inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +":doc:`문서 <../../documents>` 앱을 사용하는 경우, 스캔한 청구서를 :guilabel:`재무` 작업 공간 (예: " +"`inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)으로 자동 전송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -15553,6 +15686,9 @@ msgid "" "respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " "into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" +"기본 이메일 별칭인 `vendor-bills@` 및 `customer-invoices@` 뒤에 사용자가 설정한 :guilabel:`별칭 " +"도메인`이 :guilabel:`공급업체 청구서` 및 :guilabel:`고객 청구서` 전표에 각각 자동 생성됩니다. 이 주소로 전송되는 " +"이메일은 새로운 청구서나 업체 청구서로 자동 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -15561,16 +15697,18 @@ msgid "" "edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " "Alias`." msgstr "" +"기본 이메일 별칭을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 회계: 전표`로 이동합니다. 편집하려는 전표를 " +"선택 후 :guilabel:`고급 설정` 탭을 클릭한 다음 `이메일 별칭`을 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 msgid "Invoice digitization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 디지털 변환하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:70 msgid "" "According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " "or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정에 따라 문서가 자동으로 처리되거나 :guilabel:`전송하여 디지털화하기`를 클릭하여 직접 처리해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -15578,10 +15716,12 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " "selecting the proper information instead." msgstr "" +"PDF에서 데이터를 추출한 후, 필요한 경우 태그 (:guilabel:`편집' 모드에서 사용 가능)를 클릭하고 알맞은 정보를 선택하여 " +"수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 msgid "Data recognition with AI" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AI를 활용한 데이터 인식" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -15590,6 +15730,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " "identifies the correct data for future digitizations." msgstr "" +"디지털화 과정에서는 업로드 정보를 검토하고 필요한 경우 수정하는 것이 필수입니다. 그 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 문서를 " +"발행해야 합니다. 이러한 방식으로 AI가 학습하고 시스템에서 올바른 데이터를 식별하여 향후 디지털화할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -15597,6 +15739,7 @@ msgid "" "requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " "credit." msgstr "" +"**디지털 청구서**는 선불 크레딧이 있어야 하는 인앱 구매(IAP) 서비스입니다. 문서 디지털화 한 건당 1 크레딧이 소요됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -15605,10 +15748,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on :guilabel:`View My " "Services`." msgstr "" +"크레딧을 구매하려면, :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 디지털 변환`으로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`크레딧 구매`를 클릭하거나, :menuselection:`설정 --> Odoo IAP`로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`내 서비스 보기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:98 msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`개인정보 처리방침 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" @@ -15631,7 +15777,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 문서: 품목 페이지 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -15662,6 +15808,8 @@ msgid "" "Enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " "activity." msgstr "" +"Enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " +"activity. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -15669,16 +15817,18 @@ msgid "" "is necessary to click on :guilabel:`Journals` and define each journal " "independently to allow automatic synchronization." msgstr "" +"회계 파일 및 문서의 중앙 집중화 기능을 활성화하는 경우, 자동으로 동기화되도록 하려면 :guilabel:`전표`를 클릭하고 각각의 " +"전표를 개별적으로 정의해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:0 msgid "Enable the centralization of files attached to your accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 첨부 파일에 대한 중앙 집중화 기능을 사용하도록 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:39 msgid "" "If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 작업 공간을 선택할 경우, 기존 문서는 이동되지 않습니다. 새로 만든 문서만 새 작업 공간에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:43 msgid "Workspaces" @@ -15701,7 +15851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 톱니바퀴 아이콘 :guilabel:`⚙`을 클릭하면 작업 공간을 만들거나 편집할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -15729,7 +15879,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:70 msgid "Documents management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서 관리" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -15742,7 +15892,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 msgid "right panel options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "오른쪽 패널 옵션" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -15759,6 +15909,8 @@ msgid "" "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " "supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`연락처`는 문서와 관련하여 할당된 사람입니다. 이 사람은 문서를 보기만 할 수만 있고 수정할 수는 없습니다. 즉, " +"데이터베이스에 있는 기존 공급업체가 청구서에서의 연락처입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -15776,7 +15928,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:98 msgid "Workflow actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 흐름 활동" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -15790,7 +15942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:107 msgid "Create workflow actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업 흐름 활동 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -15806,7 +15958,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:117 msgid "Set the conditions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "조건 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -15815,10 +15967,13 @@ msgid "" " trigger the appearance of the action button (:guilabel:`▶`) on the right-" "side panel when selecting a file." msgstr "" +"새로운 :guilabel:`활동`을 :guilabel:`신규 생성`하거나 기존 작업을 편집할 수 있습니다. 파일을 선택하면 오른쪽 패널에" +" 작업 버튼 (:guilabel:`▶`)을 표시하는 조건을 설정하려면, :guilabel:`작업명`을 지정한 다음 조건을 설정할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:123 msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정할 수 있는 세 가지 기본 조건의 유형은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -15830,16 +15985,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`연락처`:여기에 설정된 연락처와 파일이 연결되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`소유자`: 여기에 설정된 소유자와 파일이 연결되어 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 문서에서 작업 흐름 활동의 기본 조건 예시" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -15849,7 +16004,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:141 msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 조건 유형: 도메인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -15879,7 +16034,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 문서의 작업 흐름 활동에서의 도메인 조건 예시" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -15896,35 +16051,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:172 msgid "Configure the actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "활동 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:174 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " "simultaneously:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "활동을 설정하려면 :guilabel:`활동` 탭을 선택합니다. 다음 내용을 동시에 설정할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:176 msgid "" "**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " "with a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**연락처 설정**: 파일에 연락처를 추가하거나 기존 연락처를 새로운 연락처로 교체합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:177 msgid "" "**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" " new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**소유자 설정**: 파일에 소유자를 추가하거나 기존 소유자를 새로운 소유자로 교체합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:178 msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**작업 공간으로 이동**: 파일을 작업 공간으로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:179 msgid "" "**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " "database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**만들기**: 데이터베이스에서 파일에 첨부된 다음의 항목 중 하나를 생성합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:181 msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly." @@ -15972,13 +16127,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:195 msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**태그 설정**: 원하는 수만큼 태그를 추가, 제거, 및 교체할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:196 msgid "" "**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" " done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**활동 - 전체 완료 표시**: 파일에 연결된 모든 활동을 완료된 것으로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -15986,14 +16141,16 @@ msgid "" " as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " "document owner." msgstr "" +"**활동 - 활동 예약**: 활동에 설정된 대로 파일에 연결된 새로운 활동을 만듭니다. 문서 소유자의 활동을 설정하도록 선택할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 문서의 작업 흐름 활동에 대한 예시" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:205 msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AI 및 광학 문자 인식 (OCR: optical character recognition )을 통해 문서 디지털 변환하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -16008,6 +16165,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " "<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`AI 기반의 문서 디지털 변환 " +"<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization``" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:104 @@ -16024,14 +16183,16 @@ msgid "" "accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " "disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." msgstr "" +"Odoo **경비**로 경비 관리를 간소화합니다. Odoo에서 직원이 경비를 제출하면 관리팀과 회계팀에서 경비를 검토합니다. 승인되면 " +"지출이 처리되고 직원에게 환급용으로 지급할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:12 msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 경비: 품목 페이지 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 msgid "Set expense categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 카테고리 설정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -16041,16 +16202,21 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " "view the current expensable categories in a default list view." msgstr "" +"경비를 추적하는 첫 번째 단계는 회사에 다양한 경비 유형을 설정하는 것입니다 (Odoo에서 *경비 카테고리*로 관리). 필요에 따라서 " +"구체적 혹은 일반적인 카테고리로 만들 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 경비 카테고리`로 " +"이동하여 기본 목록 화면에서 현재 경비 처리 카테고리를 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Set expense costs on products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목에 대한 비용 원가를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" " appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." msgstr "" +"경비 카테고리를 새로 생성하려면 :guilabel:`신규 생성`을 클릭합니다. 설명 필드에 :guilabel:`품목명`로 라벨이 되어 " +"있는 품목 양식이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -16060,6 +16226,8 @@ msgid "" "throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " ":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 경비 카테고리는 품목처럼 관리됩니다. 경비 카테고리 양식은 Odoo의 표준 품목 양식을 따르며 입력 정보도 비슷합니다. 경비" +" 품목은 메인 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`경비 카테고리`로 표시되므로 이 문서에서는 경비 카테고리로 지칭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -16068,6 +16236,8 @@ msgid "" "field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " "(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`품목명`과 :guilabel:`측정 단위`의 두 가지 필드만 있으면 됩니다. 필드에 :guilabel:`품목명`을 " +"입력하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`측정 단위`를 선택합니다 (대부분의 품목은 :guilabel:`단위`로 설정되어 있음)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -16078,6 +16248,11 @@ msgid "" " internal link to :doc:`view, create, and edit the units of measure " "<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom>`." msgstr "" +"*판매* 앱에서 측정 단위 (예: 단위, 마일, 일 등)에 대한 사양을 생성하고 편집할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`판매 " +"앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`에 있는 `품목 카탈로그` 섹션에서 `측정 단위`가 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. " +":guilabel:`측정 단위` 내부 링크를 클릭하면 :doc:`측정 단위 보기, 생성 및 편집 " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom>`으로" +" 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -16087,6 +16262,9 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, leave the :guilabel:`Cost` set to `0.00`, and employees will " "report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." msgstr "" +"품목 양식에 있는 :guilabel:`경비` 필드는 기본값 `0.00` 값으로 채워져 있습니다. 특정 비용에 대해 항상 특정 가격으로 " +"환급해야 하는 경우, :guilabel:`경비` 필드에 해당 금액을 입력합니다. 그렇지 않고 :guilabel:`경비`가 `0.00`으로" +" 설정되어 있으면 직원이 경비 보고서를 제출할 때 실비로 보고하게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -16095,12 +16273,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " "Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." msgstr "" +"경비 카테고리 양식에서 항상 :guilabel:`실비` 필드가 표시되지만 :guilabel:`판매 가격` 필드는 :guilabel:`경비" +" 재청구` 섹션 아래에서 *반드시* :guilabel:`판매 가격`이 선택된 경우에만 표시됩니다. 그렇지 않으면 :guilabel:`판매" +" 가격` 필드가 숨겨집니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:62 msgid "" "Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " "product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" msgstr "" +"다음은 품목에 특정 :guilabel:`실비`를 설정하는 경우와 :guilabel:`경비`를 `0.00`으로 두는 경우에 대한 몇 가지 " +"예시입니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -16109,6 +16292,8 @@ msgid "" "reimbursed for that amount. An expense for a meal costing $95.23 would equal" " a reimbursement for $95.23." msgstr "" +"**식대**: guilabel:`실비`를 `0.00`으로 설정합니다. 직원이 식사 비용을 기록할 때 실제 청구서 금액을 입력하면 해당 " +"금액을 환급받게 됩니다. 식사 비용 $95.23에 대해서 동일하게 $95.23에 대한 환급이 이루어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -16117,6 +16302,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " "An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." msgstr "" +"**마일리지**: guilabel:`실비를 `0.30`으로 설정합니다. 직원이 '마일리지' 비용을 기록할 때 :guilabel:`수량` " +"필드에 주행 마일 수를 입력하면 입력한 마일당 0.30을 환급받게 됩니다. 100마일에 대한 경비로 $30.00를 환급받게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -16124,6 +16311,8 @@ msgid "" "logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " "$75.00." msgstr "" +"**월 주차**: :guilabel:`실비`를 `75.00`으로 설정합니다. 직원이 \"월 주차\"에 대한 경비를 기록하면 $75.00에" +" 대한 환급이 이루어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -16133,6 +16322,9 @@ msgid "" "$350.00 would be logged as an :guilabel:`Expenses` product, and the " "reimbursement would be for $350.00." msgstr "" +"**경비**: guilabel:`실비`를 `0.00`으로 설정합니다. 직원이 식사, 마일리지 또는 월 주차비가 아닌 경비를 입력할 때는 " +"일반 :guilabel:`경비` 항목을 사용합니다. 노트북 $350.00에 대한 비용은 :guilabel:`경비` 항목으로 기록되며, " +"$350.00가 환급됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -16140,6 +16332,8 @@ msgid "" " is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " "correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." msgstr "" +"Odoo *회계* 앱을 사용하는 경우 :guilabel:`경비 계정`을 선택합니다. 보고서에 영향을 미치게 되므로 이 필드에서 참조할 " +"올바른 계정을 결정하려면 회계 부서에 문의하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -16149,14 +16343,17 @@ msgid "" "`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " "is set." msgstr "" +"해당하는 경우, 품목별 세금을 :guilabel:`공급업체 세금` 및 :guilabel:`고객 세금` 필드에 설정합니다. " +":ref:`가격에 세금 포함 `으로 설정된 세금을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 세금이 설정되어 " +"있으면 자동으로 환경 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 msgid "Record expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 기록" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 msgid "Manually create a new expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "직접 새로운 경비 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -16165,12 +16362,14 @@ msgid "" "view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " "--> My Expenses`." msgstr "" +"새로 경비를 기록하려면 기본 :guilabel:`내 경비` 화면이 표시되는 기본 :menuselection:`경비` 앱 현황판에서 " +"시작합니다. 이 화면은 :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 내 경비 --> 내 경비`에서도 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:99 msgid "" "First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " "form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "먼저 :guilabel:`신규 생성`을 클릭한 후 양식에 있는 여러 필드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -16178,6 +16377,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" " `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`설명`을 클릭합니다: 경비에 대한 간단한 설명을 :guilabel:`설명` 필드에 입력합니다. '고객과의 점심 식사'" +" 또는 '회의용 호텔'과 같이 짧은 정보성 내용이어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -16186,12 +16387,14 @@ msgid "" "ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " ":guilabel:`Air Travel`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`카테고리`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 비용에 가장 가까운 경비 카테고리를 선택합니다. 예를 들어, 항공권의 경우 경비 " +":guilabel:`카테고리` 이름이 `항공 출장`인 비용에 적합합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" " ways:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`총액`: 두 가지 중 하나의 방법으로 경비 지출한 총 금액을 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -16199,6 +16402,8 @@ msgid "" " for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." msgstr "" +"경비가 단일 품목/비용에 대한 항목이고 선택한 카테고리가 단일 항목인 경우 :guilabel:`총액` 필드에 비용을 입력합니다 " +"(:guilabel:`수량` 필드는 숨겨져 있음)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -16209,6 +16414,9 @@ msgid "" "the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " "simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" +"경비가 동일한 항목/비용에 대한 고정 가격의 배수인 경우 :guilabel:`단위 가격`이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`수량` 필드에" +" 수량을 입력하면 경비 총액이 올바른 합계로 자동 업데이트됩니다 (:guilabel:`단위 가격` x :guilabel:`수량` = " +"합계). 참고로 \"총액\"이라는 용어는 표시되지 않으며, 단순히 총 비용이 :guilabel:`수량` 아래에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -16216,6 +16424,8 @@ msgid "" "populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " "*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 마일리지 주행의 경우 :guilabel:`단위 가격`은 *마일당* 비용으로 입력됩니다. :guilabel:`수량`을 주행한 " +"*마일 수*로 설정하면 총액이 계산됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -16223,6 +16433,8 @@ msgid "" "category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " "either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`포함된 세금`: 비용 카테고리에 세금을 설정한 경우, :guilabel:`총액` 또는 :guilabel:`수량`을 " +"입력하면 세금 비율과 금액이 자동으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -16230,12 +16442,14 @@ msgid "" "Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " ":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." msgstr "" +"비용 카테고리에 세금을 설정한 경우, :guilabel:`포함된 세금` 값은 :guilabel:`총액` 또는 :guilabel:`수량`을" +" 변경하면 실시간으로 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " "expense is for." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`직원`: 드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 이 경비에 해당하는 직원을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -16246,12 +16460,16 @@ msgid "" "pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " "category selected, this field may not appear." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`지불한 사람`: 라디오 버튼을 클릭하여 경비를 지불하여 환급받아야 하는 사람을 표시합니다. 직원이 비용을 지불한 경우" +" (환급받아야 하는 경우) :guilabel:`직원 (환급 대상)`을 선택합니다. 회사에서 직접 비용을 지불한 경우 (예: 회사 " +"신용카드를 사용하여 비용 지불) :guilabel:`회사`를 선택합니다. 선택한 경비 카테고리에 따라 필드가 표시되지 않을 수도 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " "included for the expense, enter it in this field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체 청구서 참조`: 경비에 포함시킬 참조 텍스트가 있는 경우 이 필드에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -16260,12 +16478,14 @@ msgid "" " arrows to navigate to the correct month, then click on the specific day to " "enter the selection." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`경비 날짜`: 캘린더 모듈을 사용하여 경비를 집행한 날짜를 입력합니다. :guilabel:`< (왼쪽)` 및 " +":guilabel:`> (오른쪽)` 화살표를 사용하여 해당하는 달로 이동한 다음 특정 날짜를 클릭하여 선택 항목을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " "logged on from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`계정`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이 경비를 기록할 경비 계정을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -16277,6 +16497,10 @@ msgid "" "saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" " visible on the expense." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`재청구할 고객`: 해당 경비가 고객이 지불해야 하는 비용인 경우, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이 비용에 대해 청구서를 발행할 " +"고객과 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서`를 선택합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴의 판매주문서에는 판매주문서 대상 회사와 함께 :abbr:`SO " +"(판매주문서)` 양쪽이 모두 표시되지만, 경비 항목을 저장한 후에는 고객명이 사라지고 :abbr:`SO (판매주문서)`만 경비에 " +"표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -16286,6 +16510,9 @@ msgid "" "indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " "customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" +"고객이 맞춤형 정원 (설계 및 설치)과 관련한 현장 미팅을 하기를 원하고 관련 경비 (예: 여행, 호텔, 식사 등)를 지불하는 데 " +"동의합니다. 해당 미팅과 관련된 모든 비용은 맞춤형 정원에 대한 판매주문서 (고객으로 참조 표시되기도 합니다)에 " +":guilabel:'재청구할 고객'으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -16295,6 +16522,9 @@ msgid "" "category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " "typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`분석 배포`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 경비를 기록할 계정을 :guilabel:`프로젝트`나 :guilabel:`부서` 또는" +" 양쪽 모두에서 선택합니다. 필요한 경우, 각 카테고리에 대해 여러 계정을 나열할 수 있습니다. 계정 옆에 백분율 값을 입력하여 각 분석" +" 계정별 백분율을 조정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -16302,20 +16532,22 @@ msgid "" "this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " "company will automatically populate this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`회사`: 회사를 여러 개 설정한 경우, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 해당 경비를 신청할 회사를 선택합니다. 현재 회사에서 필드가" +" 자동으로 입력됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:161 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`메모...`: 경비 내역을 명확히 소명하기 위해 메모가 필요한 경우 메모 필드에 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객과의 점심 식사를 위해 입력한 경비 양식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:169 msgid "Attach a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영수증 첨부하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -16327,20 +16559,24 @@ msgid "" "receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " "receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" +"경비 생성 다음 단계는 영수증을 첨부하는 것입니다. guilabel:`영수증 첨부` 버튼을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기가 나타납니다. 첨부할 " +"영수증을 찾아서 :guilabel:`열기`를 클릭합니다. 새 영수증이 메시지창에 기록되며, 영수증 개수가 경비 양식 아래에 있는 " +":guilabel:`📎(클립)` 아이콘 옆에 표시됩니다. 필요에 따라 개별 경비에 영수증을 두 개 이상 첨부할 수 있습니다. 경비에 " +"첨부된 영수증 개수는 종이 클립 아이콘에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "영수증을 첨부하면 메시지창에 영수증이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:183 msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "스캔한 영수증으로 새로운 경비 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:185 msgid "" "Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " "expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 관련된 전체 정보를 수기로 입력하는 대신 PDF 영수증을 스캔하여 경비를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -16350,12 +16586,17 @@ msgid "" " the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " ":guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" +"먼저, 기본 :guilabel:`경비` 앱 현황판 화면 (이 화면은 :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 내 경비 --> 내 " +"경비`에서도 액세스 가능)에서 :guilabel:`스캔`을 클릭하면 파일 탐색기가 나타납니다. 업로드할 영수증을 찾아 클릭하여 선택한 " +"다음 :guilabel:`열기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" "view." msgstr "" +"영수증을 스캔하여 비용을 생성합니다. 경비 현황판 화면 상단의 스캔을\n" +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -16365,16 +16606,20 @@ msgid "" "individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" +"영수증을 스캔하면 오늘 날짜가 :guilabel:`경비 날짜`로 지정된 새로운 항목이 생성되며, 총액과 같이 스캔한 데이터를 기반으로 " +"입력할 수 있는 다른 필드도 함께 생성됩니다. 새 항목을 클릭하여 개별 경비 양식을 열고 필요한 사항을 변경합니다. 스캔한 영수증이 " +"메시지창에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:204 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일에서 자동으로 새로운 경비 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:206 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" +"*경비* 앱에서 각각의 경비를 개별적으로 생성하는 대신, 이메일 별칭으로 이메일을 전송하면 자동으로 경비를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -16382,11 +16627,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " ":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하려면, 먼저 이메일 별칭을 설정해야 합니다. :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정`으로 " +"이동합니다. guilabel:`수신 이메일`이 활성화되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." -msgstr "" +msgstr "링크를 클릭하여 도메인 별칭을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -16397,6 +16644,10 @@ msgid "" "alias is configured, the email address field will be visible beneath the " "incoming emails section." msgstr "" +"도메인 별칭을 설정해야 하는 경우, 수신 이메일 확인란 아래에 이메일 주소 필드 대신 :guilabel:`도메인 별칭 설정`이 " +"표시됩니다. 설정 방법 및 자세한 내용은 이 문서를 참조하세요: " +":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`. 도메인 별칭 설정이 완료되면 이메일 주소 필드가 수신 " +"이메일 섹션 아래에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -16405,6 +16656,8 @@ msgid "" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"그런 다음, 사용할 이메일 주소를 이메일 필드에 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. 이제 이메일 주소가 입력되었으므로 " +"Odoo 데이터베이스에 있지 않아도 해당 별칭으로 이메일을 전송하여 경비를 새로 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -16414,6 +16667,8 @@ msgid "" "expense by taking the information in the email subject and combining it with" " the receipt." msgstr "" +"이메일로 경비를 제출하려면 새 이메일을 작성하여 이메일 제목에 품목의 *내부 참조* 코드 (사용 가능한 경우)와 경비 금액을 입력합니다." +" 그런 다음 영수증을 이메일에 첨부합니다. Odoo는 이메일 제목의 정보를 가져와서 영수증과 결합하여 경비 항목을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:232 msgid "" @@ -16422,11 +16677,13 @@ msgid "" "an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" " :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." msgstr "" +"경비 카테고리 내부 참조를 확인하려면 :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 환경 설정 --> 경비 카테고리`로 이동합니다. 내부 " +"참조가 경비 카테고리에 있는 경우, :guilabel:`내부 참조` 열에 올라있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "내부 참조 번호는 기본 경비 카테고리 화면에 나열됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -16435,11 +16692,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " "this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" msgstr "" +"비용 카테고리에 내부 참조를 추가하려면 해당 카테고리를 클릭하여 양식을 엽니다. 내부 참조를 필드에 입력합니다. :guilabel:`내부" +" 참조` 필드 아래에 :guilabel:`이메일로 제출할 때 이 참조를 제목 머릿말로 사용하세요.`라는 문장이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "내부 참조 번호는 기본 경비 품목 화면에 나열됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -16448,30 +16707,32 @@ msgid "" "employee email address, go to the employee card in the " ":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" msgstr "" +"보안을 위해, Odoo에서는 인증된 직원 이메일에서만 경비를 이메일에서 생성할 수 있습니다. 인증된 직원 이메일 주소를 확인하려면 " +":menuselection:`직원` 앱의 직원 카드로 이동하여 :guilabel:`업무용 이메일`을 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:258 msgid "" "If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" " email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "출장 중 식대 $25.00를 이메일로 제출하는 경우, 이메일 제목은 `식음료 $25.00`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:261 msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설명:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:263 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " "`FOOD`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 `식대` 카테고리에 대한 :guilabel:`내부 참조`는 `식음료`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비의 :guilabel:`실비`는 `$25.00`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:269 msgid "Create an expense report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "경비 보고서 만들기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:271 msgid "" @@ -16481,6 +16742,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " "Expenses --> My Expenses`." msgstr "" +"경비 제출 준비가 완료되면 (출장 종료 또는 매월) *경비 보고서*를 작성해야 합니다. :guilabel:`내 경비` 기본값 화면이 " +"표시되는 기본 :menuselection:`경비` 앱 현황판 또는 :menuselection:`경비 앱 --> 내 경비 --> 내 " +"경비`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -16489,6 +16753,9 @@ msgid "" "report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," " :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." msgstr "" +"경비는 상태별 색상으로 구분합니다. 상태가 :guilabel:`보고 예정`인 경비 (경비 보고서에 추가해야 하는 경비)는 파란색 텍스트로" +" 표시됩니다. 다른 모든 상태(:guilabel:`제출 예정`, :guilabel:`제출 완료`, :guilabel:`승인 완료`)는 " +"검은색 텍스트로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -16496,6 +16763,8 @@ msgid "" "box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " "clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." msgstr "" +"먼저, 각 항목 옆에 있는 확인란을 클릭하여 보고서애 았는 개별 경비를 선택하거나, :guilabel:`경비 날짜` 옆의 확인란을 " +"클릭하여 목록에 있는 전체 경비를 빠르게 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:284 msgid "" @@ -16504,10 +16773,12 @@ msgid "" " will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " "not already on a report." msgstr "" +"경비 보고서에 없는 경비를 빠르게 전체 추가하는 다른 방법은, 경비를 선택하지 않고 :guilabel:`보고서 생성`을 클릭하는 " +"것입니다. 그러면, Odoo에서 보고서에 아직 추가되지 않은 전체 경비 중에서 :guilabel:`제출 예정`인 경비를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제출할 경비를 선택한 후, 보고서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -16518,6 +16789,9 @@ msgid "" " expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" " another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." msgstr "" +"경비의 상태와 무관하게, 경비를 :guilabel:`내 경비` 목록에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 상태가 :guilabel:`보고 예정`인 " +"비용이 최소 1개 이상 있으면 :guilabel:`보고서 생성` 버튼이 표시됩니다. :guilabel:`보고서 생성` 버튼을 클릭하면, " +"현재 다른 경비 보고서에는 없는 상태의 경비 중에서 :guilabel:`제출 예정`인 경비만 새로 생성한 경비 보고서에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -16528,6 +16802,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " "columns." msgstr "" +"경비를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`보고서 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 새 보고서가 전체 경비 목록과 함께 " +":guilabel:`Expense` 탭에 표시됩니다. 개별 비용에 영수증이 첨부되어 있는 경우 :guilabel:`📎(클립)` 아이콘이 " +":guilabel:`재청구할 고객` 및 :guilabel:`분석 배포` 열 옆에 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -16541,10 +16818,15 @@ msgid "" " can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " ":guilabel:`Journal`." msgstr "" +"보고서가 생성되면, 기본적으로 경비 날짜 범위가 :guilabel:`경비 보고서 요약` 필드에 표시됩니다. 경비를 체계적으로 관리할 수 " +"있도록, 보고서별로 간단하게 요약된 이 필드를 편집하는 것이 좋습니다. 경비 보고서에 대한 간단한 설명 (예: `뉴욕 고객 출장` 또는 " +"`회사 차량 수리`)을 :guilabel:`경비 보고서 요약` 필드에 입력합니다. 다음으로, 드롭다운 메뉴의 " +":guilabel:`관리자`에서 보고서를 검토할 관리자를 지정합니다. 필요한 경우 :guilabel:`전표`를 변경할 수 있습니다. " +"드롭다운 메뉴를 사용하여 다른 :guilabel:`전표`을 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "간단한 설명을 입력 후 보고서의 관리자를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -16557,6 +16839,10 @@ msgid "" "added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " "new expense and add it to the report." msgstr "" +"보고서에 포함되어야 하는 비용이 누락된 경우에도 추가할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`경비` 탭 하단의 :guilabel:`한 줄 " +"추가`를 클릭합니다. 보고서에 추가할 수 있는 경비가 모두 팝업에 표시되어 나타납니다 (:guilabel:`제출 예정` 상태). 추가할 " +"경비 옆에 있는 확인란을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`선택`을 클릭합니다. 이제 항목이 방금 생성한 보고서에 나타납니다. 목록에 " +"표시되지 *않는* 비용을 새로 추가해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`신규 생성`을 클릭하여 새로 비용을 생성하여 보고서에 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." @@ -17905,7 +18191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -17988,7 +18274,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -18155,7 +18441,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -19494,7 +19780,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" @@ -20322,11 +20608,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -20361,7 +20647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -20926,7 +21212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -20956,7 +21242,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -20971,12 +21257,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" @@ -20989,24 +21273,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -21014,136 +21291,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr ":guilabel:`도로명 주소`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr ":guilabel:`시/도`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr ":guilabel:`우편번호`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr ":guilabel:`국가`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -21151,11 +21428,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -21164,15 +21441,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -21180,11 +21457,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -21194,50 +21471,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -21248,29 +21525,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -21278,19 +21555,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "인증서" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -21298,24 +21575,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -21326,13 +21603,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -21341,12 +21618,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -21354,36 +21631,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -21393,13 +21670,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -21410,56 +21687,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -21467,32 +21744,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -21501,7 +21778,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -21509,7 +21786,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -21517,11 +21794,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -21530,7 +21807,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -21539,14 +21816,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -21554,11 +21831,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -21569,14 +21846,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -21584,60 +21861,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "계좌 이체" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "전환율" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -21649,11 +21926,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -21666,32 +21943,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -21701,7 +21978,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -21714,7 +21991,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -21725,7 +22002,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -21738,7 +22015,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -21749,26 +22026,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -21777,21 +22054,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -21799,11 +22076,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -21817,14 +22094,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21835,36 +22112,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -21872,11 +22149,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -21889,12 +22166,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -21986,40 +22263,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -22034,16 +22311,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "사용 사례" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -22057,11 +22334,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -22075,7 +22352,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -22085,17 +22362,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -22109,23 +22386,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -22136,7 +22413,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -22146,16 +22423,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -22167,55 +22444,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -22227,11 +22504,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "청구" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -22246,7 +22523,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -22254,12 +22531,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -22267,7 +22544,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -22275,14 +22552,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -22292,46 +22569,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -22342,13 +22619,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -22359,7 +22636,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -22369,18 +22646,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -22389,7 +22666,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -22397,7 +22674,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -22407,7 +22684,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -22415,18 +22692,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -22434,7 +22711,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -22444,7 +22721,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -22458,7 +22735,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -22472,7 +22749,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -22482,11 +22759,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -22496,7 +22773,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -22504,18 +22781,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -22523,13 +22800,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -22539,14 +22816,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -22554,11 +22831,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -22569,11 +22846,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -22585,11 +22862,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -22597,7 +22874,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -22612,11 +22889,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -22625,13 +22902,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -22642,7 +22919,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -22653,7 +22930,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -24712,7 +24989,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -26228,7 +26505,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -32084,7 +32360,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -32647,13 +32923,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "스페인" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -32670,39 +32944,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "스위스" @@ -34534,7 +34822,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -34957,7 +35245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -35577,17 +35865,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 343edd98d..c9a116564 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -5616,49 +5616,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`다중 회사 가이드라인 `" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "Odoo.com 계정 삭제" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" -"Odoo.com 계정을 삭제하려면, 사용자 아이콘을 클릭하면 삭제 옵션에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 삭제 옵션은 " -":menuselection:`내 계정 --> 보안 설정 편집 --> 계정 삭제` 메뉴로 이동하면 확인하실 수 있습니다. " -"https://www.odoo.com/my/home 를 통해서도 해당 메뉴에 접속하실 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 계정이 삭제된 후에는 이를 취소할 수 없습니다. Odoo.com 계정은 복구할 수 없으므로 신중하게 결정하시기 바랍니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "메뉴에서 :guilabel:`계정 삭제`를 클릭하면 계정 삭제 여부를 확인하는 팝업창이 표시됩니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "계정 삭제 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항 확인용으로 별도 창이 나타납니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" -"삭제할 계정의 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`로그인`을 입력하여 확인합니다. :guilabel:`계정 삭제`를 " -"클릭하면 삭제 여부를 확정하게 됩니다." - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "언어 변경" @@ -5984,17 +5941,177 @@ msgstr "Odoo의 다중 회사 필드가 강조되어 있는 사용자 양식 화 msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`회사`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "계정 삭제 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항 확인용으로 별도 창이 나타납니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"Odoo.com 계정 비밀번호를 변경하려면, 먼저 Odoo.com 로그인 페이지에서 Odoo.com 사용자 계정으로 로그인합니다. 로그인" +" 후 화면 오른쪽 상단으로 이동하여 프로필 아이콘 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`내 계정`을 선택하면 포털 현황판이 나타납니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"고객이 포털에 접속하기 위해 비밀번호를 변경하려면, :guilabel:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`계정 " +"보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 현재 사용 중인 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`새 비밀번호`를 입력하여 " +"필요 항목을 변경하고 새로운 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`비밀번호 변경`을 클릭하여 비밀번호 변경을 완료합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"2단계 인증을 추가하려면, Odoo.com 로그인 페이지에서 Odoo.com 사용자 계정으로 로그인합니다. 로그인 후 화면 오른쪽 " +"상단으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`프로필 아이콘` 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘 을 클릭합니다. 그런 " +"다음 :guilabel:`내 계정`을 선택하면 포털 현황판이 나타납니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"사용자가 Odoo.com 접속용으로 2단계 인증 (2FA)을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래 있는 " +":guilabel:`계정 보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다. :guilabel:`비밀번호` " +"필드에서 현재 사용 중인 포털 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`비밀번호 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그 다음, " +":abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)` 앱 (Google Authenticator, Authy 등)에서 :guilabel:`QR 코드`를 " +"스캔하거나 :guilabel:`인증 코드`를 입력하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 설정을 완료합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "포탈 액세스" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "Odoo 데이터베이스 내의 특정 문서나 정보 확인이 필요한 사용자에게 포털 액세스 권한을 부여합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" @@ -6002,57 +6119,57 @@ msgstr "" "포털 액세스 권한을 부여하는 일반적인 사용 사례로는, Odoo에서 다음과 같은 항목 전체 혹은 일부를 고객이 읽거나 확인할 수 있도록 " "하는 것이 포함됩니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "영업제안/영업기회" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "견적서/판매주문서" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "구매발주서" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "청구서 및 공급업체 청구서" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "프로젝트" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "작업" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "작업시간표" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "고객 상담" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "서명" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "구독" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "포털 사용자에게는 읽기/보기 권한만 부여되며, 데이터베이스 내의 어떤 문서도 편집할 수 없습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "고객에게 포털 액세스 제공" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -6066,31 +6183,31 @@ msgstr "" "연락처를 선택한 후 다음 화면 중앙 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" -msgstr "연락처 애플리케이션을 통해 사용자에게 포털 접근 권한 부여" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`포털 액세스 권한 부여`를 선택합니다. 필드 세 개로 구성된 팝업창이 나타납니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr ":guilabel:`연락처`: Odoo 데이터베이스에 저장되어 있는 연락처 이름" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`: 포털 로그인에 사용할 연락처의 이메일 주소" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr ":guilabel:`포털 액세스`: 사용자에게 포털 액세스 권한 부여 여부" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -6107,13 +6224,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "포털 초대장을 전송하기 전에 연락처의 이메일 주소 내용과 해당 확인란 체크 여부를 확인하십시오." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "특정 이메일 주소로 메일을 전송하여, 해당 연락처가 Odoo 데이터베이스의 포털 사용자임을 안내합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -6125,7 +6242,7 @@ msgstr "" " 권한 부여`를 클릭하여 회사의 전체 관련 연락처 내용을 확인합니다. 포털 액세스를 할 연락처 전체에 대해서 :guilabel:`포털 " "액세스` 항목 아래에 있는 선택란에 표시한 후 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -6136,6 +6253,190 @@ msgstr "" "guilabel:`포털 액세스` 항목 아래에 있는 선택란에 표시한 내용을 취소하고 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하면 포털 액세스 " "권한을 취소할 수 있습니다. " +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" +"포털 사용자가 사용자 로그인을 변경하고자 할 수 있습니다. 관리자 액세스 권한이 있는 경우에는 데이터베이스 전체 사용자가 변경할 수 " +"있습니다. 다음에서 포털 사용자 로그인을 변경하기 위해 필요한 단계를 간략하게 설명합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" +"먼저, :menuselection:`앱 설정 --> 사용자`를 선택합니다. 다음으로, :guilabel:`필터`에서, " +":guilabel:`포털 사용자`를 선택하거나, :guilabel:`고객 필터 추가`를 선택하여 :guilabel:`그룹` > " +":guilabel:`다음을 포함` > `포털`을 설정합니다. 해당 내용대로 선택한 후, 편집하려는 포털 사용자를 검색한 후 확인합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" +"그런 다음, :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 (필요한 경우) :guilabel:`이메일 주소` 필드를 클릭한 다음 변경이 필요한 " +"내용을 해당 필드에 입력합니다. :guilabel:`이메일 주소` 필드는 Odoo 포털에 로그인하는 데 사용합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일 주소` (또는 로그인)를 변경할 경우 고객의 포털 로그인에서 *사용자 이름*만 변경됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" +"연락처에 있는 이메일을 변경하려면 *연락처* 앱에서 연락처 서식을 변경해야 합니다. 다른 방법으로는, 고객이 포털에서 직접 이메일을 " +"변경할 수 있으나, 로그인은 변경할 수 **없습니다**. :ref:`고객 정보 변경 보기 `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "고객 포털 변경 사항" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" +"고객이 포털 계정에 연계되어 있는 연락처 정보, 비밀번호/보안방식 또는 결제 정보를 변경하려는 경우가 있습니다. 고객이 포털에서 해당 " +"작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 고객이 연락처 정보를 변경하는 방법은 다음과 같습니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "고객 정보 변경하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" +"먼저, 데이터베이스 로그인 페이지에서 사용자 이름과 비밀번호 (로그인)를 입력하여 포털의 사용자 계정에 접속합니다. 로그인에 성공하면 " +"포털 현황판이 표시됩니다. Odoo 애플리케이션에 설치되어 있는 다양한 포털 문서가 각 문서의 개수와 함께 표시됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr ":ref:`포털 액세스 참조 문서 `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" +"그런 다음, 포털의 우측 상단 구석의 :guilabel:`편집` 버튼 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`세부 정보` 섹션을 클릭합니다. 관련" +" 정보를 변경한 후 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "비밀번호 변경" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" +"먼저 데이터베이스 로그인 페이지에 사용자 아이디와 비밀번호 (로그인)를 입력하여 포털 사용자 계정에 접속합니다. 로그인에 성공하면 포털 " +"현황판이 나타납니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"고객이 포털에 접속하기 위해 비밀번호를 변경하려면, :guilabel:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`계정 " +"보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 현재 사용 중인 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`새 비밀번호`를 입력하여 " +"필요 항목을 변경하고 새로운 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`비밀번호 변경`을 클릭하여 비밀번호 변경을 완료합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" +"위에서 설명된 대로 고객이 로그인 정보를 변경하려면 Odoo 데이터베이스 담당자에게 문의하세요: :ref:`위의 문서에서 포털 사용자 " +"이름 변경 확인하기`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "같은 이메일 주소를 사용하더라도 포털 사용자와 Odoo.com 사용자의 비밀번호는 별개로 사용합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"고객이 포털 접속용으로 2단계 인증 (2FA)을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래 있는 :guilabel:`계정" +" 보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다. :guilabel:`비밀번호` " +"필드에서 현재 사용 중인 포털 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`비밀번호 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그 다음, " +":abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)` 앱 (Google Authenticator, Authy 등)에서 :guilabel:`QR 코드`를 " +"스캔하거나 :guilabel:`인증 코드`를 입력하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 설정을 완료합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "결제 정보 변경하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" +"결제 옵션을 고객이 관리하고자 할 경우에는, 오른쪽 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`결제 방법 관리`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음, 새로운 결제" +" 정보를 추가하고 :guilabel:`새 카드 추가`를 선택합니다." + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol: 인터넷 전화)" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index acc4eb0e2..965caa2e7 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Sarah Park, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # JH CHOI , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -152,154 +152,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "새 직원 추가" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "경력 사항" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -307,234 +370,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "업무 능력" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "스킬 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -543,92 +661,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -637,102 +730,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -740,35 +871,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "문서" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -777,11 +891,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "설정" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "급여" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "재정 현황" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "근로 계약" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "서비스" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "목록 보기" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "그래프 보기" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "급여" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -789,7 +2127,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -798,18 +2136,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -823,7 +2157,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -832,12 +2166,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -845,15 +2198,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -861,88 +2214,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -952,46 +2325,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -999,7 +2455,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1008,28 +2464,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "급여" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1039,7 +2495,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1049,13 +2505,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1064,32 +2520,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "구조" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1097,94 +2698,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "규칙" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1193,7 +2788,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1202,61 +2797,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1265,54 +2874,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "장점" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1320,83 +2942,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "경력 사항" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2534,6 +4225,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "보고" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "막대 그래프" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "원 그래프" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2816,11 +4782,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "채용" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "반려" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "직원 생성" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2842,40 +6246,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2887,37 +6275,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2925,164 +6312,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "업무 평가" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "질문" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3092,143 +6576,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "질문" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "채점" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "답변" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "응시자" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "한 줄 텍스트 박스" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "행렬" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "설명" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "옵션" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "배치" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "참가자" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "실시간 세션" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3237,3 +7048,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "포인트" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index b4afc26e9..a1894c552 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -56,57 +56,270 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "일상 업무" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "바코드를 사용한 재고 조정 프로세스" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "바코드를 사용하여 재고 조정을 처리하려면 먼저 *바코드* 앱을 열어야 합니다. 그런 다음 앱에서 *재고 조정*을 클릭합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "바코드로 완전히 작업하려면 *재고 명령어* 시트를 다운로드할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" -"*재고 조정*을 클릭하면 Odoo가 자동으로 재고를 생성합니다. 여러 위치에서 작업하는 경우 먼저 재고 조정을 수행할 위치를 지정해야 " -"합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "여러 지점을 운영하지 않는 경우에는 재고 조정 프로세스에 포함하려는 여러 제품을 스캔할 수 있습니다." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "동일한 물품이 5개 있는 경우, 각 물품을 5회 스캔하거나 키보드를 사용하여 수량을 수동으로 입력할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"바코드 스캐너를 사용하는 것 외에도 필요한 경우 수동으로 제품을 추가할 수 있는 옵션이 있습니다. *제품 추가*를 선택하고 필요한 정보를" -" 수동으로 입력하기만 하면 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "위치의 모든 품목을 스캔했으면 수동으로 또는 바코드 *유효성*을 스캔하여 재고 유효성을 검사합니다." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "알고 계셨나요?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1347,8 +1560,8 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "전체 GS1 바코드" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" -msgstr "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" +msgstr "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -1495,163 +1708,662 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "복숭아 52.1kg의 입고 재고 이동 기록." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "이동 프로세스" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "간편 이동" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "*바코드* 앱에서 송금을 처리하려면 먼저 *작업*으로 이동합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -"그런 다음 해당 작업 유형으로 이동하여 입력하려는 작업을 수동으로 선택하거나 전송의 바코드를 스캔하여 기존 이동을 입력할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -"여기에서 기존 이동에 포함된 품목을 스캔하거나 이동에 새 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다. 모든 제품이 스캔되면 이동을 승인하여 재고 이동을 " -"진행합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "창고에 여러 보관 위치가 있는 경우 다양한 작업 유형에 대한 추가 단계를 추가할 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "입고" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -"제품을 재고로 입고할 때는 시스템에서 제품을 식별하기 위해 바코드를 스캔해야 합니다. 스캔이 완료되면 이동의 기본 위치(예: " -"WH/Stock)에 입력하거나 위치 바코드를 스캔하여 기본 위치의 하위 위치에 입력하도록 할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "이 예제에서 제품을 WH/Stock으로 입력하려면 다음 제품의 바코드를 스캔하기만 하면 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "출고" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -"제품을 배송할 때 처음에 전송에 설정한 위치와 다른 경우 원본 위치를 스캔해야 합니다. 그런 다음 이 특정 위치에서 배송하도록 지정된 " -"제품 스캔을 진행할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -"다른 제품을 스캔하고 나면 WH/Stock과 같은 다른 위치를 스캔할 수 있으며, 배송 주문에 다른 페이지가 추가됩니다. 필요에 따라 " -"*이전* 및 *다음* 버튼을 사용하여 다른 페이지로 이동할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -"이제 이동을 확인할 수 있습니다. 이동의 마지막 페이지에 도달할 때까지 *다음*을 클릭하여 계속 진행합니다. 이 때 이동을 승인할 수 " -"있는 옵션이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "내부 이동" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -"여러 위치가 포함된 내부 이동을 수행할 때는 품목의 출발지 위치를 스캔하여 프로세스를 시작할 수 있습니다. 그런 다음 대상 위치의 " -"바코드를 스캔하기 전에 제품을 스캔합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "내부 이동의 출발지와 도착지 세부 정보가 이미 정확한 경우 스캔할 필요가 없습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "추적된 제품이 포함된 이동" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "로트/일련번호로 추적되는 제품을 취급하는 경우 두 가지 접근 방식을 따를 수 있습니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -"모든 제품의 일련번호/로트번호를 일괄적으로 처리할 때는 로트/일련번호의 바코드를 스캔합니다. Odoo가 해당 로트/일번호를 할당하면서 " -"제품의 수량을 자동으로 늘립니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" -"동일한 로트/일련번호가 여러 제품에 연결되어 있는 경우에는 먼저 제품 바코드를 스캔한 다음 로트/일련번호의 바코드를 스캔하는 절차를 따를" -" 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "이동을 처음부터 새로 만들기" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"*바코드* 앱에서 이동을 생성하려면 먼저 작업 유형 바코드를 인쇄해야 합니다. 이를 위해 앱의 홈페이지에서 *재고 바코드 시트*를 " -"다운로드할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" -"완료되면 새 문서를 만들려는 제품을 스캔할 수 있습니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 빈 문서가 생성되어 제품을 스캔하여 문서를 채울 수 " -"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -3373,92 +4085,169 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "제품 추적" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "로트와 일련번호의 차이점은 무엇인가요?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "소개" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 로트와 일련번호는 운영 기능에서는 유사하지만 동작 방식은 다릅니다. 둘 다 **재고**, **구매**, **판매** 앱 " -"내에서 관리됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr "**로트**는 수령한 특정 수의 제품을 하나의 팩에 모두 담아 보관하는 것을 의미합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -"**일련번호**는 접수부터 배송, 판매 후까지 상품의 전체 이력을 추적할 수 있도록 개별 상품에 부여된 고유 식별 번호입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "사용 시기" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"**로트**는 대량으로 입고되는 품목을 처리할 때 유용하며 보고, 품질 관리 또는 기타 관련 정보를 지원하는 데 도움이 됩니다. 생산 " -"결함이 있는 특정 품목을 식별하는 데 도움이 되며, 특히 의류나 식품의 일괄 생산과 같이 공통된 특성이나 원산지를 가진 일련의 품목을 " -"관리하는 데 유용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"**일련번호**는 스마트폰, 노트북, 냉장고, 기타 전자제품 등 애프터서비스가 필요한 제품에 유용합니다. 이러한 제품을 관리하는 방식에 " -"따라 제조업체의 일련번호를 사용할 수도 있고, 사용자 고유의 일련번호를 사용할 수도 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "사용하지 말아야 할 경우" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"키친타올, 화장지, 펜, 종이 블록과 같은 소모품은 생산 결함으로 인해 반품될 가능성이 거의 없기 때문에 로트를 사용하는 것은 실용적이지" -" 않습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"각 제품에 일련번호를 부여하는 작업은 시간이 많이 소요될 수 있으며 주로 보증 및/또는 애프터서비스가 제공되는 품목에 유용합니다. 그러나" -" 빵과 같은 품목에 일련 번호를 사용하는 것은 의미가 없습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 활성화" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 로트 및 일련 번호 기능을 활성화합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "추적" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -4071,11 +4860,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "로트 및 일련번호 활성화" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -4088,10 +4872,6 @@ msgstr "" "--> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`추적성` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호` 옆의 " "확인란을 클릭합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 로트 및 일련 번호 기능을 활성화합니다." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "로트별 제품 추적" @@ -6870,11 +7650,14 @@ msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다단계 경로 및 보관 위치를 활성 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" +"다음으로 3단계 배송을 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> " +"창고`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고`를 클릭하여 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`상품 포장, 출고 후 배송 " +"(3단계)`에 대해 :guilabel:`출고 배송`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." @@ -6882,30 +7665,38 @@ msgstr "발송 옵션을 설정하여 3단계로 배송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" +"3단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 *포장 구역* (WH/Packing Zone)과 *출고 구역 *(WH/Output)이라는 두 개의 내부" +" 위치가 새로 생성됩니다. 위치의 이름을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 " +"변경할 :guilabel:`위치`를 클릭한 다음 이름을 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgstr "3단계 배송 (픽업 + 포장 + 배송)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"새 견적을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 생성`으로 이동하여 빈 견적 양식을 표시합니다. 이 양식에서 " +":guilabel:`고객`을 선택하고, 저장 가능한 :guilabel:`품목`을 포함시킨 다음 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" +"견적 양식의 오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 나타납니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 판매 주문과 관련된 피킹 주문, 포장" +" 주문 및 배송 주문이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -6915,11 +7706,11 @@ msgstr "" "판매 주문을 확인하면 판매 주문과 관련된 세 가지 항목이 표시된 배송 스마트 버튼이\n" "표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "피킹 처리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -6936,7 +7727,7 @@ msgstr "" "포장 및 배송 작업이 다른 작업을 기다리는 동안 피킹 작업을 위한\n" "준비 상태입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -6949,7 +7740,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 없으므로 포장 주문과 배송 주문의 상태는 모두 :guilabel:`다른 작업 대기 중`으로 표시됩니다. 배송 주문의 상태는 포장이 " ":guilabel:`완료됨`으로 표시된 경우에만 :guilabel:`준비됨`으로 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -6962,7 +7753,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "피킹 순서는 재고 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -6980,11 +7771,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "승인을 클릭하여 피킹을 확인합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "포장 처리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6998,7 +7789,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "포장 순서는 재고 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -7012,7 +7803,7 @@ msgstr "" "포장 주문에서 승인을 클릭하면 포장 구역에서 출고 위치로 제품이 \n" "전송됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " @@ -7021,11 +7812,11 @@ msgstr "" "포장 주문이 확인되면 제품은 :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` 위치를 벗어나 :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "위치로 이동하여 문서의 상태가 :guilabel:`완료`로 업데이트됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "배송 처리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -7040,7 +7831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "배송 주문은 배송 주문 칸반 보기에서 확인할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -7055,7 +7846,7 @@ msgstr "" "배송 주문에서 승인을 클릭하여 제품을 출력 위치에서 고객 위치로\n" "전송합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -7129,7 +7920,7 @@ msgstr "상품을 바로 입고(1단계)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "발주서 생성" @@ -7690,46 +8481,46 @@ msgstr "재고 관리 설정에서 다중 단계 경로 및 보관 위치를 활 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " -"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" -"다음으로 3단계 입고를 위해 창고를 구성해야 합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동한 후 " -":guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하여 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고 상품 입고, 품질, 재고 (3단계)`에 대해 " -":guilabel:`입고 배송`을 선택합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하고 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "입고 배송 옵션을 설정하여 3단계로 입고 및 배송을 진행합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -"3단계 입고 및 배송을 활성화하면 *입고*(WH/입력) 및 *품질 관리*(WH/품질 관리) 두 개의 내부 위치가 새로 생성됩니다.위치의 " -"이름을 변경하려면 :menuselection:`환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동하여 변경할 :guilabel:`위치`를 선택하고 " -":guilabel:`편집`을 클릭한 다음 이름을 업데이트하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 눌러 변경사항을 저장합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" -msgstr "입고를 3단계 (입고 + 품질 + 재고)로 처리합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -":menuselection:`구매` 앱에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여 새 견적을 생성합니다. :guilabel:`공급업체`를 " -"선택하고 저장 가능 :guilabel:`품목`을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " @@ -7738,11 +8529,11 @@ msgstr "" "오른쪽 상단에 :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 버튼이 나타나고 입고 내역이 구매 주문과 연결됩니다. :guilabel:`입고` 스마트 " "버튼을 클릭하면 입고 주문이 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "입고 처리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -7760,7 +8551,7 @@ msgstr "" "세 가지 입고 이동 상태에는 어떤 작업이 준비되었고 어떤 작업이 다른 작업을 \n" "기다리고 있는지 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -7772,7 +8563,7 @@ msgstr "" "이동에 선행하는 연결된 단계가 완료될 때까지 다른 이동을 처리할 수 없으므로 두 개의 내부 이동 상태는 :guilabel:`다른 작업 " "대기 중`으로 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -7784,7 +8575,7 @@ msgstr "" "업데이트됩니다. 마찬가지로 *재고*로의 두 번째 내부 이동 상태는 품질 검사를 위한 이동이 :guilabel:`완료`로 표시된 후에만 " ":guilabel:`준비됨`으로 변경됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -7797,7 +8588,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "재고 현황 칸반 보기에서 입고 내역 하나를 처리할 준비가 되었습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -7814,11 +8605,11 @@ msgstr "" "승인을 클릭하여 입고를 확인하면 제품이 지정된 WH/품질검사 위치로 \n" "전송됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "품질 관리팀으로 이관 처리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -7830,7 +8621,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`재고 관리`앱으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`현황` 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`내부 이동` 칸반 " "카드의 :guilabel:`1건 진행 대기` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -7848,11 +8639,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "내부 이동을 확인하여 품목을 품질검사 위치로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "재고로 이관 처리" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -7863,7 +8654,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`재고` 현황 대시보드의 :guilabel:`내부 이동` 칸반 카드에 있는 :guilabel:`1건 진행 대기` 스마트" " 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -8404,6 +9195,8 @@ msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"총액 = 규칙~배송~비용 + (증거~금~율 \\규칙~배송~비용) + 추가~마진\n" +"\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:140 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" @@ -8511,17 +9304,17 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`총 주문 중량`에 정의된 금액은 제품 양식에 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송비는 *판매 주문 항목*에 배송 방법 양식에 자세히 설명된 :guilabel:`배송 품목`으로 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:195 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고정 요금 '$200'의 배송 상품인 '가구 배송'이 판매 주문 'S00088'에 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문 항목에 배송 주문을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "Delivery order" @@ -8534,10 +9327,12 @@ msgid "" "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" +"판매 주문에 추가된 배송 방법은 배송 주문의 배송업체 세부 정보에 연결됩니다. 배송 자체에 배송 방법을 추가하거나 변경하려면 " +":guilabel:`추가 정보` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송업체` 필드를 수정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 양식의 배송업체 정보입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" @@ -8748,10 +9543,12 @@ msgid "" "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`서비스 포인트` 옆의 확인란을 선택하고 이 통합에 사용할 배송 서비스를 선택합니다. 저장하면 " +":guilabel:`공개 및 비밀 키`가 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sendcloud 통합 설정 및 자격 증명 받기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -8767,10 +9564,12 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" +"Sendcloud 계정을 설정했으면 이제 Odoo 데이터베이스를 구성할 차례입니다. 시작하려면 Odoo의 :guilabel:`앱` 모듈로" +" 이동하여 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송` 통합을 검색하여 설치하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 앱 모듈의 Sendcloud 배송 모듈입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" @@ -8783,6 +9582,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" +"설치가 완료되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송` " +"모듈을 활성화합니다. guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터` 설정은 :guilabel:`배송 커넥터` 섹션 아래에서 찾을 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -8790,6 +9592,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sendcloud 커넥터`를 활성화한 후, 나열된 커넥터 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`Sendcloud 배송 " +"방법` 링크를 클릭합니다. guilabel:`배송 방법` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -8797,11 +9601,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 배송 --> 배송 방법`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`배송 방법`에 " +"액세스할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`새 배송 방법` 양식에 다음 필드를 입력합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." @@ -8810,7 +9616,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`배송 방법`: `Sendcloud DPD`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`공급업체`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`Sendcloud`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -9017,7 +9823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "개인 배송업체 계약을 사용하는 경우" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -9075,7 +9881,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "타사 배송업체를 통합하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9126,7 +9932,7 @@ msgstr "배송 방법의 **이름**을 변경할 수 있습니다. 이 이름은 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용할 준비가 되면 **배송 사용**에 플래그를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9380,7 +10186,7 @@ msgstr "연락처 정보 확인" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**액세스 키 요청** 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -9417,7 +10223,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`바코드 앱을 사용하여 피킹하기 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -9440,7 +10246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 관리 > 환경설정 > 설정에서 *일괄 이송*을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -9449,8 +10255,8 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"일괄 피킹은 Odoo에서 *피킹*작업을 최적화하므로 이 설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 " -"경로` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`창고` 옵션을 반드시 체크해야 합니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." +"일괄 피킹은 Odoo에서 *피킹*작업을 최적화하므로 이 설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`보관 " +"위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션을 반드시 체크해야 합니다. 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 @@ -9481,16 +10287,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`2단계 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:132 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`3단계 배송 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2단계 또는 3단계 배송을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" @@ -9519,36 +10325,39 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`담당자`: 피킹에 배정된 직원. 모든 작업자가 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업 유형`: 드롭다운 메뉴에서 피킹이 분류되는 작업 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`예정 날짜`: :guilabel:`책임자`가 출고 위치로 이송을 완료해야 하는 날짜를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :guilabel:`이송` 목록에서 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`추가: 이송` 창을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`작업 유형` 필드가 채워진 경우 목록에서 선택한 :guilabel:`작업 유형`과 일치하는 전송 레코드를 " +"필터링합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 이송을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이송 레코드가 선택되면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 일괄 피킹을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -9556,10 +10365,12 @@ msgid "" " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" +"`피킹` :guilabel:`작업 유형`에 대한 새 일괄 이송이 :guilabel:`담당자`, `조엘 윌리스`로 지정되었습니다. " +":guilabel:`예정 날짜`는 `8월 11일`로 설정되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*일괄 이동* 양식 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -9567,6 +10378,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`항목 추가` 버튼을 클릭하면 선택 항목만 표시되는 :guilabel:`추가:이송` 창이 열립니다. 이는 일괄 이송 " +"양식에서 :guilabel:`작업 유형`이 `선택`으로 설정되었기 때문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9579,11 +10392,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Add:이송* 창에서 여러 개의 이송을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이동 목록에서 배치 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -9614,7 +10427,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*작업* 버튼 목록에서 *배치에 추가* 버튼을 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 @@ -9852,6 +10665,7 @@ msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" +"클러스터 피킹은 :ref:`배치 피킹 `에서 파생된 고급 주문 처리 방식입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -9860,6 +10674,8 @@ msgid "" "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" +"이 전략에서는 피커가 여러 패키지를 카트에 적재하고 각 패키지를 특정 *판매 주문* (SO)에 할당합니다. 그 후 피커는 각 보관 위치로" +" 이동하여 관련 주문에 해당하는 패키지에 제품을 직접 배치합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -9867,6 +10683,8 @@ msgid "" "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" +"이 방법은 피킹 후 제품을 고객용 패키지로 분류할 필요가 없으므로 주문량이 많고 고유 제품 수가 상대적으로 적은 중간 규모 기업에 특히 " +"효율적입니다. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9874,29 +10692,31 @@ msgid "" "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" +"클러스터 피킹에는 몇 가지 단점이 있습니다. 긴급한 주문에 대해 우선순위를 지정할 수 없으며, 배치를 수동으로 미리 계획해야 하므로 피킹" +" 프로세스 중에 병목 현상이 발생할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|판매주문서| 1은 사과와 오렌지 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|판매주문서| 2는 사과와 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|판매주문서| 3은 사과와 오렌지, 바나나 1개가 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사과는 선반 A에, 오렌지는 선반 B에, 바나나는 선반 C에 보관합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "한 번에 세 건의 주문에 대한 제품을 피킹하기 위해 카트에는 빈 패키지 세 개가 적재됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9905,6 +10725,9 @@ msgid "" "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" +"피커는 선반 A에서 시작하여 각 패키지에 사과를 포장합니다. 그런 다음 선반 B로 이동하여 |판매주문서| 1과 |판매주문서| 3에 할당된" +" 패키지에 오렌지를 추가합니다. 마지막으로 피커는 선반 C로 이동하여 |판매주문서| 2와 |판매주문서| 3의 패키지에 각각 바나나를 " +"적재합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9912,10 +10735,12 @@ msgid "" "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" +"세 개의 |SOS|에 대한 패키지가 모두 포장되면 피커는 카트를 지정된 출고 위치로 이동합니다. 출고 위치에서 패키지는 밀봉되고 배송 " +"준비가 완료됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문 2와 3을 한 번에 처리하는 예시를 보여줍니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9924,10 +10749,12 @@ msgid "" "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" +"클러스터 선택을 활성화하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. " +":guilabel:`작업` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`패키지` 및 :guilabel:`일괄 이송` 옵션을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정에서 *패키지* 및 *일괄 이송* 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -9936,6 +10763,8 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" +"일괄 피킹은 Odoo에서 *피킹*작업을 최적화하므로 이 설정 페이지의 :guilabel:`창고` 섹션 아래의 :guilabel:`보관 " +"위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옵션을 반드시 체크해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -9943,6 +10772,8 @@ msgid "" "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" +"*보관 위치*를 사용하면 피킹할 수 있는 특정 위치에 품목을 보관할 수 있으며, *다중 단계 경로*를 사용하면 피킹 작업을 수행할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -9958,6 +10789,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`패키지` 기능이 활성화되면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 패키지`로 이동한 후 " +":guilabel:`신규` 버튼을 선택하여 새 패키지를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9965,6 +10798,8 @@ msgid "" "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" +"새 패키지 양식에서 :guilabel:`패키지 참조`는 시스템 내에서 다음으로 접근 가능한 `포장` 번호로 채워집니다. " +":guilabel:`포장 날짜`는 양식의 생성 날짜와 일치하도록 자동으로 구성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -9974,6 +10809,9 @@ msgid "" "simply used as a method of grouping products from the same |SO| together " "before they are moved to the intended shipping box at the output location." msgstr "" +"패키지가 배송 목적으로 사용되는 경우 :guilabel:`패키지 용도` 필드에 대해 :guilabel:`일회용 상자` 옵션을 선택해야 " +"합니다. 패키지가 동일한 |판매주문서|의 품목을 그룹화하는 데만 사용되며 나중에 출고 위치의 지정된 배송 상자로 옮겨질 경우 " +":guilabel:`재사용 가능한 상자` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" @@ -9986,6 +10824,8 @@ msgid "" "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" +"클러스터 피킹 워크플로에서는 패키지를 쉽게 식별할 수 있도록 `CLUSTER-PACK-3`로 이름을 지정합니다. 이 워크플로에서는 제품이" +" 원래의 배송 상자를 사용하여 직접 포장되므로 :guilabel:`패키지 용도`는 :guilabel:`일회용 상자`로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." @@ -10003,12 +10843,17 @@ msgid "" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 클러스터 피킹이 어떻게 작동하는지 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 동일한 배치에서 함께 주문 " +"처리할 |판매주문서|를 생성합니다. |판매주문서|를 확인하면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼이 표시되는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다." +" 버튼 아이콘 안에는 배송 프로세스와 관련된 단계 수를 나타내는 숫자가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" +"위의 `에 표시된 것처럼 사과, 오렌지, 바나나에 대한 세 개의 " +"|판매주문서|를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -10016,10 +10861,12 @@ msgid "" "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" +"|판매주문|을 확인하면 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼에 숫자 `2`가 표시되어 다음의 두 가지 작업을 완료해야 함을 나타냅니다:" +" `Pick` 및 `배송`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "사과, 오렌지, 바나나에 대한 판매 주문 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -10028,6 +10875,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" +"|판매주문|이 생성되었으면 다음 단계는 주문을 일괄 처리로 그룹화하는 것입니다. 이렇게 하려면 *재고 관리* 대시보드로 이동하여 배송 " +"흐름의 첫 번째 작업인 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 또는 :guilabel:`피킹`을 위한 카드를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -10035,12 +10884,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하면 배송 작업의 필터링된 목록이 :guilabel:`준비` 상태로 표시되며, 이 상태는 |판매주문|의 모든 제품이 재고가 있음을" +" 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "1단계, 2단계 또는 3단계로 배송 패키지에 대한 클러스터 피킹 배치를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:130 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" @@ -10053,6 +10904,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"관련 발신 작업의 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택하여 배치에 포함시킵니다. 원하는 작업을 선택했으면 :guilabel:`⚙️ 작업(기어)` " +"버튼을 클릭하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`배치에 추가` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -10060,18 +10913,20 @@ msgid "" "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" +":ref:`위의 예시 `와 유사하게 클러스터 배치를 생성하려면 " +"2단계 출고로 구성된 창고에서 다음 피킹 작업이 선택됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:143 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00007`: 사과와 오렌지 한 개를 |판매주문서| 88로 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:144 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00008`: 사과와 바나나 한 개를 |판매주문서| 89에 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:145 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WH/PICK/00009`: 사과, 오렌지, 바나나 1개를 |판매주문서| 90에 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -10079,12 +10934,14 @@ msgid "" "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`추가` 필드에 있는 두 가지 옵션 중 하나를 선택하여 :guilabel:`기존 일괄 이송`에 추가하거나 " +":guilabel:`새 일괄 이송`을 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "나중에 승인할 초안 일괄 피킹 항목을 만들려면 :guilabel:`초안` 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:167 msgid "Process batches" @@ -10095,18 +10952,20 @@ msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" +"일괄 처리를 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 작업 --> 일괄 이송`으로 이동합니다. 배치를 클릭하여 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:172 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에 선택하려는 제품이 위치별로 그룹화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:174 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`원 패키지` 또는 :guilabel:`목적지 패키지` 필드에 피킹에 사용된 패키지를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -10115,12 +10974,15 @@ msgid "" "package>`. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" +":ref:`패키지 양식 `에서 피킹 패키지가 *재사용 가능*으로 설정된 경우 " +":guilabel:`원 패키지` 필드를 사용합니다. 이 필드는 제품을 최종 배송 상자로 옮기기 전에 피킹 프로세스 중에 컨테이너에 임시로" +" 보관할 때 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:182 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "피킹 중에 제품을 *일회용* 배송 상자에 직접 넣는 경우에는 :guilabel:`목적지 패키지` 필드를 사용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -10128,6 +10990,8 @@ msgid "" "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" +"각 피킹을 전용 패키지에 할당하여 사과, 오렌지, 바나나 세 가지 주문에 대한 클러스터 배치 :ref:`예시 " +"`를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -10135,16 +10999,18 @@ msgid "" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" +"사과의 보관 위치가 `WH/Stock/선반 A`인 경우, 세 번의 피킹에서 나온 사과를 `CLUSTER-PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-" +"PACK-2`, `CLUSTER-PACK-3` 중 하나에 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:192 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭의 :guilabel:`대상 패키지` 필드를 사용하여 Odoo에 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*재고 관리*에서 클러스터 피킹을 처리하는 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:200 msgid "In Barcode" @@ -10156,6 +11022,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" +"*바코드* 앱에서 직접 클러스터 피킹을 처리하려면 *바코드* 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`일괄 이송` 버튼을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 " +"원하는 배치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -10163,6 +11031,7 @@ msgid "" "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" +"일괄 이송 화면에서 피킹에 포함된 제품은 위치별로 그룹화되며, 각 라인은 색상으로 구분되어 동일한 피킹에 포함된 제품을 서로 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -10170,11 +11039,13 @@ msgid "" "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 안내에 따라 첫 번째 제품의 보관 위치에 해당하는 :guilabel:`원본 위치 스캔` 바코드를 입력합니다. 그런 다음 제품 " +"및 패키지의 바코드를 스캔하여 이송 프로세스를 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "모든 품목에 대해 이 프로세스를 반복하고 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -10183,16 +11054,18 @@ msgid "" "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" +"패키지 바코드를 찾으려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 패키지`로 이동한 다음 원하는 패키지를 " +"선택합니다. 패키지 양식 상단의 :guilabel:`⚙️ (기어)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`인쇄` 옵션을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:218 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 세 가지 인쇄 옵션 중 하나를 선택하고 :guilabel:`패키지 참조` 필드에서 패키지 바코드를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "패키지 바코드를 생성할 수 있는 위치를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -10201,22 +11074,27 @@ msgid "" "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" +"클러스터 피킹 처리를 시작하려면 먼저 첫 번째 보관 위치인 `선반 A`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 바코드 스캐너를 사용하여 :ref:`위치" +" 바코드 `를 스캔합니다. 이 작업은 해당 특정 위치의 제품이 필요한 모든 피킹을 강조 " +"표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" +"`사과`의 바코드를 스캔합니다. 이 작업은 피킹 (빨간색으로 표시됨)을 강조 표시하며, `WH/PICK/00007`인 사과 품목에 대한 " +"피킹입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:233 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음 `CLUSTER-PACK-1` 패키지 바코드를 스캔하여 지정된 패키지에 제품을 넣습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*바코드* 앱에서 클러스터 배치의 예입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -10224,10 +11102,12 @@ msgid "" "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" +"일괄 이송을 생성하고 피킹에 패키지를 할당할 때 Odoo는 제품 이름 아래에 *기울임체*로 이름을 표시하여 지정된 패키지를 추천합니다. " +"이렇게 하면 피킹 담당자가 지정된 상자에 제품을 정확하게 넣을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고에서 크로스도킹 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10987,16 +11867,19 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " "storage category." msgstr "" +"보관 장소 카테고리를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 보관 장소 카테고리`로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`생성`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`보관 장소 카테고리`를 " +"클릭하거나 :guilabel:`환경설정 --> 보관 장소 카테고리`로 이동하여 새 스토리지 카테고리를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리 환경설정에서 보관 장소 카테고리를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:102 msgid "" "First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "먼저 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 보관 장소 카테고리의 이름을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -11004,36 +11887,38 @@ msgid "" "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" +"다음으로 무게, 제품 또는 패키지 유형에 따라 용량을 제한하는 옵션이 있습니다. :guilabel:`새 품목 허용` 필드는 위치가 새 " +"제품을 보관할 준비가 된 것으로 간주되는 시기를 결정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`위치가 비어 있는 경우`: 해당 위치가 비어 있는 경우에만 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목이 동일한 경우`: 해당 위치에 동일한 제품이 이미 있는 경우에만 품목을 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`혼합 제품 허용`: 이 위치에 여러 가지 제품을 동시에 저장할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "보관 카테고리 설정을 저장하면 보관 카테고리를 특정 위치에 연결할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "보관 카테고리를 생성하면 창고 위치와의 연결을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:121 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" @@ -11044,30 +11929,31 @@ msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " "the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" msgstr "" +"앞서 언급한 예에서 계속하여 PAL1 및 PAL2 위치에 \"고빈도 팔레트\"를 구현하고 아래에 설명된 대로 보관 규칙을 수정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "레모네이드 캔 팔레트 하나가 도착했다고 가정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:128 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAL1과 PAL2가 비어 있으면 팔레트가 WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAL1이 가득 차면 팔레트가 WH/재고/팔레트/PAL2로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:130 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAL1과 2가 가득 차면 팔레트가 WH/재고/팔레트로 리디렉션됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "보관 카테고리는 다양한 보관 규칙에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:3 msgid "Removal strategies (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO)" @@ -11162,7 +12048,7 @@ msgstr "모든 품목에 유효기간이 있는 것은 아니지만 이 예제 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." -msgstr "" +msgstr "입고 구역을 통해 재고가 들어오는 제품입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -11407,7 +12293,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이송에 대한 세부 작업에는 제거할 로트가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:167 msgid "Using removal strategies" @@ -11457,6 +12343,9 @@ msgid "" "on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal " "strategy." msgstr "" +"이제 품목 카테고리에 대한 정확한 제거 전략을 지정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> " +"환경설정 --> 품목 카테고리`로 이동하여 제거 전략을 정의할 품목 카테고리를 선택합니다. :guilabel:`강제 제거 전략` 필드에서" +" 원하는 제거 전략을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -11465,6 +12354,8 @@ msgid "" "the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " "stock." msgstr "" +"*선한선출* (FEFO) 전략은 다른 두 가지 제거 전략과 약간 다릅니다. :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)`의 경우 제품이 처음 입고된" +" 날짜가 아닌 유통기한에 중점을 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -11474,6 +12365,9 @@ msgid "" " Those three lots have the following numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, " ":guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each with five boxes in it." msgstr "" +"예를 들어 6개의 달걀 상자로 구성된 세 개의 배치가 있다고 가정해 보겠습니다 (이 특정 사례에서는 :doc:`단위 1`을 사용해야 " +"함). 이 세 로트의 번호는 각각 5개의 상자가 들어 있는 :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, " +":guilabel:`20003`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -11488,6 +12382,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " ":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`20001`은 7월 1일에 입고되었으며 7월 15일에 만료되고, :guilabel:`20002`는 2일에 입고되었으며" +" 7월 14일에 만료됩니다. :guilabel:`20003`은 4일에 입고되었고, 7월 21일에 만료되는 상품입니다. 한 고객이 7월 " +"5일에 6박스를 주문했습니다. :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 전략을 선택할 경우, :guilabel:`20002`에 있는 제품의 " +"만료일이 가장 가까우므로 :guilabel:`20002` 5박스와 그 다음으로 만료일이 가까운 :guilabel:`20001`1박스에 " +"대한 이송이 요청됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -11495,6 +12394,8 @@ msgid "" "Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " "has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" +"기본적으로 :abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 전략에 따라 제품의 각 판매 주문에 대해 주문 날짜를 기준으로 만료일이 가장 가까운 제품에" +" 대한 이송이 시작됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:218 msgid "Closest Location" @@ -11507,6 +12408,8 @@ msgid "" " but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " "that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" +"*가장 가까운 위치* 전략은 다른 제거 전략과 완전히 다릅니다. 이 전략은 창고 입고 날짜와는 무관하며, 대신 제품의 실제 위치를 " +"기준으로 합니다. 이 전략은 일반적으로 시간이 지나도 품질이 저하되지 않는 제품에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -11516,6 +12419,9 @@ msgid "" "is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " "alphabetic order." msgstr "" +"이 방법은 창고 작업자가 가까운 위치에서 제품을 사용할 수 있는 경우 재고의 아래쪽까지 장시간 이동하는 것을 방지하는 데 목적이 " +"있습니다. 이 방식은 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 설정이 활성화된 경우에만 사용할 수 있습니다. 가장 가까운 위치는 알파벳 순서로 " +"결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:230 msgid "Use removal strategies" @@ -11529,10 +12435,13 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" +"특정 유닛을 다른 유닛과 구별하려면 *로트* 또는 *일련 번호*로 유닛을 추적해야 합니다. 이를 위해 :menuselection:`재고 " +"관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`보관 위치`, :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 및" +" :guilabel:`로트 및 일련 번호` 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Removal strategy on a product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 카테고리에 대한 제거 전략." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -11544,12 +12453,18 @@ msgid "" "the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new " "filter if desired." msgstr "" +"로트/일련 번호가 할당된 모든 제품을 보려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련 번호`로 " +"이동합니다. 그러면 로트 또는 일련 번호가 할당된 모든 제품의 드롭다운 메뉴가 표시되는 페이지가 열리며, 처음에는 *제품*을 기준으로 " +"필터링됩니다. 이러한 제품을 필터링하는 데 사용되는 카테고리를 수정하려면 페이지 오른쪽 상단의 검색 창에서 :guilabel:`품목`을 " +"클릭하여 기본 필터를 제거하고 원하는 경우 새 필터를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n" "numbers." msgstr "" +"품목을 선택한 다음 로트/일련 번호를 선택하면 로트 또는 일련 번호와 관련된 모든 제품을 \n" +"볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -11561,6 +12476,10 @@ msgid "" "Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected " "for that specific product for the delivery order." msgstr "" +"판매 주문에 대해 선택된 일련 번호를 확인하려면 :guilabel:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 관련 판매 주문을 선택합니다. 판매 주문 " +"내에서 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`작업` 탭에서 특정 제품의 맨 " +"오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`⦙≣ (세부 작업)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 배송 주문에서 해당 특정 제품에 대해 " +"선택한 로트 또는 일련 번호가 표시된 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:260 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" @@ -11574,6 +12493,8 @@ msgid "" "cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles " "in stock." msgstr "" +"FIFO (선입선출) 제거 전략은 창고에 먼저 입고되는 제품이 먼저 제거되는 방식입니다. 의류와 같이 수요 주기가 짧은 제품을 취급할 때" +" 이 방법을 선택하면 오래된 스타일이 재고로 남는 것을 방지할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -11582,16 +12503,19 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are" " listed with the amounts." msgstr "" +"이 예시에서는 *모든/의류* 카테고리에 속하는 흰색 셔츠 로트 3개가 있으며, *선입선출* 제거 전략이 적용되었습니다. " +":guilabel:`재고 평가 보고서`에는 이러한 셔츠에 대한 다양한 입고 내역이 각각의 수량과 함께 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 평가 보고서의 흰색 셔츠 로트 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:275 msgid "" "Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and " "lot `000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "" +"로트 `000001`은 셔츠 5개, 로트 `000002`는 셔츠 3개, 로트 `000003`은 셔츠 2개로 구성되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -11604,6 +12528,11 @@ msgid "" "`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"제거 전략이 실제로 작동하는지 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 판매 " +"주문을 시작합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 " +":guilabel:`제품 추가`를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품 (이 예제에서는 :guilabel:`흰 셔츠`)을 선택하거나 필드에" +" 제품 이름을 입력합니다. guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량 (이 예제에서는 `6.00`)을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을" +" 클릭하고 이어서 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -11613,10 +12542,13 @@ msgid "" "`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the " "customer." msgstr "" +"판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 주문이 생성되고 피킹 프로세스에 연결됩니다. 가장 오래된 로트 번호를 예약하기 위해 :abbr:`FIFO " +"(선입선출)` 전략이 사용됩니다. 그 후 `000001` 로트의 셔츠 5개와 `000002` 로트의 셔츠 1개가 모두 고객에게 배송되도록" +" 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "선입선출 전략으로 판매 주문을 위해 두 개의 로트가 예약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:295 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" @@ -11630,6 +12562,9 @@ msgid "" "first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no " "time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates." msgstr "" +":abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 제거 전략은 :abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 전략과 **반대** 방식으로 작동합니다. 이 " +"방식에서는 **가장 최근에** 입고된 상품이 가장 먼저 출고됩니다. 이 방법은 주로 유통기한이 없고 유통기한과 같이 시간에 민감한 고려 " +"사항이 적용되지 않는 제품에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -11638,16 +12573,20 @@ msgid "" "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" +"이 예제에서는 *모든/건축 자재* 카테고리 내에 콘크리트 블록 로트 3개가 있으며, *FIFO* 제거 전략을 사용합니다. " +":guilabel:`재고 평가 보고서`에는 이러한 콘크리트 블록에 대한 개별 입고 내역이 각각의 수량과 함께 열거되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 평가 보고서의 콘크리트 블록 로트 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:310 msgid "" "Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder" " blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks." msgstr "" +"로트 `000020`에는 콘크리트 블록 3개, 로트 `000030`에는 콘크리트 블록 5개, 로트 `0000400`에는 콘크리트 블록 " +"4개가 들어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -11657,6 +12596,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product" " category form." msgstr "" +":abbr:`LIFO (선입선출)` 전략의 작동 방식을 확인하려면 먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 -->" +" 품목 카테고리`로 이동합니다. 편집할 제품 카테고리 (이 예제에서는 :guilabel:`모든/건축 자재` 카테고리)를 선택하면 품목 " +"카테고리 양식이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -11664,10 +12606,12 @@ msgid "" "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First " "Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" +"품목 카테고리 양식의 :guilabel:`물류` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`강제 제거 전략`을 " +":guilabel:`선입선출(LIFO)`로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "강제 제거 전략으로 설정된 선입선출 (LIFO) 전략." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -11680,6 +12624,11 @@ msgid "" "`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +"제거 전략이 실제로 작동하는 것을 확인하려면 :menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하여" +" 판매 주문을 생성합니다. 그런 다음 제공된 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택합니다. 이어서 :guilabel:`주문 " +"항목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품을 선택하거나 (이 예제에서는 " +":guilabel:`콘크리트 벽돌`을 선택) 해당 필드에 제품 이름을 직접 입력합니다. :guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량 (예: " +"`5.00`)을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 누르고 이어서 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -11689,10 +12638,13 @@ msgid "" " lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be" " sent to the customer." msgstr "" +"판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 주문이 생성되고 피킹 프로세스에 연결됩니다. 최신 로트 번호를 예약하기 위해 :abbr:`LIFO " +"(후입선출)` 전략이 적용됩니다. 따라서 로트 `0000400`의 콘크리트 블록 4개와 로트 `000030`의 콘크리트 블록 1개가 모두" +" 고객에게 배송되도록 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "후입선출 전략으로 두 개의 로트가 판매 예약되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:344 msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" @@ -11707,6 +12659,9 @@ msgid "" "products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is " "used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products." msgstr "" +":abbr:FEFO (선한선출)` 제거 전략은 창고 입고 날짜가 아닌 **유통기한**을 기준으로 제품을 제거하는 데 중점을 두기 때문에 " +":abbr:`FIFO (선입선출)` 및 :abbr:`LIFO (후입선출)` 전략과 차별화됩니다. 이 접근 방식에서는 유통기한이 가장 빠른" +" 제품이 우선적으로 제거되기 때문에 의약품, 식품, 미용 제품 등 부패하기 쉬운 상품에 특히 적합합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -11716,12 +12671,15 @@ msgid "" "product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with" " removal dates." msgstr "" +"로트는 가장 빠른 날짜부터 최근 날짜까지 **제거 날짜**를 기준으로 선택됩니다. 제거 날짜는 제품을 재고에서 제거해야 하는 만료일 " +"*전* 일수를 지정합니다. 제거 날짜는 품목 양식에서 설정할 수 있습니다. 제거 날짜가 정의되지 않은 로트는 제거 날짜가 설정된 로트 " +"다음으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:358 msgid "" "If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are " "past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품을 필요한 시점에 재고에서 즉시 제거하지 않으면 만료일이 지난 로트가 여전히 배송 주문에 선택될 위험이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:362 msgid "" @@ -11729,6 +12687,8 @@ msgid "" "dates <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>` " "document." msgstr "" +"만료일에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`만료일 " +"<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>` 문서를 참조하세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -11738,6 +12698,9 @@ msgid "" "different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as " "for lot numbers containing many products." msgstr "" +"먼저 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`유효기간`이 활성화되어 " +"있는지 확인합니다. guilabel:`만료일` 설정이 활성화되면 개별 일련번호 제품뿐만 아니라 여러 제품이 포함된 로트 번호에 대해 서로" +" 다른 만료일을 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -11746,6 +12709,8 @@ msgid "" "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" +"이 예제에는 *모든/건강 및 미용* 카테고리 내에 핸드크림 로트 3개가 있으며, *선한선출* 제거 전략을 활용합니다. " +":guilabel:`재고 평가 보고서`에는 이러한 핸드크림에 대한 입고 내역이 각각의 수량과 함께 열거되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -11753,12 +12718,15 @@ msgid "" "`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot" " `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31." msgstr "" +"로트 `0000001`은 9월 30일에 만료되는 핸드크림 20튜브로 구성되어 있습니다. 로트 `0000002`는 유통기한이 11월 " +"30일인 핸드크림 튜브 10개로 구성되어 있고, 로트 `0000003`은 10월 31일에 유통기한이 만료되는 핸드크림 튜브 10개로 " +"구성되어 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory " "report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 보고서에서 핸드크림 로트 번호와 만료일을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -11768,10 +12736,13 @@ msgid "" " select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration " "date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"유효기간은 수령한 제품을 확인할 때 입력하거나 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 로트/일련 번호`로 이동하여" +" 제품에 설정할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하고 일련번호를 입력한 후 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품을 선택합니다. 다음으로 " +":guilabel:`날짜` 탭에서 만료일을 지정합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." -msgstr "" +msgstr "0000001에 대한 제거 날짜 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:391 msgid "" @@ -11781,6 +12752,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product " "category form." msgstr "" +":abbr:`FEFO (선한선출)` 전략의 기능을 확인하려면 먼저 :menuseelction:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 품목" +" 카테고리`로 이동합니다. 편집할 품목 카테고리(예: :guilabel:`전체/건강 및 뷰티` 카테고리)를 선택하면 품목 카테고리 양식이" +" 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:396 msgid "" @@ -11788,10 +12762,12 @@ msgid "" "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired," " First Out)`." msgstr "" +"품목 카테고리 양식의 :guilabel:`물류` 섹션 아래에서 :guilabel:`강제 제거 전략`을 :abbr:`FEFO " +"(선한선출)`로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 카테고리에 설정된 FEFO 강제 제거 전략입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -11803,6 +12779,11 @@ msgid "" " quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then" " click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`판매 앱`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`생성`을 선택하여 판매 주문을 생성합니다. 그런 다음 드롭다운 " +"메뉴에서 :guilabel:`고객`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`주문 항목` 탭에서 :guilabel:`품목 추가`를 " +"클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품 (예: :guilabel:`핸드크림`)을 선택하거나 필드에 제품 이름을 입력합니다. " +":guilabel:`수량` 필드에 수량 (예: `25.00`)을 입력한 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 선택하고 마지막으로 " +":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -11813,14 +12794,17 @@ msgid "" "selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab in the sales order." msgstr "" +"판매 주문이 확인되면 배송 주문이 생성되고 피킹 프로세스에 연결됩니다. 먼저 만료되는 로트 번호를 예약하기 위해 :abbr:`FEFO " +"(선한선출)` 전략이 적용됩니다. 따라서 `0000001` 로트의 핸드크림 20개 튜브와 `0000003` 로트의 5개 튜브가 모두 " +"고객에게 발송되도록 선택되며, 자세한 내용은 판매 주문의 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문에 대해 선택된 핸드크림 로트 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "가상 위치를 사용하여 여러 창고에서 재고 판매하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11828,6 +12812,8 @@ msgid "" "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" +"하나의 창고에서 재고를 관리하고 제품을 판매하는 것이 소규모 기업에는 적합할 수 있지만, 대규모 기업에서는 여러 위치에 있는 여러 " +"창고에서 재고를 관리하고 판매할 수 있는 기능이 필요할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -11836,6 +12822,8 @@ msgid "" " warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " "locations*." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 단일 판매 주문에 포함된 제품을 두 개 이상의 창고에서 재고를 가져올 수 있습니다. *가상 위치*를 활용하면 판매 수요를 " +"충족하기 위해 여러 창고에서 제품을 가져오는 프로세스가 용이해집니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11844,6 +12832,8 @@ msgid "" " Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " "app." msgstr "" +"창고에 가상 위치를 설정하고 다음 단계를 진행하려면 :menuselection:`설정` 앱에서 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 " +":guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 기능을 사용하도록 설정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -11852,10 +12842,13 @@ msgid "" "next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"이러한 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`창고` " +"섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한 다음 :guilabel:`보관 위치` 및 :guilabel:`다중 단계 경로` 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다. 그런 " +"다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:23 msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "가상 상위 위치 생성 및 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11863,6 +12856,8 @@ msgid "" " created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " "the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" +"가상 재고 위치를 생성하기 전에 새 창고를 생성해야 합니다. 새로 생성된 창고는 *가상* 창고로 작동하며 다른 물리적 창고의 *상위* " +"위치 역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -11872,6 +12867,8 @@ msgid "" "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" +"가상 창고는 여러 개의 물리적 창고를 운영하는 기업에게 적합합니다. 특히 한 창고에서 특정 제품의 재고가 부족한 반면 다른 창고에는 " +"재고가 남아 있는 경우에 유용합니다. 이러한 경우 두 개 이상의 창고에 있는 재고를 활용하여 단일 판매 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11879,6 +12876,8 @@ msgid "" "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" +"\"가상\" 창고는 회사의 물리적 창고에 저장된 모든 재고를 통합하는 단일 애그리게이터 역할을 하며, 특히 추적성을 목적으로 Odoo에서" +" 위치 계층을 설정하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 @@ -11893,6 +12892,9 @@ msgid "" "warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"새 창고 생성을 시작하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 창고`로 이동한 후 :guilabel:`생성`을" +" 클릭합니다. 그 후 창고 :guilabel:`이름` 및 :guilabel:`별칭`을 수정할 수 있으며, 창고 세부 정보는 " +":guilabel:`창고 구성` 탭에서 추가로 조정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11904,30 +12906,36 @@ msgid "" "depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " "individual products or product categories." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`1단계`, :guilabel:`2단계`, :guilabel:`3단계` 라디오 버튼" +" 중 하나를 선택하여 :guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송`을 처리하는 데 사용되는 단계 수를 지정합니다. " +":guilabel:`입고 배송` 및 :guilabel:`출고 배송`에 대한 선택 사항은 창고의 조달 프로세스와 일치해야 하며 개별 품목 " +"또는 품목 카테고리에 따라 다를 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:55 msgid "" ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`입고 및 배송을 처리하는 데 적합한 플로우를 선택하는 방법은 무엇인가요? " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:58 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " "warehouse resupplies its inventory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재고 보충` 섹션 아래에서 창고에서 재고를 보충하는 방법을 설정합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" " from this warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`하청업체 재공급`: 이 창고에 있는 부품을 하청업체에 재공급합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " "can be manufactured in this warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`제조 후 재공급`: 제품이 제조되면 이 창고 내에서 생산할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11936,18 +12944,20 @@ msgid "" "first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " "location first, and then transfer it to the production location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`제조`: 즉시 생산하려면 부품을 생산 위치로 직접 이동하고 제조 프로세스를 시작합니다. 또는 먼저 피킹한 다음 " +"생산하려면 먼저 재고에서 입력 위치로 부품을 언로드한 다음 생산 위치로 옮깁니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" " to this warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급 구매`: 제품을 구매하면 재공급을 위해 이 창고로 직접 배송할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " "warehouse from another chosen warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`재공급처`: 지정된 다른 창고에서 이 창고를 재공급하는 경로를 자동으로 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11955,17 +12965,19 @@ msgid "" "form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" " is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." msgstr "" +"*경로*는 :guilabel:`창고` 양식에서 :guilabel:`경로` 스마트 버튼을 클릭하여 직접 설정 및 구성할 수 있습니다. " +"창고가 구성되면 가상 *위치*를 생성할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 창고 생성을 위한 편집 화면입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "" "In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " "*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" " physical stock locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 가상 창고를 두 *하위* 위치 창고의 *상위* 위치로 지정하려면 실제 재고 위치가 있는 두 창고를 구성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" @@ -11985,7 +12997,7 @@ msgstr "**하위 창고**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: `창고 A` 및 `창고 B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" @@ -11993,7 +13005,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`위치`: `WHA/Stock` 및 `WHB/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:95 msgid "Create a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "가상의 상위 위치 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -12001,6 +13013,8 @@ msgid "" "there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " "the *virtual parent location* warehouse." msgstr "" +"여러 창고에서 재고를 가져와 판매 주문을 처리하려면 *가상 상위 위치* 창고 아래에 최소 **2개** 창고를 *하위 위치*로 설정해야 " +"합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -12010,6 +13024,9 @@ msgid "" " created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " "warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." msgstr "" +"*위치*를 생성하고 편집하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 환경설정 --> 위치`로 이동합니다. 이전에 생성한 가상 " +"창고의 *재고* :guilabel:`위치`를 포함하여 모든 :guilabel:`위치`가 여기에 표시됩니다. 가상 창고 (:dfn:`창고 " +"이름/재고`)에 해당하는 *재고* :guilabel:`위치`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -12017,6 +13034,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " ":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"다음으로, :guilabel:`추가 정보` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`위치 유형`을 :guilabel:`내부 위치`에서 " +":guilabel:`보기`로 수정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -12024,16 +13043,18 @@ msgid "" "used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " "*child locations*." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하면 이 :guilabel:`위치`가 *가상 위치*로 식별되며, 이 위치는 창고에 대한 계층 구조를 만들고 해당 *하위 위치*를 " +"집계하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:113 msgid "" "Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " "Type`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목은 :guilabel:`보기` :guilabel:`위치 유형`에 보관할 수 *없습니다*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "위치 생성 화면의 창고 위치 유형입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:120 msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" @@ -12046,6 +13067,8 @@ msgid "" "first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" " be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"이동 경로를 통해 :guilabel:`위치` 개요로 돌아가서 :guilabel:`검색창`에서 필터를 모두 제거합니다. 그런 다음 이전에 " +"*하위 위치*로 생성한 첫 번째 물리적 창고 :guilabel:`위치`를 선택하고 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -12054,6 +13077,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" " warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`상위 위치` 아래의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 가상 창고를 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 " +"적용합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`위치` 개요로 다시 이동하여 두 번째 실제 창고 재고 위치에 대해 이 과정을 반복합니다. 변경" +" 사항을 적용하려면 :guilabel:`저장`을 다시 클릭해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -12063,10 +13089,12 @@ msgid "" "(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " "location*)." msgstr "" +"이제 두 위치가 모두 가상 창고 *상위 위치*의 *하위 위치*로 설정됩니다. 이렇게 하면 한 위치에 재고가 충분하지 않은 경우 여러 " +"위치에서 재고를 가져와 단일 판매 주문을 처리할 수 있습니다. (두 위치가 모두 동일한 가상 창고 *상위 위치*에 연결되어 있는 경우)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "흐름 예시: 가상 창고에서 제품 판매" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -12075,6 +13103,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " "in each warehouse, respectively." msgstr "" +"이 플로우에서 가상 *상위* 위치를 사용하여 여러 창고에서 제품을 판매하려면 최소 **2개** 제품과 최소 **2개** 창고가 구성되어 " +"있어야 합니다. 각 창고에 재고 수량이 있는 제품이 각각 최소 **1개** 이상 있어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -12084,6 +13114,9 @@ msgid "" "quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" +"새 견적 요청(RFQ)을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`판매` 앱으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`견적` 개요에서 " +":guilabel:`생성`을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`고객`을 지정하여 새 견적에 대한 세부 정보를 입력한 다음 " +":guilabel:`제품 추가`를 클릭하여 두 창고에 저장된 두 제품을 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -12093,6 +13126,9 @@ msgid "" "warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " "quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 판매 주문 양식에서 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`배송` 섹션에서 " +":guilabel:`창고` 필드의 값을 앞서 생성한 가상 창고로 변경합니다. 창고를 변경한 후 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 " +"견적을 판매 주문으로 변환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -12102,6 +13138,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" " virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" +"이제 견적이 판매 주문으로 확인되었으므로 :guilabel:`배송` 스마트 버튼을 선택합니다. 창고 배송 양식에서 " +":guilabel:`원본 위치` 값이 판매 주문의 :guilabel:`창고` 필드 값과 일치하는지 확인합니다. 두 값 모두 가상 창고 " +"위치를 나타내야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -12110,6 +13149,8 @@ msgid "" "order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " "order to be pulled from different warehouses." msgstr "" +"창고 배송 양식의 :guilabel:`원 위치`'와 판매 주문 양식의 :guilabel:`기타 정보` 탭에 있는 " +":guilabel:`창고`가 일치해야 판매 주문에 포함된 제품을 다른 창고에서 가져올 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -12117,12 +13158,14 @@ msgid "" " field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" " change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"가상 창고가 창고 배송 양식의 :guilabel:`원 위치` 필드에 있는 값이 아닌 경우 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 변경한 " +"다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:166 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" " on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "가상 창고가 판매 주문의 :guilabel:`창고` 필드에 있는 값이 아닌 경우 새 견적을 생성해야 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -12131,10 +13174,12 @@ msgid "" " correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" " all settings/configuration were done properly." msgstr "" +"판매 주문 양식에 :guilabel:`창고` 필드가 누락된 경우 가상 창고 (및 해당 하위 창고)가 올바르게 구성되지 않았을 수 " +"있습니다. 이러한 경우 위에 제공된 문서를 검토하여 모든 설정과 구성이 정확하게 구현되었는지 확인하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "원본과 하위 위치가 일치하는 배송 주문." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -12143,6 +13188,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " "that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." msgstr "" +"마지막으로 창고 배송 양식 내에서 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 탭으로 이동하여 각 제품의 :guilabel:`출발지` 열 아래의 " +"*위치* 값이 가상 *상위 위치*와 연결된 *하위 위치*와 일치하는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -12151,6 +13198,8 @@ msgid "" "*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " "there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." msgstr "" +"드롭다운 메뉴에서 제품의 출발지 *위치*를 확인하려면 :guilabel:`내부 링크 (화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭하여 *위치* 정보를 " +"펼칩니다. 필요한 경우 여기에서 변경할 수 있습니다(해당 위치의 제품에 대한 재고 수량이 있는 경우)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -12159,6 +13208,8 @@ msgid "" " order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " "invoice for the sales order." msgstr "" +"모든 설정이 올바르게 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인`을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하여 배송을 확인합니다. 그런 " +"다음 이동 경로를 통해 판매 주문 양식으로 돌아와서 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 클릭하여 판매 주문에 대한 송장을 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -12167,14 +13218,16 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" +"가상 *상위* 위치를 판매 주문의 기본 창고로 사용하려면 각 영업사원은 직원 양식의 :guilabel:`기본 창고` 옆의 드롭다운 " +"메뉴에서 가상 창고를 할당할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "직원 양식의 기본 창고 위치." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "측정 단위, 포장 및 패키지" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12183,6 +13236,8 @@ msgid "" " are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " "configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 구매, 보관, 판매되는 제품의 수량을 정의하는 다양한 방법이 있습니다. *측정 단위*, *패키지*, *포장*은 모두 재고 " +"흐름을 간소화하는 데 기여하며, 제품이 창고에 들어오고 나갈 때 다양한 구성을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 msgid "Units of measure" @@ -12195,6 +13250,8 @@ msgid "" "time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " "example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." msgstr "" +"*측정 단위 (UoM)*는 단위, 무게, 시간 또는 크기를 포함하여 제품을 정량화하고 관리하는 데 사용되는 다양한 표준을 나타냅니다. " +"예를 들어, 무게의 경우 킬로그램, 파운드, 온스, 그램 등을 포함하는 다양한 :abbr:`UoM(측정 단위)`을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -12202,10 +13259,12 @@ msgid "" "specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " "selling products." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 제품 구매와 판매 모두에 대해 서로 다른 :abbr:`UoM (측정 단위)`을 지정하여 재고 관리와 공급업체 구매를 " +"간소화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 판매와 구매에 대한 측정 단위를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -12214,24 +13273,26 @@ msgid "" "automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " "orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." msgstr "" +"제품 양식에 기본 :guilabel:`단위` 및 :guilabel:`구매 단위`가 설정되어 있으면 Odoo는 제품의 구매/판매 주문서 및" +" 해당 배송 주문서/영수증에 있는 다양한 단위의 변환을 자동으로 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:29 msgid "" "The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " "category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "유일한 조건은 모든 단위가 *동일한 카테고리* (단위, 무게, 부피, 길이 등)에 속해야 한다는 것입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:33 msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`밧줄`에 대한 품목 양식에서 다음 필드는 다음과 같이 설정됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`측정 단위``는 `ft`(피트)로," #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`구매 측정 단위는 `cm`(센티미터) 단위입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -12239,10 +13300,12 @@ msgid "" "to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " "in centimeters." msgstr "" +"공급업체가 밧줄을 `cm` 단위로 판매하므로 :abbr:`PO (구매주문서)`에 수량을 표시하는 데 :guilabel:`단위`는 " +"센티미터로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품인 밧줄의 구매주문서를 센티미터 단위로 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -12253,6 +13316,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " "automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" +"abbr:`PO (발주서)`를 확인하면 제품 수량 (현재 표시되는 :guilabel:`수요` 열 아래에 위치)이 구매 :abbr:`UoM" +" (측정 단위)`에서 :guilabel:`단위`로 변환됩니다. 그 후 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 제품을 수령하면 " +":guilabel:`완료` 열의 수량이 :guilabel:`수요` 열에 맞게 자동으로 조정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -12260,16 +13326,18 @@ msgid "" " `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " "the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." msgstr "" +"`밧줄`에 대한 *입고*에서 수량은 내부/재고 :guilabel:`단위` 값에 맞게 발주서에 요청된 `500cm`에서 `16.40ft`로" +" 자동 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." -msgstr "" +msgstr "창고 입고 시 로프 수량은 cm에서 ft로 변환됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:61 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`다른 측정 단위 사용 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 msgid "Packages" @@ -12282,6 +13350,8 @@ msgid "" "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" +"패키지는 피킹에서 하나 또는 여러 개의 제품을 담는 물리적 컨테이너 역할을 하며, 일반적으로 출고 배송이나 내부 이동에 사용됩니다. " +"이러한 패키지는 재사용이 가능하거나 일회용 (배송) 상자가 될 수 있으며 특정 제품에 **특정되지** 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -12290,6 +13360,8 @@ msgid "" "containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" +"재사용 가능한 상자는 포장 또는 배송 구역으로 향하는 피킹 프로세스 중에 제품을 임시로 보관하는 데 사용됩니다. 일회용 박스는 실제 배송" +" 용기 (예: 판지 상자, 봉투, 배송용 가방 등)입니다. 후자는 고객에게 제품을 배송하는 데 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -12299,6 +13371,9 @@ msgid "" " into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" " of erasers." msgstr "" +"판매주문 (SO)에 포함된 여러 품목을 서로 다른 패키지로 분할하여 제품을 쉽게 취급할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 연필 20박스와 지우개" +" 4박스로 구성된 :abbr:`SO (판매주문)`를 두 개의 개별 패키지로 분리할 수 있습니다. 그러면 각 패키지에는 연필 10박스와 " +"지우개 2박스가 들어갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -12306,6 +13381,8 @@ msgid "" "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" +"제품을 균등하게 나눌 필요는 없습니다. abbr:`SO(판매 주문)`의 요구 사항을 충족하는 데 필요한 만큼의 패키지로 분할할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -12313,6 +13390,8 @@ msgid "" "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 각 패키지의 제품 수량을 기록해야 하므로 각 품목이 어떤 패키지로 배송되는지 등 각 제품에 대한 전체 이력을 확인할 수 " +"있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -12321,6 +13400,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" +"이 방법을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 작업`으로 이동하여 " +":guilabel:`패키지` 옵션이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. :guilabel:`패키지` 확인란을 클릭한 다음 " +":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -12328,10 +13410,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" " :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"배송 주문에서 :guilabel:`≣ (세부 작업)` 탭의 각 제품 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 아이콘을 클릭하고 사용할 " +"패키지를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 항목의 오른쪽에 있는 세부 작업 아이콘을 찾아보세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -12340,6 +13424,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" +"제품의 :guilabel:`≣ (세부 작업)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 팝업 창이 열립니다. 이 창에서는 사용자 지정 가능한 제품 항목 위에 " +":guilabel:`품목` 이름, :guilabel:`수요` 및 :guilabel:`수량 완료`가 눈에 잘 띄게 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -12348,6 +13434,8 @@ msgid "" "Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " "into." msgstr "" +"여기에서 제품이 배송되는 창고 위치를 수정할 수 있으며, 제품을 어떤 패키지로 포장할지 나타내는 :guilabel:`원본 패키지` 및 " +":guilabel:`목적지 패키지`도 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -12355,10 +13443,12 @@ msgid "" "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" +"추가로 사용되는 각 패키지를 포함하려면 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`완료` 필드에 원하는 수량을 " +"입력하여 :guilabel:`대상 패키지`에 넣을 제품의 양을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:112 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "한 번의 배송으로 여러 개의 패키지를 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -12368,6 +13458,9 @@ msgid "" "This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" +"일반적으로 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`는 단일 패키지에 연결되지만, :abbr:`SO (판매 주문)` 항목의 제품 옆의 " +":guilabel:`≣ (세부 작업) 아이콘을 클릭하여 주문을 분할할 수 있습니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 각 패키지에 지정할 제품을 지정할" +" 수 있는 편집 가능한 표가 있는 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 창이 열립니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -12378,6 +13471,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" +"연필 10박스와 지우개 2박스를 동일한 :abbr:`SO (판매 주문)`으로 포장하려면 먼저 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`로 " +"이동합니다. 그런 다음 제품 오른쪽에 있는 `연필 상자` 아이콘인 :guilabel:`≣ (가로줄 4개)`를 선택합니다. 이 아이콘을 " +"클릭하면 `연필 상자` 20개와 같은 제품의 포장 방법을 지정하는 데 사용되는 `세부 작업` 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -12389,12 +13485,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " "`PACK0000007`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`완료` 필드에 `10`을 입력하여 10개의 제품을 :guilabel:`대상 패키지`에 패키징합니다. 대상 패키지를 " +"표시하려면 기존 패키지의 이름 (예: `PACK0000006`)을 :guilabel:`대상 패키지` 필드에 입력합니다. 패키지가 존재하지" +" 않는 경우, Odoo는 새 패키지를 생성하기 위해 :guilabel:`생성` 버튼을 표시합니다. 나머지 제품을 " +"`PACK0000007`과 같은 다른 패키지에 할당하려면 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " "be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "패키지에 들어가는 제품의 양을 지정할 수 있는 세부 작업 팝업이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -12402,16 +13502,18 @@ msgid "" "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " "`PACK0000007` each." msgstr "" +"`지우개 상자`에 대한 제품 항목에서 :guilabel:`세부 작업`을 선택하고, 마찬가지로 각 제품의 :guilabel:`완료` 필드에" +" 2개를 설정하여 각각 `PACK0000006` 및 `PACK0000007`과 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." -msgstr "" +msgstr "완료된 수량과 수요를 일치시키기 위해 포장하기 버튼을 누릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:143 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 항목의 모든 제품을 입력했으면 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`로 돌아갑니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -12420,6 +13522,9 @@ msgid "" "matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" +"각 패키지에 대해 제품이 선택되면 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`의 :guilabel:`완료` 수량이 업데이트됩니다. " +":guilabel:`완료` 수량이 :guilabel:`수요` 수량과 일치하면 :guilabel:`확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 배송 주문을 " +"완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -12428,6 +13533,8 @@ msgid "" " to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`포장하기` 버튼은 :abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에 있는 모든 제품을 하나의 새 패키지로 빠르게 포장하기 위한 " +"것입니다. 패키지 이름을 변경하거나 내용물을 수정하는 옵션은 :guilabel:`세부 작업` 팝업에서 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -12435,6 +13542,8 @@ msgid "" "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" +"배송 주문의 오른쪽 상단 모서리에 있는 :guilabel:`패키지` 스마트 버튼을 선택하면 별도의 페이지가 열리며, 해당 " +":abbr:`DO (배송 주문)`에 사용된 모든 패키지가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:159 msgid "Packagings" @@ -12447,6 +13556,8 @@ msgid "" "cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " "individual product form." msgstr "" +"*포장*은 제품별로 다르며 특정 제품의 여러 단위를 담는 일회용 용기와 관련이 있습니다. 패키지와 달리 포장은 재사용할 수 없으며, " +"각각의 특정 포장은 개별 제품 양식에 정의되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -12455,6 +13566,8 @@ msgid "" "`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" +"예를 들어 탄산음료 캔의 경우 6팩, 12팩, 36개입 등 다양한 패키지를 구성할 수 있습니다. 포장은 일반적인 것이 아니라 제품에 따라" +" 다르므로 탄산음료의 각 맛에 따라 '6', '12', '36' 캔 포장을 개별 제품에 구성해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 msgid "Set up packagings" @@ -12468,12 +13581,15 @@ msgid "" "check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"패키징을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`제품 패키징` 기능이 활성화되어 있는지 확인합니다. 이를 위해 :menuselection:`재고 " +"관리 앱 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`품목` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`제품 패키징` " +"옆의 확인란을 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 제품 패키징은 판매/구매 주문 및 재고 이동에 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -12481,6 +13597,8 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" +"패키징을 생성하려면 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 원하는 제품을 선택합니다. 그런 " +"다음 제품 페이지에서 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -12489,16 +13607,18 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" " should be entered:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`포장` 섹션으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`한 줄 " +"추가`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 각 포장에 대한 다음 정보를 입력해야 하는 팝업 창이 나타납니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Packaging`: 판매/구매 주문에 제품의 포장 옵션으로 표시되는 포장의 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`포함된 수량`: 포장에 들어있는 제품의 수량" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -12506,6 +13626,8 @@ msgid "" "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`바코드`: 재고 이동 또는 피킹 중에 제품의 포장을 추적하기 위해 :ref:`바코드 앱 " +"`와 함께 사용되는 식별자입니다. 사용하지 않을 경우 비워둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -12513,6 +13635,8 @@ msgid "" "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`회사`:: 선택한 회사에서만 패키징을 사용할 수 있음을 지정합니다. 모든 회사에서 패키징에 액세스할 수 있도록 하려면" +" 비워 두세요." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -12521,10 +13645,12 @@ msgid "" "quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" +"`포도맛 탄산 음료` 제품 6캔의 포장 카테고리를 설정하려면 :guilabel:`포장`을 `6팩`으로 레이블을 지정하고 " +":guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하면 나타나는 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`포함된 수량`을 `6`으로 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." -msgstr "" +msgstr " 6팩 케이스를 만듭니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -12533,18 +13659,20 @@ msgid "" "detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" +"필요한 세부 정보를 모두 입력했으면 :guilabel:`저장 후 닫기`를 선택하여 패키징을 저장하고 제품 세부 정보 양식으로 돌아가거나 " +":guilabel:`저장 후 새로 만들기`를 선택하여 패키징을 저장하고 새 팝업 창에서 다른 패키징을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:208 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 양식의 :guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 모든 품목 패키징을 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" "Inventory tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 관리 탭의 품목 페이지 양식에 지정된 대로 이름과 포함된 수량을 포함한 포장 정보를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:216 msgid "View all packagings" @@ -12569,7 +13697,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목의 다양한 패키지 목록." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:233 msgid "Apply packagings" @@ -12591,7 +13719,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문 라인에서 패키지를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -12646,7 +13774,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "웨이브에 품목 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12676,7 +13804,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "웨이브에 추가할 항목을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -12686,7 +13814,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그러면 팝업 상자가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -12925,7 +14053,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 조정 페이지의 차액 열." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -12943,6 +14071,8 @@ msgid "" "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" +"새 인벤토리 조정을 적용하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 첫 번째 방법은 페이지 맨 오른쪽 줄에 있는 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭하는 것입니다. 두 번째 방법은 줄 맨 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 클릭하는 것입니다. 이렇게 하면 페이지 상단에 새 버튼 옵션이 표시되며, 그 중 하나가 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼입니다. 대신 이 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`인벤토리 조정 참조/이유` 팝업 창이 나타납니다.\n" +"새 재고 조정을 적용하는 방법에는 두 가지가 있습니다. 첫 번째 방법은 페이지 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭하는 것입니다. 다른 방법은 줄 맨 왼쪽에 있는 확인란을 선택하는 것입니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 페이지 상단에 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 비롯한 추가 버튼 옵션이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 :guilabel:`재고 조정 참조/이유` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -13122,7 +14252,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`사용자`: 카운트를 담당하는 사용자입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -13175,7 +14305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: 창고의 전체 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -13331,7 +14461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`: 재고에 추가되는 품목입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -13431,6 +14561,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`창고` 페이지로 돌아가서 두 번째 창고에서 보충할 창고를 엽니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 " +"클릭합니다. :guilabel:`창고 구성` 탭에서 :guilabel:`공급처` 필드를 찾아 두 번째 창고 이름 옆에 있는 확인란을 " +"선택합니다. 창고를 여러 창고에서 보충할 수 있는 경우 해당 창고의 확인란도 선택해야 합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 " +"클릭하여 설정을 적용합니다. 이제 Odoo가 이 특정 창고를 재공급할 수 있는 창고에 대한 정보를 얻었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." @@ -13681,7 +14815,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "풀 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -13724,7 +14858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "푸시 규칙" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -13780,7 +14914,7 @@ msgstr "제품 제조망을 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목별 기본 위치를 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -13833,7 +14967,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리의 사전 구성된 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -13889,7 +15023,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "픽업 배송 경로 보기." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -14022,6 +15156,9 @@ msgid "" "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`풀 앤 푸시`: 이 규칙은 두 가지 다른 상황에서 피킹을 생성할 수 있습니다. 첫 번째 상황에서는 특정 위치에 제품이" +" 필요한 경우 이 요구 사항을 충족하기 위해 이전 위치에서 이송이 시작됩니다. 그 후, 이 작업은 초기 위치에서 요구 사항을 생성하고 " +"이를 충족하기 위한 규칙을 트리거합니다. 두 번째 요구 사항이 충족되면 제품이 목적지 위치로 푸시되어 모든 요구 사항이 충족됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -14319,7 +15456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`창고`: 보충할 창고입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -14358,6 +15495,10 @@ msgid "" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" +"보충 주문은 제품이 전송되는 창고에서 배송을 처리하는 것으로 시작됩니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리` 대시보드에서 출고 " +"창고와 연결된 :guilabel:`배송 주문` 카드 내의 :guilabel:`진행 대기` 버튼을 찾아 선택합니다. 그런 다음 보충을 위해" +" 생성된 배송 주문을 선택합니다. 배송 주문 페이지에서 왼쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`주문 가능 여부 확인` 버튼을 클릭하여 " +"지정된 수량의 제품을 배송 예약합니다. 배송이 완료되면 :guilabel:`승인` 버튼을 클릭하여 배송된 수량을 공식적으로 기록합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." @@ -14438,7 +15579,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "완벽하게 설정된 재주문 규칙." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -14605,7 +15746,7 @@ msgstr "재고 가치 평가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품에 추가 비용 (양륙 비용) 통합하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14685,6 +15826,11 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"양륙 비용을 공급업체 청구서에 추가한 후 (청구서 항목에서 :guilabel:`양륙 비용` 옵션을 선택하거나 청구서에 양륙 비용 제품을 " +"추가하여) 청구서 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`양륙 비용 생성` 버튼을 클릭합니다. Odoo는 :guilabel:`추가 비용` 품목 " +"항목에 지정된 양륙 비용이 미리 입력되어 있는 양륙 비용 레코드를 자동으로 생성합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 " +":guilabel:`이송` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 피킹 참조 번호를 선택하여 추가 비용이 적용될 피킹을 결정합니다. 프로세스를 완료하려면 " +":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -14744,6 +15890,9 @@ msgid "" "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" +"기본적으로 Odoo는 정기 재고 평가 (수동 재고 평가라고도 함)를 사용합니다. 이 방식은 회계 팀이 회사의 실제 재고를 기반으로 분개 " +"항목을 게시하고 창고 직원이 시간을 들여 재고 계산을 수행하는 방식입니다. Odoo에서 이 방법은 각 제품 카테고리 내에서 표시되며, " +":guilabel:`원가 계산 방법` 필드의 기본값은 `표준 가격`이고 :guilabel:`재고 평가` 필드의 기본값은 `수동`입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -14836,6 +15985,10 @@ msgid "" "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" +"**선입선출 (FIFO)**: 입출고되는 품목의 비용을 실시간으로 추적하고 제품의 실제 가격을 사용하여 자산 평가를 반영합니다. 해당 " +"제품의 전체 로트가 판매될 때까지 가장 오래된 구매 가격이 다음에 판매되는 상품의 원가로 사용됩니다. 다음 재고 로트가 대기열에서 위로 " +"이동하면 해당 특정 로트의 평가에 따라 업데이트된 제품 원가가 사용됩니다. 이 방법은 여러 가지 이유로 가장 정확한 재고 평가 방법이지만" +" 입력 데이터와 인적 오류에 매우 민감합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -14846,7 +15999,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 자동 재고 자산 평가 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -14899,6 +16052,9 @@ msgid "" "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`이 수정되면 이미 재고가 있는 제품 중 :guilabel:`표준` 원가 계산 방법을 사용하던 제품은 " +"값이 변경되지 않습니다. 대신 기존 단위는 그 값을 유지하며, 이후의 제품 이동은 평균 원가에 영향을 미쳐 제품 원가가 변동됩니다. 제품" +" 양식의 :guilabel:`비용` 필드의 값이 수동으로 변경되면 Odoo는 *재고 평가* 보고서에 해당 레코드를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -14934,7 +16090,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 자산 평가로 생성된 보고 데이터 액세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -15002,7 +16158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`재고 자산 평가 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -15026,6 +16182,11 @@ msgid "" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" +"간단한 *테이블*와 같이 들어오는 품목의 값을 모니터링하려면 품목에서 직접 카테고리를 구성합니다. 이렇게 하려면 " +":menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 원하는 제품을 선택합니다. 품목 양식 내에서 " +":guilabel:`➡️(오른쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리` 필드 옆에 클릭하면 카테고리를 편집할 수 있는 " +"내부 링크로 연결됩니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`원가 계산 방법`을 :guilabel:`선입선출 (FIFO)`로 설정하고 " +":guilabel:`재고 평가`를 :guilabel:`자동화`로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -15117,7 +16278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여러 제품을 표시하는 재고 자산 평가 보고서." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -15239,7 +16400,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 재고 자산 평가 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" @@ -15256,6 +16417,8 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 튜토리얼: 장비 유지보수 관리 `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 msgid "Equipment management" @@ -15274,6 +16437,9 @@ msgid "" "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" +"오두에서 *장비*는 제품 제조를 포함한 일상 업무에 사용되는 모든 품목을 의미합니다. 여기에는 생산 라인의 기계, 다양한 장소에서 " +"사용되는 도구 또는 사무실 공간의 컴퓨터 등이 해당됩니다. Odoo에 등록된 장비는 Odoo 데이터베이스를 사용하는 회사가 소유하거나 " +"장비 대여의 경우 공급업체와 같은 제3자가 소유할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15498,7 +16664,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서(BoM) 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -15532,10 +16698,15 @@ msgid "" "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" +"표준 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)`의 경우 :guilabel:`BoM 유형`을 :guilabel:`본 제품 제조`로 설정합니다. " +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 선택하여 최종 제품의 생산을 구성하는 다양한 부품과 각 수량을 지정합니다. abbr:`BoM" +" (자재 명세서)`을 통해 새 부품을 효율적으로 생성하거나 :menuselection:`제조 관리 --> 품목 --> 품목 --> " +"생성`으로 이동하여 미리 생성할 수 있습니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`BoM (자재 명세서)` " +"생성을 완료합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서 설정." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" @@ -15566,7 +16737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서의 품목 세부사항." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" @@ -15672,7 +16843,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서 (BoM) 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -15767,7 +16938,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "키트를 제품으로 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -15847,7 +17018,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서에서 키트를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -15865,7 +17036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "키트를 사용하여 복잡한 BoM 관리하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -15901,7 +17072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "준비가 완료되면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." @@ -16015,7 +17186,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조주문서의 수량 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -16057,7 +17228,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 이월 주문 생성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -16109,7 +17280,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "태블릿 보기의 단위 필드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -16487,13 +17658,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목 세부사항에 대한 BoM 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -16502,53 +17674,320 @@ msgstr "품목 세부선택사항 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." +msgstr "재고 관리 앱 설정에서 '품목 세부사항'을 선택합니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 -msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 +msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" +msgstr "품목 세부사항에 BoM 부품 적용하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -16610,7 +18049,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 폐기 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -16650,7 +18089,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 부품 폐기하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -16773,6 +18212,10 @@ msgid "" "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" +":guilabel:'분할'을 선택하면 :guilabel:'생산 분할' 팝업 창이 나타납니다. :guilabel:`분할 #` 필드에 원래 " +"주문을 분할할 제조 주문의 수를 입력합니다. 그런 다음 필드 외부를 클릭하면 아래에 표가 나타납니다. 이 표의 각 줄은 분할로 생성된 새" +" 제조 주문을 나타냅니다. :guilabel:`생산할 수량` 열에 각 새 제조 주문에 할당할 단위 수를 입력합니다. 마지막으로 " +":guilabel:`분할`을 클릭하여 제조 주문 분할을 실행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." @@ -16888,7 +18331,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "최상위 자재명세서 (BoM) 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -16974,7 +18417,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "최상위 제품에 대한 제조 주문입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" @@ -17093,7 +18536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**C = A + B + s**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" @@ -17113,7 +18556,7 @@ msgstr "외주업체;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**s**: 외주 서비스 비용." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -17144,10 +18587,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "추적" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " @@ -17217,6 +18656,10 @@ msgid "" "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" +"공급업체가 하청업체에서 직접 보충하기를 원하는 경우 '주문 시 하청업체 직배송' 옵션을 선택합니다. 제품 양식에서 이 옵션을 활성화하려면" +" 먼저 :menuselection:`구매 --> 환경설정 --> 설정 --> 직배송`으로 이동하여 직배송 옵션을 활성화해야 합니다. " +"하청업체에 대한 구매주문 (PO)을 확인한 후 이 경로를 통해 공급업체에서 하청업체로 직송 견적 요청 (RFQ)을 생성합니다. 이후에는 " +"직송 RFQ를 검토하고 검증하기만 하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -17364,7 +18807,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 msgid "Process finished product transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "완제품 이송 프로세스" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -17449,7 +18892,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주 생산 계획 사용" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -17486,10 +18929,13 @@ msgid "" "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" +"MPS 보기에서 *행*을 클릭하여 표시할 정보를 결정할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, *실제 수요*는 지정된 기간 동안 이미 주문된 제품의 " +"수량을 표시하고, *약속 가능*은 같은 기간 동안 판매할 수 있는 수량을 표시합니다(계획된 보충 수량에서 이미 판매된 수량을 뺀 값으로 " +"계산). 원하는 경우 행을 숨기도록 결정할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "수요를 예측하고 보충을 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -17567,7 +19013,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "수요를 과소평가한 경우에는 어떻게 해야 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -17578,7 +19024,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "수요를 과대평가한 경우에는 어떻게 하나요?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -17599,7 +19045,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장을 사용하여 작업 지시 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17665,7 +19111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장 생산성을 위한 표준 설정" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -17720,7 +19166,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장에 장비 할당하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -17787,11 +19233,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`키`: 디바이스의 보안 키" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`작업`: 트리거된 IoT 장치 동작" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." @@ -17799,7 +19245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용 사례: 대체 작업장 구성" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -17840,7 +19286,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "대체 작업장이 자동으로 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" @@ -17878,7 +19324,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "휴가 앱을 사용하여 작업장을 사용할 수 없도록 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -17916,7 +19362,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"개발자 모드 활성화\" 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -17930,7 +19376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "휴가 모듈 설치 카드입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -17972,7 +19418,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "작업장에 휴가 추가" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -18014,11 +19460,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"자원 휴가\" 양식." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문을 대체 작업장으로 라우팅하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -18046,7 +19492,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제조 주문의 계획 버튼입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -18099,7 +19545,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BoM에 종속성 추가하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -18513,6 +19959,9 @@ msgid "" "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" +"작업 주문 카드의 헤더에는 연결된 |제조 주문|의 참조 번호, 생산 중인 제품 및 단위 수, 작업 지시 상태가 표시됩니다. 주문에 대한 " +"작업이 시작되지 않은 경우 상태는 :guilabel:`할 일`로 표시됩니다. 작업이 시작되면 작업 주문이 진행 중인 총 시간을 반영하는 " +"타이머가 표시되도록 상태가 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -18715,7 +20164,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ECO 유형의 예시입니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" @@ -18887,7 +20336,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "종료 단계의 구성을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" @@ -18902,11 +20351,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "엔지니어링 변경 주문을 생성할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`ECO 유형에서 직접 `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -18963,7 +20412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`품목`은 개선 중인 제품을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -19016,7 +20465,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`변경 시작`을 누르면 세 가지 작업이 실행됩니다:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -19074,7 +20523,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "보관된 자재명세서를 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -19292,7 +20741,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ECO|에 *작업 변경 사항* 탭을 표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" @@ -19360,7 +20809,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "태블릿 보기에서 ECO 생성하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -19693,7 +21142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자재명세서 유효 날짜 목록" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -19732,7 +21181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ECO에서 설계 파일 관리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -20150,7 +21599,7 @@ msgstr "고급" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구매 실적 분석" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -20176,7 +21625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구매 대시보드 보고" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -20203,7 +21652,7 @@ msgstr "모든 *견적 요청 *" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "취소된 주문을 제외한 모든 *구매 주문 *" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -20256,10 +21705,14 @@ msgid "" "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" +"31가지의 다양한 필터링 옵션을 활용하여 데이터 집합을 맞춤 설정할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`필터 --> 사용자 지정 " +"필터 추가`로 이동하여 필터링 옵션이 충족해야 하는 조건(예: *같음*, *포함* 등)을 지정한 다음 *적용*을 클릭합니다. 여러 조건에" +" 일치하는 주문을 동시에 선택하려면 (*그리고* 연산자)가 있는 사용자 지정 필터를 추가합니다. *또는* 연산자를 사용하려면 *적용*을 " +"클릭하는 대신 *조건 추가*를 선택합니다. 원하는 필터를 모두 추가했으면 *적용*을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구매의 맞춤형 보고 필터" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -20284,7 +21737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구매에서 보고서 보기 전환" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" @@ -20300,7 +21753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구매의 보고 그래프 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -20325,10 +21778,14 @@ msgid "" "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" +"피벗 테이블 보기는 데이터를 자세히 탐색할 수 있어 그래프 보기에 비해 장점이 있습니다. 그래프 보기와 달리 피벗 테이블에서는 여러 " +"측정값을 동시에 포함할 수 있습니다. *측정값* 또는 *총계* 열의 **+** 기호를 클릭하면 각각 새 열에 할당된 여러 측정값을 추가할" +" 수 있습니다. 마찬가지로 *총계* 행에서 **+** 기호를 클릭하면 *그룹*을 추가할 수 있습니다. 또한 그룹의 **+** 기호를 " +"클릭하면 하위 그룹을 포함하는 등의 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 구매에서 피벗 테이블 보기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -20774,10 +22231,15 @@ msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" +"*입찰 요청*에 소요되는 시간을 절약하기 위해 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`구매` 탭에서 미리 정의된 공급업체, 가격 및 배송 리드 " +"타임을 설정할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`구매 --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동하여 편집할 제품을 " +"선택합니다. 품목 양식 내에서 :guilabel:`구매 탭`에 액세스하고 :guilabel:`항목 추가`를 클릭합니다. 드롭다운 메뉴에서" +" 공급업체를 선택하여 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열에 설정하고 필요에 따라 :guilabel:`가격` 및 :guilabel:`배송 " +"리드 타임`을 지정합니다. :guilabel:`추가 옵션 (점 2개)` 아이콘을 클릭하면 해당 품목에 대한 추가 표시 옵션이 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`RFQ(견적 요청)`를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 @@ -20810,7 +22272,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "견적 이메일 작성 및 전송 팝업이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -20878,6 +22340,10 @@ msgid "" "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" +"대체 견적서 작성 시 :guilabel:`제품 복사` 확인란을 선택하면 특별히 원하지 않는 한 구매 주문서 양식에 추가 제품을 수동으로 " +"추가할 필요가 없습니다. 그러나 구매 주문서에 포함된 제품 양식의 :guilabel:`구매` 탭 아래 :guilabel:`공급업체` 열에" +" 지정된 공급업체가 있는 경우 제품 양식에 구성된 값이 자동으로 :abbr:`PO(구매 주문서)`로 전송됩니다. 공급업체 변경 등 조정이" +" 필요한 경우에는 수동으로 수정해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -21231,6 +22697,11 @@ msgid "" "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`구매` 앱에서 새로운 :abbr:`견적 요청 (RFQ)`을 생성합니다. 견적 양식에 세부 정보를 입력하고 청구서 " +"항목에 제품을 추가한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`입고 스마트 버튼`을 클릭합니다." +" :guilabel:`완료` 열의 수량을 :guilabel:`수요` 열의 수량과 일치하도록 설정하고 :guilabel:`변경 사항 " +"승인`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 구매 주문으로 돌아와서 :guilabel:`청구서 생성`을 실행할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`확인`을" +" 클릭합니다. 정책이 *수령된 수량*으로 설정되어 있으므로 청구서 초안 확인은 수량의 일부가 수령된 *경우에만* 허용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 @@ -21255,7 +22726,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3자 매칭으로 공급업체 청구서 결제하기" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -21286,6 +22757,9 @@ msgid "" "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" +"청구서 초안을 수정하여 청구 수량을 늘리거나 청구서의 품목 가격을 변경하고 추가 제품을 포함할 수 있습니다. 이러한 조정이 이루어지면 " +":guilabel:`지불해야 함` 필드의 상태가 :guilabel:`예외`로 표시됩니다. 이는 청구서 초안을 수정해야 하는 타당한 이유가" +" 있을 수 있음을 인식하여 Odoo가 불일치를 인정하지만 변경을 방해하거나 오류 메시지를 표시하지 않음을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -21428,7 +22902,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품 양식의 정책 필드를 제어합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -21908,7 +23382,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 재주문 규칙을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" @@ -22199,6 +23673,8 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 튜토리얼: 품질 검사 관리`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" @@ -22238,7 +23714,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품질 검사 페이지에서 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -22257,7 +23733,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33 msgid "Process quality check on an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 품질 검사 처리" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -22580,10 +24056,14 @@ msgid "" "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" +"하지만 입력한 값이 지정된 범위를 벗어나면 :guilabel:`품질 검사 실패`라는 제목의 새 팝업 창이 나타납니다. 팝업의 본문에는 " +":guilabel:`#단위를 측정했으며 #단위에서 #단위 사이여야 합니다.`라는 경고 메시지와 |QCP|의 :guilabel:`실패 시 " +"메시지` 탭에 입력한 지침이 함께 표시됩니다. 팝업의 맨 아래에는 다음과 같은 두 개의 버튼이 표시됩니다: :guilabel:`정확한 " +"측정` 및 :guilabel:`측정 확인`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"품질 검사 실패\" 팝업 창이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -22884,7 +24364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품질 검사 사진 촬영" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -23544,6 +25024,10 @@ msgid "" "button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " "next step of the work order." msgstr "" +"태블릿 보기를 연 상태에서 품질 확인 단계에 도달할 때까지 화면 왼쪽에 나열된 단계를 완료한 다음 화면 상단의 지침을 따릅니다. 합격-" +"불합격 검사를 처리하는 경우 화면 상단의 :guilabel:`합격` 또는 :guilabel:`불합격`을 클릭하여 검사를 완료합니다. " +"합격-불합격 이외의 품질 검사 유형의 경우 :guilabel:`다음` 버튼이 표시됩니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하여 검사를 완료하고 작업 주문의" +" 다음 단계로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check for a work order." @@ -23726,3 +25210,7 @@ msgid "" "view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " "team." msgstr "" +"특정 제품에 대한 품질 검사가 필요한 생산 작업에 도달하면 담당 생산 직원에게 태블릿 보기에서 측정값을 기록하고 검증하라는 메시지가 " +"표시됩니다. 측정값이 :guilabel:`오차` 필드에 지정된 범위 내에 있으면 테스트가 통과됩니다. 반대로 측정값이 정의된 값을 " +"초과하면 테스트가 실패합니다. 테스트에 실패한 경우 담당 작업자는 태블릿 보기에서 직접 품질 경고를 생성할 수 있습니다. 그 후 품질 " +"관리 팀이 품질 경고를 해결하고 관리할 수 있습니다." diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 09c3ab0a0..4c6679162 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ # Heesoo Choi, 2023 # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "목록 보기" @@ -2219,149 +2219,302 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "고급" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "추적" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "참가자" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2369,152 +2522,211 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "시작하기" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "캠페인 만들기" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" @@ -2743,63 +2955,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2808,7 +3071,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2816,89 +3079,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "자동 실행" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2908,122 +3597,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -4357,389 +5060,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "게시물" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "통찰력" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "회사" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "게시일" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "메시지" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "이미지 첨부" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "캠페인" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "기간" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "푸시 알림 옵션" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4747,39 +5758,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "피벗 보기" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4789,97 +5826,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "방문자" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4887,22 +5929,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4910,41 +5948,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4976,6 +6013,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "시작하기" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 3d214ed72..a5ecd15ca 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Daye Jeong, 2024 # Sarah Park, 2024 +# Daye Jeong, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -741,12 +741,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account Info` section, locate the :guilabel:`Account SID` and the" " :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" +"계정 SID 및 인증 토큰을 찾으려면 Twilio 계정 현황판으로 이동합니다. 그 다음 사이드바에서 :guilabel:`개발`을 " +"클릭합니다. :guilabel:`계정 정보` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`계정 SID`와 :guilabel:`인증 토큰`을 확인합니다. " +"Twilio를 Odoo에 연결려면 두 가지가 모두 필요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "" "The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " "section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Twilio 계정 SID 및 인증 토큰은 계정 정보 섹션 아래에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:49 msgid "Connect Twilio to Odoo" @@ -808,181 +811,183 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "입출고 현황" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "메일 및 채팅 시작하기" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -"메일 및 채팅 기능을 사용하면 메시지, 메모 및 채팅을 통해 회사에서의 모든 커뮤니케이션을 통합할 수 있습니다. 정보와 프로젝트, 파일을" -" 공유하고 작업의 우선순위를 지정하며 응용 프로그램 전반에 걸쳐 동료 직원이나 파트너와 계속 연락을 지속할 수 있게 됩니다. 의사소통 " -"방법을 편리하게 제고할 수 있어서 더 나은 관계를 구축하고 생산성과 투명성을 향상시킵니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "기본 알림 설정" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "*개인 설정*에서 알림 처리 방식을 선택합니다." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -"기본적으로 이 필드는 *이메일로 처리*로 설정되어 있어서 사용자가 멘션되거나 팔로우하는 메시지, 메모나 알림을 이메일로 전송하게 됩니다." -" *Odoo로 처리*를 선택하시면 *수신함*에서 표시됩니다." +"기본적으로, :guilabel:`알림` 필드는 :guilabel:`이메일로 처리`로 설정되어 있습니다. 해당 설정을 활성화하면 " +"메시지창에서 메시지가 전송되거나, (메시지창에서) `@` 멘션이 들어있는 메모가 전송되거나, 사용자가 팔로우 중인 레코드에서 알림이 " +"전송될 때마다 Odoo에서 알림 이메일을 보내게 됩니다. 단계가 변경될 경우 알림을 발송하도록 작업이 연결됩니다 (예를 들면 환경 " +"설정에서 이메일 전송되도록 한 후, 작업을 :guilabel:`완료`로 설정하는 경우)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "그 후 메시지를 *할일로 표시*, *답신 완료*, or *읽음으로 표시*로 나타낼 수 있습니다." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Odoo에서 처리`를 선택하면, 위의 알림이 *메일 및 채팅* 앱의 *받은 편지함*에 표시됩니다. 메시지에서 다음과 " +"같이 작업할 수 있습니다: :guilabel:`반응 추가`를 클릭하여 이모티콘으로 응답하거나 :guilabel:`답장`을 클릭하여 " +"메시지에 답장합니다. 추가 작업으로는, :guilabel:`할 일로 표시`를 클릭하여 메시지에 별표 표시를 하거나 " +":guilabel:`고정`을 선택하여 메시지를 고정할 수도 있으며 :guilabel:`읽지 않음으로 표시`를 선택하여 메시지를 읽지 " +"않음으로 표시할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" -"*할일로 표시*로 태그가 지정된 메시지는 *별표 표시* 하에서도 표시되며, *읽음으로 표시*는 *메일 히스토리*로 이동됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "채팅 시작하기" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" -"계정에 처음으로 로그인하면 OdooBot에게서 채팅과 관련하여 데스크탑 알림을 수신하는 권한을 요청하는 메시지를 받게 됩니다. 이를 " -"수락할 경우, Odoo 내 어떤 항목에서 작업을 진행 중이건 사용자에게 전송된 메시지에 대해서 푸시 알림을 받을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "데스크탑 알림에 대해서 수신을 받지 않으려면, 브라우저의 알림 설정을 재설정하시면 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"채팅을 시작하려면, *메시지 메뉴*에서 *새로운 메시지*를 클릭하거나 *메일 및 채팅*에서 *다이렉트 메시지*를 전송하십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" +" the browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr ":doc:`공개 및 비공개 채널 ` 생성이 가능합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "채팅창 및 채팅 상에서의 멘션" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" -"채팅 중 또는 채팅창에서 사용자를 멘션하려면 *@user-name*을 입력하고 채널을 멘션하려면 *#channel-name* 형식으로 " -"입력하면 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "Odoo 메일 및 채팅에 있는 다수의 메시지창 메시지 화면." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -"사용자를 멘션하는 경우, 검색 목록 (이름 목록)에서는 먼저 작업의 팔로워를 기준으로 값을 정렬하여 표시하고 두번째로는 *직원*을 " -"기준으로 값을 보여줍니다. 검색 중인 레코드가 팔로워나 직원과 일치하는 값이 없는 경우에는 전체 파트너를 대상으로 검색합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "채팅 상태" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" +msgstr "사용자 상태" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -"동료 직원의 *상태*를 확인하여 근황을 확인하고 메시지에 신속하게 응답이 가능한지 알 수 있습니다. 상태 항목은 회의 메뉴 사이드바의 " -"연락처 이름의 왼쪽과 *메시지 메뉴*에서 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "초록색 = 온라인" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "주황색 = 자리비움" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "흰색 = 오프라인" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "비행기 = 부재중" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Odoo 메일 및 채팅 앱의 연락처 상태 화면" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`팀 커뮤니케이션`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1412,6 +1417,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`시작하기`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`팀 커뮤니케이션`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "팀 커뮤니케이션에 채널 활용하기" @@ -1441,10 +1450,15 @@ msgid "" "to indicate that it is a private channel. Select the channel type that best " "fits the communication needs." msgstr "" +"*공개* 채널은 모든 사람이 볼 수 있는 반면에, *비공개* 채널은 해당 채널에 초대된 사용자만 볼 수 있습니다. 새로 채널을 만드려면 " +":menuselection:`메일 및 채팅` 앱으로 이동하여, 왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 :menuselection:`채널` 제목 옆 " +":guilabel:`➕(더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 채널명을 입력하면 두 가지 선택 옵션이 나타납니다: 첫 번째 옵션은 공개 채널임을" +" 나타내는 해시태그 (`#`)가 있는 채널이며, 두 번째 옵션은 비공개 채널임을 나타내기 위해 옆에 자물쇠 아이콘(`🔒`)이 표시되어 " +"있습니다. 커뮤니케이션 목적에 가장 잘 맞는 채널 유형을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 메일 및 채팅의 사이드바 및 해당 앱에서 생성된 채널 화면." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1610,6 +1624,12 @@ msgid "" "Industry 4.0 standard and can be utilized in a wide variety of industries, " "and for things like building automation, packaging, utilities, etc." msgstr "" +"이제 :abbr:`IoT (사물 인터넷)` 박스를 통해 OPC (Open Platform Communications: 개방형 플랫폼 " +"통신) UA (통합 아키텍처) 프로토콜을 지원합니다. :abbr:`OPC (개방형 플랫폼 통신)` :abbr:`UA (통합 아키텍처)`는" +" 장치 간, 기계 간, 시스템 간 산업 통신을 위해 지정된 방식으로 정보를 교환하는 개방형 표준 방식입니다. 여기에서는 정보 기술과 운영" +" 기술 간의 통신까지 아우르고 있습니다. :abbr:`OPC (개방형 플랫폼 통신)` :abbr:`UA (통합 아키텍처)`는 어떤 " +"소프트웨어 플랫폼에서든, 다양한 장치에서 사용할 수 있으며 안전하게 배포할 수 있습니다. 인더스트리 4.0 표준의 세계로 진입한 " +":abbr:`IoT (사물인터넷)` 박스는 빌딩 자동화, 패키징, 유틸리티 등 다양한 산업 분야에서 활용될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:10 diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 131eb542f..87eef84eb 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 +# Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -56,19 +56,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -95,77 +88,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -1966,6 +2081,11 @@ msgid "" "allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " "long as the browser window stays open." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 작업할 때 :doc:`IoT 상자 <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` 없이 사용할" +" 수 있는 특정 모델의 경우 브라우저와 프린터 간의 보안 연결을 설정하기 위해 :doc:`HTTPS 프로토콜 1`이 필요할 수 있습니다." +" HTTPS를 사용하여 프린터의 IP 주소에 액세스하려고 시도하면 대부분의 웹 브라우저에서 경고 페이지가 표시됩니다. 이러한 경우 " +"일시적으로 :ref:`강제로 연결 `을 실행하면 브라우저 창이 열려 있는 한 HTTPS로 페이지에" +" 액세스할 수 있고 Odoo에서 ePOS 프린터를 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2561,6 +2681,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Orders` button to view a list of all orders placed during that " "session." msgstr "" +"POS 세션을 닫고 게시한 후 세부 보고서에 액세스하여 세션 시작자 및 특정 주문을 처리한 개인을 포함한 모든 세션 활동을 검토합니다. " +"세션의 보고서를 보려면 POS 카드에서 세로 줄임표 버튼 (:guilabel:`⋮`)을 클릭하고 :guilabel:`보기` 섹션에서 " +":guilabel:`세션`을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 특정 세션을 선택하여 자세한 정보를 확인하고 :guilabel:`주문` 버튼을 " +"클릭하면 해당 세션 중에 이루어진 모든 주문 목록을 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -3163,6 +3287,11 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " "POS." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stripe 연결`을 선택합니다. 이 작업을 수행하면 자동으로 설정 페이지로 리디렉션됩니다. Stripe 계정을 " +"설정하고 Odoo와 통합하는 데 필요한 모든 정보를 입력합니다. 양식을 작성하고 나면 **Stripe** 웹사이트에서 API 키 " +"(:guilabel:`게시 가능한 키` 및 :guilabel:`비밀 키`)를 얻을 수 있습니다. 해당 키를 가져오려면 " +":guilabel:`비밀 및 게시 가능한 키 가져오기`를 클릭하고 키를 클릭하여 복사한 다음 Odoo의 해당 필드에 붙여넣습니다. 이제 " +"단말기를 POS에서 구성할 준비가 되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "stripe connection form" @@ -5287,379 +5416,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "아마존 연결기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "Amazon 연결기 기능" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "요금" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo에서 Amazon 주문 관리하기" +msgid "Amazon order management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "결제 등록" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "결제 등록" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5888,7 +6150,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5943,137 +6204,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "이베이 연결기" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "품목 등록 방법" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Odoo에서 eBay를 설정하는 방법" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "입출고 현황" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "시작일" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "제목" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "소제목" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "카테고리" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "소요시간" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "국가" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "토큰" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "사용자 토큰" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "개발자 키" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6081,154 +7472,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "최근 버전으로 Odoo 업데이트하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "사용할 수 있는 모듈 목록 업데이트하기" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "청구 방법" @@ -10320,641 +11738,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "품목 관리" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "파일 커스터마이징 방법" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "ID 시퀀싱을 드롭다운하여 전체 레코드에 고유한 ID를 설정합니다." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "가져오기 연결 필드 (아래 내용 참조)." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "연결 필드 가져오기 실행 방법" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "제품 유형" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "구글 API 대시보드" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " "`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "제품 유형" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "티셔츠" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "속성" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "반품 및 환불" @@ -12701,6 +14776,9 @@ msgid "" "certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " "stage to which you want to apply this alert." msgstr "" +"*적용 대상* 섹션에서 먼저 알림의 이름을 지정합니다. 그런 다음 이 알림을 가입 템플릿, 특정 고객 또는 특정 제품에 적용하도록 " +"선택합니다. 추가 사양의 경우 MRR 값, 특정 기간 동안의 MRR 변화율, 만족도 값 및 이 알림을 적용하려는 단계까지 추가로 정의할 " +"수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -12720,6 +14798,10 @@ msgid "" "*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" " customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." msgstr "" +"*작업* 섹션에서 *작업*과 그에 해당하는 *트리거 대상*을 지정합니다. 트리거를 *수정*으로 설정하면 *적용* 섹션의 모든 조건이 " +"충족되는 경우 구독에서 변경 또는 추가가 발생할 때마다 작업이 활성화됩니다. *트리거 조건*이 *시간 제한 조건*으로 설정된 경우 지정된" +" *트리거 날짜* 유형에 따라 작업이 트리거됩니다. 그런 다음 *다음 활동 만들기*, *구독에 태그 설정*, *구독에 단계 설정*, " +"*갱신으로 표시*, *고객에게 이메일 보내기*, *고객에게 SMS 문자 메시지 보내기* 등의 옵션에서 원하는 *작업*을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -12764,6 +14846,10 @@ msgid "" "ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " "are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" +"이 알림은 고객의 *만족도 평가*와 관련이 있으며, *시간 제한 조건*에 따라 작업이 트리거됩니다. 만족도가 50% 미만으로 떨어지면 " +"영업 담당자가 고객에게 연락을 취합니다. 이 작업은 구독을 관리하는 영업 사원에게 자동으로 할당되며, 이 작업이 트리거된 후 5일로 " +"마감일이 설정됩니다. 이 알림은 고객 만족을 보장하고 필요한 경우 사전 조치를 취할 수 있도록 하여 매우 높은 고객 유지율을 유지하는 데" +" 기여합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -13567,6 +15653,10 @@ msgid "" "can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " "automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." msgstr "" +"정기구독 갱신을 진행하기 전에, 정기구독 상품을 활용한 :doc:`견적서 만들기 <../subscriptions>` 과정을 설명하는 " +"문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다. 확인이 완료되면 견적서가 판매 주문으로 전환되어 *진행 중* 상태로 표시된 새 구독이 자동으로 생성됩니다. " +"이후 구독을 갱신할 수 있습니다. 기타 정보 탭의 갱신 대상 섹션 아래에서 *갱신 대상* 옵션을 활성화할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션이 " +"활성화되면 구독의 오른쪽 상단에 노란색 태그가 자동으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" @@ -13593,6 +15683,9 @@ msgid "" " *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " "confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." msgstr "" +"구독을 갱신해야 하는 경우, *갱신 견적*이라는 새로운 버튼을 활용할 수 있습니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하면 새 견적이 생성됩니다. 그런 다음" +" 표준 영업 흐름을 시작하여 고객에게 이메일을 통해 견적을 보내거나 확인할 수 있습니다. 처음에 고객에게 견적을 *이메일로 보내기*하여 " +"고객이 확인할 수 있도록 한 다음, **Odoo 판매**앱에서 *확인*하는 것이 좋습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -13763,6 +15856,10 @@ msgid "" " same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " "*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." msgstr "" +":menuselection:`구독 --> 보고 --> 구독`으로 이동합니다. 이 섹션에서 *측정값*을 수정할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로 " +"Odoo는 *월별 반복 수익 *을 사용합니다. 그 외에도 *수량*, *반복 가격*, *연간 반복 수익* 및 *개수*를 선택할 수 " +"있습니다. 이 예제에서는 *수량*이 추가되었습니다. 이렇게 하면 이 두 측정값을 동시에 검토할 수 있습니다. 시작 날짜별로 " +"*그룹화*하거나 더 정확하게는 *주별*로 그룹화하여 보고서를 더 명확하게 볼 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index a53708002..aa3dbf206 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -4448,12 +4448,9 @@ msgstr "프로젝트 설정" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo 튜토리얼: 프로젝트 커스터마이징 `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 5f011731b..00c84f91d 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ # Translators: # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,6 +29,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "웹 사이트" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "블로그" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`이름`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "이커머스" @@ -4775,19 +5047,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -"방문자의 지리적 위치를 추적하려면 데이터베이스에 :guilabel:`GeoIP`가 설치되어 있어야 합니다. 이 기능은 *Odoo " -"온라인*에는 사전 설치되어 있지만, *온프레미스* 데이터베이스의 경우 추가 :doc:`설정 단계 " -"`을 따라야 합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "위젯" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " @@ -4796,7 +5063,7 @@ msgstr "" "실시간 채팅 채널 세부정보 양식의 :guilabel:`위젯` 탭에는 임베드 가능한 웹사이트 위젯의 단축코드가 제공됩니다. 이 코드를 " "웹사이트에 추가하여 실시간 채팅 창에 대한 액세스를 제공할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4807,7 +5074,7 @@ msgstr "" "추가할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`실시간 채팅` 섹션으로 스크롤하여 사이트에 추가할 채널을 선택하고 :guilabel:`저장`을 " "클릭하여 적용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " @@ -4816,7 +5083,7 @@ msgstr "" "타사 플랫폼에서 만든 웹사이트에 위젯을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`위젯` 탭에서 첫 번째 :guilabel:`복사` 버튼을 " "클릭합니다. 그런 다음 사이트의 `` 태그에 코드를 붙여넣습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4830,11 +5097,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "Odoo 실시간 채팅의 위젯 탭 보기." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "대화에 참여하기" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " @@ -4843,11 +5110,11 @@ msgstr "" "위에서 설명한 대로 *운영자*는 고객의 실시간 채팅 요청을 처리하도록 지정된 사용자입니다. 아래 정보는 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 실시간 " "채팅 대화에 참여하는 상담원을 위한 필수 단계를 간략하게 설명합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "온라인 채팅 이름 설정" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " @@ -4856,7 +5123,7 @@ msgstr "" "실시간 채팅에 효과적으로 참여하려면 운영자는 *온라인 채팅 이름*을 업데이트해야 합니다. 이 이름은 실시간 채팅 대화 중에 사이트 " "방문자에게 표시됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4872,7 +5139,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 내 프로필 옵션 보기." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." @@ -4880,7 +5147,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용자가 자신의 :guilabel:`온라인 채팅 이름`을 설정하지 않은 경우 표시되는 이름은 기본적으로 :guilabel:`사용자 " "이름`으로 설정됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4893,11 +5160,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "온라인 채팅 이름 필드가 강조 표시된 Odoo의 사용자 프로필 보기." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "채널 가입 또는 탈퇴" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " @@ -4906,7 +5173,7 @@ msgstr "" "실시간 채팅 채널에 참여하려면 :menuselection:`실시간 채팅` 앱에 접속하여 해당 채널의 칸반 카드에 있는 " ":guilabel:`참여하기` 버튼을 클릭합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4919,18 +5186,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "채널 양식 보기 및 Odoo 실시간 채팅 채널 참여 옵션입니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "30분 이상 Odoo에 활동이 없는 *운영자*는 자동으로 연결이 끊긴 것으로 간주되며 이후 채널에서 삭제됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "실시간 채팅 요청 관리하기" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4940,7 +5207,7 @@ msgstr "" "운영자가 채널에서 활동 중이면 화면 오른쪽 하단에 채팅 창이 열리므로 데이터베이스 내 현재 위치에서 벗어나지 않고도 대화에 참여할 수 " "있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4950,7 +5217,7 @@ msgstr "대화에 액세스하려면 메뉴 표시줄에 있는 :guilabel:`대 msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "대화 아이콘이 강조된 Odoo의 메뉴 표시줄 보기." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4965,14 +5232,14 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "Odoo에서 실시간 채팅을 통해 전송된 메시지가 있는 메일 및 채팅 앱 보기." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "대화에 참여하려면 왼쪽 패널에서 대화를 클릭합니다. 운영자는 일반 채팅 창에서와 마찬가지로 채팅에 참여할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" @@ -4980,7 +5247,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`메일 및 채팅 시작하기 " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" @@ -6187,6 +6454,123 @@ msgstr "" "최고의 **오픈 소스 웹사이트 빌더**를 살펴보고 시각적으로 매력적인 웹사이트를 제작하여 방문자를 효과적으로 잠재고객 또는 매출로 " "전환하는 방법을 알아보세요." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "쿠키 바" @@ -6667,108 +7051,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "지역 IP 설치(온프레미스 데이터베이스)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "설치" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "서버 다시 시작" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr ":doc:`CLI 문서 `." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "웹사이트로 이동합니다. ``GeoIP``를 테스트할 웹페이지를 엽니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr ":menuselection:`사용자 지정 --> HTML/CSS/JS 편집기`를 선택합니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "페이지에 다음 XML을 추가합니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 345c22911..430229991 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -1452,6 +1452,112 @@ msgid "" "messages `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "Online" @@ -1477,8 +1583,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -3018,8 +3124,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" @@ -4663,11 +4769,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -8675,64 +8781,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8741,7 +8851,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8749,13 +8859,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8767,23 +8877,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8793,7 +8903,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -8806,7 +8916,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -8816,13 +8926,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -8833,7 +8943,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -8842,58 +8952,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -8902,13 +9026,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -8917,171 +9041,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9091,7 +9215,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -9100,39 +9224,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "Geautomatiseerde acties" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -9141,63 +9265,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9207,7 +9331,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9215,7 +9339,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9223,21 +9347,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9246,7 +9372,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9254,7 +9380,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9262,92 +9388,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index e3467fbde..60f73c234 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -983,14 +983,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Deze verbreking kan worden veroorzaakt door de Odoo-support. Neem in dit " -"geval rechtstreeks contact op met de `support `_ " -"met uw klant-ID of de referentie van de fout die in de chatter wordt " -"vermeld." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -2737,8 +2733,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6384,7 +6380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6492,9 +6488,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Grootboekrekeningen categorieën" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balans" @@ -7098,7 +7094,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bank afletteren" @@ -7314,7 +7309,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7541,22 +7536,23 @@ msgstr "Betalingen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7564,9 +7560,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7582,174 +7575,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8720,91 +8733,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -8991,70 +8919,76 @@ msgstr "Activeer cheque betalingsmethode" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Verenigde Staten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Voor de Verenigde Staten ondersteunt Odoo standaard de cheque formaten van:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Betaal een leveranciersfactuur met een cheque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Een leverancier betalen met een cheque gebeurd in drie stappen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "Checks in batch afdrukken voor alle geregistreerde betalingen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registreer een betaling via cheque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -9062,11 +8996,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Print cheques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -9074,7 +9008,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9263,176 +9197,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Saldo overzicht**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Winst en Verlies**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Managementsamenvatting**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Grootboek**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Te late betalers**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Cashflow afschriften**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Belasting rapport**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Afletteren bank**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Winst en Verlies" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Managementsamenvatting" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Performantie:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**netto winst marge:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Rendement op investering (p.a):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Positie:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Gemiddeld aantal dagen debiteuren:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9442,10 +9389,14 @@ msgstr "Grootboek" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9455,8 +9406,12 @@ msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse leverancier" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9465,32 +9420,44 @@ msgstr "Ouderdomsanalyse klant" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Cashflow" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "BTW-rapportage" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Kostenplaatsen" @@ -13399,7 +13366,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -13418,6 +13385,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16674,7 +16645,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16757,7 +16728,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -16924,7 +16895,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -18263,7 +18234,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -19091,7 +19062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -19130,7 +19101,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19695,7 +19666,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19725,7 +19696,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19740,12 +19711,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19758,24 +19727,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19783,136 +19745,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19920,11 +19882,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19933,15 +19895,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -19949,11 +19911,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -19963,50 +19925,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -20017,29 +19979,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -20047,19 +20009,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificaat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -20067,24 +20029,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -20095,13 +20057,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -20110,12 +20072,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -20123,36 +20085,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -20162,13 +20124,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -20179,56 +20141,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20236,32 +20198,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20270,7 +20232,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20278,7 +20240,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20286,11 +20248,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20299,7 +20261,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20308,14 +20270,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20323,11 +20285,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20338,14 +20300,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20353,60 +20315,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Overboekingsrekeningen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Conversieratio" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20418,11 +20380,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20435,32 +20397,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20470,7 +20432,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20483,7 +20445,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20494,7 +20456,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20507,7 +20469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20518,26 +20480,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20546,21 +20508,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20568,11 +20530,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20586,14 +20548,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20604,36 +20566,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20641,11 +20603,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20658,12 +20620,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20755,40 +20717,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20803,16 +20765,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Use cases" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20826,11 +20788,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20844,7 +20806,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20854,17 +20816,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -20878,23 +20840,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -20905,7 +20867,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -20915,16 +20877,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -20936,55 +20898,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Ontvangst" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -20996,11 +20958,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Claim" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -21015,7 +20977,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -21023,12 +20985,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21036,7 +20998,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21044,14 +21006,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21061,46 +21023,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -21111,13 +21073,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -21128,7 +21090,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -21138,18 +21100,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -21158,7 +21120,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21166,7 +21128,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -21176,7 +21138,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -21184,18 +21146,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21203,7 +21165,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21213,7 +21175,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21227,7 +21189,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21241,7 +21203,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21251,11 +21213,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21265,7 +21227,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21273,18 +21235,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21292,13 +21254,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21308,14 +21270,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21323,11 +21285,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21338,11 +21300,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21354,11 +21316,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21366,7 +21328,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21381,11 +21343,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21394,13 +21356,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21411,7 +21373,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21422,7 +21384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23481,7 +23443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -24998,7 +24960,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -30854,7 +30815,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31417,13 +31378,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanje" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -31440,39 +31399,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Zwitserland" @@ -33304,7 +33277,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33727,7 +33700,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34347,17 +34320,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 62c15f8f9..5c10ee6e1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -6455,59 +6455,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "Een Odoo.com account verwijderen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" -"Om je Odoo.com account te verwijderen, open de verwijderoptie door op het " -"icoontje van de gebruiker te klikken. De verwijderoptie is toegankelijk via " -":menuselection:`Mijn account --> Bewerk beveiligingsinstellingen --> Account" -" verwijderen`. De optie is ook toegankelijk via " -"https://www.odoo.com/my/home." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" -"Het verwijderen van een Odoo account is definitief. Wees voorzichtig wanneer" -" je deze actie uitvoert, want het Odoo.com account kan niet meer worden " -"teruggehaald." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" -"Als je op de knop :guilabel:`Account verwijderen` klikt, verschijnt er een " -"pop-upvenster waarin je wordt gevraagd de verwijdering van het account te " -"bevestigen." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" -"Als je op de knop Account verwijderen klikt, verschijnt er een venster " -"waarin de wijziging wordt gecontroleerd." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" -"Bevestig de verwijdering door het :guilabel:`wachtwoord` en de " -":guilabel:`login` van het verwijderde account in te geven. Klik op de knop " -":guilabel:`Account verwijderen` om de verwijdering te bevestigen." - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "Taal wijzigen" @@ -6891,11 +6838,158 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" +"Als je op de knop Account verwijderen klikt, verschijnt er een venster " +"waarin de wijziging wordt gecontroleerd." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "Portaaltoegang" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." @@ -6903,7 +6997,7 @@ msgstr "" "Portaaltoegang wordt gegeven aan gebruikers die bepaalde documenten of " "informatie in een Odoo database moeten kunnen bekijken." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" @@ -6912,47 +7006,47 @@ msgstr "" "klanten toestaan om één of alle van de volgende zaken in Odoo te " "lezen/bekijken:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "leads/verkoopkansen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "offertes/verkooporders" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "inkooporders" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "facturen & leveranciersfacturen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "projecten" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "taken" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "urenstaten" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "tickets" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "handtekeningen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "abonnementen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." @@ -6960,11 +7054,11 @@ msgstr "" "Portaalgebruikers hebben alleen lees-/weergavetoegang en kunnen geen " "documenten in de database bewerken." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "Portaaltoegang aan klanten verlenen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -6980,11 +7074,10 @@ msgstr "" "vervolgkeuzelijst :guilabel:`Actie` in het midden bovenaan de interface." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -"Gebruik de Contacten applicatie om portaaltoegang te verlenen aan gebruikers" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" @@ -6992,14 +7085,14 @@ msgstr "" "Selecteer vervolgens :guilabel:`Portaaltoegang verlenen`. Een pop-upvenster " "verschijnt met drie velden:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: de geregistreerde naam van het contact in de Odoo " "database" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" @@ -7007,12 +7100,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`E-mail`: het e-mailadres van het contact waarmee hij/zij inlogt " "op het portaal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`In portaal`: of de gebruiker al dan niet portaaltoegang heeft" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -7033,7 +7126,7 @@ msgstr "" "Een e-mailadres moet worden ingevuld en het overeenkomende selectievakje moet worden aangevinkt voor het contact voordat\n" "een portaaluitnodiging kan worden verzonden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." @@ -7041,7 +7134,7 @@ msgstr "" "Een e-mail wordt verzonden naar het opgegeven e-mailadres om aan te geven " "dat het contact nu een portaalgebruiker is voor die Odoo database." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -7055,7 +7148,7 @@ msgstr "" "onder de kolom :guilabel:`In portaal` voor alle contacten die portaaltoegang" " nodig hebben en klik op :guilabel:`Toepassen`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -7067,6 +7160,160 @@ msgstr "" "verlenen` en het selectievakje uit te vinken onder de kolom :guilabel:`In " "portaal`. Klik vervolgens op :guilabel:`Toepassen`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Wachtwoord wijzigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index c78573947..f17a849ae 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -178,23 +178,22 @@ msgstr "" "afdelingen van een bedrijf." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Een nieuwe werknemer toevoegen" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe werknemersfiche." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." @@ -202,21 +201,28 @@ msgstr "" "Het huidige telefoonnummer en de huidige naam van het bedrijf worden " "ingevuld in de velden :guilabel:`Werktelefoon` en :guilabel:`Bedrijf`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "Algemene informatie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "Vereiste velden" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr ":guilabel:`Naam`: Vul de naam van de werknemer in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " @@ -226,50 +232,74 @@ msgstr "" "aangeworven in de vervolgkeuzelijst of maak een nieuw bedrijf aan door de " "naam in het veld te typen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "Optionele velden" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" " the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Foto`: Klik in het afbeeldingsvak rechtsboven op de " -"werknemersfiche op het bewerkingspictogram :guilabel:`✏️ (potlood)` om een " -"foto te selecteren die je wilt uploaden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Functie`: Vul de functietitel van de werknemer in." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -"Labels: Klik op een label in het vervolgkeuzemenu om alle labels toe te " -"voegen die van toepassing zijn op de werknemer. Elke label kan in dit veld " -"worden aangemaakt door het in te typen. Eenmaal aangemaakt is de nieuwe " -"label beschikbaar voor alle werknemersfiches. Een oneindig aantal labels kan" -" worden toegevoegd." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -"Professionele contactgegevens: Voer het :guilabel:`Professioneel gsm-" -"nummer`, het :guilabel:`Professioneel telefoonnummer`, het " -":guilabel:`Professioneel e-mailadres` van de werknemer en/of de naam van het" -" :guilabel:`Bedrijf` in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." @@ -277,20 +307,38 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Afdeling`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu de afdeling van de " "werknemer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu de manager van de " "werknemer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu de coach van de werknemer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " @@ -300,60 +348,54 @@ msgstr "" "leeg is, dan word in het veld :guilabel:`Coach` de geselecteerde manager " "automatisch ingevuld." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -"Om de geselecteerde :guilabel:`Afdeling`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, of :guilabel:`Bedrijf` te wijzigen, klik op de knop " -":guilabel:`Externe link` naast de betreffende selectie. De knop " -":guilabel:`Externe link` opent het geselecteerde formulier zodat je " -"wijzigingen kunt aanbrengen. Klik op :guilabel:`Opslaan` nadat je " -"wijzigingen hebt aangebracht." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "Tabbladen aanvullende informatie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "Tabblad Curriculum vitae" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Cv" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." -msgstr "Voeg in dit formulier informatie toe over de eerdere werkervaring." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu :guilabel:`Ervaring`, " -":guilabel:`Opleiding`, :guilabel:`Interne certificering`, :guilabel:`Interne" -" opleiding`, of voer een nieuw item in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." @@ -361,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Soort weergave`: Kies in het vervolgkeuzemenu " ":guilabel:`Klassiek`, :guilabel:`Certificering`, of :guilabel:`Cursus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -373,228 +415,277 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`< (links)` en :guilabel:`> (rechts)` om naar de gewenste maand te" " gaan en klik vervolgens op de gewenste dag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Omschrijving`: Voer alle relevantie details in het veld in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Vaardigheden" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." -msgstr "Maak een nieuwe vaardigheid voor de werknemer." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vaardigheid`: De vaardigheden die bij het geselecteerde " -":guilabel:`Vaardigheidstype` horen verschijnen in een vervolgkeuzemenu. Als " -"je bijvoorbeeld :guilabel:`Talen` kiest als :guilabel:`Vaardigheidstype`, " -"verschijnen er verschillende talen waaruit je kan kiezen in het veld " -":guilabel:`Vaardigheden`. Selecteer de juiste vooraf geconfigureerde " -"vaardigheid of typ een nieuwe vaardigheid." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Vaardigheidssoorten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" -msgstr "Tabblad Werkinformatie" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." -msgstr "Voeg de werkinformatie toe aan het tabblad Werkinformatie." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " @@ -604,7 +695,7 @@ msgstr "" "en een werknemer kan geen werktijden hebben die buiten de werktijden van een" " bedrijf vallen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." @@ -612,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" "Elke individuele werktijd is bedrijfsspecifiek, dus voor databases met " "meerdere bedrijven moet elk bedrijf zijn eigen werktijden hebben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -627,107 +718,67 @@ msgstr "" " Werktijden` en voeg een nieuwe werktijd toe of bewerk een bestaande " "werktijd." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -"Nadat de werktijd is aangemaakt, stel je de werktijden voor de werknemer in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" -msgstr "Tabblad privé informatie" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -"Informatie in het tabblad :guilabel:`Privé informatie` is niet vereist, maar" -" sommige informatie in dit gedeelte kan van cruciaal belang zijn voor de " -"loonadministratie van het bedrijf. Om de loonstroken goed te kunnen " -"verwerken en ervoor te zorgen dat alle inhoudingen worden verantwoord, " -"moeten de persoonlijke gegevens van de werknemer worden ingevoerd." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -"Hier wordt de informatie over de :guilabel:`Privé contact`, de " -":guilabel:`Burgerlijke staat`, :guilabel:`Noodcontactpersoon`, " -":guilabel:`Opleiding`, :guilabel:`Burgerschap`, :guilabel:`Personen ten " -"laste` en :guilabel:`Werkvergunning` van de werknemer ingevuld. De velden " -"kunnen worden ingevoerd via een vervolgkeuzelijst, een selectievakje of een " -"tekstvak." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Burgerlijke staat`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu " -":guilabel:`Ongehuwd`, :guilabel:`Gehuwd`, :guilabel:`Wettelijk samenwonend`," -" :guilabel:`Weduwe/Weduwenaar`, of :guilabel:`Gescheiden`." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -742,47 +793,56 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Overige`. Voer het :guilabel:`Vakgebied` en de naam van de " ":guilabel:`School` in de betreffende velden in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." -msgstr "Voeg de privé informatie toe aan het tabblad Privé informatie." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" -msgstr "Tabblad Personeelsbeheer instellingen" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " @@ -793,55 +853,84 @@ msgstr "" " zijn geconfigureerd voor verschillende locaties, maar sommige secties " "worden ongeacht weergegeven." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -851,35 +940,18 @@ msgstr "" "Voer alle informatie in die gevraagd wordt op het tabblad Personeelszaken " "instellingen voor de werknemer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Documenten" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -888,11 +960,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Loon" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "Fiscaliteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Contract" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Diensten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Lijstweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "Grafiekweergave" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Loonadministratie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -903,7 +2199,7 @@ msgstr "" " en het maken van loonstroken voor werknemers, inclusief regulier loon en " "commissies." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -917,11 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" "maakt loonbeslagen mogelijk. De configuratie van de loonadministratie is van" " cruciaal belang om de loonstroken nauwgezet en tijdig te verwerken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" @@ -931,7 +2223,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuratie --> Instellingen`. Je kan hier instellen of loonstroken geboekt" " worden in de boekhouding en of SEPA betalingen gemaakt worden." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -952,7 +2244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "Beschikbare instellingen voor de loonadministratie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -966,12 +2258,31 @@ msgstr "" "aanmaken van de database. Het is niet aangeraden om de instellingen van de " "lokalisatie te wijzigen, tenzij dit specifiek vereist is." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "Werkboekingen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -983,15 +2294,15 @@ msgstr "" "en vrije tijd te registreren, zoals :guilabel:`Aanwezigheden`, " ":guilabel:`Ziekteverlof`, :guilabel:`Training`, of :guilabel:`Feestdagen`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "Werkboekingstypes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -1004,40 +2315,40 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Werkboekingstypes` wordt automatisch aangemaakt op basis van de " "lokalisatie instellingen in de database." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -"Om de huidige beschikbare werkboekingstypes te zien, ga naar " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Werkboekingstypes`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" -"Elke werkboekingstype heeft een code om het maken van loonstroken " -"gemakkelijker te maken en ervoor te zorgen dat alle belastingen en " -"vergoedingen correct worden ingegeven." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." -msgstr "Lijst met alle werkboekingstypes die momenteel beschikbaar zijn." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "Nieuwe werkboekingstype" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe werkboekingstype te maken, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken`. " -"Voer de informatie in op het formulier:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." @@ -1045,57 +2356,57 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Naam werkboekingstype`: De naam moet kort en beschrijvend zijn, " "zoals `Ziekteverlof` of `Feestdag`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code`: Deze code verschijnt naast het werkboekingstype op " -"urenstaten en loonstroken. Aangezien de code wordt gebruikt in de " -"*Boekhouding*-applicatie, is het aangeraden om bij de boekhoudafdeling na te" -" vragen welke code je moet gebruiken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Reeks`: De reeks bepaalt de volgorde waarin de werkboeking wordt " -"berekend op de loonstrook." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -"Selectievakjes: Als een van de items in de lijst van toepassing is op de " -"werkboeking, vink dan het vakje aan door erop te klikken. Als " -":guilabel:`Verlof` is aangevinkt, verschijnt het veld " -":guilabel:`Verlofsoort`. Selecteer dan het specifieke soort verlof in de " -"vervolgkeuzelijst of voer een nieuw type vrije tijd in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "Formulier voor nieuw werkboekingstype." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Afronding`: De afrondingsmethode bepaalt hoe urenstaten worden " -"weergegeven op de loonstroken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr ":guilabel:`Geen afronding`: De urenstaatpost wordt niet aangepast." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." @@ -1103,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Halve dag`: Een urenstaatpost wordt afgerond naar de " "dichtstbijzijnde halve dag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." @@ -1111,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dag`: Een urenstaatpost wordt afgerond naar de dichtstbijzijnde " "volledige dag." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -1127,56 +2438,129 @@ msgstr "" "dag`, wordt de post aangepast naar 4 uur. Als de afronding is ingesteld op " ":guilabel:`Dag`, wordt de post aangepast naar 8 uur." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" -msgstr "Werktijden" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -"Om de momenteel geconfigureerde werktijden te zien, ga naar " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Werktijden`. De " -"werktijden die beschikbaar zijn voor de werknemerscontracten en " -"-werkboekingen worden hier opgelijst." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" -"Werktijden zijn bedrijfsspecifiek. Elk bedrijf moet elk soort werktijd dat " -"ze gebruiken identificeren. Een Odoo database met meerdere bedrijven die een" -" standaard 40-urige werkweek hanteren moet bijvoorbeeld een aparte werktijd " -"instellen voor elk bedrijf dat de 40-urige werkweek hanteert." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." -msgstr "Alle werktijden die momenteel zijn ingesteld in de database." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" -msgstr "Nieuwe werktijd" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 -msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe werktijd te maken, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken`. Voer de " -"informatie in op het formulier." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." -msgstr "Formulier voor nieuwe werktijd." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -1188,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekst in het veld :guilabel:`Naam` aan te passen. Pas vervolgens de dagen en" " tijden aan die van toepassing zijn op de nieuwe werktijd." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1202,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "" "maken. De kolommen :guilabel:`Begintijd` en :guilabel:`Eindtijd` worden " "gewijzigd door de tijd in te voeren." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." @@ -1210,25 +2594,22 @@ msgstr "" "De :guilabel:`Begintijd` en de :guilabel:`Eindtijd` moeten in een 24-uurs " "indeling zijn. Bijvoorbeeld, `2:00 PM` wordt ingegeven als `14:00`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -"Als de werktijd een tweewekelijkse configuratie moet volgen, klik op de knop" -" :guilabel:`Overschakelen naar 2 weken kalender`. Dit genereert boekingen " -"voor een :guilabel:`Even week` en een :guilabel:`Oneven week`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "Loon" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "Structuurtypes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1245,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" "betaald, de werkuren en of de salarissen gebaseerd zijn op een loon (vast) " "of op het aantal gewerkte uren van de werknemer (variabel)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1261,15 +2642,13 @@ msgstr "" "eindejaarsuitkering. Zowel het `Regulier loon` als de `Eindejaarsuitkering` " "zijn structuren binnen het structuurtype `Werknemer`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -"Je kan de verschillende structuurtypes zien via " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Structuurtypes`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1283,31 +2662,171 @@ msgstr "" "loontype is *Uurloon*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." -msgstr "Lijst met alle structuurtypes." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +msgid "" +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken` om een nieuw structuurtype te maken. De " -"meeste velden zijn vooraf ingevuld, maar alle velden kunnen worden " -"gewijzigd. Zodra de velden zijn aangepast, klik op de knop " -":guilabel:`Opslaan` om de wijzigingen op te slaan of klik op " -":guilabel:`Negeren` om de invoer te verwijderen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." -msgstr "Vak nieuw structuurtype." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "Structuren" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." @@ -1316,7 +2835,7 @@ msgstr "" " wordt binnen een specifieke *structuur* en worden specifiek bepaald door " "verschillende regels." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1328,19 +2847,13 @@ msgstr "" "worden en hoe hun loon wordt berekend. Bijvoorbeeld, een veelvoorkomende " "structuur die nuttig kan zijn is een `Bonus`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -"Om alle verschillende structuren voor elk structuurtype te zien, ga naar " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Structuren`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "Alle beschikbare loonstructuren." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " @@ -1350,7 +2863,11 @@ msgstr "" "structuren die erbij horen. Elke structuur bevat een set regels die deze " "bepalen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "Alle beschikbare loonstructuren." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." @@ -1359,62 +2876,45 @@ msgstr "" "regels berekenen de loonstrook van de werknemer." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." -msgstr "Details van de loonstructuur voor het Regulier loon." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Regels" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -"Elke structuur heeft een set *salarisregels* die gevolgd moeten worden voor " -"de boekhouding. Deze regels worden geconfigureerd door de lokalisatie en " -"beïnvloeden de *Boekhouding* app. Dus wijzigingen aan de standaardregels of " -"het aanmaken van nieuwe regels moeten enkel gedaan worden als dat broodnodig" -" is." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -"Om alle regels weer te geven, ga naar :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> " -"Configuratie --> Regels`. Klik op een structuur (zoals :guilabel:`Regulier " -"loon`) om alle regels te bekijken." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "Regels voor elk loonstructuurtype." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe regel te maken, klik op :guilabel:`Maken`. Een nieuw " -"regelformulier verschijnt. Voer de informatie in de velden in en klik op " -":guilabel:`Opslaan`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "Voer de informatie voor de nieuwe regel in." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "De vereiste velden voor een regel zijn:" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr ":guilabel:`Naam`: Geef een naam aan de regel." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1422,17 +2922,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Categorie`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu een categorie " "waarop de regel van toepassing is of maak een nieuwe categorie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Code`: Voer een code in die moet worden gebruikt voor deze nieuwe" -" regel. Het is aanbevolen om een code te kiezen in samenspraak met de " -"boekhoudafdeling, omdat dit ook op hen een impact zal hebben." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." @@ -1440,7 +2937,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Loonstructuur`: Selecteer een loonstructuur waarop de regel van " "toepassing is in het vervolgkeuzemenu of voer een nieuwe structuur in." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1454,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "" "specifiek bereik dat wordt ingegeven onder de selectie), of een " ":guilabel:`Python Expressie` is (de code wordt ingegeven onder de selectie)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1468,82 +2965,75 @@ msgstr "" "van de selectie moet het vast bedrag, het percentage of de Python code " "vervolgens worden ingegeven." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "Regel parameters" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -"Momenteel is de functie :guilabel:`Regel parameters` in app " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie` nog in ontwikkeling en " -"dient alleen een specifiek gebruik voor de Belgische markten. De " -"documentatie zal worden bijgewerkt wanneer deze functie voor meer markten " -"beschikbaar is." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "Andere invoertypes" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" -"Bij het aanmaken van loonstroken is het soms nodig om andere invoeren toe te" -" voegen voor specifieke omstandigheden, zoals onkosten, vergoedingen of " -"inhoudingen. Deze andere invoeren kunnen geconfigureerd worden door naar " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie --> Andere invoertypes` " -"te gaan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "Andere invoertypes voor de loonadministratie." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw invoertype te maken, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken`. Geef " -"een :guilabel:`Omschrijving`, de :guilabel:`Code`, en de structuur waarop " -"het van toepassing is in het veld :guilabel:`Beschikbaarheid in structuur`. " -"Klik op de knop :guilabel:`Opslaan` om de wijzigingen op te slaan of klik op" -" :guilabel:`Negeren` om de invoer te verwijderen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "Maak een nieuw invoertype." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "Salarisconfigurator" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -"De verschillende opties in de sectie :guilabel:`Salarispakketconfigurator` " -"van het menu :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie` beïnvloeden" -" het potentiële salaris van een werknemer. Deze secties " -"(:guilabel:`Voordelen`, :guilabel:`Persoonlijke informatie` en " -":guilabel:`Samenvatting`) bepalen welke voordelen aan een werknemer kunnen " -"worden aangeboden in zijn salarispakket." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1559,59 +3049,61 @@ msgstr "" "sollicitant te zien krijgt en wat wordt ingevuld wanneer de sollicitant " "informatie ingeeft." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Voordelen" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Wanneer je potentiële werknemers een functie aanbiedt, kan je naast het " -"salaris bepaalde *voordelen* instellen in Odoo om het aanbod aantrekkelijker" -" te maken (zoals extra verlof, een bedrijfswagen, vergoeding voor telefoon " -"of internet, enz.)." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" -"Om de voordelen te zien, ga naar :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> " -"Configuratie --> Voordelen`. Voordelen zijn gegroepeerd per " -":guilabel:`Structuurtype`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "Beschikbare instellingen voor de loonadministratie." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuw voordeel te maken, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Maken`. Voer de " -"informatie in de velden in en klik op de knop :guilabel:`Opslaan` om de " -"wijzigingen op te slaan of op :guilabel:`Negeren` om de invoer te " -"verwijderen." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "Lijst met voordelen die werknemers kunnen genieten." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" -msgstr "De vereiste velden voor een voordeel zijn:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr ":guilabel:`Naam`: Geef een naam aan het voordeel." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." @@ -1619,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Voordeelveld`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu het veld " "waaronder dit voordeel verschijnt in de loonstrook." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1631,7 +3123,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Maandelijke voordelen in netto`, :guilabel:`Maandelijkse " "voordelen in contanten` of :guilabel:`Jaarlijkse voordelen in contanten`." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." @@ -1639,109 +3131,149 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Loonstructuurtype`: Selecteer in het vervolgkeuzemenu het " "loonstructuurtype waarop dit voordeel van toepassing is." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "Lijst met voordelen die werknemers kunnen genieten." + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "Persoonlijke informatie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -"Elke werknemer in Odoo heeft een *werknemersfiche* die al zijn persoonlijke " -"informatie, cv, werkinformatie en documenten bevat. Om een werknemersfiche " -"te bekijken, ga naar het hoofddashboard van de " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie` app en klik op de fiche van de werknemer." -" Werknemersfiches kunnen ook worden bekeken door naar de " -":menuselection:`Werknemers` app te gaan." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." msgstr "" "Een werknemersfiche kan worden beschouwd als een personeelsdossier van een " "werknemer." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 msgid "" "The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " "available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." msgstr "" -"De sectie *Persoonlijke informatie* bevat alle velden die beschikbaar zijn " -"op de werknemersfiche. Ga naar :menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> " -"Configuratie --> Persoonlijke informatie` om deze sectie te openen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." -msgstr "" -"De persoonlijke informatie die kan worden ingevuld op de werknemersfiche." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" -"Om een invoer te bewerken, selecteer het in de lijst en klik op de knop " -":guilabel:`Bewerken` om de invoer te wijzigen. Als je klaar bent, klik op " -":guilabel:`Opslaan` of op :guilabel:`Negeren` om de informatie op te slaan " -"of om de wijzigingen te annuleren." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "Nieuwe invoer van persoonlijke informatie." -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" -"De twee belangrijkste velden op het persoonlijke informatieformulier zijn " -":guilabel:`Is vereist` en :guilabel:`Soort weergave`. Het aanvinken van het " -"vakje :guilabel:`Is vereist` maakt van dit veld een verplicht veld op de " -"werknemersfiche." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" -"Met het vervolgkeuzemenu :guilabel:`Soort weergave` kan de informatie op " -"verschillende manieren worden ingevoerd, van een :guilabel:`Tekstvak`, tot " -"een aanpasbaar :guilabel:`keuzerondje`, een :guilabel:`Selectievakje`, een " -":guilabel:`Document`, en meer." - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" -"Zodra de informatie is ingevoerd, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Opslaan` om de " -"invoer op te slaan. " - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Samenvatting" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" -"Momenteel is de functie :guilabel:`Samenvatting` in het menu " -":menuselection:`Loonadministratie --> Configuratie` nog in ontwikkeling en " -"dient alleen een specifiek gebruik voor de Belgische markten. De " -"documentatie zal worden bijgewerkt wanneer deze functie voor meer markten " -"beschikbaar is." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 msgid "Contracts" @@ -2878,6 +4410,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportages" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "Staafdiagram" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "Cirkeldiagram" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -3160,11 +4967,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Werving & Selectie" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Afkeuren" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Werknemer aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -3186,40 +6431,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -3231,37 +6460,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -3269,164 +6497,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Evaluaties" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Vragen" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3436,143 +6761,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Vragen" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Score" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Antwoorden" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Deelnemers" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "Tekstvak met één regel" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrix" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Omschrijving" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Layout" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Deelnemers" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "Live sessie" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3581,3 +7233,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "Punten" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 8acab6e03..1a98b08b1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2024 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -53,52 +53,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "Wist je dat?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1208,7 +1425,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1337,141 +1554,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Ontvangsten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Leveringen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Interne verplaatsingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2906,80 +3643,169 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen partijen en serienummers?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Wanneer te gebruiken" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Wanneer niet te gebruiken" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Traceability" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -3493,11 +4319,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3507,10 +4328,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5884,10 +6701,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5896,29 +6713,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5927,11 +6745,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5944,7 +6762,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5954,7 +6772,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5965,7 +6783,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5980,11 +6798,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5996,7 +6814,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -6008,18 +6826,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6031,7 +6849,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6044,7 +6862,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6109,7 +6927,7 @@ msgstr "Goederen direct ontvangen (1 stap)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "Maak een inkooporder" @@ -6572,49 +7390,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6628,7 +7454,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6637,7 +7463,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6646,7 +7472,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6657,7 +7483,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6670,11 +7496,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6683,7 +7509,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6698,11 +7524,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6710,7 +7536,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14937,8 +15763,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14947,53 +15774,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15589,10 +16683,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Traceability" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 5cc410478..044ea99b5 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # 04a2cd0fd6ee22172c36ea91f27a38c5_60041bf, 2022 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr "" "kan kiezen: :guilabel:`Lijst` en :guilabel:`Grafiek`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Lijstweergave" @@ -2911,413 +2911,514 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Geavanceerd" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" -msgstr "Metrics begrijpen" +msgid "Campaign metrics" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" -"Metrics zijn gedetailleerde statistieken die de voortgang en het succes van " -"marketingcampagnes meten. Bij het maken van marketingactiviteiten in een " -"workflow, toont Odoo een visuele weergave van de verschillende statistieken " -"met betrekking tot de campagne met gedetailleerde grafieken en diepgaande " -"gegevens." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" -"Een typisch lijndiagram in een marketing automation workflow die het " -"succespercentage van een e-mail weergeeft." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "Een voorbeeld van een marketing automation campagne in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" -"In dit geval is het :guilabel:`Doel` van deze camapgne ingesteld op " -":guilabel:`Lead/Verkoopkans` en is het *beperkt* tot leads (of " -"verkoopkansen) waarvan de :guilabel:`Labelnaam` de waarde `product` bevat — " -"en die *ook* een e-mailadres hebben in de database." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" -"Onder de filternodes toont Odoo hoeveel records in de database binnen de " -"eerder opgegeven criteriafilter vallen." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" -"Hieronder zijn er 18 records in de database die voldoen aan de criteria." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Leadgeneratiefilters die gebruikt worden om records te verfijnen op " -"automation campagnes in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" -"Bovenaan het marketing automation campagneformulier staan er een aantal " -"slimme knoppen. De slimme knop :guilabel:`Deelnemers` in dit voorbeeld toont" -" dat er van deze 18 records, 25 deelnemer zijn geworden. Met andere woorden," -" ze voldoen aan de criteria en hebben al op een of andere manier interactie " -"met de campagne gehad." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Records` vertegenwoordigen een realtime aantal. Daarom kunnen er " -"tijdens de workflow wijzigingen optreden in verkoopkansrecords " -"(verwijderingen, toevoegingen of aanpassingen)." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" -"Dit betekent dat er realtime updates zijn van het aantal " -":guilabel:`Records`, maar dergelijke updates veranderen het aantal " -":guilabel:`Deelnemers` *niet*, omdat de metrics de verkoopkansen die al " -"eerder als :guilabel:`Deelnemers` zijn ingesteld *niet* uitsluiten — Odoo " -"voegt alleen nieuwe toe." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." -msgstr "" -"Daarom kan het aantal :guilabel:`Records` soms verschillen van het aantal " -":guilabel:`Deelnemers`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" -"Verschil tussen het realtime aantal records en het totaal aantal deelnemers " -"op een marketingcampagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" -"Telkens het systeem draait, aantallen bijwerkt en acties triggert, kijkt het" -" naar het :guilabel:`Doel` en controleert het of nieuwe :guilabel:`Records` " -"werden toegevoegd (of gewijzigd) om de flow altijd up-to-date te houden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" -"De :guilabel:`Filter` wordt hier toegepast op *alle* activiteiten. Leads die" -" in de tussentijd het specifieke label (`product`) verliezen, worden " -"uitgesloten van latere activiteiten." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -"Filters kunnen ook worden toegepast op individuele activiteiten, in de " -"sectie :guilabel:`Domein` van het pop-upformulier :guilabel:`Activiteit`. " -"Gebruik deze functie om een individuele filter te bepalen die *alleen* wordt" -" uitgevoerd als de records aan *beide* filtercriteria voldoen — de " -"activiteitenfilter en de specifieke domeinfilter." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" -"Bij het configureren van een SMS, moet je ervoor zorgen dat een bepaald " -"telefoonnummer is ingesteld om te voorkomen dat een SMS wordt verzonden die " -"nooit zou worden verzonden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Een geschikte doelfilter die wordt toegepast op een type individuele " -"activiteit." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Succes` staat voor het aantal keren dat het zoeken naar " -"deelnemers — die voldoen aan de criteriafilter(s) van die activiteit — met " -"succes is uitgevoerd, ten opzichte tot het totaal aantal deelnemers. Als een" -" deelnemer *niet* aan de voorwaarden voldoet, wordt hij toegevoegd aan het " -"aantal :guilabel:`Afgewezen` deelnemers." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Overzicht met deelnemers die wel of niet voldoen aan de filtercriteria van " -"een activiteit." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -"Als je met de muis over de grafiek van een automation activiteit beweegt, " -"toont Odoo het aantal succesvolle en afgewezen deelnemers, per dag, over de " -"laatste 15 dagen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Traceringen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Deelnemers" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" -"Wanneer een nieuw record wordt toegevoegd aan het :guilabel:`Doel`, wordt " -"het automatisch toegevoegd aan de workflow en start de workflow vanaf het " -"begin (:guilabel:`Bovenliggende actie`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Aan de slag gaan" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Aan de slag gaan" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" -"Odoo's *Marketing Automation* app automatiseert verschillende marketingtaken" -" door specifieke regels en filters te combineren om getimede acties te " -"genereren. In plaats van handmatig elke fase van een campagne op te bouwen " -"(zoals een reeks getimede massamails), kunnen marketeers met de *Marketing " -"Automation* app de hele campagne et alle fases ervan op één plek op één " -"dashboard opbouwen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Een campagne maken" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe geautomatiseerde marketingcampagne te maken, open de " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app en klik op de knop " -":guilabel:`Aanmaken` in de linkerbovenhoek. Hierdoor verschijnt een leeg " -"detailformulier van een marketing automation campagne in een aparte pagina." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" -msgstr "" -"De volgende slimme knoppen en velden zijn beschikbaar op de lege marketing " -"automation campagnepagina:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -"Een dashboard die de aanmaak van een nieuwe marketing automation campagne in" -" Odoo toont." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" -msgstr "**Slimme knoppen**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sjablonen`: geeft het aantal vooraf geconfigureerde " -"e-mailsjablonen weer die worden gebruikt in deze specifieke campagne. " -"(Sjablonen kunnen ook gaandeweg worden gemaakt)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: geeft het aantal gepersonaliseerde sms'en weer die aan deze" -" campagne zijn gekoppeld." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kliks`: geeft het aantal keer weer dat bijgevoegde links zijn " -"aangeklikt door ontvangers van deze campagne." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Deelnemers`: geeft het aantal contacten weer die direct heeft " -"deelgenomen in deze campagne." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "**Velden**" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Naam`: geeft de naam van de marketing automation campagne weer " -"die wordt gemaakt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Doel`: dit veld is een vervolgkeuzemenu waarin je kan kiezen op " -"welk model deze campagne is gericht (bijv. op Contacten, Verkooporder, " -"Lead/Verkoopkans, enz.)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: dit veld biedt een groot aantal configureerbare criteria" -" die kunnen worden gebruikt om de doelgroep voor de marketing automation " -"campagne verder te beperken." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "Campagnefilters" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -"Om een :guilabel:`Filter` toe te voegen aan de doelgroep, klik op " -":guilabel:`Filter toevoegen`, en een nodeveld verschijnt. In het nodeveld " -"kan een aangepaste vergelijking worden geconfigureerd die Odoo moet " -"gebruiken om te filteren wie moet worden opgenomen (en uitgesloten) in deze " -"specifieke marketingcampagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Een filternode in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -"Als er op het eerste veld van de node geklikt wordt, verschijnt er een " -"ingenest vervolgkeuzemenu met opties, waarin specifieke criteria worden " -"gekozen op basis van de behoeften van de campagne. De overige velden van de " -"node definiëren verder de criteria die bepalen welke records moeten worden " -"opgenomen (of uitgesloten) in de uitvoering van de campagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -"Om een andere node toe te voegen, klik op het plusteken :guilabel:`➕` rechts" -" van de filterregel. Om een branch van meerdere nodes tegelijk toe te " -"voegen, klik op de ellips :guilabel:`⋯`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -"Raadpleeg :doc:`deze documentatie " -"`" -" voor meer informatie over filters." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Records` vertegenwoordigen het aantal contacten in het systeem " -"die voldoen aan de specifieke criteria van een campagne." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" @@ -3634,87 +3735,114 @@ msgstr "Campagnes testen/uitvoeren" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -"Odoo geeft gebruikers de mogelijkheid om marketingcampagnes (en mailings) te" -" testen voordat ze officieel worden uitgevoerd." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -"Open eerst de :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` applicatie en selecteer " -"de gewenste campagne, waardoor het campagneformulier verschijnt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" -"Controleer op het campagneformulier dat de campagne reeds activiteiten heeft" -" geconfigureerd (of bouw een campagne door de stappen in :doc:`deze " -"documentatie " -"`" -" te volgen). " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" -"Om een test te starten, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Test starten` bovenaan " -"het campagneformulier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Knop om de test de starten in Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"Hierdoor verschijnt er een pop-upvenster :guilabel:`Test starten`. Kies in " -"het vervolgkeuzemenu een bestaand record (of maak een nieuw record aan) " -"waarop de test kan worden uitgevoerd. Om een gloednieuw record te maken, " -"klik op de link :guilabel:`Zoek meer...` onder het vervolgkeuzemenu en klik " -"op de knop :guilabel:`Aanmaken`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -"Hierdoor verschijnt een leeg contactformulier, waarin de :guilabel:`Naam` en" -" de :guilabel:`E-mail` **moeten** worden ingevoerd. Als alle benodigde " -"informatie is ingevoerd, klik op :guilabel:`Opslaan` en Odoo keert terug " -"naar het pop-upvenster :guilabel:`Test starten`, met dat nieuwe record in " -"het veld :guilabel:`Kies een bestaand record of maak een nieuw record aan om" -" te testen`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" -"Zodra een record is geselecteerd, klik op :guilabel:`Doorgaan` en Odoo toont" -" de testpagina van de campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Testscherm in Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -3728,7 +3856,7 @@ msgstr "" "Daaronder, in de sectie :guilabel:`Workflow`, bevindt zich de eerste " "activiteit (of activiteiten) in de geteste workflow." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -3741,117 +3869,515 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo de verschillende resultaten (en analyses) die aan die specifieke " "activiteit zijn gekoppeld terwijl ze zich voordoen, in real-time." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Voortgang test workflow in Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" -"Zodra alle workflow activiteiten zijn voltooid, zal de test eindigen en " -"overgaan naar de fase :guilabel:`Voltooid`. Om een test te beëindigen " -"voordat alle workflow activiteiten zijn voltooid, klik op de knop " -":guilabel:`Stoppen` in de linkerbovenhoek van de testpagina van de campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" -msgstr "Marketingactiviteiten" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -"Bij het maken van een campagne in de *Marketing Automation* app kunnen " -"gebruikers marketingactiviteiten plannen, zoals e-mail- of sms-campagnes." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -"Om te beginnen, klik onderaan een marketing automation campagneformulier op " -":guilabel:`Nieuwe activiteit toevoegen`. Hierdoor verschijnt een pop-" -"upvenster :guilabel:`Activiteiten maken`. Dit pop-upvenster is een lege " -"activiteitensjabloon, waarin specifieke parameters kunnen worden ingesteld " -"voor die specifieke activiteit." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" -"Onderstaande velden zijn beschikbaar in het pop-upvenster " -":guilabel:`Activiteiten maken` (na het klikken op :guilabel:`Nieuwe " -"activiteit toevoegen`):" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Een activiteitensjabloon in Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Naam activiteit`: de titel van de activiteit." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Soort activiteit`: kies tussen `E-mail`, `Serveractie` (interne " -"Odoo bewerking), of `SMS`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`E-mailsjabloon`: kies uit vooraf geconfigureerde sjablonen (of " -"maak een nieuw sjabloon aan in een oogwenk)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Activeren`: kies wanneer deze activiteit moet geactiveerd worden." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Aflooptijd`: configureer om de acties na een bepaalde tijd te " -"stoppen (na de geplande datum). Indien geselecteerd, een veld " -":guilabel:`Annuleren na` verschijnt, waarin de gebruiker kan kiezen hoeveel " -":guilabel:`Uren, Dagen, Weken, Maanden` na de startdatum de acties moeten " -"stoppen." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Activiteitenfilter`: domein gerelateerd aan deze activiteit (en " -"alle volgende onderliggende activiteiten)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Toegepaste filter`: de activiteit wordt *enkel* uitgevoerd als " -"deze voldoet aan het opgegeven domein (filter)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Activeren" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -3869,21 +4395,23 @@ msgstr "" "activiteit te verwijderen en terug te gaan naar het marketing automation " "campagneformulier." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Workflow activiteit" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Zodra een activiteit is opgeslagen, verschijnt de sectie :guilabel:`Workflow" -" activiteit` onderaan het marketing automation campagneformulier. Elke " -"activiteit wordt weergegeven als een lijndiagram. " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Typische workflow activiteit in Odoo Marketing Automation." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" "The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " "the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " @@ -3893,7 +4421,7 @@ msgstr "" "links van de kaart :guilabel:`Workflow activiteit` vinden in de sectie " ":guilabel:`Workflow`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " ":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " @@ -3903,76 +4431,67 @@ msgstr "" "vinden dat het aantal :guilabel:`Successen` of :guilabel:`Afgewezen` " "activiteiten weergeeft." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Typische workflow activiteit in Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"Als het :guilabel:`Soort activiteit` is ingesteld op :guilabel:`E-mail`, " -"zijn er meer diepgaande analyses beschikbaar onder de gegevens van de " -"activiteitsgrafiek, die aangeven hoeveel e-mails er zijn " -":guilabel:`Verzonden` en welk percentage van daarvan is :guilabel:`Geklikt`," -" :guilabel:`Beantwoord` of :guilabel:`Bounced`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Onderliggende activiteiten" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -"Je hebt ook de optie om een *onderliggende activiteit* toe te voegen door op" -" :guilabel:`Onderliggende activiteit toevoegen` te klikken onderaan elk " -"activiteitenblok in de sectie :guilabel:`Workflow` van een marketing " -"automation formulier." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -"Onderliggende activiteiten zijn subactiviteiten die verbonden zijn met (en " -"geactiveerd worden door) de activiteit erboven, ook wel de *bovenliggende " -"activiteit* genoemd." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt een aantal triggermogelijkheden om een onderliggende activiteit " -"te starten - die allemaal afhankelijk zijn van de triggerconfiguraties van " -"de bovenliggende activiteit. Ga onder de gewenste bovenliggende activiteit " -"met de muis over :guilabel:`Onderliggende activiteit toevoegen` en selecteer" -" één van de volgende triggers:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Voeg een andere activiteit toe`: voeg onmiddellijk een andere " -"activiteit toe." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Geopend`: de volgende activiteit wordt geactiveerd als de " -"ontvanger (van de e-mail) de e-mail opent." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -3980,7 +4499,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Niet geopend`: de volgende activiteit wordt geactiveerd als de " "ontvanger de e-mail niet opent." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -3988,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Beantwoord`: de volgende activiteit wordt geactiveerd als de " "ontvanger de e-mail beantwoordt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -3996,7 +4515,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Niet beantwoord`: de volgende activiteit wordt geactiveerd als de" " ontvanger de e-mail niet beantwoordt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4004,7 +4523,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Geklikt`: de volgende activiteit wordt geactiveerd als de " "ontvanger op een link in de e-mail klikt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -4012,7 +4531,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Niet geklikt`: de volgende activiteit wordt geactiveed als de " "ontvanger niet op een link in de e-mail klikt." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -4020,20 +4539,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: de volgende activiteit wordt geactiveerd als de e-mail " "wordt gebounced (niet verzonden). " -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" -"Zodra een trigger is geselecteerd, kan de gebruiker de onderliggende " -"activiteit configureren (deze heeft dezelfde configuratieopties als een " -"gewone activiteit) en op :guilabel:`Opslaan & Sluiten` klikken om het maken " -"van de onderliggende activiteit te voltooien, die vervolgens wordt " -"weergegeven in de sectie :guilabel:`Workflow`, op een iets ingesprongen " -"positie onder de bovenliggende activiteit." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -5840,221 +6350,380 @@ msgstr "Social marketing essentials" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" -"Odoo *Social marketing* helpt content marketeers met het maken en plannen " -"van posts, het beheren van verschillende social media accounts, het " -"analyseren van de effectiviteit van de inhoud en het direct communiceren met" -" social media volgers in één centrale locatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" -msgstr "Socialmedia-accounts toevoegen" +msgid "Social media accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" -"Om posts te kunnen maken moet elk socialmedia-account worden toegevoegd als " -"een stream in Odoo *Social marketing* applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" -msgstr "Een socialmedia-stream toevoegen" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -"Voeg een socialmedia-account toe als stream door naar de " -":menuselection:`Social marketing` app te gaan en op de knop " -":guilabel:`Stream toevoegen` in de linkerbovenhoek te klikken." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -"Als je op :guilabel:`Stream toevoegen` klikt, verschijnt er een pop-" -"upvenster die de verschillende social media weergeeft waaruit je kan kiezen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het pop-upvenster dat verschijnt als je op 'Stream toevoegen' " -"klikt in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van je versie van Odoo zijn er bijkomende opties voor social " -"media beschikbaar." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" -"Selecteer in dit pop-upvenster een social media: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, of :guilabel:`Twitter`." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" -"Odoo navigeert vervolgens meteen daar de autorisatiepagina van dat social " -"media, waar je toestemming moet geven dat Odoo dat specifieke socialmedia-" -"account aan de *Social marketing* applicatie toevoegt als stream op het " -"hoofddashboard van de app." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" -"Een Facebookpagina kan worden toegevoegd zolang het Facebook account dat " -"toestemming geeft de beheerder is van de pagina. Verschillende pagina's " -"kunnen ook worden toegevoegd voor verschillende streams." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" -"Zodra toestemming is verleend, navigeert Odoo terug naar de :guilabel:`Feed`" -" op het hoofddashboard van :guilabel:`Social marketing` en voegt automatisch" -" een nieuwe kolom met de posts van dat account toe." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" -"Hier kan je op elk moment nieuwe accounts en/of streams toevoegen en " -"beheren." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" -"Voorbeeld van hoe een dashboard met streams eruit ziet in Odoo Social " -"marketing." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." -msgstr "" -"Het toevoegen van socialmedia-accounts aan de feed koppelt ook de KPI's van " -"dat specifieke social media platform (als het platform er heeft). Om te " -"worden herleid naar de statistieken en metrics van een social account, klik " -"op :guilabel:`Inzichten`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -"De link Inzichten is toegankelijk voor elke social media stream die is " -"toegevoegd in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" -msgstr "Social media posts maken en publiceren in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -"Om inhoud te maken voor socialmedia-accounts in de :menuselection:`Social " -"marketing` applicatie, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Nieuwe post` in de " -"linkerbovenhoek van het hoofddashboard of ga naar :menuselection:`Posts --> " -"Aanmaken` in het kopmenu." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." msgstr "" -"Er verschijnt hoe dan ook een leeg sjabloon die je kan aanpassen en " -"configureren op verschillende manieren." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "Hoe een social media post maken rechtstreeks in Odoo?" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "Post sjabloon" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "De pagina post sjabloon biedt een groot aantal verschillende opties." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Posts" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "Sectie 'Je post'" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" -"De eerste optie is het veld :guilabel:`Publiceren op`. Hier bepaal je op " -"welk(e) socialmedia-account(s) of op welke website(s) deze post wordt " -"gepubliceerd door middel van pushmeldingen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Inzichten" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Bedrijf" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Publiceren op" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Om de optie :guilabel:`Pushmelding` te kunnen weergeven, zorg ervoor dat de " -"functie *Web pushmeldingen inschakelen* geactiveerd is in de *Website* " -"applicatie. Ga hiervoor naar :menuselection:`Website --> Configuratie --> " -"Instellingen`, activeer :guilabel:`Web pushmeldingen inschakelen`, vul de " -"overeenkomstige velden in en klik op :guilabel:`Opslaan`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" -"Odoo geeft automatisch elk beschikbaar socialmedia-account dat gekoppeld is " -"aan de database als optie in deze sectie." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Bericht" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" -"Als een socialmedia-account niet is toegevoegd als een stream aan de *Social" -" marketing* applicatie, wordt het niet voorgesteld op de sjabloon." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." @@ -6062,82 +6731,122 @@ msgstr "" "Vervolgens is er het veld :guilabel:`Bericht`. Hier wordt de hoofdinhoud van" " de post ingegeven." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -"Typ het gewenste bericht voor de post in dit veld. Tijdens het invullen van " -"het veld :guilabel:`Bericht`, toont Odoo aan de rechterkant een voorbeeld " -"van hoe de post eruit zal zien op alle eerder geselecteerde socialmedia-" -"accounts in bovenstaand veld :guilabel:`Publiceren op`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -"Emoji's kunnen ook rechtstreeks worden toegevoegd in het veld " -":guilabel:`Bericht`. Klik gewoon op het :guilabel:`emoji (smiley) icoontje`," -" helemaal rechts op de regel van het veld :guilabel:`Bericht`. Door op dit " -"icoontje te klikken, verschijnt er een vervolgkeuzelijst met talloze emoji's" -" waaruit je kan kiezen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -"Als je afbeeldingen wilt gebruiken in de post, klik op de link " -":guilabel:`AFBEELDINGEN TOEVOEGEN` onder het veld :guilabel:`Bericht` en er " -"verschijnt een pop-upvenster. Je kan hier in dit venster de gewenste " -"afbeelding kiezen en uploaden." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Afbeeldingen toevoegen" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -"Een voorbeeld van het hele bericht, tekst en afbeelding (indien van " -"toepassing) wordt direct weergegeven in het visuele voorbeeld van de post." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -"Vervolgens is er de optie om deze post aan een specifieke marketingcampagne " -"in de database te koppelen in het veld :guilabel:`Campagne`. Klik op de lege" -" regel naast de :guilabel:`Campagne` om de vooraf geconfigureerde campagnes " -"weer te geven waaruit je kan kiezen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -"Je kan ook een nieuwe campagne maken door de naam van de nieuwe campagne in " -"het lege veld :guilabel:`Campagne` te typen en :guilabel:`Aanmaken` te " -"selecteren het vervolgkeuzemenu. Of selecteer :guilabel:`Aanmaken en " -"bewerken` in het vervolgkeuzemenu om de nieuwe campagne verder aan te " -"passen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Campagne" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -"Een social media post hoeft *niet* aan een campagne te worden gekoppeld." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Wanneer" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " @@ -6148,237 +6857,197 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Later plannen` om Odoo de post op een latere datum en tijd te " "laten publiceren." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -"Als je :guilabel:`Later plannen` selecteert, toont Odoo een nieuw veld " -"eronder (het veld :guilabel:`Geplande datum`). Als je op dat lege veld " -"klikt, verschijnt een pop-upkalender waarin je een datum en tijdstip in de " -"toekomst kan kiezen. Odoo zal de post op dat moment direct publiceren op de " -"vooraf bepaalde socialmedia-accounts." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Klik op de gewenste datum om de post voor die dag te plannen. Selecteer " -"vervolgens handmatig de standaardtijd in het veld :guilabel:`Geplande datum`" -" en pas deze aan. Of pas de gewenste tijd aan door op het " -":guilabel:`planningsicoontje (klok)` te klikken in de pop-upkalender en kies" -" de gewenste tijd waarop Odoo deze post op die toekomstige datum moet " -"publiceren." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -"Als je een post inplant, vergeet niet om op :guilabel:`Inplannen` te klikken" -" in de linkerbovenhoek van de sjabloon. Hierdoor vergrendelt Odoo die " -"specifieke datum/tijdstip om de post te versturen en verandert de status van" -" de post in :guilabel:`Gepland`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"Wanneer je op :guilabel:`Inplannen` klikt, verschijnen er een aantal " -"analytische slimme knoppen op de pagina. Elke slimme knop biedt een " -"gedetailleerde analyse van de corresponderende metrics (bijv. " -":guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Omzet`, enz.). Dezelfde slimme knoppen " -"verschijnen ook wanneer een post officieel wordt gepubliceerd." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "Sectie 'Opties voor webmeldingen'" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -"Als :guilabel:`Pushmeldingen` zijn geselecteerd in het veld " -":guilabel:`Publiceren op`, biedt Odoo nog een sectie met instellingen/opties" -" onderaan het formulier. *Geen* van deze velden is echter verplicht." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Pushmelding opties" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -"Het eerste veld is :guilabel:`Titel pushmelding`. Dit is de tekst die wordt " -"weergegeven als titel van de pushmelding wanneer deze wordt verstuurd. Odoo " -"toont een visueel voorbeeld van deze titel, als er een is gekozen." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"Om een specifieke pagina op de website aan te wijzen die deze pushmelding " -"moet activeren, voer de URL van die pagina in in het veld :guilabel:`Push " -"doel URL`. Zodra een bezoeker die specifieke pagina bereikt, zal Odoo de " -"pushmelding weergeven." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -"Onder dat veld is er de optie om een aangepast :guilabel:`Push icoon " -"afbeelding` toe te voegen. Dit is een icoontje dat naast de pushmelding " -"verschijnt. Standaard gebruikt Odoo een \"smiley\" als icoon." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -"Om een nieuwe afbeelding te uploaden, klik op het icoontje " -":guilabel:`Bewerken (potlood)` wanneer je met de muis over het veld " -":guilabel:`Push icoon afbeelding` gaat. Zoek en upload dan de gewenste " -"afbeelding en Odoo toont automatisch een voorbeeld van hoe het icoontje zal " -"verschijnen op de pushmelding." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -"Vervolgens is er de optie :guilabel:`Verzenden in tijdzone van bezoeker`. " -"Indien deze optie is ingeschakeld, verstuurt Odoo de post op het juiste, " -"vooraf bepaalde tijdstip, rekening houdend met de locatie van de bezoeker." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "Meldingsopties opslaan, publiceren en testen" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -"Wanneer alle wijzigingen zijn gemaakt en de post is voltooid, klik op " -":guilabel:`Opslaan` om de post als *concept* op te slaan. Of, als de post " -"klaar is om onmiddellijk te worden gepubliceerd, klik op " -":guilabel:`Publiceren` en Odoo publiceert automatisch de post op de vooraf " -"bepaalde socialmedia-accounts." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -"Er is ook de optie om de :guilabel:`melding te testen`, als een " -":guilabel:`Pushmelding` is geselecteerd in het veld :guilabel:`Publiceren " -"op`. Als je hierop klikt, krijg je snel een voorbeeld van hoe de melding " -"eruit zal zien voor bezoekers." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "Statusbalk social media post" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -"Rechtboven op de pagina :guilabel:`Social media post sjabloon` staat de " -":guilabel:`Statusbalk`. Deze geeft de huidige status van de post weer." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" -"Als je op :guilabel:`Opslaan` klikt, heeft de post de status *Concept*." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -"Als de post gepland is om op een toekomstige datum/tijd te worden verzonden " -"en als je op de knop :guilabel:`Inplannen` klikt, dan heeft de post de " -"status *Gepland*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -"Als de post gepland is om te worden gepubliceerd of verzonden, heeft de post" -" de status *Plaatsen*. En als de post al is gepubliceerd of verzonden, heeft" -" de post de status *Geplaatst*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "Pagina Posts" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -"Om een compleet overzicht van posts te zien, ga naar Odoo " -":menuselection:`Social marketing`, en klik op :menuselection:`Posts` in het " -"kopmenu. Hier kan je elke post vinden die is gemaakt en geplaatst met Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -"Er zijn vier verschillende weergaveopties voor de gegevens van de pagina " -":guilabel:`Posts`: *kanban*, *kalender*, *lijst*, en *draaitabel*. De " -"weergaveoptie bevinden zich in de rechterbovenhoek van de pagina " -":guilabel:`Posts`, onder de zoekbalk." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Kanban-weergave" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -"Odoo toont de posts standaard in een kanban-weergave. De informatie op deze " -"pagina kan nog verder worden gesorteerd via de vervolgkeuzelijsten " -":guilabel:`Filters` en :guilabel:`Groeperen op`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -6386,48 +7055,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Kanban-weergave van de pagina Posts in Odoo Social marketing applicatie." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "Kalenderweergave" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" -"De kalenderweergave toont een visuele weergave in kalenderformaat van " -"wanneer posts gepubliceerd zijn of gepland zijn om gepubliceerd te worden. " -"Deze optie geeft een duidelijk overzicht van elke geplande dag, week of " -"maand en Odoo toont alle posts in concept, de geplande posts en de " -"gepubliceerde posts." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "Voorbeeld van de kalenderweergave in Odoo Social marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" -"De lijstweergave is vergelijkbaar met de kanban-weergave, maar in plaats van" -" individuele blokken wordt alle informatie weergegeven in een duidelijke " -"lijst. Elke regel van de lijst toont de :guilabel:`Social accounts`, het " -":guilabel:`Bericht`, en de :guilabel:`Status` van elke post." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "Voorbeeld van de lijstweergave in Odoo Social marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Draaitabelweergave" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -6439,53 +7125,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "Voorbeeld van de draaitabelweergave in Odoo Social marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -"De draaitabelweergave biedt tal van analyseopties, waarmee verschillende " -"posts meer in detail kunnen worden geanalyseerd." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -"Klik op een :guilabel:`+ (plusteken)` naast een regel in de draaitabel om " -"meer analyseopties weer te geven die je kan toevoegen aan het raster." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -"In de draaitabelweergave is de optie :guilabel:`Invoegen in Spreadsheet` " -"beschikbaar, rechts van de vervolgkeuzelijst :guilabel:`Meetwaarden`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -"Als je erop klikt, verschijnt er een pop-upvenster met de optie om deze " -"informatie toe te voegen aan een spreadsheet. Je kan ook een nieuw " -"spreadsheet maken met deze informatie in dit pop-upvenster." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -"Er zijn drie weergaveopties naast de optie :guilabel:`Invoeren in " -"Spreadsheet`, die specifiek zijn voor de draaitabelweergave." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "Van links naar rechts zijn dit de opties:" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." @@ -6493,7 +7162,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`As wisselen`, waarmee de *X* en *Y* assen in de rastertabel " "worden omgedraaid." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." @@ -6501,7 +7170,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Alles uitvouwen`, waarmee elke regel in het raster wordt " "uitgevouwen en meer gedetailleerde informatie wordt weergegeven." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." @@ -6509,141 +7178,115 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Downloaden`, waarmee de draaitabel automatisch wordt gedownload " "als een spreadsheet." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Bezoekers" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" -"Om een compleet overzicht te bekomen van alle mensen die de website(s) " -"hebben bezocht die verbonden is (zijn) met de database, ga naar " -":menuselection:`Social marketing --> Bezoekers` in het kopmenu." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "Weergave van de bezoekerspagina in Odoo Social marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -"Odoo biedt hier een gedetailleerde lay-out van alle relevente gegevens van " -"de bezoekers in de standaard kanban-weergave. Dezelfde informatie kan worden" -" gesorteerd met de opties :guilabel:`Filters` en :guilabel:`Groeperen op`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -"De gegevens van de bezoekers kunnen ook worden weergeven als een lijst of " -"een grafiek. Deze weergaveopties bevinden zich in de rechterbovenhoek van de" -" pagina :guilabel:`Bezoekers` onder de zoekbalk." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "Pagina Social media" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Social Media` om een overzicht te " -"zien van alle social media opties: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, en :guilabel:`Pushmeldingen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "Weergave van de pagina Social media in Odoo Social marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" -"Als er geen account is gekoppeld aan een specifiek social media, klik op " -":guilabel:`Account koppelen` om het koppelingsproces te lanceren." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "Pagina Socialmedia-accounts" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" -"Om een lijst met alle socialmedia-accounts te zien die gekoppeld zijn aan de" -" database, ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Socialmedia-accounts`. " -"Deze pagina toont de :guilabel:`Naam van het medium` en het " -":guilabel:`Social Media` platform waaraan het is gekoppeld." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "Weergave van de pagina Socialmedia-accounts in Odoo Social marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -"Om een socialmedia-account te bewerken/wijzigen, selecteer het gewenste " -"account uit de lijst op deze pagina en maak de nodige wijzigingen. Vergeet " -"niet om op :guilabel:`Opslaan` te klikken om de wijzigingen op te slaan." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "Pagina Social media streams" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Social media streams` om een aparte" -" pagina te openen met alle social media streams die zijn toegevoegd aan het " -"hoofddashboard van de *Social marketing* app, toegankelijk via de optie " -":guilabel:`Feed` in het kopmenu." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -"De informatie omtrent de social media streams zijn hier georganiseerd in een" -" lijstweergave met de :guilabel:`Social Media`, de :guilabel:`Titel` van de " -"stream en het :guilabel:`Soort` stream (bijv. :guilabel:`Posts`, " -":guilabel:`Trefwoord`, enz.)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -"Om de informatie van een stream te wijzigen, selecteer de gewenste stream " -"uit de lijst en maak de nodige wijzigingen. Vergeet niet om op " -":guilabel:`Opslaan` te klikken om de wijzigingen op te slaan." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -6682,6 +7325,10 @@ msgstr "" "(of werknemers) te meten en meer inzicht te krijgen in veranderende " "marktsentimenten." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Aan de slag gaan" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 6e0af176f..cf126898e 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -750,166 +750,174 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" +" the browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1339,6 +1347,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0cdac29d2..ab4ee8af2 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,25 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Louisa Van Cauwenberghe , 2022 -# Jurre Claassen , 2022 # Eric Geens , 2022 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2022 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023 # Cédric Heylen, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cédric Heylen, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -61,26 +59,12 @@ msgstr "Converteer leads naar prospects" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" -"Het systeem kan leads genereren in plaats van opportuniteiten, om zo een " -"kwalificatie stap toe te voegen voordat u een * Lead * in een * " -"Opportuniteit* omzet en aan een verkoopmedewerker toewijst. U kunt deze " -"modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. " #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"U kan deze modus activeren via de CRM-instellingen. Dit is standaard van " -"toepassing op al uw verkoopkanalen. Maar u kan dit specificiëren voor ieder " -"kanaal via de configuratie. " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -107,89 +91,200 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Ga voor deze functie naar: menuselectie: `CRM -> Configuratie -> " -"Instellingen` en activeer de * Leads * functie." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"U heeft nu een nieuw submenu * Leads * onder * Pijplijn * waar leads zullen " -"toegevoegd worden." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Converteer een lead in een opportuniteit" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u op * Lead * klikt, hebt u de mogelijkheid om deze om te zetten in " -"een opportuniteit en te beslissen of deze nog steeds moet worden toegewezen " -"aan hetzelfde kanaal / dezelfde persoon en of u een nieuwe klant moet maken." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Als u al een opportuniteit heeft met die klant, biedt Odoo u automatisch de " -"mogelijkheid om ze samen te smelten. Op dezelfde manier biedt Odoo u " -"automatisch een link naar een bestaande klant als die klant al bestaat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Prospects samenvoegen" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" -"Het is ook mogelijk om meer dan 2 verkoopkansen of leads samen te voegen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -5316,378 +5411,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon connector" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Kosten" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5916,7 +6145,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5971,169 +6199,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "e-Bay connector" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Hoe een product aanbieden?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Aanbiedingen zonder variatie" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Om een product aan te bieden moet u het vinkje **Gebruik eBay** aanvinken op" -" de productfiche. Het eBay tabblad wordt vervolgens beschikbaar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" -"Wanneer het **Gebruik stockhoeveelheid** veld is aangevinkt zal de hoeveel " -"die op eBay gebruikt wordt komen vanuit het Odoo veld **Voorspelde " -"hoeveelheid**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -"Het **Omschrijving sjabloon** staat u toe om sjablonen te gebruiken voor uw " -"aanbiedingen. Het standaard sjabloon gebruikt enkel het **eBay " -"omschrijving** veld van het product. U kan HTML gebruiken in het " -"**Omschrijving sjabloon** en in de **eBay omschrijving**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -"Om producten te gebruiken in uw vermelding moet u ze als **Bijlages** " -"toevoegen aan het productsjabloon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Aanbiedingen met variaties" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Aanbiedingen met specifieke items" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Aanbiedingen zonder variatie" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Om product specifieke items toe te voegen moet u een productattribuut " -"aanmaken met een waarde in het **Varianten** tabblad op het " -"productformulier." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Product identificaties" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Aanbiedingen met variaties" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Aanbiedingen met specifieke items" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Hoe eBay te configureren in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "eBay tokens aanmaken" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"Om uw tokens aan te maken moet u een ontwikkelaars account aanmaken op het " -"`ontwikkelaars portaal `_. Eenmaal u bent " -"aangemeld kan u **Sandbox Sleutels** en **Productie sleutels** aanmaken door" -" te klikken op de overeenstemmende knoppen." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Na het aanmaken van de sleutels kan u het gebruiker token ophalen. Om dit te" -" doen klikt u op de **Verkrijg een Gebruiker Token** link onderaan de " -"pagina. Ga doorheen het formulier, meld aan met uw eBay account en u krijgt " -"de sleutel en token die u nodig heeft om de Odoo module te configureren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Tokens opzetten in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" -"Om de eBay integratie op te zetten gaat u naar :menuselection:`Verkopen --> " -"Configuratie --> Instellingen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"Kies eerst of u de productie of de sandbox eBay site wilt gebruiken. Vul " -"vervolgens de velden **Ontwikkelaarssleutel**, **Token**, **App sleutel** en" -" **Cert sleutel** in. Pas de wijzigingen toe." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Startdatum" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Titel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Subtitel" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" -"Eenmaal de pagina herladen is moet u de informatie met eBay synchroniseren. " -"Klik op **Synchroniseer landen en valuta's**, vervolgens kan u alle andere " -"velden invullen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" -"Wanneer alle velden ingevuld zijn kan u de categorieën en beleid door te " -"klikken op de correcte knoppen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Duur" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Land" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Gebruikerstoken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Ontwikkelaarssleutel" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6141,154 +7467,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Factuur methode" @@ -10379,645 +11732,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Beheer uw producten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Hoe het bestand aanpassen" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -"Stel een unieke ID in voor elke record door de ID sequentie naar beneden te " -"slepen." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Relatievelden importeren (zie hieronder)." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Hoe relatievelden importeren" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Schakel de API in." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -"Als een voorbeeld van een bedrijf dat t-shirts verkoopt kan het de volgende " -"producten hebben:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T-shirt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Grootte: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Kenmerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." +msgid "" +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Een prijs instellen per variant" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impact van varianten" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e416c27fb..a6013a06b 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -5175,13 +5175,9 @@ msgstr "Projectinstellingen" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Pas je project aan " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 7e07a76be..af60ebd3b 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,6 +30,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Websites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "eCommerce" @@ -4146,22 +4418,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4169,14 +4440,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4188,29 +4459,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4223,13 +4494,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4240,18 +4511,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4262,18 +4533,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4281,7 +4552,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4291,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4304,20 +4575,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5353,6 +5624,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5773,108 +6161,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 1796f7888..a898d1d77 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ # Łukasz Grzenkowicz , 2023 # Paweł Wodyński , 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3968,7 +3968,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " -"post directly from my database." +"post directly from your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 @@ -3978,14 +3978,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " -"credits to test our IAP features." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 @@ -4013,10 +4013,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:42 msgid "" -"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " -"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " -"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:50 @@ -4025,46 +4025,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:52 msgid "" -"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " -"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " -"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " -"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " -"by email!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 -msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " -"Database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " -"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "" -"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " -"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:74 -msgid "" -"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" -" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" -" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 @@ -4073,8 +4039,8 @@ msgstr "Raportowanie" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " -"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +"You can find several reports under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most " +"apps that let you analyze and visualize the data of your records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 @@ -4106,11 +4072,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:33 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your " "records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " @@ -4122,11 +4088,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:45 msgid "Choosing measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 msgid "" "After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " ":doc:`filtered `. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " @@ -4134,7 +4100,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:52 msgid "" "When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" " for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " @@ -4144,7 +4110,7 @@ msgid "" "the total number of filtered records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:58 msgid "" "After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " "be :ref:`grouped ` depending on the dimension you want to " @@ -4152,7 +4118,7 @@ msgid "" "used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" "When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " "another one appears." @@ -4162,11 +4128,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Using the comparison option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:72 msgid "Select measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:74 msgid "" "Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " ":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " @@ -4177,11 +4143,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:81 msgid "Group measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" "You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" " rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." @@ -4191,11 +4157,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:92 msgid "Using the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:94 msgid "" "Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " "the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" @@ -4206,13 +4172,13 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`➖`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " "the newly created subgroups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:104 msgid "" "You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " "example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " @@ -4224,52 +4190,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:112 msgid "" "Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " "(:guilabel:`⇄`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" " (⏷) order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:114 msgid "" "Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " "(:guilabel:`⭳`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 msgid "Using the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 -msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:121 +msgid "Three graphs are available: the bar, line, and pie charts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:123 msgid "" "**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " "categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " "sets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:126 msgid "" "**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " "time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:128 msgid "" "**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " "number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4277,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:138 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4285,7 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:143 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "" @@ -4293,14 +4259,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:149 msgid "" "For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " "have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " "next to each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:154 msgid "Stacked bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4308,7 +4274,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:159 msgid "Regular bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4316,7 +4282,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:164 msgid "Stacked line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4324,8 +4290,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:184 msgid "Regular line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4333,13 +4299,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:174 msgid "" "For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " "is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:179 msgid "Cumulative line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4859,43 +4825,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5187,73 +5116,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "zgłoszenia" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "subskrypcje" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5264,31 +5338,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5302,13 +5376,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5317,7 +5391,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5325,6 +5399,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Zmień hasło" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index dfeac5f5e..2ede06e0f 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" @@ -54,52 +54,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1209,7 +1426,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1338,141 +1555,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Przyjęcia" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Wydania" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Przesunięcia wewnątrzmagazynowe" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2907,79 +3644,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Wprowadzenie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Śledzenie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3494,11 +4320,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3508,10 +4329,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5871,10 +6688,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5883,29 +6700,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5914,11 +6732,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5931,7 +6749,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5941,7 +6759,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5952,7 +6770,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5967,11 +6785,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5983,7 +6801,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5995,18 +6813,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6018,7 +6836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6031,7 +6849,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6096,7 +6914,7 @@ msgstr "Przyjmij towary bezpośrednio (1 krok)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6559,49 +7377,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6615,7 +7441,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6624,7 +7450,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6633,7 +7459,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6644,7 +7470,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6657,11 +7483,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6670,7 +7496,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6685,11 +7511,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6697,7 +7523,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14922,8 +15748,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14932,53 +15759,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15574,10 +16668,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Śledzenie" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 11aa20dd3..f361c73f3 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,20 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 # Karol Rybak , 2023 # Wojciech Warczakowski , 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -167,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Widok listy" @@ -2119,149 +2118,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Zaawansowane" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Ślady" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Uczestnicy" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2269,149 +2420,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Utwórz kampanię" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2638,63 +2850,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2703,7 +2966,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2711,89 +2974,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Wyzwalacz" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2803,122 +3492,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -4251,389 +4954,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Wpisy" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Szczegóły" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Firma" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Opublikuj w" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Wiadomość" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Załącz obrazy" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Kampania" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Kiedy" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Opcje powiadomień push" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4641,39 +5652,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4683,97 +5720,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Odwiedzający" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4781,22 +5823,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4804,41 +5842,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4869,6 +5906,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 03e34a63d..9f8133f2a 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,20 +5,20 @@ # # Translators: # Maksym , 2023 -# Paweł Wodyński , 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 +# Paweł Wodyński , 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 # Anita Kosobucka, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -57,19 +57,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -96,77 +89,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5278,378 +5393,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Łącznik Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Opłaty" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5878,7 +6127,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5933,137 +6181,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Złącze eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Przegląd" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Data początkowa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Tytuł" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Podtytuł" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategoria" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Czas trwania" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Kraj" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Token użytkownika" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "klucz deweloperski" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6071,154 +7449,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10309,641 +11714,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T-shirt" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Atrybuty" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 663631908..b44bbcf39 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ # Maja Stawicka , 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński , 2023 # Tomasz Leppich , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,6 +30,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Strony internetowe" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "eCommerce" @@ -4142,22 +4414,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4165,14 +4436,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4184,29 +4455,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4219,13 +4490,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4236,18 +4507,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4258,18 +4529,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4277,7 +4548,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4287,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4300,20 +4571,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5349,6 +5620,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5769,108 +6157,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 86abe941f..6f06b0841 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # Silmar , 2023 # Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2023 -# Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 @@ -15,16 +14,17 @@ # Paulo Gomes, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Maitê Dietze, 2023 +# Marcos Rodrigues, 2024 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":doc:`History of Versions `" msgstr "" +":doc:`Histórico das versões `" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 msgid "Install" @@ -58,12 +59,16 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the intended use case, there are multiple ways to install Odoo " "- or not install it at all." msgstr "" +"Dependendo do caso de uso pretendido, há várias maneiras de instalar o Odoo " +"- ou de não instalá-lo." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:10 msgid "" ":doc:`Online ` is the easiest way to use Odoo in production " "or to try it." msgstr "" +"A versão :doc:`Online ` é a maneira mais fácil de usar o " +"Odoo em produção ou de experimentá-lo." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -71,6 +76,9 @@ msgid "" "and developing modules. They can be used for long-term production with " "additional deployment and maintenance work." msgstr "" +"Os :doc:`instaladores de pacotes ` são adequados para " +"testar o Odoo e desenvolver módulos. Eles podem ser usados para produção de " +"longo prazo com trabalho adicional de implementação e manutenção." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -79,16 +87,22 @@ msgid "" "is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base for production " "deployment." msgstr "" +"A :doc:`instalação da fonte ` oferece maior flexibilidade, " +"pois permite, por exemplo, executar várias versões do Odoo no mesmo sistema." +" É adequada para desenvolver módulos e pode ser usada como base para a " +"implementação de produção." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:20 msgid "" "A `Docker `_ base image is available for " "development or deployment." msgstr "" +"Uma imagem base do `Docker `_ está " +"disponível para desenvolvimento ou implementação." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 msgid "Editions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edições" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 msgid "There are two different editions." @@ -101,6 +115,10 @@ msgid "" "`_. It is the core upon " "which Odoo Enterprise is built." msgstr "" +"O **Odoo Community** é a versão gratuita e de código aberto do software, " +"licenciada sob a `LPGM GNU v3 " +"`_. Ela é o núcleo sobre o" +" qual o Odoo Enterprise é construído." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -109,20 +127,26 @@ msgid "" "hosting. `Pricing `_ starts from one app " "free." msgstr "" +"o **Odoo Enterprise** é a versão de fonte compartilhada do software, que dá " +"acesso a mais funcionalidades, incluindo suporte funcional, atualizações e " +"hospedagem. O preço `_ começa com um " +"aplicativo gratuito." #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise ` at any time" " (except for the source install)." msgstr "" +"É possível :doc:`Mudar do Community para Enterprise ` a" +" qualquer momento (exceto para a instalação de origem)." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar uma rede de distribuição de conteúdo (CDN)" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Implementação com KeyCDN" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -131,16 +155,22 @@ msgid "" "internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," " high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." msgstr "" +"Uma :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` ou *rede de distribuição de " +"conteúdo* é uma rede de servidores geograficamente distribuída que fornece " +"conteúdo de alta velocidade para a Internet. A :abbr:`CDN` fornece conteúdo " +"rápido e de alta qualidade para sites com muito conteúdo." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 msgid "" "This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " "Odoo powered website." msgstr "" +"Este documento o orientará na configuração de uma conta KeyCDN_ com um site " +"alimentado pelo Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar uma zona de pull no painel do KeyCDN" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -154,6 +184,14 @@ msgid "" "address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " "Locator)`." msgstr "" +"No painel de controle do KeyCDN, comece navegando até o item de menu " +":menuselection:`Zonas` à esquerda. No formulário, atribua um valor ao " +":guilabel:`Nome da zona`, que aparecerá como parte do :abbr:`CDN` do " +":abbr:`URL`. Em seguida, defina o :guilabel:`Status da zona` como " +":guilabel:`ativo` para ativar a zona. No :guilabel:`Tipo de zona`, defina o " +"valor como :guilabel:`Pull` e, por fim, em :guilabel:`Definições de pull`, " +"insira o :guilabel:`URL de origem` - deve ser o endereço completo do " +":abbr:`URL` da base de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -162,10 +200,14 @@ msgid "" "(Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo " "subdomain that was provided to the database." msgstr "" +"Use ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` e substitua o prefixo do subdomínio " +"*yourdatabase* pelo nome real da base de dados. Um :abbr:`URL` personalizado" +" também pode ser usado no lugar do subdomínio do Odoo que foi fornecido à " +"base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de configuração da zona do KeyCDN." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -175,6 +217,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" +"No cabeçalho :guilabel:`Configurações gerais` abaixo do formulário da zona, " +"clique no botão :guilabel:`Mostrar todas as configurações` para expandir as " +"opções da zona. Essa deve ser a última opção na página. Após expandir a " +"seção :guilabel:`Configurações gerais`, certifique-se de que a opção " +":guilabel:`CORS` esteja :guilabel:`ativada`." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -182,10 +229,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be" " deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, role até a parte inferior da página de configuração da zona e " +":guilabel:`Salve` as alterações. O KeyCDN indicará que a nova zona será " +"implementada. Isso pode levar cerca de 10 minutos." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "KeyCDN implementando a nova zona." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -193,16 +243,21 @@ msgid "" " it is ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. This value will differ for each " "database." msgstr "" +"Um novo :guilabel:`URL de zona` foi gerado para sua zona; neste exemplo, ele" +" é ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. Esse valor será diferente para cada base de" +" dados." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:52 msgid "" "Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " "used in the next steps." msgstr "" +"Copie esse :guilabel:`URL de zona` em um editor de texto para usá-lo " +"posteriormente, pois ele será usado nas próximas etapas." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar a instância do Odoo com a nova zona" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -213,16 +268,24 @@ msgid "" "when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " "activated." msgstr "" +"No aplicativo Odoo :guilabel:`Website`, vá para :menuselection:`Definições` " +"e, em seguida, ative a configuração :guilabel:`Content Delivery Network " +"(CDN)` e copie/cole o valor do :guilabel:`URL de zona` da etapa anterior no " +"campo :guilabel:`URL da base CDN`. Esse campo só é visível e configurável " +"quando o :doc:`Modo desenvolvedor " +"<../../applications/general/developer_mode>` está ativado." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 msgid "" "Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" " Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que haja duas *barras* (`//`) antes e uma barra (`/`) após " +"o :guilabel:`URL da base CDN`." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Salve` as configurações quando estiver concluído." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." @@ -233,6 +296,8 @@ msgid "" "Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " ":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." msgstr "" +"Agora o site está usando a CDN para os recursos que correspondem às " +"expressões regulares de :guilabel:`filtros CDN`." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -243,16 +308,25 @@ msgid "" "website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` " "tab inside of devtools." msgstr "" +"No HTML do site da Odoo, a integração :abbr:`CDN (content delivery network)`" +" é evidenciada como funcionando corretamente ao verificar o :abbr:`URL` das " +"imagens. O valor do *URL da base CDN* pode ser visto usando o recurso " +":guilabel:`Inspecionar` de seu navegador da web no site do Odoo. Procure seu" +" registro pesquisando na aba :guilabel:`Network` dentro do devtools." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "" "The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." msgstr "" +"É possível ver o URL da base CDN usando a função de inspeção no site do " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 msgid "" "Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" msgstr "" +"Evite problemas de segurança ativando o compartilhamento de recursos entre " +"origens (CORS)" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -260,6 +334,9 @@ msgid "" "Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " "this same external server." msgstr "" +"Uma restrição de segurança em alguns navegadores (como o Mozilla Firefox e o" +" Google Chrome) impede que um arquivo CSS vinculado remotamente busque " +"recursos relativos nesse mesmo servidor externo." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -268,6 +345,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " "declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." msgstr "" +"Se a opção :abbr:`CORS` não estiver ativada na :guilabel:`CDN Zone`, o " +"problema mais óbvio resultante em um site padrão do Odoo será a falta de " +"ícones *Font Awesome* porque o arquivo de fonte declarado no CSS *Font " +"Awesome* não será carregado do servidor remoto." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -275,6 +356,9 @@ msgid "" "similar to the output below will appear in the web browser's developer " "console:" msgstr "" +"Quando esses problemas de recursos de origem cruzada ocorrem, uma mensagem " +"de erro de segurança semelhante à saída abaixo será exibida no console do " +"desenvolvedor do navegador da web:" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -283,16 +367,23 @@ msgid "" "Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin " "'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" msgstr "" +"``A fonte da origem 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' foi impedida de " +"carregar /shop:1 pela política de compartilhamento de recursos entre " +"origens: Não há cabeçalho 'Access-Control-Allow-Origin' presente no recurso " +"solicitado. Portanto, a origem 'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' não tem " +"permissão de acesso.``" #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mensagem de erro preenchida no console do navegador." #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:106 msgid "" "Enabling the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option in the " ":abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` settings fixes this issue." msgstr "" +"A ativação da opção :abbr:`CORS` nas configurações de :abbr:`CDN` corrige " +"esse problema." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 msgid "System configuration" @@ -305,16 +396,22 @@ msgid "" "not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the" " internet." msgstr "" +"Este documento descreve as etapas básicas para configurar o Odoo em produção" +" ou em um servidor voltado para a Internet. Ele segue o :doc:`installation " +"<.../install>`, e geralmente não é necessário para sistemas de " +"desenvolvimento que não estão expostos na internet." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 msgid "" "If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " "recommendations!" msgstr "" +"Se estiver configurando um servidor público, não deixe de verificar nossas " +"recomendações de :ref:`segurança`!" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 msgid "dbfilter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dbfilter" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -323,6 +420,10 @@ msgid "" "customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " "\"current database\"." msgstr "" +"O Odoo é um sistema multilocatário: um único sistema Odoo pode executar e " +"atender a várias instâncias de base de dados. Ele também é altamente " +"personalizável, com personalizações (a partir dos módulos carregados) " +"dependendo da \"base de dados atual\"." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -330,6 +431,9 @@ msgid "" "in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " "customizations loaded afterwards." msgstr "" +"Isso não é um problema ao trabalhar no back-end (cliente da web) como um " +"usuário da empresa conectado: a base de dados pode ser selecionada ao fazer " +"login e as personalizações carregadas posteriormente." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -340,6 +444,12 @@ msgid "" "multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " "use." msgstr "" +"No entanto, isso é um problema para usuários não logados (portal, site) que " +"não estão vinculados a uma base de dados: o Odoo precisa saber qual base de " +"dados deve ser usada para carregar a página do site ou executar a operação. " +"Se a não for usada multilocação, isso não é um problema, pois há apenas uma " +"base de dados para usar, mas se houver várias bases de dados acessíveis, o " +"Odoo precisará de uma regra para saber qual delas deve ser usada." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -349,6 +459,12 @@ msgid "" "possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " "subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." msgstr "" +"Essa é uma das finalidades de :option:`--db-filter `: " +"ela especifica como a base de dados deve ser selecionada de acordo com o " +"nome do host (domínio) que está sendo solicitado. O valor é uma `expressão " +"regular`_, possivelmente incluindo o nome de host injetado dinamicamente " +"(``%h``) ou o primeiro subdomínio (``%d``) pelo qual o sistema está sendo " +"acessado." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -356,14 +472,17 @@ msgid "" "``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " "features will not work correctly." msgstr "" +"Para servidores que hospedam várias bases de dados de produção, " +"especialmente se for usado o ``site``, o dbfilter **deve** ser definido, " +"caso contrário, muitos recursos não funcionarão corretamente." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 msgid "Configuration samples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplos de configuração" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar apenas bases de dados com nomes que começam com 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 @@ -371,6 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" +"no :ref:`arquivo de configuração `, defina:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -379,6 +499,11 @@ msgid "" " ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " "``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." msgstr "" +"Mostrar apenas bases de dados que correspondam ao primeiro subdomínio após " +"``www``: por exemplo, a base de dados \"mycompany\" será exibida se a " +"solicitação de entrada tiver sido enviada para ``www.mycompany.com`` ou " +"``mycompany.co.uk``, mas não para ``www2.mycompany.com`` ou " +"``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -389,11 +514,19 @@ msgid "" "database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " "block access to the database management screens. See also security_." msgstr "" +"A configuração de uma :option:`--db-filter ` adequada " +"é uma parte importante da segurança de sua implementação. Quando estiver " +"funcionando corretamente e corresponder apenas a uma única base de dados por" +" nome de host, é altamente recomendável bloquear o acesso às telas do " +"gerenciador da base de dados e usar o parâmetro de inicialização ``--no-" +"database-list`` para evitar a listagem das bases de dados e para bloquear o " +"acesso às telas de gerenciamento da base de dados. Consulte também " +"security_." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:189 msgid "PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -401,6 +534,9 @@ msgid "" " connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " "installed on)." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o PostgreSQL só permite conexão por soquetes UNIX e conexões de " +"loopback (de \"localhost\", a mesma máquina em que o servidor PostgreSQL " +"está instalado)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -409,6 +545,11 @@ msgid "" "and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " "will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" msgstr "" +"O soquete UNIX é adequado se você quiser que o Odoo e o PostgreSQL sejam " +"executados na mesma máquina, e é o padrão quando nenhum host é fornecido, " +"mas se você quiser que o Odoo e o PostgreSQL sejam executados em máquinas " +"diferentes [#different-machines]_, ele precisará `ler as interfaces de " +"rede`_ [#remote-socket]_, seja:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -416,6 +557,9 @@ msgid "" "machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " "configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" msgstr "" +"Aceite apenas conexões de loopback e `use um túnel SSH`_ entre a máquina na " +"qual o Odoo é executado e a máquina na qual o PostgreSQL é executado e, em " +"seguida, configure o Odoo para se conectar à sua extremidade do túnel" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -423,34 +567,40 @@ msgid "" "ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" " to connect over the network" msgstr "" +"Aceite conexões com a máquina na qual o Odoo está instalado, possivelmente " +"por ssl (consulte `Configurações de conexão PostgreSQL`_ para obter " +"detalhes) e, em seguida, configure o Odoo para se conectar pela rede" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de configuração" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir conexão tcp no host local" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permitir conexão tcl da rede 192.168.1.x" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"em ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf``, defina:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 msgid "" "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"em ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf``, " +"defina:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 msgid "Configuring Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -459,12 +609,18 @@ msgid "" "` when your Postgres deployment is not " "local and/or does not use the installation defaults." msgstr "" +"Fora da caixa, o Odoo se conecta a um Postgres local através de um soquete " +"UNIX pela porta 5432. Isso pode ser substituído usando :ref:`as opções de " +"base de dados ` quando sua implementação " +"do Postgres não for local e/ou não usar os padrões de instalação." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 msgid "" "The :doc:`packaged installers ` will automatically create a new " "user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." msgstr "" +"O :doc:`instaladores de pacotes ` criará automaticamente um novo " +"usuário (``odoo``) e o definirá como o usuário da base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -474,6 +630,11 @@ msgid "" " randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " "interface." msgstr "" +"As telas de gerenciamento da base de dados são protegidas pela configuração " +"``admin_passwd``. Essa configuração só pode ser definida através de arquivos" +" de configuração e é verificada antes da realização de alterações na base de" +" dados. Ela deve ser definida como um valor gerado aleatoriamente para " +"garantir que terceiros não possam usar essa interface." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -482,6 +643,10 @@ msgid "" "screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " "PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." msgstr "" +"Todas as operações da base de dados utilizam as opções de :ref:`base de " +"dados `, incluindo a tela de " +"gerenciamento. Para que a tela de gerenciamento de base de dados funcione, é" +" necessário que o usuário do PostgreSQL tenha o direito ``createdb``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -490,34 +655,38 @@ msgid "" "with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " "PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" +"Os usuários sempre podem abandonar as bases de dados que possuem. Para que a" +" tela de gerenciamento de base de dados fique completamente não funcional, o" +" usuário do PostgreSQL precisa ser criado com ``no-createdb`` e a base de " +"dados deve pertencer a um usuário do PostgreSQL diferente." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "o usuário do PostgreSQL *não* deve ser um superusuário" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "conecte-se a um servidor PostgreSQL em 192.168.1.2" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 msgid "port 5432" -msgstr "" +msgstr "porta 5432" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," -msgstr "" +msgstr "usando uma conta de usuário 'odoo'," #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "com 'pwd' como senha" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "filtragem apenas de bd com nome que começa com 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSL entre Odoo e PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -526,21 +695,29 @@ msgid "" "value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " "'verify-full'" msgstr "" +"Desde o Odoo 11.0, você pode impor a conexão ssl entre o Odoo e o " +"PostgreSQL. No Odoo, o db_sslmode controla a segurança ssl da conexão com o " +"valor escolhido entre 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' " +"ou 'verify-full'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 msgid "" "`PostgreSQL Doc `_" msgstr "" +"`Doc do PostgreSQL `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 msgid "Builtin server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor integrado" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " "multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" +"O Odoo inclui servidores HTTP, cron e chat ao vivo integrados, usando multi-" +"threading ou multiprocessamento." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -551,6 +728,12 @@ msgid "" "cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " "make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" +"O servidor de **multi-threading** é um servidor mais simples, usado " +"principalmente para desenvolvimento, demonstrações e sua compatibilidade com" +" vários sistemas operacionais (inclusive o Windows). Um novo thread é gerado" +" para cada nova solicitação HTTP, mesmo para conexões de longa duração, como" +" o websocket. Também são gerados threads cron extra daemônicos. Devido a uma" +" limitação do Python (GIL), ele não faz o melhor uso do hardware." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -558,6 +741,9 @@ msgid "" " It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " "option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" +"O servidor multi-threading é o padrão, também para contêineres docker. Ele é" +" selecionado deixando a opção :option:`--workers ` de " +"fora ou definindo-a como ``0``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -570,67 +756,91 @@ msgid "" "spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " "kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" +"O servidor de **multiprocessamento** é um servidor completo usado " +"principalmente para produção. Ele não está sujeito à mesma limitação do " +"Python (GIL) sobre o uso de recursos e, portanto, faz o melhor uso do " +"hardware. Um pool de workers é criado na inicialização do servidor. Novas " +"solicitações HTTP são enfileiradas pelo sistema operacional até que haja " +"workers prontos para processá-las. Um worker HTTP adicional acionado por " +"eventos do chat ao vivo é gerado em uma porta alternativa. Também são " +"gerados workers adicionais do cron. Um reaper de processo configurável " +"monitora o uso de recursos e pode eliminar/reiniciar os workers com falha." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 msgid "" "The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " ":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." msgstr "" +"O servidor de multiprocessamento é opcional. Ele é selecionado ao definir a " +"opção :option:`--workers ` como um número inteiro não " +"nulo." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 msgid "" "Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " "server is not available on Windows." msgstr "" +"Por ser altamente personalizado para servidores Linux, o servidor de " +"multiprocessamento não está disponível no Windows." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cálculo do número de workers" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Regra geral: (#CPU * 2) + 1" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Os workers Cron precisam de CPU" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 worker ~= 6 usuários simultâneos" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cálculo do tamanho da memória" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" +"Consideramos que 20% das solicitações são pesadas, enquanto 80% são mais " +"simples" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" +"Estima-se que um worker pesado, quando todos os campos computados estão bem " +"projetados, as solicitações SQL estão bem projetadas... consome cerca de 1 " +"GB de RAMt" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" +"Estima-se que um worker mais leve, no mesmo cenário, consuma cerca de 150 MB" +" de RAM" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" +"RAM necessária = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * " +"light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * " +"heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 msgid "LiveChat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chat ao vivo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -643,36 +853,48 @@ msgid "" " --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " "scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" +"No multiprocessamento, um trabalhador dedicado do Chat ao Vivo é iniciado " +"automaticamente e escuta :option:`--gevent-port `. " +"Por padrão, as solicitações HTTP continuarão acessando os workers HTTP " +"normais em vez do chat ao vivo. Você deve implementar um proxy na frente do " +"Odoo e redirecionar as solicitações de entrada cujo caminho começa com " +"``/websocket/`` para o worker do chat ao vivo. Você também deve iniciar o " +"Odoo em :option:`--proxy-mode ` para que ele use os " +"cabeçalhos reais do cliente (como nome do host, esquema e IP) em vez dos " +"cabeçalhos do proxy." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor com 4 CPUs, 8 threads" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "60 usuários simultâneos" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "60 usuários / 6 = 10 <- número teórico de workers necessários" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- número máximo teórico de workers" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" +"Usaremos 8 workers + 1 para o cron. Também usaremos um sistema de " +"monitoramento para medir a carga da CPU e verificar se ela está entre 7 e " +"7,5." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0,8*150) + (0,2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM para Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "no :ref:`o arquivo de configuração `:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -685,42 +907,51 @@ msgid "" "Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" +"Independentemente de ser acessar pelo site/cliente da web ou pelo serviço da" +" Web, o Odoo transmite informações de autenticação em texto simples. Isso " +"significa que uma implementação segura do Odoo deve usar HTTPS\\ " +"[#switching]_. A terminação SSL pode ser implementada por praticamente " +"qualquer proxy de terminação SSL, mas requer a seguinte configuração:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" +"Habilite :option:`proxy mode ` do Odoo. Isso só deve " +"ser ativado quando o Odoo estiver atrás de um proxy reverso" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o proxy de terminação SSL (`exemplo de terminação Nginx`_)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o proxy propriamente dito (`exemplo de proxy Nginx`_)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" +"Seu proxy de terminação SSL também deve redirecionar automaticamente as " +"conexões não seguras para a porta segura" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redirecionar solicitações http para https" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitações de proxy para odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "em ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf``, defina:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 msgid "HTTPS Hardening" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proteção de HTTPS" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -730,12 +961,19 @@ msgid "" "this domain at all times, otherwise your users will see security alerts or " "be entirely unable to access it." msgstr "" +"Adicione o cabeçalho `Strict-Transport-Security` a todas as solicitações, " +"para evitar que os navegadores enviem uma solicitação HTTP simples para esse" +" domínio. Você precisará manter um serviço HTTPS em funcionamento com um " +"certificado válido nesse domínio o tempo todo; caso contrário, seus usuários" +" receberão alertas de segurança ou não conseguirão acessá-lo." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "" "Force HTTPS connections during a year for every visitor in NGINX with the " "line:" msgstr "" +"Forçar conexões HTTPS durante um ano para cada visitante no NGINX com a " +"linha:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375 msgid "" @@ -743,10 +981,13 @@ msgid "" "`Secure` flag can be added to ensure it is never transmitted over HTTP and " "`SameSite=Lax` to prevent authenticated `CSRF`_." msgstr "" +"Configurações adicionais podem ser definidas para o cookie `session_id`. O " +"sinalizador `Secure` pode ser adicionado para garantir que ele nunca seja " +"transmitido por HTTP e `SameSite=Lax` para evitar `CSRF`_ autenticado." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:386 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo como um aplicativo WSGI" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -757,6 +998,12 @@ msgid "" ":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " "configuration file." msgstr "" +"Também é possível montar o Odoo como um aplicativo WSGI_ padrão. O Odoo " +"fornece a base para um script de lançamento WSGI como ``odoo-" +"wsgi.example.py``. Esse script deve ser personalizado (possivelmente depois " +"de copiá-lo do diretório de configuração) para definir a configuração " +"correta diretamente no :mod:`odoo.tools.config` em vez de usar a linha de " +"comando ou um arquivo de configuração." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -764,10 +1011,14 @@ msgid "" "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" +"No entanto, o servidor WSGI exporá apenas o endpoint HTTP principal do " +"cliente da web, o site e a API do serviço da web. Como o Odoo não controla " +"mais a criação de workers, não é possível configurar workers cron ou chat ao" +" vivo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Cron Workers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Workers Cron" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" @@ -777,6 +1028,11 @@ msgid "" "--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " "setting." msgstr "" +"É necessário iniciar um dos servidores Odoo integrados ao lado do servidor " +"WSGI para processar os trabalhos cron. Esse servidor deve ser configurado " +"para processar apenas crons e não solicitações HTTP com a opção " +":option:`--no-http ` do cli ou a definição do arquivo de" +" configuração ``http_enable = False``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "" @@ -786,6 +1042,11 @@ msgid "" "--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" " cli options." msgstr "" +"Em sistemas do tipo Linux, é recomendável usar o servidor de " +"multiprocessamento em vez do de multi-threading para se aproveitar o melhor " +"uso do hardware e a maior estabilidade, ou seja, usar as opções " +":option:`--workers=-1 ` e :option:`--max-cron-threads=n " +"` de cli." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:414 msgid "" @@ -796,6 +1057,13 @@ msgid "" "directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" " be used for all other requests." msgstr "" +"O uso de um servidor WSGI compatível com gevent é necessário para a operação" +" correta do recurso de chat ao vivo. Esse servidor deve ser capaz de lidar " +"com muitas conexões simultâneas de longa duração, mas não precisa de muita " +"capacidade de processamento. Todas as solicitações cujo caminho começa com " +"``/websocket/`` devem ser direcionadas a esse servidor. Um servidor WSGI " +"normal (baseado em thread/processo) deve ser usado para todas as outras " +"solicitações." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -806,10 +1074,17 @@ msgid "" "--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " "` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" +"O servidor cron do Odoo também pode ser usado para atender às solicitações " +"de chat ao vivo. Basta remover a opção :option:`--no-http ` do servidor cron e certificar-se de que as solicitações cujo caminho " +"começa com ``/websocket/`` sejam direcionadas para esse servidor, seja no " +"servidor :option:`--http-port ` (servidor multi-" +"threading) ou no :option:`--gevent-port ` (servidor " +"de multiprocessamento)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:429 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrega de arquivos estáticos e anexos" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:431 msgid "" @@ -818,10 +1093,14 @@ msgid "" "performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP " "server." msgstr "" +"Para desenvolvimento conveniente, o Odoo fornecem todos os arquivos " +"estáticos e anexos diretamente em seus módulos. Isso pode não ser ideal " +"quando se trata de desempenho, e os arquivos estáticos geralmente devem ser " +"fornecidos por um servidor HTTP estático." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436 msgid "Serving static files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fornecimento de arquivos estáticos" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" @@ -830,6 +1109,11 @@ msgid "" ":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" +"Os arquivos estáticos do Odoo estão localizados na pasta :file:`static/` de " +"cada módulo, de modo que os arquivos estáticos podem ser fornecidos " +"interceptando todas as solicitações para :samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}` e " +"procurando o módulo (e o arquivo) correto nos vários caminhos de " +"complementos." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 msgid "" @@ -839,12 +1123,20 @@ msgid "" ":file:`static/` folder and existing images are final (they do not fetch new " "resources by themselves). However, it is good practice." msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se definir o cabeçalho ``Content-Security-Policy: default-src " +"'none'`` em todas as imagens fornecidas pelo servidor Web. Isso não é " +"obrigatório, pois os usuários não podem modificar/injetar conteúdo dentro da" +" pasta :file:`static/` dos módulos e as imagens existentes são finais (elas " +"não buscam novos recursos por si mesmas). No entanto, é uma boa prática." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:447 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following ``map`` and " "``location`` blocks should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" +"Usando a configuração do NGINX (https) acima, os blocos ``mapa`` e " +"``localização`` devem ser adicionados para servir arquivos estáticos por " +"meio do NGINX." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -852,10 +1144,12 @@ msgid "" "installation, specifically on your :option:`--addons-path `." msgstr "" +"As diretivas ``root`` e ``try_files`` dependem da sua instalação, " +"especificamente de :option:`--addons-path `." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:481 msgid "Debian package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pacote Debian" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -863,15 +1157,18 @@ msgid "" "Enterprise, and that the :option:`--addons-path ` is" " ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" +"Digamos que o Odoo tenha sido instalado pelos **pacotes Debian** para " +"Community e Enterprise, e que :option:`--addons-path ` seja ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'```." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:501 msgid "The ``root`` and ``try_files`` should be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O ``root`` e o ``try_files`` devem ser:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:494 msgid "Git sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fontes do Git" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "" @@ -881,10 +1178,15 @@ msgid "" "path ` is " "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" +"Digamos que o Odoo tenha sido instalado por **fontes**, que os repositórios " +"git Community e Enterprise tenham sido clonados em " +":file:`/opt/odoo/community` e :file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` respectivamente, " +"e que :option:`--addons-path ` é " +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:509 msgid "Serving attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fornecimento de anexos" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" @@ -893,6 +1195,11 @@ msgid "" "them requires multiple lookups in the database to determine where the files " "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" +"Os anexos são arquivos armazenados no armazenamento de arquivos cujo acesso " +"é regulado pelo Odoo. Eles não podem ser acessados diretamente por um " +"servidor da web estático, pois o acesso a eles requer várias pesquisas na " +"base de dados para determinar onde os arquivos estão armazenados e se o " +"usuário atual pode acessá-los ou não." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:516 msgid "" @@ -907,18 +1214,31 @@ msgid "" "--x-sendfile>` CLI flag (this unique flag is used for both X-Sendfile and " "X-Accel)." msgstr "" +"No entanto, uma vez que o arquivo tenha sido localizado e os direitos de " +"acesso verificados pelo Odoo, é uma boa ideia fornecer o arquivo usando o " +"servidor da web estático, em vez do Odoo. Para que o Odoo delegue o " +"fornecimento de arquivos ao servidor web estático, as extensões `X-Sendfile " +"`_ (apache) ou `X-Accel " +"`_ " +"(nginx) devem estar ativadas e configuradas no servidor web estático. Depois" +" de configurado, inicie o Odoo com o sinalizador :option:`--x-sendfile " +"` de CLI (esse sinalizador exclusivo é usado tanto " +"para o X-Sendfile quanto para o X-Accel)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:526 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" +"A extensão X-Sendfile para Apache (e servidores da web compatíveis) não " +"requer nenhuma configuração adicional." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:528 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" +"A extensão X-Accel para o NGINX **exige** a seguinte configuração adicional:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:537 msgid "" @@ -928,6 +1248,10 @@ msgid "" "NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " "need." msgstr "" +"Caso não saiba qual é o caminho para o seu filestore, inicie o Odoo com a " +"opção :option:`--x-sendfile ` e navegue até o URL " +"``/web/filestore`` diretamente do Odoo (não acesse o URL pelo NGINX). Isso " +"registra um aviso, a mensagem contém a configuração necessária." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:546 msgid "Security" @@ -939,6 +1263,9 @@ msgid "" "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" +"Para começar, tenha em mente que a proteção de um sistema de informações é " +"um processo contínuo, não uma operação única. Você sempre estará tão seguro " +"quanto o elo mais fraco do seu ambiente." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 msgid "" @@ -949,12 +1276,20 @@ msgid "" "system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " "access control management, etc." msgstr "" +"Portanto, não considere esta seção como a lista definitiva de medidas que " +"evitarão todos os problemas de segurança. Ela serve apenas como um resumo " +"das primeiras coisas importantes que você deve incluir em seu plano de ação " +"de segurança. O restante virá das práticas recomendadas de segurança de sua " +"distribuição e sistema operacional, práticas recomendadas em termos de " +"usuários, senhas e gerenciamento de controle de acesso etc." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:558 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" +"Ao implementar um servidor voltado para a Internet, não deixe de considerar " +"os seguintes tópicos de segurança:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" @@ -962,6 +1297,9 @@ msgid "" "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" +"Sempre defina uma senha forte de superadministrador e restrinja o acesso às " +"páginas de gerenciamento da base de dados assim que o sistema for " +"configurado. Consulte :ref:`db_manager_security`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:564 msgid "" @@ -971,6 +1309,11 @@ msgid "" "*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " "databases." msgstr "" +"Escolha logins exclusivos e senhas fortes para todas as contas de " +"administrador em todas as bases de dados. Não use \"admin\" como login. Não " +"use esses logins para operações diárias, apenas para controlar/gerenciar a " +"instalação. *Nunca use senhas padrão como admin/admin, mesmo para bases de " +"dados de teste/staging." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" @@ -978,6 +1321,10 @@ msgid "" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" +"**Não** instale dados de demonstração em servidores voltados para a " +"Internet. As bases com dados de demonstração contêm logins e senhas padrão " +"que podem ser usados para entrar em seus sistemas e causar problemas " +"significativos, mesmo em sistemas de teste/dev." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" @@ -988,6 +1335,12 @@ msgid "" "from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " "backend." msgstr "" +"Use os filtros de base de dados adequados ( :option:`--db-filter `) para restringir a visibilidade de suas bases de acordo com o " +"nome do host. Consulte :ref:`db_filter`. Você também pode usar a :option:`-d" +" ` para fornecer sua própria lista (separada por vírgulas) de " +"bases de dados disponíveis para filtrar, em vez de permitir que o sistema " +"busque todos eles no back-end da base." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:580 msgid "" @@ -998,6 +1351,12 @@ msgid "" ":option:`--no-database-list ` command-line " "option)" msgstr "" +"Depois que ``db_name`` e ``db_filter`` estiverem configurados e " +"corresponderem a apenas uma base de dados por nome de host, você deverá " +"definir a opção de configuração ``list_db`` como ``False``, para impedir " +"totalmente a listagem de bases de dados e bloquear o acesso às telas de " +"gerenciamento da base (isso também é exposto como a opção de linha de " +"comando :option:`--no-database-list `)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:586 msgid "" @@ -1007,6 +1366,12 @@ msgid "" "using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que o usuário do PostgreSQL (:option:`--db_user `) não seja um superusuário e de que suas bases de dados sejam de " +"propriedade de um usuário diferente. Por exemplo, eles podem ser de " +"propriedade do superusuário ``postgres`` se você estiver usando um " +"``db_user`` dedicado e sem privilégios. Consulte também " +":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:591 msgid "" @@ -1014,12 +1379,18 @@ msgid "" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" +"Mantenha as instalações atualizadas instalando regularmente as últimas " +"compilações, seja pelo GitHub ou baixando a versão mais recente em " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download ou http://nightly.odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" +"Configure seu servidor no modo multiprocessos com limites adequados que " +"correspondam ao seu uso normal (memória/CPU/tempo limite). Consulte também " +":ref:`builtin_server`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" @@ -1030,6 +1401,12 @@ msgid "" "enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also " ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" +"Execute o Odoo em um servidor da web que forneça terminação HTTPS com um " +"certificado SSL válido, para evitar a interceptação de comunicações em texto" +" simples. Os certificados SSL são baratos e existem muitas opções gratuitas." +" Configure o proxy da web para limitar o tamanho das solicitações, defina " +"tempos limite apropriados e, em seguida, ative a opção :option:`proxy mode " +"`. Consulte também :ref:`https_proxy`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:605 msgid "" @@ -1040,6 +1417,13 @@ msgid "" " allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" +"Se você precisar permitir o acesso SSH remoto aos seus servidores, " +"certifique-se de definir uma senha forte para **todas** as contas, não " +"apenas para o `root`. É altamente recomendável desativar totalmente a " +"autenticação baseada em senha e permitir apenas a autenticação por chave " +"pública. Considere também a possibilidade de restringir o acesso com uma " +"VPN, permitindo apenas IPs confiáveis no firewall e/ou executando um sistema" +" de detecção de força bruta, como o `fail2ban` ou equivalente." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 msgid "" @@ -1047,6 +1431,10 @@ msgid "" "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" +"Considere a possibilidade de instalar uma limitação de taxa adequada em seu " +"proxy ou firewall para evitar ataques de força bruta e ataques de negação de" +" serviço. Consulte também :ref:`login_brute_force` para obter medidas " +"específicas." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 msgid "" @@ -1054,6 +1442,9 @@ msgid "" "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" +"Muitos provedores de rede oferecem atenuação automática para ataques " +"distribuído de negação de serviço (DDOS), mas isso geralmente é um serviço " +"opcional, portanto, você deve consultá-los." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:619 msgid "" @@ -1061,6 +1452,9 @@ msgid "" "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" +"Sempre que possível, hospede suas instâncias de demonstração/teste/staging " +"voltadas para o público em máquinas diferentes das de produção, e aplique as" +" mesmas precauções de segurança que nas de produção." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:623 msgid "" @@ -1076,6 +1470,18 @@ msgid "" "systemd.html>`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " "control." msgstr "" +"Se o seu servidor Odoo voltado para o público tiver acesso a recursos ou " +"serviços de rede interna confidenciais (por exemplo, por uma VLAN privada), " +"implemente regras de firewall adequadas para proteger esses recursos " +"internos. Isso garantirá que o servidor Odoo não possa ser usado " +"acidentalmente (ou como resultado de ações maliciosas do usuário) para " +"acessar ou interromper esses recursos internos. Normalmente, isso pode ser " +"feito aplicando uma regra DENY padrão de saída no firewall e, então, " +"autorizando explicitamente somente o acesso aos recursos internos que o " +"servidor Odoo precisa acessar. O `Controle de acesso ao tráfego IP do " +"sistema `_ também pode ser útil para implementar o controle de acesso à" +" rede por processo." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:634 msgid "" @@ -1091,18 +1497,36 @@ msgid "" "CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " "this purpose." msgstr "" +"Se o seu servidor Odoo voltado para o público estiver atrás de um firewall " +"de aplicativo web, um balanceador de carga, um serviço transparente de " +"proteção contra DDoS (como o CloudFlare) ou um dispositivo semelhante no " +"nível da rede, talvez você queira evitar o acesso direto ao sistema Odoo. " +"Geralmente, é difícil manter os endereços IP do endpoint de seus servidores " +"Odoo em segredo. Por exemplo, eles podem aparecer nos registros do servidor " +"da Web ao consultar sistemas públicos ou nos cabeçalhos de e-mails enviados " +"a partir do Odoo. Em tal situação, pode ser interessante configurar seu " +"firewall para que os endpoints não sejam acessíveis publicamente, exceto a " +"partir dos endereços IP específicos do seu WAF, balanceador de carga ou " +"serviço de proxy. Provedores de serviços como o CloudFlare geralmente mantêm" +" uma lista pública de seus intervalos de endereços IP para essa finalidade." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:645 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" +"Se estiver hospedando vários clientes, isole os dados e arquivos dos " +"clientes uns dos outros usando contêineres ou técnicas apropriadas de " +"\"jailbreak\"." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:648 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +"Configure backups diários de suas bases de dados e dados de armazenamento de" +" arquivos e copie-os para um servidor de arquivamento remoto que não seja " +"acessível a partir do próprio servidor." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:651 msgid "" @@ -1111,10 +1535,14 @@ msgid "" "hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " "scope of this guide." msgstr "" +"Recomenda-se fortemente a implementação do Odoo no Linux, em vez de no " +"Windows. Se, mesmo assim, você optar por implementar em uma plataforma " +"Windows, deverá ser realizada uma revisão completa da solidez da segurança " +"do servidor, o que está fora do escopo deste guia." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:659 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bloqueio de ataques de força bruta" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:661 msgid "" @@ -1123,56 +1551,71 @@ msgid "" "emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " "result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." msgstr "" +"Em implementações voltadas para a Internet, ataques de força bruta às senhas" +" dos usuários são muito comuns, e essa ameaça não deve ser negligenciada nos" +" servidores Odoo. O Odoo emite uma entrada de registro sempre que uma " +"tentativa de login é realizada e informa o resultado (sucesso ou falha), " +"juntamente com o login de destino e o IP de origem." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:665 msgid "The log entries will have the following form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As entradas de registro terão o seguinte formato." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:667 msgid "Failed login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falha no login::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:671 msgid "Successful login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Login bem-sucedido::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:676 msgid "" "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " "`fail2ban`." msgstr "" +"Esses registros podem ser facilmente analisados por um sistema de prevenção " +"de intrusões, como o `fail2ban`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:678 msgid "" "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " "login::" msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, a seguinte definição de filtro fail2ban deve corresponder a um " +"login com falha::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:685 msgid "" "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " "HTTP(S)." msgstr "" +"Isso pode ser usado com uma definição de jail para bloquear o IP de ataque " +"em HTTP(S)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:687 msgid "" "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " "failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" msgstr "" +"Isso poderia ser feito para bloquear o IP por 15 minutos quando 10 " +"tentativas de login com falha são detectadas do mesmo IP em 1 minuto::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:701 msgid "Database Manager Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Segurança do gerenciador da base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:703 msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mencionou ``admin_passwd`` na passagem." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:705 msgid "" "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " "dump or restore databases)." msgstr "" +"Essa configuração é usada em todas as telas de gerenciamento de base de " +"dados (para criar, excluir, fazer dump ou restaurar bases de dados)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:708 msgid "" @@ -1180,6 +1623,9 @@ msgid "" "``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " "database selection and management screens." msgstr "" +"Se as telas de gerenciamento não puderem ser acessadas de forma alguma, " +"defina a opção de configuração ``list_db`` como ``False`` para bloquear o " +"acesso a todas as telas de seleção e gerenciamento de base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:714 msgid "" @@ -1189,6 +1635,12 @@ msgid "" "production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " "not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." msgstr "" +"É altamente recomendável desativar o gerenciador de base de dados em " +"qualquer sistema voltado para a internet! Ele foi criado como uma ferramenta" +" de desenvolvimento/demo, para facilitar a criação e o gerenciamento rápidos" +" de bases de dados. Não foi projetado para uso em produção e pode até expor " +"recursos perigosos a invasores. Também não foi projetado para lidar com " +"bases de dados grandes e pode disparar limites de memória." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:720 msgid "" @@ -1196,6 +1648,9 @@ msgid "" "performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " "databases and automated backups." msgstr "" +"Em sistemas de produção, as operações de gerenciamento da base de dados " +"devem sempre ser realizadas pelo administrador do sistema, inclusive o " +"provisionamento de novos bases de dados e backups automatizados." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:723 msgid "" @@ -1204,6 +1659,11 @@ msgid "" "each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " "choose the database themselves." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de configurar um parâmetro ``db_name`` adequado (e, " +"opcionalmente, ``db_filter`` também) para que o sistema possa determinar a " +"base de dados de destino em cada solicitação; caso contrário, os usuários " +"serão bloqueados, pois não poderão escolher a base de dados por conta " +"própria." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:728 msgid "" @@ -1212,6 +1672,11 @@ msgid "" "starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " "which displays the database-selection screen." msgstr "" +"Se as telas de gerenciamento só puderem ser acessadas a partir de um " +"conjunto selecionado de máquinas, use os recursos do servidor proxy para " +"bloquear o acesso a todas as rotas que começam com ``/web/database``, exceto" +" (talvez) ``/web/database/selector``, que exibe a tela de seleção de base de" +" dados." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:732 msgid "" @@ -1219,60 +1684,74 @@ msgid "" "``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " "password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." msgstr "" +"Se a tela de gerenciamento da base de dados permanecer acessível, a " +"configuração ``admin_passwd`` deverá ser alterada do padrão ``admin``: essa " +"senha é verificada antes de permitir operações de alteração da base de " +"dados." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:736 msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" +"Ela deve ser armazenado de forma segura e deve ser gerado aleatoriamente, " +"ex.:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:742 msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." -msgstr "" +msgstr "que gerará uma string imprimível pseudo-aleatória de 32 caracteres." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:745 msgid "Supported Browsers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegadores compatíveis" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:747 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" +"O Odoo é compatível com todos os principais navegadores de desktop e móveis " +"disponíveis no mercado, desde que sejam suportados por seus editores." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:750 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aqui estão os navegadores compatíveis:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:752 msgid "Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chrome" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:753 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:754 msgid "Microsoft Edge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Edge" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:755 msgid "Apple Safari" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apple Safari" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:757 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que seu navegador esteja atualizado e ainda seja suportado " +"pelo respectivo editor antes de registrar um relatório de bug." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:762 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" +"A partir do Odoo 13.0, o ES6 é compatível. Portanto, o suporte ao IE foi " +"descontinuado." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:765 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" +"para que várias instalações do Odoo usem a mesma base de dados PostgreSQL ou" +" para fornecer mais recursos de computação para ambos os softwares." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:768 msgid "" @@ -1280,6 +1759,9 @@ msgid "" "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" +"Tecnicamente, uma ferramenta como socat_ pode ser usada para fazer proxy de " +"soquetes UNIX em redes, mas isso é sobretudo para softwares que só podem ser" +" usado em soquetes UNIX" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:772 msgid "" @@ -1290,28 +1772,40 @@ msgid "" "certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " "internet." msgstr "" +"ou ser acessível somente em uma rede interna comutada por pacotes, mas isso " +"requer switches seguros, proteções contra `ARP spoofing`_ e impede o uso de " +"Wi-Fi. Mesmo em redes seguras de comutação de pacotes, recomenda-se a " +"implementação em HTTPS, e os possíveis custos são reduzidos, pois os " +"certificados \"autoassinados\" são mais fáceis de implementar em um ambiente" +" controlado do que na internet." #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 msgid "Email gateway" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gateway de e-mail" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " "in Odoo." msgstr "" +"O gateway de e-mail do Odoo permite que você injete diretamente todos os " +"e-mails recebidos no Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 msgid "" "Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" " script for every new incoming email." msgstr "" +"Seu princípio é simples: o servidor SMTP executa o script \"mailgate\" para " +"cada novo e-mail recebido." #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:10 msgid "" "The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " "and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." msgstr "" +"O script cuida da conexão com a base de dados do Odoo por meio de XML-RPC e " +"envia os e-mails pelo recurso `MailThread.message_process()`." #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -1319,23 +1813,23 @@ msgstr "Pré-requisitos" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acesso de administrador à base de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:17 msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seu próprio servidor de e-mail, como Postfix ou Exim." #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:18 msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conhecimento técnico sobre como configurar um servidor de e-mail." #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:21 msgid "For Postfix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para Postfix" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:23 msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Em sua configuração de alias (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 @@ -1344,29 +1838,163 @@ msgstr "Recursos" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 msgid "`Postfix `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postfix `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:33 msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Aliases do Postfix `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:34 msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postfix virtual `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:38 msgid "For Exim" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para o Exim" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:47 msgid "`Exim `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Exim `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:50 msgid "" "If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " "messages `." msgstr "" +"Se você não tiver acesso/gerenciar seu servidor de e-mail, use " +":ref:`mensagens receebidas `." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" +"Favor observar que a instalação depende do sistema operacional e da " +"distribuição de seu computador. Vamos assumir que um sistema operacional " +"Linux está sendo utilizado." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" +"Instalar `geoip2 `__ Biblioteca Python" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" +"Baixe o banco de dados `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. Você deve terminar com " +"um arquivo chamado ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb```" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "Mova o arquivo para a pasta ``/usr/share/GeoIP/```" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "Reiniciar o servidor" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" +"Se você não pode/não quer localizar o banco de dados geoip em " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, você pode utilizar a opção ``-geoip-db`` da interface" +" de linha de comando Odoo. Esta opção toma o caminho absoluto para o arquivo" +" do banco de dados GeoIP e o utiliza como o banco de dados GeoIP. Por " +"exemplo, o arquivo de banco de dados GeoIP:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr ":doc:`CLI documentation `." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" +"A biblioteca Python \"GeoIP\" também pode ser utilizada. No entanto, esta " +"versão é descontinuada desde 1º de janeiro. Veja ``Bases de dados do " +"Legado GeoLite agora estão descontinuadas " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" +"Acesse o site. Abra a página da web em que você quer testar o ``GeoIP``." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "Clique em :menuselection:`Personalizar --> Editor HTML/CSS/JS`." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "Adicione o seguinte trecho de XML na página:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" +"Você deve terminar com um dicionário indicando a localização do endereço IP." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" +"Se o aparelho encaracolado estiver vazio ``{}`, pode ser por qualquer uma " +"das seguintes razões :" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" +"O endereço IP de navegação é o localhost (``127.0.0.1```) ou uma rede local " +"(``192.168.*.*.*``)" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" +"Se for usado um proxy invertido, certifique-se de configurá-lo corretamente." +" Veja :opção:`modo proxy '" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" +"\"geoip2\" não está instalado ou o arquivo do banco de dados GeoIP não foi " +"encontrado" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "O banco de dados GeoIP não foi capaz de resolver o endereço IP dado" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" @@ -1377,6 +2005,8 @@ msgid "" "Online instances are accessed using any web browser and do not require a " "local installation." msgstr "" +"As instâncias on-line são acessadas usando qualquer navegador da web e não " +"exigem uma instalação local." #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:8 msgid "Demo" @@ -1388,13 +2018,16 @@ msgid "" "are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for" " a few hours." msgstr "" +"Para experimentar o Odoo rapidamente, há instâncias `demo " +"`_ compartilhadas disponíveis. Não é necessário fazer" +" nenhum cadastro, mas cada instância dura apenas algumas horas." #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:14 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" @@ -1405,14 +2038,20 @@ msgid "" "production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't " "require code." msgstr "" +"O `Odoo Online `_ fornece instâncias privadas " +"que são totalmente gerenciadas e hospedadas pelo Odoo. Ele pode ser usado " +"para produção de longo prazo ou para testar o Odoo como um todo, incluindo " +"personalizações que não precisam de código." #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:21 msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." msgstr "" +"O Odoo Online é incompatível com módulos personalizados ou com a Odoo App " +"Store." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:3 msgid "Packaged installers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instaladores empacotados" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1420,6 +2059,9 @@ msgid "" "(Debian, Ubuntu, etc.), RPM-based Linux distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL," " etc.), and Windows for the Community and Enterprise editions." msgstr "" +"O Odoo fornece instaladores em pacote para distribuições Linux baseadas em " +"Debian (Debian, Ubuntu, etc.), distribuições Linux baseadas em RPM (Fedora, " +"CentOS, RHEL, etc.) e Windows para as edições Community e Enterprise." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1427,22 +2069,29 @@ msgid "" "requirements are available on the `nightly server " "`_." msgstr "" +"Os pacotes noturnos oficiais da **Comunidade** com todos os requisitos de " +"dependência relevantes estão disponíveis no servidor `nightly " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:13 msgid "Nightly packages may be difficult to keep up to date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pode ser difícil manter os pacotes noturnos atualizados." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:15 msgid "" "Official **Community** and **Enterprise** packages can be downloaded from " "the `Odoo download page `_." msgstr "" +"Os pacotes oficiais **Community** e **Enterprise** podem ser baixados da " +"página de download do Odoo `_." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:19 msgid "" "It is required to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download " "the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" +"É necessário estar conectado como cliente ou parceiro pagante para fazer o " +"download dos pacotes Enterprise." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 @@ -1467,13 +2116,15 @@ msgid "" "Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL `_ server to run " "properly." msgstr "" +"O Odoo precisa de um servidor `PostgreSQL `_ " +"para ser executado corretamente." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:34 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:70 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:100 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:274 msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian/Ubuntu" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1481,18 +2132,24 @@ msgid "" "PostgreSQL server on the same host as the Odoo instance. Execute the " "following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" msgstr "" +"A configuração padrão do pacote 'deb' do Odoo é usar o servidor PostgreSQL " +"no mesmo host que a instância do Odoo. Execute o seguinte comando para " +"instalar o servidor PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:44 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:80 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:132 msgid "Fedora" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fedora" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only" " then, execute the following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que o comando `sudo` esteja disponível e bem configurado e," +" somente então, execute o seguinte comando para instalar o servidor " +"PostgreSQL:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:57 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:412 @@ -1504,29 +2161,39 @@ msgid "" "`_ for more details on the " "various versions." msgstr "" +"O `wkhtmltopdf` não é instalado por **pip** e deve ser instalado manualmente" +" na `versão 0.12.6 " +"`_ para " +"que ofereça suporte a cabeçalhos e rodapés. Consulte o `wkhtmltopdf wiki " +"`_ para obter mais detalhes " +"sobre as várias versões." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:63 msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repositório" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used to install the " "**Community** edition by executing the following commands:" msgstr "" +"A Odoo S.A. fornece um repositório que pode ser usado para instalar a edição" +" **Community** executando os seguintes comandos:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:78 msgid "" "Use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep the installation up-to-date." msgstr "" +"Use o comando `apt-get upgrade` habitual para manter a instalação " +"atualizada." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:90 msgid "Currently, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise edition." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atualmente, não há um repositório noturno para a edição Enterprise." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:93 msgid "Distribution package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Distribution package" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1534,6 +2201,9 @@ msgid "" "**Enterprise** editions can be downloaded from the `Odoo download page " "`_." msgstr "" +"Em vez de usar o repositório, os pacotes para as edições **Community** e " +"**Enterprise** podem ser baixados na página de download do `Odoo " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1541,6 +2211,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and `Ubuntu 18.04 " "`_ or above." msgstr "" +"Atualmente, o pacote 'deb' do Odoo 17 é compatível com `Debian Buster " +"`_ e `Ubuntu 18.04 " +"`_ ou superior." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1548,6 +2221,9 @@ msgid "" "as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL user, and automatically start " "the server:" msgstr "" +"Após o download, execute os seguintes comandos **como root** para instalar o" +" Odoo como um serviço, criar o usuário do PostgreSQL necessário e iniciar " +"automaticamente o servidor:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -1555,6 +2231,9 @@ msgid "" "does not exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. If needed, install it " "manually with the following:" msgstr "" +"O pacote Debian `python3-xlwt`, necessário para exportar para o formato XLS," +" não existe no Debian Buster nem no Ubuntu 18.04. Se necessário, instale-o " +"manualmente com o seguinte:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -1562,16 +2241,22 @@ msgid "" " exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04, which could cause problems with " "the `l10n_mx_edi` module. If needed, install it manually with the following:" msgstr "" +"Pacote Python `num2words` - necessário para renderizar valores textuais - " +"não existe no Debian Buster nem no Ubuntu 18.04, o que pode causar problemas" +" com o módulo `l10n_mx_edi`. Se necessário, instale-o manualmente com o " +"seguinte:" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:135 msgid "Odoo 16 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O pacote 'rpm' do Odoo 16 é compatível com o Fedora 36." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:137 msgid "" "Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " "manager:" msgstr "" +"Após o download, o pacote pode ser instalado usando o gerenciador de pacotes" +" 'dnf':" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:148 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:70 @@ -1584,7 +2269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:389 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:452 msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -1593,6 +2278,10 @@ msgid "" "a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " "Windows platform." msgstr "" +"O pacote Windows é oferecido testar ou executar instâncias locais de usuário" +" único convenientemente, mas a implementação de produção é desencorajada " +"devido a diversas limitações e riscos associados à implementação do Odoo em " +"uma plataforma Windows." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -1600,30 +2289,38 @@ msgid "" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "`_ (any edition." msgstr "" +"Faça o download do instalador no `servidor noturno " +"`_ (somente para a Community) ou do instalador do " +"Windows na `página de download do Odoo " +"`_ (qualquer edição." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Execute o arquivo baixado." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" +"No Windows 8 e posterior, pode ser exibido um aviso intitulado *O Windows " +"protegeu seu PC*. Clique em **Mais informações** e depois em **Executar " +"mesmo assim** para prosseguir." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." msgstr "" +"Aceite o prompt `UAC `_." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siga as etapas de instalação." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O Odoo é iniciado automaticamente no final da instalação." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:3 msgid "Source" @@ -1634,12 +2331,17 @@ msgid "" "The source 'installation' is not about installing Odoo but running it " "directly from the source instead." msgstr "" +"A 'instalação' de fonte não se trata de instalar o Odoo, mas de executá-lo " +"diretamente da fonte." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:8 msgid "" "Using the Odoo source can be more convenient for module developers as it is " "more easily accessible than using packaged installers." msgstr "" +"Usar a fonte do Odoo pode ser mais conveniente para desenvolvedores de " +"módulos, pois é mais fácil de acessar do que pelo uso de instaladores em " +"pacote." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1648,22 +2350,32 @@ msgid "" "settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without " "needing to edit a configuration file." msgstr "" +"Isso torna a inicialização e a interrupção do Odoo mais flexíveis e " +"explícitas do que os serviços configurados pelos instaladores em pacote. " +"Além disso, permite substituir configurações usando :ref:`parâmetros de " +"linha de comando ` sem a necessidade de editar um arquivo" +" de configuração." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:15 msgid "" "Finally, it provides greater control over the system's setup and allows to " "more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." msgstr "" +"Por fim, oferece também maior controle sobre a configuração do sistema e " +"permite manter (e executar) com mais facilidade várias versões do Odoo lado " +"a lado." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:19 msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obter as fontes" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:21 msgid "" "There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a ZIP **archive** " "or through **Git**." msgstr "" +"Há duas maneiras de obter o código-fonte do Odoo: como um **arquivo ZIP** ou" +" pelo **Git**." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:24 msgid "Archive" @@ -1671,38 +2383,41 @@ msgstr "Arquivo" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:26 msgid "Community edition:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edição Community:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:34 msgid "`Odoo download page `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Página de download do Odoo `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:29 msgid "`GitHub Community repository `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Repositório da comunidade do GitHub `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:30 msgid "`Nightly server `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Servidor noturno `" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:32 msgid "Enterprise edition:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edição Enterprise:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:35 msgid "`GitHub Enterprise repository `_" msgstr "" +"`Repositório do GitHub Enterprise `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:40 msgid "Git" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Git" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:43 msgid "" "It is required to have `Git `_ installed, and it is " "recommended to have a basic knowledge of Git commands to proceed." msgstr "" +"É necessário ter o `Git `_ instalado, e é recomendável" +" ter um conhecimento básico dos comandos do Git para prosseguir." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1711,18 +2426,23 @@ msgid "" "source code or when following the :doc:`Getting Started developer tutorial " "`." msgstr "" +"Para clonar um repositório Git, escolha entre clonar com HTTPS ou SSH. Na " +"maioria dos casos, a melhor opção é HTTPS. No entanto, escolha SSH para " +"contribuir com o código-fonte do Odoo ou ao seguir o tutorial do " +"desenvolvedor :doc:`Primeiros Passos " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:56 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:74 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:92 msgid "Clone with HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clone com HTTPS" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:63 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:81 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:99 msgid "Clone with SSH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clone com SSH" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:88 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:137 @@ -1746,6 +2466,13 @@ msgid "" "Community and Enterprise repositories to have a working Odoo Enterprise " "installation." msgstr "" +"**O repositório git do Enterprise não contém o código-fonte completo do " +"Odoo**. Ele é apenas uma coleção de complementos extras. O código principal " +"do servidor está na edição Community. Executar a versão Enterprise significa" +" executar o servidor a partir da versão Community com a opção `addons-path` " +"definida para a pasta com a edição Enterprise. É necessário clonar os " +"repositórios Community e Enterprise para ter uma instalação funcional do " +"Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:119 msgid "Python" @@ -1753,62 +2480,84 @@ msgstr "Python" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:121 msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.7** or later to run." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O Odoo requer **Python 3.7** ou posterior para ser executado." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:127 msgid "Use a package manager to download and install Python 3 if needed." msgstr "" +"Use um gerenciador de pacotes para fazer download e instalar o Python 3, se " +"necessário." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:131 msgid "" "`Download the latest version of Python 3 " "`_ and install it." msgstr "" +"Faça o download da versão mais recente do Python 3 " +"`_ e instale-o." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:134 msgid "" "During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize " "Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." msgstr "" +"Durante a instalação, marque **Adicionar Python 3 ao PATH**, clique em " +"**Personalizar instalação** e verifique se **pip** está marcado." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:139 msgid "" "Use a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_) to download and install Python 3 if needed." msgstr "" +"Use um gerenciador de pacotes (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " +"`_) para fazer download e instalar o Python 3, se " +"necessário." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:143 msgid "" "If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or " "above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." msgstr "" +"Se o Python 3 já estiver instalado, certifique-se de que a versão seja a 3.7" +" ou superior, pois as versões anteriores não são compatíveis com o Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:166 msgid "" "Verify that `pip `_ is also installed for this version." msgstr "" +"Verifique se o `pip `_ também está instalado para essa " +"versão." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:191 msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system." msgstr "" +"O Odoo usa o PostgreSQL como seu sistema de gerenciamento da base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:197 msgid "" "Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported " "versions: 12.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" msgstr "" +"Use um gerenciador de pacotes para fazer download e instalar o PostgreSQL " +"(versões compatíveis: 12.0 ou superior). Isso pode ser feito executando o " +"seguinte:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:206 msgid "" "`Download PostgreSQL `_ " "(supported versions: 12.0 or above) and install it." msgstr "" +"Faça o download do PostgreSQL " +"`_ (versões compatíveis: 12.0 " +"ou superior) e instale-o." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:211 msgid "" "Use `Postgres.app `_ to download and install " "PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 or above)." msgstr "" +"Use `Postgres.app `_ para fazer download e instalar" +" o PostgreSQL (versão compatível: 12.0 ou superior)." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -1816,12 +2565,18 @@ msgid "" "sure to set up the `$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools" " instructions `_." msgstr "" +"Para disponibilizar as ferramentas de linha de comando incluídas no " +"Postgres.app, certifique-se de configurar a variável `$PATH` seguindo as " +"instruções das ferramentas de CLI do Postgres.app " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:219 msgid "" "By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as " "`postgres`, create a new PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o único usuário é o `postgres`. Como o Odoo proíbe a conexão " +"como `postgres`, crie um novo usuário PostgreSQL." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:232 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:257 @@ -1829,44 +2584,55 @@ msgid "" "Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is " "possible to connect to the database without a password." msgstr "" +"Como o usuário do PostgreSQL tem o mesmo nome de login do Unix, é possível " +"se conectar à base de dados sem uma senha." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:237 msgid "" "Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: :file:`C:\\\\Program " "Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to the `PATH`." msgstr "" +"Adicione o diretório `bin` do PostgreSQL (por padrão: :file:`C:\\\\Program " +"Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\1\\\\bin`) ao `PATH`." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:239 msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" msgstr "" +"Crie um usuário postgres com uma senha usando o gui de administração do pg:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:241 msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra o **pgAdmin**." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:242 msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique duas vezes no servidor para criar uma conexão." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:243 msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." msgstr "" +"Selecione :menuselection:`Objeto --> Criar --> Função de grupo/Login`." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:244 msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`)." msgstr "" +"Digite o nome de usuário no campo **Nome da função** (por exemplo, `odoo`)." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:245 msgid "" "Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click " "**Save**." msgstr "" +"Abra a aba **Definição**, digite uma senha (por exemplo, `odoo`) e clique em" +" **Salvar**." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:246 msgid "" "Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create " "database?** to `Yes`." msgstr "" +"Abra a aba **Privilégios** e altere **Pode fazer login?** para `Sim` e " +"**Criar base de dados?** para `Sim`." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:263 msgid "Dependencies" @@ -1877,6 +2643,9 @@ msgid "" "Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing " "dependencies. Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**." msgstr "" +"O uso de **pacotes de distribuição** é a maneira preferida de instalar " +"dependências. Como alternativa, instale as dependências do Python com " +"**pip**." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -1884,34 +2653,45 @@ msgid "" "`_ file of the Odoo " "sources." msgstr "" +"Para sistemas baseados em Debian, os pacotes são listados no arquivo " +"`debian/control `_ da" +" fonte do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:279 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" +"No Debian/Ubuntu, os seguintes comandos devem instalar os pacotes " +"necessários:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:286 msgid "Install with pip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar com o pip" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:288 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" +"Como alguns dos pacotes Python precisam de uma etapa de compilação, é " +"necessário que bibliotecas do sistema sejam instaladas." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:291 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" +"No Debian/Ubuntu, o comando a seguir deve instalar essas bibliotecas " +"necessárias:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:297 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" +"As dependências do Odoo estão listadas no arquivo :file:`requirements.txt` " +"localizado na raiz do diretório Odoo Community." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:301 msgid "" @@ -1921,6 +2701,11 @@ msgid "" "2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is " "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" +"Os pacotes Python em :file:`requirements.txt` são baseados em suas versões " +"correspondentes stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu no momento do lançamento do Odoo. " +"Por exemplo, para o Odoo 15.0, a versão do pacote `python3-babel` é 2.8.0 no" +" Debian Bullseye e 2.6.0 no Ubuntu Focal. A versão mais baixa é então " +"escolhida no :file:`requirements.txt`." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:308 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:330 @@ -1931,6 +2716,10 @@ msgid "" "`virtualenv `_ to create isolated " "Python environments." msgstr "" +"Pode ser preferível não misturar pacotes de módulos Python entre diferentes " +"instâncias do Odoo ou com o sistema. No entanto, é possível usar o " +"`virtualenv `_ para criar ambientes " +"Python isolados." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -1938,6 +2727,9 @@ msgid "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" +"Navegue até o caminho da instalação do Odoo Community " +"(:file:`CommunityPath`) e execute **pip** no arquivo de requisitos para " +"instalar os requisitos para o usuário atual." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -1945,6 +2737,10 @@ msgid "" "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar as dependências, faça download e instale o `Build Tools " +"for Visual Studio `_. " +"Selecione **C++ build tools** na aba **Workloads** e instale-as quando " +"solicitado." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:326 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:345 @@ -1952,6 +2748,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" +"As dependências do Odoo estão listadas no arquivo `requirements.txt` " +"localizado na raiz do diretório Odoo Community." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -1959,46 +2757,59 @@ msgid "" "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" +"Navegue até o caminho da instalação do Odoo Community (`CommunityPath`) e " +"execute **pip** no arquivo de requisitos em um terminal **com privilégios de" +" administrador**:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" +"Navegue até o caminho da instalação do Odoo Community (`CommunityPath`) e " +"execute **pip** no arquivo de requisitos:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:363 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" +"As dependências que não são do Python devem ser instaladas com um " +"gerenciador de pacotes (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " +"`_)." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:366 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faça o download e instale as **Ferramentas de linha de comando**:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:372 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" +"Use o gerenciador de pacotes para instalar dependências que não sejam do " +"Python." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:375 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" +"Para idiomas que usam uma interface da **direita para a esquerda** (como " +"árabe ou hebraico), o pacote `rtlcss` é necessário." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:382 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" +"Faça download e instale **nodejs** e **npm** com um gerenciador de pacotes." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:383 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:392 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:405 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar o `rtlcss`:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:391 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faça download e instale o `nodejs `_." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:398 msgid "" @@ -2006,16 +2817,21 @@ msgid "" "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" +"Edite a variável `PATH` do ambiente do sistema para adicionar a pasta onde o" +" `rtlcss.cmd` está localizado (normalmente: " +":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:403 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" +"Faça download e instale o **nodejs** com um gerenciador de pacotes " +"(`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:420 msgid "Running Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executar o Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -2023,6 +2839,9 @@ msgid "" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" +"Depois que todas as dependências estiverem configuradas, o Odoo poderá ser " +"iniciado executando o `odoo-bin`, a interface de linha de comando do " +"servidor. Ela está localizada na raiz do diretório Odoo Community." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:425 msgid "" @@ -2030,6 +2849,9 @@ msgid "" "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" +"Para configurar o servidor, especifique :ref:`argumentos de linha de comando" +" ` ou um :ref:`arquivo de configuração " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:429 msgid "" @@ -2037,22 +2859,27 @@ msgid "" "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" +"Para a edição Enterprise, adicione o caminho para os add-ons `enterprise` ao" +" argumento `addons-path`. Observe que ele deve vir antes dos outros caminhos" +" em `addons-path` para que os add-ons sejam carregados corretamente." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:433 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "As configurações comuns necessárias são:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:435 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuário e senha do PostgreSQL." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:436 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" +"Personalize os caminhos de complemento além dos padrões para carregar " +"módulos personalizados." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:438 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uma maneira típica de executar o servidor seria:" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:449 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:470 @@ -2060,6 +2887,8 @@ msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" +"Em que `CommunityPath` é o caminho da instalação do Odoo Community e `mydb` " +"é o nome da base de dados PostgreSQL." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:459 msgid "" @@ -2067,6 +2896,9 @@ msgid "" "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" +"Em que `CommunityPath` é o caminho da instalação do Odoo Community, `dbuser`" +" é o login do PostgreSQL, `dbpassword` é a senha do PostgreSQL e `mydb` é o " +"nome da base de dados PostgreSQL." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:473 msgid "" @@ -2075,31 +2907,41 @@ msgid "" "into the Odoo database with the base administrator account: use `admin` as " "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" +"Depois que o servidor for iniciado (o registro INFO `odoo.modules.loading: " +"Módulos carregados.` é impresso), abra o site http://localhost:8069 em um " +"navegador da Web e faça login na base de dados do Odoo com a conta de " +"administrador da base: use `admin` como e-mail e, novamente, `admin` como " +"senha." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:478 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`." msgstr "" +"A partir daí, crie e gerencie novos :doc:`usuários " +"<../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:479 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" +"A conta de usuário usada para fazer login na interface da web do Odoo é " +"diferente do argumento de CLI :option:`--db_user `." #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:483 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" +":doc:`A lista de argumentos da CLI para odoo-bin `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 msgid "Maintain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manter" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conecte o Microsoft Outlook 365 ao Odoo usando o Azure OAuth" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2109,6 +2951,11 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo database. This configuration works with either a personal email " "address or an address created by a custom domain." msgstr "" +"O Odoo é compatível com o Azure OAuth da Microsoft para o Microsoft 365. " +"Para enviar e receber e-mails seguros de um domínio personalizado, basta " +"definir algumas configurações na plataforma do Azure e no back-end da base " +"de dados do Odoo. Essa configuração funciona com um endereço de e-mail " +"pessoal ou com um endereço criado por um domínio personalizado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2116,6 +2963,9 @@ msgid "" "platform `_" msgstr "" +"`Microsoft Learn: Registre um aplicativo na plataforma de identidade da " +"Microsoft `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" @@ -2123,11 +2973,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:19 msgid "Setup in Microsoft Azure Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração no portal do Microsoft Azure" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:22 msgid "Create a new application" @@ -2143,6 +2993,13 @@ msgid "" " Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra ID`" " (formally *Azure Active Directory*)." msgstr "" +"Para começar, acesse o `Portal do Microsoft Azure " +"`_. Faça login com a conta do " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook Office 365` se houver uma, caso contrário, faça" +" login com a conta pessoal :guilabel:`Microsoft`. Um usuário com acesso " +"administrativo às configurações do Azure precisará se conectar e realizar a " +"seguinte configuração. Em seguida, navegue até a seção denominada " +":guilabel:`Gerenciar Microsoft Entra ID` (antigo *Azure Active Directory*)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2154,6 +3011,13 @@ msgid "" "directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, " "Xbox)`." msgstr "" +"Agora, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar (+)`, localizado no menu superior, e " +"selecione :guilabel:`Registro de aplicativo`. Na tela :guilabel:`Registrar " +"um aplicativo`, renomeie o :guilabel:`Nome` para `Odoo` ou algo " +"reconhecível. Na seção :guilabel:`Tipos de conta suportados`, selecione " +":guilabel:`Contas em qualquer diretório organizacional (qualquer diretório " +"Microsoft Entra ID - Multilocatário) e contas pessoais da Microsoft (por " +"exemplo, Skype, Xbox)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2162,22 +3026,31 @@ msgid "" " in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base URL is the canonical domain at " "which your Odoo instance can be reached in the URL field." msgstr "" +"Na seção :guilabel:`URL de redirecionamento`, selecione :guilabel:`Web` como" +" a plataforma e, em seguida, insira `https:///microsoft_outlook/confirm` no arquivo :guilabel:`URL` no campo " +":guilabel:`URL`. O URL de base do Odoo é o domínio canônico no qual sua " +"instância do Odoo pode ser acessada no campo URL." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:41 msgid "" "*mydatabase.odoo.com*, where *mydatabase* is the actual prefix of the " "database's subdomain, assuming it's hosted on Odoo.com" msgstr "" +"*mydatabase.odoo.com*, em que *mydatabase* é o prefixo real do subdomínio da" +" base de dados, supondo que ele esteja hospedado no Odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:44 msgid "" "After the URL has been added to the field, :guilabel:`Register` the " "application so it is created." msgstr "" +"Depois que o URL tiver sido adicionado ao campo, :guilabel:`Registre` o " +"aplicativo para que ele seja criado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:47 msgid "API permissions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permissões de API" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2189,40 +3062,55 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the " ":guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." msgstr "" +"As :guilabel:`permissões de API` devem ser definidas em seguida. O Odoo " +"precisará de permissões específicas de API para poder ler (IMAP) e enviar " +"(SMTP) e-mails na configuração do Microsoft 365. Primeiro, clique no link " +":guilabel:`permissões de API`, localizado na barra de menu à esquerda. Em " +"seguida, clique no botão :guilabel:`(+) Adicionar uma permissão` e selecione" +" :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` em :guilabel:`APIs da Microsoft comumente " +"usadas`. Depois, selecione a opção :guilabel:`Permissões delegadas`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Deregulated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" +"Na barra de pesquisa, procure as seguintes :guilabel:`Permissões " +"desreguladas` e clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar permissões` para cada uma " +"delas:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A permissão :guilabel:`User.Read` será adicionada por padrão." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft " "Graph." msgstr "" +"As permissões de API necessárias para a integração do Odoo estão listadas no" +" Microsoft Graph." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:69 msgid "Assign users and groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuir usuários e grupos" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "After adding the API permissions, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Overview` " "of the :guilabel:`Application` in the top of the left sidebar menu." msgstr "" +"Depois de adicionar as permissões de API, navegue de volta para o " +":guilabel:`Visão geral` do :guilabel:`Aplicativo` na parte superior do menu " +"da barra lateral esquerda." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2231,12 +3119,18 @@ msgid "" "Local Directory`, or the last option on the bottom right-hand side of the " "table." msgstr "" +"Agora, adicione usuários a esse aplicativo. Na tabela de visão geral " +":guilabel:`Noções básicas`, clique no link rotulado :guilabel:`Gerenciar " +"aplicativo no diretório local` ou na última opção no canto inferior direito " +"da tabela." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" "created application." msgstr "" +"Adicione usuários/grupos clicando no link Aplicativo gerenciado no diretório local\n" +"para o aplicativo criado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -2246,6 +3140,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Users`. Personal accounts will only allow for :guilabel:`Users` " "to be added." msgstr "" +"No menu da barra lateral esquerda, selecione :guilabel:`Usuários e Grupos`. " +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`(+) Adicionar usuário/grupo`. Dependendo da" +" conta, é possível adicionar um :guilabel:`Grupo` e um :guilabel:`Usuário` " +"ou somente :guilabel:`Usuários`. As contas pessoais só permitirão a adição " +"de :guilabel:`Usuários`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2255,6 +3154,11 @@ msgid "" "users/groups, click :guilabel:`Select`, and then :guilabel:`Assign` them to " "the application." msgstr "" +"Em :guilabel:`Usuários` ou :guilabel:`Grupos`, clique em :guilabel:`Nenhum " +"selecionado` e adicione os usuários ou grupos de usuários que enviarão " +"e-mails da :guilabel:`Conta Microsoft` no Odoo. :guilabel:`Adicione` os " +"usuários/grupos, clique em :guilabel:`Selecionar` e, em seguida, " +":guilabel:`Atribua` eles ao aplicativo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:94 msgid "Create credentials" @@ -2269,10 +3173,17 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Application ID` is located under the :guilabel:`Display Name` in" " the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." msgstr "" +"Agora que o aplicativo do Microsoft Azure está configurado, precisam ser " +"criadas credenciais para a configuração do Odoo. Elas incluem o " +":guilabel:`ID do cliente` e o :guilabel:`Segredo do cliente`. Para começar, " +"o :guilabel:`ID do cliente` pode ser copiado da página :guilabel:`Visão " +"geral` do aplicativo. O :guilabel:`ID do cliente` ou :guilabel:`ID do " +"aplicativo` está localizado sob o :guilabel:`Nome de exibição` na visão " +"geral :guilabel:`Noções básicas` do aplicativo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID do aplicativo/cliente localizado na Visão geral do aplicativo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -2281,6 +3192,11 @@ msgid "" "menu. Then, a :guilabel:`Client Secret` needs to be produced. In order to do" " this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, o :guilabel:`Valor do segredo do cliente` precisa ser " +"recuperado. Para obter esse valor, clique em :guilabel:`Certificados e " +"Secredos` no menu da barra lateral esquerda. Em seguida, um " +":guilabel:`Segredo do cliente` precisa ser produzido. Para fazer isso, " +"clique no botão :guilabel:`(+) Novo segredo do cliente`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -2288,6 +3204,10 @@ msgid "" "client secret`. Under :guilabel:`Description`, type in `Odoo Fetchmail` or " "something recognizable, and then set the :guilabel:`expiration date`." msgstr "" +"Uma janela à direita será preenchida com um botão chamado " +":guilabel:`Adicionar um segredo do cliente`. Em :guilabel:`Descrição`, " +"digite `Odoo Fetchmail` ou algo reconhecível e, em seguida, defina a " +":guilabel:`data de expiração`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2296,6 +3216,10 @@ msgid "" "service, so the expiration date should be noted and set to the furthest " "possible date." msgstr "" +"Um novo :guilabel:`Segredo de cliente` precisará ser produzido e configurado" +" se o primeiro expirar. Nesse caso, poderá haver uma interrupção do serviço," +" portanto, a data de expiração deve ser observada e definida para a data " +"mais distante possível." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2305,28 +3229,41 @@ msgid "" "Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. " "The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar` quando esses dois valores forem " +"inseridos. Serão criados o :guilabel:`Valor do segredo do cliente` e o " +":guilabel:`ID do segredo`. É importante copiar o :guilabel:`Valor` ou " +":guilabel:`Valor do segredo do cliente` em um bloco de notas, pois ele será " +"criptografado após sair desta página. O :guilabel:`ID do segredo` não é " +"necessário." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor secreto do cliente ou Valor nas credenciais do aplicativo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:128 msgid "" "After these steps, the following items should be ready to be set up in Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Após essas etapas, os seguintes itens devem estar prontos para serem " +"configurados no Odoo:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:130 msgid "A client ID (:guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID`)" msgstr "" +"Um ID de cliente (:guilabel:`ID do cliente` ou :guilabel:`ID do aplicativo`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:131 msgid "A client secret (:guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value`)" msgstr "" +"Segredo do cliente (:guilabel:`Valor` ou :guilabel:`Valor do segredo do " +"cliente`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:133 msgid "" "This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." msgstr "" +"Isso conclui a configuração no lado do :guilabel:`Portal do Microsoft " +"Azure`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 @@ -2335,7 +3272,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração em Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:139 msgid "Enter Microsoft Outlook credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inserir as credenciais do Microsoft Outlook" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -2344,6 +3281,10 @@ msgid "" "`Outlook`. After that, install the module called :guilabel:`Microsoft " "Outlook`." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, abra a base de dados do Odoo e navegue até o módulo " +":guilabel:`Aplicativos`. Em seguida, remova o filtro :guilabel:`Aplicativos`" +" da barra de pesquisa e digite `Outlook`. Depois disso, instale o módulo " +"chamado :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2352,10 +3293,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for" " :guilabel:`Outlook Credentials`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, navegue até :menuselection:`Definições --> Configurações gerais`" +" e, na seção :guilabel:`Mensagens`, verifique se a caixa de seleção " +":guilabel:`Servidores de e-mail personalizados` está marcada. Isso preenche " +"uma nova opção para :guilabel:`Credenciais do Outlook`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the progress." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Salve` o progresso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -2363,15 +3308,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Client Secret (Client Secret Value)` into the respective fields " "and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, copie e cole o :guilabel:`ID do cliente` (ID do aplicativo) e o " +":guilabel:`Segredo do cliente (valor do segredo do cliente)` nos respectivos" +" campos e :guilabel:`Salve` as configurações." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credenciais do Outlook nas Configurações Gerais do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 msgid "Configure outgoing email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o servidor de envio de e-mail" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -2379,6 +3327,10 @@ msgid "" "Servers` setting, click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link to " "configure the Microsoft account." msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`Configurações gerais`, na configuração " +":guilabel:`Servidores de e-mail personalizados`, clique no link " +":guilabel:`Servidores de envio de e-mail` para configurar a conta da " +"Microsoft." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -2386,16 +3338,21 @@ msgid "" "Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` (it can be anything) and the Microsoft " "Outlook email :guilabel:`Username`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, crie um novo servidor de e-mail e marque a caixa de seleção " +":guilabel:`Outlook`. Em seguida, preencha o :guilabel:`Nome` (pode ser " +"qualquer coisa) e o e-mail do Microsoft Outlook :guilabel:`Nome de usuário`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:167 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`From Filter` field is empty, enter either a :ref:`domain " "or email address `." msgstr "" +"Se o campo :guilabel:`Do filtro` estiver vazio, digite um :ref:`domínio ou " +"endereço de e-mail `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:170 msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Conectar sua conta Outlook`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2403,10 +3360,15 @@ msgid "" "process`. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Uma nova janela da Microsoft será aberta para concluir o :guilabel:`processo" +" de autorização`. Selecione o endereço de e-mail que está sendo configurado " +"no Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Permission page to grant access between newly created app and Odoo." msgstr "" +"Página de permissão para conceder acesso do aplicativo recém-criado e o " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -2416,10 +3378,15 @@ msgid "" "automatically loads the :guilabel:`token` in Odoo, and a tag stating " ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, permita que o Odoo acesse a conta da Microsoft clicando em " +":guilabel:`Sim`. Depois disso, a página navegará de volta para o recém-" +"configurado :guilabel:`Servidor de envio de e-mail` no Odoo. A configuração " +"carrega automaticamente o :guilabel:`token` no Odoo, e um marcador " +"informando :guilabel:`Token válido do Outlook` aparece em verde." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Valid Outlook Token indicator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indicador de token válido do Outlook." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -2427,10 +3394,13 @@ msgid "" "appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Testar conexão`. Uma mensagem de confirmação " +"deve aparecer. A base de dados do Odoo pode então enviar e-mails seguros e " +"protegidos pelo Microsoft Outlook usando a autenticação OAuth." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração com um único servidor de envio de e-mail" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -2438,6 +3408,9 @@ msgid "" " for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " "users in the database." msgstr "" +"A configuração de um único servidor de envio é a configuração mais simples " +"disponível para o Microsoft Azure e não requer direitos de acesso extensos " +"para os usuários na base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -2449,6 +3422,13 @@ msgid "" "`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " "parameters." msgstr "" +"Um endereço de e-mail genérico seria usado para enviar e-mails para todos os" +" usuários do banco de dados. Por exemplo, ele poderia ser estruturado com um" +" alias de `notificações` (`notifications@example.com`) ou `contato` " +"(`contact@example.com`). Esse endereço deve ser definido como o " +":guilabel:`FIltro DE` no servidor. Esse endereço também deve corresponder à " +"combinação de chaves `{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` nos " +"parâmetros do sistema." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 @@ -2456,6 +3436,8 @@ msgid "" "For more information on the from filter visit: " ":ref:`email_communication/default`." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre o filtro DE, visite: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 @@ -2464,6 +3446,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Parâmetros do sistema` pode ser acessado ativando o :ref:`modo " +"de desenvolvedor` no menu :menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> " +"Parâmetros --> Parâmetros do sistema`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -2472,39 +3457,47 @@ msgid "" "should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " "address will change:" msgstr "" +"Ao usar essa configuração, todos os e-mails enviados da base de dados usarão" +" o endereço da caixa de e-mail `notificação` configurada. No entanto, deve-" +"se observar que o nome do remetente aparecerá, mas o endereço de e-mail será" +" alterado:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Name from real sender with static email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome do remetente real com e-mail estático." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de um único servidor de envio de e-mail:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" msgstr "" +"**Nome de usuário** (login) do servidor de envio de e-mail = " +"`notifications@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " "`notifications@example.com`" msgstr "" +"Servidor de envio de e-mail :guilabel:`Filtro DE` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`mail.catchall.domain` nos parâmetros do sistema = `example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`mail.default.from` nos parâmetros do sistema = `notifications`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração específica do usuário (múltiplos usuários)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -2513,6 +3506,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " "to work." msgstr "" +"Além de um servidor de e-mail genérico, servidores de e-mail individuais " +"podem ser configurados para usuários em uma base de dados. Esses endereços " +"de e-mail devem ser definidos como :guilabel:`Filtro DE` em cada servidor " +"individual para que essa configuração funcione." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -2521,6 +3518,10 @@ msgid "" "to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " "email server." msgstr "" +"Essa configuração é a mais difícil das duas configurações do Microsoft " +"Azure, pois exige que todos os usuários configurados com servidores de " +"e-mail tenham direitos de acesso às configurações para estabelecer uma " +"conexão com o servidor de e-mail." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 @@ -2534,6 +3535,11 @@ msgid "" "server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " "set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." msgstr "" +"Cada usuário deve ter um servidor de e-mail separado configurado. O " +":guilabel:`Filtro DE` deve ser configurado para que somente o e-mail do " +"usuário seja enviado desse servidor. Em outras palavras, somente um usuário " +"com um endereço de e-mail que corresponda ao conjunto :guilabel:`Filtro DE` " +"poderá usar esse servidor." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -2542,6 +3548,10 @@ msgid "" " for this server should have the value of the " "`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." msgstr "" +"Um :ref:` servidor defallback ` deve ser " +"configurado para permitir o envio de :guilabel:`notificações`. O " +":guilabel:`Filtro DE` desse servidor deve ter o valor de " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -2550,57 +3560,73 @@ msgid "" "mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " "the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." msgstr "" +"A configuração desse servidor de e-mail transacional pode funcionar junto " +"com um servidor de e-mail de envio em massa. O :guilabel:`Filtro DE` do " +"servidor de envio de e-mai em massa pode permanecer vazio, mas é necessário " +"adicioná-lo nas configurações do aplicativo *Marketing por e-mail*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 msgid "" "For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " ":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre a configuração do servidor de envio de " +"e-mail em massa, visite :ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração do servidor de envio de e-mail de múltiplos usuários:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 msgid "User #1 mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caixa de e-mail do usuário nº 1" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" msgstr "" +"**Nome de usuário** (login) do servidor de envio de e-mail nº 1 = " +"`john@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" msgstr "" +"Servidor de envio de e-mail :guilabel:`Filtro DE` = `john@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 msgid "User #2 mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caixa de e-mail do usuário nº 2" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" msgstr "" +"**Nome de usuário** (login) do servidor de envio de e-mail nº 2 = " +"`jane@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" msgstr "" +"Servidor de envio de e-mail nº 2 :guilabel:`Filtro DE` = `jane@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 msgid "Notifications mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caixa de e-mail de notificações" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" msgstr "" +"**Nome de usuário** (login) do servidor de envio de e-mail nº 3 = " +"`notifications@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " "`notifications@example.com`" msgstr "" +"Servidor de envio de e-mail nº 3 :guilabel:`Filtro DE` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 msgid "System Parameters" @@ -2608,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr "Parâmetros do Sistema" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 msgid "Configure incoming email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o servidor para e-mails recebidos" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -2621,15 +3647,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the " "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"A conta de entrada deve ser configurada de forma semelhante à conta de " +"envios de e-mail. Navegue até :guilabel:`Servidores de envio de e-mail` no " +":guilabel:`Menu técnico` e :guilabel:`Crie` uma nova configuração. Marque ou" +" selecione o botão ao lado de :guilabel:`Autenticação Outlook OAuth` e " +"digite o :guilabel:`Nome de usuário do Microsoft Outlook`. Clique em " +":guilabel:`Conectar sua conta do Outlook`. O Odoo informará: " +":guilabel:`Token válido do Outlook` Agora :guilabel:`Teste e Confirme` a " +"conta. A conta deve estar pronta para receber e-mails na base de dados do " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:3 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:70 msgid "Domain names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nomes de domínio" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2638,23 +3673,33 @@ msgid "" "address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " "a series of numbers." msgstr "" +"Um **nome de domínio** funciona como um endereço para seu site. Ele torna a " +"internet muito mais acessível, pois permite que os usuários digitem um " +"endereço da web significativo, como ``www.odoo.com``, em vez do endereço IP " +"do servidor com uma série de números." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 msgid "" "You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" msgstr "" +"Você pode usar um nome de domínio personalizado para acessar sua base de " +"dados e sites do Odoo:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" "By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo ` (for Odoo Online databases)" msgstr "" +"Ao :ref:`registrar um nome de domínio gratuito com o Odoo ` (para base de dados do Odoo Online)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 msgid "" "By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own `." msgstr "" +"Ao :ref:`configurar um domínio personalizado que você já possui `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2662,6 +3707,9 @@ msgid "" "a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " "``https://example.odoo.com``)." msgstr "" +"As bases de dados Odoo Online e Odoo.sh, incluindo seus sites, usam por " +"padrão um subdomínio de ``odoo.com`` para a URL e os e-mails (por exemplo, " +"``https://example.odoo.com``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2680,16 +3728,20 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriais do Odoo: Registrar um nome de domínio gratuito " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 msgid "" "`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Dicas rápidas do Odoo: Obter um nome de domínio gratuito! " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32 msgid "About domain names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "About domain names" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2698,6 +3750,10 @@ msgid "" " notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " "spell*." msgstr "" +"Ter um **bom nome de domínio** é tão importante para sua marca quanto o nome" +" de sua empresa ou organização, pois é a primeira coisa que seus visitantes " +"notarão. Recomendamos que você os mantenha *simples, curtos, fáceis de " +"lembrar e digitar*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2708,6 +3764,13 @@ msgid "" "to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " "``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" msgstr "" +"Um **subdomínio** é um domínio que faz parte de outro domínio. Ele " +"geralmente se refere à parte adicional que vem antes do nome do domínio " +"principal. Tradicionalmente, a maioria dos sites usa o subdomínio ``www.``, " +"mas qualquer sequência de letras também pode ser usada. Você pode usar " +"subdomínios para direcionar seus visitantes a outros sites que não o site " +"principal ou a páginas específicas (por exemplo, ``experience.odoo.com`` " +"aponta para uma página específica.)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2716,10 +3779,15 @@ msgid "" "servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" " worldwide on all servers." msgstr "" +"Todos os nomes de domínio são referenciados no **Sistema de Nomes de " +"Domínio**, ou **DNS**, que funciona como um diretório gigante para a " +"internet. Há muitos servidores DNS, portanto, qualquer modificação no DNS " +"pode levar até 72 horas para se propagar pelo mundo todo, em todos os " +"servidores." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 msgid "Indexing of domain names by search engines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indexação de nomes de domínio por mecanismos de busca" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2730,18 +3798,31 @@ msgid "" "after a while, as long as their URLs are mentioned elsewhere on the " "Internet." msgstr "" +"Os mecanismos de pesquisa, como o Google e o Bing, dependem de rastreadores " +"da web (:dfn:`robôs que exploram e analisam a web`) para indexar todos os " +"sites e seus nomes de domínio relacionados. Esses rastreadores descobrem " +"novos URLs graças a links em páginas da web conhecidas. Como resultado, os " +"mecanismos de pesquisa devem indexar os nomes de domínio automaticamente " +"após algum tempo, desde que seus URLs sejam mencionados em outro lugar na " +"Internet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 msgid "" "Improving the appearance and positioning of web pages on search engines is a" " practice named \"Search Engine Optimization\" (SEO)." msgstr "" +"Melhorar a aparência e o posicionamento das páginas da Web nos mecanismos de" +" busca é uma prática denominada \"otimização de mecanismos de pesquisa\" " +"(SEO)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 msgid "" "Adding relevant content, optimizing metadata, and building high-quality " "backlinks can all help improve a website's search engine visibility." msgstr "" +"A adição de conteúdo relevante, a otimização de metadados e a criação de " +"backlinks de alta qualidade podem ajudar a melhorar a visibilidade de um " +"site nos mecanismos de busca." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2754,52 +3835,71 @@ msgid "" "registered with Odoo ` and for domain names managed" " by other providers." msgstr "" +"Alguns mecanismos de busca fornecem ferramentas para administradores da web," +" como o `Google Search Console `_ " +"e o `Bing Webmaster Tools `_, para ajudá-lo" +" a analisar e melhorar a classificação de sua página. Para usar esses " +"serviços, você deve provar que é o proprietário do seu nome de domínio. Uma " +"maneira de verificar a propriedade do seu nome de domínio é adicionar um " +"registro DNS. Você pode fazer isso para :ref:`nomes de domínio registrados " +"na Odoo ` e para nomes de domínio gerenciados por " +"outros provedores." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 msgid "" "`Google Search Console Help - Verify your site ownership " "`_" msgstr "" +"Ajuda do Google Search Console - Verifique a propriedade do seu site " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" "`Bing Webmaster Tools - Add and Verify site " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Bing Webmaster Tools - Adicionar e verificar site " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar um nome de domínio gratuito com o Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:83 msgid "" "You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " "Odoo Website or your database manager." msgstr "" +"Você pode registrar um nome de domínio para a sua de dados Odoo Online " +"diretamente no site do Odoo ou no seu gerenciador de base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 msgid "" "Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" msgstr "" +"Seu nome de domínio é **gratuito por um ano** se você registrá-lo no Odoo!" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:88 msgid "" "The domain name is registered with `Gandi `_, the " "domain name registrar." msgstr "" +"O nome de domínio está registrado com `Gandi `_, o " +"registrador de nomes de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:90 msgid "" "You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." msgstr "" +"Você é o proprietário do nome de domínio e pode usá-lo para outros fins." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:91 msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A Odoo gerencia o pagamento e o suporte técnico para você." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -2807,6 +3907,9 @@ msgid "" "your MX records ` to use your own email server or " "solution such as Google Workspace." msgstr "" +"Essa oferta não inclui nenhuma caixa de e-mail. No entanto, você pode " +":ref:`configurar seus registros MX ` para usar seu " +"próprio servidor de e-mail ou uma solução como o Google Workspace." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -2815,34 +3918,48 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, then on " ":guilabel:`Domain names`." msgstr "" +"Para isso, vá para :menuselection:`Site --> Nome de domínio`. Como " +"alternativa, abra o gerenciador de bases de dados " +"`_, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`definições` ao lado da sua base de dados e, em seguida, em " +":guilabel:`Nomes de domínio`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Clicking on Domain Names from an Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clicar em nomes de domínio em um site Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:103 msgid "" "Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " "select the one you want to register for your website." msgstr "" +"Pesquise o nome de domínio de sua escolha para verificar sua disponibilidade" +" e, em seguida, selecione o que deseja registrar para o seu site." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "" "The search of the domain name example.com shows which associated domains are" " available." msgstr "" +"A pesquisa do nome de domínio example.com mostra quais domínios associados " +"estão disponíveis." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:110 msgid "" "Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " "owner." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, preencha o formulário com suas informações para se tornar o " +"proprietário do nome de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 msgid "" "Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " ":ref:`map your domain name with your website `." msgstr "" +"Seu nome de domínio está diretamente vinculado à sua base de dados, mas você" +" ainda precisa :ref:`mapear seu nome de domínio com o site `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -2851,14 +3968,18 @@ msgid "" "request and your website to avoid abuse. This process can take several days " "due to the success of the offer." msgstr "" +"Nomes de domínio gratuitos também estão disponíveis para bases de dados " +"gratuitas do Odoo Online (se você instalou apenas um aplicativo, por " +"exemplo). Nesse caso, a Odoo analisa sua solicitação e seu site para evitar " +"abusos. Esse processo pode levar vários dias devido ao sucesso da oferta." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Isso ainda não está disponível para bases de dados Odoo.sh." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciar seu nome de domínio registrado no Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2868,25 +3989,35 @@ msgid "" "button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " ":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar os registros DNS do seu nome de domínio registrado no Odoo ou" +" para visualizar os contatos associados a ele, abra o seu `gerenciador de " +"bases de dados `_, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`definições` ao lado da sua base de dados, em :guilabel:`Nomes de " +"domínios` e, em seguida, em :guilabel:`Contatos` ou :guilabel:`DNS`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Management of the domain names linked to an Odoo database" msgstr "" +"Gerenciamento dos nomes de domínio vinculados a uma base de dados do Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 msgid "" "Please `submit a support ticket `_ if you need " "further assistance to manage your domain name." msgstr "" +"Envie um chamado de suporte `_ se precisar de " +"mais assistência para gerenciar seu nome de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:142 msgid "Configure your existing domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar seu nome de domínio existente" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 msgid "" "If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." msgstr "" +"Se você já possui um nome de domínio, pode usá-lo para direcionar para o seu" +" site." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -2894,52 +4025,67 @@ msgid "" "name/ssl>`, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " "in this order:" msgstr "" +"Para evitar qualquer problema com a validação do certificado :ref:`SSL " +"`, é altamente recomendável que você execute as seguintes " +"ações nesta ordem:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`Add a CNAME record ` on your domain name's DNS " "zone." msgstr "" +":ref:`Adicione um registro CNAME ` na zona DNS do seu " +"nome de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database `." msgstr "" +":ref:`Mapeie seu nome de domínio com sua base de dados Odoo `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:151 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website `." msgstr "" +":ref:`Mapeie seu nome de domínio com seu site do Odoo `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:156 msgid "Add a CNAME record" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar um registro CNAME" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:158 msgid "" "A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the domain of " "another website rather than directly to an IP address." msgstr "" +"Um registro **CNAME** é um tipo de registro DNS que aponta para o domínio de" +" outro site em vez de apontar diretamente para um endereço IP." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 msgid "" "You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " "are detailed in your database manager." msgstr "" +"Você precisa de um registro CNAME que aponte para a sua base de dados do " +"Odoo. Os requisitos estão detalhados em seu gerenciador de bases de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 msgid "" "The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " "its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" msgstr "" +"O endereço de destino é o endereço atual da sua base de dados, conforme " +"definido em sua criação (por exemplo, ``example.odoo.com``)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -2948,6 +4094,8 @@ msgid "" "Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Project Name`." msgstr "" +"O endereço principal de seu projeto é definido em :menuselection:`Definições" +" --> Nome do projeto`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -2956,21 +4104,28 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " "domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" +"Se quiser se dirigir a uma filial específica (produção, preparação ou " +"desenvolvimento), vá para :menuselection:`Filial --> selecionar sua filial " +"--> Definições --> Domínios personalizados` e clique em :guilabel:`Como " +"configurar meu domínio?`. Uma mensagem indica para qual endereço o seu " +"registro CNAME deve ser direcionado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:180 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:222 msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abra o painel de controle do gerenciador de seu nome de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:181 msgid "" "Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " "configure." msgstr "" +"Abra a página de gerenciamento da **zona DNS** do nome de domínio que você " +"deseja configurar." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crie um registro **CNAME** apontando para o endereço da sua de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -2978,6 +4133,10 @@ msgid "" "(``www.example.com``), you can of course use any domain name of your choice," " with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." msgstr "" +"Embora o Odoo sugira a criação de um registro CNAME para seu subdomínio " +"``www.`` (``www.example.com``), é claro que você pode usar qualquer nome de " +"domínio de sua escolha, com qualquer subdomínio (por exemplo, " +"``qualquercoisa.exemplo.com``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -2986,6 +4145,10 @@ msgid "" "database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " ":ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." msgstr "" +"Você possui o nome de domínio ``example.com`` e tem uma base de dados Odoo " +"Online no endereço ``example.odoo.com``. Você quer acessar sua base de dados" +" Odoo principalmente com o domínio ``www.example.com``, mas também com o " +":ref:`domínio sem www ` ``example.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -2994,15 +4157,20 @@ msgid "" "following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " "example.odoo.com.``" msgstr "" +"Para isso, você cria um registro CNAME para o subdomínio ``www``, com " +"``example.odoo.com`` como destino. O gerenciador de zona DNS gera a seguinte" +" regra e a adiciona à sua zona DNS: ``www IN CNAME example.odoo.com.``" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" "You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." msgstr "" +"Você também cria um redirecionamento de ``example.com`` para " +"``wwww.example.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:200 msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seus novos registros DNS são propagados para todos os servidores DNS." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:203 msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" @@ -3011,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "`GoDaddy `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -3019,6 +4187,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -3026,12 +4197,17 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:208 msgid "" "`CloudFlare `_" msgstr "" +"`CloudFlare `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -3041,35 +4217,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:214 msgid "Naked domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Domínio sem www" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:216 msgid "" "A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " "beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." msgstr "" +"Um **domínio sem www** é um nome de domínio que não tem nenhum subdomínio no" +" início do endereço (por exemplo, ``odoo.com`` em vez de ``www.odoo.com``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:219 msgid "" "You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " "may not type the full domain name to access your website." msgstr "" +"Você pode querer que o domínio simples seja redirecionado para o seu site, " +"pois alguns visitantes podem não digitar o nome de domínio completo para " +"acessar o seu site." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" "Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " "main domain name (``www.example.com``)." msgstr "" +"Crie um **redirecionamento** do domínio simples (``example.com``) para seu " +"nome de domínio principal (``www.example.com``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:227 msgid "" "Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " "pre-configured." msgstr "" +"Dependendo do registrador do seu nome de domínio, esse redirecionamento pode" +" já estar pré-configurado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:232 msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapear seu nome de domínio com sua base de dados Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -3078,6 +4263,10 @@ msgid "" "names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" " column." msgstr "" +"Abra o gerenciador de bases de dados `_, " +"clique no botão :guilabel:`definições` ao lado da sua base de dados, em " +":guilabel:`Nomes de domínio` e, em seguida, em :guilabel:`Usar meu próprio " +"domínio` na parte inferior da coluna da direita." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -3085,12 +4274,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " "Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Digite o nome de domínio que quer adicionar a essa base de dados e, em " +"seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Verificar` para verificar se o registro CNAME " +"está configurado corretamente. Quando terminar, clique em " +":guilabel:`Confirmo que está cloncluído`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "" "Verification of the CNAME records of a domain name before mapping it with a " "database" msgstr "" +"Verificação dos registros CNAME de um nome de domínio antes de mapeá-lo com " +"uma base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -3098,22 +4293,30 @@ msgid "" "Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" " click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Filiais --> selecione sua filial --> Definições --> " +"Dom[inios personalizados`, digite o nome do domínio que deseja adicionar a " +"essa base de dados e clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar domínio`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name with an Odoo.sh branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapeamento de um nome de domínio com uma ramificação do Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:260 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: aba de definições `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:263 msgid "" "Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record ` to your domain " "name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de :ref:`adicionar um registro CNAME ` ao " +"DNS do seu nome de domínio **antes** de mapear seu nome de domínio com a " +"base de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:266 msgid "" @@ -3122,6 +4325,10 @@ msgid "" "This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " "connection is not private\"*." msgstr "" +"A falta disso poderá impedir a validação do :ref:`certificado SSL ` e resultará em um erro de *incompatibilidade de nome de " +"certificado*. Isso geralmente é exibido pelos navegadores da web como um " +"aviso do tipo *\"Sua conexão não é privada\"*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -3130,10 +4337,15 @@ msgid "" "happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " "`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" +"Se esse for o caso e você tiver adicionado o nome de domínio às " +"configurações da sua base de dados há menos de cinco dias, aguarde 24 horas," +" pois a validação ainda poderá ocorrer. Caso contrário, `envie um chamado de" +" suporte `_ incluindo capturas de tela dos seus " +"registros CNAME." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:277 msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criptografia SSL (protocolo HTTPS)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -3142,6 +4354,10 @@ msgid "" "which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " "address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." msgstr "" +"**A criptografia SSL** é um protocolo de segurança da internet baseado em " +"criptografia. Isso permite que seus visitantes naveguem em seu site por uma " +"conexão segura, que aparece como um protocolo ``https://`` no início do seu " +"endereço da web, em vez de um protocolo ``http://`` não seguro." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -3150,32 +4366,43 @@ msgid "" "Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " "`_." msgstr "" +"O Odoo gera um certificado SSL separado para cada domínio :ref:`mapeado no " +"gerenciador de bases de dados `, usando a integração com" +" a `autoridade de certificação Let's Encrypt e o protocolo ACME " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A geração do certificado pode levar até 24 horas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " "following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." msgstr "" +"Várias tentativas de validar seu certificado são feitas durante os cinco " +"dias seguintes ao momento em que você adiciona seu nome de domínio nas " +"configurações da sua base de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:291 msgid "" "If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " "for Odoo." msgstr "" +"Se você já usa outro serviço, pode continuar usando-o ou apenas mudar para o" +" Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "Web base URL of a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL base da web de uma base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:299 msgid "" "If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" " your domain name with your website `." msgstr "" +"Se você tiver um site Odoo, pode desconsiderar esta parte e diretamente " +":ref:`mapear o nome de domínio com seu site `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -3183,6 +4410,9 @@ msgid "" "website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " "portal links, etc.)." msgstr "" +"O **URL base da web** de uma base de dados, ou **URL raiz**, afeta o " +"endereço de seu site principal e todos os links enviados a seus clientes " +"(ex.: cotações, links de portal etc.)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -3190,6 +4420,9 @@ msgid "" "log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " "group) from the login screen." msgstr "" +"Para configurá-lo, acesse sua base de dados Odoo com seu endereço " +"personalizado e, em seguida, faça login como administrador da base de dados " +"(qualquer usuário no grupo *Definições*) na tela de login." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -3197,6 +4430,10 @@ msgid "" "``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " "below to prevent these automatic updates." msgstr "" +"Conectar-se ao sua base de dados com o endereço de subdomínio original do " +"Odoo (por exemplo, ``example.odoo.com``) também atualiza o URL base da web " +"da sua base de dados. Veja abaixo como evitar essas atualizações " +"automáticas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -3204,6 +4441,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, você pode fazer isso manualmente. Para isso, ative a opção" +" :ref:`modo de desenvolvedor `, em seguida, vá para " +":menuselection:`Definições --> Técnico --> Parâmetros do sistema`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -3211,70 +4451,91 @@ msgid "" " enter the full address of your website as value, such as " "``https://www.example.com``." msgstr "" +"Localize a chave chamada ``web.base.url`` (ou crie-a se ainda não existir) e" +" insira o endereço completo de seu site como valor, como " +"``https://www.example.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:319 msgid "" "The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" " end with a slash (``/``)." msgstr "" +"O URL deve incluir o protocolo ``https://`` (ou ``http://``) e não deve " +"terminar com uma barra (``/``)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:322 msgid "" "To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " "logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" msgstr "" +"Para impedir a atualização automática da URL base da web quando um " +"administrador faz login na base de dados, você pode criar o seguinte " +"parâmetro do sistema:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:325 msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "chave: ``web.base.url.freeze``" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:326 msgid "value: ``True``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "valor: ``True``" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:331 msgid "Map your domain name with your website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapear seu nome de domínio com seu site" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:333 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " "your database:" msgstr "" +"Mapear seu nome de domínio para o site não é o mesmo que mapeá-lo com a base" +" de dados:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:335 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website properly." msgstr "" +"Isso define seu nome de domínio como o principal do site, ajudando os " +"mecanismos de pesquisa a indexar seu site adequadamente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:337 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" " portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" +"Isso define seu nome de domínio como o URL base da sua base de dados, " +"incluindo os links do portal enviados por e-mail aos seus clientes." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:339 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" " website." msgstr "" +"Se você tiver vários sites, isso mapeará seu nome de domínio ao site " +"adequado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:341 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " "Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Site --> Configuração --> Definições --> " +"Informações do site`. Se você tiver vários sites, selecione aquele que quer " +"configurar." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:344 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " "(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Domínio`, preencha o endereço da web do seu site (por " +"exemplo, ``https://www.example.com``) e clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Configuring https://www.example.com as the Domain of the website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração de https://www.example.com como o domínio do site" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -3282,6 +4543,9 @@ msgid "" "indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " "odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." msgstr "" +"O mapeamento de seu nome de domínio com o site do Odoo impede que o Google " +"indexe seu nome de domínio personalizado ``www.example.com`` e o endereço " +"original da base de dados do Odoo ``example.odoo.com``." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:355 msgid "" @@ -3290,6 +4554,10 @@ msgid "" "`Google Search Console `_ to fix " "this." msgstr "" +"Se ambos os endereços já estiverem indexados, pode levar algum tempo até que" +" o Google remova a indexação do segundo endereço. Você também pode tentar " +"usar o `Google Search Console `_ " +"para corrigir isso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -3299,6 +4567,11 @@ msgid "" " the :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in " "use." msgstr "" +"Se você tiver vários sites e empresas em sua base de dados, certifique-se de" +" selecionar a :guilabel:`Empresa` certa nas configurações do site, ao lado " +"das configurações do :guilabel:`Domínio`. Ao fazer isso, você indica ao Odoo" +" qual URL usar como :ref:`URL base ` de acordo com" +" a empresa em uso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:366 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -3306,54 +4579,58 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trocar de Community para Enterprise" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade " "your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" msgstr "" +"Dependendo da sua instalação atual, há várias maneiras de atualizar a versão" +" da comunidade. De qualquer forma, as diretrizes básicas são:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:12 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:31 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:63 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:80 msgid "Backup your community database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faça backup da sua base de dados Community" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:17 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:62 msgid "Shutdown your server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desligue seu servidor" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:19 msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instale o módulo web_enterprise" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:21 msgid "Restart your server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reinicie seu servidor" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:23 msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digite seu código de assinatura do Odoo Enterprise" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:29 msgid "On Linux, using an installer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No Linux, usando um instalador" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:33 msgid "Stop the odoo service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Interrompa o serviço Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:39 msgid "" "Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" msgstr "" +"Instale o .deb corporativo (ele deve ser instalado em cima do pacote " +"Community)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:45 msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atualize sua base de dados para os pacotes empresariais usando" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3362,10 +4639,14 @@ msgid "" " Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the " "form input" msgstr "" +"Você conseguirá se conectar à sua instância do Odoo Enterprise com sua forma" +" de identificação habitual. Então, você pode vincular sua base de dados à " +"sua assinatura do Odoo Enterprise inserindo o código que recebeu por e-mail " +"ao enviar o formulário" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:57 msgid "On Linux, using the source code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No Linux, usando o código-fonte" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -3373,20 +4654,26 @@ msgid "" "probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your " "usual workflow." msgstr "" +"Há muitas maneiras de iniciar seu servidor ao usar códigos-fonte, e você " +"provavelmente tem o seu favorito. Talvez seja necessário adaptar as seções " +"ao seu fluxo de trabalho habitual." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:64 msgid "" "Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " ":doc:`../install/source`)" msgstr "" +"Atualize o parâmetro ``--addons-path`` de seu comando de inicialização " +"(consulte :doc:`../install/source`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instale o módulo web_enterprise usando" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:71 msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." msgstr "" +"Dependendo do tamanho da sua base de dados, isso pode levar algum tempo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3395,16 +4682,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in " "the form input" msgstr "" +"Reinicie o servidor com o caminho de complementos atualizado do ponto 3. " +"Conecte-se à sua instância. Em seguida, você pode vincular sua base de dados" +" à assinatura do Odoo Enterprise inserindo o código que recebeu por e-mail " +"ao enviar o formulário" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:78 msgid "On Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No Windows" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:82 msgid "" "Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation" " folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" msgstr "" +"Desinstale o Odoo Community (usando o executável Desinstalar na pasta de " +"instalação) - o PostgreSQL permanecerá instalado" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -3413,12 +4706,18 @@ msgid "" "installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). " "Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" msgstr "" +"Inicialize o instalador do Odoo Enterprise e siga as etapas normalmente. Ao " +"escolher o caminho de instalação, você pode definir a pasta da instalação do" +" Community (essa pasta ainda contém a instalação do PostgreSQL). Desmarque a" +" opção ``Iniciar Odoo`` no final da instalação" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:96 msgid "" "Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from " "the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" msgstr "" +"Em uma janela de comando, atualize sua base de dados Odoo usando este " +"comando (no caminho de instalação do Odoo, na subpasta do servidor)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -3427,10 +4726,15 @@ msgid "" "identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise " "Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" msgstr "" +"Não há necessidade de inicializar manualmente o servidor, o serviço está em " +"execução. Você conseguirá se conectar à sua instância do Odoo Enterprise com" +" sua forma de identificação habitual. Você pode então vincular sua base de " +"dados à sua assinatura do Odoo Enterprise inserindo o código que recebeu por" +" e-mail ao enviar o formulário" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Gmail to Odoo using Google OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectar o Gmail ao Odoo usando o Google OAuth" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3440,12 +4744,20 @@ msgid "" " Odoo database. This configuration works by using either a personal email " "address or an address created by a custom domain." msgstr "" +"O Odoo é compatível com o OAuth for Gmail do Google. Para enviar e-mails " +"seguros de um domínio personalizado, basta definir algumas configurações na " +"plataforma *Workspace* do Google, bem como no back-end da base de dados do " +"Odoo. Essa configuração funciona usando um endereço de e-mail pessoal ou um " +"endereço criado por um domínio personalizado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information, visit `Google's documentation " "`_ on setting up OAuth." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações, acesse a documentação do Google " +"`_ sobre a configuração do " +"OAuth." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" @@ -3471,6 +4783,11 @@ msgid "" "Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in " "Odoo)." msgstr "" +"Para começar, acesse o `Google API Console " +"`_. Faça login com sua conta *Google " +"Workspace*, se tiver uma, caso contrário, faça login com sua conta pessoal " +"do Gmail (que corresponda ao endereço de e-mail que você pretende configurar" +" no Odoo)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3479,6 +4796,11 @@ msgid "" " in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on" " the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Depois disso, clique em :guilabel:`Criar projeto`, localizado na extremidade" +" direita da :guilabel:`Tela de consentimento de autenticação`. Se um projeto" +" já tiver sido criado nessa conta, a opção :guilabel:`Novo projeto` estará " +"localizada no canto superior direito, no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Selecionar" +" um projeto`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3488,10 +4810,15 @@ msgid "" "using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as " ":guilabel:`No Organization`." msgstr "" +"Na tela :menuselection:`Novo projeto`, renomeie o :guilabel:`Nome do " +"projeto` para `Odoo` e procure o :guilabel:`Local`. Defina o " +":guilabel:`Local` como a *organização do Google Workspace*. Se você estiver " +"usando uma conta pessoal do Gmail, deixe o :guilabel:`Local` como " +":guilabel:`Sem organização`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nome e local do projeto para o Google OAuth." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." @@ -4583,11 +5910,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -4596,7 +5923,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:6 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Registre um banco de dados" +msgstr "Registrar uma base de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8595,64 +9922,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8661,7 +9992,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8669,13 +10000,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8687,23 +10018,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8713,7 +10044,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -8726,7 +10057,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -8736,13 +10067,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -8753,7 +10084,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -8762,58 +10093,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -8822,13 +10167,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -8837,171 +10182,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9011,7 +10356,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -9020,39 +10365,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "Ações automatizadas" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -9061,63 +10406,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9127,7 +10472,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9135,7 +10480,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9143,21 +10488,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9166,7 +10513,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9174,7 +10521,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9182,92 +10529,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 38def6963..5e857f9a7 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -21,16 +21,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Maitê Dietze, 2023 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -967,9 +967,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 @@ -2789,8 +2789,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6508,7 +6508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6616,9 +6616,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Tipos de Conta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balanço patrimonial" @@ -7226,7 +7226,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Reconciliação bancária" @@ -7451,7 +7450,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7678,22 +7677,23 @@ msgstr "Pagamentos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7701,9 +7701,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7719,174 +7716,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8857,91 +8874,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -9128,71 +9060,77 @@ msgstr "Ativar métodos de pagamento de cheques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Estados Unidos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Para os Estados Unidos, Odoo oferece suporte por padrão aos formatos de " "seleção de:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Pague uma conta de fornecedor com cheque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "O pagamento a um fornecedor com cheque é feito em três etapas:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "impressão de cheques em lote para todos os pagamentos registrados" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registrar um pagamento em cheque" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -9200,11 +9138,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimir cheques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -9212,7 +9150,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9401,212 +9339,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -"Além dos relatórios criados especificamente em cada módulo de localização, " -"alguns relatórios ** genéricos ** e ** dinâmicos ** muito úteis estão " -"disponíveis para todos os países:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "** Balanço patrimonial **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "** Lucros e perdas **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Sumário executivo**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "** Demonstração do fluxo de caixa **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Relatório Fiscal**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Conciliação bancária**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Você pode fazer anotações em todos os relatórios para imprimi-los e relatá-" -"los ao seu consultor. Exporte para xls para gerenciar análises extras. Faça " -"uma busca detalhada nos relatórios para ver mais detalhes (pagamentos, " -"faturas, itens de diário, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -"Você também pode comparar valores com outro período. Escolha com quantos " -"períodos deseja comparar o período de tempo escolhido. Você pode escolher " -"até 12 períodos anteriores à data do relatório se não quiser usar a opção " -"padrão ** 1 período anterior **." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -"O ** Balanço ** mostra um instantâneo dos ativos, passivos e patrimônio de " -"sua organização em uma data específica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Demonstrativo do Resultado do Exercício (DRE)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -"O relatório ** Lucros e perdas ** (ou ** Demonstração de receita **) mostra " -"a receita líquida da sua organização, deduzindo as despesas da receita do " -"período do relatório." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Sumário Executivo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" -"O ** Sumário Executivo ** permite uma visão rápida de todas as figuras " -"importantes de que você precisa para administrar sua empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" msgstr "" -"Em termos muito básicos, isso é o que cada um dos itens nesta seção está " -"relatando:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Desempenho:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "** Margem de lucro bruto: **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -"A contribuição de cada venda individual feita por sua empresa menos " -"quaisquer custos diretos necessários para fazer essas vendas (coisas como " -"mão de obra, materiais, etc)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "** Margem de lucro líquido: **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"A contribuição de cada venda individual feita por sua empresa menos " -"quaisquer custos diretos necessários para realizar essas vendas, bem como " -"quaisquer despesas fixas que sua empresa tenha (coisas como aluguel, " -"eletricidade, impostos que você precisa pagar como resultado dessas vendas)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -"A relação entre o lucro líquido obtido e a quantidade de ativos que a " -"empresa usou para obter esses lucros." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Posição:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" -"O número médio de dias que seus clientes levam para pagar (integralmente), " -"em todas as suas faturas de cliente." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "** Média de dias do credor: **" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -"O número médio de dias que você leva para pagar seus fornecedores " -"(integralmente) em todas as suas contas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "** Previsão de caixa de curto prazo: **" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -"Quanto dinheiro é esperado para entrar ou sair de sua organização no próximo" -" mês, ou seja, saldo de sua ** conta de vendas ** para o mês menos o saldo " -"de sua ** conta de compras ** para o mês." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "** Ativo circulante para passivo: **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9616,10 +9531,14 @@ msgstr "Livro Razão" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9629,8 +9548,12 @@ msgstr "Dívida Antiga" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9639,34 +9562,35 @@ msgstr "Recebimentos Vencidos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -"O relatório ** Contas a receber vencidas ** mostra as faturas de vendas que " -"estavam aguardando pagamento durante um mês selecionado e vários meses " -"anteriores." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Demonstrações de Fluxo de Caixa" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -"A ** Demonstração do fluxo de caixa ** mostra como as mudanças nas contas do" -" balanço patrimonial e na receita afetam o caixa e os equivalentes de caixa " -"e divide a análise em atividades operacionais, de investimento e de " -"financiamento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Relatório de Impostos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -9674,6 +9598,10 @@ msgstr "" "Este relatório permite ver os valores ** líquidos ** e ** fiscais ** de " "todos os impostos agrupados por tipo (venda / compra)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade analítica" @@ -13589,7 +13517,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "Contas do fornecedor" @@ -13608,6 +13536,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16864,7 +16796,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16947,7 +16879,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -17114,7 +17046,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Uso e teste" @@ -18453,7 +18385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -19312,7 +19244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -19355,7 +19287,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefone`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -20053,7 +19985,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -20083,7 +20015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -20098,12 +20030,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -20116,24 +20046,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -20141,136 +20064,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -20278,11 +20201,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -20291,15 +20214,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -20307,11 +20230,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -20321,50 +20244,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -20375,29 +20298,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -20405,19 +20328,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificado" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -20425,24 +20348,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -20453,13 +20376,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multimoedas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -20468,12 +20391,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -20481,36 +20404,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -20520,13 +20443,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -20537,56 +20460,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Caixa 1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Caixa 2." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20594,32 +20517,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20628,7 +20551,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20636,7 +20559,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20644,11 +20567,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20657,7 +20580,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20666,14 +20589,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20681,11 +20604,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20696,14 +20619,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20711,60 +20634,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Transferir Contas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Taxa de conversão" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20776,11 +20699,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20793,32 +20716,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20828,7 +20751,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20841,7 +20764,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20852,7 +20775,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20865,7 +20788,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20876,26 +20799,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20904,21 +20827,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20926,11 +20849,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20944,14 +20867,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20962,36 +20885,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20999,11 +20922,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -21016,12 +20939,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Erros comuns" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -21113,40 +21036,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "Notas de crédito" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -21161,16 +21084,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -21184,11 +21107,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -21202,7 +21125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -21212,17 +21135,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -21236,23 +21159,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -21263,7 +21186,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -21273,16 +21196,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -21294,55 +21217,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Aceitação" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -21354,11 +21277,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Reivindicação" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -21373,7 +21296,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -21381,12 +21304,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21394,7 +21317,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21402,14 +21325,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21419,46 +21342,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -21469,13 +21392,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -21486,7 +21409,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -21496,18 +21419,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -21516,7 +21439,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21524,7 +21447,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -21534,7 +21457,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -21542,18 +21465,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21561,7 +21484,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21571,7 +21494,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21585,7 +21508,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21599,7 +21522,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21609,11 +21532,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21623,7 +21546,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21631,18 +21554,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21650,13 +21573,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21666,14 +21589,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21681,11 +21604,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21696,11 +21619,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21712,11 +21635,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21724,7 +21647,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21739,11 +21662,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21752,13 +21675,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21769,7 +21692,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21780,7 +21703,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23839,7 +23762,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -24858,7 +24781,7 @@ msgstr "Movimentos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 msgid "Count" -msgstr "Contar" +msgstr "Total" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 msgid "Percentage" @@ -25418,7 +25341,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -31280,7 +31202,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31843,15 +31765,12 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espanha" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"No Odoo, existem vários planos de contas espanhóis disponíveis por padrão:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" @@ -31867,44 +31786,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -"Você pode escolher o que deseja acessando: seleção de menus: ʻContabilidade " -"-> Configuração` e então escolher o pacote que deseja na seção ** " -"Localização Fiscal **." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade espanhóis" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -"Se a Localização Contábil Espanhola for instalada, você terá acesso a " -"relatórios contábeis específicos da Espanha:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Relatório Fiscal (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suíça" @@ -33764,7 +33692,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -34187,7 +34115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34807,17 +34735,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index a17ba0ee4..d92ae7b51 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -6497,56 +6498,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Instruções para multiempresa `" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "Exclusão de uma conta do Odoo.com" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" -"Para excluir sua conta do Odoo.com, acesse a opção de exclusão clicando no " -"ícone do usuário. A opção de exclusão pode ser acessada em " -":menuselection:`Minha conta --> Editar definições de segurança --> Excluir " -"conta`. Ela também pode ser acessada em https://www.odoo.com/my/home." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" -"A exclusão de uma conta do Odoo é irreversível. Tenha cuidado ao executar " -"essa ação, pois a conta do Odoo.com não poderá ser recuperada." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar no botão :guilabel:`Excluir conta`, uma janela pop-up será " -"exibida, solicitando que você confirme a exclusão da conta." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar no botão Excluir conta, uma janela será exibida para verificar a " -"alteração." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" -"Confirme a exclusão digitando a :guilabel:`senha` e o :guilabel:`login` da " -"conta que está sendo excluída. Clique no botão :guilabel:`Excluir conta` " -"para confirmar a exclusão." - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "Alterar idioma" @@ -6923,11 +6874,210 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "Alterações na conta do Odoo.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" +"Esta documentação é dedicada a edições feitas em uma conta do Odoo.com. Os " +"processos a seguir descrevem como excluir uma conta do Odoo.com e como " +"alterar a senha em uma conta do Odoo.com." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "Excluir a conta do Odoo.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" +"Para excluir uma conta do Odoo.com, comece clicando no ícone do perfil no " +"canto superior direito (representado pelo nome de usuário e ícone) para " +"revelar um menu suspenso. No menu suspenso, selecione :guilabel:`A minha " +"conta`, que revela o portal do usuário." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"No portal do usuário, a opção de exclusão pode ser acessada em " +":menuselection:`Minha conta --> Editar definições de segurança --> Excluir " +"conta`. Ela também pode ser acessada em `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" +"A exclusão de uma conta do Odoo é irreversível. Tenha cuidado ao executar " +"essa ação, pois a conta do Odoo.com **não** pode ser recuperada depois de " +"excluída." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar no botão :guilabel:`Excluir conta`, uma janela pop-up será " +"exibida, solicitando a confirmação da exclusão da conta." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar no botão Excluir conta, uma janela será exibida para verificar a " +"alteração." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" +"Para confirmar a exclusão, digite a :guilabel:`Senha` e o :guilabel:`Login` " +"da conta que está sendo excluída. Em seguida, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Excluir conta` para confirmar a exclusão." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "Alteração da senha da conta do Odoo.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar a senha de uma conta do Odoo.com, primeiro faça login na conta " +"de usuário do Odoo.com na página de login do Odoo.com. Depois de fazer o " +"login, vá para o canto superior direito da tela e clique no ícone " +":guilabel:`▼ (seta para baixo)` ao lado do ícone de perfil. Em seguida, " +"selecione :guilabel:`Minha conta`, e um painel do portal será exibido." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar a senha do Odoo.com, clique no link :guilabel:`Editar " +"definições de segurança`, abaixo da seção :menuselection:`Segurança da " +"conta`. Em seguida, faça as alterações necessárias digitando a " +":guilabel:`Senha` atual, a :guilabel:`Nova senha` e confirme a nova senha. " +"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Alterar senha` para concluir a alteração da " +"senha." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Se um cliente quiser alterar o login, entre em contato com o suporte da Odoo" +" `aqui `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" +"As senhas dos usuários do Odoo.com e dos usuários do portal ficam separadas," +" mesmo que seja usado o mesmo endereço de e-mail." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "Adicionar autenticação de dois fatores" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar a autenticação de dois fatores, faça login na conta de " +"usuário do Odoo.com na página de login do Odoo.com. Depois de fazer login, " +"vá para o canto superior direito da tela e clique no ícone :guilabel:`▼ " +"(seta para baixo) ` ao lado do ícone :guilabel:`profile`. Em seguida, " +"selecione :guilabel:`Minha conta` e um painel do portal será exibido." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"Se o usuário quiser ativar a autenticação de dois fatores (2FA) para acessar" +" o Odoo.com, clique no link :guilabel:`Editar definições de segurança` " +"abaixo da seção :menuselection:`Segurança da conta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação de dois fatores` para ativar a " +":abbr:`2FA (autenticação de dois fatores)`. Em seguida, confirme a senha " +"atual no campo :guilabel:`Senha` e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar senha`. " +"Depois disso, ative a :abbr:`2FA em um aplicativo de :abbr:`2FA (Google " +"Authenticator, Authy etc.), digitalizando o :guilabel:`código QR` ou " +"inserindo um :guilabel:`Código de verificação`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação de dois fatores` para " +"concluir a configuração." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" +"Em :guilabel:`Minha conta`, os usuários do Odoo.com também podem acessar o " +"seguinte:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Meu painel de parceiro`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Meus serviços In-App`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Meu painel de aplicativos`" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "Acesso ao portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." @@ -6935,7 +7085,7 @@ msgstr "" "O acesso ao portal é concedido aos usuários que precisam visualizar " "determinados documentos ou informações em uma base de dados Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" @@ -6944,47 +7094,47 @@ msgstr "" "que os clientes leiam/visualizem qualquer um ou todos os itens a seguir no " "Odoo:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "leads/oportunidades" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "cotações/pedidos de venda" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "pedidos de compra" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "Faturas de cliente e fornecedor" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "projetos" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "tarefas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "planilhas de horas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "chamados" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "assinaturas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "assinaturas" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." @@ -6992,11 +7142,11 @@ msgstr "" "Os usuários do portal só têm acesso de leitura/visualização e não poderão " "editar nenhum documento na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "Fornecer acesso ao portal para os clientes" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -7013,10 +7163,10 @@ msgstr "" "superior central da interface." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" -msgstr "Use o aplicativo Contatos para dar acesso ao portal aos usuários" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." +msgstr "Use o aplicativo Contatos para dar acesso ao portal aos usuários." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" @@ -7024,13 +7174,13 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, selecione :guilabel:`Conceder acesso ao portal`. Uma janela pop-" "up é exibida, listando três campos:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contato`: o nome registrado do contato na base de dados do Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" @@ -7038,11 +7188,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`E-mail`: o endereço de e-mail do contato que será usado para " "fazer login no portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr ":guilabel:`No portal`: se o usuário tem ou não acesso ao portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -7063,7 +7213,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um endereço de e-mail e a caixa de seleção correspondente para o contato " "precisam ser preenchidos antes de enviar um convite para o portal." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." @@ -7071,7 +7221,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um e-mail será enviado para o endereço de e-mail especificado, indicando que" " o contato agora é um usuário do portal para essa base de dados Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -7086,7 +7236,7 @@ msgstr "" "contatos que precisam de acesso ao portal e, em seguida, clique em " ":guilabel:`Aplicar`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -7098,6 +7248,223 @@ msgstr "" "em seguida, desmarcando a caixa de seleção na coluna :guilabel:`No portal` e" " clicando em :guilabel:`Aplicar`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "Alterar o nome de usuário do portal" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver ocasiões em que um usuário do portal queira alterar seu login de " +"usuário. Isso pode ser feito por qualquer usuário da base de dados com " +"direitos de acesso de administrador. O processo a seguir descreve as etapas " +"necessárias para alterar o login do usuário do portal." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" +":doc:`Consulte a documentação sobre a configuração de direitos de acesso " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, navegue até o :menuselection:`app Definições --> Usuários`. Em " +"seguida, em :guilabel:`Filtros`, selecione :guilabel:`Usuários do portal` ou" +" selecione :guilabel:`Adicionar filtro personalizado` e defina a seguinte " +"configuração :guilabel:`Grupos` > :guilabel:`contém` > `portal`. Depois de " +"fazer essa seleção, procure (e abra) o usuário do portal que será editado." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Editar` (se necessário), clique no campo " +":guilabel:`Endereço de e-mail` e faça as alterações necessárias nesse campo." +" O campo :guilabel:`Endereço de e-mail` é usado para fazer login no portal " +"do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" +"A alteração do :guilabel:`Endereço de e-mail` (ou login) troca apenas o " +"*nome de usuário* no login do portal do cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o e-mail do contato, essa alteração precisa ocorrer no modelo " +"de contato no aplicativo *Contatos*. Como alternativa, o cliente pode " +"alterar seu e-mail diretamente do portal, mas o login **não** pode ser " +"alterado. :ref:`Consulte alteração de informações do cliente " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "Alterações no portal do cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Pode haver ocasiões em que o cliente queira fazer alterações em suas " +"informações de contato, senha/segurança ou informações de pagamento anexadas" +" à conta do portal. Isso pode ser feito pelo cliente em seu portal. O " +"processo a seguir mostra como um cliente pode alterar suas informações de " +"contato." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "Alterar informações do cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, insira o nome de usuário e a senha (login) na página de login da " +"base de dados para acessar a conta de usuário do portal. Um painel de " +"controle do portal será exibido após efetuar o login. Os documentos do " +"portal dos vários aplicativos Odoo instalados serão exibidos com a contagem " +"de cada um." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr ":ref:`Documentação de acesso ao portal `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, navegue até o canto superior direito do portal e clique no botão" +" :guilabel:`Editar`, ao lado da seção :guilabel:`Detalhes`. Em seguida, " +"altere as informações pertinentes e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Alterar senha" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" +"Primeiro, insira o nome de usuário e a senha (login) na página de login da " +"base de dados para acessar a conta de usuário do portal. Um painel do portal" +" será exibido após efetuar o login." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"Se o cliente quiser alterar sua senha de acesso ao portal, clique no link " +":guilabel:`Editar definições de segurança`, abaixo da seção " +":guilabel:`Segurança da conta`. Em seguida, faça as alterações necessárias, " +"digitando a :guilabel:`Senha` atual, a :guilabel:`Nova senha` e confirme a " +"nova senha. Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Alterar senha` para concluir a " +"alteração da senha." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" +"Se um cliente quiser alterar o login, conforme documentado acima, entre em " +"contato com o ponto de contato da base de dados do Odoo. :ref:`Veja acima a " +"documentação sobre a alteração do nome de usuário do portal `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" +"As senhas dos usuários do Odoo.com e dos usuários do portal ficam separadas," +" mesmo que seja usado o mesmo endereço de e-mail." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"Se quiser ativar a autenticação de dois fatores (2FA) para acessar o portal," +" clique no link :guilabel:`Editar definições de segurança`, abaixo da seção " +":guilabel:`Segurança da conta`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação de dois fatores`` para ativar a " +":abbr:`2FA (autenticação de dois fatores)`. Confirme a senha atual do portal" +" no campo :guilabel:`Senha` e clique em :guilabel:`Confirmar senha`. Em " +"seguida, ative a :abbr:`2FA` em um aplicativo de :abbr:`2FA` (Google " +"Authenticator, Authy etc.), digitalizando o :guilabel:`código QR` ou " +"inserindo um :guilabel:`Código de verificação`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação de dois fatores` para " +"concluir a configuração." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "Alterar informações de pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" +"Se quiser gerenciar as opções de pagamento, navegue até :guilabel:`Gerenciar" +" formas de pagamento` no menu à direita. Em seguida, adicione as novas " +"informações de pagamento e selecione :guilabel:`Adicionar novo cartão`." + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 72a6b45a7..8f9786b1d 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -11,19 +11,19 @@ # Guilherme Lindner , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # grazziano , 2023 -# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 +# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -59,70 +59,270 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "Processo para um ajuste de estoque com códigos de barras" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -"Para processar um ajuste de estoque usando códigos de barras, primeiro você " -"precisa abrir o aplicativo *Código de Barras*. Em seguida, no aplicativo, " -"clique em *Ajustes de estoque*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Para trabalhar totalmente com códigos de barras, você pode baixar a planilha" -" *Comandos para Inventário*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" -"Depois de clicar em *Ajustes de inventário*, o Odoo criará um " -"automaticamente. Observe que, se você trabalha com vários locais, primeiro " -"precisa especificar em qual local o ajuste de estoque ocorre." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Se você não trabalha com múltiplos locais, poderá escanear os diferentes " -"produtos que deseja incluir no ajuste de estoque." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Se você tiver 5 artigos idênticos, digitalize cinco vezes ou use o teclado " -"para definir a quantidade." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Além de usar o leitor de código de barras, você também pode adicionar " -"manualmente um produto, se necessário. Para isso, clique em *Adicionar " -"Produto* e preencha os dados manualmente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "Você sabia?" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" -"Depois de escanear todos os itens do local, valide o inventário manualmente " -"ou escaneie o código de barras *Validar*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1267,7 +1467,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1396,141 +1596,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Recebimentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Ordens de Entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Transferências Internas" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Crie uma transferência interna" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2966,104 +3686,169 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre lotes e números de série?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introdução" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"No Odoo, os lotes e os números de série têm semelhanças em seu sistema " -"funcional, mas são diferentes em seu comportamento. Ambos são gerenciados no" -" aplicativo ** Inventário **, ** Compras ** e ** Vendas **." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -"** Lotes ** correspondem a um determinado número de produtos que você " -"recebeu e armazena em um único pacote." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"** Números de série ** são números de identificação atribuídos a um produto " -"em particular, para permitir rastrear o histórico do item desde a recepção " -"até a entrega e pós-venda." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Quando usar" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"** Lotes ** são interessantes para produtos que você recebe em grande " -"quantidade e para os quais um número de lote pode ajudar em relatórios, " -"controles de qualidade ou qualquer outra informação. Os lotes ajudarão a " -"identificar várias peças que apresentam, por exemplo, uma falha de produção." -" Pode ser útil para a produção em lote de roupas ou alimentos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -"** Os números de série ** são interessantes para itens que podem exigir " -"serviço pós-venda, como smartphones, laptops, geladeiras e quaisquer " -"dispositivos eletrônicos. Você pode usar o número de série do fabricante ou " -"o seu próprio, dependendo da maneira como você gerencia esses produtos" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Quando não usar" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"Armazenar produtos consumíveis como papel de cozinha, papel higiênico, " -"canetas e blocos de papel em lotes não faria sentido, pois há muito poucas " -"chances de você poder devolvê-los por falha de produção." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"Por outro lado, atribuir um número de série a cada produto é uma tarefa " -"demorada que terá uma finalidade apenas no caso de itens que tenham garantia" -" e / ou serviço pós-venda. Colocar um número de série no pão, por exemplo, " -"não faz sentido algum." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Rastreabilidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -3578,11 +4363,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3592,10 +4372,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -6029,10 +6805,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -6041,29 +6817,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -6072,11 +6849,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -6089,7 +6866,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -6099,7 +6876,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -6110,7 +6887,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -6125,11 +6902,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6141,7 +6918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -6153,18 +6930,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6176,7 +6953,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6189,7 +6966,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6254,7 +7031,7 @@ msgstr "Receba mercadorias diretamente (1 etapa)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6717,49 +7494,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6773,7 +7558,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6782,7 +7567,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6791,7 +7576,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6802,7 +7587,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6815,11 +7600,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6828,7 +7613,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6843,11 +7628,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6855,7 +7640,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -15160,8 +15945,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -15170,53 +15956,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15812,10 +16865,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Rastreabilidade" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 7fd071168..9be3b4636 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -6,12 +6,10 @@ # Translators: # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2022 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 -# Éder Brito , 2023 # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# braydon ehnes, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -19,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -43,10 +41,10 @@ msgid "" "able to reach any target audience - large or small. The success of an email " "is easily measurable, especially when a creative call-to-action is involved." msgstr "" -"E-mails são efetivos, completamente customázivel forma de comunicão que são " -"capazes de realizar qualquer público-alvo grande o pequeno. O éxito de um " -"e-mail é fácilmente mensurável, especialmente quando um ligação do ação e " -"incluído." +"E-mails são uma forma efetiva e completamente personalizável de comunicação " +"que consegue alcançar qualquer público-alvo, grande ou pequeno. O êxito de " +"um e-mail é fácil de estimar, especialmente se forem incluídas chamadas para" +" ação." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -220,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Gráfico`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Visualização de lista" @@ -2845,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128 msgid "Lead Generation Rules" -msgstr "Regras de Geração de Lead" +msgstr "Regras de geração de lead" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130 msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events." @@ -2938,308 +2936,732 @@ msgstr "MKT: Automação" msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" msgstr "" -"Tutoriais 'Odoo': Marketing `_" +"Tutoriais do Odoo: Marketing `_" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avançado" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaign metrics" +msgstr "Métricas da campanha" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" +"As *métricas de campanha* são estatísticas e análises detalhadas de uma " +"campanha de marketing, que medem seu sucesso e eficácia. As atividades de " +"marketing acionadas preenchem os blocos de atividades relevantes com " +"métricas em tempo real, no formulário de detalhes da campanha." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "Análise de atividades" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" +"Na seção :guilabel:`Fluxo de trabalho` de um formulário de detalhes da " +"campanha no aplicativo *MKT: Automação*, onde estão localizadas as várias " +"atividades da campanha, é possível encontrar uma coleção de dados úteis em " +"cada bloco de atividade individual, como o número de comunicações " +":guilabel:`Enviadas`, a porcentagem de mensagens que foram " +":guilabel:`Clicadas` e muito mais." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" +"Um bloco de atividades na seção de fluxo de trabalho com dados analíticos " +"úteis no Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" +"À esquerda do bloco de atividades, o :doc:`tempo de acionamento " +"<.../getting_started/workflow_activities>` configurado é exibido como uma " +"duração (seja :guilabel:`Horas`, :guilabel:`Dias`, :guilabel:`Semanas` ou " +":guilabel:`Meses`) se corresponder ao período após o início do fluxo de " +"trabalho." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" +"Se o tempo de acionamento depender de outra atividade ou ação de acionamento" +" (por exemplo, :guilabel: E-mail: Respondido`, etc.), o tempo será exibido, " +"juntamente com a ação necessária para que essa atividade seja ativada (por " +"exemplo, `Respondido após 2 horas`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"Visualização do acionador de tempo quando dependente de outra atividade no " +"Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" +"No bloco de atividades, um ícone representa cada tipo de atividade. Um ícone" +" :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` significa que a atividade é um e-mail. Três " +"ícones pequenos e interligados :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` significam que a " +"atividade é uma ação interna. E um ícone pequeno e básico :guilabel:`📱 " +"(celular)` significa que a atividade é um SMS." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" +"O nome do tipo de atividade também é exibido em fonte menor abaixo do título" +" da atividade." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" +"Ao lado do ícone da atividade, na parte superior do bloco de atividades, " +"está o título da atividade. À direita do título da atividade, há os botões " +":guilabel:`Editar` e :guilabel:`Excluir`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." +msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Editar` para abrir o formulário pop-up " +":guilabel:`Aberto: Atividades\" dessa atividade específica, na qual a " +"atividade pode ser modificada. Clique no botão :guilabel:`Excluir` para " +"excluir completamente essa atividade específica do fluxo de trabalho." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" +msgstr "Aba do gráfico de atividades" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" +"Em cada bloco de atividade, a aba :guilabel:`Gráfico (ícone de gráfico de " +"pizza)` é aberta por padrão, exibindo métricas relacionadas como um gráfico " +"de linha simples. As métricas bem-sucedidas são representadas em \"verde\" e" +" as métricas rejeitadas são representadas em \"vermelho\"." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" +"As representações numéricas das atividades :guilabel:`Bem-sucedidas` e " +":guilabel:`Rejeitadas` são mostradas à direita do gráfico de linhas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" +"Passar o mouse sobre qualquer ponto do gráfico de linhas do bloco de " +"atividades revela um detalhamento anotado dos dados daquela data específica." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" +"Passar o mouse sobre qualquer ponto no gráfico de linhas revela um " +"detalhamento anotado dos dados no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." msgstr "" +"Abaixo do gráfico no bloco de atividade, nos tipos de atividade *E-mail* ou " +"*SMS*, uma linha de dados acessíveis fornece uma visão geral da atividade da" +" campanha, incluindo: :guilabel:`Enviado` (numérico), :guilabel:`Clicado` " +"(porcentagem), :guilabel:`Respondido` (porcentagem) e :guilabel:`Devolvido` " +"(porcentagem)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em qualquer uma dessas estatísticas na linha :guilabel:`DETALHES`, " +"abaixo do gráfico de linhas, abre uma página separada que contém todos os " +"registros específicos daquele ponto de dados." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "Aba Filtro de atividade" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." +msgstr "" +"Ao lado da aba :guilabel:`Gráfico` no bloco de atividades, há a opção de " +"abrir uma aba :guilabel:`Filtro` (representada por um ícone de " +":guilabel:`filtro/funil`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." -msgstr "" +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Uma aba de filtro de atividade de campanha no Odoo MKT: Automação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" +"Clicar na aba :guilabel:`Filtro` em um bloco de atividade revela quais são " +"os filtros específicos dessa atividade de campanha em particular e quantos " +"registros na base de dados correspondem a esses critérios específicos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." msgstr "" +"Clicar no link :guilabel:`registros` abaixo do filtro exibido revela uma " +"janela pop-up separada que contém uma lista de todos os registros que " +"correspondem a essa(s) regra(s) específica(s) de atividade de campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "Rastreio de links" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo rastreia todos os URLs usados em campanhas de marketing. Para acessar" +" e analisar esses URLs, navegue até o :menuselection:`app MKT: Automação -->" +" Relatórios --> Link Tracker`. Isso revela uma página " +":guilabel:`Estatísticas de link`, na qual todos os URLs relacionados à " +"campanha podem ser analisados." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" +"A visualização padrão na página :guilabel:`Estatísticas de links` é a " +"visualização de :guilabel:`Gráfico de barra`, mas há diferentes opções de " +"visualização disponíveis no canto superior esquerdo. Há a opção de " +"visualizar as estatísticas como um :guilabel:`Gráfico de linha` ou " +":guilabel:`Gráfico de pizza`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, há também a opção de visualizar as estatísticas como " +":guilabel:`Empilhado`, e os dados podem ser colocados em ordem " +":guilabel:`Decrescente` ou :guilabel:`Crescente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"Na extremidade esquerda das opções de visualização, há o menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`Medidas`. Ao clicar, ficam disponíveis as opções para visualizar " +"o :guilabel:`Número de cliques` ou a :guilabel:`Contagem` total. E, à " +"direita do menu suspenso :guilabel:`Medidas`, há a possibilidade de " +"adicionar qualquer dado a uma planilha clicando no botão :guilabel:`Inserir " +"na planilha`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"Além disso, no canto superior direito da página :guilabel:`Estatísticas do " +"link`, à direita da barra de pesquisa, há opções de visualização adicionais " +"para escolher: a visualização padrão de :guilabel:`Gráficos`, a visualização" +" de tabela :guilabel:`Pivô` e a visualização :guilabel:`Lista`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Rastreamentos" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo rastreia todas as atividades usadas em cada campanha de marketing. Os" +" dados relacionados a essas atividades podem ser acessados e analisados na " +"página :guilabel:`Rastreamentos`, que pode ser encontrada navegando até " +":menuselection:`app MKT: Automação --> Relatórios --> Rastreamentos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "A página Rastreamentos no aplicativo Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" +"A visualização padrão na página :guilabel:`Rastreamentos` é a visualização " +"de :guilabel:`Gráfico de barras`, mas há diferentes opções de visualização " +"disponíveis no canto superior esquerdo. Há a opção de visualizar as " +"estatísticas como um :guilabel:`Gráfico de linhas` ou :guilabel:`Gráfico de " +"pizza`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" +"Na parte superior do gráfico, há uma chave de cores que informa ao usuário " +"quais atividades foram :guilabel:`Processadas`, :guilabel:`Programadas` e " +":guilabel:`Rejeitadas`. Há também um indicador de contorno para informar os " +"usuários sobre o :guilabel:`Soma` de determinadas atividades." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" +"Além das várias opções de visualização no canto superior esquerdo da página " +":guilabel:`Rastreamentos`, há também a opção de visualizar as estatísticas " +"como :guilabel:`Empilhado`, e os dados podem ser colocados em ordem " +":guilabel:`Decrescente` ou :guilabel:`Crescente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"Na extremidade esquerda das opções de visualização, há o menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`Medidas`. Ao clicar, ficam disponíveis as opções para visualizar " +"o :guilabel:`ID do documento` ou a :guilabel:`Contagem` total. E, à direita " +"do menu suspenso :guilabel:`Medidas`, há a possibilidade de adicionar " +"qualquer dado a uma planilha clicando no botão :guilabel:`Inserir na " +"planilha`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo rastreia todos os participantes relacionados a cada campanha de " +"marketing. Os dados relacionados a esses participantes podem ser acessados e" +" analisados na página :guilabel:`Participantes`, que pode ser encontrada " +"navegando até :menuselection:`app MKT: Automação --> Relatórios --> " +"Participantes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "A página Participantes no aplicativo Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" +"A visualização padrão na página :guilabel:`Participantes` é a visualização " +":guilabel:`Gráfico de pizza`, mas há diferentes opções de visualização " +"disponíveis no canto superior esquerdo. Há a opção de visualizar as " +"estatísticas como um :guilabel:`Gráfico de linhas` ou :guilabel:`Gráfico de " +"barras`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" +"Na parte superior do gráfico, há uma chave de cores que descreve o tipo de " +"participantes encontrados no gráfico." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"Na extremidade esquerda das opções de visualização, há o menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`Medidas`. Ao clicar, ficam disponíveis as opções para visualizar " +"o :guilabel:`ID do registro` ou a :guilabel:`Contagem` total. E, à direita " +"do menu suspenso :guilabel:`Medidas`, há a possibilidade de adicionar " +"qualquer dado a uma planilha clicando no botão :guilabel:`Inserir na " +"planilha`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Começando" +msgstr "Primeiros passos" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Iniciando" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "Automação de comunicações de marketing" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" +"O aplicativo *MKT: Automação* do Odoo automatiza uma variedade de tarefas de" +" marketing combinando regras e filtros específicos para gerar ações " +"programadas. Em vez de ter que criar manualmente cada estágio de uma " +"campanha (como uma série de e-mails em massa programados), o aplicativo " +"*MKT: Automação* permite que os profissionais de marketing criem toda a " +"campanha e todos os seus estágios em um único lugar - em um único painel." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Crie uma campanha" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de campanhas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova campanha de marketing automatizada, navegue até o " +":menuselection:`app MKT: Automação --> Novo` para revelar um formulário de " +"campanha em branco." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" +"Um formulário de campanha de automação de marketing em branco no aplicativo " +"Odoo MKT: Automação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." msgstr "" +"Depois de inserir um nome para a campanha de marketing, configure o público-" +"alvo nos campos restantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." +msgstr "" +"O público-alvo pode ser configurado inserindo critérios específicos para o " +"Odoo usar ao determinar para quem essa campanha de automação de marketing " +"deve ser enviada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Alvo`, use o menu suspenso para escolher em qual modelo " +"os filtros de público-alvo devem se basear (por exemplo, " +":guilabel:`Contato`, :guilabel:`Lead/Oportunidade`, :guilabel:`Pedido de " +"venda` etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" +"Selecione :guilabel:`Pesquisasr mais…` no menu suspenso para revelar uma " +"janela pop-up :guilabel:`Pesquisar: Alvo\" que contém todas as opções de " +"direcionamento disponíveis." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" +"Quando um :guilabel:`Alvo` é selecionado, há um campo :guilabel:`Unicidade " +"baseada em`. Esse campo é usado para evitar duplicatas com base no modelo " +"escolhido no campo :guilabel:`Alvo`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" +"Se :guilabel:`Clientes` for escolhido como :guilabel:`Alvo`, selecione " +":guilabel:`E-mail` no campo :guilabel:`Unicidade baseada em` para que o Odoo" +" processe apenas um registro para cada endereço de e-mail do cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Selecione :guilabel:`Pesquisar mais…` no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Unicidade " +"baseada em` para revelar todas as opções disponíveis em uma janela pop-up." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" +"O último campo do formulário de campanha é o :guilabel:`Filtro`. É aqui que " +"opções de segmentação mais específicas podem ser inseridas na campanha para " +"restringir ainda mais o número e o tipo de destinatários que recebem o " +"material de automação de marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" +"Sem isso, o campo :guilabel:`Filtro` será lido como: :guilabel:`Comparar " +"registros com`. Isso significa que o Odoo usa os campos :guilabel:`Alvo` e " +":guilabel:`Unicidade baseada em` para determinar quem serão os " +"destinatários. O número de destinatários é representado abaixo como " +":guilabel:`registro(s)`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaign filter rules" +msgstr "Regras de filtro de campanha" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um filtro mais específico a uma campanha de automação de " +"marketing, clique no botão :guilabel:`Adicionar condição` no campo " +":guilabel:`Filtro`. Isso revela uma série de outros campos configuráveis de " +"regras de filtro." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" +"Nos campos de regra, equações personalizáveis podem ser configuradas para " +"que o Odoo use ao filtrar quem deve ser incluído ou excluído nessa campanha " +"de marketing específica." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" +"Como os campos de equação da regra de filtro aparecem nas campanhas do Odoo " +"MKT: Automação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Registros` referem-se a contatos no sistema que atendem aos " +"critérios especificados para uma campanha." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Além disso, ao clicar em :guilabel:`Adicionar condição`, a possibilidade de " +":guilabel:`Salvar como filtro favorito` fica disponível no formulário da " +"campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" +"Há também a opção de comparar registros com :guilabel:`todas` ou " +":guilabel:`qualquer uma` das regras configuradas no campo " +":guilabel:`Filtro`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" +"Para escolher uma dessas opções, clique em :guilabel:`Todas` no meio da " +"frase \":guilabel:`Compare os registros com todas as seguintes regras`\" " +"para exibir um menu suspenso com essas opções." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Comparar registros com todas ou qualquer uma das regras no campo Filtro para" +" campanhas de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" +"Quando o primeiro campo da equação da regra é clicado, um menu suspenso " +"aninhado de opções aparece na tela, onde critérios específicos são " +"escolhidos com base nas necessidades da campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" +"Os campos restantes na equação da regra definem ainda mais os critérios, que" +" são usados para determinar quais registros da base de dados devem ser " +"incluídos ou excluídos na execução da campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar outra regra, clique no ícone :guilabel:`➕ (sinal de adição)` " +"à direita da regra de filtragem ou clique em :guilabel:`Nova regra` abaixo " +"dos campos de equação da regra. Quando qualquer um deles é clicado, uma nova" +" série de campos de regra é exibida." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma ramificação de várias regras ao mesmo tempo, clique no " +"ícone de :guilabel:`ramificação`, localizado à direita do ícone :guilabel:`➕" +" (sinal de adição)`. Quando clicados, dois campos adicionais de equação de " +"sub-regra aparecem abaixo da regra inicial." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de como as ramificações da regra aparecem na seção de filtro de uma " +"campanha de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" +"Há também a opção de fazer com que o filtro se aplique a :guilabel:`qualquer" +" uma` ou a :guilabel:`todas` das regras de ramificação configuradas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre a configuração do filtro da campanha de " +"automação de marketing, consulte :doc:`esta página de documentação " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" +msgstr ":doc:`testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" @@ -3552,63 +3974,154 @@ msgstr "Testar/executar campanhas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" +"O aplicativo Odoo *MKT: Automação* permite que os usuários testem campanhas " +"de marketing (e comunicações) antes de executá-las oficialmente para " +"verificar se há erros e corrigi-los antes que alcancem seu público-alvo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" +msgstr "Testar campanhas" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" +"Para testar uma campanha de marketing, abra o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`MKT: Automação` e selecione a campanha desejada para testar," +" o que revela o formulário de detalhes da campanha." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" -"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." msgstr "" +"No formulário de detalhes da campanha, certifique-se de que a campanha já " +"tenha atividades configuradas no fluxo de trabalho (ou crie uma campanha " +"seguindo as instruções :doc:`nessa documentação " +"`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" +"O teste de campanhas de automação de marketing deve ser realizado na versão " +"de produção da base de dados. As bases de dados duplicadas (ou de teste) têm" +" recursos limitados de envio de e-mails." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." +msgstr "" +"Para iniciar um teste, clique no botão :guilabel:`Iniciar um teste` na parte" +" superior do formulário da campanha, à direita do botão :guilabel:`Iniciar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" +"Botão de iniciar teste em um formulário de detalhes de campanha no Odoo MKT:" +" Automação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "Ao clicar, uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Iniciar um teste` é exibida." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." +msgstr "Abra uma janela pop-up de teste que aparece no Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Iniciar`, clique no campo :guilabel:`Escolher ou" +" criar um contato para gerar um participante de teste` para exibir um menu " +"suspenso de contatos. Nesse menu suspenso, selecione um contato existente " +"(ou crie um novo) para executar o teste." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" +"Apenas um contato pode ser selecionado na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Iniciar " +"um teste`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo contato diretamente na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Iniciar " +"um teste`, comece a digitar o nome do novo contato no campo em branco e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Criar e editar…`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Digitar um novo contato diretamente na janela pop-up de início de um teste " +"no Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" +"Isso revela um formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Criar registro` em branco, no " +"qual as informações de contato necessárias (:guilabel:`E-mail`, " +":guilabel:`Móvel`, etc.) *devem* ser inseridas para que o teste funcione. " +"Quando as informações necessárias forem inseridas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"Um formulário de contato em branco de uma janela pop-up de início de teste " +"no Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Quando todos os campos necessários tiverem sido preenchidos, clique em " +":guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar` para retornar à janela pop-up :guilabel:`Iniciar" +" um teste`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." +msgstr "" +"Depois que um contato for selecionado, clique em :guilabel:`Iniciar` para " +"revelar a página de teste da campanha." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Tela de teste no Odoo MKT: Automação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -3623,7 +4136,7 @@ msgstr "" "primeira atividade (ou atividades) do fluxo de trabalho que está sendo " "testado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -3636,89 +4149,711 @@ msgstr "" " vários resultados (e análises) ligados a essa atividade específica à medida" " que eles ocorrem, em tempo real." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" +"Se uma atividade secundária estiver programada abaixo de uma atividade " +"principal, essa atividade secundária será exibida ligeiramente recuada no " +"fluxo de trabalho, após a atividade principal ter sido executada pelo ícone " +":guilabel:`▶️ (botão play)`." + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Progresso do teste de fluxo de trabalho no Odoo MKT: Automação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." msgstr "" +"Quando todas as atividades do fluxo de trabalho são concluídas, o teste " +"termina e a barra de status (no canto superior direito) passa para o estágio" +" :guilabel:`Concluído`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" +"Para interromper um teste antes que todas as atividades do fluxo de trabalho" +" sejam concluídas, clique no botão :guilabel:`Interromper` no canto superior" +" esquerdo da página de teste da campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "Executar campanhas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" +"Para executar uma campanha, navegue até o :menuselection:`app MKT: " +"Automação` e selecione a campanha desejada para executar." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" +"No formulário de detalhes da campanha, com todas as atividades desejadas " +"prontas na seção :guilabel:`Fluxo de trabalho`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Iniciar` no canto superior esquerdo para executar oficialmente a " +"campanha para o público-alvo especificado no formulário de detalhes da " +"campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Iniciar` inicia a campanha, e a barra de status da " +"campanha muda para :guilabel:`Em execução`, localizada no canto superior " +"direito do formulário de detalhes da campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" +"O status de uma campanha de marketing mudando para em execução no canto " +"superior direito." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" +"Se alguns participantes já estiverem em uma campanha e ela tiver sido " +"interrompida por qualquer motivo, clicar no botão :guilabel:`Iniciar` " +"novamente exibirá um aviso pop-up. Esse aviso aconselha o usuário a clicar " +"em um botão :guilabel:`Atualizar` para aplicar as modificações feitas na " +"campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" +"A janela pop-up de aviso \"O fluxo de trabalho foi modificado\" de um " +"formulário de campanha de marketing." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" +"Esteja ciente de que os participantes que já passaram por uma campanha " +"inteira em seu estado original **podem** ser reintroduzidos na campanha " +"recém-modificada, e novos rastreamentos podem ser criados para eles." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, à medida que as comunicações e ações forem acionadas no " +":guilabel:`Fluxo de trabalho`, as diversas estatísticas e dados relacionados" +" a cada atividade aparecem nos blocos de atividade. Há também uma série de " +"botões inteligentes relacionados a estatísticas que são exibidos na parte " +"superior do formulário de detalhes da campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" +"Esses botões inteligentes analíticos *também* serão preenchidos com dados em" +" tempo real à medida que a campanha avançar: :guilabel:`Modelos`, " +":guilabel:`Cliques`, :guilabel:`Testes`, :guilabel:`Participantes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"A linha de botões inteligentes que são exibidos em uma campanha de marketing" +" em execução no Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "Interromper campanhas" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" +"Para interromper uma campanha que está em execução no momento, navegue até o" +" :menuselection:`app MKT: Automação` e selecione a campanha desejada para " +"interromper. No formulário de detalhes da campanha, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Interromper` no canto superior esquerdo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" +"O botão parar em um formulário típico de detalhes de campanha no aplicativo " +"Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" +"Quando clicado, a campanha é oficialmente interrompida e o status muda para " +":guilabel:`Interrompido` no canto superior direito do formulário de detalhes" +" da campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" +"Status de interrompido em um formulário de detalhes da campanha no Odoo MKT:" +" Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr ":doc:`first_campaign`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" +msgstr ":doc:`target_audience`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" -msgstr "" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" +msgstr "Atividades de fluxo de trabalho da campanha" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" +"Ao criar uma campanha de marketing no aplicativo *MKT: Automação*, os " +"usuários podem planejar atividades de marketing que podem ser acionadas " +"quando determinadas ações ou inações ocorrerem. Essas atividades podem ser, " +"por exemplo, e-mails automatizados, SMS ou ações internas do servidor." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" +msgstr "Adicionar atividades de fluxo de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar atividades de fluxo de trabalho a uma campanha de marketing, " +"navegue até a parte inferior do formulário de detalhes de uma campanha " +"preexistente ou nova, abaixo dos campos de configuração do público-alvo, e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar nova atividade`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." +msgstr "" +"Isso revela uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Criar atividades`. Essa janela pop-" +"up é um modelo de atividade em branco, em que parâmetros específicos podem " +"ser definidos para essa atividade específica." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" +"Uma janela pop-up de modelo de atividade de fluxo de trabalho no Odoo MKT: " +"Automação." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" +"Primeiro, digite um nome para a atividade no campo :guilabel:`Nome da " +"atividade`. Então, prossiga para configurar as seguintes opções." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" +"Quando estiver pronto, clique em: :guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar` para salvar a " +"atividade e fechar o formulário pop-up, :guilabel:`Salvar e Novo` para " +"salvar a atividade e criar instantaneamente uma atividade adicional em um " +"novo formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Criar atividades` ou :guilabel:`Descartar`" +" para excluir a atividade." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." -msgstr "" +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "Tipos de atividades" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, selecione o :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade`. Escolha entre " +":guilabel:`E-mail`, :guilabel:`Ação do servidor` (uma ação interna na base " +"de dados) ou :guilabel:`SMS`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" +"O campo abaixo de :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade` muda, dependendo do " +":guilabel:`Tipo` escolhido." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "Atividade de e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" +"Se :guilabel:`E-mail` for o :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade`, a opção de " +"escolher um :guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail` predefinido/pré-configurado ficará " +"disponível. Também é possível criar um modelo de e-mail na hora." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo modelo diretamente do campo :guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail`," +" comece a digitar o título do novo modelo no campo em branco ao lado de " +":guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail` e selecione :guilabel:`Criar e editar…` para " +"exibir uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Criar modelo de marketing`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" +"A opção de menu suspenso Criar e editar e-mail na janela pop-up criar " +"atividades." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" +"Nessa janela pop-up, prossiga para criar e configurar o novo modelo de " +"e-mail." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"A janela pop-up de criação de modelo de e-mail de marketing no Odoo MKT: " +"Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "Atividade de ação do servidor" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" +"Se a :guilabel:`Ação do servidor` for o :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade`, a " +"opção de escolher uma :guilabel:`Ação do servidor` específica (por exemplo, " +"mensagem para o vendedor, cliques em Criar leads no site etc.) ficará " +"disponível." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Também está disponível a opção de criar uma nova ação de servidor " +"diretamente de :guilabel:`Ação do servidor`. Para fazer isso, digite o nome " +"da nova ação e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Criar e Editar…` no menu " +"suspenso." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" +"A opção de criar e editar no campo de ação do servidor no formulário de " +"detalhes da campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" +"Ou, como alternativa, clique no campo vazio :guilabel:`Ação do servidor` " +"para exibir um menu suspenso e selecione :guilabel:`Pesquisar mais…` para " +"exibir uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Pesquisar: Ação do servidor\", que " +"contém todas as opções de ação de servidor pré-configuradas para escolha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova ação de servidor nessa janela pop-up, clique em " +":guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" +"O botão de \"Novo\" localizado no pop-up de ação do servidor no aplicativo " +"Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer uma das opções revela uma janela pop-up em branco :guilabel:`Criar " +"ação do servidor`, na qual uma ação de servidor personalizada pode ser " +"criada e configurada." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "Atividade de SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" +"Se :guilabel:`SMS` for o :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade`, a opção de escolher " +"um :guilabel:`Modelo de SMS` predefinido/pré-configurado ficará disponível. " +"Também é possível criar um modelo de SMS diretamente nesse campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um novo modelo diretamente do campo :guilabel:`Modelo de SMS`, " +"comece a digitar o título do novo modelo no campo em branco ao lado de " +":guilabel:`Modelo de SMS` e selecione :guilabel:`Criar e editar…` no menu " +"suspenso." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" +"Isso abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Criar modelo de marketing`. Nessa " +"janela pop-up, prossiga para criar e configurar o novo modelo de SMS." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" +"A janela pop-up \"Criar modelo de marketing\" para criar um modelo de SMS na" +" hora." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Disparo" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" +"O campo :guilabel:`DIsparo` no formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Criar " +"atividades` permite que os usuários escolham quando a atividade de fluxo de " +"trabalho designada deve ser acionada." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" +"Comece selecionando um número no campo superior. No próximo campo de " +":guilabel:`Disparo`, indique se deve ser em :guilabel:`Horas`, " +":guilabel:`Dias`, :guilabel:`Semanas` ou :guilabel:`Meses`. Em seguida, " +"clique no campo final, onde se lê :guilabel:`início do fluxo de trabalho` " +"como padrão, para revelar um menu suspenso com outras opções de acionamento." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Uma lista das opções de acionamento disponíveis no formulário pop-up de " +"atividades de fluxo de trabalho." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "As opções de acionamento são as seguintes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`início do fluxo de trabalho`: a atividade será acionada no " +"momento previamente configurado após o início do fluxo de trabalho." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`outra atividade`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado após outra atividade específica no fluxo de " +"trabalho." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-mail: aberto`: a atividade será acionada no momento previamente" +" configurado se o e-mail enviado no fluxo de trabalho tiver sido aberto pelo" +" destinatário." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-mail: não aberto`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado se o e-mail enviado no fluxo de trabalho não tiver " +"sido aberto pelo destinatário." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-mail: respondido`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado se o e-mail enviado no fluxo de trabalho tiver sido " +"respondido pelo destinatário." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-mail: não respondido`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado se o e-mail enviado no fluxo de trabalho não tiver " +"sido respondido pelo destinatário." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-mail: clicado`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado se o destinatário tiver clicado no e-mail enviado no" +" fluxo de trabalho, depois de tê-lo aberto." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-mail: não clicado`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado se o destinatário não tiver clicado no e-mail " +"enviado no fluxo de trabalho, depois de tê-lo aberto." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`E-mail: devolvido`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado se o e-mail enviado no fluxo de trabalho tiver sido " +"devolvido por algum motivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicado`: a atividade será acionada no momento previamente " +"configurado se o destinatário tiver clicado no SMS enviado no fluxo de " +"trabalho, depois de tê-lo aberto." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: a atividade será acionada no momento " +"previamente configurado se o destinatário não tiver clicado no SMS enviado " +"no fluxo de trabalho, depois de tê-lo aberto." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS: devolvido`: a atividade será acionada no momento previamente" +" configurado se o SMS enviado no fluxo de trabalho tiver sido devolvido por " +"algum motivo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "Duração da validade" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Criar atividades`, há a opção " +":guilabel:`Duração da validade`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" +"A caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Duração da validade` oferece a opção de " +"configurar a atividade para interromper as ações após um período de tempo " +"específico (após a data programada)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" +"Ao selecionar, é exibido o campo :guilabel:`Cancelar após`, no qual o número" +" de :guilabel:`Horas, Dias, Semanas ou Meses` pode ser configurado para que " +"as ações sejam interrompidas após a data inicial." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" +"Uma lista das opções de duração da expiração disponíveis no formulário pop-" +"up de atividades de fluxo de trabalho." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "Atividade e filtros aplicados" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" +"Na seção :guilabel:`Domínio` do formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Criar " +"atividades`, há os campos :guilabel:`Filtro de atividades` e " +":guilabel:`FIltro aplicado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" +"O campo :guilabel:`Filtro de atividade` oferece a opção de configurar um " +"domínio de filtro de destinatário que se aplica a essa atividade *e* às suas" +" atividades secundárias. Ele funciona da mesma forma que um filtro comum de " +"público-alvo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um filtro de atividade, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar " +"condição` no campo :guilabel:`Filtro de atividade` e prossiga para " +"configurar uma regra de equação de filtro de atividade personalizada." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" +"Como adicionar um filtro de atividade a uma atividade de fluxo de trabalho " +"no Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" +"Essa opção não é um campo obrigatório. Sem isso, a atividade se aplica a " +"todos os registros relacionados ao público-alvo da campanha geral." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" +"O campo :guilabel:`FIltro aplicado` não é configurável. É simplesmente um " +"resumo de quando a atividade será executada, *somente* se ela satisfizer o " +"domínio especificado (por exemplo, as regras configuradas no campo " +":guilabel:`Filtro de atividade`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -3734,18 +4869,27 @@ msgstr "" "up de :guilabel:`Criar atividades` ou :guilabel:`Descartar` para excluir a " "atividade e retornar ao formulário da campanha de automação de marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Atividade de fluxo de trabalho" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" +"Depois que uma atividade é criada e salva, ela aparece como um cartão de " +"atividade na seção :guilabel:`Fluxo de trabalho`, localizada na parte " +"inferior do formulário da campanha de automação de marketing. A análise " +"relacionada a cada atividade é exibida como um gráfico de linhas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Atividade típica de fluxo de trabalho no Odoo MKT: Automação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" "The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " "the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " @@ -3755,7 +4899,7 @@ msgstr "" "encontrado à esquerda do cartão :guilabel:`Atividade do fluxo de trabalho` " "na seção :guilabel:`Fluxo de trabalho`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " ":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " @@ -3765,55 +4909,93 @@ msgstr "" "número de atividades :guilabel:`Bem-sucedidas` ou :guilabel:`Rejeitadas` " "será exibida à direita do gráfico." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Atividade típica de fluxo de trabalho no Odoo MKT: Automação." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" +"Se o :guilabel:`Tipo de atividade` da atividade for definido como " +":guilabel:`E-mail` ou :guilabel:`SMS`, haverá uma análise mais detalhada " +"abaixo dos dados do gráfico de atividade, detalhando quantas mensagens foram" +" :guilabel:`Enviadas` e qual porcentagem delas foi :guilabel:`Clicada`, " +":guilabel:`Respondida` ou :guilabel:`Devolvida`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Atividades secundárias" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" +"Também há a opção de adicionar uma *atividade secundária* clicando em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar atividade secundária`, localizada na parte inferior de " +"cada bloco de atividade na seção :guilabel:`Fluxo de trabalho` de um " +"formulário de campanha de marketing." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" +"As atividades secundárias são sub-atividades que estão interligadas e são " +"acionadas pela atividade superior a elas, que é chamada de *atividade " +"principal*. É fácil reconhecer as atividades secundárias, pois ficam " +"ligeiramente recuadas abaixo da atividade principal." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" +"Uma atividade secundária comum recuada abaixo de sua atividade principal." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" +"O Odoo oferece várias opções de acionamento para iniciar uma atividade " +"secundária - todas elas dependem das configurações de acionamento " +"relacionadas à sua atividade principal. Sob a atividade principal desejada, " +"passe o mouse sobre :guilabel:`Adicionar atividade secundária`, para revelar" +" um menu de opções de acionamento de atividade secundária." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" +"As diversas opções de acionamento de atividade secundária na seção de fluxo " +"de trabalho de uma campanha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" +"Selecione qualquer um dos seguintes acionadores de atividade secundária:" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Adicionar outra atividade`: adiciona instantaneamente outra " +"atividade." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aberto`: a próxima atividade será acionada se o destinatário " +"abrir a comunicação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -3821,7 +5003,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Não aberto`: a próxima atividade será acionada se o destinatário " "não abrir a correspondência." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -3829,7 +5011,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Respondido`: a próxima atividade será acionada se o destinatário " "responder à comunicação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -3837,7 +5019,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Não respondido`: a próxima atividade será acionada se o " "destinatário não responder à comunicação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -3845,7 +5027,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Clicado`: a próxima atividade será acionada se o destinatário " "clicar em um link incluído na comunicação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -3853,7 +5035,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Não clicado`: a próxima atividade será acionada se o destinatário" " não clicar em um link incluído na mala direta." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -3861,14 +5043,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Devolvido`: a próxima atividade será acionada se a comunicação " "for devolvida (não enviada)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" +"Após selecionar um acionador, o usuário pode configurar a atividade " +"secundária da mesma forma que o faria para uma atividade de fluxo de " +"trabalho regular." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -5052,15 +6234,15 @@ msgstr "Preços de SMS e FAQ" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:8 msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" -msgstr "O que eu preciso enviar SMSs?" +msgstr "O que preciso para enviar SMS?" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:10 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " "prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -"O SMS Text Messaging é um serviço de Compra In-App (IAP) que *exige créditos" -" pré-pagos* para trabalhar." +"O uso de mensagens de texto por SMS é um serviço de compras dentro do app " +"(IAP) que *exige créditos pré-pagos* para funcionar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:13 msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" @@ -5068,7 +6250,7 @@ msgstr "Quantos tipos de SMS existem?" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:15 msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." -msgstr "Existem 2 tipos: GSM7 e UNICODE." +msgstr "Existem dois tipos: GSM7 e UNICODE." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5140,7 +6322,7 @@ msgstr "Como comprar créditos" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "Ir para :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits'." +msgstr "Vá para :menuselection:`Definições --> Comprar créditos'." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "Buying credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." @@ -5148,7 +6330,7 @@ msgstr "Compra de créditos para Marketing por SMS nas configurações do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:55 msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." -msgstr "Ou vá para :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services'." +msgstr "Ou vá para :menuselection:`Definições --> Ver meus serviços'." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "Using Odoo IAP to recharge credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." @@ -5166,11 +6348,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:66 msgid "More common questions" -msgstr "Mais perguntas comuns" +msgstr "Mais perguntas frequentes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "**Há um tempo de expiração para meus créditos?**" +msgstr "**Há prazo de expiração para meus créditos?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "No, credits do not expire." @@ -5181,8 +6363,8 @@ msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -"**Posso enviar um SMS para um número de telefone (que não é um telefone " -"celular) porque vejo o ícone em frente ao campo \"telefone\"?**" +"**Posso enviar SMS para um número de telefone (que não é um telefone " +"celular), porque vejo o ícone em frente ao campo \"telefone\"?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." @@ -5225,7 +6407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "**Eu tenho um histórico dos SMSs enviados?**" +msgstr "**Há um histórico dos SMSs enviados?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5280,8 +6462,8 @@ msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -"**O que acontece se eu enviar meu SMS para um número de pagamento (por " -"exemplo: um concurso para ganhar um ingresso para um festival)?**" +"**O que acontece se enviar SMS para um número pago (ex.: um concurso para " +"ganhar um ingresso para um festival)?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5295,7 +6477,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -"**Posso identificar os números que não existem quando envio vários SMS?**" +"**Consigo identificar os números que não existem quando envio vários SMS?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." @@ -5309,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "**Como a regulamentação do GDPR afeta este serviço?**" msgid "" "Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" -"Por favor, encontre nossa `Política de Privacidade aqui " +"Consulte nossa Política de Privacidade aqui " "`__." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 @@ -5704,166 +6886,530 @@ msgstr "Noções básicas de marketing de redes sociais" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" +"O aplicativo *Marketing de redes sociais* da Odoo ajuda os profissionais de " +"marketing de conteúdo a criar e programar publicações, gerenciar várias " +"contas de redes sociais, analisar a eficácia do conteúdo e interagir " +"diretamente com os seguidores de redes sociais em um único local " +"centralizado." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" -msgstr "" +msgid "Social media accounts" +msgstr "Contas de rede social" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" +"Para criar publicações e analisar o conteúdo com o Odoo *Marketing de redes " +"sociais*, as contas de rede social **devem** ser adicionadas como um " +"*stream* no painel principal do aplicativo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" +"Lembre-se de que perfis pessoais **não podem** ser adicionados como um " +"stream. O principal uso do Odoo * Marketing de redes sociais* é gerenciar e " +"analisar contas comerciais em plataformas de redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" +"O *Marketing de redes sociais* do Odoo tem algumas limitações em relação às " +"contas de rede social. Por exemplo, o Odoo **não consegue** lidar com uma " +"grande quantidade de páginas variadas (por exemplo, ~40 páginas) da mesma " +"empresa. As mesmas limitações estão presentes em um ambiente multiempresas " +"devido à forma como a API é construída." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" +"Em ambientes multiempresa, se nem todas as empresas ativarem uma página ao " +"mesmo tempo, será gerado um erro de permissão." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se a Empresa 1 for a única empresa selecionada no painel " +"principal do Odoo e ativar *Página do Facebook 1* e *Página do Facebook 2*, " +"essas páginas poderão ser acessadas no painel *Marketing de Redes Sociais*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" +"No entanto, se, nessa mesma base de dados, o usuário adicionar a Empresa 2 " +"no menu suspenso da empresa no cabeçalho e tentar adicionar esses mesmos " +"streams, causará em um erro de permissão." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" +"Visualização do erro de permissão que aparece quando se tenta adicionar um " +"stram incorretamente." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "Streams de redes sociais" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma conta comercial de rede social como um stream, navegue " +"até :menuselection:`app Marketing de redes sociais` e selecione o botão " +":guilabel:`Adicionar um stream` localizado no canto superior esquerdo. Isso " +"abre uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Adicionar um stream`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Visualização da janela pop-up que é aberto ao selecionar Adicionar um stream" +" no Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Adicionar um stream`, escolha " +":guilabel:`Vincular uma nova conta` empresarial de uma das seguintes " +"plataformas populares de redes sociais: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter` e " +":guilabel:`YouTube`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" +"Depois de clicar na platafora de comunicação social desejada na janela pop-" +"up :guilabel:`Adicionar um stream`, o Odoo navega diretamente para a página " +"de autorização desse plataforma específica, onde deve ser concedida " +"permissão para que o Odoo adicione essa conta de rede social específica como" +" um stream no aplicativo *Marketing de redes sociais*." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." +msgstr "" +"Amostra de um painel de marketing de rede social preenchido com streams e " +"conteúdo de redes sociais." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" +"Quando a permissão é concedida, o Odoo volta para o :guilabel:`Feed` no " +"painel principal :guilabel:`Marketing de redes sociais` e uma nova coluna, " +"com as publicações dessa conta, é adicionada. Contas/streams podem ser " +"adicionados a qualquer momento." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." msgstr "" +"Uma página :guilabel:`Facebook` pode ser adicionada desde que a conta do " +":guilabel:`Facebook` que concede a permissão seja administrador da página. " +"Também é possível adicionar páginas diferentes para streams diferentes." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." msgstr "" +"As contas do :guilabel:`Instagram` são adicionadas pelo login do " +":guilabel:`Facebook` porque usam a mesma API. Isso significa que uma conta " +"do :guilabel:`Instagram` precisa estar vinculada a uma conta do " +":guilabel:`Facebook` para que ela apareça como um stream no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Publicações" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Clicar em uma publicação de um stream de rede social abre uma janela pop-up " +"que mostra o conteúdo dessa publicação específica, juntamente com todos os " +"dados de engajamento relacionados a ela (por exemplo, curtidas, comentários " +"etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Amostra da janela pop-up de uma publicação de rede social no aplicativo Odoo" +" Marketing de rede social." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" +"Se desejar, o usuário pode deixar um novo comentário sobre a publicação na " +"janela pop-up da publicação, digitando um comentário no campo " +":guilabel:`Escrever um comentário…` e clicando em :guilabel:`Enter` para " +"publicá-lo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "Criar leads a partir de comentários" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo *Marketing de redes sociais* também oferece a possibilidade de criar " +"leads diretamente dos comentários nas redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" +"Para criar um lead a partir de um comentário deixado em uma publicação de " +"rede social, clique na publicação no painel para abrir a janela pop-up " +"específica dela. Então, role até o comentário desejado e clique no ícone de " +":guilabel:`três pontos verticais` à direita dele." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "Isso abre um menu suspenso com a opção: :guilabel:`Criar lead`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" +"O menu suspenso ao lado de um comentário que abre a opção de criar um lead." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" +"Ao clicar em :guilabel:`Criar lead` no menu suspenso do comentário, é " +"exibida uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Converter publicação em lead`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" +"A janela pop-up de conversão de publicação em lead que aparece no Odoo " +"Marketing de redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" +"Nessa janela pop-up, selecione: :guilabel:`Criar um novo cliente`, " +":guilabel:`Vincular a um cliente existente` ou :guilabel:`Não vincular a um " +"cliente`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" +"Se a opção :guilabel:`Vincular a um cliente existente` for selecionada, um " +"novo campo :guilabel:`Cliente` aparecerá abaixo dessas opções, no qual um " +"cliente poderá ser escolhido para ser vinculado a esse lead." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" +"Depois que a seleção desejada for feita, clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Converter` na parte inferior da janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Converter publicação em lead`. Isso revela um novo formulário de " +"detalhes do lead, no qual as informações necessárias podem ser inseridas e " +"processadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" +"Novo formulário de detalhes de lead gerado a partir de um comentário de rede" +" social no Odoo Marketing de redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Insights" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" +"Quando um stream de conta de rede social é adicionado ao painel *Marketing " +"de redes sociais*, cada stream também exibe e vincula os KPIs da plataforma " +"de rede social específica (se a plataforma os tiver)." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" +"Para ser redirecionado para as estatísticas e métricas relacionadas aos KPIs" +" de alguma conta de mídia social, clique no link :guilabel:`Insights`, " +"localizado na parte superior de cada stream." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" +"Visualização de como o link Insights aparece no painel do aplicativo " +"Marketing de redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" +"Em um ambiente multiempresa, se não forem selecionadas *todas* as páginas, " +"ocorrerá desautenticação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, se as empresas tiverem três páginas do *Facebook*, mas só " +"concederem acesso a uma, e tentarem conceder acesso a outra em uma data " +"posterior, elas serão desautenticadas e o acesso aos insights/análises da " +"página inicial será perdido." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" +"Portanto, certifique-se de adicionar *todas* as páginas de *todas* as " +"empresas em um ambiente multiempresa para evitar esse problema. Se uma " +"página for desautenticada, basta remover o stream e restabelecê-lo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "Criar e publicar conteúdo de rede social" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo *Marketing de redes sociais* oferece a possibilidade de criar e " +"publicar conteúdo para contas de rede social diretamente no aplicativo." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" +"Para criar conteúdo para contas de rede social, navegue até o aplicativo " +":menuselection:`Marketing de redes sociais` e clique em :guilabel:`Nova " +"publicação` localizado no canto superior direito do painel *Marketing de " +"redes sociais*." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Botão Nova publicação no painel principal do aplicativo Odoo Marketing de " +"redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" +"Ou navegue até o :menuselection:`app Marketing de redes sociais --> " +"Publicações` e clique no botão :guilabel:`Novo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Novo botão na página Publicações de redes sociais no aplicativo Odoo " +"Marketing de redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer uma das rotas abre um formulário de detalhes de publicação de rede " +"social em branco, que pode ser personalizado e configurado de várias " +"maneiras diferentes." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" +"Página de detalhes de publicação de rede social em branco no Odoo Marketing " +"de redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "Formulário de detalhes da publicação" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" +"O formulário de detalhes da publicação de rede social no Odoo *Marketing de " +"redes sociais* tem muitas opções configuráveis diferentes disponíveis." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Empresa" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" +"Se estiver trabalhando em um ambiente multiempresa, o primeiro campo na " +"seção :guilabel:`Sua publicação` do formulário de detalhes do publicaçãod e " +"rede social é :guilabel:`Empresa`. Nesse campo, selecione a empresa que deve" +" ser vinculada a essa publicação específica." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Publicar em" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" +"Se estiver trabalhando em um ambiente de uma única empresa, o primeiro campo" +" na seção :guilabel:`Sua publicação` do formulário de detalhes da publicação" +" de rede social é :guilabel:`Publicar em`. Nesse campo, determine em quais " +"plataformas (streams) essa publicação deve ser realizada e/ou para quais " +"visitantes do site a publicação deve ser enviada por notificação push, " +"marcando a caixa ao lado das opções desejadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" +"O Odoo fornece automaticamente todas as contas de rede social disponíveis " +"que foram vinculadas à base de dados como uma opção nesta seção. Se uma " +"conta de rede social não tiver sido adicionada como um stream ao aplicativo " +"*Marketing de redes sociais*, ela **não** aparecerá como uma opção no modelo" +" de publicação." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" +"Várias plataformas sociais (streams) e sites podem ser selecionados no campo" +" :guilabel:`Publicar em`. *Deve* ser selecionada pelo menos **uma** opção no" +" campo :guilabel:`Publicar em`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" +"Para que a opção :guilabel:`Notificação push` apareça no formulário de " +"detalhes da publicação de rede social no Odoo *Marketing de redes sociais*, " +"certifique-se de que o recurso *Habilitar notificações por push na web* " +"esteja ativado no aplicativo *Site*." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, navegue até o :menuselection:`app Site --> Configuração -->" +" Definições`, ative :guilabel:`Habilitar notificações por push na web`, " +"preencha os campos correspondentes e clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mensagem" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." @@ -5871,432 +7417,766 @@ msgstr "" "Em seguida, há o campo :guilabel:`Mensagem`. É aqui que o conteúdo principal" " da publicação é criado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Mensagem`, digite a mensagem desejada para a publicação." +" Depois de digitar, clique fora do campo :guilabel:`Mensagem` para revelar " +"amostras visuais de como a publicação será exibida em todas as contas de " +"rede social previamente selecionadas (e/ou sites, como notificações push)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" +"Exemplo de publicação de rede social com amostras visuais de como ela " +"aparecerá nas plataformas de redes sociais." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" +"Também é possível adicionar emojis diretamente ao texto no campo " +":guilabel:`Mensagem`. Basta clicar no ícone :guilabel:`🙂 (sorriso)`, " +"localizado na linha do campo :guilabel:`Mensagem`, na extremidade direita. " +"Clicar nesse ícone revela um menu suspenso que contém vários emojis para " +"você escolher." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" +"Se a opção :guilabel:`Twitter` for escolhida no campo :guilabel:`Publicar " +"em`, um contador de caracteres será exibido abaixo do campo " +":guilabel:`Mensagem`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Anexar imagens" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" +"Se forem usadas imagens na publicação, clique no botão :guilabel:`Anexar " +"imagens`, no campo :guilabel:`Anexar imagens`, localizado abaixo do campo " +":guilabel:`Mensagem`. Quando clicado, o Odoo revela uma janela pop-up. Nessa" +" janela pop-up, selecione a imagem desejada e faça o upload dela." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" +"Depois de carregar e anexar com sucesso a imagem desejada, o Odoo revela uma" +" nova visualização da publicação de rede social, completa com a imagem " +"recém-adicionada, no lado direito do formulário de detalhes." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" +"Amostras visuais de publicações com imagens recém-anexadas no Odoo Marketing" +" de redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Campanha" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, há o campo :guilabel:`Campanha`. Esse campo não obrigatório " +"fornece opções para anexar essa publicação a uma campanha de marketing " +"específica." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar esta publicação a uma campanha pré-existente, clique no campo" +" vazio :guilabel:`Campanha` para exibir um menu suspenso que contém todas as" +" campanhas existentes na base de dados. Selecione a campanha desejada nesse " +"menu suspenso para adicionar essa publicação a essa campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma nova campanha diretamente do formulário de detalhes da " +"publicação de rede social, comece a digitar o nome da nova campanha no campo" +" em branco :guilabel:`Campanha` e selecione :guilabel:`Criar` ou " +":guilabel:`Criar e editar…`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "Opções do menu suspenso de Criar ou Criar e editar no campo Campanha." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar` cria a campanha, que pode ser " +"editada/personalizada posteriormente." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar e editar…` cria a campanha e revela um formulário" +" pop-up :guilabel:`Criar campanha`, no qual o :guilabel:`Identificador da " +"campanha`, o :guilabel:`Responsável` e os :guilabel:`Marcadores` podem ser " +"configurados instantaneamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" +"Janela pop-up de Criar campanha que aparece em um formulário de detalhes de " +"publicação de rede social." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" +"Quando todas as configurações desejadas tiverem sido inseridas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Salvar e Fechar` para salvar a campanha e retornar ao formulário " +"de detalhes da publicação de rede social." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Quando" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no campo :guilabel:`Quando`, escolha :guilabel:`Enviar agora` " +"para que o Odoo publique a publicação imediatamente ou :guilabel:`Agendar " +"para mais tarde` para que o Odoo faça a publicação em uma data e hora " +"posteriores." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" +"Se a opção :guilabel:`Agendar para mais tarde` for selecionada, um novo " +"campo :guilabel:`Data programada` será exibido. Clicar no campo vazio revela" +" um calendário pop-up, no qual uma data e hora futuras podem ser indicadas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" +"Janela pop-up de data de agendamento que aparece no formulário de detalhes " +"da publicação de rede social no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" +"Depois de selecionar a data e a hora desejadas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Aplicar`. Em seguida, o Odoo fará a publicação pontualmente " +"naquela data e hora específicas na(s) conta(s) de rede social pré-" +"determinada(s)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" +"Se estiver agendando uma publicação, o botão :guilabel:`Publicar` na parte " +"superior do formulário de detalhes da publicação de rede social mudará para " +":guilabel:`Agendar`. Certifique-se de clicar em :guilabel:`Agendar` depois " +"de preencher o formulário de detalhes da publicação de rede social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" +"Ao fazer isso, o Odoo firma essa data/hora específica para enviar a " +"publicação e altera o status dela para :guilabel:`Agendado`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Opções de notificações push" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" +"Se uma (ou várias) opções de :guilabel:`[Notificação push]` forem escolhidas" +" no campo :guilabel:`Publicar em`, uma seção específica :guilabel:`Opções de" +" notificação push` será exibida na parte inferior do formulário de detalhes " +"da publicação de rede social." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" +"Seção de opções de notificação push em um formulário de detalhes da " +"publicação de rede social." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "Observe que *nenhum* desses campos é obrigatório." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro campo dessa seção é :guilabel:`Título da notificação`. Nesse " +"campo, há a opção de adicionar um título personalizado à notificação push " +"que será enviada." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" +"Para designar uma página específica no site que deve acionar essa " +"notificação push, insira o URL dessa página no campo :guilabel:`URL alvo`. " +"Então, quando um visitante chegar a essa página específica, o Odoo exibirá a" +" notificação push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" +"Abaixo desse campo, há a opção de adicionar uma :guilabel:`Imagem de ícone` " +"personalizada à notificação push. Trata-se do ícone que aparece ao lado da " +"notificação push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" +"Para carregar uma nova imagem, clique no ícone :guilabel:`✏️ (lápis)` ao " +"passar o mouse sobre o ícone da câmera :guilabel:`Imagem do ícone`. Isso " +"abre uma janela pop-up, na qual a imagem do ícone desejado pode ser " +"localizada no disco rígido e, então, carregada." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" +"Quando isso for concluído, o Odoo atualiza automaticamente a visualização de" +" como o ícone aparece na notificação push." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, se a publicação estiver agendada para ser publicada mais tarde, " +"há a opção de garantir que ela seja enviada no fuso horário do visitante, " +"ativando a opção :guilabel:`Hora local`. Se ativada, o Odoo enviará a " +"publicação no horário adequado e predeterminado, levando em consideração a " +"localização do visitante." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." -msgstr "" +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." +msgstr "A opção Hora local na seção Opções de notificação push dos recursos." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" +"Depois, há o campo :guilabel:`Comparar registros com`. Esse campo permite se" +" dirigir a um grupo específico de destinatários na base de dados, com base " +"em determinados critérios, e pode ser aplicado para corresponder a " +":guilabel:`todas` ou a :guilabel:`qualquer uma` das regras." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" +"Para utilizar esse campo, clique no botão :guilabel:`+ Adicionar condição `," +" que abre um campo de regra semelhante a uma equação." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" +"Nesse campo de regra do tipo equação, especifique os critérios específicos " +"que o Odoo deve levar em conta ao enviar essa publicação para um determinado" +" público-alvo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" +"Condições de notificação por push configuradas para corresponder a uma " +"quantidade específica de registros na base de dados." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar outra regra, clique no ícone :guilabel:`➕ (sinal de adição)` " +"na extremidade direita da regra." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma ramificação (série de regras adicionais com base na regra" +" anterior, para definir melhor o público-alvo), clique no ícone de " +":guilabel:`ramificação`, localizado à direita do ícone :guilabel:`➕ (sinal " +"de adição)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" +"Por fim, clique no ícone :guilabel:`🗑️ (lixeira)` para excluir regras." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" +"A dimensão do público-alvo especificado de destinatários é representado pelo" +" número de :guilabel:`Registros` exibido abaixo das regras." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de publicações" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" +"Para ter uma visão geral completa das publicações, acesse o Odoo " +":menuselection:`app Marketing de redes sociais --> Publicações`. Aqui, na " +"página :guilabel:`Publicações de rede social`, todas as publicações que " +"foram criadas e publicadas com o Odoo podem ser visualizadas e acessadas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" +"Há quatro opções de visualização diferentes para os dados da página " +":guilabel:`Publicações de rede social`: *kanban*, *calendário*, *lista* e " +"*pivô*." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" +"As opções de visualização estão localizadas no canto superior direito da " +"página :guilabel:`Publicações`, abaixo da barra de pesquisa." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "Visualização Kanban" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o Odoo exibe as publicações em uma visualização kanban. As " +"informações nessa página podem ser ainda mais refinadas pela barra lateral " +"esquerda, onde todas as contas de rede sociais conectadas e suas publicações" +" podem ser rapidamente vistas, acessadas e analisadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" +"A visualização kanban é representada por um :guilabel:`ícone de gráfico de " +"barras invertido` no canto superior direito." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" +"Visualização Kanban da página de publicações no aplicativo Odoo Marketing de" +" redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualização do calendário" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." msgstr "" +"A opção de visualização de calendário exibe uma representação visual das " +"publicações em um formato de calendário mostrando quando elas foram " +"publicadas ou estão programadas para serem publicadas. Essa opção fornece " +"uma visão geral clara de qualquer dia, semana ou mês planejado, e o Odoo " +"exibe todas as publicações em rascunho, programadas e publicadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em uma data revela um formulário de detalhes de publicação de rede " +"social em branco, no qual é possível criar uma publicação de rede social que" +" o Odoo publicará na data/hora especificada." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." +msgstr "" +"A visão de calendário é representada por um ícone de :guilabel:`calendário` " +"no canto superior direito." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo da visão de calendário no Odoo Marketing de redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +"A opção de visualização de lista é semelhante à opção kanban, mas, em vez de" +" blocos individuais, todas as informações de publicações são exibidas em um " +"layout de lista. Cada linha da lista exibe as :guilabel:`Contas de rede " +"sociais`, :guilabel:`Mensagem` e :guilabel:`Status` das publicações." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" +"Há também uma barra lateral esquerda útil que organiza todas as publicações " +"por :guilabel:`Status`, além de listar todas as :guilabel:`Contas de redes " +"sociais` conectadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" +"A visualização de lista é representada por quatro linhas verticais no canto " +"superior direito." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"Visualização da opção de lista na página de publicação no Odoo Marketing de " +"redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "Visualização de pivô" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." msgstr "" +"A opção de visualização pivô fornece uma tabela de grade totalmente " +"personalizável, na qual diferentes medidas de dados podem ser adicionadas e " +"analisadas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"Visualização da opção de pivô na página de publicações no Odoo Marketing de " +"redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" +"A opção de visualização pivô oferece várias opções analíticas, permitindo " +"uma análise profunda e detalhada de várias publicações e métricas." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" +"Clique em qualquer ícone de :guilabel:`➕ (sinal de adição)` ao lado de uma " +"linha da tabela de pivô para revelar mais opções de métricas para adicionar " +"à grade." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" +"Na visualização de pivô, há a opção :guilabel:`Inserir em planilha` " +"disponível, localizada à direita do menu suspenso :guilabel:`Medidas`, no " +"canto superior esquerdo da página :guilabel:`Publicações de redes sociais`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" +"Ao lado de :guilabel:`Inserir em planilha` há três opções específicas para a" +" visualização de pivô." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" +msgstr "Da esquerda para a direita, as opções são:" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Virar eixos`, que alterna os eixos *X* e *Y* na tabela de grade." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Expandir tudo`, que expande cada linha da grade, revelando " +"informações mais detalhadas relacionadas a ela." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Download`, que, quando clicado, faz o download instantâneo do " +"pivô como uma planilha." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Visitantes" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" +"Para ter uma visão geral completa de todas as pessoas que visitaram o(s) " +"site(s) conectado(s) à base de dados, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Marketing de redes sociais --> Visitantes`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" +"Visualização da página Visitantes no aplicativo Odoo Marketing de redes " +"sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" +"Aqui, o Odoo fornece um layout detalhado de todas as informações pertinentes" +" dos visitantes em uma visualização kanban padrão. Se os visitantes já " +"tiverem informações de contato na base de dados, a opção de enviar um " +":guilabel:`E-mail` e/ou um :guilabel:`SMS` estará disponível." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" +"Esses mesmos dados de visitantes também podem ser visualizados como uma " +"lista ou um gráfico. Essas opções de visualização estão localizadas no canto" +" superior direito da página :guilabel:`Visitantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de rede social" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." msgstr "" +"Outra maneira de vincular rapidamente contas de rede social ao Odoo " +"*Marketing de redes sociais* pode ser feita na página :guilabel:`Redes " +"sociais`. Para acessar essa página, navegue até :menuselection:`app " +"Marketing de redes sociais --> Configuração --> Redes sociais`." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." +msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`Redes sociais`, há uma coleção de todas as opções de " +"redes sociais, cada uma contando com um botão :guilabel:`Vincular conta`: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube` e :guilabel:`Notificações push`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" +"Visualização da página de redes sociais no aplicativo Odoo Marketing de " +"redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de contas de redessociais" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" +"Para ver uma lista de todas as contas sociais e sites vinculados à base de " +"dados, vá para :menuselection:`app Marketing de redes sociais --> " +"Configuração --> Contas de rede social`. Essa página :guilabel:`Contas de " +"rede social` exibe o :guilabel:`Nome`, o :guilabel:`Usuário/Apelido`, a " +"plataforma de :guilabel:`Rede social`, por quem foi :guilabel:`Criado` e a " +":guilabel:`Empresa` à qual está associada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" +"Visualização da página de contas de redes sociais no aplicativo Odoo " +"Marketing de redes sociais." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" +"Para editar/modificar qualquer uma das contas de redes sociais nesta página," +" basta selecionar a conta desejada na lista da página e fazer os ajustes " +"necessários." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Página de streams de redes sociais" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar uma página separada com todos os streams de rede social que " +"foram adicionados ao painel principal do *Marketing de redes sociais*, " +"navegue até o :menuselection:`app Marketing de redes sociais --> " +"Configuração --> Streams de redes sociais`." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" +"Ali, as informações sobre os streams são organizadas em uma lista com a " +":guilabel:`Rede social`, o :guilabel:`Título` do stream, o :guilabel:`Tipo` " +"do stream (por exemplo, :guilabel:`Publicações`, :guilabel:`Palavras-chave` " +"etc.), por quem foi :guilabel:`Criado` e a :guilabel:`Empresa` à qual está " +"associado." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" +"Para modificar as informações de qualquer stream, basta clicar no stream " +"desejado na lista e fazer os ajustes necessários." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 msgid "Surveys" @@ -6305,11 +8185,11 @@ msgstr "Pesquisas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" msgstr "" -"Tutoriais 'Odoo': Pesquisas `_" +"Tutoriais do Odoo: Pesquisas `_" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 msgid "Survey essentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Noções básicas de Pesquisas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6317,6 +8197,9 @@ msgid "" "customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed " "business decisions." msgstr "" +"Empresas costumam usar pesquisas para coletar informações valiosas com seus " +"clientes e funcionários, o que, por sua vez, permite que tomam decisões de " +"negócios mais bem fundamentadas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6324,6 +8207,14 @@ msgid "" " of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), " "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +"No Odoo, as pesquisas são usadas para coletar feedback dos clientes, avaliar" +" o sucesso de um evento recente, medir a satisfação dos clientes (ou " +"funcionários) e obter mais informações sobre as mudanças nas impressões " +"mercadológicas." + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeiros passos" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6331,6 +8222,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template " "form." msgstr "" +"Para começar, abra o aplicativo :guilabel:`Pesquisas` e clique em " +":guilabel:`Criar`. Em seguida, o Odoo redireciona a página para um " +"formulário de modelo de pesquisa em branco." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6339,6 +8233,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose " "an image from the local files." msgstr "" +"No formulário de pesquisa, adicione o :guilabel:`Título da pesquisa` e, em " +"seguida, adicione uma imagem de capa à pesquisa passando o mouse sobre o " +"ícone de foto e clicando no ícone :guilabel:`Editar (lápis)`. Quando a " +"janela do explorador de arquivos for aberta, escolha uma imagem nos arquivos" +" locais." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -6346,29 +8245,37 @@ msgid "" "questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled " "as follows:" msgstr "" +"Abaixo do :guilabel:`Título da pesquisa` há várias abas nas quais é possíve " +"criar e personalizar as perguntas e o formato da pesquisa. Essas abas são " +"rotuladas da seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Perguntas`: a lista de perguntas feitas na pesquisa" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the " "survey" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descrição`: informações contextuais para ajudar a entender a " +"pesquisa" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Opções`: opções para os entrevistados da pesquisa responderem às " +"perguntas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page." msgstr "" +"Várias abas que podem ser encontradas na página do modelo de pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aba Perguntas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6378,20 +8285,28 @@ msgid "" "type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into " "the divided sections." msgstr "" +"Adicione perguntas e seções ao questionário na aba :guilabel:`Perguntas`. " +"Uma seção divide o questionário em partes para agrupar visualmente perguntas" +" semelhantes. Para criar uma seção, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma " +"seção` e digite o nome da seção. Em seguida, adicione ou arraste e solte " +"perguntas nas seções divididas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and" " Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma pergunta` abre a janela pop-up " +":guilabel:`Criar seções e perguntas` para criar e personalizar perguntas do " +"questionário." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 msgid "The survey question pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A janela pop-up da pergunta da pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:49 msgid "Create questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar perguntas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6400,22 +8315,26 @@ msgid "" "Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview " "window." msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up :guilabel:`Criar seções e perguntas`, digite a pergunta no " +"campo :guilabel:`Pergunta`. Em seguida, escolha o :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"pergunta`. Uma prévia do tipo de pergunta é exibido na janela de " +"visualização." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escolha entre os seguintes :guilabel:`Tipos de perguntas`:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Caixa de texto de várias linhas`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Caixa de texto de linha única`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valor numérico`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" @@ -6423,19 +8342,19 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Data`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Data e hora`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Múltipla escolha: apenas uma resposta`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Múltipla escolha: múltiplas respostas permitidas`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Matriz`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -6444,10 +8363,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what " "question is chosen." msgstr "" +"Diferentes recursos aparecem nas guias :guilabel:`Respostas` e " +":guilabel:`Opções`, dependendo do :guilabel:`Tipo de pergunta` escolhido. No" +" entanto, a aba :guilabel:`Descrição` sempre permanece a mesma, " +"independentemente da pergunta escolhida." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:72 msgid "Create sections and questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar seções e perguntas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -6456,64 +8379,84 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and " ":guilabel:`Options` tabs." msgstr "" +"Após a seleção de um :guilabel:`Tipo de pergunta`, há três abas em que é " +"possível personalizar as informações da pergunta. São elas: " +":guilabel:`Respostas` (se aplicável), :guilabel:`Descrição` e " +":guilabel:`Opções`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:78 msgid "" "Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what " ":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen." msgstr "" +"Cada guia oferece uma variedade de recursos diferentes, dependendo de qual " +":guilabel:`Tipo de pergunta` foi escolhido." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:81 msgid "" "For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may " "appear:" msgstr "" +"Por exemplo, na aba :guilabel:`Opções`, as seguintes opções podem aparecer:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Resposta obrigatória`: a pergunta deve ser respondida." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or " "multiple choices can be selected per row." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de matriz`: para perguntas do tipo matriz, selecione se uma " +"ou várias opções podem ser selecionadas por linha." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Número de colunas`: selecione quantas colunas serão exibidas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagens nas respostas`: permite imagens nas opções de resposta." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed " "based on the participant's answer to a previous question." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Exibição condicional`: determina se a pergunta é exibida com base" +" na resposta a uma pergunta anterior." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in " "a text box." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mostrar campo de comentários`: permite que o participante digite " +"um comentário em uma caixa de texto." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit " "for the question." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limite de tempo das perguntas`: para pesquisas em sessões ao " +"vivo, defina um limite de tempo para a pergunta." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 msgid "Conditional Display" -msgstr "Exibição Condicional" +msgstr "Exibição condicional" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the " "specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Exibição condicional` significa que a pergunta só será exibida se" +" a resposta condicional especificada tiver sido selecionada em uma pergunta " +"anterior." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -6521,12 +8464,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the " "survey." msgstr "" +"Quando a caixa ao lado de :guilabel:`Exibição condicional` for selecionada, " +"o campo :guilabel:`Pergunta de acionamento` será exibido. Selecione uma " +"pergunta do questionário." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which " "answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question." msgstr "" +"Então, é exibido o campo :guilabel:`Resposta de acionamento`. Aqui, " +"selecione qual resposta acionará essa pergunta de :guilabel:`Exibição " +"condicional`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 msgid "Options tab" @@ -6537,29 +8486,34 @@ msgid "" "Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, " "there are different sections of settings that can be modified." msgstr "" +"De volta ao formulário principal do modelo de questionário, na aba " +":guilabel:`Opções`, há diferentes seções de configurações que podem ser " +"modificadas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:111 msgid "The sections include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "As seções incluem:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Perguntas`: concentra-se na apresentação geral da pesquisa" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Pontuação`: decide como a pesquisa será pontuada" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Candidatos`: gerencia o acesso à pesquisa" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group " "activity." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sessão ao vivo`: habilita a pesquisa em uma atividade de grupo em" +" tempo real." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 msgid "Questions" @@ -6570,18 +8524,20 @@ msgid "" "First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options " "can be chosen:" msgstr "" +"Primeiro, selecione o :guilabel:`Layout` da pesquisa. As seguintes opções " +"podem ser escolhidas:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Uma página com todas as perguntas`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Uma página por seção`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Uma página por pergunta`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -6590,6 +8546,10 @@ msgid "" "appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the " "participant to go back to a question during the survey." msgstr "" +"Se as opções :guilabel:`Uma página por seção` ou :guilabel:`Uma página por " +"pergunta` forem escolhidas, a opção :guilabel:`Botão Voltar` será exibida. " +"Se selecionada, a opção :guilabel:`Botão Voltar` permite que o participante " +"volte a uma pergunta durante a pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -6598,6 +8558,10 @@ msgid "" " displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a " ":guilabel:`Number`." msgstr "" +"Nas opções :guilabel:`Layout` há a configuração :guilabel:`Modo de " +"progressão`, que indica como o progresso do participante durante a pesquisa " +"é exibido. Isso é mostrado como uma :guilabel:`Porcentagem` ou um " +":guilabel:`Número`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -6605,6 +8569,10 @@ msgid "" "To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time" " (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, há uma opção disponível para adicionar um :guilabel:`Limite de " +"tempo da pesquisa`. Para implementar essa opção, basta marcar a caixa e " +"inserir a quantidade de tempo (em minutos) que os participantes têm para " +"concluir a pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -6613,6 +8581,11 @@ msgid "" "section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured " "by section. This mode is ignored in a live session." msgstr "" +"Após a opção :guilabel:`Limite de tempo da pesquisa`, há uma seção " +"denominada :guilabel:`Seleção`. Nele, as perguntas podem ser colocadas " +":guilabel:`Em aleatório por seção`, em outras palavras, o número de " +"perguntas aleatórias pode ser configurado por seção. Esse modo é ignorado em" +" uma sessão ao vivo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:56 @@ -6628,18 +8601,20 @@ msgid "" "The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` " "method:" msgstr "" +"Há as seguintes opções disponíveis ao escolher um método " +":guilabel:`Pontuação`:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Sem pontuação`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Pontuação com respostas no final`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Pontuação sem respostas no final`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -6648,6 +8623,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers " "needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" +"Se as opções :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` ou " +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` forem selecionadas, um campo " +":guilabel:`Success %` será exibido. Defina a porcentagem de respostas " +"corretas necessárias para passar na pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -6659,6 +8638,13 @@ msgid "" "score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using " "the selected email template." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, há a opção de transformar a pesquisa em uma certificação. Para " +"fazer isso, marque a caixa ao lado da opção rotulada :guilabel:`É uma " +"certificação`, e dois campos adicionais serão exibidos. Selecione um tema de" +" cor no campo :guilabel:`Modelo de certificado` e, em seguida, escolha um " +":guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail`. Quando um participante for aprovado na " +"certificação com a pontuação exigida, um e-mail do Odoo será enviado " +"automaticamente para essa pessoa usando o modelo de e-mail selecionado." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -6666,6 +8652,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives" " a badge upon passing the certification." msgstr "" +"Se o recurso :guilabel:`Dar medalhas` estiver ativado e o :guilabel:`Medalha" +" de certificação` estiver definido, o participante da pesquisa também " +"receberá um medalha ao ser aprovado na certificação." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:48 @@ -6682,6 +8671,9 @@ msgid "" "options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and " ":guilabel:`Invited people only`." msgstr "" +"Para determinar o acesso ao questionário, o :guilabel:`Modo de acesso` tem " +"duas opções: :guilabel:`Qualquer pessoa com o link` e :guilabel:`Somente " +"pessoas convidadas`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -6691,10 +8683,15 @@ msgid "" "also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the " "participant." msgstr "" +"Abaixo da caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Somente gerentes de avaliação` está a " +"opção :guilabel:`Login obrigatório` para exigir um login para participar da " +"pesquisa. Se essa opção for ativada, um campo :guilabel:`Limite de " +"tentativas` também será preenchido, no qual será definido o número de " +"tentativas de pesquisa que o participante terá." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 msgid "Live Session" -msgstr "Sessão ao Vivo" +msgstr "Sessão ao vivo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -6702,6 +8699,9 @@ msgid "" "conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and " "collect answers from a live audience." msgstr "" +"A seção :guilabel:`Sessão ao vivo` é dedicada aos usuários que realizam " +"pesquisas em tempo real, nas quais são apresentadas a um público ao vivo e " +"coletam respostas dele." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -6711,6 +8711,11 @@ msgid "" "answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer " "quickly." msgstr "" +"Personalize o :guilabel:`Código da sessão` aqui; esse código é necessário " +"para que os participantes acessem a pesquisa da sessão ao vivo. Recompense " +"os participantes por respostas rápidas, marcando a caixa de seleção " +"denominada :guilabel:`Recompensar respostas rápidas`. Ao marcá-la, os " +"participantes receberão mais pontos se responderem rapidamente." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 msgid "Description tab" @@ -6723,6 +8728,11 @@ msgid "" "beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the" " website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app." msgstr "" +"De volta à página principal do modelo de pesquisa, há a aba " +":guilabel:`Descrição`, onde uma descrição personalizada da pesquisa pode ser" +" adicionada. Isso é exibido abaixo do título na página inicial da pesquisa, " +"que está no front-end do site criado por meio do aplicativo Odoo " +":guilabel:`Site`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:200 msgid "Test and share the survey" @@ -6734,6 +8744,10 @@ msgid "" "errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking " ":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page." msgstr "" +"Depois que o questionário for criado e salvo, execute um teste para " +"verificar possíveis erros antes de enviá-lo aos participantes, clicando em " +":guilabel:`Testar` no canto superior esquerdo da página do modelo de " +"questionário." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -6742,6 +8756,10 @@ msgid "" " participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant," " to check for errors." msgstr "" +"Quando ativado, o Odoo redireciona a página para uma versão de teste da " +"pesquisa no front-end do site. Essa página exibe a aparência da pesquisa " +"para os participantes. Prossiga fazendo a pesquisa, como um participante " +"normal, para verificar se há erros." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -6751,6 +8769,11 @@ msgid "" " the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending" " the survey out to participants." msgstr "" +"Para retornar ao formulário de modelo de pesquisa no back-end, basta clicar " +"no link :guilabel:`Esta é uma pesquisa de teste. Editar pesquisa` na faixa " +"azul na parte superior da página. Depois que o Odoo redirecionar a página " +"para o modelo de pesquisa no back-end, faça outras alterações, conforme " +"necessário, antes de enviar oficialmente a pesquisa aos participantes." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -6758,6 +8781,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey " "template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" +"Quando a pesquisa estiver pronta para ser compartilhada com o público, " +"clique no botão :guilabel:`Iniciar pesquisa` no canto superior esquerdo do " +"formulário de modelo de pesquisa. Em seguida, clique em " +":guilabel:`Compartilhar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -6766,6 +8793,11 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to " "be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up, adicione os destinatários da pesquisa no campo " +":guilabel:`Destinatários` (para contatos existentes no banco de dados do " +"Odoo) ou no campo :guilabel:`E-mails adicionais` (para contatos que não " +"querem ser listados na base de dados do Odoo). Por fim, clique em " +":guilabel:`Enviar`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -6774,10 +8806,15 @@ msgid "" "button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the " ":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form." msgstr "" +"À medida que as respostas forem recebidas, verifique-as clicando no botão " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Respostas` no formulário de modelo de pesquisa ou no " +"botão :guilabel:`Ver resultados` no canto superior esquerdo. Para encerrar a" +" pesquisa, clique no botão :guilabel:`Fechar` no formulário de modelo de " +"pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 msgid "Scoring surveys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pontuação de pesquisas" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6786,6 +8823,10 @@ msgid "" "survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final " "score." msgstr "" +"Para medir o desempenho, o conhecimento ou a satisfação geral de um " +"participante da pesquisa, o Odoo atribui pontos às respostas dela. No final " +"da pesquisa, esses pontos são somados, resultando na pontuação final do " +"participante." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -6794,6 +8835,11 @@ msgid "" "Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring " "with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar pontos às perguntas, abra o aplicativo :guilabel:`Pesquisas`," +" escolha o formulário de pesquisa desejado e clique na aba " +":guilabel:`Opções`. Na seção :guilabel;`Pontuação`, escolha entre " +":guilabel:`Pontuação com respostas no final` ou :guilabel:`Pontuação sem " +"respostas no final`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -6802,6 +8848,10 @@ msgid "" " got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the " "correct answer will be highlighted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A pontuação com respostas no final` mostra ao participante as " +"suas respostas após concluir a pesquisa e exibe as perguntas que ele acertou" +" ou errou. Nas perguntas em que houve uma resposta incorreta, a resposta " +"correta será destacada." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6809,6 +8859,9 @@ msgid "" "participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their " "final score." msgstr "" +"A :guilabel:`Pontuação sem respostas no final` não mostra ao participante do" +" questionário suas respostas após a conclusão do questionário, apenas sua " +"pontuação final." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6817,6 +8870,10 @@ msgid "" "answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score " "value." msgstr "" +"Para indicar as respostas corretas, clique na aba :guilabel:`Perguntas` e " +"escolha uma pergunta. No formulário da pergunta, marque a caixa :guilabel:`É" +" uma resposta correta` na opção que é a resposta correta e anexe um valor de" +" pontuação." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6824,6 +8881,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of " "correct answers is needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" +"Volte à aba :guilabel:`Opções` do questionário, defina o :guilabel:`Sucesso " +"%`. A porcentagem inserida determina qual porcentagem de respostas corretas " +"é necessária para passar no questionário." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -6832,6 +8892,10 @@ msgid "" "indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge" " level on a subject." msgstr "" +"Além disso, na aba :guilabel:`Opções` do questionário, os administradores do" +" questionário também podem optar por torná-lo uma certificação. Uma " +"certificação indica que a pesquisa faz perguntas para testar o nível de " +"conhecimento dos participantes sobre um assunto." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6841,6 +8905,11 @@ msgid "" "survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set " ":guilabel:`Success %`." msgstr "" +"Ao ativar a opção :guilabel:`É uma certificação`, escolha um " +":guilabel:`Modelo de e-mail de certificação`. A certificação será " +"automaticamente enviada com esse modelo de e-mail para os usuários que " +"passarem na pesquisa com uma pontuação final maior ou igual ao definido em " +":guilabel:`Sucesso %`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6851,12 +8920,21 @@ msgid "" "option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the " ":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." msgstr "" +"Na seção :guilabel:`Candidatos`, pode ser solicitado que os participantes " +"façam login para responder ao questionário. Se a configuração " +":guilabel:`Requer login` estiver ativada, duas novas opções aparecerão: a " +"caixa de seleção :guilabel:`Limite de tentativas`, que limita o número de " +"vezes que um participante pode tentar responder ao questionário, e a opção " +":guilabel:`Dar medalha`, localizada abaixo das opções " +":guilabel:`Certificação` na seção :guilabel:`Pontuação`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 msgid "" "Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification " "template." msgstr "" +"Definição da pontuação necessária (porcentagem), login obrigatório e modelo " +"de certificação." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -6865,24 +8943,31 @@ msgid "" "gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the " ":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." msgstr "" +"As medalhes são exibidos na parte de eLearning do portal de um determinado " +"usuário e são uma forma de definir marcos e recompensar os participantes por" +" passarem em pesquisas ou ganharem pontos. Além do premiado, os visitantes " +"do site que acessarem a página :guilabel:`Cursos` também poderão ver as " +"medalhas concedidas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemplo de medalha na parte de eLearning do site." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Timed and randomized questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perguntas cronometradas e aleatórias" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:5 msgid "" "When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the" " survey and randomize the questions." msgstr "" +"Ao criar uma pesquisa no Odoo, há opções para definir um limite de tempo " +"para a pesquisa e para fazer perguntas no aleatório." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:9 msgid "Time limit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Limite de tempo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6892,16 +8977,27 @@ msgid "" " external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed " "book\" testing environment." msgstr "" +"Durante uma pesquisa cronometrada, os participantes devem concluir a " +"pesquisa dentro de um período de tempo especificado. Um caso de uso comum " +"para implementar um limite de tempo é que ele reduz muito a chance de os " +"participantes procurarem respostas em recursos externos (por exemplo, " +"pesquisa na web) e reduz a pesquisa a um ambiente de teste de \"livro " +"fechado\"." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:16 msgid "" "Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` " "tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section." msgstr "" +"Localize a configuração :guilabel:`Limite de tempo da pesquisa` na aba " +":guilabel:`Opções` do formulário de questionário, na seção " +":guilabel:`Perguntas`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form." msgstr "" +"Campo de limite de tempo na aba de opções de um formulário de modelo de " +"pesquisa." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6909,16 +9005,22 @@ msgid "" "displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of " "the time remaining while the survey is active." msgstr "" +"Quando a opção :guilabel:`Limite de tempo da pesquisa` estiver marcada, um " +"cronômetro será exibido em todas as páginas do questionário, permitindo que " +"os participantes controlem o tempo restante enquanto o questionário estiver " +"ativo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:27 msgid "" "Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit" " will *not* have their answers saved." msgstr "" +"Os participantes que não enviarem a pesquisa até o limite de tempo pré-" +"configurado *não* terão suas respostas salvas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:31 msgid "Randomized selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleção aleatória" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -6927,6 +9029,11 @@ msgid "" "randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at " "each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing." msgstr "" +"Quando uma pesquisa é feita no modo aleatório, o Odoo embaralha as perguntas" +" e as revela em uma ordem aleatória sempre que os participantes iniciam o " +"questionário. O uso do aleatório como método de pesquisa desestimula os " +"participantes a olharem as respostas uns dos outros e ajuda a controlar os " +"testes individuais." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -6937,7 +9044,14 @@ msgid "" "count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo " "should select and display during the shuffling of questions." msgstr "" +"Para fazer uma pesquisa em aleatório, clique na aba :guilabel:`Opções` no " +"formulário de pesquisa. Na seção :guilabel:`Perguntas`, selecione " +":guilabel:`Em aleatório por seção` no campo :guilabel:`Seleção`. Após a " +"ativação, navegue até a aba :guilabel:`Perguntas` e examine a coluna " +":guilabel:`Total de perguntas aleatórias`. A partir daí, determine quantas " +"perguntas (por seção) o Odoo deve selecionar e exibir durante o " +"embaralhamento de perguntas." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Total de perguntas aleatórias na aba de perguntas de um questionário." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 3fc93a41a..89c69591f 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -1002,158 +1002,180 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "Comece com a discussão" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" +msgstr "Primeiros passos com Mensagens" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -"O Mensagens permite que você reúna toda a comunicação de sua empresa através" -" de mensagens, notas e chat. Compartilhe informações, projetos, arquivos, " -"priorize tarefas e mantenha-se conectado com colegas e parceiros em todos os" -" aplicativos. Fortaleça relacionamentos e aumente a produtividade e a " -"transparência promovendo uma forma conveniente de comunicação." +"O *Mensagens* do Odoo é um aplicativo de comunicação interna que permite que" +" os usuários se conectem por meio de mensagens, anotações e compartilhamento" +" de arquivos, seja em uma janela de chat que funciona em todos os " +"aplicativos ou pelo painel dedicado do *Mensagens*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "Escolha sua preferência de notificações" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" +msgstr "Escolher as preferências de notificações" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" -"Acesse suas *Preferências* e escolha como você gostaria que suas " -"notificações fossem tratadas." +"Acesse as preferências específicas do usuário para o aplicativo *Mensagens* " +"navegando até :menuselection:`app Definições --> Usuários --> Usuário --> " +"aba Preferências`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Visualização da página de preferências de Mensagens do Odoo" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "Visualização da aba Preferências do Mensagens do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -"Por padrão, o campo é definido como *Tratar por e-mail*, fazendo com que " -"mensagens, notas e notificações em que você foi mencionado ou que você segue" -" sejam enviadas por e-mail. Ao escolher *Tratar no Odoo*, elas são mostradas" -" na *Caixa de entrada*." +"Por padrão, o campo :guilabel:`Notificações` é definido como " +":guilabel:`Tratamento por e-mails`. Com essa configuração ativada, um e-mail" +" de notificação será enviado pelo Odoo sempre que uma mensagem for enviada " +"no chatter, uma nota for enviada com uma menção `@` (do chatter) ou uma " +"notificação for enviada para um registro que o usuário segue. Um exemplo de " +"algo que aciona uma notificação é a alteração do estágio (se um e-mail " +"estiver configurado para ser enviado, por exemplo, quando a tarefa estiver " +"definida como :guilabel:`Concluída`)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" -"As mensagens podem então ser *marcadas como A fazer*, *Respondido*, ou " -"*Marcada como Lida*." +"Ao escolher :guilabel:`Tratamento no Odoo`, as notificações acima são " +"mostradas na *caixa de entrada* do aplicativo *Mensagens*. As mensagens " +"podem ter as seguintes ações: responder com um emoji clicando em " +":guilabel:`Adicionar uma reação`, ou responder à mensagem clicando em " +":guilabel:`Responder`. Ações adicionais podem incluir marcar a mensagem com " +"uma estrela clicando em :guilabel:`Marcar como a fazer`, fixar a mensagem " +"selecionando :guilabel:`Fixar` ou até marcar a mensagem como não lida " +"selecionando :guilabel:`Marcar como não lida`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" "Visualização de uma mensagem da caixa de entrada e suas opções de ação no " -"Mensagens do Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" -"As mensagens marcadas como *Marcar como a fazer* também são mostradas em " -"*Favoritos*, enquanto as *Marcar como lida* são movidas para *Histórico*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Visualização de mensagens marcadas como \"A fazer\" no Mensagens do Odoo" +"Mensagens do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Marcar como a fazer` em uma mensagem faz com que ela " +"apareça na página :guilabel:`Favoritos`, enquanto clicar em " +":guilabel:`Marcar como lida` move a mensagem para :guilabel:`Histórico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "Visualização de mensagens marcadas como \"a fazer\" no Mensagens do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" msgstr "Começar a conversar" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" -"A primeira vez que você entra em sua conta, o OdooBot envia uma mensagem " -"pedindo permissão para enviar notificações de chats. Se aceito, você " -"receberá notificações por push para as mensagens enviadas a você, " -"independente de onde você estiver no Odoo." +"Na primeira vez que um usuário faz login em sua conta, o OdooBot envia uma " +"mensagem solicitando permissão para enviar notificações do chat na área de " +"trabalho. Se aceito, o usuário receberá notificações push em sua área de " +"trabalho sempre que receber mensagens, independentemente de onde o usuário " +"estiver no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -"Visualização das mensagens no menu de mensagens, enfatizando a solicitação de notificações push\n" +"Visualização das mensagens no menu de mensagens, com ênfase na solicitação de notificações push\n" "para o Mensagens do Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." +" the browser." msgstr "" "Para parar de receber notificações na área de trabalho, redefina as " "configurações de notificações do seu navegador." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"Para iniciar uma conversa, clique em *Nova Mensagem* no menu *Mensagem*, ou " -"vá para o app *Mensagens* e envie uma *Mensagem Direta*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" -"Visualização do painel do Mensagens, com destaque para canais de títulos e " -"mensagens diretas no Odoo Discuss" - #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Você também pode criar :doc:`canais públicos e privados " -"." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "Menções no chat e no Chatter" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" -"Para mencionar um usuário dentro de um chat ou chatter, digite *@nome de " -"usuário*; para referir-se a um canal, digite *#nome do canal*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" -"Uma notificação é enviada ao usuário mencionado pela *caixa de entrada* ou " -"por e-mail, dependendo de suas configurações." +"Para iniciar um chat, acesse o aplicativo :menuselection:`Mensagens` e " +"clique no ícone :guilabel:`+ (mais)` ao lado de :guilabel:`Mensagens " +"diretas` ou :guilabel:`Canais` no menu esquerdo do painel." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." msgstr "" -"Visualização de algumas mensagens da janela de chat do Mensagens do Odoo" +"Visualização do painel do Mensagens, com ênfase nos canais de títulos e mensagens diretas no Mensagens\n" +"do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Uma empresa também pode criar facilmente :doc:`canais públicos e privados " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" +msgstr "Menções no chat e no Chatter" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Para mencionar um usuário em um chat ou no chatter, digite `@nome-do-" +"usuário`; para se referir a um canal, digite `#nome-do-canal`. O usuário " +"mencionado será notificado em sua *caixa de entrada* ou por e-mail, " +"dependendo de suas configurações de comunicação." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" +"Visualização de algumas mensagens da janela de chat do Mensagens do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" @@ -1162,50 +1184,49 @@ msgstr "" "*Funcionários*. Se o registro pesquisado não corresponder a um seguidor ou " "funcionário, o escopo da pesquisa torna-se todos os parceiros." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "Status do chat" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" +msgstr "Status do usuário" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" "É útil ver o que os colegas estão fazendo e quão logo podem responder a " -"mensagens verificando o *Status* deles. O status é mostrado no lado esquerdo" -" do nome de um contato na barra lateral de \"Mensagens\" e no menu *Enviar " -"mensagem*." +"mensagens verificando seu *status*. O status é exibido no lado esquerdo do " +"nome de um contato na barra lateral :guilabel:`Mensagens`, no *menu de " +"mensagens* e quando listado no *chatter*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "Verde = online" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "Laranja = ausente" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "Branco = offline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "Avião = fora do escritório" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Visualização do status dos contatos para o Mensagens do Odoo" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "Visualização do status dos contatos para o Mensagens do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1788,6 +1809,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "Usar canais para a comunicação da equipe" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index b2e2fdffa..959d65859 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -6,14 +6,13 @@ # Translators: # Vanderlei P. Romera , 2023 # Luis Gustavo Almeida , 2023 -# Éder Brito , 2023 # Jonas Vieira de Souza, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -21,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -66,25 +65,12 @@ msgstr "Converter leads em oportunidades" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" -"O sistema pode gerar leads, em vez de oportunidades, para adicionar uma " -"etapa de qualificação antes de converter um *Lead* em uma *Oportunidade* e " -"atribuí-lo aos vendedores certos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Você pode ativar esse modo nas Configurações de CRM. Por padrão, ele se " -"aplica a todos os seus canais de vendas, mas você pode torná-lo específico " -"para canais específicos a partir do formulário de configuração." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -111,100 +97,200 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Para que esse recurso funcione, vá para :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuração" -" --> Definições` e ative o recurso *Leads*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"Você terá então um novo submenu *Leads* sob *Leads*, no qual eles serão " -"agregados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Converter leads em oportunidades" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Ao clicar em um *Lead*, você terá a opção de convertê-lo em uma oportunidade" -" e decidir se ele ainda deve ser atribuído ao mesmo canal/pessoa, e se é " -"preciso criar um novo cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Se você já tiver uma oportunidade com esse cliente, o Odoo automaticamente " -"oferecerá mesclar com essa oportunidade. Da mesma forma, o Odoo oferecerá " -"automaticamente que você vincule a um cliente existente, se o cliente já " -"existir." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Mesclar oportunidades" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" -"O Odoo também proporá automaticamente a fusão de oportunidades, se elas " -"tiverem o mesmo endereço de e-mail. Ao mesclar oportunidades, Odoo mescla as" -" informações na oportunidade que foi criada primeiro, dando prioridade às " -"informações presentes na primeira oportunidade." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -"Nenhuma informação é perdida: os dados da outra oportunidade são registrados" -" no chatter e nos campos de informações para fácil acesso." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -"Se você próprio encontrar uma duplicata, também poderá mesclar oportunidades" -" ou leads, mesmo que o sistema não proponha isso." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -"Veja como fazer isso pela visualização de lista. Selecione as oportunidades " -"ou leads que deseja mesclar e o botão de ação aparecerá. Em seguida, você " -"pode selecionar mesclar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "Também é possível mesclar mais de duas oportunidades ou leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -333,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Form Builder building blocks" -msgstr "Blocos de construção do criadfor de formulário" +msgstr "Blocos de construção do criador de formulário" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -6918,493 +7004,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Conector Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "Características do Conector Amazon" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" -"O **Amazon Connector** sincroniza os pedidos entre a Amazon e seu banco de " -"dados Odoo, o que reduz consideravelmente a quantidade de tempo gasto em seu" -" painel central de vendas da Amazon, tornando sua rotina diária muito mais " -"fácil." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" -msgstr "Características Suportadas" +msgid "Supported features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" -msgstr "O conector é capaz de:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" -"Sincronizar (Amazônia a Odoo) todos os pedidos confirmados (tanto FBA como " -"FBM) e seus itens de pedido que incluem:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" -msgstr "o nome, descrição e quantidade do produto" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "os custos de envio do produto" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "os custos de embalagem para presente" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -"Criar na Odoo qualquer parceiro ausente relacionado a um pedido (tipos de " -"contato suportados: contato e entrega)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" -"Notificar a Amazon sobre uma remessa confirmada em Odoo (FBM) a fim de ser " -"paga." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "Suportar contas de vários vendedores." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "Suporta múltiplos mercados por conta de vendedor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "Preenchido pela Amazônia (FBA)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "Preenchido por Comerciante (FBM)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "*Encomendas***" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Sincronizar os pedidos enviados e cancelados" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Sincronizar pedidos não expedidos e cancelados" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "*Embarque***" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Cobranças" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "Entrega criada" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "*Envolvimento para presentes***" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "Manuseado pela Amazônia" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "Cobrança de embrulho de presente" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" -msgstr "Mensagem de presente" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "**Gestão de estoque***" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" -msgstr "Um movimento de estoque criado por item de ordem de venda" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" -msgstr "Manuseado pela entrega" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" -msgstr "**Confirmação***" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" -msgstr "Notificar a Amazon ao confirmar a entrega" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -"O conector é projetado para sincronizar os dados dos pedidos, conforme " -"detalhado acima. Outras ações, tais como baixar relatórios mensais de taxas," -" lidar com disputas ou emitir reembolsos devem ser gerenciadas a partir da " -"Central de Vendas da Amazon, como de costume." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" -msgstr "Mercados Apoiados" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "**Gestão de estoque***" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"O Amazon Connector suporta todos os marketplaces atuais. Se um marketplace " -"não estiver listado nos seus marketplaces da Amazon, você pode " -":ref:`adicionar um novo marketplace `." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "Gerenciar pedidos da Amazônia em Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "Sincronização de pedidos" +msgid "Order synchronization" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" -"Os pedidos são buscados automaticamente da Amazônia e sincronizados em Odoo " -"em intervalos regulares. A sincronização é baseada no status da Amazon: " -"somente as ordens cujo status mudou desde a última sincronização são " -"buscadas na Amazon. Para **FBA** (Preenchido pela Amazon), apenas " -"**Expedidos** e **Cancelados** os pedidos são buscados. Para **FBM*** " -"(Preenchido pelo Comerciante), o mesmo é feito para os pedidos **Não " -"embarcados** e **Cancelados***. Para cada pedido sincronizado, um pedido de " -"venda e um cliente são criados em Odoo se ainda não estiverem registrados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Quando uma ordem é cancelada na Amazônia e já estava sincronizada em Odoo, a" -" ordem de venda correspondente é automaticamente cancelada em Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -"Para forçar a sincronização de uma ordem cujo status não mudou desde a " -"última sincronização, ativar o modo :ref:`developer mode`, " -"navegar para sua conta Amazon e modificar a data em :menuselection:`Orders " -"Follow-up --> Last Order Sync'. Escolha uma data anterior à última " -"mudança de status da ordem que você deseja sincronizar e salvar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" -"Para sincronizar imediatamente as ordens de sua conta Amazon, mude para " -":ref:`developer mode `, vá para sua conta Amazon e clique em" -" **SYNC ORDERS***. O mesmo pode ser feito com pickings, clicando em **SYNC " -"PICKINGS***." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "Gerenciar entregas na FBM" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" -"Quando um pedido **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) é sincronizado em Odoo, um " -"picking é criado junto com o pedido de venda e o cliente. Você pode enviar " -"todos os produtos pedidos ao seu cliente de uma só vez ou enviar produtos " -"parcialmente usando pedidos em atraso." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" -"Quando uma coleta relacionada ao pedido é confirmada, uma notificação é " -"enviada à Amazon que, por sua vez, notificará o cliente que o pedido (ou uma" -" parte dele) está a caminho." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" -"A Amazon exige fornecer uma referência de rastreamento com cada entrega. " -"Você precisará atribuir ums transportadora. Se a transportadora não fornecer" -" automaticamente uma referência de rastreamento, você precisará configurar " -"uma manualmente. Isso se aplica a todos os marketplaces." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" -"Se a transportadora escolhida não for suportada pelo Odoo, você ainda pode " -"criar uma transportadora com o nome dela (por exemplo, criar uma " -"transportadora chamada `Colissimo`). Este nome não diferencia maiúsculas de " -"minúsculas, mas tenha cuidado com erros de digitação, pois a Amazon não os " -"reconhecerá." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." -msgstr "" -"Crie uma transportadora de entrega chamada `Entrega própria` para informar a" -" Amazon que você faz suas próprias entregas. Ainda é necessário inserir uma " -"referência de rastreamento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" -"Tenha em mente que o cliente é notificado por e-mail sobre a entrega, e a " -"transportadora e a referência de rastreamento são exibidas no e-mail ao " -"cliente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "Acompanhar entregas em FBA" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -"Quando um pedido **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) é sincronizado em Odoo, um " -"movimento de estoque é registrado para cada item do pedido de venda para que" -" seja salvo em seu sistema. Os gerentes de estoque podem encontrar tais " -"movimentos em :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves'. " -"Eles coletam os produtos em um local específico de estoque chamado " -"**Amazônia**. Este local representa seu estoque nos armazéns da Amazon e lhe" -" permite gerenciar o estoque de seus produtos sob o programa FBA." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -"Para acompanhar seu estoque da Amazônia (FBA) em Odoo, você pode fazer um " -"ajuste de estoque após reabastecê-lo. Você também pode acionar um " -"reabastecimento automático a partir das regras de reordenação da localização" -" na Amazônia." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -"A localização da Amazônia é configurável por conta amazônica administrada em" -" Odoo. Todas as contas da mesma empresa utilizam o mesmo local por padrão. É" -" possível, entretanto, acompanhar o estoque por mercado. Primeiro, remova o " -"mercado para o qual deseja seguir o estoque separadamente da lista de " -"mercados sincronizados. Em seguida, criar outro registro para esta conta e " -"remover todos os mercados, exceto um para isolar dos outros. Finalmente, " -"atribua outro local de estoque para o segundo registro de sua conta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "Emitir faturas e registrar pagamentos" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "Emitir faturas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" -"O envio de faturas para clientes da Amazon diretamente do Odoo não é viável " -"devido à política da Amazon de não compartilhar endereços de e-mail dos " -"clientes. Em vez disso, é possível fazer o upload manualmente das faturas " -"geradas no Odoo para o backend da Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -"Além disso, para seus clientes B2B, é atualmente necessário recuperar " -"manualmente os números de IVA do backend da Amazon antes de criar a fatura " -"no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -"Para usuários de :doc:`TaxCloud " -"<../.../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`: as faturas criadas a partir " -"de pedidos de vendas da Amazon **não** são sincronizadas com o TaxCloud, uma" -" vez que a Amazon já as inclui no seu próprio relatório de impostos para o " -"TaxCloud. (desativação da integração do TaxCloud no Odoo 17+)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" msgstr "Registrar pagamentos" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -"Como os clientes pagam a Amazon como intermediário, é recomendado criar um " -"diário bancário dedicado (por exemplo, chamado `Pagamentos da Amazon`) com " -"uma conta intermediária dedicada de banco e dinheiro." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" -"Além disso, como a Amazon faz um único pagamento mensal, é necessário " -"selecionar todas as faturas vinculadas a um único pagamento ao registrar os " -"pagamentos. Use o :guilabel:`Diário` dedicado `pagamentos da Amazon` e " -"selecione :guilabel:`Depósito em lote` como a :guilabel:`Forma de " -"pagamento`. Em seguida, selecione todos os pagamentos gerados e clique em " -":menuselection:`Ações --> Criar pagamento em lote --> Validar`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." msgstr "" -"O mesmo pode ser feito com as faturas de fornecedores da Amazon dedicadas a " -"comissões. Quando o saldo é recebido na conta bancária no final do mês e os " -"extratos bancários são registrados, credite a conta intermediária da Amazon " -"pelo valor recebido." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "Acompanhe suas vendas na Amazon em relatórios de vendas" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" -"Como uma equipe de vendas é definida em sua conta na guia **Order Follow-" -"up**, isto ajuda você a dar uma rápida olhada nos números em apenas alguns " -"cliques no relatório de vendas. Por padrão, a equipe de vendas de sua conta " -"é compartilhada entre todas as contas de sua empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." msgstr "" -"Se desejar, você pode mudar a equipe de vendas em sua conta para que outra " -"equipe realize um relatório separado para as vendas desta conta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." msgstr "" -"Também é possível realizar relatórios por mercado de forma semelhante. " -"Primeiro, remova o mercado que você deseja rastrear separadamente da lista " -"de mercados sincronizados. Em seguida, criar outro registro para esta conta " -"e remover todos os mercados, exceto aquele a ser isolado dos outros. " -"Finalmente, designe outra equipe de vendas para um dos dois registros de sua" -" conta." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -7724,7 +7829,6 @@ msgstr "" "um novo marketplace, proceda da seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "Ativar o modo :ref:`developer mode`." @@ -7805,180 +7909,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Conector Ebay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Como listar um produto?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Listagem sem variação" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Para listar um produto, você precisa verificar o campo ** usar eBay ** em um" -" formulário de produto. A guia eBay estará disponível." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" -"Quando o campo **Use a Quantidade de Estoque** for verificado, os conjuntos " -"de quantidade no eBay serão a quantidade de previsão do Odoo ***." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -"O ** Modelo de descrição ** permite que você use modelos para suas " -"listagens. O modelo padrão usa apenas o campo ** Descrição do eBay ** do " -"produto. Você pode usar html dentro do ** Modelo de descrição ** e na ** " -"Descrição do eBay **." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -"Para usar imagens em sua listagem, você precisa adicioná-las como ** anexos " -"** no modelo do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Listagem com variações" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Quando a **utilização do eBay** em um produto com variações é verificada e " -"com **Preço fixo** como **Tipo de listagem**, o formulário do eBay é " -"ligeiramente diferente. Na matriz de variantes, você pode escolher qual " -"variante será listada no eBay, assim como definir o preço e a quantidade " -"para cada variante." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Listagem com itens específicos" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Listagem sem variação" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Para adicionar especificações do item, você deve criar um atributo do " -"produto com um valor na guia ** Variantes ** no formulário do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Identificadores de produto" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Listagem com variações" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Listagem com itens específicos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"São necessários identificadores de produtos como EAN, UPC, Marca ou MPN na " -"maior parte da categoria eBay. O módulo gerencia os identificadores EAN e " -"UPC com o campo **Barcode** da variante do produto. Se o campo **Barcode*** " -"estiver vazio ou se o valor não for válido, os valores EAN e UPC serão " -"definidos como \"Não se aplica\", conforme recomendado pelo eBay. Os valores" -" da Marca e MPN estão funcionando como itens específicos e devem ser " -"definidos na guia **Variantes** no formulário do produto. Se estes valores " -"não forem definidos, 'Não se aplica' será usado para a listagem do eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Como configurar o eBay no Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "Crie tokens do eBay" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão geral" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"Para criar seus tokens, você precisa criar uma conta de desenvolvedor no " -"`portal do desenvolvedor ` _. Uma vez " -"conectado, você pode criar ** Sandbox Keys ** e ** Production Keys ** " -"clicando nos botões adequados." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Após a criação das chaves, você pode obter o token do usuário. Para fazer " -"isso, clique no link ** Obter um token de usuário** na parte inferior da " -"página. Vá até o formulário, faça login com sua conta do eBay e você obterá " -"as chaves e token necessários para configurar o módulo no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Configurar tokens no Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" -"Para configurar a integração do eBay, vá para: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> " -"Configuração -> Configurações`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"Primeiro, escolha se deseja usar a produção ou o sandbox do site eBay. Em " -"seguida, preencha os campos ** Chave do desenvolvedor **, ** Token **, ** " -"Chave do aplicativo **, ** Chave cert **. Aplique as alterações." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Data de início" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Título" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Subtítulo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoria" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" -"Assim que a página for recarregada, você precisará sincronizar as " -"informações do eBay. Clique em ** Sincronizar países e moedas ** para " -"preencher todos os outros campos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" -"Quando todos os campos estiverem preenchidos, você pode sincronizar as " -"categorias e as políticas clicando nos botões adequados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Duração" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "País" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Token do usuário" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Chave de desenvolvedor" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "Aceitar notificações de exclusão de conta" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -7991,196 +9182,183 @@ msgstr "" "confirmar o recebimento da solicitação e tomar medidas adicionais, se " "necessário." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -"O Odoo tem um endpoint para receber essas notificações, confirmar o " -"recebimento da solicitação e lidar com o primeiro conjunto de ações para " -"anonimizar os detalhes da conta em **Contatos** e remover o acesso do " -"cliente ao portal." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de :ref:`configurar corretamente a sua assinatura para receber" -" notificações de exclusão da conta do marketplace `, pois o eBay pode temporariamente desativar a conta" -" em questão até que a assinatura seja concluída." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "Recuperar detalhes do endpoint do Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -"Os detalhes do endpoint podem ser encontrados em :menuselection:`Vendas --> " -"Configuração --> Definições --> eBay`. Clique em *Gerar Token* para obter o " -"seu **Token de verificação**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "Botão para gerar um token de verificação do eBay no Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "Inscrever-se para notificações de exclusão de contas" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Faça login no `portal do desenvolvedor do eBay " -"`_ e vá para **Alertas e Notificaçõess**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "Descrição geral do painel de controle Alertas e Notificações do eBay" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" "Para se inscrever para notificações de exclusão/encerramento, o eBay precisa" " de alguns detalhes:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -"Um **endereço de e-mail** para o qual enviar notificações se o endpoint " -"estiver inacessível." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" -msgstr "Os **detalhes do endpoint**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "O URL do endpoint da notificação de exclusão de conta do Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "Um token de verificação" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "Campos dedicados para introduzir os detalhes do endpoint" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -"Você pode editar os dois últimos campos assim que o campo do endereço de " -"e-mail estiver preenchido." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "Verificar a conectividade com o endpoint" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -"Depois de definir os detalhes do endpoint recuperado no painel do eBay, " -"considere testar a conectividade com o botão **Enviar notificação de " -"teste**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -"Você receberá a seguinte mensagem de confirmação: \"Uma notificação de teste" -" foi enviada com sucesso!\"" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "Botão para enviar notificação de teste" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "Usando o método de sincronização atualizado" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver muitos produtos, o eBay API pode, às vezes, recusar algumas " -"chamadas de sincronização devido a um limite de tempo baseado no número de " -"solicitações que o eBay faz cumprir." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" -"Para resolver este problema, foi desenvolvido um novo mecanismo de " -"implementação; entretanto, este mecanismo atualizado é desativado por padrão" -" para evitar que os 2 sistemas funcionem em paralelo nas instalações " -"existentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "Para mudar para o novo mecanismo de sincronização:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Ir para :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions``" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" -"Arquivar as antigas ações de sincronização (ambas são nomeadas *Ebay: " -"atualizar status do produto*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" -"Ativar as novas ações de sincronização (*Ebay: obter novas ordens* que " -"funciona a cada 15min por padrão e *Ebay: sincronizar estoque (para " -"sincronização de 'obter novas ordens')* que funciona uma vez por dia por " -"padrão)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" -"Garantir que a **Próxima data de execução*** para ambas as ações esteja em " -"um futuro próximo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" -"A partir da próxima data de execução, será utilizado o novo método, em vez " -"do antigo." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de faturamento" @@ -13872,400 +15050,762 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gerencie seus produtos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" -msgstr "Como importar Produtos com Categorias e Variantes" +msgid "Import products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Os modelos de importação são fornecidos na ferramenta **Import Tool*** dos " -"dados mais comuns para importação (contatos, produtos, extratos bancários, " -"etc.). Você pode abri-los com qualquer software de planilha (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Como personalizar o arquivo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -"Remova colunas de que você não precisa. Entretanto, aconselhamos a não " -"remover a coluna *ID* (veja por que abaixo)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -"Defina um ID exclusivo para cada registro arrastando para baixo a sequência " -"de ID." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" -"Não altere os rótulos das colunas que você quer importar. Caso contrário, " -"Odoo não as reconhecerá mais e você terá que mapeá-las por conta própria na " -"tela de importação." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Sinta-se livre para adicionar novas colunas, mas os campos precisam existir " -"em Odoo. Se Odoo falhar na correspondência do nome da coluna com um campo, " -"você pode fazer a correspondência manualmente ao importar, navegando por uma" -" lista de campos disponíveis." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "Por que uma coluna \"ID\"?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -"O ID é um identificador único para o item de linha. Você pode usar o do seu " -"software anterior para facilitar a transição para o Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"O estabelecimento de uma identificação não é obrigatório na importação, mas " -"ajuda em muitos casos:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -"Atualizar importações: você pode importar o mesmo arquivo várias vezes sem " -"criar duplicatas." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Campos de relação de importação (veja aqui abaixo)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Como importar campos de relação" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -"Um objeto Odoo está sempre relacionado a muitos outros objetos (por exemplo," -" um produto está ligado a categorias de produtos, atributos, fornecedores, " -"etc.). Para importar essas relações, é necessário importar primeiro os " -"registros do objeto relacionado a partir de seu próprio menu da lista." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "Variantes do produto" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" -"Você pode fazer isso usando o nome do registro relacionado ou sua " -"identificação. A identificação é esperada quando dois registros têm o mesmo " -"nome. Nesse caso, adicione \" / ID\" no final do título da coluna (por " -"exemplo, para atributos do produto: Atributos do produto / Atributos / ID)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" -msgstr "Obter automaticamente imagens de produtos com o Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -"As imagens de produtos são muito úteis no Odoo, por exemplo, para encontrar " -"rapidamente um produto ou verificar se digitalizou o produto certo, mas isso" -" pode ser um pouco complicado de configurar, especialmente se você tiver " -"muitos produtos. A **Pesquisa personalizada do Google** permite encontrar " -"automaticamente imagens para o seu produto com base no código de barras, " -"podendo assim manter o foco no que importa no seu negócio." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "Esta funcionalidade requer configuração tanto no Google como no Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -"Com uma conta Google gratuita, pode obter até 100 imagens gratuitas por dia." -" Se precisar de uma quantidade maior, será preciso fazer upgrade para uma " -"conta paga." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "Painel da API do Google" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " "`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -"Vá para a página `API e Serviços da Google Cloud Platform " -"`_ para gerar credenciais de API de " -"pesquisa personalizada do Google. Faça login com sua conta do Google." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Selecione ou crie um projeto de API para armazenar as credenciais. Escolha " -"um nome explícito (por exemplo, imagens do Odoo)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Na seção de credenciais, clique em **Criar credenciais** e selecione " -"**Chaves de API**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "Página API e Serviços no Google Cloud Platform" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"Guarde a sua **Chave de API**. Você precisará dela para o próximo passo no " -"Odoo!" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Utilize a barra de pesquisa para procurar **API de pesquisa personalizada do" -" Google** e selecione-a." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -"Barra de pesquisa que contém a \"API de pesquisa personalizada\" no Google " -"Cloud Platform" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Habilite a API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"Bloco da \"API de pesquisa personalizada\" com destaque para o o botão " -"Ativar na Google Cloud Platform" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" -msgstr "Painel de controle da busca programável do Google" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -"Acesse o `Mecanismo de pesquisa programável do Google " -"`_ e clique em **Primeiros " -"passos**. Inicie sessão com a sua conta Google." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -"Página do mecanismo de pesquisa programável do Google com o botão **Primeiros passos** no canto superior direito\n" -"da página" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." -msgstr "" -"Preencha o idioma e o nome do mecanismo de busca. Escolha um nome explícito " -"(por exemplo, imagens do Odoo)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "Painel de controle da busca programável do Google" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -"O Google não permite criar um mecanismo de pesquisa sem ter inserido pelo " -"menos um site específico para pesquisar. Você pode colocar qualquer site Web" -" (por exemplo, www.google.com) nessa etapa, que removeremos mais tarde." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -"Valide o formulário clicando em **Criar**. Em seguida, acesse o modo de " -"edição do mecanismo de busca que criou (clicando em **Painel de controle** " -"na página de confirmação ou clicando no nome do seu motor de busca na página" -" inicial)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -"Na aba **básico**, certifique-se de ativar a **Pesquisa de imagens**, a " -"**Pesquisa segura** e a **Pesquisar toda a web**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" -"Quando a opção **Pesquisar toda a web** estiver ativada, você pode excluir " -"com segurança o site que colocou na etapa anterior." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Guarde o seu **ID do mecanismo de pesquisa**. Você precisará dele para o " -"próximo passo no Odoo!" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -"Acesse a :menuselection:`Definições --> Configurações gerais --> " -"Integrações`, ative **Google Images** e salve." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -"Volte a :menuselection:`Definições --> Definições Gerais--> Integrações`, " -"introduza a sua **Chave de API** e **ID do mecanismo de pesquisa** nas " -"definições de **Google Images** e salve novamente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" -msgstr "Obter automaticamente as imagens de produtos no Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" -"A ação para obter automaticamente as imagens dos seus produtos no Odoo " -"aparece em qualquer vista de lista de Produtos ou Variantes de Produtos. " -"Aqui está um guia com o passo-a-passo no aplicativo Inventário." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Acesse o menu Produtos (:menuselection:`Produtos --> Produtos` ou " -":menuselection:`Produtos --> Variantes de produtos`) a partir de qualquer " -"aplicativo que utilize produtos como Inventário ou Vendas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." -msgstr "Na visão de lista, selecione os produtos que precisam de uma imagem." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -"Apenas os 10.000 primeiros produtos ou variantes de produtos selecionados " -"serão processados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Apenas os produtos ou variantes de produtos com um código de barras e sem " -"uma imagem serão processados." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um produto que tenha uma ou mais variantes da " -"visualização de Produtos, cada variante que corresponder aos critérios " -"anteriores será processada." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." -msgstr "" -"No menu de ação, selecione **Obter imagens do Google Images** e valide " -"clicando em **Obter imagem**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." -msgstr "Você verá as imagens aparecendo gradualmente." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -"Apenas as 10 primeiras imagens são obtidas imediatamente. Se você selecionar" -" mais de 10, as restantes serão obtidas como trabalho em segundo plano." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -"O trabalho em segundo plano processa cerca de 100 imagens em um minuto. Se " -"atingir a cota autorizada pelo Google (seja com um plano gratuito ou pago), " -"a tarefa em segundo plano ficará em espera durante 24 horas e continuará " -"onde parou no dia anterior." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" @@ -14273,95 +15813,132 @@ msgstr "" "`Criar, modificar ou encerrar sua conta do Google Cloud Billing " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "Variantes do produto" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -"As variantes de produto são usadas para dar a produtos individuais uma " -"variedade de características diferentes, como tamanho e cor. Os produtos que" -" utilizam variantes podem ser geridos no nível do modelo de produto (para " -"todos os atributos e variantes desse produto) e/ou no nível da variante " -"(para variantes individuais)." +"As variantes de produtos são usadas para oferecer uma variedade de " +"características e opções diferentes dos produtos para os clientes " +"escolherem, como tamanho, estilo ou cor, só para citar alguns." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, uma empresa que vende camisetas pode ter o seguinte produto:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "Camiseta" +"As variantes de produtos podem ser gerenciadas pelo modelo do produto " +"individual ou navegando até a página :guilabel:`Variantes de produtos` ou " +":guilabel:`Atributos`. Todas essas opções estão localizadas no aplicativo " +"Odoo *Vendas*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" +"Uma empresa de vestuário tem o seguinte detalhamento de variantes para uma " +"de suas camisetas mais vendidas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "Camiseta clássica unissex" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Cor: azul, vermelho, branco, preto" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Tamanho: P, M, G, GG, EGG" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -"Neste exemplo, **Camiseta** é o modelo de produto e **Camiseta, P, Azul** é " -"uma variante de produto. **Cor** e **tamanho** são os atributos. **P** e " -"**Azul** são valores." +"Aqui, a **Camiseta** é o modelo do produto e a **Camiseta: Azul, P** é uma " +"variante específica do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" -"O exemplo acima tem um total de 20 variantes de produtos diferentes (5 " -"tamanhos x 4 cores). Cada uma delas tem o seu próprio inventário, vendas, " -"etc." +"**Cor** e **Tamanho** são *atributos*, e as opções correspondentes (como " +"**Azul** e **P**) são *valores*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "Ativação de variantes de produtos" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Para utilizar variantes de produtos, acesse :menuselection:`Vendas --> " -"Configurações --> Definições --> Catálogo de produto` e ative o recurso " -":guilabel:`Variantes`. Finalmente, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para aplicar" -" a definição." +"Nesse caso, há um total de vinte variantes de produtos diferentes: quatro " +"opções de **Cor** multiplicadas por cinco opções de **Tamanho**. Cada " +"variante tem sua própria contagem de estoque, totais de vendas e outros " +"registros semelhantes no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." -msgstr "Ativação de variantes de produtos." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" -msgstr "Criação de atributos" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" +"Para usar variantes de produtos, a configuração *Variantes* **deve** ser " +"ativada no aplicativo Odoo *Vendas*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Os atributos precisam ser criados antes das variantes de produtos poderem " -"ser configuradas. É possível acessar os atributos através de " -":menuselection:`Vendas --> Configuração --> Produtos --> Atributos`." +"Para fazer isso, vá para :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Configuração --> " +"Definições` e localize a seção :guilabel:`Catálogo do produto` na parte " +"superior da página." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" +"Nessa seção, marque a caixa para ativar o recurso :guilabel:`Variantes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" +"Ativação de variantes de produtos na página Configurações do aplicativo Odoo" +" Vendas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` na parte superior da página " +":guilabel:`Definições`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Atributos" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" +"Antes que as variantes do produto possam ser configuradas, os atributos " +"**devem** ser criados. Para criar, gerenciar e modificar atributos, navegue " +"até o :menuselection:`app Vendas --> Configuração --> Atributos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " @@ -14371,77 +15948,183 @@ msgstr "" " aparecem nas páginas do :guilabel:`Configurador de produtos`, no painel do " ":guilabel:`Ponto de Vendas` e do :guilabel:`e-Commerce`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo atributo, clique em :guilabel:`Criar`. Primeiro, escolha " -"um nome de atributo, como \"Cor\" ou \"Tamanho\"." +"Para criar um novo atributo na página :guilabel:`Atributos`, clique em " +":guilabel:`Novo`. Isso revela um formulário de atributos em branco que pode " +"ser personalizado e configurado de várias maneiras." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." -msgstr "Janela de criação de atributos." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -"Depois, selecione um :guilabel:`Tipo de exibição`, que determina como este " -"produto será apresentado na página do :guilabel:`e-Commerce`, no painel do " -":guilabel:`Ponto de Venda` e no :guilabel:`Configurador de produtos`." +"Um formulário de criação de atributo em branco no aplicativo Odoo Vendas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Rádio`: as opções aparecem em uma lista de itens." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Seleção`: as opções aparecem em um menu suspenso." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cor`: as opções aparecem como pequenos quadrados coloridos, que " -"refletem os códigos HTML de cor definidos." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "Tipos de exibição no configurador de produtos." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." -msgstr "" -"O :guilabel:`Modo de criação de variantes` informa o Odoo sobre quando criar" -" automaticamente uma nova variante ao adicionar um atributo a um produto." +"Primeiro, crie um :guilabel:`Nome de atributo`, como `Cor` ou `Tamanho`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no campo opcional :guilabel:`Categoria`, selecione uma categoria" +" em um menu suspenso para agrupar atributos semelhantes na mesma seção para " +"maior especificidade e organização." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" +"Para visualizar os detalhes relacionados à categoria de atributo " +"selecionada, clique no ícone do link interno :guilabel:`➡️ (seta)` à extrema" +" direita do campo :guilabel:`Categoria`. Isso revela o formulário de " +"detalhes dessa categoria de atributo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" +"Uma página de detalhes de categoria de atributo padrão, acessível pelo ícone" +" de seta de link interno." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" +"Aqui, o :guilabel:`Nome da categoria` e a :guilabel:`Sequência` são exibidos" +" na parte superior. Seguidos por :guilabel:`Atributos relacionados` " +"associados à categoria. Esses atributos podem ser arrastados e soltos na " +"ordem de prioridade preferida." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" +"Os atributos também podem ser adicionados diretamente à categoria, clicando " +"em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma categoria de atributo diretamente nesse campo, comece a " +"digitar o nome da nova categoria e, em seguida, selecione :guilabel:`Criar` " +"ou :guilabel:`Criar e Editar…` no menu suspenso exibido." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar` cria a categoria, que pode ser modificada " +"posteriormente. Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar e editar…` cria a categoria e " +"revela uma janela pop-up :guilabel:`Criar categoria`, na qual a nova " +"categoria de atributo pode ser configurada e personalizada." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" +"Abaixo do campo :guilabel:`Categoria` estão as opções :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"exibição`. O :guilabel:`Tipo de exibição` determina como esse produto é " +"exibido na loja on-line, no painel do :guilabel:`Ponto de Venda` e no " +":guilabel:`Configurador de produtos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "As opções de :guilabel:`Tipo de exibição` são:" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rádio`: as opções aparecem em uma lista de itens página do " +"produto da loja on-line." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pílulas`: as opções aparecem como botões selecionáveis na página " +"do produto da loja on-line." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Seleção`: as opções aparecem em um menu suspenso na página do " +"produto da loja on-line." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cor`: as opções aparecem como pequenos quadrados coloridos, que " +"refletem qualquer código de cor HTML definido, na página do produto da loja " +"on-line." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Tipos de exibição no configurador de produtos na loja on-line do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" +"O campo :guilabel:`Modo de criação de variantes` informa ao Odoo quando " +"criar automaticamente uma nova variante ao adicionar um atributo a um " +"produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Instantaneamente`: cria todas as variantes possíveis assim que os" " atributos e valores são adicionados a um modelo de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dinamicamente`: cria variantes apenas quando os atributos e " +":guilabel:`Dinamicamente`: cria variantes **apenas** quando os atributos e " "valores correspondentes são adicionados a um pedido de venda." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Nunca`: variantes nunca são criadas automaticamente." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nunca (opção)`: nunca cria variantes automaticamente." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." @@ -14449,56 +16132,119 @@ msgstr "" "Uma vez adicionado a um produto, o :guilabel:`Modo de criação de variantes` " "de um atributo não pode ser editado." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -"Os valores devem ser adicionados a um atributo antes de salvá-lo, mas mais " -"valores podem ser adicionados a qualquer momento, se necessário. Para " -"adicionar um valor, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`. A partir daí," -" você pode:" +"Por fim, o campo :guilabel:`Visibilidade do filtro do e-Commerce` determina " +"se essas opções de atributo são visíveis para o cliente no front-end, " +"enquanto ele faz compras na loja on-line." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." -msgstr "Digite o nome do valor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Selecione uma caixa para indicar se o valor é ou não personalizado (ou seja," -" se o cliente fornece especificações únicas)." +":guilabel:`Visível`: os valores dos atributos são visíveis para os clientes " +"no front-end." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Especificamente para as cores, adicione um código HTML de cor para que seja " -"ainda mais fácil para os vendedores e clientes saberem o que estão " -"selecionando." +":guilabel:`Ocultos`: os valores dos atributos ficam ocultos para os clientes" +" no front-end." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" +msgstr "Valores de atributo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." msgstr "" -"Um código de cor pode ser selecionado arrastando o cursor ou inserindo um " -"código HTML de cor específico (por exemplo, #FF0077)." +"Os valores de atributos devem ser adicionados à aba :guilabel:`Valores de " +"atributo`. Os valores podem ser adicionados a um atributo a qualquer " +"momento, se necessário." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um valor, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` na aba " +":guilabel:`Valores do atributo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, digite o nome do valor na coluna :guilabel:`Valor`. Em seguida, " +"marque a caixa na coluna :guilabel:`É valor personalizado`, se o valor for " +"personalizado (ou seja, o cliente pode fornecer especificações exclusivas " +"que são específicas para esse valor em particular)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." +msgstr "" +"Se a opção :guilabel:`Tipo de exibição` – :guilabel:`Cor` for selecionada, a" +" opção de adicionar um código de cor HTML aparecerá na extremidade direita " +"da linha de valor, para facilitar que os vendedores e clientes saibam " +"exatamente qual opção de cor estão escolhendo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." -msgstr "Seleção de uma cor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -"Por fim, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para terminar a criação do atributo." +"Aba Valores de atributo ao clicar em adicionar uma linha, exibindo as " +"colunas personalizadas." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"Para escolher uma cor, clique no círculo em branco na coluna " +":guilabel:`Cor`, que revela uma janela pop-up do seletor de cores HTML." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" +"Seleção de uma cor na janela pop-up de cores HTML que aparece no formulário " +"de atributos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" +"Nessa janela pop-up, selecione uma cor específica arrastando o seletor de " +"cor até uma tonalidade específica e clicando na parte da cor diretamente na " +"janela de gradientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" +"Ou escolha uma cor específica clicando no ícone de *conta-gotas* e " +"selecionando a cor desejada que pode ser clicada na tela no momento." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." @@ -14507,53 +16253,97 @@ msgstr "" "produto, adicionando uma nova linha e escrevendo o nome na aba " ":guilabel:`Variantes`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -"Depois de um atributo ser adicionado a um produto, aparece uma nova aba na " -"página do atributo, nomeada :guilabel:`Produtos relacionados`. Esta aba " -"lista todos os produtos na base de dados que atualmente estão utilizando o " -"atributo." +"Quando um atributo é adicionado a um produto, esse produto é listado e " +"acessível pelo botão inteligente :guilabel:`Produtos relacionados` do " +"atributo. Esse botão lista todos os produtos que atualmente usam esse " +"atributo na base de dados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "Criar variantes de produtos" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -"Depois de criar um atributo, utilize o atributo para criar uma variante de " -"produto, acessando a :menuselection:`Vendas --> Produtos --> Produtos`. Em " -"seguida, selecione um produto existente e clique em :guilabel:`Editar`, ou " -"crie um novo produto clicando em :guilabel:`Criar`." +"Depois que um atributo for criado, use o atributo (e seus valores) para " +"criar uma variante de produto. Para fazer isso, vá para :menuselection:`app " +"Vendas --> Produtos --> Produtos` e selecione um produto existente para " +"visualizar o formulário do produto desejado. Ou, clique em :guilabel:`Criar`" +" para criar um novo produto, ao qual uma variante de produto pode ser " +"adicionada." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -"Botão inteligente :guilabel:`Variantes` no topo do modelo do produto indica " -"o número de variantes atualmente configuradas no produto." +"No formulário do produto, clique na guia :guilabel:`Atributos e Variantes` " +"para visualizar, gerenciar e modificar atributos e valores do produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"A aba de atributos e valores em um formulário de produto típico no Odoo " +"Vendas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -"Para adicionar uma nova variante, clique na aba :guilabel:`Variantes`, " -"depois clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` para adicionar atributos e " -"valores. Quando todos os atributos e valores tiverem sido adicionados, " -"clique em :guilabel:`Salvar`." +"Para adicionar atributos a um produto e os valores de atributo subsequentes," +" clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha` na aba :guilabel:`Atributos e " +"Variantes`. Em seguida, escolha o atributo desejado no menu suspenso que é " +"exibido." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" +"Os atributos podem ser criados diretamente na aba :guilabel:`Atributos e " +"Variantes` de um formulário de produto. Para fazer isso, comece a digitar o " +"nome do novo atributo no campo em branco e selecione :guilabel:`Criar` ou " +":guilabel:`Criar e editar…` no pequeno menu suspenso que é exibido." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar` cria o atributo, que pode ser personalizado " +"posteriormente. Clicar em :guilabel:`Criar e editar…` cria o atributo, e um " +"formulário pop-up :guilabel:`Criar atributo` é exibido. No formulário pop-" +"up, prossiga para modificar o atributo de várias maneiras." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" +"Depois que um atributo for selecionado na coluna :guilabel:`Atributo`, " +"prossiga para selecionar no menu suspenso disponível na coluna " +":guilabel:`Valores` os valores específicos do atributo a aplicar ao produto." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "Não há limite de valores que podem ser adicionados." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." @@ -14561,138 +16351,174 @@ msgstr "" "Processos semelhantes de criação de variantes de produtos são acessíveis " "pelos aplicativos Compras, Inventário e e-Commerce." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" -msgstr "Gerir exclusões de produtos" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" +msgstr "Configurar variantes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" -"Os exemplos a seguir são todos baseados em um modelo de produto com dois " -"atributos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "Camiseta" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "Cor: azul, vermelho, branco" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" -"Com o modelo de produto acima, existem 15 variantes diferentes de camisetas " -"em três cores diferentes e cinco tamanhos diferentes. Se as camisetas " -"brancas não estiverem disponíveis no tamanho XXL, então essa variante pode " -"ser desactivada." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" -"Para desativar uma variante de produto específica, vá a " -":menuselection:`Vendas --> Produtos --> Produtos` e selecione o produto " -"relevante. Em seguida, clique no botão :guilabel:`Configurar` ao lado do " -"valor do atributo relevante. Em seguida, selecione o valor relevante (neste " -"exemplo, o atributo :guilabel:`Cor branca`) e clique em :guilabel:`Editar`." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Na seção :guilabel:`Excluir para`, clique em :guilabel:`Adicionar uma linha`" -" e selecione produto(s) e/ou valores de atributos específicos que estejam " -"atualmente indisponíveis. Finalmente, clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para " -"aplicar a definição, e o Odoo mostrará automaticamente a variante do produto" -" como indisponível na página do e-Commerce." +"Na extremidade direita da linha de atributos há um botão " +":guilabel:`Configurar`. Quando ele é clicado, o Odoo exibe uma página " +"separada que mostra esses :guilabel:`Valores de variantes de produtos` " +"específicos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "Exclusão de atributos." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Definição de um preço por variante" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -"É possível adicionar custos extra ao preço normal de um produto para " -"variantes específicas do produto." +"A página Valores da variante de produto pode ser acessada pelo botão " +"Configurar em um formulário de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -"Para fazer isso, abra :menuselection:`Vendas --> Produtos --> Produtos`, e " -"clique no produto em questão. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Configurar " -"variantes` para acessar a lista de valores de variantes do produto." +"Aqui, o nome específico do :guilabel:`Valor`, o :guilabel:`índice de cores " +"HTML` (se aplicável) e o :guilabel:`Valor do preço extra` podem ser " +"visualizados." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." msgstr "" -"Depois, clique em um valor variante e em :guilabel:`Editar`. No campo " -":guilabel:`Valor do preço extra`, insira o custo extra para este valor em " -"particular. Este valor é adicionado ao preço padrão. Finalmente, clique em " -":guilabel:`Salvar` para aplicar o preço extra ao valor." +"O :guilabel:`Valor do preço extra` representa o aumento no preço de venda se" +" o atributo for selecionado." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." +msgstr "" +"Quando um valor é clicado na página :guilabel:`Valores de variante do " +"produto`, o Odoo revela uma página separada, detalhando os detalhes " +"relacionados a esse valor." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." -msgstr "Configuração do valor do preço extra." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." +msgstr "" +"Uma página de valores de variantes de produto, acessível pela página geral " +"de valores de variantes de produto." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" +"Na página de detalhes da variante específica do produto, os campos " +":guilabel:`Valor` e :guilabel:`Valor do preço extra` podem ser encontrados, " +"juntamente com um campo :guilabel:`Excluir para`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Excluir para`, podem ser adicionados diferentes " +":guilabel:`Modelos de produto` e :guilabel:`Valores de atributo` " +"específicos. Quando adicionado, esse valor de atributo específico será " +"excluído desses produtos." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "Botão inteligente de variantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" +"Quando um produto tem atributos e variantes configurados em sua guia " +":guilabel:`Atributos e Variantes`, um botão inteligente " +":guilabel:`Variantes` é exibido na parte superior do formulário do produto. " +"O botão inteligente :guilabel:`Variantes` indica quantas variantes estão " +"atualmente configuradas para esse produto específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" +"O botão inteligente de variantes na parte superior do formulário do produto " +"no Odoo Vendas." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" +"Quando o botão inteligente :guilabel:`Variantes` é clicado, o Odoo revela " +"uma página separada que mostra todas as combinações específicas de variantes" +" de produtos configuradas para esse produto específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"A página de variantes pode ser acessada pelo botão inteligente de variantes " +"no formulário do produto no Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impacto das variantes" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Além de oferecer opções de produtos mais detalhadas aos clientes, as " +"variantes de produtos têm seus próprios impactos que podem ser aproveitados " +"em todo a base de dados do Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Código de barras`: os códigos de barras são associados a cada " -"variante em vez do modelo de produto. Cada variante individual pode ter o " -"seu próprio código de barras/SKU único." +"variante, em vez do modelo do produto. Cada variante individual pode ter seu" +" próprio código de barras/SKU exclusivo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Preço`: cada variante de produto tem o seu próprio preço público," -" que é a soma do preço do modelo do produto e taxas extras para atributos " -"particulares. Por exemplo, o custo de uma camisa vermelha é de US$ 23 porque" -" o preço do modelo da camisa é US$ 20, mais US$ 3 adicionais para a variante" -" de cor vermelha. As regras da lista de preços podem ser configuradas para " -"serem aplicadas ao modelo do produto ou à variante." +":guilabel:`Preço`: cada variante de produto tem seu próprio preço público, " +"que é a soma do preço do modelo do produto *e* cobranças extras por " +"atributos específicos." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" +"O preço de venda de uma camisa vermelha é de US$ 23, porque o preço do " +"modelo da camisa é de US$ 20, mais US$ 3 adicionais para a variante de cor " +"vermelha. As regras da lista de preços podem ser configuradas para serem " +"aplicadas ao modelo do produto ou à variante." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" @@ -14703,14 +16529,14 @@ msgstr "" " de todas as variantes, mas o inventário real é calculado por variantes " "individuais." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Foto`: cada variante de produto pode ter a sua própria imagem " "específica." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." @@ -14718,6 +16544,10 @@ msgstr "" "As alterações no modelo do produto são automaticamente aplicadas a todas as " "variantes desse produto." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr ":doc:`import`" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "Devoluções e reembolsos" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e77f846c1..35f6226b0 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -5164,13 +5164,9 @@ msgstr "Definições do projeto" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriais do Odoo: Personalizar seu projeto " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 53922a472..8474ef126 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -4,25 +4,25 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: +# Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Claudecir Garcia Martins, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago , 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Maitê Dietze, 2023 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,6 +34,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Sites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nome`" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "e-Commerce" @@ -5372,21 +5644,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -"Para registrar a localização geográfica dos visitantes, o :guilabel:`GeoIP` " -"deve ser instalado na base de dados. Embora este recurso esteja instalado " -"por padrão no *Odoo Online*, as bases de dados *On-Premise* necessitam de " -":doc:`etapas de configuração " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " @@ -5396,7 +5661,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornece o código curto de um widget de site incorporável. Esse código pode " "ser adicionado a um site para fornecer acesso a uma janela de chat ao vivo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -5408,7 +5673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Definições`. Em seguida, vá até à seção :guilabel:`Chat ao Vivo` e selecione" " o canal a adicionar ao site. Clique em :guilabel:`Salvar` para aplicar." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " @@ -5418,7 +5683,7 @@ msgstr "" "clique no primeiro botão :guilabel:`COPIAR` na aba :guilabel:`Widget` e cole" " o código no marcador `` no site." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -5434,11 +5699,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "Visão da aba do widget do Chat ao Vivo do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "Participar em uma conversa" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " @@ -5449,11 +5714,11 @@ msgstr "" "as etapas necessárias para os operadores que participam de conversas de chat" " ao vivo em uma base de dados do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "Definir um nome de chat on-line" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " @@ -5463,7 +5728,7 @@ msgstr "" " *Nome do chat on-line*. Este é o nome que será apresentado aos visitantes " "do site na conversa do chat." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -5481,7 +5746,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "Visão da opção Meu perfil no Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." @@ -5489,7 +5754,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se o :guilabel:`Nome do chat online` de um usuário não estiver definido, o " "nome apresentado será o :guilabel:`Nome de usuário`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -5505,11 +5770,11 @@ msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" "Visão do perfil do usuário no Odoo, com ênfase no campo Nome do chat online." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "Entrar ou sair de um canal" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " @@ -5519,7 +5784,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Chat ao Vivo` e clique no botão :guilabel:`ENTRAR` no cartão" " kanban do canal adequado." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -5534,7 +5799,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visão de um formulário de canal e da opção de entrar em um canal para o Chat" " ao Vivo do Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " @@ -5544,11 +5809,11 @@ msgstr "" "minutos serão considerados desconectado e subsequentemente removidos do " "canal." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "Administrar solicitações do chat ao vivo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -5560,7 +5825,7 @@ msgstr "" "base de dados. Eles podem participar de conversas sem sair de sua " "localização atual." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -5573,7 +5838,7 @@ msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" "Visão da barra de menus do Odoo com destaque para o ícone das conversas." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -5591,7 +5856,7 @@ msgstr "" "Visão do aplicativo Mensagens com uma mensagem enviada pelo chat ao vivo no " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " @@ -5601,7 +5866,7 @@ msgstr "" "conversa. Nesta visão, um operador pode participar da conversa da mesma " "forma que o faria na janela de conversa normal." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" @@ -5609,7 +5874,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Primeiros passos no app Mensagens " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" @@ -7014,6 +7279,123 @@ msgstr "" "Descubra o melhor **Open-Source Website Builder*** e aprenda como construir " "belos websites que convertem visitantes em leads ou receitas." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "Barra de cookies" @@ -7562,134 +7944,6 @@ msgstr "" "e-Commerce, análises de vendas online e visitantes, podem ser agrupados por " "site, se necessário. Clique em :guilabel:`Agrupar por --> Site`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "Instalação Geo IP (Banco de dados no local)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalação" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" -"Favor observar que a instalação depende do sistema operacional e da " -"distribuição de seu computador. Vamos assumir que um sistema operacional " -"Linux está sendo utilizado." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" -"Instalar `geoip2 `__ Biblioteca Python" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" -"Baixe o banco de dados `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. Você deve terminar com " -"um arquivo chamado ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb```" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "Mova o arquivo para a pasta ``/usr/share/GeoIP/```" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "Reinicie o servidor" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Se você não pode/não quer localizar o banco de dados geoip em " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, você pode utilizar a opção ``-geoip-db`` da interface" -" de linha de comando Odoo. Esta opção toma o caminho absoluto para o arquivo" -" do banco de dados GeoIP e o utiliza como o banco de dados GeoIP. Por " -"exemplo, o arquivo de banco de dados GeoIP:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr ":doc:`CLI documentation `." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" -"A biblioteca Python \"GeoIP\" também pode ser utilizada. No entanto, esta " -"versão é descontinuada desde 1º de janeiro. Veja ``Bases de dados do " -"Legado GeoLite agora estão descontinuadas " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "Como testar a geolocalização GeoIP em seu site Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" -"Vá para o seu site. Abra a página web que você deseja testar o ``GeoIP``." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "Escolha :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "Adicione o seguinte pedaço de XML na página :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" -"Você deve terminar com um dicionário indicando a localização do endereço IP." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" -"Se o aparelho encaracolado estiver vazio ``{}`, pode ser por qualquer uma " -"das seguintes razões :" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" -"O endereço IP de navegação é o localhost (``127.0.0.1```) ou uma rede local " -"(``192.168.*.*.*``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" -"Se for usado um proxy invertido, certifique-se de configurá-lo corretamente." -" Veja :opção:`modo proxy '" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" -"\"geoip2\" não está instalado ou o arquivo do banco de dados GeoIP não foi " -"encontrado" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "O banco de dados GeoIP não foi capaz de resolver o endereço IP dado" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "reCAPTCHA v3 em formulários" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index b4ba806df..16bd73335 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ # Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Foldi Robert , 2023 +# Cozmin Candea , 2024 # Dorin Hongu , 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -1699,6 +1699,135 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă nu aveți acces/administrați serverul de email, utilizați :ref:`mesaje " "de intrare `." +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalare" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" +"Vă rugăm să rețineți că instalarea depinde de sistemul de operare și " +"versiune. Vom presupune că este utilizat un sistem de operare Linux." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" +"Instalați biblioteca Python `geoip2 `__" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" +"Descărcați `Baza de date GeoLite2 City " +"`_. Ar trebui să obțineți un" +" fișier numit ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "Mutați fișierul în folderul ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "Reporniți serverul" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" +"Dacă nu puteți / nu doriți să localizați baza de date geoip în " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, puteți utiliza opțiunea ``--geoip-db`` a interfeței " +"de linie de comandă Odoo. Această opțiune ia calea absolută către fișierul " +"bazei de date GeoIP și o utilizează ca bază de date GeoIP. De exemplu:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" +"Biblioteca Python ``GeoIP`` poate fi de asemenea utilizată. Cu toate " +"acestea, această versiune nu mai este suportată de la 1 ianuarie. Vedeți " +"`Bazele de date GeoLite Legacy nu mai sunt acum suportate " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" +"Accesați site-ul dvs. Deschideți pagina web pe care doriți să o testați " +"``GeoIP``." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "Alegeti :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "Adăugați următoarea secvență de XML în pagina:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "Ar trebui să obțineți un dicționar care indică locația adresei IP." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" +"Dacă parantezele sunt goale ``{}``, poate fi din unul dintre următoarele " +"motive:" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" +"Adresa IP de navigare este localhost (``127.0.0.1``) sau una din rețeaua " +"locală (``192.168.*.*``)" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" +"Dacă este utilizat un proxy inversat, asigurați-vă că este configurat " +"corect. Vedeți :option:`proxy mode `" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" +"``geoip2`` nu este instalat sau fișierul bazei de date GeoIP nu a fost găsit" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "Baza de date GeoIP nu a putut rezolva adresa IP dată" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "Activ" @@ -1724,8 +1853,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo Online" @@ -3475,8 +3604,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -5451,11 +5580,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" -msgstr "" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -10499,64 +10628,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -10565,7 +10698,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -10573,13 +10706,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -10591,23 +10724,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -10617,7 +10750,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -10630,7 +10763,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -10640,13 +10773,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "Proiectul Odoo.sh și filele" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -10657,7 +10790,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -10666,58 +10799,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -10726,13 +10873,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -10741,171 +10888,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -10915,7 +11062,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -10924,39 +11071,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -10965,63 +11112,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "Trecerea în producție fără testare în prealabil poate duce la:" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -11031,7 +11178,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "Afișare din fila de actualizare" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -11039,7 +11186,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -11047,24 +11194,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -"Actualizarea modulului dvs. personalizat trebuie să fie reușită pentru a " -"finaliza întregul proces de actualizare. Asigurați-vă că starea actualizării" -" de stagiu este :guilabel:`successful` înainte de a încerca în producție." -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -11073,7 +11219,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -11081,7 +11227,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -11089,92 +11235,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f6558be41..a6f2dac57 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -1074,13 +1074,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Această deconectare poate fi cauzată de suportul Odoo. În acest caz, vă " -"rugăm să contactați `suportul `_ direct cu id-ul " -"clientului sau cu referința erorii listate în conversație." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -3120,8 +3117,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -7105,7 +7102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -7217,9 +7214,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Tipuri de conturi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilanț" @@ -7837,7 +7834,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Reconciliere bancară" @@ -8103,7 +8099,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -8343,40 +8339,30 @@ msgstr "Plăți" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" -"În Odoo, plățile pot fi legate automat la o factură sau o factură sau pot fi" -" înregistrări independente pentru utilizare ulterioară." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" -"Dacă o plată este **legată de o factură sau o factură**, aceasta reduce suma" -" datorată a facturii. Puteți avea mai multe plăți legate de aceeași factură." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" -"Dacă o plată **nu este legată de o factură sau o factură**, clientul are un " -"credit neachitat cu compania dvs., sau compania dvs. are un debit neachitat " -"cu un furnizor. Puteți utiliza aceste sume neachitate pentru a reduce " -"facturile neachitate / facturile." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -8394,186 +8380,194 @@ msgstr "Înregistrarea plății dintr-o factură sau factură" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -"Când faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Înregistrați plata` într-o factură de client " -"sau o factură de furnizor, se generează o nouă înregistrare în jurnal și " -"schimbă suma datorată în funcție de suma plății. Opusul este reflectat în " -"contul de plăți sau plăți în așteptare. La acest moment, factura de client " -"sau factura de furnizor este marcată ca :guilabel:`În plată`. Apoi, când " -"contul neachitat este reconciliat cu o linie de declarație bancară, factura " -"sau factura de furnizor se schimbă în starea :guilabel:`Plătit`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -"Pictograma de informații din apropierea liniei de plată afișează mai multe " -"informații despre plată. Puteți accesa informații suplimentare, cum ar fi " -"jurnalul asociat, făcând clic pe :guilabel:`Vizualizați`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" -msgstr "Vedeți informații detaliate despre o plată" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Factura de client sau factura de furnizor ar trebui să fie în starea " -":guilabel:`Postat` pentru a înregistra plata." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -9694,109 +9688,6 @@ msgstr "Încasare în așteptare" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "Cont bancar (BANCA B)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "Plătiți mai multe facturi în același timp" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Odoo oferă posibilitatea de a grupa plățile pentru mai multe facturi într-o " -"singură, facilitând procesul de reconciliere." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "Grupare plăți" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a înregistra plata pentru mai multe facturi în același timp, mergeți " -"la :menuselection:`Aplicația contabilă --> Furnizori --> Facturi`. Apoi, " -"selectați facturile pentru care doriți să înregistrați o plată, bifând " -"casetele din dreptul facturilor. După ce ați terminat, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Înregistrați plata` sau :menuselection:`Acțiune --> Înregistrați " -"plata`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "Buton înregistrare plată." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "Plățile pot fi înregistrate doar pentru facturi :guilabel:`postate`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" -"Când înregistrați plățile, o fereastră **pop-up** apare. De aici, puteți " -"crea **plăți separate** pentru fiecare factură în același timp, făcând clic " -"pe :guilabel:`Creați plata`, *sau* creați o plată prin combinarea **toate** " -"plățile pentru facturi. Pentru a **combină** toate plățile, bifați caseta " -":guilabel:`Grupare plăți`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" -"Opțiunea :guilabel:`Grupare plăți` apare doar atunci când selectați două sau" -" mai multe facturi." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "Opțiuni grupare plăți la înregistrarea unei plăți." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Când selectați :guilabel:`Grupare plăți`, :guilabel:`suma, moneda, data și " -"memorandum` sunt setate automat, dar le puteți modifica în funcție de " -"nevoile dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "Plăți parțiale grupate cu discounturi în numerar" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -10008,18 +9899,19 @@ msgstr "Activați metodele de plată cu chitanțe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa metoda de plată cu chitanțe, accesați " -":menuselection:`Contabilitate --> Configurare --> Chitanțe`, acolo puteți " -"activa metoda de plată precum și setați :guilabel:`Aspectul chitanței`. " -"Odată activată setarea :guilabel:`Chitanțe`, funcția este automat " -"configurată pentru :guilabel:`Plăți de ieșire`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " @@ -10030,59 +9922,59 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Aspectul chitanțelor SUA` este necesar pentru a imprima chitanțe " "SUA." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Staționar compatibil pentru imprimarea chitanțelor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Statele Unite ale Americii" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" "Pentru Statele Unite ale Americii, Odoo suportă în mod implicit formatele de" " chitanțe ale:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: chitanță deasupra, răsturnări în mijloc și jos;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "**Peachtree**: chitanță în mijloc, răsturnări deasupra și jos;" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: chitanță în jos, și răsturnări deasupra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Plătiți o factură furnizor cu o chitanță" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Plata unui furnizor cu o chitanță se face în trei etape:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "înregistrarea unei plăți" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "imprimarea chitanțelor în lot pentru toate plățile înregistrate" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "reconcilierea declarațiilor bancare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Înregistrați o plată cu o chitanță" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -10094,11 +9986,11 @@ msgstr "" "este validată, puteți înregistra o plată. Setați :guilabel:`Metoda de plată`" " la :guilabel:`Chitanțe` și validați plata." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimați chitanțe" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -10110,7 +10002,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Chitanțe de imprimat` aveți posibilitatea de a imprima chitanțele" " reconciliate." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -10346,219 +10238,190 @@ msgstr "Rapoarte principale disponibile" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -"În afară de rapoartele create în mod specific în fiecare modul de " -"localizare, există câteva rapoarte **generice** și **dinamice** foarte utile" -" pentru toate țările:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Bilanț**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Profit și pierdere**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Rezumat executiv**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Jurnal general**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Datorii vechi**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Creanțe vechi**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Declararea fluxului de numerar**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Raport fiscal**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Reconciliere bancară**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Puteți adnota toate rapoartele pentru a le imprima și pentru a le raporta " -"adviser-ului. Exportați în xls pentru a gestiona analize suplimentare. Drill" -" down în rapoarte pentru a vedea mai multe detalii (plăți, facturi, elemente" -" de jurnal, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -"Puteți compara și valori cu altă perioadă. Alegeți câte perioade doriți să " -"comparați perioada de timp aleasă. Puteți alege până la 12 perioade înapoi " -"de la data raportului dacă nu doriți să utilizați opțiunea implicită " -"**Previous 1 Period**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -"**Bilanțul** arată o imagine de ansamblu a activelor, pasivelor și " -"capitalului propriu al organizației dvs. la o anumită dată." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Profit și pierdere" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -"**Raportul de profit și pierdere** (sau **declarația de venituri**) arată " -"veniturile nete ale organizației dvs., prin deducerea cheltuielilor de la " -"venituri pentru perioada raportului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Rezumat executiv" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" -"**Rezumatul executiv** permite o privire rapidă la toate cifrele importante " -"pe care le aveți nevoie pentru a conduce compania dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" msgstr "" -"Din punct de vedere foarte simplu, asta este ce raportează fiecare dintre " -"elementele din această secțiune:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Performanță:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marja de profit brut:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Contribuția fiecărei vânzări individuale făcute de afacerea dvs. mai puțin " -"orice costuri directe necesare pentru a face aceste vânzări (chestii precum " -"muncă, materiale, etc)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Marja de profit net:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Contribuția fiecărei vânzări individuale făcute de afacerea dvs. mai puțin " -"orice costuri directe necesare pentru a face aceste vânzări, precum și orice" -" cheltuieli fixe pe care compania dvs. le are (chestii precum chiria, " -"electricitatea, taxele pe care trebuie să le plătiți ca rezultat al " -"vânzărilor)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Rata de rentabilitate a investiției (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -"Raportul dintre profitul net realizat și suma de active pe care compania " -"le-a folosit pentru a face aceste profituri." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Poziție:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Zile medii de creditare:**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -"Numărul mediu de zile necesare pentru a vă plăti clienții (în totalitate), " -"pe toate facturile dvs. de client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Zile medii de creditare:**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -"Numărul mediu de zile necesare pentru a plăti furnizorii dvs. (în " -"totalitate) pe toate facturile dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Previziunea de numerar pe termen scurt:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -"Cât de mult numerar este așteptat să intre sau să iasă din organizația dvs. " -"în următoarea lună, adică soldul contului **Vânzări** pentru lună mai puțin " -"soldul contului **Cumpărături** pentru lună." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Active curente la datorii:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"De asemenea, numit **rata curentă**, acesta este raportul dintre activele " -"curente (active care ar putea fi transformate în numerar într-un an) la " -"datoriile curente (datorii care vor fi datorate în următorul an). Acesta " -"este de obicei folosit ca o măsură a capacității unei companii de a servi " -"datoria." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" @@ -10567,16 +10430,15 @@ msgstr "Carte mare" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Raportul **Carte mare** arată toate tranzacțiile de la toate conturile " -"pentru o anumită perioadă de timp. Raportul de rezumat inițial arată " -"totalurile pentru fiecare cont și de acolo puteți vizualiza un raport de " -"tranzacții detașat sau orice excepții. Acest raport este util pentru a " -"verifica fiecare tranzacție care a avut loc într-o anumită perioadă de timp." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" @@ -10585,12 +10447,13 @@ msgstr "Datorii vechi de plată" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Porniți raportul **Detalii datorii vechi** pentru a afișa informații despre " -"facturile individuale, notele de credit și plățile în plus datorate de dvs.," -" și cât de mult timp acestea au rămas neplătite." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" @@ -10598,32 +10461,35 @@ msgstr "Datorii vechi de încasat" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -"Raportul **Datorii vechi de încasat** arată facturile de vânzări care " -"așteptau plata în timpul unei luni selectate și a mai multor luni înainte." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Declarația de flux de numerar" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -"**Declarația de flux de numerar** arată cum modificările în conturile " -"bilanțului și veniturile afectează numerarul și echivalențele de numerar, și" -" descompune analiza în activități de operare, investiții și finanțare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Raport Taxa" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -10631,6 +10497,10 @@ msgstr "" "Acest raport vă permite să vedeți **net** și **sumele de taxe** pentru toate" " taxele grupate după tip (vânzare/cumpărare)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilitate analitică" @@ -14589,7 +14459,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -14608,6 +14478,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -18217,7 +18091,7 @@ msgstr "" "în mod implicit." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "Tipuri de documente" @@ -18327,7 +18201,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "tipuri de documente grupate după litere." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "Utilizare pe facturi" @@ -18545,7 +18419,7 @@ msgstr "" "furnizat de furnizor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Utilizare și testare" @@ -20008,7 +19882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -20836,7 +20710,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -20875,7 +20749,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -21440,7 +21314,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -21470,7 +21344,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -21485,12 +21359,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -21503,24 +21375,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -21528,136 +21393,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -21665,11 +21530,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -21678,15 +21543,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -21694,11 +21559,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -21708,50 +21573,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -21762,29 +21627,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -21792,19 +21657,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "Congigurarea serverului de e-mail intrare pentru DTE chilian." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificate" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -21812,24 +21677,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -21840,13 +21705,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "Configurarea certificatului digital." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Valută multiplă" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -21855,12 +21720,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -21868,36 +21733,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -21907,13 +21772,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "Datele facturii electronice chilene pentru parteneri." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -21924,56 +21789,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "Lista de tipuri de documente fiscale chilene." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Vânzări Santiago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Vânzări Valparaiso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Casa 1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Casa 2." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -21981,32 +21846,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Plata angajaților." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -22015,7 +21880,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -22023,7 +21888,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -22031,11 +21896,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -22044,7 +21909,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -22053,14 +21918,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -22068,11 +21933,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -22083,14 +21948,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -22098,60 +21963,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Conturi de transfer" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Rată conversie" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Chile are mai multe tipuri de taxe, cele mai comune sunt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -22163,11 +22028,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "Diagrama cu tranzactiile facturii electronice." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -22180,32 +22045,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -22215,7 +22080,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "DIE XML File afisat in chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -22228,7 +22093,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -22239,7 +22104,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -22252,7 +22117,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "Identificarea tranzactiei pentru factura si actualizarea statusului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -22263,26 +22128,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -22291,21 +22156,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Postati factura din nou." @@ -22313,11 +22178,11 @@ msgstr "Postati factura din nou." msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "Mesaj cand o factura este respinsa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Referinte incrucisate" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -22331,14 +22196,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -22349,36 +22214,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Odata ce factura a fost trimisa catre client:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "Clientul trebuie sa trimita un email de confirmare de receptie." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -22386,11 +22251,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "Mesaj cu acceptarea comerciala de la client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -22403,12 +22268,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Erori comune" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -22500,40 +22365,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -22548,16 +22413,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "Crearea CAF pentru notele de credit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Cazuri de utilizare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -22571,11 +22436,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -22589,7 +22454,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -22599,17 +22464,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "Nota de credit cu valoarea corectata pe linii de factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -22625,23 +22490,23 @@ msgstr "" "Nota de credit pentru restituire partiala pentru a corecta sumele, folosind " "codul de referinta SII 3." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -22652,7 +22517,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -22662,16 +22527,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -22683,55 +22548,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Receptie" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Acceptare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -22743,11 +22608,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Revendicare" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -22762,7 +22627,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -22770,12 +22635,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -22783,7 +22648,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -22791,14 +22656,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -22808,19 +22673,19 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." @@ -22828,11 +22693,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo ia pretul configurat in sablonul " "produsului si il arata pe document." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" @@ -22842,17 +22707,17 @@ msgstr "" "altul miscari care pot fi din vânzări, eșantioane, consignație, transferuri " "interne și în esență orice mutare a produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -22863,13 +22728,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -22880,7 +22745,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -22890,18 +22755,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -22910,7 +22775,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -22918,7 +22783,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -22928,7 +22793,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -22936,18 +22801,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -22955,7 +22820,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -22965,7 +22830,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -22979,7 +22844,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -22993,7 +22858,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -23003,11 +22868,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "După ce recipisa este postata:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -23017,7 +22882,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -23025,18 +22890,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -23044,13 +22909,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -23060,14 +22925,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -23075,11 +22940,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -23090,11 +22955,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -23106,11 +22971,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -23118,7 +22983,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -23133,11 +22998,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Formularul F29" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -23146,13 +23011,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -23163,7 +23028,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -23174,7 +23039,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -25233,7 +25098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -26749,7 +26614,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -32605,7 +32469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -33168,13 +33032,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spania" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -33191,39 +33053,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Elvetia" @@ -35234,7 +35110,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -35757,7 +35633,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "Configurati restul optiunilor dupa preferinte." @@ -36454,7 +36330,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." @@ -36462,11 +36342,16 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` si schimbati statusul in :guilabel:`Enabled`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 88017a141..fa43ef2d7 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # Foldi Robert , 2023 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5549,43 +5549,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Directoarele multi-companie `" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "Schimbați limba" @@ -5962,11 +5925,156 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`companii`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "Acces portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." @@ -5975,7 +6083,7 @@ msgstr "" "posibilitatea de a vizualiza anumite documente sau informații într-o bază de" " date Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" @@ -5984,47 +6092,47 @@ msgstr "" "permisiunea clienților de a citi/vizualiza orice sau toate următoarele în " "Odoo:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "piste/oportunități" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "oferte/comenzi de vânzări" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "comenzi de achiziție" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "Facturi de vânzare & achiziție" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "proiecte" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "sarcini" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "fișe de pontaj" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "tichete" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "semnături" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "abonamente" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." @@ -6032,11 +6140,11 @@ msgstr "" "Utilizatorii portalului au doar acces de citire/vizualizare și nu vor putea " "edita niciun document în baza de date." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "Acordarea accesului la portal clienților" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -6053,12 +6161,10 @@ msgstr "" "interfeței." #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -"Utilizați aplicația Contacte pentru a acorda accesul la portal " -"utilizatorilor" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" @@ -6066,13 +6172,13 @@ msgstr "" "Apoi selectați :guilabel:`Acordare acces portal`. O fereastră pop-up apare, " "care listează trei câmpuri:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: numele înregistrat al contactului în baza de date Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" @@ -6080,11 +6186,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Email`: adresa de e-mail a contactului pe care o va utiliza " "pentru autentificarea în portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr ":guilabel:`In Portal`: dacă utilizatorul are sau nu acces la portal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -6105,7 +6211,7 @@ msgstr "" "O adresă de e-mail și o casetă de bifare corespunzătoare pentru contact trebuie să fie completate înainte\n" "de a trimite o invitație la portal." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." @@ -6113,7 +6219,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un e-mail va fi trimis la adresa de e-mail specificată, indicând faptul că " "contactul este acum un utilizator portal pentru această bază de date Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -6128,7 +6234,7 @@ msgstr "" "toate contactele care au nevoie de acces la portal, apoi faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Aplicare`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -6140,6 +6246,160 @@ msgstr "" "portal`, apoi deselectați caseta din coloana :guilabel:`In Portal` și faceți" " clic pe :guilabel:`Aplicare`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Schimbă parola" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "VoIP (Voce prin protocolul Internet)" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 527d58609..3900c0f0b 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 -# Vacaru Adrian , 2023 # Dragos Vasile, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # Claudia Baisan, 2023 @@ -13,15 +12,16 @@ # Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Foldi Robert , 2023 # Dorin Hongu , 2023 +# Vacaru Adrian , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Vacaru Adrian , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -57,70 +57,270 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "Procesează o ajustare de inventar cu coduri de bare" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -"Pentru a procesa o ajustare de inventar folosind coduri de bare, trebuie mai" -" întâi să deschideți aplicația *Coduri de bare*. Apoi, din aplicație, faceți" -" click pe *Ajustări de inventar*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți să lucrați în totalitate cu coduri de bare, puteți descărca " -"foaia *Comenzi pentru inventar*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" -"Odată ce ați făcut clic pe *Ajustări de inventar*, Odoo va crea automat una." -" Notați că, dacă lucrați cu locații multiple, trebuie mai întâi să " -"specificați în ce locație are loc ajustarea de inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Dacă nu lucrați cu locații multiple, veți putea scana diferite produse pe " -"care doriți să le includeți în ajustarea de inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți 5 articole identice, scanați-le de 5 ori sau utilizați tastatura " -"pentru a seta cantitatea." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -"În plus față de utilizarea scannerului de coduri de bare, puteți adăuga și " -"un produs manual, dacă este necesar. Pentru a face acest lucru, faceți clic " -"pe *Adaugă produs* și completați manual informațiile." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" -"Când ați scana toate articolele din locație, validați manual inventarul sau " -"scanați codul de bare *Validează*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1289,7 +1489,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1418,190 +1618,662 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "Procesare transferuri" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "Transferuri simple" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -"Pentru a procesa o transferare din aplicația *Barcode*, primul pas este să " -"mergeți la *Operațiuni*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -"Apoi, aveți opțiunea de a introduce o transferare existentă, mergând la " -"tipul de operațiune corespunzător și selectând manual una pe care doriți să " -"o introduceți, sau prin scanați codul de bare al transferării." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -"De acolo, veți putea scana produsele care fac parte din transferarea " -"existentă și / sau adăugați noi produse la această transferare. După ce " -"toate produsele au fost scanate, puteți valida transferul pentru a continua " -"cu mișcările de stoc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți diferite locații de stocare în depozitul dvs., puteți adăuga pași" -" suplimentari pentru diferitele tipuri de operațiuni." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Recepții" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -"Când primiți un produs în stoc, trebuie să scanați codul de bare al " -"produsului pentru a-l identifica în sistem. Odată făcut, puteți face ca " -"produsul să intre în locația principală a transferului, de exemplu WH/Stock," -" sau scanați codul de bare al locației pentru a face ca produsul să intre în" -" o sublocație a locației principale." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți ca produsul să intre în WH/Stock în exemplul nostru, puteți " -"scana pur și simplu următorul produs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Comenzi de livrare" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -"Când livrați un produs, trebuie să scanați locația sursă dacă este diferită " -"de cea inițială setată pe transfer. Apoi, puteți începe să scanați produsele" -" care sunt livrate din această locație specifică." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -"Odată ce diferitele produse au fost scanate, aveți posibilitatea de a scana " -"o altă locație, cum ar fi WH/Stock, și o altă pagină va fi adăugată la " -"comanda dvs. de livrare. Puteți trece de la una la alta prin intermediul " -"butoanelor *Anterior* și *Următor*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -"Acum, puteți valida transferul dvs. Pentru a face acest lucru, faceți clic " -"pe *Următor* până când ajungeți la ultima pagină a transferului. Acolo, veți" -" putea să-l validați." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Transferuri interne" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -"Când realizați un transfer intern cu multi-locație, mai întâi trebuie să " -"scanați locația sursă a produsului. Apoi, puteți scana produsul în sine, " -"înainte de a trebui să scanați codul de bare al locației destinație." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -"Dacă sursa și destinația transferurilor interne sunt deja corecte, nu " -"trebuie să le scanați." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "Transferuri cu produse urmărite" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -"Dacă lucrați cu produse urmărite de loturi/numere de serie, aveți două " -"modalități de lucru:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -"Dacă lucrați cu numere de serie/loturi luând în considerare toate produsele," -" puteți scana codul de bare al lotului/numărului de serie și Odoo va crește " -"cantitatea de produs, setând lotul/numărul de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți același lot/număr de serie pentru diferite produse, puteți lucra " -"scanează mai întâi codul de bare al produsului, apoi codul de bare al " -"lotului/numărului de serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "Creați un transfer de la zero" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea un transfer din aplicația *Barcode*, mai întâi trebuie să " -"imprimați codurile de bare ale tipului de operațiune. Pentru a face acest " -"lucru, puteți descărca *Foaia de coduri de bare de stoc* de pe pagina de " -"pornire a aplicației." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Creați un transfer intern" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" -"Odată terminat, puteți scana cel pentru care doriți să creați un nou " -"document. Apoi, un document gol va fi creat și veți putea scana produsele " -"dvs. pentru a popula acesta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -3143,107 +3815,169 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Care este diferența dintre loturi și numere de serie?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducere" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"In Odoo, loturile și numerele de serie au similarități în functionale in " -"sistemul lor, dar sunt diferite în comportament. Ambele sunt gestionate în " -"aplicațile **Stoc**, **Achiziții** și **Vânzări**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -"**Loturi** corespund unui anumit număr de produse pe care le-ați primit și " -"le stocați împreună într-un singur pachet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"**Numere de serie** sunt numere de identificare ale unui produs în " -"particular, pentru a permite trasabilitatea produsului de la primire până la" -" livrare și post vânzare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Cănd să folosești" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"**Loturi** sunt interesante pentru produsele care sunt primite în cantități " -"foarte mari și pentru care un număr de lot poate ajuta în rapoartele, " -"controlele de calitate sau alte informații. Loturile vor ajuta la " -"identificarea unui număr de piese care au, de exemplu, o defecțiune de " -"producție. Aceasta poate fi utilă pentru o producție în loturi de haine sau " -"alimente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -"**Numere de serie** sunt interesante pentru articole care ar putea necesita " -"servicii post-vânzare, cum ar fi telefoane mobile, laptopuri, frigidere și " -"orice alte dispozitive electronice. Puteți utiliza numărul de serie al " -"producătorului sau propriul dvs., în funcție de modul în care gestionați " -"aceste produse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Când nu să folosești" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"Stocarea produselor consumabile, cum ar fi hârtie de bucătărie, hârtie de " -"toaletă, pixuri și blocuri de hârtie în loturi nu ar avea niciun sens, " -"deoarece există foarte puține șanse ca acestea să fie returnate din cauza " -"unei defecțiuni de producție." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"De altfel, acordarea unui număr de serie tuturor produselor este o sarcină " -"consumatoare de timp care va avea un scop doar în cazul articolelor care au " -"garanție și / sau servicii post-vânzare. Atribuirea unui număr de serie " -"pâinii, de exemplu, nu are niciun sens." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Urmărire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -3757,11 +4491,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3771,10 +4500,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -6200,10 +6925,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -6212,29 +6937,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -6243,11 +6969,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -6260,7 +6986,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -6270,7 +6996,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -6281,7 +7007,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -6296,11 +7022,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6312,7 +7038,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -6324,18 +7050,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6347,7 +7073,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6360,7 +7086,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6425,7 +7151,7 @@ msgstr "Recepție bunuri direct în stoc (un pas)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "Creați o comandă de achiziție" @@ -6888,49 +7614,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6944,7 +7678,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6953,7 +7687,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6962,7 +7696,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6973,7 +7707,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6986,11 +7720,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6999,7 +7733,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -7014,11 +7748,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -7026,7 +7760,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -15967,13 +16701,10 @@ msgstr "Gestionați BOM-uri pentru variante de produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" -"Odoo permite utilizarea unei liste de materiale (LdM) pentru mai multe " -"variante ale aceluiși produs. Având o listă de materiale consolidată pentru " -"un produs cu variante economisește timp prin prevenirea nevoii de a gestiona" -" mai multe LdM-uri." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" @@ -15981,50 +16712,169 @@ msgstr "Activați variantele de produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa variantele, navigați simplu la :menuselection:`Inventar --> " -"Configurare --> Setări --> Produse`, apoi activați opțiunea " -":guilabel:`Variante`. După aceea, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru " -"a aplica setarea. Pentru mai multe informații despre configurarea variantei " -"de produs, consultați :doc:`această pagină " -"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "Selectarea \"Variante\" din setările aplicației Inventar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "Aplicați componente LdM la variantele de produs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" -"În continuare, creați un nou LdM sau editați una existentă prin accesarea " -":menuselection:`Producție --> Produse --> Liste de materiale`. Apoi, faceți " -"clic pe :guilabel:`Editați`. Opțiunea :guilabel:`Aplicați pe variante` " -"pentru a atribui componente unor variante specifice de produs pe LdM este " -"disponibilă o dată ce setarea :guilabel:`Variante` este activată din " -"aplicația :guilabel:`Inventar`. Dacă câmpul :guilabel:`Aplicați pe variante`" -" nu este vizibil imediat, activați-l din meniul opțiunilor suplimentare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "Opțiunea \"Aplicați pe variante\" din meniul opțiunilor suplimentare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " @@ -16035,21 +16885,152 @@ msgstr "" "Același principiu se aplică la configurarea operațiunilor și a produselor " "secundare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" -"Când definiți variantele LdM prin atribuirea componentelor, câmpul " -":guilabel:`Variantă de produs` în secțiunea principală a LdM-ului trebuie " -"lăsat necompletat, așa cum este aratat mai jos. Acest câmp este utilizat " -"doar atunci când se creează un LdM specific pentru o variantă de produs." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." -msgstr "Aplicarea componentelor la mai multe variante." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" @@ -16739,10 +17720,6 @@ msgstr "" "subcontractorului nu este necesară, includeți pur și simplu costul **B** în " "prețul subcontractorului **s** și eliminați produsele *B* din *LdM*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Urmărire" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index fad22ac45..6050d3543 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,22 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Simonel Criste , 2023 -# Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Cozmin Candea , 2023 -# Foldi Robert , 2023 -# Hongu Cosmin , 2023 -# Dorin Hongu , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 +# Hongu Cosmin , 2024 +# Emanuel Bruda, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Foldi Robert , 2024 +# Simonel Criste , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Simonel Criste , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Vizualizare Listă" @@ -2122,157 +2122,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avansat" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" -msgstr "Înțelegerea metricilor" +msgid "Campaign metrics" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." +msgid "Activity analytics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "Un exemplu de campanie de automatizare a marketingului în Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" -"De fiecare dată când sistemul rulează, actualizând numere și declanșând " -"acțiuni, va verifica modelul :guilabel:`Țintă`, și va verifica dacă au fost " -"adăugate (sau modificate) :guilabel:`Înregistrări` noi, care mențin " -"întotdeauna fluxul actualizat." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Un filtrul relevant de identificare care se aplică unui tip de activitate " -"individuală." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." -msgstr "" -"Prezentare generală a participanților care se potrivesc sau nu cu criteriile" -" de filtrare pe o activitate." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Urmăriri" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Participanți" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2280,163 +2424,212 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Introducere" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "Introducere" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Creați o campanie" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -"Un tablou de bord care arată crearea unei noi campanii de marketing Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: reprezintă numărul de mesaje SMS personalizate conectate la" -" această campanie." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Clicuri`: reprezintă numărul de clicuri pe linkurile atașate ce " -"au fost făcute de către destinatarii acestei campanii." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Participanții`: reprezintă numărul de contacte care au participat" -" direct în această campanie." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Țintă`: acest câmp este un meniu drop-down pentru a alege care " -"model este vizat de această campanie (adică de către Contacte, Comenzi de " -"Vânzare, Pistă/Oportunitate, etc.)." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "Filtrele campaniei" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 +msgid "Campaign filter rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Un nod de filtru în Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Înregistrări` reprezintă numărul de contacte din sistem care se " -"potrivesc criteriilor specificate pentru o campanie." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" +msgstr ":doc:`testing_running`" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" msgstr "Publicul țintă" @@ -2669,65 +2862,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." -msgstr "" -"Odoo oferă utilizatorilor posibilitatea de a testa campaniile de marketing " -"(și email-uri) înainte de a le rula oficial." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Lansați un test cu butonul de testare în Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Ecran de testare în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2736,7 +2978,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2744,100 +2986,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Progresul testului în flux de lucru în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" -msgstr "Activități de marketing" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Un șablon de activitate în Odoo Marketing Automation." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Numele activității`: titlul activității." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Șablonul de e-mail`: alegeți din șabloanele preconfigurate (sau " -"creați unu nou din mers)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Declanșator`: alegeți când ar trebui declanșată această " -"activitate." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Durata expirării`: configurați pentru a opri acțiunile după un " -"anumit interval de timp (după data programată). Când este selectat, va apare" -" un câmp :guilabel:`Anulează după`, în care utilizatorul poate alege la câte" -" :guilabel:`Ore, Zile, Săptămâni, sau Luni` după data inițială vrea ca " -"acțiunile să se oprească." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Filtrul aplicat`: activitatea va fi efectuată *doar* dacă " -"îndeplinește domeniul specificat (filtru)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Declanșator" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2847,84 +3504,97 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "Activitate flux de lucru" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Activitate tipică de flux de lucru în Odoo Marketing Automation." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "Activități copil" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Adăugați o altă activitate`: adăugați instantaneu o altă " -"activitate." - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Deschisă`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " -"destinatarul (emailului) deschide emailul." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." @@ -2932,7 +3602,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nu a fost deschis`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul nu deschide emailul." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." @@ -2940,7 +3610,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Răspuns`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul răspunde la email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." @@ -2948,7 +3618,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nu a răspuns`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul nu răspunde la email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." @@ -2956,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`făcut Click`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul face clic pe un link inclus în email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." @@ -2964,7 +3634,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nu a făcut clic`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "destinatarul nu face clic pe un link inclus în email." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." @@ -2972,13 +3642,10 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`A fost respins`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă " "emailul este respins (nu este trimis)." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -4327,389 +4994,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Postări" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Insights" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Companie" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Postează pe" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mesaj" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Atașare Imagine" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Campanie" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Când" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4717,39 +5692,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4759,97 +5760,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Vizitatori" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4857,22 +5863,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4880,41 +5882,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4952,6 +5953,10 @@ msgstr "" "clienților (sau angajaților) și pentru a obține mai multe informații despre " "schimbările din piață." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Introducere" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 26b320e0f..d3f3be092 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Foldi Robert , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -868,204 +868,174 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Prezentare generală" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "Mesagerie: Noțiuni introductive" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -"Mesageria vă permite să aduceți comunicarea companiei împreună prin mesaje, " -"note și chat. Partajați informații, proiecte, fișiere, prioritizați " -"sarcinile și rămâneți conectat cu colegii și partenerii prin intermediul " -"aplicațiilor. Construiți relații mai bune, creșteți productivitatea și " -"transparența prin promovarea unei modalități convenabile de comunicare." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "Alegeți preferința dvs. de notificări" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" -"Accesați *Preferințe* și alegeți cum doriți să fie gestionate notificările." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Vizualizare a paginii preferințelor pentru Mesageria Odoo" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, câmpul este setat ca *Handle by Emails* transmițând mesaje," -" note și notificări în care ați fost menționat sau pe care le urmăriți prin " -"e-mail. Prin alegerea *Handle in Odoo*, acestea sunt afișate în *Inbox*-ul " -"modulului de mesagerie." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" -"Mesajele pot fi atunci *Marcate ca de făcut*, *Răspunse*, sau *Marcate ca " -"Citite*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a unui mesaj din Inbox și opțiunile de acțiune în Mesageria Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" -"Mesajele marcate ca *Marcate ca de făcut* sunt de asemenea afișate în " -"*Starred*, în timp ce cele *Marcate ca Citite* sunt mutate în *Istoric*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Vizualizare a mesajelor marcate ca de făcut în Mesageria Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "Începeți o conversație" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Prima dată când vă conectați la contul dvs., OdooBot vă trimite un mesaj " -"care cere permisiunea de a trimite notificări desktop pentru chat. Dacă este" -" acceptată, primiți notificări push la mesajele trimise dvs. oriunde sunteți" -" în Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a mesajelor sub meniul de mesagerie care subliniază cererea de notificări push\n" -"pentru Odoo Mesagerie" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." +" the browser." msgstr "" -"Pentru a opri primirea notificărilor desktop, resetați setările de " -"notificări ale browserului dvs." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a începe o conversație, faceți clic pe *Mesaj nou* din *Messaging " -"Menu*, sau mergeți la *mesagerie* și trimiteți un *Mesaj direct*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a panoului de discuții, care indică titlurile canalelor și ale " -"mesajelor directe din Odoo Discuss" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "Puteți crea :doc:`canale publice sau private `." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "Menționări în chat și pe Chatter" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Pentru a menționa un utilizator într-un chat sau în chatter, tastați *@user-" -"name*; pentru a face referire la un canal, tastați *#channel-name*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "" -"O notificare este trimisă utilizatorului menționat fie în *Inbox* sau prin " -"e-mail, în funcție de setările sale." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Imagine a câtorva mesaje din fereastra de chat a Mesageriei Odoo" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -"Când un utilizator este menționat, lista de sugestii (lista de nume) va " -"prioritiza urmaritorii sarcinii, apoi restul de *Angajați*. Dacă numele " -"căutat nu corespunde unui urmaritor sau al unui angajat, toți partenerii " -"devin obiectul căutarii." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "Statusul Utilizatorilor" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -"Este util să vedeți ce fac colegii și cât de repede pot răspunde la mesaje " -"verificând *Statusul* lor. Statusul este afișat în partea stângă a numelui " -"unui contact din bara laterală a Mesageriei și pe *Meniul Mesageriei*" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "Verde = online" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "Portocaliu = plecat" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "Alb = offline" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "Airplane = plecat de la birou" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Imagine a statusului contactelor pentru Mesageria Odoo" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1495,6 +1465,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index d07960f17..6d4a835ce 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,20 +7,21 @@ # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Fenyedi Levente, 2023 -# Dorin Hongu , 2023 # Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Vacaru Adrian , 2023 +# Foldi Robert , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Dorin Hongu , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vacaru Adrian , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -63,25 +64,12 @@ msgstr "Convertiți pistele în oportunități" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" -"Sistemul poate genera piste în loc de oportunități, pentru a adăuga un pas " -"de calificare înainte de a converti o *Pistă* într-o *Oportunitate* și " -"alocarea persoanelor de vânzări potrivite." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Puteți activa acest mod din Setările CRM. Se aplică implicit tuturor " -"canalelor dvs. de vânzări. Dar o puteți face specifică pentru anumite canale" -" din formularul de configurare." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -108,99 +96,200 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Pentru ca această funcție să funcționeze, mergeți la :menuselection:`CRM -->" -" Configurare --> Setări` și activați funcția *Piste*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"Acum veți avea un nou submeniu *Piste* sub *Piste* unde vor fi agregate." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Convertește o pistă într-o oportunitate" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Când faceți clic pe o *Pistă* veți avea opțiunea de a o converti într-o " -"oportunitate și să decideți dacă trebuie să fie atribuită aceleiași " -"persoane/canal și dacă aveți nevoie să creați un nou client." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți deja o oportunitate cu acel client, Odoo vă va oferi automat să " -"le combinați. În același mod, Odoo vă va oferi automat să le asociați unui " -"client existent dacă acest client există deja." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Îmbinare oportunități" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" -"Odoo va propune, de asemenea, să îmbine automat oportunitățile dacă au " -"aceeași adresă de e-mail. La îmbinarea oportunităților, Odoo îmbină " -"informațiile în oportunitatea care a fost creată mai întâi, acordând " -"prioritate informațiilor prezente în prima oportunitate." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -"Nu se pierde nicio informație: datele din alta oportunitate sunt " -"înregistrate în conversație și câmpurile de informații pentru acces ușor." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -"Dacă găsiți dvs. duplicat, ...de asemenea, puteți combina oportunități sau " -"piste chiar dacă sistemul nu vă propune acest lucru." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -"Vedeți cum, din lista de vizualizare. Selectați oportunitățile sau piste pe " -"care doriți să le combinați și butonul de acțiune va apărea. Apoi, puteți " -"selecta îmbinarea." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" -"Este de asemenea posibil să îmmbinați mai mult de 2 oportunități sau piste." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -6098,465 +6187,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Conector Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "Caracteristici Conector Amazon" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" -"**Conectorul Amazon** sincronizează comenzile între Amazon și baza de date " -"Odoo, care reduce considerabil cantitatea de timp petrecut pe tabloul de " -"bord Amazon Vânzător, făcând rutina zilnică mult mai ușoară." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" -msgstr "Caracteristici suportate" +msgid "Supported features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" -msgstr "Conectorul este capabil să:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" -"Sincronizeze (Amazon la Odoo) toate comenzile confirmate (atât FBA cât și " -"FBM) și elementele lor de comandă care includ:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" -msgstr "numele produsului, descrierea și cantitatea" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "costuri de transport pentru produs" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "taxele de ambalare cadou" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -"Creați în Odoo orice partener lipsă legat de o comandă (tipuri de contacte " -"acceptate: contact și livrare)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" -"Notificați Amazon de o livrare confirmată în Odoo (FBM) pentru a primi " -"plata." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "Suportă mai multe conturi de vânzător." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "Suportă mai multe piețe pe contul de vânzător." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "**Comenzi**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Sincronizați comenzile expediate și anulate" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "Sincronizați comenzile neexpediate și anulate" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "**Transport**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Taxe" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "Livrare creată" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr "**Ambalare cadou**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "Manipulat de Amazon" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "Taxe de ambalare cadou" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" -msgstr "Mesaj cadou" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "**Gestionarea stocului**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" -msgstr "O singură mișcare de stoc creată pentru fiecare element de comandă" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" -msgstr "Manipulat de livrare" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" -msgstr "**Confirmare**" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" -msgstr "Notificați Amazon la confirmarea livrării" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -"Conectorul este conceput pentru a sincroniza datele comenzilor, așa cum este" -" prezentat mai sus. Alte acțiuni, cum ar fi descărcarea rapoartelor lunare " -"de taxe, gestionarea disputelor sau emiterea de rambursări trebuie " -"gestionate din Amazon Seller Central, de obicei." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" -msgstr "Piețe acceptate" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "**Gestionarea stocului**" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Conectorul Amazon acceptă toate piețele actuale. Dacă o piață nu este " -"listată în piețele dvs. Amazon, puteți :ref:`adauga o nouă piață " -"`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "Gestionați comenzile Amazon în Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "Sincronizarea comenzilor" +msgid "Order synchronization" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" -"Comenzile sunt preluate automat de la Amazon și sincronizate în Odoo la " -"intervale regulate. Sincronizarea se bazează pe starea Amazon: numai " -"comenzile ale căror stare a fost modificată de la ultima sincronizare sunt " -"preluate de la Amazon. Pentru **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), numai " -"**Livrate** și **Anulate** comenzi sunt preluate. Pentru **FBM** (Fulfilled " -"by Merchant), același lucru este făcut pentru **Neexpediate** și **Anulate**" -" comenzi. Pentru fiecare comandă sincronizată, o comandă de vânzări și un " -"client sunt create în Odoo dacă nu sunt încă înregistrate." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Când o comandă este anulată în Amazon și a fost deja sincronizată în Odoo, " -"comanda de vânzări corespunzătoare este anulată automat în Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -"Pentru a forța sincronizarea unei comenzi a cărei stare nu s-a schimbat de " -"la ultima sincronizare, activați :ref:`modul dezvoltator `, " -"navigați la contul dvs. Amazon și modificați data din :menuselection:`Orders" -" Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Alegeți o dată anterioră ultimei modificări" -" a stării comenzii pe care doriți să o sincronizați și salvați." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" -"Pentru a sincroniza imediat comenzile contului dvs. Amazon, comutați la " -":ref:`modul dezvoltator `, mergeți la contul dvs. Amazon și " -"faceți clic pe **SYNC ORDERS**. Același lucru se poate face cu expedierile " -"prin clic pe **SYNC PICKINGS**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "Gestionați livrările în FBM" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" -"Când o comandă **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) este sincronizată în Odoo, o " -"livrare este creată împreună cu comanda de vânzări și clientul. Puteți livra" -" fie toate produsele comandate clientului o dată sau livra produse parțial " -"prin utilizarea restanțelor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" -"Când o livrare legată de comandă este confirmată, o notificare este trimisă " -"Amazon care, la rândul său, va notifica clientul că comanda (sau o parte din" -" ea) este pe drum." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" -"Amazon necesită să furnizați o referință de urmărire pentru fiecare livrare." -" Trebuie să atribuiți un transportator. Dacă transportatorul nu furnizează " -"automat o referință de urmărire, va trebui să o setați manual. Acest lucru " -"se aplică tuturor piețelor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" -"Dacă transportatorul ales nu este unul acceptat de Odoo, totuși puteți crea " -"un transportator purtând numele său (de exemplu, creați un transportator " -"numit `Colissimo`). Acest nume nu este sensibil la majuscule, dar aveți " -"grijă la greșelile de tipar, deoarece Amazon nu le va recunoaște." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." -msgstr "" -"Creați un transportator de livrare numit `Self Delivery` pentru a informa " -"Amazon că faceți propriile livrări. Totuși, trebuie să introduceți o " -"referință" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" -"Rețineți că clientul este notificat prin e-mail despre livrare, iar " -"transportatorul și referința de urmărire sunt afișate în e-mailul " -"clientului." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "Urmăriți livrările în FBA" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -"Când o comandă **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) este sincronizată în Odoo, o " -"mișcare de stoc este înregistrată pentru fiecare element al comenzii de " -"vânzări astfel încât să fie salvată în sistemul dvs. Managerii de stoc pot " -"găsi astfel de mișcări în :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> " -"Product Moves`. Ei ridică produse într-o locație de inventar specifică " -"numită **Amazon**. Această locație reprezintă stocul dvs. în depozitele " -"Amazon și vă permite să gestionați stocul produselor dvs. în cadrul " -"programului FBA." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a urmări stocul dvs. Amazon (FBA) în Odoo, puteți face o ajustare de " -"inventar după reîncărcare. De asemenea, puteți declanșa o reîncărcare " -"automată din regulile de reînnoire a locației Amazon." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -"Locația Amazon este configurabilă din contul Amazon gestionat în Odoo. Toate" -" conturile aceleiași companii folosesc aceeași locație în mod implicit. Cu " -"toate acestea, este posibil să urmăriți stocul pe fiecare piață. În primul " -"rând, eliminați piața pentru care doriți să urmăriți stocul separat din " -"lista piețelor sincronizate. Apoi, creați o altă înregistrare pentru acest " -"cont și eliminați toate piețele, cu excepția uneia pentru a fi izolate de " -"celelalte. În cele din urmă, atribuiți o altă locație de stoc celei de-a " -"doua înregistrări din contul dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "Emiteți facturi și înregistrați încasări" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "Urmăriți vânzările dvs. Amazon în raportarea vânzărilor" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" -"Deoarece o echipă de vânzări este setată pe contul dvs. în fila **Urmărire " -"comenzi**, acest lucru vă ajută să aruncați o privire rapidă la cifre din " -"doar câteva clicuri în raportarea vânzărilor. În mod implicit, echipa de " -"vânzări a contului dvs. este partajată între toate conturile companiei dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." msgstr "" -"Dacă doriți, puteți schimba echipa de vânzări pe contul dvs. pentru a " -"efectua o raportare separată pentru vânzările acestui cont." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." msgstr "" -"Este de asemenea posibil să doriți raportarea pe baza unui raport de pe o " -"piață similară. În primul rând, eliminați piața pe care doriți să o urmăriți" -" separat din lista piețelor sincronizate. Apoi, creați o altă înregistrare " -"pentru acest cont și eliminați toate piețele, cu excepția uneia pentru a " -"izola de celelalte. În cele din urmă, atribuiți o altă echipă de vânzări " -"uneia dintre cele două înregistrări ale contului dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -6785,7 +6921,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "Activați :ref:`modul dezvoltator `." @@ -6840,180 +6975,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "Conector eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Cum să listați un produs?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Listare fără variantă" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Pentru a lista un produs, trebuie să verificați câmpul **folosește eBay** pe" -" formularul produsului. Fila eBay va fi disponibilă." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" -"Când câmpul **Utilizați cantitatea din stoc** este bifat, cantitatea setată " -"pe eBay va fi **cantitatea prognozată** din Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -"Câmpul **Șablon descriere** vă permite să utilizați șabloane pentru " -"listările dvs. Șablonul implicit utilizează doar câmpul **Descriere eBay** " -"al produsului. Puteți utiliza html în interiorul **Șablonului descriere** și" -" în **Descrierea eBay**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -"Pentru a utiliza imagini în listarea dvs., trebuie să le adăugați ca " -"**Atașamente** pe șablonul produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Listare cu variante" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Când **folosește eBay** este bifat pe un produs cu variante și cu **Preț " -"fix** ca **Tip listare**, formularul eBay este puțin diferit. În matricea de" -" variante, puteți alege care variantă va fi listată pe eBay, precum și seta " -"prețul și cantitatea pentru fiecare variantă." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Listare cu elemente specifice" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Listare fără variantă" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga elemente specifice, trebuie să creați un atribut de produs " -"cu o valoare în fila **Variante** pe formularul produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Identificatori produs" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Listare cu variante" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Listare cu elemente specifice" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"Identificatorii de produse, cum ar fi EAN, UPC, Brand sau MPN, sunt necesari" -" în majoritatea categoriilor de pe eBay. Modulul gestionează identificatorii" -" EAN și UPC cu câmpul **Barcode** al variantelor de produs. Dacă câmpul " -"**Barcode** este gol sau valoarea nu este validă, valorile EAN și UPC vor fi" -" setate ca 'Does not apply' (nu se aplică), conform recomandărilor eBay. " -"Valorile Brand și MPN funcționează ca specificații ale elementului și ar " -"trebui definite în fila **Variants** din formularul produsului. Dacă aceste " -"valori nu sunt setate, 'Does not apply' (nu se aplică) va fi folosit pentru " -"listarea de pe eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Cum să configurați eBay în Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "Creați token-uri eBay" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Prezentare generală" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea token-urile, trebuie să creați un cont de dezvoltator pe " -"`portalul de dezvoltatori `_. Odată ce " -"sunteți autentificat, puteți crea **Sandbox Keys** și **Production Keys** " -"apăsând pe butoanele corespunzătoare." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"După crearea cheilor, puteți obține token-ul utilizatorului. Pentru a face " -"astfel, apăsați pe link-ul **Get a User Token** din partea de jos a paginii." -" Completați formularul, conectați-vă cu contul dvs. eBay și veți obține " -"cheile și token-ul necesare pentru a configura modulul în Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Configurați token-urile în Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" -"Pentru a configura integrarea eBay, mergeți la :menuselection:`Vânzări --> " -"Configurare --> Setări`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"În primul rând, alegeți dacă doriți să utilizați site-ul de producție sau " -"sandbox de pe eBay. Apoi completați câmpurile **Developer Key**, **Token**, " -"**App Key**, **Cert Key**. Aplicați modificările." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Dată început" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Titlu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Subtitlu" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" -"Odată ce pagina este reîncărcată, trebuie să sincronizați informațiile de pe" -" eBay. Apăsați pe **Sync countries and currencies**, apoi puteți completa " -"toate celelalte câmpuri." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" -"Când toate câmpurile sunt completate, puteți sincroniza categoriile și " -"politiciile apăsând pe butoanele corespunzătoare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Durată" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Țară" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Jeton" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Jeton de utilizator" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Cheie de dezvoltare" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "Acceptați notificările de ștergere a contului" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -7025,195 +8247,183 @@ msgstr "" " a contului, toți partenerii eBay trebuie să confirme primirea cererii și să" " ia măsuri suplimentare dacă este necesar." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -"Odoo are un punct de notificare pentru a primi aceste notificări, pentru a " -"confirma primirea cererii și pentru a gestiona prima serie de acțiuni pentru" -" anonimizarea detaliilor contului în **Contacte** și pentru a elimina " -"accesul clientului la portal." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că ați configurat corect :ref:`abonarea la notificările de " -"ștergere a contului de pe piață ` deoarece eBay poate dezactiva temporar contul eBay asociat " -"până când abonamentul este finalizat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "Obțineți detalii despre punctul de acces din Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -"Detaliile despre punctul de acces pot fi găsite în :menuselection:`Vânzări " -"--> Configurare --> Setări --> eBay`. Faceți clic pe *Generate Token* pentru" -" a obține **Token-ul de verificare**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "Buton pentru a genera un token de verificare eBay în Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "Abonați-vă la notificările de ștergere a contului" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -"Conectați-vă la `portalul de dezvoltatori al eBay " -"`_ și accesați **Alerte și notificări**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "Prezentare generală a tabloului de bord al Alertelor și notificărilor" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" "Pentru a vă abona la notificările de ștergere / închidere, eBay are nevoie " "de câteva detalii:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -"O **adresă de e-mail** pentru a trimite notificări dacă punctul de acces nu " -"este accesibil." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" -msgstr "Detaliile **punctului de acces**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "URL-ul către punctul de acces de notificare a ștergerii contului Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "Un token de verificare" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "Câmpuri dedicate pentru introducerea detaliilor punctului de acces" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -"Puteți edita ultimele două câmpuri după ce câmpul adresei de e-mail este " -"completat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "Verificați conectivitatea cu punctul de acces" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -"După configurarea detaliilor punctului de acces obținute în tabloul de bord " -"al eBay, luați în considerare posibilitatea de a testa conectivitatea " -"folosind butonul de **Trimite notificare de test**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -"Trebuie să primiți următorul mesaj de confirmare: \"O notificare de test a " -"fost trimisă cu succes!\"" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "Buton pentru a trimite o notificare de test" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "Utilizare metodă de sincronizare actualizată" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți multe produse, API-ul eBay poate refuza unele apeluri de " -"sincronizare din cauza unei limite bazate pe timp pentru numărul de cereri " -"pe care eBay le impune." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a rezolva această problemă, a fost dezvoltat un nou mecanism de " -"implementare; însă acest mecanism actualizat este dezactivat în mod implicit" -" pentru a evita rularea simultană a celor 2 sisteme în instalările " -"existente." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "Pentru a comuta la noul mecanism de sincronizare:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "Mergeți la :menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Acțiuni programate`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" -"Arhivați acțiunile de sincronizare vechi (ambele sunt denumite *Ebay: " -"actualizare stare produs*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" -"Activați acțiunile de sincronizare noi (*Ebay: obține comenzi noi* care " -"rulează la fiecare 15 minute în mod implicit și *Ebay: sincronizare stoc " -"(pentru sincronizarea 'obține comenzi noi')* care rulează o dată pe zi în " -"mod implicit)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" -"Asigurați-vă că **Data următoarei execuții** pentru ambele acțiuni este în " -"viitorul apropiat" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" -"Începând cu data următoarei execuții, se va utiliza noul metoda în locul " -"vechiului." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Metoda de facturare" @@ -11306,395 +12516,762 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Gestionați produsele dvs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" -msgstr "Cum să importați produse cu categorii și variante" +msgid "Import products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Șabloanele de import sunt furnizate în **Instrumentul de import** a celor " -"mai comune date de importat (contacte, produse, declarații bancare, etc.). " -"Le puteți deschide cu orice software de tabele (Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Cum să personalizați fișierul" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -"Eliminați coloanele de care nu aveți nevoie. Cu toate acestea, vă recomandăm" -" să nu eliminați coloana *ID* (vedeți de ce mai jos)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -"Setați un ID unic pentru fiecare înregistrare extinzând secvența ID-ului." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" -"Nu modificați etichetele coloanelor pe care doriți să le importați. În caz " -"contrar, Odoo nu le va mai recunoaște, și va trebui să le mapați singuri în " -"ecranul de import." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Nu ezitați să adăugați noi coloane, dar câmpurile trebuie să existe în Odoo." -" Dacă Odoo nu reușește să potrivească numele coloanei cu un câmp, puteți " -"să-l potriviți manual când importați prin parcurgerea unei liste de câmpuri " -"disponibile." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "De ce o coloană “ID”?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -"ID-ul este un identificator unic pentru un element. Nu ezitați să utilizați " -"unul din software-ul dvs. anterior pentru a ușura trecerea la Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Setarea unui ID nu este obligatorie la import, dar ajută în multe cazuri:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -"Actualizarea importurilor: puteți importa același fișier de mai multe ori " -"fără a crea duplicate." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Importați câmpurile de relație (vedeți mai jos)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Cum să importați câmpurile de relație" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -"Un obiect Odoo este întotdeauna legat de multe alte obiecte (de exemplu, un " -"produs este legat de categorii de produse, atribute, furnizori, etc.). " -"Pentru a importa aceste relații, trebuie să importați mai întâi " -"înregistrările la care obiectul este legat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "Variante de produs" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" -"Puteți face acest lucru folosind numele înregistrării legate sau ID-ul. ID-" -"ul este necesar atunci când două înregistrări au același nume. Într-un " -"astfel de caz, adăugați \" / ID\\la sfârșitul titlului coloanei (de exemplu," -" pentru atributele produsului: Atributele produsului / Atribut / ID)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" -msgstr "Obțineți automat imagini de produs cu Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -"Imaginile produsului sunt foarte utile în Odoo, de exemplu, pentru a găsi " -"rapid un produs sau pentru a verifica dacă ați scanat cel corect, dar poate " -"fi puțin mai dificil de configurat în special dacă aveți multe produse. " -"**Google Custom Search** permite găsirea automată a imaginilor pentru " -"produsul dvs., pe baza codului de bare, păstrând atenția dvs. pe ceea ce " -"contează în afacere." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Această funcționalitate necesită configurarea atât în Google, cât și în " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -"Cu un cont gratuit Google, puteți obține până la 100 de imagini gratuite pe " -"zi. Dacă trebuie de mai mult, va trebui să folosiți un cont plătit." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "Panoul de control Google API" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " "`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -"Accesați pagina `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ pentru a genera credențialele API" -" Google Custom Search. Conectați-vă cu contul dvs. Google." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Selectați sau creați un proiect API pentru a stoca credențialele. Dați-i un " -"nume explicit (de exemplu, Imagini Odoo)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"În secțiunea credențiale, faceți clic pe **Create Credentials** și selectați" -" **API Keys**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "Pagina API & Services pe Google Cloud Platform" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "Salvați **API Key**. Aveți nevoie de ea pentru următorul pas în Odoo!" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Folosiți bara de căutare pentru a căuta **Google Custom Search API** și " -"selectați-l." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "Bara de căutare conține \"Custom Search API\" pe Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Activați API-ul." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile cu butonul Enable evidențiat pe Google Cloud " -"Platform" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" -msgstr "Panoul de control Google Programmable Search" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -"Accesați pagina `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ și faceți clic pe **Get " -"Started**. Conectați-vă cu contul dvs. Google." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -"Pagina Google Programmable Search Engine cu butonul **Get Started** în partea dreapta sus\n" -"a paginii" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." -msgstr "" -"Completați limba și numele motorului de căutare. Dați-i un nume explicit (de" -" exemplu, Imagini Odoo)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "Panoul de control Google Programmable Search" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -"Google nu permite să creați un motor de căutare fără a fi introdus cel puțin" -" un site specific pentru căutare. Puteți introduce orice site web (de " -"exemplu www.google.com) pentru acest pas, vom îl elimina mai târziu." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -"Validați formularul făcând clic pe **Create**. Apoi, mergeți în modul de " -"editare al motorului de căutare pe care l-ați creat (făcând clic pe " -"**Control Panel** pe pagina de confirmare sau făcând clic pe numele " -"motorului de căutare pe pagina principală)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -"În fila **basics**, asigurați-vă că activați **Image search**, " -"**SafeSearch** și **Search the entire web**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" -"Odată ce **Search the entire web** este activat, puteți șterge site-ul care " -"l-ați introdus la pasul anterior." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Salvați **Search Engine Id**. Aveți nevoie de el pentru următorul pas în " -"Odoo!" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -"Accesați :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activați **Google Images** și salvați." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -"Reveniți la :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"introduceți **API Key** și **Search Engine ID** în setările **Google " -"Images** și salvați din nou." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" -msgstr "Obțineți automat imaginile produsului dvs. în Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" -"Acțiunea de a obține automat imaginile produsului dvs. în Odoo apare în " -"orice Vizualizare listă a produselor sau variante de produs. Aici este un " -"ghid pas cu pas din aplicația Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Mergi la meniul Produse (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` sau " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) din orice aplicație care " -"folosește produse, cum ar fi Inventar sau Vânzări." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." -msgstr "Pe vizualizarea listei, selectați produsele care necesită o imagine." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -"Doar primele 10.000 de produse sau variante de produs selectate vor fi " -"procesate." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Doar produsele sau variantele de produs cu un cod de bare și fără o imagine " -"vor fi procesate." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" -"Dacă selectați un produs care are una sau mai multe variante din " -"vizualizarea Produse, toate variantele care se potrivesc criteriilor " -"anterioare vor fi procesate." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." -msgstr "" -"În meniul de acțiune, selectați **Get Pictures from Google Images** și " -"validați prin apăsarea butonului **Get picture**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." -msgstr "Trebuie să vedeți imaginile care apar treptat." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -"Doar primele 10 imagini sunt preluate imediat. Dacă ați selectat mai mult de" -" 10, restul vor fi preluate ca un job în fundal." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Job-ul din fundal procesează aproximativ 100 de imagini pe minut. Dacă " -"atingeți limita autorizată de Google (fie cu un plan gratuit sau plătit), " -"job-ul din fundal se va pune în așteptare pentru 24 de ore și va continua de" -" unde s-a oprit în ziua anterioară." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" @@ -11702,95 +13279,102 @@ msgstr "" "`Creați, modificați sau închideți contul dvs. de facturare Google Cloud " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "Variante de produs" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -"Variantele de produs sunt utilizate pentru a oferi produselor diferite " -"caracteristici, cum ar fi dimensiunea și culoarea. Produsele care utilizează" -" variante pot fi administrate la nivelul șablonului de produs (pentru toate " -"atributele și variantele acestui produs) și/sau la nivelul variantei (pentru" -" variante individuale)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -"Ca exemplu, o companie care vinde tricouri poate avea următorul produs:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "Tricou" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "Culoare: Albastru, Roșu, Alb, Negru" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Mărime: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -"În acest exemplu, **T-Shirt** este șablonul de produs, iar **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** este o variantă de produs. **Color** și **size** sunt atributele. " -"**S** și **Blue** sunt valorile." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" -"Exemplul de mai sus are un total de 20 de variante de produs diferite (5 " -"mărimi x 4 culori). Fiecare dintre acestea are propriul său stoc, vânzări, " -"etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "Activarea variantelor de produs" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Pentru a utiliza variantele de produs, accesați :menuselection:`Vânzări --> " -"Configurare --> Setări --> Catalog de produse`, și activați funcția " -":guilabel:`Variante`. În final, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a " -"aplica setarea." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." -msgstr "Activarea variantelor de produs." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" -msgstr "Crearea atributelor" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Atributele trebuie create înainte ca variantele de produs să poată fi " -"configurate. Atributele pot fi accesate prin intermediul " -":menuselection:`Vânzări --> Configurare --> Produse --> Atribute`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Atribute" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " @@ -11800,78 +13384,137 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Configuratorul de produs`, :guilabel:`Tabloul de bord al " "punctului de vânzare` " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" -"Pentru a crea un nou atribut, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`. În primul " -"rând, alegeți un nume de atribut, cum ar fi \"Culoare\" sau \"Mărime\"." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." -msgstr "Fereastra de creare a atributelor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -"În continuare, selectați un :guilabel:`Tip de afișare`, care determină cum " -"va fi afișat acest produs pe pagina :guilabel:`eCommerce`, " -":guilabel:`Tabloul de bord al punctului de vânzare` și " -":guilabel:`Configuratorul de produs`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Radio`: opțiunile apar într-o listă." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Select`: opțiunile apar într-un meniu dropdown." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Culoare`: opțiunile apar ca niște pătrățele mici, care afișează " -"orice cod de culoare HTML setat." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "Afișarea tipurilor în configuratorul de produs." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Modul de creare a variantelor` informează Odoo când să creeze " -"automat o nouă variantă odată ce un atribut este adăugat unui produs." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Imediat`: creează toate variantele posibile imediat ce sunt " "adăugate atribute și valori unui șablon de produs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dinamic`: creează variante doar atunci când atribute și valori " -"corespunzătoare sunt adăugate unei comenzi de vânzare." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Niciodată`: nu crea niciodată variante." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." @@ -11879,56 +13522,88 @@ msgstr "" "Odată adăugat unui produs, :guilabel:`Modul de creare a variantelor` nu " "poate fi editat." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -"Valorile trebuie adăugate unui atribut înainte de salvare, dar mai multe " -"valori pot fi adăugate în orice moment, dacă este necesar. Pentru a adăuga o" -" valoare, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o linie`. De acolo, puteți:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." -msgstr "Tastați numele valorii." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"Bifați o casetă pentru a indica dacă valoarea este sau nu personalizată " -"(adică clientul furnizează specificații unice)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -"În special pentru culori, adăugați un cod de culoare HTML pentru a face mai " -"ușor pentru vânzători și clienți să știe ce selectează." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 -msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" -"Un cod de culoare poate fi selectat fie prin tragerea cursorului în jurul " -"casetei, fie prin introducerea unui cod de culoare HTML specific (de " -"exemplu, #FF0077)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." -msgstr "Selectarea unei culori." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -"În cele din urmă, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a finaliza " -"crearea atributului." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." @@ -11936,53 +13611,68 @@ msgstr "" "Atributele pot fi create și direct din șablonul de produs prin adăugarea " "unei noi linii și tastarea numelui în fila :guilabel:`Variante`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -"După ce un atribut este adăugat unui produs, o filă nouă apare pe pagina " -"atributului numită :guilabel:`Produse asociate`. Această filă afișează toate" -" produsele din baza de date care utilizează momentan atributul." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "Crearea variantelor de produs" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -"După ce ați creat un atribut, utilizați atributul pentru a crea o variantă " -"de produs prin accesarea :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Produse --> Produse`. " -"Apoi, selectați un produs existent și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editare`, " -"sau creați un nou produs prin faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -"În partea de sus a șablonului de produs, butonul inteligent " -":guilabel:`Variante` indică numărul de variante configurate în prezent pe " -"produs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -"Pentru a adăuga o variantă nouă, faceți clic pe fila :guilabel:`Variante`, " -"apoi faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o linie` pentru a adăuga orice " -"atribute și valori. Când toate atributele și valorile au fost adăugate, " -"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." @@ -11990,135 +13680,126 @@ msgstr "" "Procese similare de creare a variantelor de produs sunt accesibile prin " "intermediul Aplicațiilor Achiziții, Inventar și eCommerce." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" -msgstr "Gestionarea produselor excluse" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" -"Următoarele exemple sunt toate bazate pe un șablon de produs care are două " -"atribute:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "Tricou" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "Culoare: Albastru, Roșu, Alb" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" -"Cu șablonul de produs de mai sus, există 15 variante diferite de tricouri în" -" trei culori diferite și cinci dimensiuni diferite. Dacă tricourile albe nu " -"sunt disponibile în dimensiunea XXL, atunci această variantă poate fi " -"dezactivată." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" -"În secțiunea :guilabel:`Exclude pentru` , faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați" -" o linie` și selectați orice produs (e) și / sau valori de atribut specifice" -" care sunt în prezent indisponibil. În cele din urmă, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica setarea, și Odoo va afișa automat " -"variantă de produs ca indisponibil pe pagina eCommerce." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "Excluderea atributelor." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Setarea unui preț pe variantă" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -"Costuri suplimentare pot fi adăugate la prețul standard al unui produs " -"pentru variante specifice de produs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -"Pentru a face acest lucru, deschideți :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Produse " -"--> Produse`, și faceți clic pe produsul relevant. Apoi, faceți clic pe " -":guilabel:`Configurați variantele` pentru accesarea listei de valori ale " -"variantelor de produs." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" -"Apoi, faceți clic pe o valoare de variantă și :guilabel:`Editare`. În câmpul" -" :guilabel:`Valoare preț suplimentar` , introduceți costul suplimentar " -"pentru această valoare particulară. Această sumă este adăugată la prețul " -"standard. În cele din urmă, faceți clic :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica " -"prețul suplimentar la valoare." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." -msgstr "Setarea valorii prețului suplimentar." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Impactul variantelor" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cod de bare`: codurile de bare sunt asociate cu fiecare variantă " -"în loc de șablonul de produs. Fiecare variantă individuală poate avea " -"propriul său unic cod de bare / SKU." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Preț`: fiecare variantă de produs are propriul său preț public, " -"care este suma prețului șablonului de produs și orice taxe suplimentare " -"pentru anumite atribute. De exemplu, costul unei cămăși roșii este de $ 23 " -"deoarece prețul cămășii este prețul șablonului este $ 20, plus un " -"suplimentar de $ 3 pentru varianta de culoare roșie. Regulile de prețuri pot" -" fi configurate pentru a se aplica la șablonul de produs sau la variantă." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" @@ -12128,14 +13809,14 @@ msgstr "" "individual. Pe formularul șablonului de produs, stocul reflectă suma tuturor" " variantelor, dar stocul real este calculat de variantele individuale." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Imagine`: fiecare variantă de produs poate avea propria sa " "imagine specifică." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." @@ -12143,6 +13824,10 @@ msgstr "" "Modificările la șablonul de produs se aplică automat tuturor variantelor " "acestui produs." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 5b7a7dd26..c67b9f0dc 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ # Vacaru Adrian , 2023 # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Claudia Baisan, 2023 +# Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Foldi Robert , 2023 # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 -# Cozmin Candea , 2023 # Dorin Hongu , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,6 +33,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Site-uri web" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "Comerț electronic" @@ -4153,22 +4425,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Widget" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4176,14 +4447,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4195,29 +4466,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4230,13 +4501,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4247,18 +4518,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4269,18 +4540,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4288,7 +4559,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4298,7 +4569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4311,20 +4582,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5363,6 +5634,123 @@ msgstr "" "construiți site-uri web frumoase care să transforme vizitatorii în lead-uri " "sau venituri." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5783,131 +6171,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "Instalare Geo IP (Baza de date On-Premises)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalare" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" -"Vă rugăm să rețineți că instalarea depinde de sistemul de operare și " -"versiune. Vom presupune că este utilizat un sistem de operare Linux." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" -"Instalați biblioteca Python `geoip2 `__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" -"Descărcați `Baza de date GeoLite2 City " -"`_. Ar trebui să obțineți un" -" fișier numit ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "Mutați fișierul în folderul ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "Reporniți serverul" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Dacă nu puteți / nu doriți să localizați baza de date geoip în " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, puteți utiliza opțiunea ``--geoip-db`` a interfeței " -"de linie de comandă Odoo. Această opțiune ia calea absolută către fișierul " -"bazei de date GeoIP și o utilizează ca bază de date GeoIP. De exemplu:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" -"Biblioteca Python ``GeoIP`` poate fi de asemenea utilizată. Cu toate " -"acestea, această versiune nu mai este suportată de la 1 ianuarie. Vedeți " -"`Bazele de date GeoLite Legacy nu mai sunt acum suportate " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "Cum să testați geolocația GeoIP în site-ul dvs. Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" -"Accesați site-ul dvs. Deschideți pagina web pe care doriți să o testați " -"``GeoIP``." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "Alegeti :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "Adăugați următoarea secvență de XML în pagina:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "Ar trebui să obțineți un dicționar care indică locația adresei IP." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" -"Dacă parantezele sunt goale ``{}``, poate fi din unul dintre următoarele " -"motive:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" -"Adresa IP de navigare este localhost (``127.0.0.1``) sau una din rețeaua " -"locală (``192.168.*.*``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" -"Dacă este utilizat un proxy inversat, asigurați-vă că este configurat " -"corect. Vedeți :option:`proxy mode `" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" -"``geoip2`` nu este instalat sau fișierul bazei de date GeoIP nu a fost găsit" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "Baza de date GeoIP nu a putut rezolva adresa IP dată" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 1db1b0ead..8f9ff4ddb 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Katja Deržič, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -1362,6 +1362,112 @@ msgid "" "messages `." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "Spletno" @@ -1387,8 +1493,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -2928,8 +3034,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" @@ -4564,11 +4670,11 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 @@ -8510,64 +8616,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -8576,7 +8686,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -8584,13 +8694,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -8602,23 +8712,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -8628,7 +8738,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -8641,7 +8751,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -8651,13 +8761,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -8668,7 +8778,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -8677,58 +8787,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -8737,13 +8861,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -8752,171 +8876,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -8926,7 +9050,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -8935,39 +9059,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -8976,63 +9100,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9042,7 +9166,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9050,7 +9174,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9058,21 +9182,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9081,7 +9207,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9089,7 +9215,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9097,92 +9223,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 0e012338a..718180f0d 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Katja Deržič, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -952,9 +952,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 @@ -2647,8 +2647,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6262,7 +6262,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6370,9 +6370,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Vrste kontov" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilanca stanja" @@ -6976,7 +6976,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bančno usklajevanje" @@ -7192,7 +7191,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7419,22 +7418,23 @@ msgstr "Plačila" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7442,9 +7442,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7460,174 +7457,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8598,91 +8615,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -8869,69 +8801,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Združene države" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -8939,11 +8877,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -8951,7 +8889,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9140,176 +9078,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Dobiček in izguba" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Povzetek" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9319,10 +9270,14 @@ msgstr "Kartica glavne knjige" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9332,8 +9287,12 @@ msgstr "Zastarela obveznost" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9342,32 +9301,44 @@ msgstr "Zastarane terjatve" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Izkaz denarnih tokov" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Davčno poročanje" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" @@ -13182,7 +13153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -13201,6 +13172,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16457,7 +16432,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16540,7 +16515,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -16707,7 +16682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -18046,7 +18021,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -18874,7 +18849,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -18913,7 +18888,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19478,7 +19453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19508,7 +19483,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19523,12 +19498,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19541,24 +19514,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19566,136 +19532,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19703,11 +19669,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19716,15 +19682,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -19732,11 +19698,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -19746,50 +19712,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -19800,29 +19766,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -19830,19 +19796,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -19850,24 +19816,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -19878,13 +19844,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -19893,12 +19859,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -19906,36 +19872,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -19945,13 +19911,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -19962,56 +19928,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20019,32 +19985,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20053,7 +20019,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20061,7 +20027,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20069,11 +20035,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20082,7 +20048,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20091,14 +20057,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20106,11 +20072,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20121,14 +20087,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20136,60 +20102,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Stopnja konverzije" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20201,11 +20167,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20218,32 +20184,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20253,7 +20219,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20266,7 +20232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20277,7 +20243,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20290,7 +20256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20301,26 +20267,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20329,21 +20295,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20351,11 +20317,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20369,14 +20335,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20387,36 +20353,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20424,11 +20390,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20441,12 +20407,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20538,40 +20504,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20586,16 +20552,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20609,11 +20575,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20627,7 +20593,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20637,17 +20603,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -20661,23 +20627,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -20688,7 +20654,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -20698,16 +20664,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -20719,55 +20685,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -20779,11 +20745,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -20798,7 +20764,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -20806,12 +20772,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -20819,7 +20785,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20827,14 +20793,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20844,46 +20810,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -20894,13 +20860,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -20911,7 +20877,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -20921,18 +20887,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -20941,7 +20907,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -20949,7 +20915,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -20959,7 +20925,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -20967,18 +20933,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20986,7 +20952,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20996,7 +20962,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21010,7 +20976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21024,7 +20990,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21034,11 +21000,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21048,7 +21014,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21056,18 +21022,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21075,13 +21041,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21091,14 +21057,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21106,11 +21072,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21121,11 +21087,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21137,11 +21103,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21149,7 +21115,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21164,11 +21130,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21177,13 +21143,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21194,7 +21160,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21205,7 +21171,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23264,7 +23230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -24780,7 +24746,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -30636,7 +30601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31199,13 +31164,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Španija" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -31222,39 +31185,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Švica" @@ -33086,7 +33063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33509,7 +33486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34129,17 +34106,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c64c4980c..15b8df37b 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,19 +8,19 @@ # matjaz k , 2023 # Jasmina Macur , 2023 # Boris Kodelja , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 # Tomaž Jug , 2023 # Katja Deržič, 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Katja Deržič, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4828,43 +4828,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5156,73 +5119,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5233,31 +5341,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5271,13 +5379,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5286,7 +5394,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5294,6 +5402,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Spremeni geslo" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 472560b8e..008f4f0c1 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# matjaz k , 2023 -# Jasmina Macur , 2023 -# Tadej Lupšina , 2023 -# Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Katja Deržič, 2024 +# matjaz k , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Tadej Lupšina , 2024 +# Jasmina Macur , 2024 +# Matjaz Mozetic , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Katja Deržič, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -149,154 +149,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "Dodaj novega zaposlenega" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "Delovne izkušnje" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -304,234 +367,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "Veščine" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "Tipi veščine" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -540,92 +658,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -634,102 +727,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -737,35 +868,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "Dokumenti" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -774,11 +888,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Nastavitve" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "Pogodba" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Storitve" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "Plačni seznam" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -786,7 +2124,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -795,18 +2133,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Nastavitve" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -820,7 +2154,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -829,12 +2163,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -842,15 +2195,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -858,88 +2211,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -949,46 +2322,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -996,7 +2452,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1005,28 +2461,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1036,7 +2492,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1046,13 +2502,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1061,32 +2517,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1094,94 +2695,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Pravila" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1190,7 +2785,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1199,61 +2794,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1262,54 +2871,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "Prednosti" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1317,83 +2939,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "Nadaljevanje" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2531,6 +4222,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Poročanje" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2813,11 +4779,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "Kadrovanje" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "Zavrni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "Ustvari zaposlenega" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2839,40 +6243,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2884,37 +6272,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2922,164 +6309,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "Ocenjevanja" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Vprašanja" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3089,143 +6573,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "Vprašanja" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Ocenjevanje" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "Odgovori" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "Matrica" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Možnosti" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Postavitev" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Udeleženci" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3234,3 +7045,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index a137c5b1a..de202ff05 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Boris Kodelja , 2023 -# Simon Gorše , 2023 # Tomaž Jug , 2023 # matjaz k , 2023 # Tadej Lupšina , 2023 @@ -19,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Grega Vavtar , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -57,52 +56,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1212,7 +1428,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1341,141 +1557,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Dokazila" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Dobavni nalogi" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Interni prenosi" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2910,79 +3646,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Uvodna predstavitev" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Sledljivost" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3497,11 +4322,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3511,10 +4331,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5874,10 +6690,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5886,29 +6702,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5917,11 +6734,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5934,7 +6751,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5944,7 +6761,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5955,7 +6772,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5970,11 +6787,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5986,7 +6803,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5998,18 +6815,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6021,7 +6838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6034,7 +6851,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6099,7 +6916,7 @@ msgstr "Prejemanje blaga neposredno (1 korak)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6562,49 +7379,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6618,7 +7443,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6627,7 +7452,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6636,7 +7461,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6647,7 +7472,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6660,11 +7485,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6673,7 +7498,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6688,11 +7513,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6700,7 +7525,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14925,8 +15750,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14935,53 +15761,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15577,10 +16670,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Sledljivost" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 1e7e6c1c4..3f815c114 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,21 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jasmina Macur , 2023 -# Boris Kodelja , 2023 # Tomaž Jug , 2023 # matjaz k , 2023 -# Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Boris Kodelja , 2024 +# Jasmina Macur , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Katja Deržič, 2024 +# Matjaz Mozetic , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "" @@ -254,12 +255,26 @@ msgstr "Združi po" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 msgid "" -"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on " -"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent " -"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-" -"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the " -"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria." +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 @@ -267,11 +282,11 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Priljubljene" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " "filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " @@ -285,11 +300,11 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavitve" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -299,26 +314,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " "features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " "when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -326,17 +341,17 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." msgstr "" @@ -344,20 +359,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" " a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " "field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " @@ -365,24 +380,24 @@ msgid "" " in either field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "" "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " "is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 msgid "" "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " "email content, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Prejemniki" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 msgid "" "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." @@ -393,79 +408,79 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "" "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " "option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " "from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " "target audience for the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" " purchased event registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" " a specific talk (track) at an event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 msgid "" "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " "simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " @@ -473,18 +488,18 @@ msgid "" " to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "Add a recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 msgid "" "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" " than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " "needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " "selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " @@ -497,20 +512,20 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " "(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " "rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," @@ -519,17 +534,17 @@ msgid "" "even more specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 msgid "Mail body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 msgid "" "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " ":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " @@ -544,7 +559,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " "and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " @@ -554,17 +569,17 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " "depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " @@ -573,7 +588,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "" "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" @@ -585,32 +600,32 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " "responsible for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " "sender of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " "this particular email will be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" " for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " ":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " @@ -622,17 +637,17 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 msgid "" "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " "particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " @@ -646,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 msgid "" "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -655,18 +670,18 @@ msgid "" "campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " @@ -680,14 +695,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 msgid "" "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " "filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" @@ -695,24 +710,24 @@ msgid "" "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 msgid "" "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " "available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " "the upper-right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" " delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " @@ -720,7 +735,7 @@ msgid "" "page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " @@ -732,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " "it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " @@ -742,11 +757,11 @@ msgid "" " the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 msgid "A/B testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 msgid "" "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" " A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " @@ -755,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" "duplicate messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " "contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " @@ -763,30 +778,30 @@ msgid "" "are randomly chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 msgid "Send, schedule, or test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 msgid "" "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " "upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " ":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " "recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " "date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " @@ -794,7 +809,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to *In Queue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " "sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " @@ -802,20 +817,20 @@ msgid "" " Sample Mail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" " (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " "as :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" " the last save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " ":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " @@ -824,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1470,7 +1485,7 @@ msgid "" "Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " "instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " "options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " -"information is organzied for event staff to review." +"information is organized for event staff to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 @@ -1575,9 +1590,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " "Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " -"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" -" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " -"` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." +"customized either by using the frontend rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode ` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 @@ -1674,23 +1689,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " "website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " -"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +"navigate to it either from the backend of Odoo through the " ":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " -"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +"frontend as either a priveliged user or administrator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" -"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +"If navigating from the backend, go to the event form, and click the " ":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " -"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"website (on the frontend). If starting from the frontend , simply navigate " "to the event page that needs to be published." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 msgid "" -"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." -" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the frontend. " +"In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " "switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " ":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " "accessible to the public on the website." @@ -2106,149 +2121,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Napredno" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Udeleženci" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2256,149 +2423,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" +msgid "Campaign configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2625,63 +2853,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2690,7 +2969,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2698,89 +2977,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Sprožilec" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2790,122 +3495,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -3551,7 +4270,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 msgid "" "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " -"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 @@ -4238,389 +4957,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Članki" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Podjetje" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Sporočilo" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Pripni slike" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Kampanja" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Kdaj" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4628,39 +5655,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4670,97 +5723,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Klepetaj z obiskovalci spletne strani" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4768,22 +5826,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4791,41 +5845,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4856,6 +5909,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 12d64484a..f43e7c0c1 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Katja Deržič, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -744,165 +744,173 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "Pregled" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" +" the browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 @@ -1333,6 +1341,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ce80e4244..3be25439f 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,19 +7,21 @@ # jl2035 , 2023 # Tadej Lupšina , 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2023 -# matjaz k , 2023 # Jasmina Macur , 2023 # Katja Deržič, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Grega Vavtar , 2024 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# matjaz k , 2024 +# Boris Kodelja , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Boris Kodelja , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -58,19 +60,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -97,77 +92,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5279,378 +5396,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5879,7 +6130,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5934,137 +6184,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay povezovalnik" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Pregled" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Datum začetka" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Naslov" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Podnaslov" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategorija" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Trajanje" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Država" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6072,154 +7452,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10310,641 +11717,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Lastnosti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 606d1203c..7fcb728c8 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ # Jasmina Macur , 2023 # matjaz k , 2023 # Tomaž Jug , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,6 +30,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Spletne strani" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "Spletna trgovina" @@ -4142,22 +4414,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4165,14 +4436,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4184,29 +4455,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4219,13 +4490,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4236,18 +4507,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4258,18 +4529,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4277,7 +4548,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4287,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4300,20 +4571,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5349,6 +5620,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5769,108 +6157,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 8b0cc2457..47140fbad 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -948,9 +948,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 @@ -2643,8 +2643,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6258,7 +6258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6366,9 +6366,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "ประเภทบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "งบดุล" @@ -6952,7 +6952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -6972,7 +6972,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "การกระทบยอดธนาคาร" @@ -7188,7 +7187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7415,22 +7414,23 @@ msgstr "การชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7438,9 +7438,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7456,174 +7453,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8594,91 +8611,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -8865,69 +8797,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "สหรัฐอเมริกา" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -8935,11 +8873,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -8947,7 +8885,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9136,176 +9074,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "กำไรขาดทุน" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "ข้อมูลสรุป" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9315,10 +9266,14 @@ msgstr "บัญชีแยกประเภททั่วไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9328,8 +9283,12 @@ msgstr "อายุบัญชีเจ้าหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9338,32 +9297,44 @@ msgstr "อายุบัญชีลูกหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "งบกระแสเงินสด" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "รายงานภาษี" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" @@ -13178,7 +13149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -13197,6 +13168,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16453,7 +16428,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16536,7 +16511,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -16703,7 +16678,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -18042,7 +18017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -18870,7 +18845,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -18909,7 +18884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19474,7 +19449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19504,7 +19479,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19519,12 +19494,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19537,24 +19510,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19562,136 +19528,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19699,11 +19665,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19712,15 +19678,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -19728,11 +19694,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -19742,50 +19708,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -19796,29 +19762,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -19826,19 +19792,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "ใบรับรอง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -19846,24 +19812,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -19874,13 +19840,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -19889,12 +19855,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -19902,36 +19868,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -19941,13 +19907,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -19958,56 +19924,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20015,32 +19981,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20049,7 +20015,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20057,7 +20023,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20065,11 +20031,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20078,7 +20044,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20087,14 +20053,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20102,11 +20068,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20117,14 +20083,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20132,60 +20098,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "อัตราการแปลง" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20197,11 +20163,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20214,32 +20180,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20249,7 +20215,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20262,7 +20228,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20273,7 +20239,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20286,7 +20252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20297,26 +20263,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20325,21 +20291,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20347,11 +20313,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20365,14 +20331,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20383,36 +20349,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20420,11 +20386,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20437,12 +20403,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20534,40 +20500,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20582,16 +20548,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20605,11 +20571,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20623,7 +20589,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20633,17 +20599,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -20657,23 +20623,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -20684,7 +20650,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -20694,16 +20660,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -20715,55 +20681,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -20775,11 +20741,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -20794,7 +20760,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -20802,12 +20768,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -20815,7 +20781,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20823,14 +20789,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20840,46 +20806,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -20890,13 +20856,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -20907,7 +20873,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -20917,18 +20883,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -20937,7 +20903,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -20945,7 +20911,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -20955,7 +20921,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -20963,18 +20929,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20982,7 +20948,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20992,7 +20958,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21006,7 +20972,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21020,7 +20986,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21030,11 +20996,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21044,7 +21010,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21052,18 +21018,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21071,13 +21037,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21087,14 +21053,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21102,11 +21068,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21117,11 +21083,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21133,11 +21099,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21145,7 +21111,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21160,11 +21126,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21173,13 +21139,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21190,7 +21156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21201,7 +21167,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23260,7 +23226,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -24776,7 +24742,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -30632,7 +30597,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31195,13 +31160,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "สเปน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -31218,39 +31181,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "สวิตเซอร์แลนด์" @@ -33082,7 +33059,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33505,7 +33482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34125,17 +34102,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 9e609f7ed..c5dc9d2f1 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4822,43 +4822,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5150,73 +5113,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "ทิกเก็ต" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "การสมัครสมาชิก" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5227,31 +5335,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5265,13 +5373,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5280,7 +5388,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5288,6 +5396,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "เปลี่ยนรหัสผ่าน" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index c930d812a..c40556f5c 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -146,154 +146,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "เพิ่มพนักงานใหม่" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "ประวัติย่อ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -301,234 +364,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "ทักษะ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "ประเภททักษะ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -537,92 +655,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -631,102 +724,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -734,35 +865,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "เอกสาร" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -771,11 +885,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "Q3" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "เงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "การเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "สัญญา" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "บริการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "เงินเดือน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -783,7 +2121,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -792,18 +2130,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "การตั้งค่า" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -817,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -826,12 +2160,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -839,15 +2192,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -855,88 +2208,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -946,46 +2319,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -993,7 +2449,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1002,28 +2458,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "เงินเดือน" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1033,7 +2489,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1043,13 +2499,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1058,32 +2514,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "โครงสร้าง" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1091,94 +2692,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "กฏ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1187,7 +2782,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1196,61 +2791,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1259,54 +2868,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "สิทธิประโยชน์" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1314,83 +2936,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "ประวัติย่อ" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2528,6 +4219,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "การรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2810,11 +4776,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "การรับสมัคร" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "ปฏิเสธ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "สร้างพนักงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2836,40 +6240,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2881,37 +6269,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2919,164 +6306,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "การประเมิน" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "คำถาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3086,143 +6570,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "คำถาม" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "คะแนน" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "คำตอบ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "กล่องข้อความบรรทัดเดียว" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "เมทริกซ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "คำอธิบาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "ตัวเลือก" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "เลย์เอาต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "ผู้มีส่วนร่วม" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "ไลฟ์เซสชัน" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3231,3 +7042,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "คะแนน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 130fa50f0..7b4dc4128 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -51,52 +51,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -983,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 @@ -1206,7 +1423,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1335,141 +1552,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "ใบเสร็จ" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "คำสั่งจัดส่ง" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "โอนย้ายภายใน" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2904,79 +3641,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "แนะนำ" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "การติดตามย้อนกลับ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3491,11 +4317,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3505,10 +4326,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5868,10 +6685,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5880,29 +6697,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5911,11 +6729,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5928,7 +6746,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5938,7 +6756,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5949,7 +6767,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5964,11 +6782,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5980,7 +6798,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5992,18 +6810,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6015,7 +6833,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6028,7 +6846,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6093,7 +6911,7 @@ msgstr "รับสินค้าโดยตรง (1 สเตป)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6556,49 +7374,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6612,7 +7438,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6621,7 +7447,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6630,7 +7456,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6641,7 +7467,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6654,11 +7480,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6667,7 +7493,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6682,11 +7508,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6694,7 +7520,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14919,8 +15745,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14929,53 +15756,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15571,10 +16665,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "การติดตามย้อนกลับ" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 487019ed6..f9d70a640 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Chatcha Mee, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" @@ -2117,149 +2117,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "ระดับสูง" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "ผู้มีส่วนร่วม" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2267,149 +2419,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "สร้างแคมเปญ" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2636,63 +2849,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2701,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2709,89 +2973,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2801,122 +3491,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -4249,389 +4953,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "โพสต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "ข้อมูลเชิงลึก" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "บริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "โพสต์บน" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "ข้อความ" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "แนบรูปภาพ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "แคมเปญ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "เมื่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "ตัวเลือกการแจ้งเตือนแบบพุช" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4639,39 +5651,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4681,97 +5719,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "ผู้เยี่ยมชม" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4779,22 +5822,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4802,41 +5841,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4867,6 +5905,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 49565e258..d3a73e005 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" @@ -739,165 +739,173 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "ภาพรวม" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" +" the browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 @@ -1328,6 +1336,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" @@ -7279,7 +7291,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 msgid "Default layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เค้าโครงเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 98a06d5b2..06c17756c 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -54,19 +54,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -93,77 +86,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5275,378 +5390,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Amazon Connector" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "ค่าธรรมเนียม" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5875,7 +6124,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5930,137 +6178,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "account_plaid" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ภาพรวม" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "วันเริ่มต้น" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "คำนำหน้าชื่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "คำบรรยาย" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "หมวดหมู่" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "ระยะเวลา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "ประเทศ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "โทเค็น" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "โทเค็นผู้ใช้" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "กุญแจของนักพัฒนา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6068,154 +7446,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10306,641 +11711,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "คุณลักษณะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 61790adf0..655c04fff 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 # Odoo Thaidev , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,6 +28,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "เว็บไซต์" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "บล็อก" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "eCommerce" @@ -3354,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:206 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:174 msgid ":guilabel:`Comment own posts`" @@ -4140,22 +4412,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "วิดเจ็ต" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4163,14 +4434,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4182,29 +4453,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4217,13 +4488,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4234,18 +4505,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4256,18 +4527,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4275,7 +4546,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4285,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4298,20 +4569,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5347,6 +5618,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5767,108 +6155,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" @@ -7986,7 +8272,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แผนผังเว็บไซต์" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 65ed11ffb..81eb840f2 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -947,9 +947,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 @@ -2702,8 +2702,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6422,7 +6422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6530,9 +6530,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "Типи рахунків" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Бухгалтерський баланс" @@ -7140,7 +7140,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Узгодження виписок" @@ -7363,7 +7362,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7590,22 +7589,23 @@ msgstr "Платежі" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7613,9 +7613,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7631,174 +7628,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8769,91 +8786,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -9040,69 +8972,75 @@ msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати чеками" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "Сполучені Штати" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP **: чек внизу, і заголовки зверху." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Оплата постачальника чеком здійснюється в три етапи:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Зареєструйте платіж чеком" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -9110,11 +9048,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Друк чеків" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -9122,7 +9060,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9311,217 +9249,190 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -"Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " -"кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Ви можете коментувати всі звіти, щоб надрукувати їх і повідомити свого " -"радника. Експортувати в xls для керування додатковим аналізом. Перегляньте " -"докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " -"розділі звітів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете порівняти значення з іншим періодом. Виберіть, скільки " -"періодів ви хочете порівняти з вибраним періодом часу. Ви можете обрати до " -"12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " -"параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -"У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " -"власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Доходи і витрати" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -"Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" -" дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "Управлінський підсумок" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" -"**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " -"необхідні для керування вашою компанією." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" msgstr "" -"У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " -"розділу:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" -" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " -"робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" -" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів, а також " -"будь-яких фіксованих накладних витрат вашої компанії (такі, як орендна " -"плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " -"продажів)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -"Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " -"для отримання цього прибутку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Позиція:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" -" всім рахункам клієнтів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " -"(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -"Скільки очікується грошового обігу у вашій компанії протягом наступного " -"місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " -"вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Поточні активи до зобов'язань:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Також називається **поточним співвідношенням**, це співвідношення поточних " -"активів (активів, які можуть бути перетворені на грошові кошти протягом " -"року) до поточних зобов'язань (зобов'язання, які будуть сплачуватись у " -"наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " -"компанії обслуговувати свої борги." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" @@ -9530,16 +9441,15 @@ msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"**Звіт загальної бухгалтерської книги** відображає всі транзакції з усіх " -"рахунків за вибраний діапазон дат. У початковому зведеному звіті " -"відображаються підсумки для кожного рахунку, а звідти можна переглянути " -"детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " -"перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" @@ -9548,12 +9458,13 @@ msgstr "Протермінована оплата" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Запустіть **звіт розрахунків з кредиторами**, щоби відобразити інформацію " -"про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" -" часу вони не сплачені." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" @@ -9561,33 +9472,35 @@ msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгован #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -"Звіт про **розрахунки з дебіторами** відображає рахунки-фактури продажу, які" -" очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " -"цього." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "Звіт про рух коштів" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -"Звіт про **рух грошових коштів** показує, як зміни у звіту балансу рахунків " -"та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " -"аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "Податковий звіт" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -9595,6 +9508,10 @@ msgstr "" "Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " "податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік" @@ -13527,7 +13444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -13546,6 +13463,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16802,7 +16723,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16885,7 +16806,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -17052,7 +16973,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Використання та тестування" @@ -18391,7 +18312,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -19219,7 +19140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -19258,7 +19179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19823,7 +19744,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19853,7 +19774,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19868,12 +19789,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19886,24 +19805,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19911,136 +19823,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -20048,11 +19960,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -20061,15 +19973,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -20077,11 +19989,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -20091,50 +20003,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -20145,29 +20057,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -20175,19 +20087,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Сертифікат" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -20195,24 +20107,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -20223,13 +20135,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Мультивалютність" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -20238,12 +20150,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -20251,36 +20163,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -20290,13 +20202,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -20307,56 +20219,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20364,32 +20276,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20398,7 +20310,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20406,7 +20318,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20414,11 +20326,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20427,7 +20339,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20436,14 +20348,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20451,11 +20363,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20466,14 +20378,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20481,60 +20393,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Рахунки переміщення" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "Обмінний курс" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20546,11 +20458,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20563,32 +20475,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20598,7 +20510,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20611,7 +20523,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20622,7 +20534,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20635,7 +20547,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20646,26 +20558,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20674,21 +20586,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20696,11 +20608,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20714,14 +20626,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20732,36 +20644,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20769,11 +20681,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20786,12 +20698,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20883,40 +20795,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20931,16 +20843,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20954,11 +20866,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20972,7 +20884,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20982,17 +20894,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -21006,23 +20918,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -21033,7 +20945,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -21043,16 +20955,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -21064,55 +20976,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "Надходження" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -21124,11 +21036,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "Претензія" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -21143,7 +21055,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -21151,12 +21063,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21164,7 +21076,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21172,14 +21084,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21189,46 +21101,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -21239,13 +21151,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -21256,7 +21168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -21266,18 +21178,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -21286,7 +21198,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21294,7 +21206,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -21304,7 +21216,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -21312,18 +21224,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21331,7 +21243,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21341,7 +21253,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21355,7 +21267,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21369,7 +21281,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21379,11 +21291,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21393,7 +21305,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21401,18 +21313,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21420,13 +21332,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21436,14 +21348,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21451,11 +21363,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21466,11 +21378,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21482,11 +21394,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21494,7 +21406,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21509,11 +21421,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21522,13 +21434,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21539,7 +21451,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21550,7 +21462,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23609,7 +23521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -25200,7 +25112,6 @@ msgstr "" "потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -31072,7 +30983,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31635,15 +31546,12 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "Іспанія" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" @@ -31659,44 +31567,53 @@ msgstr "PGCE Entitades" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню: " -":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " -"розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -"Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " -"бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Швейцарія" @@ -33574,7 +33491,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33997,7 +33914,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34617,17 +34534,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 17751f18a..cbd9618cd 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,16 +6,16 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Alina Lisnenko , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4992,43 +4992,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5339,73 +5302,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "заявки" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "підписки" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5416,31 +5524,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5454,13 +5562,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5469,7 +5577,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5477,6 +5585,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Пароль" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2fab8eacc..2951165f8 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # trolka , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -52,60 +52,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "Процес коригування запасів за допомогою штрих-кодів" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб обробити коригування залишків за допомогою штрих-кодів, спочатку " -"потрібно відкрити модуль *Штрих-код*. Потім у додатку натиснути *Коригування" -" залишків*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 -msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" -"Як тільки ви клікнете на *Коригування залишків*, Odoo автоматично створить " -"інвентаризацію. Зауважте, якщо ви працюєте з кількома складами, ви спочатку " -"маєте визначити, на яких місцезнаходженнях буде виконуватися інвентаризація." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не працюєте з кількома місцезнаходженнями, ви зможете сканувати " -"різні товари, які хочете включити в коригування залишків." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1215,7 +1424,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1344,141 +1553,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Надходження" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Замовлення на доставку" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Внутрішні переміщення" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Створіть внутрішнє переміщення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2913,102 +3642,169 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "Яка різниця між партіями та серійними номерами?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"В Odoo партії і серійні номери мають схожість у своїй функціональній " -"системі, але різні у своїй поведінці. Вони обидва керуються в додатках " -"**Склад**, **Купівлі** та **Продажі**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -"**Партії** відповідають певній кількості товарів, які ви отримали та " -"зберігаються в одному пакунку." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -"**Серійні номери** - ідентифікаційні номери, надані одному товару, зокрема, " -"щоби відстежувати історію товару від прийому до доставки та післяпродажу." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "Коли використовувати" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"**Партії** для товарів, які ви отримуєте у великій кількості, і для яких " -"партії можуть допомогти у звітах, контролю якості чи іншій інформації. " -"Партії допоможуть ідентифікувати декілька творів, наприклад, виробничу " -"помилку. Це може бути корисним для серійного виробництва одягу або їжі." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" -"**Серійні номери** є цікавими для товарів, які можуть вимагати післяпродажне" -" обслуговування, наприклад, смартфони, ноутбуки, холодильники та будь-які " -"електронні пристрої. Ви можете використовувати серійний номер виробника або " -"свій власний, залежно від того, як ви керуєте цими товарами." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "Коли не використовувати" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" -"Зберігання витратних матеріалів, таких як кухонний рулон, туалетний папір, " -"ручки та паперові блоки в партіях, взагалі не матиме сенсу, тому що є дуже " -"мало шансів, що ви можете повернути їх за виробничу помилку." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" -"З іншого боку, присвоєння серійного номера кожному товару забирає багато " -"часу, та матиме цільове значення лише у випадку товарів, що мають гарантійні" -" та/або післяпродажні послуги. Наприклад, введення серійного номера на хліб " -"взагалі не має сенсу." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Відстеження" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -3522,11 +4318,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3536,10 +4327,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5969,10 +6756,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5981,29 +6768,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -6012,11 +6800,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -6029,7 +6817,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -6039,7 +6827,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -6050,7 +6838,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -6065,11 +6853,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6081,7 +6869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -6093,18 +6881,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6116,7 +6904,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6129,7 +6917,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6194,7 +6982,7 @@ msgstr "Отримайте товар безпосередньо (1 крок)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6657,49 +7445,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6713,7 +7509,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6722,7 +7518,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6731,7 +7527,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6742,7 +7538,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6755,11 +7551,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6768,7 +7564,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6783,11 +7579,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6795,7 +7591,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -15110,8 +15906,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -15120,53 +15917,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15762,10 +16826,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Відстеження" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 1ac599be5..699db3c2c 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ # trolka , 2023 # Alina Lisnenko , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Список перегляду" @@ -2119,149 +2119,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Відслідковування" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Учасники" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2269,149 +2421,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Розпочніть" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Створити кампанію" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2638,63 +2851,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2703,7 +2967,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2711,89 +2975,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Запуск" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2803,122 +3493,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -4251,389 +4955,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Публікації" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Інформація" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Компанія" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Публікація на" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Повідомлення" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Прикріпити зображення" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Кампанія" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Коли" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "Опції спливаючих сповіщень" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4641,39 +5653,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4683,97 +5721,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Відвідувачі" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4781,22 +5824,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4804,41 +5843,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4869,6 +5907,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 6e60955c3..321fe6279 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -54,24 +54,12 @@ msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" -"Система може генерувати ліди замість нагод, щоб додати крок кваліфікації " -"перед конвертацією *Ліда* в *Нагоду* та призначення його продавцю." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете активувати цей режим із Налаштувань CRM. Він застосовується до " -"всіх каналів продажу за замовчуванням. Але ви можете застосувати його для " -"конкретних каналів із їхньої форми налаштування." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -98,97 +86,200 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас з'явиться нове підменю *Ліди* у розділі *Ліди*, де вони " -"накопичуються." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"Коли ви натиснете на *Лід*, ви матимете можливість перетворити його на " -"нагоду і вирішити, чи слід його ще призначити тому ж каналу/продавцю, і якщо" -" вам потрібно створити нового клієнта." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам " -"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати" -" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Об'єднайте нагоди" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" -"Odoo також автоматично запропонує об'єднати нагоди, якщо в них однакова " -"електронна адреса. Під час об'єднання нагод Odoo об'єднує й інформацію " -"нагод, яка була спершу створена, надаючи пріоритет інформації першої нагоди." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -"Жодна інформація не втрачаться: дані з інших нагод записується у чаттері та " -"інформаційних полях для легкого доступу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви знайдете дублікат самостійно, ... ви також можете об'єднати нагоди " -"або ліди, навіть якщо система цього не пропонує." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -"Тут є як це зробити зі списку. Оберіть нагоди або ліди, які ви хочете " -"об'єднати, тоді з'явиться кнопка дії. Потім ви можете обрати об'єднання." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "Можливо також об'єднати більше, ніж дві нагоди або ліда." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -2646,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 msgid "Payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Способи оплати" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5384,378 +5475,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Конектор Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Сплати" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5984,7 +6209,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -6039,166 +6263,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "конектор eBay " +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Як впорядкувати товари?" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Список без змін" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Для того, щоби вказати товар, потрібно перевірити поле **використання eBay**" -" на формі товару. Вкладка eBay буде доступна." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" -"Коли позначено поле **Використовувати залишки товарів на складі**, " -"кількість, встановлена в eBay, буде **Прогноз Кількості** Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -"**Шаблон Опису** дозволяє вам використовувати шаблони для ваших записів. " -"Шаблон за замовчуванням використовує лише поле **опису eBay** у товарі. Ви " -"можете використовувати HTML у **шаблоні опису** та в **описі eBay**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -"Щоб використовувати фотографії у вашому списку, потрібно додати їх як " -"**Прикріплення** у шаблон товару." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Список з варіаціями" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "Список з елементами специфікації" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "Список без змін" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -"Щоб додати специфікацію до елементу, потрібно створити атрибут товару з " -"одним значенням на вкладці **Варіанти** форми товару." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "Ідентифікатори товару" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "Список з варіаціями" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "Список з елементами специфікації" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати eBay в Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "Створіть токени eBay" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"Щоб створити свої токени, потрібно створити обліковий запис розробника на " -"`порталі розробника `_. Після входу в " -"систему ви можете створити **Тестовий режим** та **Робочий режим** " -"натиснувши відповідні кнопки." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Після створення режимів ви можете отримати Токен користувача. Для цього " -"натисніть посилання **Отримати токен користувача** в нижній частині " -"сторінки. Перейдіть за формою, увійдіть у свій обліковий запис eBay, і ви " -"отримаєте ключі та токен, необхідні для налаштування модуля в Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Встановлення токенів у Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати інтеграцію eBay, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"Спочатку визначтеся, чи хочете ви використати товар або сайти eBay. Потім " -"заповніть поля **Ключ розробника**, **Токен**, **Ключ додатка** та **Ключ " -"сертифіката**. Застосуйте зміни." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Початкова дата" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Заголовок" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Підзаголовок" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Категорія" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" -"Після перезавантаження сторінки потрібно синхронізувати інформацію з eBay. " -"Натисніть на **Синхронізувати країни та валюти**, тоді ви можете заповнити " -"всі інші поля." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" -"Коли всі поля заповнені, ви можете синхронізувати категорії та політики, " -"натиснувши відповідні кнопки." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Тривалість" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Країна" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Токен" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Токен користувача" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Ключ розробника" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6206,154 +7531,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Метод виставлення рахунку" @@ -10444,643 +11796,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Керуйте вашими товарами" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " -"послідовність ID." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Як імпортувати пов'язані поля" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Увімкніть API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "Наприклад, компанія, що продає футболки, може мати такий товар:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T-shirt" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Атрибути" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." +msgid "" +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Встановлення ціни за варіант" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "Вплив варіантів" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index a82523a18..61f36ffe6 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Zoriana Zaiats, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Alina Lisnenko , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,6 +28,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Веб-сайти" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Блог" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "Електронна комерція" @@ -4140,22 +4412,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Віджет" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4163,14 +4434,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4182,29 +4453,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4217,13 +4488,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4234,18 +4505,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4256,18 +4527,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4275,7 +4546,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4285,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4298,20 +4569,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5347,6 +5618,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5767,108 +6155,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 348ef0cb1..bbe2bc0d7 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Thin Tran , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Nancy Momoland , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Võ Văn Khoa, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Võ Văn Khoa, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3969,7 +3969,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " -"post directly from my database." +"post directly from your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 @@ -3979,14 +3979,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " -"credits to test our IAP features." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 @@ -4014,10 +4014,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:42 msgid "" -"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " -"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " -"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:50 @@ -4026,46 +4026,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:52 msgid "" -"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " -"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " -"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " -"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " -"by email!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 -msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " -"Database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " -"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "" -"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " -"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:74 -msgid "" -"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" -" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" -" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 @@ -4074,8 +4040,8 @@ msgstr "Báo cáo" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " -"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +"You can find several reports under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most " +"apps that let you analyze and visualize the data of your records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 @@ -4107,11 +4073,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:33 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your " "records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " @@ -4123,11 +4089,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:45 msgid "Choosing measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 msgid "" "After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " ":doc:`filtered `. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " @@ -4135,7 +4101,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:52 msgid "" "When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" " for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " @@ -4145,7 +4111,7 @@ msgid "" "the total number of filtered records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:58 msgid "" "After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " "be :ref:`grouped ` depending on the dimension you want to " @@ -4153,7 +4119,7 @@ msgid "" "used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" "When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " "another one appears." @@ -4163,11 +4129,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Using the comparison option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:72 msgid "Select measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:74 msgid "" "Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " ":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " @@ -4178,11 +4144,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:81 msgid "Group measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" "You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" " rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." @@ -4192,11 +4158,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:92 msgid "Using the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:94 msgid "" "Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " "the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" @@ -4207,13 +4173,13 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`➖`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " "the newly created subgroups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:104 msgid "" "You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " "example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " @@ -4225,52 +4191,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:112 msgid "" "Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " "(:guilabel:`⇄`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" " (⏷) order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:114 msgid "" "Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " "(:guilabel:`⭳`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 msgid "Using the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 -msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:121 +msgid "Three graphs are available: the bar, line, and pie charts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:123 msgid "" "**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " "categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " "sets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:126 msgid "" "**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " "time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:128 msgid "" "**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " "number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4278,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:138 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4286,7 +4252,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:143 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "" @@ -4294,14 +4260,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:149 msgid "" "For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " "have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " "next to each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:154 msgid "Stacked bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4309,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:159 msgid "Regular bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4317,7 +4283,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:164 msgid "Stacked line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4325,8 +4291,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:184 msgid "Regular line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4334,13 +4300,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:174 msgid "" "For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " "is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:179 msgid "Cumulative line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4860,43 +4826,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5188,73 +5117,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "đăng ký" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5265,31 +5339,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5303,13 +5377,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5318,7 +5392,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5326,6 +5400,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "Thay đổi mật khẩu" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 93256e1cd..f1caa8012 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -53,52 +53,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1208,7 +1425,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1337,141 +1554,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "Nhận hàng" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Phiếu giao hàng" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "Điều chuyển nội bộ" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2906,79 +3643,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Đầu trang" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Truy xuất kho" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3493,11 +4319,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3507,10 +4328,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5870,10 +6687,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5882,29 +6699,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5913,11 +6731,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5930,7 +6748,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5940,7 +6758,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5951,7 +6769,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5966,11 +6784,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5982,7 +6800,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5994,18 +6812,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6017,7 +6835,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6030,7 +6848,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6095,7 +6913,7 @@ msgstr "Nhận hàng trực tiếp (1 bước)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6558,49 +7376,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6614,7 +7440,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6623,7 +7449,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6632,7 +7458,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6643,7 +7469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6656,11 +7482,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6669,7 +7495,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6684,11 +7510,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6696,7 +7522,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14921,8 +15747,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14931,53 +15758,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15573,10 +16667,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "Truy xuất kho" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index c62c73bc9..bb004a096 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Vo Thanh Thuy, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "Xem danh sách" @@ -253,12 +253,26 @@ msgstr "Nhóm theo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 msgid "" -"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on " -"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent " -"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-" -"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the " -"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria." +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 @@ -266,11 +280,11 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Yêu thích" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " "filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " @@ -284,11 +298,11 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Cài đặt" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -298,26 +312,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " "features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " "when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -325,17 +339,17 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." msgstr "" @@ -343,20 +357,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" " a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " "field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " @@ -364,24 +378,24 @@ msgid "" " in either field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "" "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " "is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 msgid "" "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " "email content, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Người nhận" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 msgid "" "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." @@ -392,79 +406,79 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "" "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " "option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " "from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " "target audience for the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" " purchased event registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" " a specific talk (track) at an event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 msgid "" "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " "simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " @@ -472,18 +486,18 @@ msgid "" " to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "Add a recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 msgid "" "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" " than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " "needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " "selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " @@ -496,20 +510,20 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " "(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " "rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," @@ -518,17 +532,17 @@ msgid "" "even more specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 msgid "Mail body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 msgid "" "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " ":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " @@ -543,7 +557,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " "and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " @@ -553,17 +567,17 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " "depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " @@ -572,7 +586,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "" "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" @@ -584,32 +598,32 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " "responsible for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " "sender of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " "this particular email will be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" " for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " ":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " @@ -621,17 +635,17 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 msgid "" "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " "particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " @@ -645,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 msgid "" "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -654,18 +668,18 @@ msgid "" "campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " @@ -679,14 +693,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 msgid "" "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " "filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" @@ -694,24 +708,24 @@ msgid "" "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 msgid "" "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " "available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " "the upper-right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" " delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " @@ -719,7 +733,7 @@ msgid "" "page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " @@ -731,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " "it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " @@ -741,11 +755,11 @@ msgid "" " the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 msgid "A/B testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 msgid "" "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" " A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " @@ -754,7 +768,7 @@ msgid "" "duplicate messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " "contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " @@ -762,30 +776,30 @@ msgid "" "are randomly chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 msgid "Send, schedule, or test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 msgid "" "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " "upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " ":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " "recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " "date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " @@ -793,7 +807,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to *In Queue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " "sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " @@ -801,20 +815,20 @@ msgid "" " Sample Mail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" " (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " "as :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" " the last save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " ":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " @@ -823,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1469,7 +1483,7 @@ msgid "" "Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " "instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " "options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " -"information is organzied for event staff to review." +"information is organized for event staff to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 @@ -1574,9 +1588,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " "Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " -"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" -" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " -"` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." +"customized either by using the frontend rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode ` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 @@ -1673,23 +1687,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " "website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " -"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +"navigate to it either from the backend of Odoo through the " ":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " -"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +"frontend as either a priveliged user or administrator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" -"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +"If navigating from the backend, go to the event form, and click the " ":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " -"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"website (on the frontend). If starting from the frontend , simply navigate " "to the event page that needs to be published." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 msgid "" -"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." -" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the frontend. " +"In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " "switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " ":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " "accessible to the public on the website." @@ -2105,149 +2119,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Nâng cao" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "Dấu vết" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "Người tham gia" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2255,149 +2421,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "Create a campaign" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2624,63 +2851,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2689,7 +2967,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2697,89 +2975,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Bộ khởi động" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2789,122 +3493,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -3550,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 msgid "" "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " -"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 @@ -4237,389 +4955,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "Bài viết" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "Thông tin chi tiết" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Công ty" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "Đăng lên" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Tin nhắn" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "Đính kèm hình ảnh" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "Chiến dịch" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "Khi" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4627,39 +5653,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4669,97 +5721,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "Khách truy cập" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4767,22 +5824,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4790,41 +5843,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4855,6 +5907,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 6a6889fb6..285b850d0 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -10,16 +10,16 @@ # Hà Trần Thị Minh, 2023 # Võ Văn Khoa, 2023 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -62,19 +62,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -101,77 +94,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5290,378 +5405,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Kết nối Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Charges" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5890,7 +6139,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5945,137 +6193,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "kết nối eBay" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Tổng quan" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "Ngày bắt đầu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Tiêu đề" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "Phụ đề" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Danh mục" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Thời hạn" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Quốc gia" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "Token" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "Mã token người dùng" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "Mã khoá của nhà phát triển" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6083,154 +7461,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10321,641 +11726,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "Áo phông" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Thuộc tính" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 8cddc771c..26e092f1e 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ # Dao Nguyen , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,6 +29,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "Trang web" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "Blog" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "thương mại điện tử" @@ -4141,22 +4413,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "Tiện ích" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4164,14 +4435,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4183,29 +4454,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4218,13 +4489,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4235,18 +4506,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4257,18 +4528,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4276,7 +4547,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4286,7 +4557,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4299,20 +4570,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5348,6 +5619,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5768,108 +6156,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 2e1dc92f5..ce43629c0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -15,24 +15,24 @@ # liAnGjiA , 2023 # Mandy Choy , 2023 # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 -# Datasource International , 2023 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # lyper lai, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Raven Allmind, 2023 -# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Chloe Wang, 2024 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2024 +# Datasource International , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1544,6 +1544,118 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您无权访问/管理电子邮件服务器，请使用 ：ref：'入站邮件'。" +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 +msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "安装" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "请注意，安装取决于计算机的操作系统和发行版。我们假设正在使用Linux操作系统。" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "安装`geoip2 `__ Python库" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" +"下载`GeoLite2 City数据库 " +"`_。你将下载到名为``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``的文件" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "将文件移动到文件夹``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "重启服务器" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" +"如果您不能/不想在``/usr/share/GeoIP/``中定位geoip数据库，可以使用Odoo命令行界面的“-geoip " +"db”选项。该选项采用GeoIP数据库文件的绝对路径，并将其用作GeoIP数据。例如：" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" +"``GeoIP`` 也可以使用Python库。但是，该版本自1月份起停止使用 1. 参见 `GeoLite遗留数据库现已停止使用 " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "转到你的网站。打开要测试“GeoIP”的网页。" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "在页面添加以下XML：" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "最后应该有一个字典，指示IP地址的位置。" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "如果大括号为空``{}``，则可能是由于以下任何原因：" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "浏览IP地址为本地主机(``127.0.0.1``)或一个局域网(``192.168.*.*``)" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "如果使用反向代理，请确保正确配置。请参阅：选项:`代理模式 `" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "未安装``geoip2``或未找到GeoIP数据库文件" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "GeoIP数据库无法解析给定的IP地址" + #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" msgstr "线上" @@ -1570,8 +1682,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "Odoo云端版本" @@ -2510,6 +2622,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Users`. Personal accounts will only allow for :guilabel:`Users` " "to be added." msgstr "" +"在左侧边栏菜单中选择 :guilabel:`用户和组`。然后，点击 :guilabel:`(+) 添加用户/组`。根据账户，可以添加 " +":guilabel:` 组` 和 :guilabel:` 用户`，也可以只添加 :guilabel:`用户`。个人账户只允许添加 " +":guilabel:`用户`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2519,6 +2634,9 @@ msgid "" "users/groups, click :guilabel:`Select`, and then :guilabel:`Assign` them to " "the application." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`用户` 或 :guilabel:`组` 下，单击 :guilabel:`未选择` 并添加将从 Odoo " +"中的:guilabel:`Microsoft 帐户`发送电子邮件的用户或用户组。 :guilabel:`Add` 用户/组，单击 " +":guilabel:`选择`，然后 :guilabel:`分配` 他们到应用程序。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:94 msgid "Create credentials" @@ -2533,10 +2651,14 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Application ID` is located under the :guilabel:`Display Name` in" " the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." msgstr "" +"现在 Microsoft Azure 应用程序已设置完毕，需要为 Odoo 设置创建凭证。其中包括 :guilabel:`客户 ID` 和 " +":guilabel:`客户密钥`。首先，可从应用程序的 :guilabel:`概览` 页面复制 :guilabel:`客户 " +"ID`。guilabel:`客户 ID` 或 :guilabel:`应用程序 ID` 位于应用程序 :guilabel:`要点` 概览中 " +":guilabel:`显示名称` 下方。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序/客户端 ID 位于应用程序概览中。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -2545,6 +2667,8 @@ msgid "" "menu. Then, a :guilabel:`Client Secret` needs to be produced. In order to do" " this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." msgstr "" +"接下来，需要检索 :guilabel:`客户密钥值`。要获取该值，请单击左侧边栏菜单中的 :guilabel:`认证 & 密钥`。然后，需要生成 " +":guilabel:`客户密钥`。为此，请单击 :guilabel:`(+) 新客户密文` 按钮。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -2552,6 +2676,8 @@ msgid "" "client secret`. Under :guilabel:`Description`, type in `Odoo Fetchmail` or " "something recognizable, and then set the :guilabel:`expiration date`." msgstr "" +"右侧窗口会弹出一个标有 :guilabel:`添加客户密钥` 的按钮。在:guilabel:`描述`下，输入`Odoo Fetchmail` " +"或其他可识别的内容，然后设置:guilabel:`失效日期`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2560,6 +2686,7 @@ msgid "" "service, so the expiration date should be noted and set to the furthest " "possible date." msgstr "" +"如果第一个:guilabel:`客户密钥`过期，则需要制作和配置新的:guilabel:`客户密钥`。在此情况下，服务可能会中断，因此应注意过期日期，并将其设置为尽可能远的日期。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2569,28 +2696,31 @@ msgid "" "Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. " "The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." msgstr "" +"输入这两个值后，点击 :guilabel:`添加`。将创建 :guilabel:`客户密钥值` 和 :guilabel:`密钥 ID`。请务必将 " +":guilabel:`值` 或 :guilabel:`客户密钥值` 复制到记事本中，因为离开此页面后它将被加密。不需要 :guilabel:`密钥 " +"ID`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端密文值或应用程序凭证中的值。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:128 msgid "" "After these steps, the following items should be ready to be set up in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成这些步骤后，就可以在 Odoo 中设置以下项目了：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:130 msgid "A client ID (:guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端 ID（:guilabel:`客户端 ID` 或 :guilabel:` 应用程序 ID）" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:131 msgid "A client secret (:guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户密钥（:guilabel:`值` 或 :guilabel:`客户密钥值`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:133 msgid "" "This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样就完成了 :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` 侧的设置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 @@ -2711,14 +2841,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用单一外发邮件服务器配置" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" "Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" " for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " "users in the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Microsoft Azure 中，配置单个外发服务器是最简单的配置，而且不需要为数据库中的用户设置广泛的访问权限。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -2730,13 +2860,16 @@ msgid "" "`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " "parameters." msgstr "" +"通用电子邮件地址将用于为数据库中的所有用户发送电子邮件。例如，它的结构可以是`通知`别名 (`notifications@example.com`) " +"或`联系人`别名 (`contact@example.com`)。该地址必须设置为服务器上的 :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering`。该地址还必须与系统参数中的`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`关键组合相匹配。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 msgid "" "For more information on the from filter visit: " ":ref:`email_communication/default`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关 from 筛选器的更多信息，请访问 :ref:`email_communication/default`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 @@ -2745,6 +2878,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> 系统参数` 菜单中激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 即可访问 " +":guilabel:`系统参数`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -2753,39 +2888,40 @@ msgid "" "should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " "address will change:" msgstr "" +"使用此配置时，从数据库发送的每封电子邮件都将使用配置的 `通知`邮箱地址。不过需要注意的是，发件人的姓名会显示出来，但其电子邮件地址会改变：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Name from real sender with static email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "真实发件人的姓名和静态电子邮件。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单一外发邮件服务器配置：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外发邮件服务器 **用户名**（登录） = `notifications@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " "`notifications@example.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外发邮件服务器 :guilabel:`FROM 筛选器` = `notifications@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统参数中的 \"mail.catchall.domain\"=\"example.com" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统参数中的 `mail.default.from` = `notifications`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户特定（多用户）配置" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -2794,6 +2930,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " "to work." msgstr "" +"除通用电子邮件服务器外，还可为数据库中的用户设置单独的电子邮件服务器。这些电子邮件地址必须在每个单独服务器上设置为 :guilabel:`FROM " +"筛选器` 才能生效。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -2802,6 +2940,8 @@ msgid "" "to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " "email server." msgstr "" +"这种配置是 Microsoft Azure " +"两种配置中难度较大的一种，因为它要求所有配置了电子邮件服务器的用户都有访问设置的权限，才能建立与电子邮件服务器的连接。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 @@ -2815,6 +2955,8 @@ msgid "" "server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " "set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." msgstr "" +"每位用户都应设置独立的电子邮件服务器。应设置 :guilabel:`FROM 筛选器` " +"以便只从该服务器发送用户的电子邮件。换句话说，只有电子邮件地址符合 :guilabel:`FROM 筛选器` 设置的用户才能使用该服务器。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -2823,6 +2965,9 @@ msgid "" " for this server should have the value of the " "`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." msgstr "" +"必须设置 :ref:`后备服务器 `，以便发送 " +":guilabel:`notifications`。该服务器的 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " +"值应为`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -2831,29 +2976,31 @@ msgid "" "mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " "the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." msgstr "" +"该事务性电子邮件服务器的配置可与外发邮件群发服务器同时使用。邮件群发服务器的 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " +"可以保持为空，但需要在 *电子邮件市场营销* 应用程序的设置中添加。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 msgid "" "For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " ":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关设置邮件群发服务器的更多信息，请访问 :ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多用户外发邮件服务器配置：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 msgid "User #1 mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户 #1 邮箱" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外发邮件服务器 #1 **用户名**（登录） = `john@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 msgid "" "Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外发邮件服务器 #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 msgid "User #2 mailbox" @@ -2967,12 +3114,14 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 教程：注册免费域名 `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 msgid "" "`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 提示： 获取免费域名！`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32 msgid "About domain names" @@ -3011,7 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 msgid "Indexing of domain names by search engines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索引擎对域名的索引" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -3049,22 +3198,30 @@ msgid "" "registered with Odoo ` and for domain names managed" " by other providers." msgstr "" +"一些搜索引擎为网站管理员提供工具，如`Google Search Console `_和 `Bing Webmaster Tools " +"`_，帮助您分析和提高页面排名。要使用这些服务，您必须证明您是域名的所有者。验证域名所有权的一种方法是添加" +" DNS 记录。您可以为 :ref:` 在 Odoo <域名/odoo-manage>`注册的域名和由其他提供商管理的域名添加 DNS 记录。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 msgid "" "`Google Search Console Help - Verify your site ownership " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Google 搜索控制台帮助 - " +"验证您的网站所有权`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" "`Bing Webmaster Tools - Add and Verify site " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Bing 网站管理员工具 - 添加和验证网站 `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" @@ -3102,6 +3259,8 @@ msgid "" "your MX records ` to use your own email server or " "solution such as Google Workspace." msgstr "" +"此优惠不包括任何邮箱。不过，您可以 :ref:`配置您的 MX 记录 ` 以使用自己的电子邮件服务器或" +" Google Workspace 等解决方案。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -3110,10 +3269,13 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, then on " ":guilabel:`Domain names`." msgstr "" +"为此，请访问 :menuselection:`网站 --> 域名`。或者，打开数据库管理器 " +"`_，点击数据库旁边的 :guilabel:`设置` 按钮，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`域名`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Clicking on Domain Names from an Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 Odoo 网站点击域名" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -3125,7 +3287,7 @@ msgstr "搜索您选择的域名以检查其可用性，然后选择要为您的 msgid "" "The search of the domain name example.com shows which associated domains are" " available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索域名 example.com 会显示哪些相关域名可用。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -3146,6 +3308,8 @@ msgid "" "request and your website to avoid abuse. This process can take several days " "due to the success of the offer." msgstr "" +"免费域名也适用于免费的 Odoo 在线数据库（例如，如果您只安装了一个应用程序）。在这种情况下，Odoo " +"会审查您的申请和网站，以避免滥用。这个过程可能需要几天时间，这取决于报价是否成功。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." @@ -3168,7 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Management of the domain names linked to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理与 Odoo 数据库链接的域名" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -3217,7 +3381,7 @@ msgstr "添加 CNAME 记录" msgid "" "A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the domain of " "another website rather than directly to an IP address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**CNAME 记录**是一种 DNS 记录，它指向另一个网站的域名，而不是直接指向一个 IP 地址。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -3235,8 +3399,8 @@ msgstr "目标地址是数据库的当前地址，在创建时定义（例如， #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:318 msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "Odoo.sh" @@ -3277,6 +3441,8 @@ msgid "" "(``www.example.com``), you can of course use any domain name of your choice," " with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." msgstr "" +"虽然 Odoo 建议为您的 ``www.`` 子域 (``www.example.com``) 创建一个 CNAME " +"记录，但您当然可以使用您选择的任何域名和任何子域（例如，``anything.example.com``）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -3401,7 +3567,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Verification of the CNAME records of a domain name before mapping it with a " "database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在将域名映射到数据库之前，验证域名的 CNAME 记录" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -3414,7 +3580,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name with an Odoo.sh branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将域名与 Odoo.sh 分支进行映射" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -3812,6 +3978,9 @@ msgid "" "Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in " "Odoo)." msgstr "" +"要开始使用，请访问 `Google API " +"控制台`_。如果您有*Google Workspace* " +"账户，请使用该账户登录，否则请使用个人 Gmail 账户登录（该账户应与您要在 Odoo 中配置的电子邮件地址一致）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -3820,6 +3989,9 @@ msgid "" " in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on" " the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"然后，点击位于:guilabel:`OAuth 同意屏幕` " +"最右侧的:guilabel:`创建项目\"。如果该账户已创建项目，则:guilabel:`选择项目'下拉菜单右上方会出现 " +":guilabel:`新建项目` 选项。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3829,14 +4001,17 @@ msgid "" "using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as " ":guilabel:`No Organization`." msgstr "" +"在:menuselection:`新建项目` 屏幕上，将:guilabel:`项目名称` 重命名为 `Odoo`，并浏览 :guilabel:`位置` " +"。将 :guilabel:`位置` 设置为 *Google 工作区组织*。如果使用的是个人 Gmail 帐户，则将:guilabel:`位置` 设为 " +":guilabel:`无组织`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google OAuth 的项目名称和位置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击:guilabel:`创建` 完成此步骤。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 msgid "OAuth consent screen" @@ -3846,7 +4021,7 @@ msgstr "OAuth 同意屏幕" msgid "" "If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, " "click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果页面没有重定向到 :menuselection:`用户类型` 选项，请单击左侧菜单中的:guilabel:`OAuth 同意屏幕`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3854,6 +4029,8 @@ msgid "" "Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`用户类型` 选项下，选择适当的 :guilabel:`用户类型`，然后再次点击 :guilabel:`创建`，最后将导航到 " +":menuselection:`编辑应用程序注册` 页面。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -3878,7 +4055,7 @@ msgstr "编辑应用程序注册" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." -msgstr "" +msgstr " 接下来，我们将配置项目的应用程序注册。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3887,12 +4064,15 @@ msgid "" " the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email " "field." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`OAuth 同意屏幕` 步骤中的 :guilabel:`应用程序信息` 部分，在 :guilabel:`应用程序名称` " +"字段中输入`Odoo`。在:guilabel:`用户支持` 电子邮件字段下选择组织的电子邮件地址。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on " ":guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"接下来，在 :menuselection:`应用程序域名 --> 授权域名` 下，单击 :guilabel:`添加域名` 并输入 `odoo.com`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -3900,6 +4080,7 @@ msgid "" "enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to " "notify the organization about any changes to your project." msgstr "" +"然后，在 :guilabel:`开发者联系信息` 部分中输入组织的电子邮件地址。如果项目有任何变更，Google 会使用此电子邮件地址通知该组织。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3907,6 +4088,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" +"然后，单击:guilabel:`保存并继续` 按钮。然后，滚动到底部并单击 :guilabel:`保存并继续` " +"跳过:menuselection:`范围` 页面。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3915,12 +4098,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" +"如果继续测试模式（外部），请通过点击 :guilabel:`添加用户`，然后点击 :guilabel:`保存并继续` 按钮，添加在 " +":guilabel:`测试用户` 步骤下配置的电子邮件地址。应用程序注册摘要将出现。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to " "finish setting up the project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，滚动到底部并单击:guilabel:`返回仪表板` 以完成项目设置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 msgid "Create Credentials" @@ -3931,13 +4116,13 @@ msgid "" "Now that the project is set up, credentials should be created, which " "includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on " ":guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在项目已建立，应创建凭证，其中包括 *客户 ID* 和 *客户密钥*。首先，点击左侧边栏菜单中的:guilabel:`凭证`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 msgid "" "Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select " ":guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，点击顶部菜单中的 :guilabel:`创建凭证` 并从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`OAuth 客户 ID`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -3990,6 +4175,9 @@ msgid "" "into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and " ":guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" +"接下来，导航至:menuselection:`设置-->常规设置`，在:guilabel:`讨论`部分，确保选中:guilabel:`自定义电子邮件服务器`或:guilabel:`外部电子邮件服务器`复选框。这将弹出一个新选项:guilabel:`Gmail" +" 认证`或:guilabel:`使用 Gmail 服务器`。然后，将相应值复制并粘贴到 :guilabel:`客户 ID` 和 " +":guilabel:`客户密钥` 字段，然后 :guilabel:`保存` 设置。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -3997,10 +4185,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" +"要配置外部 Gmail 帐户，请返回到:guilabel:`客户邮件服务器` 设置的顶部，然后单击:guilabel:`外发电子邮件服务器` 链接。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中配置外发电子邮件服务器。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -4008,6 +4197,8 @@ msgid "" "server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the " "email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." msgstr "" +"然后，点击 :guilabel:`新建` 或 :guilabel:`创建` 新电子邮件服务器，并填写 :guilabel:`名称`, " +":guilabel:`描述` 和电子邮件 :guilabel:`用户名` （如果需要）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -4038,6 +4229,8 @@ msgid "" "configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating " ":guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" +"然后，点击:guilabel:`继续` 或 :guilabel:`允许` Odoo 访问 Google 账户。之后，页面会返回到 Odoo " +"中新配置的外发邮件服务器。配置会自动在 Odoo 中加载令牌，并显示绿色标签:guilabel:`Gmail 令牌有效`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -4045,6 +4238,8 @@ msgid "" "appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google " "using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" +"最后，输入:guilabel:`测试连接`。此时会出现一条确认信息。现在，Odoo 数据库可以使用 OAuth 身份验证通过 Google " +"发送安全可靠的电子邮件。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" @@ -4176,7 +4371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:15 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:83 msgid "Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 在线版与**非标准应用程序**不兼容。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -4959,12 +5154,12 @@ msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "要删除用户，请选择他们并单击 :guilabel:`删除`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" -msgstr "" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" -msgstr "" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 msgid "On-premise database management" @@ -9150,64 +9345,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its " -"source code to be compatible with the new version of Odoo **before " -"upgrading**." +"If your database contains custom modules, it cannot be upgraded until a " +"version of your custom modules is available for the target version of Odoo. " +"For customers maintaining their own custom modules, we recommend to " +"parallelize the process by :ref:`requesting an upgraded database " +"` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " +"of your custom modules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:54 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If applicable, upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " +"compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:60 -msgid "" -"(If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be " -"compatible with the new version of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" "Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded " "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" "Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable " "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" "The `Upgrade page `_ is the main platform for " "requesting an upgraded database. However, depending on the hosting type, you" @@ -9216,7 +9415,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:84 msgid "" "The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy " "`_ as the other Odoo.com services. Visit the " @@ -9224,13 +9423,13 @@ msgid "" "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" "The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's " "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " @@ -9242,23 +9441,23 @@ msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" @@ -9268,7 +9467,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database " "name until completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link" @@ -9281,7 +9480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:124 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." @@ -9291,13 +9490,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" "Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on " "the branch, it is put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is " @@ -9308,7 +9507,7 @@ msgid "" "going to :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:140 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:138 msgid "" "In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " "up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " @@ -9317,58 +9516,72 @@ msgid "" "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:152 -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "" +"In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code must be " +"up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade can be " +"performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" "For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" "Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:179 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" "A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records " "into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the " @@ -9377,13 +9590,13 @@ msgid "" "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:187 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" "When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the " "successful upgrade email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for " @@ -9392,171 +9605,171 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" "It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to " "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" "Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the " "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" "Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended " "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:230 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" "Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" "Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your " "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:258 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" "If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can " "request the assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9566,7 +9779,7 @@ msgid "" "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" "You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, " "fields, and models during testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a " @@ -9575,39 +9788,39 @@ msgid "" "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:275 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" msgstr "自动动作" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:274 msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" "Once the :ref:`tests ` are completed and you are " "confident that the upgraded database can be used as your main database " @@ -9616,63 +9829,63 @@ msgid "" "`support page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" "Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, " "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:292 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" "As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, " "it is also recommended to frequently request another upgraded test database " "to ensure that the upgrade process is still successful, especially if it " -"takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " -"before upgrading the production database is also recommended." +"takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " +"before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" msgstr "在没有进行首次测试的情况下投入生产可能会导致：" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:301 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:311 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:316 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" "Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the " "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:322 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." @@ -9682,7 +9895,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View from the upgrade tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:328 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" "The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. " "This allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of " @@ -9690,7 +9903,7 @@ msgid "" "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:334 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" "The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, " "the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular" @@ -9698,21 +9911,23 @@ msgid "" "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:338 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" "The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " "upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " -":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production. More information on " +"how to upgrade your custom modules can be found on " +":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:346 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:343 msgid "" "The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of " "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" "An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_. Once the database is uploaded, any " @@ -9721,7 +9936,7 @@ msgid "" "process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" "When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is " "submitted without a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore " @@ -9729,7 +9944,7 @@ msgid "" "version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:364 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" "In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the " "assistance of Odoo via the `support page " @@ -9737,92 +9952,92 @@ msgid "" "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" "With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:377 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" "Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:382 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:393 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" "Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:397 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:402 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" "lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:409 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 8946e7438..f499a5854 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ # waveyeung , 2022 # Felix Yang , 2022 # zpq001 , 2022 -# mrshelly , 2022 # Connie Xiao , 2022 +# mrshelly , 2022 # Benson , 2022 # 苏州远鼎 , 2022 # Mandy Choy , 2023 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "以下财务 :doc:`报告 ` 可用并实时更新：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "财务报告" @@ -1020,12 +1020,10 @@ msgstr "如果您与代理服务器的连接断开，点击:guilabel:`提取账 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -"这种断开连接可能是由 Odoo 支持引起的。在这种情况下，请直接与您的客户 ID 或聊天窗口中列出的错误参考联系`support " -"`_。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" @@ -2802,8 +2800,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6491,7 +6489,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6599,9 +6597,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "科目类型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "资产负债表" @@ -7205,7 +7203,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "银行对账" @@ -7429,7 +7426,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7657,33 +7654,30 @@ msgstr "支付" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." -msgstr "在Odoo中，付款可以自动关联至开票或账单，也可以是单独记录，供之后使用。" +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." -msgstr "如果付款**关联至开票或账单**，则会减少开票到期金额。一张开票可以分为多笔付款。" +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" -"如果付款**未关联至开票或账单**，则客户在您公司有未完成的付款，或您公司在供应商有未完成的付款。您可以使用未付金额来减少未付开票/账单的金额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr ":doc:`Internal transfers `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -7699,181 +7693,195 @@ msgstr "登记开票或账单付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." -msgstr "付款行附近的信息图标显示有关付款的更多信息，点击:guilabel:`查看`，以查看其他信息，如相关日记账。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" -msgstr "查看付款详细信息" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." -msgstr "客户开票或供应商账单的状态应为 :guilabel:`已过账`，以登记付款。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "点击:guilabel:`登记付款`时，您可以选择付款金额，进行部分或全额付款。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " -"longer linked to the invoice." -msgstr "如果您未核对付款，付款仍会出现在账簿中，但不再与开票关联。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"longer linked to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "如果您核对了（未核对）一笔其他币种付款，将自动创建日记账记项，以过账汇率损益（冲销）金额。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "如果您核对了（未核对）一笔付款以及具有现金基础税的开票，会自动创建日记账记项，以过账现金基础税（冲销）金额。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "登记不与开票或账单关联的付款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -"通过菜单:menuselection:`客户/供应商-->付款`登记新付款时，付款不会直接关联至开票或账单。相反，应收款项或应付款项与未结款项匹配，直至手动匹配至相关开票或账单。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "匹配开票/账单和付款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" -"您验证新开票或账单，且客户或供应商有未完成的付款，将显示蓝色横幅。点击:guilabel:`未结付款`下的:guilabel:`ADD`或:guilabel:`未结债务`，即可以轻松从开票或账单进行匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" -msgstr "显示核对开票/账单和付款的ADD选项" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." -msgstr "开票或账单现在标记为:guilabel:`付款中`，直到与银行对账单核对。" +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "批量付款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "付款匹配" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -"通过:guilabel:`付款匹配`工具，可以打开所有未对账客户开票或供应商账单，以便逐一处理，同时匹配所有付款和开票。转到:menuselection:`会计仪表板-->客户开票/供应商账单`，点击:guilabel:`⋮`，选择:guilabel:`付款匹配`，或转到:menuselection:`会计-->对账`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "批量付款匹配" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" -"可以使用批量对账功能，对特定客户或供应商的多项未付款项或开票进行对账。转到:menuselection:`会计-->报告-->应收账项账龄/应付款项账龄`，您可以看到所有未对账交易，选择客户或供应商后，将显示:guilabel:`对账`选项。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" -msgstr "参见对账选项" +msgid "See the reconcile option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "核对付款和银行对账单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -"付款登记后，开票或账单状态变为:guilabel:`付款中`。下一步，与相关银行对账单行进行核对，以最终确定交易，并将开票或账单标记为 " -":guilabel:`已付`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" @@ -8854,95 +8862,6 @@ msgstr "未结收据" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "银行账户（银行B）" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "一次支付几笔账单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "在Odoo中，可以将多个账单付款组合成一个账单，从而简化对账过程。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "合并付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" -"要同时登记多个账单付款，转到:menuselection:`会计应用程序-->供应商-->账单`，**勾选**账单旁边的框，选择要登记付款的账单，然后，点击:guilabel:`登记付款`或;menuselection:`动作-->登记付款`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "“登记付款”按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "只能为:guilabel:`已过账`账单登记付款。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" -"登记付款时，会出现**弹窗**，可以点击:guilabel:`新建付款`，为各账单同时创建**单独付款**，*或者*合并**所有**账单的付款，以创建一个付款。要**合并**所有付款，勾选:guilabel:`合并付款`框。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr ":guilabel:`合并付款`选项仅在选择两个或多个账单时显示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "登记付款时的合并付款选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" -"选择:guilabel:`合并付款`时，:guilabel:`amount, currency, date and " -"memo`自动设置，您也可以根据需要进行修改。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "部分合并付款享受现金折扣" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -9138,69 +9057,75 @@ msgstr "激活支票付款方式" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "打印支票的兼容支票纸张" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "美国" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: 在底部检查,存根在顶部." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "用支票支付供应商账单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "用支票支付采购开票, 需要三个步骤:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "批量打印所有的已登记付款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "用支票登记付款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -9208,11 +9133,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "打印支票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -9220,7 +9145,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9409,177 +9334,190 @@ msgstr "可用的主要报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **通用的** 和 **动态报告** 也非常有用 :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**资产负债表**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**损益表**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**执行概要**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**总账**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**到期应付**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**到期应收**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**现金流量表**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**税金报告**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**银行对账**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,开票、分录,等等)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的 **前一期间** , 你可以选择之前的12期." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "**资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的简要情况." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "损益表" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "**损益 ** 表 (或 ** 收益状态** )显示收入扣除费用后的净收益." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "执行摘要" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "**执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表." +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**绩效 : **" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**毛利润 :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**净利润 :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**投资回报率(每年) :**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." -msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**状况:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**平均债务人天数:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户开票支付给你(完全)" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**平均债权人天数:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." -msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**短期现金预测 :**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即 **销售科目** 的余额减去 **购买科目** 的余额." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**流动资产到负债 :**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "**流动比率** , 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" @@ -9588,12 +9526,15 @@ msgstr "总分类账" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" -"**总分类帐** 显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" @@ -9602,9 +9543,13 @@ msgstr "到期的应付" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "运行 **应付账龄表** , 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" @@ -9612,32 +9557,44 @@ msgstr "到期的应收" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "**应收账龄表** 显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "现金流量表" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "**现金流量表** 显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "税报告" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的 **净额** 和 **税额** (销售/采购)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "分析会计" @@ -13557,7 +13514,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "供应商账单" @@ -13576,6 +13533,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16887,7 +16848,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16970,7 +16931,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -17137,7 +17098,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "用法和测试" @@ -18476,7 +18437,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -19322,7 +19283,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -19361,7 +19322,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19926,7 +19887,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19956,7 +19917,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19971,12 +19932,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" @@ -19989,24 +19948,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -20014,136 +19966,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -20151,11 +20103,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -20164,15 +20116,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -20180,11 +20132,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -20194,50 +20146,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -20248,29 +20200,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -20278,19 +20230,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "智利DTE入站电邮服务器配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "证书" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -20298,24 +20250,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -20326,13 +20278,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "数字证书配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "多币种" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -20341,12 +20293,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "线上伙伴信息" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -20354,36 +20306,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -20393,13 +20345,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "智利合作伙伴电子开票数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -20410,56 +20362,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "智利财务文件类别列表。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "Ventas Santiago." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "Ventas Valparaiso." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "Cashier 1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "Cashier 2." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20467,32 +20419,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "Employees payments." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20501,7 +20453,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20509,7 +20461,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20517,11 +20469,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "CAF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20530,7 +20482,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20539,14 +20491,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20554,11 +20506,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20569,14 +20521,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20584,60 +20536,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "默认应收科目(PoS)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "转移科目" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "转化率" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20649,11 +20601,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "带电子开票交易记录的图表。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20666,32 +20618,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20701,7 +20653,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "聊天窗口中显示的DTE XML文件。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20714,7 +20666,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20725,7 +20677,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20738,7 +20690,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "用于开票和状态更新的标识交易记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20749,26 +20701,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20777,21 +20729,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "Post the invoice again." @@ -20799,11 +20751,11 @@ msgstr "Post the invoice again." msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "开票被拒绝时的提示消息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "Crossed references" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20817,14 +20769,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "开票报告PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20835,36 +20787,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20872,11 +20824,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "客户的商业接受信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20889,12 +20841,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Common errors" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20986,40 +20938,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -21034,16 +20986,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "创建退款单的CAF。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "用例" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -21057,11 +21009,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -21075,7 +21027,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -21085,17 +21037,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "开票行中具有更正值的退款单。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -21109,23 +21061,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "用于更正金额的部分退款的退款单，SII参考代码为3。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -21136,7 +21088,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -21146,16 +21098,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -21167,55 +21119,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "接收" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "Acceptation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -21227,11 +21179,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "申诉" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -21246,7 +21198,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -21254,12 +21206,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21267,7 +21219,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21275,14 +21227,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21292,46 +21244,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr ":guilabel:`来自产品模板`：Odoo获取产品模板中配置的价格，并显示在文件中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "电子交货指南用于将库存从一个地点转移至另一地点，可以代表销售、抽样、寄售、内部转移，基本上所有产品动态。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -21342,13 +21294,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -21359,7 +21311,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -21369,18 +21321,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -21389,7 +21341,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21397,7 +21349,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -21407,7 +21359,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -21415,18 +21367,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -21434,7 +21386,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21444,7 +21396,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21458,7 +21410,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21472,7 +21424,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21482,11 +21434,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "收据过账后：" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21496,7 +21448,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21504,18 +21456,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21523,13 +21475,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21539,14 +21491,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21554,11 +21506,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21569,11 +21521,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21585,11 +21537,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21597,7 +21549,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21612,11 +21564,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "Propuesta F29" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21625,13 +21577,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21642,7 +21594,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21653,7 +21605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23717,7 +23669,7 @@ msgstr "这些代码是机密的，应安全存储." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -25471,7 +25423,6 @@ msgstr "" "section." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -31489,7 +31440,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -32052,16 +32003,12 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" @@ -32077,44 +32024,53 @@ msgstr "PGCE Entitades" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "新建Odoo线上版数据库时，默认安装PGCE PYMEs 2008。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "瑞士" @@ -34027,7 +33983,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -34472,7 +34428,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "根据个人喜好配置其他选项。" @@ -35114,7 +35070,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." @@ -35122,11 +35082,16 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "`，且状态变为:guilabel:`已启用`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 43a23bb51..d0166937a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -480,6 +480,8 @@ msgid "" " within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " "above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`支持的账户类型` 可能因微软账户类型和 OAuth 的最终用途而异。例如： " +"登录是用于一个组织的内部用户，还是用于客户门户访问？上述配置用于一个组织的内部用户。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -488,6 +490,8 @@ msgid "" " directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " "audience is company users." msgstr "" +"如果目标受众是门户用户，请选择 :guilabel:`仅限个人 Microsoft 帐户`。如果目标受众是公司用户，请选择 " +":guilabel:`仅本组织目录中的账户（仅默认目录 - 单租户）`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -498,13 +502,18 @@ msgid "" "*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " "field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`重定向 URL` 部分，选择 :guilabel:`网页` 作为平台，然后在 :guilabel:`URL` 字段中输入 " +"`https://1/auth_oauth/signin`。在 :guilabel:`URL` " +"字段中，Odoo的基本:abbr:`URL（统一资源定位器）`是您的 Odoo " +"实例可以到达的规范域（例如，*mydatabase.odoo.com*，如果您的主机在 Odoo.com）。然后，点击 " +":guilabel:`注册`，应用程序即可创建。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 msgid "" "Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" " to the application's settings from the previous step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在重定向到上一步的应用程序设置后，点击左侧菜单中的 :guilabel:`认证` 菜单项，编辑新应用程序的身份验证。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -517,18 +526,22 @@ msgid "" "and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " "flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." msgstr "" +"接下来，将选择 OAuth 身份验证所需的*令牌*类型。这些不是货币令牌，而是在微软和 Odoo " +"之间传递的身份验证令牌。因此，这些令牌无需任何费用；它们仅用于两个 " +":abbr:`API（应用程序编程接口）`之间的身份验证目的。向下滚动屏幕并选中标有:guilabel:`访问令牌（用于隐式流程）`和 " +":guilabel:`ID tokens（用于隐式和混合流程）`的复选框，以选择授权端点应签发的令牌。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "身份验证设置和端点令牌。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击 :guilabel:`保存` 以确保保存这些设置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 msgid "Gather credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收集凭证" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -539,6 +552,8 @@ msgid "" "credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " "Odoo configuration later." msgstr "" +"在 Microsoft Azure 控制台中创建并验证应用程序后，接下来将收集凭证。为此，请单击左侧栏中的 :guilabel:`概览` " +"菜单项。在出现的窗口中选择并复制 :guilabel:`应用（客户） ID`。将此凭证粘贴到剪贴板/记事本中，因为稍后在 Odoo 配置中将使用此凭证。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -546,14 +561,16 @@ msgid "" "and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " "endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." msgstr "" +"完成此步骤后，单击顶部菜单中的 :guilabel:`终端` 并单击 :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 授权端点 (v2)` 字段旁边的 " +"*复制图标*。将此值粘贴到剪贴板/记事本中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序 ID 和 OAuth 2.0 授权端点 (v2) 凭据。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 msgid "Odoo setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 设置" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -563,6 +580,9 @@ msgid "" "OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." " Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." msgstr "" +"最后，Microsoft Azure OAuth 配置的最后一步是在 Odoo 中进行设置。导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 整合 " +"--> OAuth 认证` 并选中复选框以激活 OAuth 登录功能。点击 :guilabel:`保存` " +"以确保保存进度。然后，在登录屏幕加载后登录数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -570,6 +590,8 @@ msgid "" "Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " ":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." msgstr "" +"再次，导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 整合 --> OAuth 认证` 并点击 :guilabel:`OAuth " +"提供商`。现在，选择左上角的 :guilabel:`新建`，并将提供程序命名为 `Azure`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -578,12 +600,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " ":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." msgstr "" +"将上一节中的 :guilabel:`应用程序（客户）ID` 粘贴到 :guilabel:`客户 ID` 字段。完成此操作后，将新的 " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 授权端点 (v2)` 值粘贴到 :guilabel:`认证 URL` 字段。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " "(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` 字段中，粘贴以下 :abbr:`URL （统一资源定位符）`： " +"`https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -592,6 +618,8 @@ msgid "" "screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " ":guilabel:`CSS class` field." msgstr "" +"在:guilabel:`范围` 字段中粘贴以下值：`openid profile email`。然后，在 :guilabel:`CSS class` " +"字段中输入以下值：`fa fa-fw fa-windows`，即可将 Windows 徽标用作登录屏幕的 CSS 类。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -600,20 +628,22 @@ msgid "" "label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " "page." msgstr "" +"选中 :guilabel:`Allowed` 字段旁边的复选框以启用 OAuth 提供商。最后，在 :guilabel:`登录按钮标签` 字段中添加 " +"`Microsoft Azure`。此文本将显示在登录页面的 Windows 徽标旁边。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置应用程序中的 Odoo 提供商设置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`保存`更改，以完成 Odoo 中的 OAuth 身份验证设置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 msgid "User experience flows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户体验流" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -621,6 +651,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" " able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." msgstr "" +"要使用 Microsoft Azure 登录 Odoo，用户必须访问 :menuselection:`Odoo密码重置页面`。这是 Odoo 链接 " +"Microsoft Azure 账户并允许用户登录的唯一方式。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -629,6 +661,8 @@ msgid "" "click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " ":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." msgstr "" +"现有用户必须:ref:`重置密码 ` 访问 :menuselection:`Odoo 密码重置页面`。新 " +"Odoo 用户必须点击通过电子邮件发送的新用户邀请链接，然后点击 :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`。用户不应设置新密码。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -638,10 +672,13 @@ msgid "" "click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " "redirect to the Microsoft login page." msgstr "" +"要使用 Microsoft Azure OAuth 提供商首次登录 Odoo，请导航至 " +":menuselection:`Odoo密码重置页面`（使用新用户邀请链接）。此时会出现密码重置页面。然后，点击标有 " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure` 的选项。页面将重定向到 Microsoft 登录页面。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Outlook 登录页面。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -834,7 +871,7 @@ msgstr "OAuth 客户端 ID 选择。" msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," " configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择 :guilabel:`Web 应用程序` 作为 :guilabel:`应用类型`。现在，配置允许 Odoo 重定向的页面。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -843,6 +880,9 @@ msgid "" "For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"为此，请在:guilabel:`授权重定向 URIs` " +"字段中输入数据库的域，紧接着输入`/auth_oauth/signin`。例如：`https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`，然后点击" +" :guilabel:`创建`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -851,6 +891,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " "configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" +"创建 *OAuth 客户端* 后，屏幕将显示 :guilabel:`客户 ID` 和 :guilabel:`客户密钥`。复制:guilabel:`客户 " +"ID` 以备不时之需，因为它是在 Odoo 中进行配置所必需的，这将在下面的步骤中介绍。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" @@ -866,10 +908,12 @@ msgid "" "API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" " :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" +"完成前面的步骤后，Google API 控制面板上会生成两个密钥：:guilabel:`客户 ID` 和 :guilabel:` 客户密钥`。复制 " +":guilabel:`客户端 ID`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已生成 Google OAuth 客户端 ID。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 msgid "Odoo activation" @@ -879,11 +923,11 @@ msgstr "Odoo 激活" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " ":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`Odoo 常规设置 --> 整合` 并激活 :guilabel:`OAuth 认证`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成此步骤后，Odoo 可能会提示用户重新登录。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -894,10 +938,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"返回 :menuselection:`常规设置 --> 整合 --> OAuth 认证`，激活选择并 :guilabel:`保存`。接下来，返回 " +":menuselection:`常规设置 --> 整合 --> Google 认证` 并激活选择。然后用 Google API 控制面板中的密钥填写 " +":guilabel:`客户 ID`，然后 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 设置中填写客户端 ID。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -905,6 +952,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " "heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." msgstr "" +"还可通过点击 :menuselection:`整合`中:guilabel:`OAuth 认证` 标题下的 :guilabel:`OAuth 提供商` " +"访问 Google OAuth2 配置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" @@ -914,11 +963,11 @@ msgstr "使用谷歌登录Odoo" msgid "" "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " "with Google` when first logging into Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要将 Google 帐户链接到 Odoo 配置文件，请在首次登录 Odoo 时点击 :guilabel:`用 Google 登录`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "重置密码界面，带有“使用 Google 登录”按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -927,6 +976,8 @@ msgid "" "directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " "password." msgstr "" +"现有用户必须 :ref:`重置密码 ` 才能访问 :menuselection:`重设密码` " +"页面，而新用户可以直接点击 :guilabel:`使用 Google 登录`，而无需选择新密码。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -1003,6 +1054,11 @@ msgid "" " the :ref:`command palette ` or the" " :ref:`URL `." msgstr "" +"开发人员模式（或调试模式）可解锁访问 Odoo 中的额外和高级工具。激活开发者模式有几种方法：通过 :ref:`设置 " +"`, :ref:`浏览器扩展 " +"`, 通过 :ref:`命令面板 " +"` 或 :ref:`URL " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 msgid "Activate through the Settings" @@ -1016,10 +1072,13 @@ msgid "" "to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" " :guilabel:`Settings` module." msgstr "" +"调试模式可在 Odoo 数据库设置中激活。进入 :menuselection:`设置-->常规设置-->开发工具`，点击 " +":guilabel:`激活开发模式`。至少需要安装一个应用程序才能在 :guilabel:`设置` 模块中显示 :guilabel:`开发者工具` " +"部分。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 设置下的调试选项概览。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1027,23 +1086,24 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " "developers and testers." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`激活开发者模式（带资产）`供开发者使用； :guilabel:`激活开发者模式（带测试资产）`由开发者和测试人员使用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 msgid "" "Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" " available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦激活，:guilabel:`停用开发者模式`选项就会可用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 msgid "Activate through the browser extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过浏览器扩展程序激活" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 msgid "" "Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " "search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " "new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在网络浏览器中，进入浏览器设置和扩展，搜索 `Odoo Debug` 扩展。安装扩展后，浏览器工具栏上将显示一个新图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1054,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "对于 *Odoo Debug* 扩展，单击可启用模式的正常版本，而 #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chrome 工具栏中 Odoo 调试图标的视图。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 msgid "Activate through the command palette" @@ -1066,10 +1126,12 @@ msgid "" "First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" " then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 中，命令调板工具有一个激活调试模式的命令。首先，使用键盘快捷键 `ctrl+k` 打开命令调色板工具，然后输入 " +"`debug`。这时会出现一条激活调试模式的命令。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Command palette with debug command." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带有调试指令的指令调色板。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 msgid "Activate through the URL" @@ -1081,10 +1143,12 @@ msgid "" "database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" " deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." msgstr "" +"调试模式也可以通过在数据库的 URL 中添加额外的查询字符串来激活。在 URL " +"中，在`/web`后添加`?debug=1`或`?debug=true`。要停用调试模式，可将其值改为 `?debug=0`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加了调试模式命令的 URL 概述。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1099,18 +1163,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到开发者模式工具" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 msgid "" "Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " "from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " "the header of the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活开发者模式后，可通过 :guilabel:`打开开发者工具` 按钮访问开发者模式工具，该按钮是位于 Odoo 数据库标题中的错误图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 中显示的控制台页面和调试图标概览。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1119,22 +1183,23 @@ msgid "" "filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " "useful menu items such as:" msgstr "" +"该菜单包含对理解或编辑技术数据（如页面的视图或操作）非常有用的附加工具。在具有过滤器、操作和视图选项的页面上，开发人员模式工具包含一些有用的菜单项，如：" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`编辑操作`" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`管理筛选器`" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑当前视图（例如看板、列表、图表等）" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请参阅:guilabel:`字段视图获取`" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 msgid "Digest Emails" @@ -1432,11 +1497,11 @@ msgstr "电子邮件通信" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 DNS 记录以便在 Odoo 中发送电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 msgid "SPAM labels overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垃圾邮件标签概览" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1445,6 +1510,8 @@ msgid "" "of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify " "Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations." msgstr "" +"有时，来自 Odoo 的电子邮件会被不同的电子邮件提供商错误分类，最终进入垃圾邮件文件夹。目前，有些设置不在 Odoo " +"的控制范围内，特别是不同的电子邮件提供商根据自己的限制政策和/或限制对 Odoo 的电子邮件进行分类的方式。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1456,6 +1523,11 @@ msgid "" "is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " "`." msgstr "" +"根据 Odoo 的标准，电子邮件是从 ``\"name of the author\" " +"`` 接收的。可以翻译成：``\"作者姓名\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. 在这种情况下，ICP 代表 " +"\"ir.config.parameters\"，即系统参数。使用 :ref:`通知配置 " +"`，可大大提高发送能力。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1466,6 +1538,9 @@ msgid "" "is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or" " whitelist on the receiving domain." msgstr "" +"为了让服务器更经常地接受来自 Odoo 的电子邮件，解决方案之一是让客户在自己的邮箱中创建规则。可以在电子邮件收件箱中添加过滤器，这样当收到来自 " +"Odoo 的电子邮件时（\"notifications@mycompany.odoo.com\"），它就会被移到收件箱中。还可以将 Odoo " +"数据库域添加到安全发件人列表或接收域的白名单中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1473,6 +1548,8 @@ msgid "" "ticket `_ and the support team will work to get " "the servers removed from the blacklist." msgstr "" +"如果 Odoo 电子邮件服务器出现在黑名单上，请通过 `新帮助工单 `_通知 " +"Odoo，支持团队会将服务器从黑名单中移除。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1484,6 +1561,9 @@ msgid "" "Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" " the final receiving mailbox." msgstr "" +"如果 Odoo 数据库使用自定义域名从 Odoo 发送电子邮件，则应在自定义域名的 DNS " +"上实施三项记录，以确保电子邮件可送达。这包括为:abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）`、: abbr:`DKIM（域键识别邮件）`和: " +"abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`设置记录。不过，最终接收邮箱的处理方式由其自行决定。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 msgid "Be SPF compliant" @@ -1497,6 +1577,8 @@ msgid "" " sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" +"发件人策略框架（SPF）协议允许域名所有者指定哪些服务器可以从该域名发送电子邮件。当服务器接收到传入的电子邮件时，它会根据发件人的 :abbr:`SPF" +" （发件人策略框架）` 记录，检查发送服务器的 IP 地址是否在允许的 IP 列表中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1505,6 +1587,8 @@ msgid "" "email sent by Odoo, this domain corresponds to the value of the " "`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." msgstr "" +":abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）`验证在电子邮件的`返回路径`字段中提到的域上执行。在由 Odoo " +"发送电子邮件的情况下，该域与数据库系统参数中的`mail.catchall.domain`键值相对应。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1514,6 +1598,8 @@ msgid "" "order for the verification to work properly, each domain can only have one " ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" +"域名的 :abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）`策略通过 TXT 记录设置。创建或修改 TXT 记录的方法取决于托管域名的 " +":abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 区域的提供商。为了验证正常，每个域名只能有一个:abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）` 记录。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1521,12 +1607,14 @@ msgid "" " record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com" " ~all`" msgstr "" +"如果域名还没有:abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）` 记录，请使用以下输入进行创建： v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"~all`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 msgid "" "If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " "record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果域名已有:abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）` 记录，则必须更新该记录（不要创建新记录）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1534,12 +1622,17 @@ msgid "" "`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " "include:_spf.google.com ~all`" msgstr "" +"如果 TXT 记录为`v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com " +"~all`，则编辑它以添加`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 msgid "" "Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a " "free tool like `MXToolbox SPF `_." msgstr "" +"使用 `MXToolbox SPF `_ " +"等免费工具检查:abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）` 记录是否有效。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 msgid "Enable DKIM" @@ -1549,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "启用DKIM" msgid "" "The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " "with a digital signature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "域名密钥识别邮件（DKIM）允许用户使用数字签名对电子邮件进行身份验证。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1560,6 +1653,9 @@ msgid "" "contained in the record match, this guarantees that the message is authentic" " and has not been altered during transport." msgstr "" +"发送电子邮件时，Odoo 服务器会在标题中包含一个唯一的 :abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）` " +"签名。收件人的服务器使用数据库域名中的:abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）` " +"记录解密该签名。如果签名和记录中包含的密钥相匹配，就能保证邮件是真实的，在传输过程中没有被篡改。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -1567,10 +1663,12 @@ msgid "" "(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the" " domain name:" msgstr "" +"要启用:abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）`，请在域名的 :abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 区域添加一条 :abbr:`CNAME（规范名称）`" +" 记录：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1578,6 +1676,8 @@ msgid "" "`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " "`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." msgstr "" +"如果域名为`mycompany.com`，请确保创建一个子域 `odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` ，其规范名称为 " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -1586,6 +1686,8 @@ msgid "" "domain name. The most common providers are :ref:`listed below " "`." msgstr "" +"创建或修改:abbr:`CNAME（规范名称）` 记录的方法取决于托管域名的 :abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 区域的提供商。最常见的提供商是 " +":ref:`下面列出的 `。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -1593,10 +1695,12 @@ msgid "" "a free tool like `DKIM Core `_. If a selector " "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" +"使用:abbr:`DKIM 核心`_等免费工具检查 " +":abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）` 记录是否有效。如果询问选择器，请输入`odoo`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看 DMARC 政策" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1608,33 +1712,36 @@ msgid "" " with an incoming email that fails the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" +"基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性（DMARC）记录是一个将 :abbr:`SPF（发件人政策框架）` 和 :abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）` " +"统一起来的协议。域名的 :abbr:`DMARC （基于域的消息身份验证、报告和一致性）` 记录中包含的指令告诉目标服务器如何处理未通过 " +":abbr:`SPF （发件人政策框架）` 和/或:abbr:`DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）`检查的传入电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 msgid "DMARC: TXT record" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DMARC：TXT 记录" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " "Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有三种:abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`策略：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 msgid "`p=none`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`p=none`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "`p=quarantine`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`p=quarantine`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=reject`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`p=reject`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -1642,6 +1749,8 @@ msgid "" "quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " "Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." msgstr "" +"`p=隔离 和 `p=拒绝` 指示接收电子邮件的服务器隔离该电子邮件，或者如果 :abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）和/或 " +"DKIM（域名密钥识别邮件）`检查失败，则忽略该邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -1650,6 +1759,8 @@ msgid "" " must be :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` compliant or enable " ":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." msgstr "" +"如果域名使用 : abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`并定义了这些策略之一，则域名必须符合 " +":abbr:`SPF（发件人策略框架）`或启用:abbr:`DKIM（域密钥识别邮件）`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -1659,6 +1770,9 @@ msgid "" "*@aol.com* address for the database users. These emails will never reach " "their recipient." msgstr "" +"Yahoo 或 AOL 是电子邮件提供商的例子，它们的: " +"abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`策略设置为`p=reject`。Odoo " +"强烈建议数据库用户不要使用*@yahoo.com*或*@aol.com*地址。这些电子邮件将永远无法送达收件人。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -1667,6 +1781,8 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` check fails." msgstr "" +"`p=none` 用于域所有者接收关于使用其域的实体的报告。如果:abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息身份验证、报告和一致性）` " +"检查失败，则不应影响送达率。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -1682,10 +1798,15 @@ msgid "" "Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" " too restrictive." msgstr "" +":abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息身份验证、报告和一致性）` 记录由:abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` " +"记录形式的标签组成。这些标签/参数可用于报告，如:abbr:`RUA （汇总报告的报告 URI）\"和:abbr:`RUF （取证报告的报告 " +"URI）`，以及更精确的规范，如:abbr:`PCT（被过滤邮件百分比）`、:abbr:`P（组织域策略）`、:abbr:`SP（OD " +"子域策略）`、:abbr:`ADKIM（DKIM 对齐模式）和:abbr:`ASPF（SPF " +"对齐模式）。为获得最佳实践，:abbr:`DMARC（基于域的消息验证、报告和一致性）`策略一开始不应限制性过强。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下图显示了可用的标签：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 msgid "Tag Name" @@ -1729,7 +1850,7 @@ msgstr "ruf" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取证报告的报告 URI" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" @@ -1741,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "rua" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "汇总报告的报告 URI" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" @@ -1753,43 +1874,43 @@ msgstr "p" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 msgid "Policy for organizational domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "组织域政策" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 msgid "sp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sp" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OD 子域策略" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "`sp=reject`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`sp=reject`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "adkim" -msgstr "" +msgstr "adkim" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DKIM 对齐模式" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "`adkim=s`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`adkim=s`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "aspf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aspf" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SPF 对齐模式" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "`aspf=r`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`aspf=r`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -1797,6 +1918,8 @@ msgid "" "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" +"使用`MXToolbox DMARC `_等工具检查域名的 :abbr:`DMARC" +" （基于域的消息身份验证、报告和一致性）`记录。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -2060,24 +2183,26 @@ msgid "" "` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" +"激活:ref:`开发者模式` 并进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 参数 --> " +"系统参数菜单`，访问 :guilabel:`系统参数`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:102 msgid "" "To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " "following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要强制从电子邮件地址发送电子邮件，需要在数据库的系统参数中设置以下密钥组合：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 msgid "" "`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " "value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`mail.default.from`：接受本地部分或完整的电子邮件地址作为值" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:106 msgid "" "`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" " value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`mail.default.from_filter`：接受域名或完整的电子邮件地址作为值" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -2085,6 +2210,8 @@ msgid "" "the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the" " `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`." msgstr "" +"`mail.default.from_filter`仅适用于`odoo-bin`配置或默认的 Odoo 电子邮件服务器，否则可使用 " +"`ir.mail_server`中的 `from_filter` 字段设置该参数。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -2093,6 +2220,8 @@ msgid "" "the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system " "parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" +"该字段可以是域名或整个电子邮件地址，也可以为空。如果发件人的电子邮件地址与此设置过滤器不匹配，则电子邮件将使用两个系统参数的组合进行封装：`mail.default.from`和" +" `mail.catchall.domain`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -2102,6 +2231,9 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo: ``“Admin” `` => ``“Admin” " "``." msgstr "" +"在下面的示例中，发件人电子邮件地址被替换为两个系统参数（`mail.default.from`和`mail.catchall.domain`）的组合。这是" +" Odoo 中的默认通知配置：``\"Admin\" `` => ``\"Admin\" " +"``。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -2110,6 +2242,7 @@ msgid "" "`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " "of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" +"换言之，如果作者的电子邮件地址与`mail.default.from_filter`不匹配，电子邮件地址就会被`mail.default.from`（如果其中包含完整的电子邮件地址）或`mail.default.from`和`mail.catchall.domain`的组合所取代。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2118,10 +2251,12 @@ msgid "" "addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " "in `mail.default.from`." msgstr "" +"如果`from_filter`包含一个完整的电子邮件地址，而 `mail.default.from` 与该地址相同，那么所有与 " +"`mail.default.from`不同的电子邮件地址都将封装在`mail.default.from`中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:133 msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用外发电子邮件服务器上的 \"发件人\" 筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -2134,16 +2269,20 @@ msgid "" "field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " "Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." msgstr "" +"通过 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` 字段，可根据 Odoo 代表发送的 :guilabel:`From` " +"电子邮件地址或域使用特定的外发电子邮件服务器。此设置可用于提高从数据库发送电子邮件的可送达性或发送成功率。设置:guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` 字段还可用于在多公司环境中从不同域发送。在 Odoo 中通过导航至 :menuselection:`设置 --> 讨论 --> " +"自定义邮件服务器 --> 发送邮件服务器 --> 新建` 访问此字段。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "外发邮件服务器设置和 FROM 筛选器设置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 msgid "" "When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field " "is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当设置 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` 字段时，从 Odoo 发送电子邮件时，将按以下顺序选择电子邮件服务器：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -2577,23 +2716,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`结构`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`项目符号列表`： 创建一个简单的项目符号列表。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`编号列表`： 创建带编号的列表。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`清单`：使用清单跟踪任务。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`表格`： 插入表格。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`分隔符`：插入水平线分隔符。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." @@ -2601,87 +2740,87 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`代码`：添加代码部分。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`2 列`： 转换为两列。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 列`：转换为三列。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`4 列`：转换为四列。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`格式`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`标题 1`：大节标题。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`标题 2`：中标题。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`标题 3`：小标题。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`切换方向`：切换文本的方向。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`文本`：段落块。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`媒体`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`图片`：插入图片。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`文章`：链接文章。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`导航`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`链接`：添加链接。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`按钮`：添加按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`预约`：添加特定预约。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`日历`：安排预约。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`小工具`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 星`：插入三星以上的评价。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`5 星`：插入五星以上的评价。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" @@ -2731,27 +2870,29 @@ msgid "" "XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " "icon again." msgstr "" +"要访问电子邮件模板的 XML/HTML 编辑器，首先输入 :ref:`开发者模式`。然后，单击模板右上角的 " +":guilabel:`` 图标，继续编辑 XML/HTML。要返回标准文本编辑器，请再次单击 :guilabel:`` 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "HTML editor in the email template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件模板中的 HTML 编辑器。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 msgid "" "The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " "code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" " immediately or when upgrading the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应谨慎访问 XML/HTML 编辑器，因为这是模板的后台代码。编辑代码可能会导致电子邮件模板立即中断或在升级数据库时中断。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 msgid "Dynamic placeholders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "动态占位符" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 msgid "" "*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " "produce unique data in the email template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*动态占位符*引用 Odoo 数据库中的某些字段，以便在电子邮件模板中生成独特的数据。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -2859,12 +3000,14 @@ msgid "" " a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " "replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." msgstr "" +"在电子邮件模板的 :guilabel:`电子邮件配置` 选项卡下，有一个 :guilabel:`回复至` " +"字段。使用此模板群发邮件时，可在此字段中添加回复重定向到的电子邮件地址。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 msgid "" "Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " "dynamic placeholders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在地址或动态占位符之间添加逗号\",\"，即可添加多个电子邮件地址。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." @@ -2875,7 +3018,7 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " "emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " "that has a list view option." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`回复至`字段**仅**用于群发邮件（批量发送邮件）。几乎所有具有列表视图选项的 Odoo 应用程序都可以群发邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -2885,6 +3028,9 @@ msgid "" " select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." " Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" +"要群发电子邮件，请在 :guilabel:`列表` 视图中，选中要发送电子邮件的记录旁边的方框，单击 :guilabel:`操作` 按钮（由 " +":guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）` 图标表示），然后从 :guilabel:`操作` " +"下拉菜单中选择所需的电子邮件选项。电子邮件选项可能因特定列表视图和应用程序而异。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -2894,21 +3040,23 @@ msgid "" " in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " "This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" +"如果可以发送电子邮件，则会弹出邮件撰写器窗口，其中的值可以定义和自定义。在可批量发送电子邮件的页面上，例如在 CRM 应用程序的 " +":guilabel:`客户` 页面上，:guilabel:`操作`按钮上将显示此选项。此操作会在整个 Odoo 数据库中进行。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "群发邮件模式下的电子邮件撰写器，高亮显示“回复至”。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "事务性电子邮件和相应的 URL" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " "emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " "redirecting to the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中，多个活动可触发自动电子邮件发送。这些邮件被称为*事务性电子邮件*，有时包含重定向到 Odoo 数据库的链接。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -2916,12 +3064,14 @@ msgid "" "key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " ":ref:`system parameters `." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，数据库生成的链接使用系统参数中定义的动态 `web.base.url` 键。有关详细信息，请参阅 :ref:`系统参数 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 msgid "" "If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " "always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果未安装 *Website* 应用程序，`web.base.url` 键将始终是用于生成所有链接的默认参数。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -2932,6 +3082,8 @@ msgid "" "regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " "email/document." msgstr "" +"`web.base.url` " +"键只能有一个单一的值，这意味着在多网站或多公司数据库环境中，即使每个网站都有一个特定的域名，为共享文档而生成的链接（或事务性电子邮件中的链接）也可能保持不变，无论哪个网站/公司与发送电子邮件/文档相关。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -2943,6 +3095,11 @@ msgid "" "`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " "or email." msgstr "" +"如果 :guilabel:`web.base.url` 系统参数的 :guilabel:`值` 等于 " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`，并且 Odoo 中有两个不同的公司，其网站 URL " +"也不同：`https://www.mycompany2.com`和 " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`，无论哪家公司发送文件或电子邮件，Odoo " +"创建的用于共享文件或发送交易电子邮件的链接都来自`https://www.mycompany.com`域。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -2952,6 +3109,9 @@ msgid "" "the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" +"情况并非总是如此，因为有些 Odoo " +"应用程序（例如*电子商务*）在数据库中与*网站*应用程序建立了链接。在这种情况下，如果为网站定义了特定域，电子邮件模板中生成的 URL " +"就会使用公司相应网站上定义的域。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -2959,7 +3119,7 @@ msgid "" "has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " "confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " "specific website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当客户在 Odoo *电子商务* 网站上购物时，订单与该网站建立了链接。因此，发送给客户的确认电子邮件中的链接会使用该特定网站的域名。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -2969,12 +3129,15 @@ msgid "" "`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " "a known limitation." msgstr "" +"使用 *文档* " +"应用程序共享的文档将**始终**使用`web.base.url`键，因为共享的文档与任何特定网站无关。这意味着，无论从哪家公司共享，URL " +"始终是相同的（`web.base.url` 键值）。这是一个已知的限制。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" "For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " ":doc:`domain name documentation `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关如何配置域名的更多信息，请查看 :doc:`域名文档`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" @@ -2987,13 +3150,14 @@ msgid "" "shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " "translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 中，电子邮件模板会为数据库中的所有用户自动翻译所安装的所有语言。无需更改翻译。不过，如果出于特殊原因需要更改某些翻译，也是可以做到的。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" "Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " "correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " "the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与代码中的任何修改一样，如果翻译更改操作不当（例如，导致语法错误的修改），可能会破坏模板，从而使模板显示为空白。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -3002,17 +3166,19 @@ msgid "" "and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " "language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" +"要编辑翻译，首先进入 :ref:`开发者模式`。然后，在电子邮件模板上点击 :guilabel:`编辑` " +"按钮，再点击语言按钮，该按钮以当前使用的语言首字母表示（例如，:guilabel:`EN`表示英语）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Edit the language of a template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑模板语言。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" "If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " "or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " "button will not appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果数据库中没有安装和激活多种语言，或者用户没有管理访问权限，则不会出现语言按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" @@ -3020,27 +3186,27 @@ msgid "" "appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " "desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " "the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "弹出一个窗口，显示数据库中安装的不同语言。在弹出窗口中可以编辑翻译。完成所需更改后，点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮保存更改。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预约已确认的模板正文翻译。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 msgid "" "When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " "appears in **bold**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "编辑翻译时，数据库中的默认语言设置将以**粗体**显示。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 msgid "Email issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件问题" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" "This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " "in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档包含对 Odoo 中最常出现的电子邮件问题的解释。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" @@ -3048,18 +3214,18 @@ msgstr "传出电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 msgid "Email is not sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件未发送" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" "The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " "of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " "message, located in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示电子邮件尚未发送的第一个指标是位于聊天工具中的邮件日期和时间旁边出现一个红色 :guilabel:`✉️ （信封）`图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "沟通栏中显示的红包图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -3068,6 +3234,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " "Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." msgstr "" +"未发送的电子邮件也会出现在 Odoo 电子邮件队列中。在 :ref:`开发者模式` 中，可以通过 " +":menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术菜单 --> 电子邮件 --> 电子邮件` " +"访问电子邮件队列。未发送的邮件显示为绿松石色，已发送的邮件显示为灰色。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" @@ -3075,11 +3244,11 @@ msgstr "常见错误消息" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 msgid "Daily limit reached" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已达每日限额" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "达到电子邮件限制时 Odoo 发出警告。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -3088,6 +3257,8 @@ msgid "" "which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" " blacklisted." msgstr "" +"每个电子邮件服务提供商都有自己的电子邮件发送限制。这些限制可能是每天、每小时，有时甚至是每分钟。Odoo 也是如此，它会限制客户的发送量，以防止 " +"Odoo 的电子邮件服务器被列入黑名单。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" @@ -3097,46 +3268,46 @@ msgstr "以下是新数据库的默认限制：" msgid "" "**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " "subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**每天 200 封电子邮件**，适用于具有有效订阅的 Odoo 云端版和 Odoo.sh 数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**每天 20 封电子邮件**，适用于单一应用程序免费数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**试用数据库每天 50 封电子邮件**。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " "day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在迁移的情况下，每日限额可能会重设为每天 50 封电子邮件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果达到每日限额：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" "Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" " the following factors:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请联系 Odoo 支持团队，他们可能会根据以下因素提高每日限额：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 msgid "How many users are in the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库中有多少用户？" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 msgid "Which apps are installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装了哪些应用程序？" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" "The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " "emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " "recipient." -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮件退回率：由于邮件服务器在向最终收件人发送邮件的途中退回邮件而未收到邮件的电子邮件地址的百分比。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -3144,6 +3315,8 @@ msgid "" " (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " "`)." msgstr "" +"使用外部外发电子邮件服务器，以独立于 Odoo 的邮件限制（请参阅相应的 " +":doc:`电子邮件文档`）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3152,6 +3325,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " "click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" +"等到晚上 11 点（世界协调时）重置每日限额，然后重试发送电子邮件。在 :ref:`开发者模式` 中，进入 " +":menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术菜单 --> 电子邮件 --> 电子邮件`，然后点击未发送邮件旁边的 " +":guilabel:`重试` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -3161,10 +3337,12 @@ msgid "" "receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " "`, instead of emails." msgstr "" +"每日电子邮件限制是对数据库的综合限制。默认情况下，任何内部消息、通知、记录的备注等，如果是通过电子邮件通知他人的，都算作每日限额中的电子邮件。可以通过接收" +" :ref:` Odoo ` 中的通知而不是电子邮件来减轻这种情况。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 msgid "SMTP error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SMTP 错误" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -3174,6 +3352,8 @@ msgid "" " from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " "services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" +"简单邮件传输协议（SMTP）错误信息解释了电子邮件未能成功传输的原因。 " +"SMTP（简单邮件传输协议）是一种描述电子邮件结构的协议，通过互联网传输邮件数据。电子邮件服务生成的错误信息是诊断和排除电子邮件问题的有用工具。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -3182,6 +3362,8 @@ msgid "" "mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " "line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" +"这是一个 554 SMTP 永久发送错误的示例：`554: 发送错误： 对不起，您发往 ------@yahoo.com 的邮件无法送达。此邮箱已禁用 " +"(554.30)。- mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- 这一行下面是信息的副本。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -3191,33 +3373,36 @@ msgid "" "the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " ":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" +"调试菜单可用于调查数据库中的 SMTP 发送问题。要访问该菜单，必须激活 :ref:`开发者模式`。激活后，导航至菜单栏右上方的 :menuselection:`调试菜单`（guilabel:` 🐞(飞虫)` " +"图标），:menuselection:` 调试菜单 --> 管理邮件`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " "in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," " including the type, and subtype, of the message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 :guilabel:`管理信息` 菜单，可以打开特定记录中所有已发送信息的列表。每条信息都有发送信息，包括信息的类型和子类型。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" "Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " "received a bounce-back message from an email server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他信息包括邮件的发送对象，以及 Odoo 是否收到了来自电子邮件服务器的退回信息。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调试菜单上的管理消息菜单选项。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" "A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " ":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户必须位于 Odoo 中具有聊天功能的视图上，才能显示 :guilabel:`管理消息` 菜单选项。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 msgid "No error populated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "没有错误产生" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -3225,7 +3410,7 @@ msgid "" "failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " "bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " "correctly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 并非总能提供失败原因的信息。不同的电子邮件提供商会对退回的电子邮件实施个性化政策，而 Odoo 并非总能正确理解这些政策。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3233,6 +3418,7 @@ msgid "" "not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" " in finding a reason." msgstr "" +"如果同一客户或同一域反复出现这种问题，请立即联系 `Odoo 支持 `_ 以帮助查找原因。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -3244,10 +3430,14 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" " --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" +"邮件发送失败且无错误信息的最常见原因之一与 :ref:`SPF ` 和/或 " +":ref:`DKIM ` 配置有关。此外，检查以确保 *系统参数 *中定义了 " +"`mail.bounce.alias` 。在 :ref:`开发者模式` 中访问系统参数，方法是导航至 " +":menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 技术菜单 --> 参数 --> 系统参数`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 msgid "Email is sent late" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子邮件迟发" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -3262,6 +3452,10 @@ msgid "" "mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" +"电子邮件活动在预定时间发送，使用数据库中预设的延迟时间。Odoo 使用延迟任务发送被认为 \"不紧急\" " +"的电子邮件（通讯格式，如：群发邮件、营销自动化和活动）。系统实用程序**cron**可用于安排程序在预定时间间隔内自动运行。Odoo " +"使用该策略以避免邮件服务器的杂乱，优先处理单个通信。该**cron**称为:guilabel:`邮件：邮件队列管理器\"，可在:ref:`开发者模式`下通过:menuselection:`设置应用程序-->技术菜单-->自动化-->预定操作`访问。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." @@ -3271,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "预定以后发送的电子邮件" msgid "" "What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " "execute particular code to complete a task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是**cron**？cron 是 Odoo 在后台执行特定代码以完成任务的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3282,13 +3476,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " "adjustments." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，*邮件群发 cron* 每 60 分钟运行一次。可以将其更改为不少于 5 分钟。但是，每 5 分钟运行一次将导致 Odoo " +"数据库瘫痪（系统压力过大），因此不建议这样做。要编辑邮件群发 " +"cron，请选择预定操作:guilabel:`邮件：电子邮件队列管理器`，然后进行必要的调整。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," " such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " "immediately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "被认为是紧急的电子邮件（从一个人到另一个人的通信，如销售订单、发票、采购订单等）会立即发送。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 msgid "Incoming emails" @@ -3301,21 +3498,23 @@ msgid "" "contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " ":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" +"当收到的电子邮件出现问题时，Odoo 本身可能不会有任何提示。发送电子邮件的客户端在尝试与数据库联系时，会收到退回信息（大多数情况下是 " +":guilabel:`550: 邮箱不可用` 错误信息）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 msgid "Email is not received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未收到电子邮件" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" "The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " "database is hosted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应采取的步骤取决于数据库所在的 Odoo 平台。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "" "**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo.sh** 用户可以在 :file:`~/logs/` 文件夹中找到他们的实时日志。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -3326,6 +3525,8 @@ msgid "" "message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " "servers from the database." msgstr "" +"日志是数据库中所有已完成任务的存储集合。它们是纯文本格式，带有在 Odoo " +"数据库中执行的每项操作的时间戳。这有助于跟踪离开数据库的电子邮件。发送失败也可以通过日志看到，日志显示邮件曾多次尝试发送。日志将显示从数据库到电子邮件服务器的每个操作。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -3333,6 +3534,8 @@ msgid "" "dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " "logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh 数据库的 :file:`~/logs/` 文件夹（可通过命令行或 Odoo.sh 面板访问）包含数据库日志文件列表。日志文件每天早上 " +"5:00 创建（UTC）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -3340,25 +3543,28 @@ msgid "" " older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " "and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." msgstr "" +"为了节省空间，最近的两天（今天和昨天）不会压缩，而较早的两天会压缩。今天和昨天的文件命名分别为：:file:`odoo.log` 和 " +":file:`odoo.log.1`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 msgid "" "For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " "compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " "compressed ones) to search through the files." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于接下来的日子，它们会以日期命名，然后压缩。使用 :command:`grep` 和 :command:`zgrep` 命令搜索文件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 msgid "" "For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " "dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关日志以及如何通过 Odoo.sh 面板访问日志的更多信息，请参阅 :ref:`本管理文档 `。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 msgid "" "For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" " developer documentation `." msgstr "" +"有关通过命令行访问日志的更多信息，请访问 :ref:`本开发者文档 `。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -3366,17 +3572,19 @@ msgid "" "`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" " with the same client or domain." msgstr "" +"**Odoo 云端版** 用户无法访问日志。不过，如果同一客户端或域出现重复性问题，可以联系 `Odoo 支持 " +"`_。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 msgid "Get help from Odoo support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获得 Odoo 支持帮助" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 msgid "" "In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " "possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " "Odoo Support team about an issue:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了有效地获得帮助，请提供尽可能多的信息。下面列出了在向 Odoo 支持团队咨询问题时可能有用的信息：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -3387,12 +3595,14 @@ msgid "" "email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " "efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." msgstr "" +"发送电子邮件标题副本。电子邮件的`.EML`文件（或**标题**）是包含调查所需的所有技术信息的文件格式。电子邮件提供商的文档可能会解释如何访问 EML" +" 文件/标题文件。获得电子邮件的标题后，将其添加到 Odoo 支持票单中是 Odoo 支持团队进行调查的最有效方式。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 msgid "" "`Gmail documentation on headers " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Gmail 有关标题的文档`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -3400,40 +3610,42 @@ msgid "" "us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" "cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" msgstr "" +"`关于标头的Outlook文档 `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 msgid "" "Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " "emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请解释在 Odoo 中正常接收这些邮件的具体流程。以下是一些问题的示例，回答这些问题会有所帮助：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是 Odoo 收到回复的通知信息吗？" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是 Odoo 数据库发送的信息吗？" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 msgid "" "Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " "redirected?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "是使用了接收电子邮件的服务器，还是电子邮件被重定向了？" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有没有正确转发电子邮件的示例？" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "回答下列问题：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 msgid "" "Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" " case, which one exactly?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是一个通用问题，还是某个用例的特定问题？如果是针对某个用例，具体是哪个用例？" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -3441,6 +3653,7 @@ msgid "" "email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" +"是否按预期运行？如果邮件是使用 Odoo 发送的，退回的邮件应到达 Odoo 数据库，并显示 :ref:`红色信封`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -3451,6 +3664,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " "already set." msgstr "" +"需要在技术设置中设置退订系统参数，以便数据库正确接收退订信息。要访问此设置，请进入 :menuselection:`设置应用程序--> 技术菜单 -->" +" 参数 --> 系统参数`。然后选择参数名称 :guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias`，如果尚未设置，则将其值设为`退回`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" @@ -4217,7 +4432,7 @@ msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用内购买（IAP）可让您通过 Odoo 获得更多服务。例如，它允许您发送 SMS 短信或直接从数据库邮寄发票。" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "Buying Credits" @@ -4229,12 +4444,14 @@ msgid "" "To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" +"每项 IAP 服务都依靠预付点数运行，并有自己的定价。要查询当前余额或为账户充值，请访问:menuselection:`设置--> Odoo " +"IAP-->查看我的服务`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " "free credits to test our IAP features." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您使用 Odoo 云端版并拥有企业版，您可以使用免费点数来测试我们的 IAP 功能。" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "IAP accounts" @@ -4248,12 +4465,14 @@ msgid "" "`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP " "Account`." msgstr "" +"使用 IAP 服务的点数存储在 IAP 账户中，每个服务都有特定的 IAP 账户。默认情况下，IAP 账户对所有公司通用，但也可限制对特定公司使用。激活" +" :ref:`开发者模式`，然后转到 :menuselection:`技术设置 --> IAP 账户`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. " "Reverting this change will re-enable the account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 IAP 帐户的令牌中添加`+disabled`可禁用该帐户。撤销这一更改将重新启用账户。" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:40 msgid "IAP Portal" @@ -4266,6 +4485,8 @@ msgid "" "there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " "reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." msgstr "" +"IAP 门户是一个重新组合您的 IAP 服务的平台。可通过 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> " +"查看我的服务`访问该门户。在这里，您可以查看当前余额、充值点数，并在余额低于阈值时设置提醒。" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:50 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" @@ -4280,6 +4501,8 @@ msgid "" "every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " "email!" msgstr "" +"要在充值点数时收到通知，您可以通过:menuselection:`设置应用程序--> Odoo IAP-->查看我的服务`进入您的 IAP " +"门户，展开一项服务并勾选接收阈值警告选项。然后，您可以提供最低额度和电子邮件地址。现在，每次达到限额时，都会通过电子邮件发送自动提醒！" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -4289,11 +4512,11 @@ msgstr "报告" msgid "" "You can find several reports under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most " "apps that let you analyze and visualize the data of your records." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在大多数应用程序的 :guilabel:`报告` 菜单下找到几种报告，让您对记录数据进行分析和可视化。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 msgid "Selecting a view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择视图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4302,6 +4525,8 @@ msgid "" "several views are available for others. However, two generic views are " "dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views." msgstr "" +"根据不同的报告，Odoo " +"可以以不同的方式显示数据。有时，可使用完全为报告定制的独特视图，而其他视图则可使用多种视图。不过，有两种通用视图专门用于报告：图表视图和透视图视图。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20 msgid "Graph view" @@ -4315,10 +4540,12 @@ msgid "" "elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to " "access it." msgstr "" +":ref:`图表视图 `用于将记录数据可视化，帮助您识别模式和趋势。该视图通常位于应用程序的 " +":guilabel:`报告` 菜单下，但也可在其他地方找到。单击右上角的**图表视图按钮**即可访问该视图。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 msgid "Selecting the graph view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择图表视图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:33 msgid "Pivot view" @@ -4331,14 +4558,16 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the" " **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." msgstr "" +":ref:`透视图`用于汇总记录数据并进行细分分析。该视图通常位于应用程序的 :guilabel:`报告`" +" 菜单下，但也可在其他地方找到。点击右上角的**数据透视按钮**即可访问该视图。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 msgid "Selecting the pivot view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择透视图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:45 msgid "Choosing measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择衡量标准" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4347,6 +4576,8 @@ msgid "" "default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click " ":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." msgstr "" +"选择视图后，应确保只有相关记录被 :doc:`筛选`。接下来，您应该选择要衡量的内容。默认情况下，总是选择一个值。如果您想编辑它，请单击" +" :guilabel:`衡量标准` 并选择一个或（仅对透视图而言）多个度量。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4357,6 +4588,10 @@ msgid "" "can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count " "the total number of filtered records." msgstr "" +"当您选择一个衡量值时，Odoo 会将该字段记录的值汇总到筛选记录中。只有数字字段（:ref:`整数`, :ref:`小数 `, :ref:`货币 " +"`）可以被测量。此外，:guilabel:`计数` " +"选项用于计算筛选记录的总数。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -4365,20 +4600,22 @@ msgid "" "analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is " "used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." msgstr "" +"选择要测量的内容后，您可以根据要分析的维度定义数据应如何 :ref:` 分组 `。默认情况下，数据通常按 * 日期 > " +"月份* 分组，用于分析某项指标在几个月内的变化情况。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" "When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " "another one appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "筛选单个时间段时，会出现与另一个时间段进行比较的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Using the comparison option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "V" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:72 msgid "Select measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择措施" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4386,10 +4623,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " ":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected." msgstr "" +"除其他措施外，您还可以在销售分析报告中添加 :guilabel:`差值` 和 :guilabel:`计数`指标。默认情况下，选择 " +":guilabel:`未税金额` 指标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售分析报告中选择不同的衡量标准" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:81 msgid "Group measures" @@ -4399,15 +4638,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" " rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以按 :guilabel:`产品类别`，在上一个销售分析报告示例的行级对衡量指标进行分组。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售分析报告中添加组" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:92 msgid "Using the pivot view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用透视视图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -4419,12 +4658,15 @@ msgid "" " one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " "(:guilabel:`➖`)." msgstr "" +"分组数据是透视图的精髓。通过分组，可以深入挖掘数据，获得更深层次的见解。如上例所示，您可以使用 :guilabel:`分组` " +"选项在行级快速添加组，也可以在行*和*列级单击 :guilabel:`总计` " +"标题旁边的加号按钮（:guilabel:`➕`），然后从**预配置的组**中选择一个。要删除一个组，请单击减号按钮（:guilabel:`➖`）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " "the newly created subgroups." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦添加了一个组，就可以在相反的轴上添加新的组或新创建的子组。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -4433,55 +4675,57 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / " "Office Furniture` product category." msgstr "" +"您可以在列的层面上通过 :guilabel:`销售人员` 组和在 :guilabel:`全部 / 出售 / 办公家具` 产品类别上通过 " +":guilabel:`订购日期 > 月份` 组进一步划分上一个销售分析报告示例的衡量指标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售分析报告中添加多个组" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:112 msgid "" "Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " "(:guilabel:`⇄`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击翻转轴按钮（:guilabel:`⇄`），切换行和列的组。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" " (⏷) order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "单击测量值的标签，按升序（⏶）或降序（⏷）对测量值进行排序。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:114 msgid "" "Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " "(:guilabel:`⭳`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击下载按钮（:guilabel:`⭳`），下载数据透视表的 `.xlsx` 版本。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 msgid "Using the graph view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用图表视图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:121 msgid "Three graphs are available: the bar, line, and pie charts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有三种图表可供选择：柱状图、折线图和饼状图。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:123 msgid "" "**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " "categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " "sets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**条形图**用于显示多个类别的分布或比较。它们可以处理较大的数据集，因此特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:126 msgid "" "**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " "time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**折线图**用于显示随时间变化的时间序列和趋势。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:128 msgid "" "**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " "number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**饼状图**用于显示少数类别的分布或比较，当它们构成一个有意义的整体时。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Bar chart" @@ -4489,7 +4733,7 @@ msgstr "条形图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "柱状图：销售分析报告" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:138 msgid "Line chart" @@ -4497,7 +4741,7 @@ msgstr "线形图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以折线图形式查看销售分析报告" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:143 msgid "Pie chart" @@ -4505,86 +4749,86 @@ msgstr "饼图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以饼状图查看销售分析报告" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:149 msgid "" "For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " "have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " "next to each other." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于**条形图**和**线形图**，如果至少有两组，则可以使用堆叠选项，这两组图表会显示在彼此之上，而不是彼此相邻。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:154 msgid "Stacked bar chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "堆叠柱状图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Stacked bar chart example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "堆叠柱状图示例" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:159 msgid "Regular bar chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "常规柱状图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "非堆叠柱状图示例" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:164 msgid "Stacked line chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "堆叠折线图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Stacked line chart example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "堆叠折线图示例" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:184 msgid "Regular line chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "常规折线图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "非堆叠折线图示例" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:174 msgid "" "For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " "is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于**线**图，可以使用累计选项来求和数值，这对显示一段时间内的增长变化特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:179 msgid "Cumulative line chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "累计折线图" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Cumulative line chart example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "累计折线图示例" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Regular line chart example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "常规折线图示例" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3 msgid "Search and filter records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索和筛选记录" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the" " purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or" " search for specific values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 使用筛选器只包含最相关的记录，具体取决于您所使用视图的目的。不过，您可以编辑默认过滤器或搜索特定值。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11 msgid "Preconfigured filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预配置筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13 msgid "" "You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " ":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以单击 :guilabel:`筛选` 并选择一个或多个**预配置的筛选器**，从而修改默认的记录选择。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4594,10 +4838,12 @@ msgid "" "*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " "selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." msgstr "" +"在销售分析报告中，默认情况下只选择销售订单阶段的记录。不过，您*也*可以通过选择 :guilabel:`报价` " +"来包括报价阶段的记录。此外，您还可以通过选择 :menuselection:`订购日期 --> 2022`，*仅*包括特定年份的记录，例如*2022*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售分析报告中使用预设筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4606,10 +4852,11 @@ msgid "" "condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " "groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." msgstr "" +"如果您从同一组中选择预配置的筛选器（即*未*用水平线分隔），则记录可以匹配*任何*条件来包括在内。但是，如果从不同组中选择筛选器，则记录必须符合*所有*条件才能包含在内。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 msgid "Custom filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4617,6 +4864,8 @@ msgid "" "clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " "an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"您可以通过点击 :menuselection:`筛选器 --> 添加自定义筛选器`，选择一个字段、一个运算符、一个值，然后点击 " +":`应用`，使用模型上的大多数字段创建自定义筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4625,10 +4874,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " "operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." msgstr "" +"通过选择 :guilabel:`销售人员` 作为字段，:guilabel:`等于` 作为运算符，并键入`Mitchell Admin` " +"作为值，您可以在销售分析报告中*只*包含来自单一销售人员的记录，例如*Mitchell Admin*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售分析报告中使用自定义筛选器" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4636,10 +4887,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " "should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." msgstr "" +"如果记录*只*符合几个条件中的一个，请在应用自定义筛选器之前点击:guilabel:`添加条件`。如果记录应符合*所有*条件，请添加新的自定义筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 msgid "Search for values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索值" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4649,6 +4901,7 @@ msgid "" "button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " "you are looking for." msgstr "" +"您可以使用搜索字段快速查找特定值，并将其添加为筛选器。您可以键入要搜索的完整值，然后选择所需的字段；或者键入部分值，单击所选字段前的下拉按钮（:guilabel:```），然后选择要搜索的准确值。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4657,10 +4910,12 @@ msgid "" "`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" " Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." msgstr "" +"与其在销售分析报告中添加自定义筛选器以选择销售人员为*Mitchell Admin*的记录，您可以搜索`Mitch`，点击旁边的下拉按钮 " +"(:guilabel:`⏵`) 选择 :guilabel:`搜索销售人员为：Mitch`，然后选择:guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在销售分析报告中搜索特定值" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4669,16 +4924,18 @@ msgid "" " desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " "selected field will be included." msgstr "" +"使用搜索字段相当于在添加自定义筛选器时使用 *包含* " +"操作符。如果输入部分值并直接选择所需字段，则*包含*所选字段中输入的字符的*所有*记录都将包括在内。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 msgid "Group records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "组记录" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 msgid "" "You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" " together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以单击搜索字段下方的 :guilabel:`按分组`，根据**预设分组**将记录聚类在一起。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4686,10 +4943,11 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " "records are filtered out." msgstr "" +"您可以点击 :guilabel:`按分组` 并选择 :guilabel:`销售人员`，在销售分析报告中按销售人员对记录进行分组。不会筛选掉任何记录。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售分析报告中的分组记录" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -4697,17 +4955,19 @@ msgid "" "the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " "select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"您可以通过使用模型上的各种字段来**自定义组**。为此，请单击:menuselection:`按分组--> " +"添加自定义组`，选择一个字段，然后单击:guilabel:`应用`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 msgid "" "You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is " "the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " "categories, and so on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以同时使用多个组。您选择的第一个群组是主群组，您添加的下一个群组将进一步划分主群组的类别，以此类推。" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 msgid "Users and companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户和公司" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5002,24 +5262,24 @@ msgstr "首先，请确保您的每个公司都针对以下方面进行了正确 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`会计科目表<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`税 <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`财务状况<../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`日记 <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`财务本地化 <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" @@ -5101,44 +5361,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`多公司指南`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" @@ -5219,7 +5442,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 msgid "Manage users" @@ -5450,73 +5673,238 @@ msgstr "在用户表单中的多公司字段设置页面" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr ":doc:`companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "Odoo.com 账户变更" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "本文档专用于对 Odoo.com 帐户的编辑。以下流程说明了如何删除 Odoo.com 账户以及如何更改 Odoo.com 账户的密码。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "删除 Odoo.com 账户" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" +"要删除 Odoo.com 帐户，首先点击右上角的个人资料图标（由用户名和图标表示），显示一个下拉菜单。从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`我的 " +"Odoo.com 帐户`，显示用户门户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"在用户门户，可通过 :menuselection:`我的账户 --> 编辑安全设置 --> 删除账户` 访问删除选项。也可以访问 " +"`https://www.odoo.com/my/home `_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "删除 Odoo 帐户是不可逆的。执行此操作时请务必小心，因为 Odoo.com 帐户一旦删除将**无法**检索。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`删除账户` 按钮后，会弹出一个窗口，要求确认删除账户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "单击“删除账户”按钮后，会弹出一个窗口验证更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" +"要确认删除，请输入要删除账户的 :guilabel:`密码` 和 :guilabel:`登录名`。然后点击 :guilabel:`删除账户` " +"按钮确认删除。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "修改 Odoo.com 账户密码" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"要更改 Odoo.com 账户密码，请首先从 Odoo.com 登录页面登录 Odoo.com 用户账户。登录后，转到屏幕右上角，点击个人资料图标旁边的" +" :guilabel:`▼（向下箭头）` 图标。然后，选择 :guilabel:`我的帐户`，门户仪表板就会出现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"要更改 Odoo.com 密码，请单击 :menuselection:`账户安全` 部分下方的 :guilabel:`编辑安全设置` " +"链接。然后，输入当前的 :guilabel:`密码` 和 :guilabel:`新密码` 进行必要更改，并验证新密码。最后，点击 " +":guilabel:`更改密码` 完成密码更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "如果客户希望更改登录名，请联系 Odoo 支持`此处`_。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "即使使用相同的电子邮件地址，Odoo.com 用户和门户网站用户的密码也要分开。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "添加双因素身份验证" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" +"要添加双因素身份验证，请从 Odoo.com 登录页面登录 Odoo.com " +"用户账户。登录后，转到屏幕右上角，点击:guilabel:`个人资料图标旁边的:guilabel:`▼（向下箭头）`图标。然后选择 " +":guilabel:`我的账户'，门户仪表板就会出现。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"如果用户希望为访问 Odoo.com 启用双因素身份验证 " +"（2FA），请单击:menuselection:`账户安全`部分下方的:guilabel:`编辑安全设置`链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`启用双因素身份验证`，打开:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`。然后，在:guilabel:`Password` " +"字段中确认当前密码。然后，点击 :guilabel:`确认密码`。然后，通过扫描 :guilabel:`QR " +"码`或输入:guilabel:`验证码`，在:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`应用程序（Google Authenticator、Authy " +"等）中激活:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "最后，点击 :guilabel:`启用双因素身份验证` 完成设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "在:guilabel:`我的账户` 下，Odoo.com 用户还可以访问以下内容：" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`我的合作伙伴仪表板`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`我的应用程序内服务`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`我的应用程序仪表板`" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "门户访问" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "门户访问权限提供给需要查看 Odoo 数据库中某些文档或信息的用户。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 -msgid "leads/opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 -msgid "quotations/sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供门户访问的一些常见用例包括允许客户在 Odoo 中读取/查看以下任何或所有内容：" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 -msgid "purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgid "leads/opportunities" +msgstr "潜在客户/商机" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 -msgid "invoices & bills" -msgstr "" +msgid "quotations/sales orders" +msgstr "报价/销售订单" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 -msgid "projects" -msgstr "" +msgid "purchase orders" +msgstr "采购订单" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +msgid "invoices & bills" +msgstr "发票和账单" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +msgid "projects" +msgstr "项目" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "任务" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工时单" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "支持请求" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签名" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "网站订阅" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 -msgid "Provide portal access to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "门户用户只有读取/查看权限，不能编辑数据库中的任何文件。" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +msgid "Provide portal access to customers" +msgstr "为客户提供门户访问" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5525,53 +5913,57 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the " "interface." msgstr "" +"从主 Odoo 面板，选择:guilabel:`联系人`应用程序。如果联系人尚未在数据库中创建，请单击:guilabel:`创建` " +"按钮，输入联系人的详细信息，然后单击:guilabel:`保存`。否则，请选择一个现有联系人，然后点击界面顶部中央的:guilabel:`操作`下拉菜单。" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " -"listing three fields:" -msgstr "" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." +msgstr "使用联系人应用程序为用户提供门户访问权限。" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" -msgstr "" +"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " +"listing three fields:" +msgstr "然后选择:guilabel:`授予门户访问权限`。弹出一个窗口，列出三个字段：" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" +msgstr "guilabel:`联系人`：Odoo 数据库中记录的联系人名称" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`电子邮件`：联系人用于登录门户网站的电子邮件地址" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" +msgstr "guilabel:`门户网站中`：用户是否拥有门户网站访问权限" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" " Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact " "will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." msgstr "" +"要授予门户访问权，首先输入联系人用于登录门户的 :guilabel:` 电子邮件地址`。然后，选中 :guilabel:`在门户网站` " +"栏下的复选框。可选择为联系人将收到的邀请信息添加文本。然后点击 :guilabel:`应用` 完成。" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 msgid "" "An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" "sending a portal invitation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发送门户网站邀请函之前，需要填写联系人的电子邮件地址和相应的复选框。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将向指定的电子邮件地址发送一封电子邮件，说明该联系人现已成为该 Odoo 数据库的门户用户。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5579,14 +5971,192 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, " "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"要同时向多个用户授予门户访问权限，请导航到公司联系人，然后单击 " +":menuselection:`操作-->授予门户访问权限`，查看该公司所有相关联系人的列表。选中需要门户访问权限的所有联系人的:guilabel:`在门户网站`下的复选框，然后点击" +" :guilabel:`应用`。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " "unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"在任何时候，只要导航到联系人，点击:menuselection:`操作--> " +"授予门户访问权`，然后取消:guilabel:`在门户网站`栏下的复选框并点击:guilabel:`应用`，就可以取消门户访问权限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "更改门户用户名" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "有时，门户用户可能希望更改其用户登录名。这可以由数据库中任何具有管理员访问权限的用户完成。以下流程概述了更改门户用户登录的必要步骤。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr ":doc:`请参阅有关设置访问权限的文档 `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" +"首先，导航至:menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> 用户`。然后，在:guilabel:`筛选` " +"下选择:guilabel:`门户用户`，或选择 :guilabel:`添加自定义筛选器`，并设置以下配置 :guilabel:`组` > " +":guilabel:`包含` > `门户`。选择后，搜索（并打开）需要编辑的门户用户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" +"接下来，点击:guilabel:`编辑`（如有必要），点击进入 " +":guilabel:`电子邮件地址`字段，并对该字段进行任何必要的更改。:guilabel:`电子邮件地址` 字段用于登录 Odoo 门户。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "更改:guilabel:`电子邮件地址`（或登录名）只能更改客户门户登录的*用户名*。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" +"要更改联系人的电子邮件，需要在*联系人*应用程序的联系人模板上进行更改。或者，客户可以直接从门户网站更改电子邮件，但登录名**不能**更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "客户门户网站变更" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "有时，客户可能希望更改其门户账户的联系信息、密码/安全性或付款信息。这可以由客户在其门户网站上进行。以下是客户更改联系信息的流程。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "更改客户信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" +"首先在数据库登录页面输入用户名和密码（登录），以访问门户用户账户。登录成功后，门户仪表板将出现。各种已安装的 Odoo " +"应用程序的门户文件将显示出来，并标明每个文件的数量。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr ":ref:`门户访问文档 `。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" +"然后，导航到门户网站的右上角，点击:guilabel:`详情`部分旁边的 :guilabel:`编辑`按钮。然后更改相关信息，点击 " +":guilabel:`确认`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "修改密码" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "首先在数据库登录页面输入用户名和密码（登录），以访问门户用户账户。登录成功后会出现一个门户仪表板。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" +"如果客户想更改其门户访问密码，请单击 :guilabel:`账户安全` 部分下方的 :guilabel:`编辑安全性设置` " +"链接。然后，输入当前的:guilabel:`密码` 和 :guilabel:`新秘密` 进行必要的更改，并验证新密码。最后，点击 " +":guilabel:`更改密码` 完成密码更改。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" +"如果客户想更改登录名，请联系 Odoo 数据库的联系人。 :ref:`请参阅上面关于更改门户用户名 ` 的文档。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "即使使用相同的电子邮件地址，门户网站用户和 Odoo.com 用户的密码也要分开。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" +"如果客户希望为门户访问打开双因素身份验证（2FA），请单击:guilabel:`账户安全`部分下方的:guilabel:`编辑安全设置`链接。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" +"点击 " +":guilabel:`启用双因素身份验证`，打开:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`。在:guilabel:`密码`字段中确认当前门户密码。然后，点击:guilabel:`确认密码`。然后，通过扫描:guilabel:`QR码`或输入:guilabel:`验证码`，在:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`应用程序（Google" +" Authenticator、Authy等）中激活:abbr:`2FA（双因素身份验证）`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "最后，单击:guilabel:`启用双因素身份验证` 完成设置。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "更改支付信息" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" +"如果客户希望管理付款选项，请导航至右侧菜单中的 :guilabel:`管理付款方式`。然后，添加新的付款信息，并选择 :guilabel:`添加新卡`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" @@ -6081,6 +6651,8 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +"如果您在 Odoo " +"软电话中看到*号码不正确*的信息，请确保使用国际格式，以加号（+）开头，然后是国际国家代码。例如：`+16506913277`（其中`+1`是美国的国际前缀）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -6109,6 +6681,9 @@ msgid "" "When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" +"在 Android 和 iOS 上，OnSIP 已成功与 `Grandstream Wave " +"`_ " +"进行了测试。创建账户时，请在运营商列表中选择 OnSIP。然后按如下步骤进行配置：" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" @@ -6140,10 +6715,14 @@ msgid "" "Assistant `_." msgstr "" +"除了在手机上通过 Grandstream Wave 发起呼叫外，您还可以在电脑浏览器上点击电话号码发起呼叫。这将使 Grandstream Wave " +"响铃，并通过您的手机将电话转接给对方。这种方法可以避免浪费拨打电话号码的时间。要执行此操作，您需要使用 Chrome 浏览器扩展 `OnSIP Call" +" Assistant `_。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " "app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的通话不会被记录在 Odoo 中，因为软电话是一个独立的单独应用程序。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index dc48e11fb..7fd685738 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -15,21 +15,21 @@ # Emily Jia , 2023 # John Lin , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Gary Wei , 2023 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Chloe Wang, 2024 +# Gary Wei , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Gary Wei , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -66,53 +66,270 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "日常作业" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." -msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。" +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." -msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。" +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." -msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描 **认 **码进行确认。" +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "您知道吗？" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 @@ -1303,7 +1520,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1435,144 +1652,662 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "调拨过程" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "简单调拨" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." -msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 -msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." -msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "收据" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -"当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " -"或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." -msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。" +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "交货单" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。" +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。" +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "内部转账" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。" +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。" +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" -msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法：" +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." -msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。" +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "从头开始创建调拨" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。" +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." -msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。" +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "创建内部调拨" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" @@ -3009,87 +3744,169 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -"在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **** , **** , **** 模块中使用。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." -msgstr " **** 对应于您收到的一定数量的产品并放在一个包装中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." -msgstr " **列** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" -msgstr "什么时候使用" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -" **次** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, " -"或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -" **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, " -"你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "什么时候不用" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -"另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, " -"给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots` " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "追溯" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" @@ -3603,11 +4420,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3617,10 +4429,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5985,10 +6793,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5997,29 +6805,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -6028,11 +6837,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -6045,7 +6854,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -6055,7 +6864,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -6066,7 +6875,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -6081,11 +6890,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6097,7 +6906,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -6109,18 +6918,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6132,7 +6941,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6145,7 +6954,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6210,7 +7019,7 @@ msgstr "直接接收产品(1步收货）" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "创建采购订单" @@ -6673,49 +7482,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6729,7 +7546,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6738,7 +7555,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6747,7 +7564,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6758,7 +7575,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6771,11 +7588,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6784,7 +7601,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6799,11 +7616,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6811,7 +7628,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -15107,8 +15924,9 @@ msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -15117,54 +15935,321 @@ msgstr "激活产品变体" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "应用BOM 组件至产品变体" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." -msgstr "应用组件到多个变体。" +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" @@ -15765,10 +16850,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "如果不需要在你的分包商所在地管理原材料的补充，只需在分包商的价格中包括 **B** 的成本，并将产品从 *BoM* 中删除。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "追溯" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 5bb6f9cdb..b33845d72 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ # Mandy Choy , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # 稀饭~~ , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgstr "" "：guilabel：`Graph`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "列表视图" @@ -2356,324 +2356,576 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" -msgstr "了解指标" +msgid "Campaign metrics" +msgstr "活动指标" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" -"指标是衡量营销活动的进度和成功的详细统计数据。在工作流程中创建营销活动时，Odoo 通过详细的图表和深入的数据直观地显示与活动相关的各种指标。" +"*营销活动指标*是营销活动中的详细统计和分析指标，用于衡量营销活动的成功与否和有效性。触发的营销活动会在营销活动详情表中的相关活动区块中弹出实时指标。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "营销自动化工作流程中展示电子邮件成功率的典型折线图。" +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "活动分析" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化活动示例。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" -"在本例中，该营销活动的 :guilabel:`目标` 设置为 :guilabel:`潜在客户/商机`，并缩小了范围，*只*关注 " -":guilabel:`标签名称` 包含`产品`值的潜在客户（或商机），*并且*在数据库中设置了电子邮件地址。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "在筛选器节点下方，Odoo 会显示数据库中有多少记录属于之前指定的标准筛选器。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "下面，数据库中有 18 条符合标准的记录。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "潜在客户生成筛选器用于完善 Odoo 中自动化活动的记录。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" -"在营销自动化活动表单的顶部，有一系列智能按钮。在此例中，:guilabel:`参与`智能按钮表示，在这 18 条记录中，有 25 " -"条已经成为参与者。换言之，他们符合条件，并且已经以某种方式参与过活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr ":guilabel:`记录`表示实时数字。因此，在工作流程运行时，销售记录的更改（删除、添加或调整）可能会发生。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" -"这意味着 :guilabel:`记录`的数量会实时更新，但这些更新*不会*改变 :guilabel:`参与者` " -"的数量，因为该指标*不会*排除之前已设置为 :guilabel:`参与者` 的销售机会 - Odoo 只添加新的机会。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." -msgstr "这就是为什么:guilabel:`记录`的数量有时会与:guilabel:`参与者`的数量不同。" +"在*营销自动化*应用程序中营销活动详情表单的 :guilabel:`工作流`部分（各种营销活动均位于该部分），可以在每个活动块上找到有用的数据集合，如 " +":guilabel:`已发送`的通信数量、被 :guilabel:`点击`的邮件百分比等。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"marketing campaign." -msgstr "实时记录数和营销活动的总参与人数之间的区别" +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "工作流程部分的活动块，包含 Odoo 中有用的分析数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" +"如果配置的:doc:`触发时间<../getting_started/workflow_activities>`与工作流开始后的一段时间相对应，那么在活动块的左侧，它将以持续时间的形式显示（可以是:guilabel:`小时`、:guilabel:`天`、:guilabel:`周`或:guilabel:`月`）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" +"如果触发时间取决于其他活动或触发操作（如 :guilabel:`邮件：已回复` 等），则会显示时间以及激活该活动的必要操作（如`2 小时后回复`）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "当依赖于 Odoo 市场营销自动化中的另一项活动时，显示时间触发器。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" +"在活动块中，每个活动类型都有一个图标。:guilabel:`✉️ （信封）` " +"图标表示活动是电子邮件。三个互锁的:guilabel:`⚙️（齿轮）`小图标表示该活动是一个内部操作。:guilabel:`📱（手机）` " +"小图标表示该活动是一条短信。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "活动类型名称也会以较小的字体显示在活动标题下方。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "在活动图标旁边，活动块的顶部是活动标题。活动标题右侧有 :guilabel:`编辑` 和 :guilabel:`删除` 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." +msgstr "" +"单击 :guilabel:`编辑` 打开 :guilabel:`打开：活动` 的弹出式表单，可在其中修改该活动。单击 :guilabel:`删除` " +"按钮可从工作流中完全删除该特定活动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" msgstr "" -"每当系统运行、更新数字和触发操作时，它都会查看 :guilabel:`目标` 模型，并检查是否添加（或修改）了新的 " -":guilabel:`记录`，从而始终保持流程的最新状态" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" +msgstr "活动图表选项卡" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." -msgstr "这里的 :guilabel:`筛选` 应用于*所有*活动。此时失去特定标签（`产品`）的潜在客户将被排除在以后的活动之外。" +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." +msgstr "" +"在每个活动区块中，:guilabel:`图表（饼图标）` 标签默认为打开，以简单的折线图显示相关指标。成功的指标用 " +"`绿色`表示，被拒绝的指标用`红色`表示。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." -msgstr "" -"此功能可用于在:guilabel:`活动`弹出窗口的:guilabel:`域`部分对单个活动应用筛选器。使用此功能可以指定一个仅当记录同时满足活动筛选器和其特定域筛选器的条件时，才执行的个别筛选器。" +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." +msgstr "线图右侧显示了:guilabel:`成功` 和 :guilabel:`已拒绝` 活动的数值表示。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." -msgstr "配置短信活动时，请确保设置了某个电话号码，以避免触发错误短信。" +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." +msgstr "将鼠标悬停在活动块折线图中的任何点上，都会显示该特定日期的数据明细。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." -msgstr "适用于某种类型的个别活动的相关定位筛选器。" +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "将鼠标悬停在折线图中的任何点上，都会显示 Odoo 中的数据明细。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`成功'表示成功搜索符合该活动筛选条件的参与者的次数，占参与者总数的比例。如果参与者*不符合*条件，则会被添加到 " -":guilabel:`已拒绝` 数字中。" +"在活动区块的图表下方，对于 *电子邮件* 或 *短信* " +"活动类型，有一行可访问的数据，提供活动的鸟瞰图，包括：:guilabel:`已发送`（数字）、:guilabel:`已点击`（百分比）、:guilabel:`已回复`（百分比）和:guilabel:`已退回`（百分比）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "点击折线图下方 :guilabel:`详情` 行上的任何一个统计数据，都会显示一个单独的页面，其中包含该特定数据点的每条具体记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "活动筛选选项卡" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." +msgstr "" +"在活动区块的:guilabel:`图表` 选项卡旁边，有一个打开 :guilabel:`筛选` 选项卡（由:guilabel:`筛选器/漏斗` " +"图标表示）的选项。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." -msgstr "概览显示符合或不符合活动筛选条件的参与者。" +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化中的营销活动筛选器选项卡。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." -msgstr "将鼠标悬停在自动化活动区块的图表上，Odoo 会显示过去 15 天内每天成功或拒绝参与的人数。" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." +msgstr "单击活动区块上的 :guilabel:`筛选` 选项卡，会显示该特定活动的具体筛选条件，以及数据库中有多少记录符合该特定条件。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." -msgstr "每当有新记录添加到 :guilabel:`目标` 模型，它就会自动添加到工作流中，并重新开始工作流（:guilabel:`上级操作`）。" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "单击显示的筛选器下方的 :guilabel:`记录` 链接，会弹出一个单独的窗口，其中包含符合特定活动规则的所有记录列表。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "链接追踪器" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 会追踪营销活动中使用的所有 URL。要访问和分析这些 URL，请导航至 :menuselection:`市场营销自动化应用程序 --> 报告 " +"--> 链接追踪器`。这样就会显示 :guilabel:`链接统计` 页面，其中可以分析所有营销活动相关的 URL。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`链接统计`页面的默认视图是:guilabel:`柱状图`视图，但左上角有不同的视图选项。您可以选择以 " +":guilabel:`折线图` 或 :guilabel:`饼状图` 的形式查看统计数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" +"此外，还可选择以 :guilabel:`堆叠` 的方式查看统计数据，并可将数据按 :guilabel:`降序` 或 :guilabel:`升序` " +"的顺序排列。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"在查看选项的最左侧，有 :guilabel:`衡量标准` 下拉菜单。点击后，可查看 :guilabel:`点击次数` 或总 :guilabel:`计数`" +" 选项。在 :guilabel:`衡量标准` 下拉菜单的右侧，点击 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 按钮可将任何数据添加到电子表格中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" +"此外，在:guilabel:`链接统计`页面的右上角，即搜索栏的最右侧，还有其他视图选项可供选择：默认的:guilabel:`图形`视图、:guilabel:`透视`表格视图和:guilabel:`列表`视图。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "踪迹" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 会追踪每个营销活动。与活动相关的数据可在 :guilabel:`轨迹` 页面中访问和分析，该页面可通过导航至 " +":menuselection:`市场营销自动化应用程序 --> 报告 --> 轨迹` 找到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化应用程序中的痕迹页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`轨迹` 页面上的默认视图是 :guilabel:`饼状图` " +"视图，但左上角有不同的视图选项。可以选择以:guilabel:`折线图` 或 :guilabel:`饼状图`的形式查看统计数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" +"在图表顶部，有一个颜色键，告知用户哪些活动已被:guilabel:`处理'、:guilabel:`计划'和 " +":guilabel:`拒绝'。此外，还有一个大纲指示器，告知用户某些活动的 :guilabel:`总` 值。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" +"除了在 :guilabel:`轨迹` 页面左上角的各种视图选项外，还可选择以 :guilabel:`堆叠` 的方式查看统计数据，并可将数据按 " +":guilabel:`降序` 或 :guilabel:`升序`的顺序排列。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"在视图选项的最左侧，有 :guilabel:`衡量标准` 下拉菜单。点击后，可查看 :guilabel:`文档 ID` 或总 " +":guilabel:`计数` 选项。在 :guilabel:`衡量标准` 下拉菜单右侧，点击 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` " +"按钮，可将任何数据添加到电子表格中。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "参与者" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"追踪与每个营销活动相关的所有参与者。与这些参与者相关的数据可在:guilabel:`参与者`页面中访问和分析，该页面可通过导航至:menuselection:`市场营销自动化应用程序" +" --> 报告 --> 参与者`找到。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化应用程序中的参与者页面。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`参与者` 页面上的默认视图是 :guilabel:`饼状图` 视图，但左上角有不同的视图选项。您可以选择以 " +":guilabel:` 折线图` 或 :guilabel:`饼状图`的形式查看统计数据。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "在图表的顶部，有一个描述图表中参与者类型的颜色键。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" +"在视图选项的最左侧，有 :guilabel:`衡量标准`下拉菜单。点击后，可查看 :guilabel:`记录 ID` 或总 :guilabel:`计数`" +" 选项。在 :guilabel:`衡量标准` 下拉菜单的右侧，点击 :guilabel:`插入电子表格` 按钮可将任何数据添加到电子表格中。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "入门" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "POS 入门" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" +msgstr "市场营销自动化活动" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" -"Odoo *营销自动化* " -"应用程序通过结合特定规则和筛选器来生成定时操作，从而实现各种营销任务的自动化。*营销自动化*应用程序可让营销人员在单个仪表板上集中构建整个营销活动及其所有阶段，而无需手动构建营销活动的每个阶段（如一系列定时群发邮件）。" +"Odoo *营销自动化*应用程序通过结合特定规则和筛选器来生成定时操作，从而实现各种营销任务的自动化。*营销自动化*应用程序允许营销人员在一个地方--" +"仪表板--建立整个营销活动及其所有阶段，而无需手动建立营销活动的每个阶段（如一系列定时群发邮件）。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "创建营销" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "活动配置" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" -"要创建新的自动化营销活动，请打开 :menuselection:`市场营销自动化` 应用程序，然后单击左上角的 :guilabel:`创建` " -"按钮。这样就会在另一页面上显示空白的营销自动化活动详情表单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" -msgstr "在空白营销自动化活动页面上，可使用以下智能按钮和字段：" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." +msgstr "要创建新的自动营销活动，请导航至 :menuselection:`市场营销自动化应用程序 --> 新建` 以显示空白的活动表单。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "仪表板显示在 Odoo 中新建的营销自动化活动。" +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化应用程序中的空白营销自动化活动表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" -msgstr "**智能按钮**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "输入营销活动名称后，在其余字段中配置目标受众。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." +msgstr "目标受众可通过输入特定条件进行配置，以便 Odoo 在确定该营销自动化活动应发送给谁时使用。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`模板`：表示在此特定活动中使用的预配置邮件模板数量。（模板始终可以即时创建）。" +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`目标` 字段中，使用下拉菜单选择目标受众筛选器应基于的模型（例如 :guilabel:`联系人`, " +":guilabel:`潜在客户/商机`, :guilabel:`销售订单` 等）。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." -msgstr ":guilabel:`SMS`：表示与此活动相关联的个性化短信消息的数量。" +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." +msgstr "从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`搜索更多...`，显示 :guilabel:`搜索： 目标`弹出窗口，其中包含所有可用的目标选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr ":guilabel:`点击次数`：表示此活动的收件人点击附加链接的次数。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr ":guilabel:`参与者`：表示直接参与此活动的联系人数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "**字段**" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." -msgstr ":guilabel:`名称`: 表示正在创建的营销自动化活动的名称。" +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." +msgstr "" +"一旦选择了 :guilabel:`目标` 字段，就会出现 :guilabel:`单一性基于` 字段。该字段的作用是根据 :guilabel:`目标` " +"字段中选择的模型避免重复。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." -msgstr "guilabel:`目标`：该字段是一个下拉菜单，用于选择此营销活动的目标模型（例如，联系人、销售订单、潜在客户/商机等）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." -msgstr "guilabel:`筛选器`：此字段提供许多可配置的标准，可用于进一步缩小营销自动化活动的目标收件人/受众范围。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "营销活动筛选" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -"要为目标受众添加:guilabel:`筛选器`，请单击:guilabel:`添加筛选器`，此时会出现一个节点字段。在节点字段中，可配置自定义公式，以便 " -"Odoo 在筛选特定营销活动中的包含（和排除）对象时使用。" +"如果选择 :guilabel:`客户` 作为 :guilabel:`目标`，请在 :guilabel:`单一性基于` 字段中选择 " +":guilabel:`电子邮件`，以便 Odoo 只处理每个客户电子邮件地址的一条记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化中的一个筛选器节点。" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." +msgstr "从 :guilabel:`单一性基于` 下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`搜索更多...`，在弹出窗口中显示所有可用选项。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." +msgstr "" +"营销活动表单的最后一个是 :guilabel:`筛选` " +"字段。这里可以在营销活动中加入更具体的目标选项，以进一步缩小接收营销自动化材料的收件人数量和类型。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." +msgstr "" +"如果不使用 :guilabel:`筛选` 字段，则内容为：:guilabel:`匹配所有记录`。这意味着 Odoo 使用 :guilabel:`目标` " +"和 :guilabel:`单一性基于` 字段确定收件人。收件人的数量在下方，标识为:guilabel:`记录`。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." -msgstr "" -"当点击节点的第一个字段时，屏幕上会出现一个嵌套的下拉菜单，其中的选项可根据营销活动的需要选择特定的标准。节点上的其余字段进一步定义了决定在执行营销活动时包含（或排除）哪些记录的标准。" +msgid "Campaign filter rules" +msgstr "活动筛选规则" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -"要添加另一个节点，请单击过滤规则右侧的 :guilabel:` ➕（加号）` 图标。要同时添加多个节点的分支，请单击 :guilabel:`⋯ " -"（省略号）` 图标。" +"要为营销自动化活动添加更具体的筛选器，请单击 :guilabel:`筛选` 字段中的 :guilabel:`添加条件` " +"按钮。这样就会显示一系列其他可配置的筛选规则字段。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." -msgstr "" -"进一步了解筛选器的信息，请参阅:doc:`此文档页面`。" +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "在规则字段中，可为 Odoo 配置自定义公式，以便在筛选特定营销活动中包括或不包括的人员时使用。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Records` 表示系统中符合活动指定标准的联系人数量。" +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." +msgstr "筛选规则等式字段在 Odoo 营销自动化活动中的外观。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." +msgstr "guilabel:`记录`指的是系统中符合活动指定标准的联系人。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "此外，一旦点击:guilabel:`添加条件`，活动表单上的 :guilabel:`保存为收藏夹筛选器`功能就会可用。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "还可选择匹配:guilabel:`全部` 或:guilabel:`任何`在 :guilabel:`筛选` 字段中配置的规则的记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"要选择上述任一选项，请单击\":guilabel:全部`句子中间的\":guilabel:`匹配以下所有规则的记录`\"，以显示包含这些选项的下拉菜单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "将记录与筛选字段中的所有或任何规则进行匹配，以开展市场营销活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "点击规则等式的第一个字段后，屏幕上会出现一个嵌套的下拉菜单，根据营销活动的需要选择特定的标准。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "规则等式上的其余字段进一步定义了标准，用于确定在执行营销活动时包含或排除数据库中的哪些记录。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" +"要添加另一条规则，可点击筛选规则右侧的 :guilabel:` ➕（加号）` 图标，或点击规则等式字段下方的 :guilabel:` " +"新规则`。点击其中任何一个，都会出现一系列新的规则字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" +"要同时添加多条规则的分支，请单击位于 :guilabel:`➕ （加号）` 图标右侧的 :guilabel:`分支` " +"图标。点击后，初始规则下方会出现两个额外的子规则方程字段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "营销活动筛选部分的规则分支示例。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "还可以选择将过滤器应用于:guilabel:`任意`或 :guilabel:`全部` 配置的分支规则。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "有关营销自动化活动筛选器配置的更多信息，请参阅 :doc:`本文档第页`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr ":doc:`workflow_activities`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" +msgstr ":doc:`testing_running`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 msgid "Target an audience" @@ -2924,71 +3176,123 @@ msgstr "测试/运行活动" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." -msgstr "Odoo 支持用户在正式运行之前测试营销活动（和发生邮件）。" +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." +msgstr "Odoo *营销自动化*应用程序允许用户在正式运行营销活动（和邮件）之前对其进行测试，以检查错误，并在其到达目标受众之前纠正任何错误。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." -msgstr "首先，打开 :menuselection:`市场营销自动化` 应用程序，然后选择所需的营销活动，将显示该营销活动的详细表单。" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" +msgstr "测试活动" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." -msgstr "" -"在活动详情表单中，确保该活动已配置活动（或按照 " -":doc:`文档页面`" -" 上的说明建立活动）。" +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." +msgstr "要测试营销活动，请打开 :menuselection:`市场营销自动化应用程序`，然后选择要测试的活动，这将显示该活动的详细表单。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" +"在活动详情表单中，确保活动已在工作流中配置（或按照 " +":doc:`本文当`" +" 中的说明建立活动）。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "测试营销自动化活动应在生产版本的数据库中进行。复制（或试用）数据库的电子邮件发送功能有限。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." -msgstr "要开始测试，请单击活动表单顶部的 :guilabel:`开启测试` 按钮。" +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." +msgstr "要开始测试，请单击活动表单顶部 :guilabel:`启动测试` 按钮，位于 :guilabel:`开始` 按钮右侧。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "在 Odoo 营销自动化中启动测试按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -"点击后，会弹出一个 :guilabel:`开启测试` " -"窗口。在下拉框中，选择一个现有记录（或创建一个新记录）来运行测试。要创建全新记录，请单击下拉菜单底部的 :guilabel:`搜索更多...` " -"链接，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建` 按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -"这样做会显示一个空白联系人表单，在该表单中，必须输入:guilabel:`姓名`和`电子邮件`。输入所有必要信息后，点击:guilabel:`保存`，Odoo" -" 会返回到:guilabel:`启动测试`弹窗，并在:guilabel:`选择现有记录或创建一个新记录进行测试`字段中显示该新记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." -msgstr "选择记录后，单击 :guilabel:`继续`，Odoo 将显示活动测试页面。" +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" +"在弹出的:guilabel:`启动测试` 窗口中，单击 :guilabel:`选择或创建联系人以生成测试参与者` " +"字段，显示联系人下拉菜单。从下拉菜单中选择一个现有联系人（或创建一个新联系人）来运行测试。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "在:guilabel:`启动测试` 弹出窗口中只能选择一个联系人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" +"要直接从:guilabel:`启动测试`弹出窗口创建新联系人，请在空白字段中输入新联系人的名称，然后单击 :guilabel:`创建和编辑...`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "在 Odoo 弹出窗口中直接输入新联系人。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" +"这样做会弹出一个空白的:guilabel:`创建记录` " +"表单，必须在其中输入必要的联系信息（:guilabel:`电子邮件`，:guilabel:`手机`，等等），这样测试才能正常进行。输入必要信息后，点击 " +":guilabel:`保存并关闭`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "来自 Odoo 营销自动化中启动测试弹出窗口的空白联系表单。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "输入所有必要字段后，单击:guilabel:`保存并关闭` 返回 :guilabel:`启动测试` 弹出窗口。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." +msgstr "选择联系人后，单击:guilabel:`启动`显示广告系列测试页面。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "在 Odoo 营销自动化中的测试屏幕。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2999,7 +3303,7 @@ msgstr "" "在活动测试页面上，可以看到正在测试的 :guilabel:`记录` 的名称，以及 :guilabel:`工作流程开始于` " "字段中开始测试工作流程的准确时间。在其下方的 :guilabel:`工作流程` 部分，是正在测试的工作流程中的第一个（或多个）活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -3009,94 +3313,524 @@ msgstr "" "要开始测试，请单击 :guilabel:`运行` 按钮，即工作流程中第一个活动旁边的 :guilabel:`▶️ " "（播放按钮）`图标。点击后，页面重新加载，Odoo 会实时显示与该特定活动相关的各种结果（和分析）。" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化中的工作流程测试进度。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "一旦完成所有工作流程活动，测试就会结束，状态栏（位于右上角）会移动到 :guilabel:`已完成` 阶段。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "要在所有工作流程活动完成前停止测试，请单击活动测试页面左上角的:guilabel:`停止` 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" msgstr "" -"一旦完成所有工作流程活动，测试将结束并进入 :guilabel:`已完成` 阶段。要在所有工作流程活动完成前停止测试，请单击活动测试页面左上角的 " -":guilabel:`停止` 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "要注意的是，已经在原始状态下完成整个活动的参与者**可以**重新进入新修改的活动，而且可以为他们创建新的轨迹。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" +"然后，当邮件和操作在:guilabel:`工作流`中触发时，与每个活动相关的各种统计信息和数据就会出现在每个活动块中。此外，在活动详情表单的顶部还会出现一系列与统计相关的智能按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" +"随着活动的进行，分析性智能按钮*也会*填充实时数据：:guilabel:`模板`、:guilabel:`点击`、:guilabel:`测试`、:guilabel:`参与者`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "在 Odoo 当前运行的营销活动中出现的智能按钮行。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "停止活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" +"要停止当前正在运行的营销活动，请导航至 " +":menuselection:`营销自动化应用程序`，然后选择要停止的营销活动。在营销活动详情表单中，单击左上角的 :guilabel:`停止` 按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化应用程序中典型营销活动详情表单上的停止按钮。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "点击后，活动将正式停止，活动详情表单右上角的状态将变为 :guilabel:`已停止`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "在 Odoo 营销自动化的营销活动详情表单上查看停止状态。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr ":doc:`first_campaign`" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" +msgstr ":doc:`target_audience`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" -msgstr "市场营销活动" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" +msgstr "营销活动工作流活动" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." -msgstr "在*营销自动化*应用程序中创建活动时，用户可以计划营销活动，比如电子邮件或短信活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -"要开始操作，请导航到营销自动化活动的详细表单底部，然后点击:guilabel:`添加新活动`。这样做会显示一个:guilabel:`创建活动`弹出窗口。该弹窗是一个空白活动模板，可以为特定活动设置特定参数。" +"在*市场营销自动化*应用程序中创建营销活动时，用户可以计划在发生特定的行动或无行动时触发营销活动。这些活动可以是自动化电子邮件、短信或内部服务器操作等。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" +msgstr "添加工作流活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" -msgstr "在点击:guilabel:`添加新活动`后，:guilabel:`创建活动`弹出窗口中提供以下字段：" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" +"要将工作流程活动添加到营销活动中，请导航到预先存在的或新的营销活动详情表单的底部，在目标受众配置字段下方，然后单击 :guilabel:`添加新活动`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." +msgstr "这样会弹出一个 :guilabel:`创建活动` 窗口。该弹出窗口是一个空白活动模板，可在此为特定活动设置具体参数。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Odoo 市场营销自动化中的活动模板。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr ":guilabel:`活动名称`：活动标题。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." -msgstr "guilabel:`活动类型`：在`电子邮件`、`服务器操作`（Odoo 内部操作）或`短信`之间进行选择。" +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化中的工作流程活动模板弹出窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`邮件模板`：选择预配置模板（或即时创建新模板）。" +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." +msgstr "首先，在 :guilabel:`活动名称` 字段中输入活动名称。然后，继续配置以下选项。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr ":guilabel:`触发器`：选择何时触发此活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`有效期限`：配置在特定时间后（预定日期后）停止操作。选择后，将出现 :guilabel:`在...之后取消` " -"字段，用户可在其中选择希望在初始日期之后的:guilabel:`小时、天、周或月'后停止操作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." -msgstr ":guilabel:`活动筛选器`：与此活动（以及所有后续子活动）相关的域。" +"准备就绪后，点击:guilabel:`保存并关闭`保存活动并关闭弹出窗口，点击:guilabel:`保存并新建`保存活动并立即在新的:guilabel:`创建活动`弹出窗口上创建其他活动，或点击:guilabel:`丢弃`删除活动。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." -msgstr "guilabel:`应用筛选器`：*只有*满足指定域（筛选器）的活动才会执行。" +msgid "Activity types" +msgstr "活动类型" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" +"然后，选择:guilabel:`活动类型`。在:guilabel:`电子邮件`、:guilabel:`服务器操作`（数据库内部操作）或 " +":guilabel:`短信` 之间进行选择。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "触发器" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -3108,18 +3842,23 @@ msgstr "" "活动设置完全配置后，单击:guilabel:`保存并关闭` 保存活动并返回营销自动化活动表单，单击:guilabel:`保存与创建` " "保存活动并立即在新的:guilabel:`创建活动` 弹出窗口中创建另一个活动，或单击:guilabel:`废弃`删除活动并返回营销自动化活动表单。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "工作流活动" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." -msgstr "保存活动后，:guilabel:`工作流活动` 部分将出现在营销自动化活动表单的底部。每个活动都以折线图的形式显示。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化中的典型工作流活动。" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" "The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " "the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " @@ -3127,112 +3866,114 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "该活动配置的 :guilabel:`触发器` 时间可在 :guilabel:`工作流` 部分的 :guilabel:`工作流活动` 卡左侧找到。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 msgid "" "Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " ":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " "the right of the graph." msgstr "活动触发后，图表右侧将显示代表 :guilabel:`成功` 或 :guilabel:`已拒绝` 活动数量的数字。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "Odoo 营销自动化中的典型工作流活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -"如果活动的 :guilabel:`活动类型` 设置为 " -":guilabel:`电子邮件`，则活动图表数据下方会有更深入的分析，详细说明有多少封邮件:guilabel:`已发送` ，其中有多少百分比的邮件 " -":guilabel:`被点击`、:guilabel:`回复` to 或 :guilabel:`退回`。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "儿童活动" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." -msgstr "还可通过点击营销自动化表单中 :guilabel:`工作流` 部分每个活动块底部的 :guilabel:`添加子活动`来添加*子活动*。" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." -msgstr "下级活动是与其上方活动（也称为*上级活动*）相连接并由其触发的子活动。" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -"Odoo 为启动下级活动提供了许多触发选项，所有这些选项都取决于与上级活动相关的触发配置。在所需的上级活动下，将鼠标悬停在 " -":guilabel:`添加下级活动` ，并选择以下任意触发器：" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr ":guilabel:`添加另一个活动`：立即添加另一个活动。" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." -msgstr "guilabel:`已打卡`：如果（电子邮件）收件人打开邮件，将触发下一个活动。" +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "guilabel:`未打开`：如果收件人未打开邮件，将触发下一个活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "guilabel:`已回复`：如果收件人回复了邮件，将触发下一个活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "guilabel:`未回复`：如果收件人未回复邮件，将触发下一个活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "guilabel:`已点击`：如果收件人点击了邮件中的链接，将触发下一个活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "guilabel:`未点击`：如果收件人没有点击邮件中的链接，将触发下一个活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr ":guilabel:`退回`: 如果邮件被退回（未发送成功），将触发下一个活动。" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" -"选择触发器后，用户可以配置子活动（它具有与普通活动相同的配置选项），然后单击 :guilabel:`保存并关闭` 完成创建子活动，该子活动将显示在 " -":guilabel:`工作流` 部分中，以略微缩进的方式位于其上级活动的下方。" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" @@ -4622,389 +5363,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "帖子" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "分析" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "发布于" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "信息" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "附加图像" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "活动" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "推送通知选项" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -5012,39 +6061,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "日历视图" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "数据透视视图" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -5054,97 +6129,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "访问者" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -5152,22 +6232,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -5175,41 +6251,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -5240,6 +6315,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "POS 入门" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 4846b569d..b6204383c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -766,174 +766,174 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "如何开始使用讨论应用" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -"讨论应用可以通过信息，注释和聊天将公司的所有沟通联系在一起。 在整个应用程序中共享信息，项目，文件，确定任务的优先级，并与同事和合作伙伴保持联系。 " -"通过促进便捷的沟通方式，建立更好的关系，提高生产率和透明度。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "选择您的通知首选项" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." -msgstr "访问您的*首选项*，并选择您希望如何处理通知。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Odoo讨论应用的首选项页面视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 -msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" msgstr "" -"默认情况下，该字段设置为 *通过电子邮件处理* ，使您被提及或关注的消息，注释和通知通过电子邮件发送。 通过选择 *在Odoo中处理* ，它们将显示在 " -"*收件箱* 中。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." -msgstr "然后可以将邮件 *标记为待办事项* ，*已回复* 或 *标记为已读* 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Odoo讨论应用中的收件箱信息及其操作选项视图" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "信息选择为 *标记为待办事项* 的也会显示在 *星标* 中，而标记为 *标记为已读* 的信息将移至 *历史记录* 中。" +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Odoo讨论应用中标记为待办事项的信息视图" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "开始聊天" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" -"首次登录帐户时，OdooBot 会向您发送一条消息，询问您是否有权接收聊天的桌面通知。 " -"如果接受，则无论您在Odoo中的位置如何，您都会收到消息的推送通知。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "消息菜单下的消息视图，强调为Odoo讨论应用申请推送通知" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "要停止接收桌面通知，请重置您的浏览器的通知设置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "要开始聊天，请在 *消息菜单* 上单击 *新消息* ，或转到 *讨论* 并发送 *私聊信息*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Odoo讨论应用中强调标题渠道和私聊消息的讨论小组视图" +" the browser." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "您还可以创建:doc:`公共和私有渠道 `." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "沟通栏中和聊天中的提及" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "在聊天中提及用户或聊天类型*@user name*；要引用通道，请键入*#通道名称*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." -msgstr "通知会根据用户的设置发送到被提及用户的 *收件箱* 或电子邮件。" +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Odoo讨论应用几个聊天窗口消息视图" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -"当提到用户时，搜索列表（姓名列表）首先根据任务的关注者，然后根据*员工*建议值。如果正在搜索的记录与关注者或员工都不匹配，则搜索范围将成为所有合作伙伴。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "聊天状态" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -"通过查看同事的 *状态* ，可以帮助了解他们在做什么，以及他们回复信息的速度有多快。 状态显示在 *讨论* 侧边栏和 *消息菜单* 上联系人姓名的左侧。" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "绿色 = 在线" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "橙色 = 闲置" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "白色 = 离线" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "飞机 = 外出" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Odoo讨论应用的联系人状态视图" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Activities" @@ -1363,6 +1363,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index bc3a0d2e7..e108e29f8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,24 +15,24 @@ # digitalliuzg8888, 2023 # 稀饭~~ , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 -# Jeffery CHEN , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 -# Emily Jia , 2023 -# Mandy Choy , 2023 # Gary Wei , 2023 # Chloe Wang, 2024 # 阿隆 , 2024 +# Jeffery CHEN , 2024 +# Emily Jia , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Mandy Choy , 2024 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 阿隆 , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -72,19 +72,12 @@ msgstr "销售线索转换商机" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "系统可生成销售线索而不是商机，以便在将 *线索* 转化为 *商机* 之前增加一个资格鉴定步骤，并分配给适当的销售人员。" +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销售渠道。但可从配置表单将它设置为适用于特定渠道。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -111,79 +104,200 @@ msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "要此功能正常运作，请转到菜单选择：:menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并激活 *销售线索* 功能。" +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." -msgstr "现在，您将在 *销售线索* 下有一个新的子菜单 *销售线索* ，这些子菜单将汇总它们。" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." -msgstr "当您单击 *销售线索* 时，您可以选择将其转换为商机，并决定是否仍应将其分配给相同的渠道/人员以及是否需要创建新客户。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -"如果您已经有了该客户的记录，Odoo将自动为您提供与该记录合并的商机。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "合并商机" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." -msgstr "如果不同商机的邮件地址相同，Odoo将自动建议合并商机。在合并商机时，Odoo将信息合并到首先创建的商机，首个商机中呈现的信息优先。" +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." -msgstr "不丢失任何信息：其他商机中的数据将记录在沟通栏和信息字段中，方便访问。" +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." -msgstr "如果你发现重复内容，即使系统并未提示，你也可自行合并商机或线索。" +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." -msgstr "以下是在列表视图下的具体操作方法。选择想要合并的商机或线索，页面将出现操作按钮。然后，你可选择合并。" +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "你也可以合并2个以上商机或线索。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" @@ -5372,395 +5486,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "亚马逊联接器" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" -msgstr "亚马逊连接器特点" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" -" **马逊连接** 可以在亚马逊和您的Odoo数据库之间同步订单，从而大大减少了在亚马逊卖家平台的仪表板上花费时间，从而使您的日常工作变得更加轻松。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" -msgstr "支持的功能" +msgid "Supported features" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" -msgstr "该连接器能够：" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" -msgstr "同步（亚马逊到Odoo）所有已确认的订单（FBA和FBM）及其订单项，包括：" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" -msgstr "产品名称，描述和数量" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "产品的运输费用" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "礼品包装费" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." -msgstr "在Odoo上创建与缺少合作伙伴的订单（支持的联系类型：联系和交付）。" +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "通知亚马逊的发货确认在Odoo (FBM)，以便付款。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." msgstr "支持多个卖方帐户。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "每个卖方帐户支持多个市场。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "由亚马逊履行(FBA)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "由贸易商履行 (FBM)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr " **** " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "同步已发货和已取消的订单" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "同步未发货和已取消的订单" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr " **** " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "收费" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "交付已创建" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" msgstr " **品包** " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "由亚马逊处理" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "礼品包装费" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" -msgstr "礼品寄语" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr " **存管** " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" -msgstr "每个销售订单项目创建一个库存移动" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" -msgstr "由物流公司处理" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" -msgstr " **认** " - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" -msgstr "确认送货时通知亚马逊" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." -msgstr "连接器被设计用于同步订单数据，如上所述。 像往常一样，必须从亚马逊卖家平台管理其他操作，例如下载月租费报告，处理纠纷或发放退款。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" -msgstr "支持的市场" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr " **存管** " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr ":doc:`setup`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr ":doc:`manage`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo中管理Amazon订单" +msgid "Amazon order management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "订单的同步" +msgid "Order synchronization" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" -"订单自动从Amazon获取，并在Odoo中定期同步。同步基于Amazon状态：仅从Amazon获取上次同步之后状态发生变化的订单。对** " -"FBA**（Amazon发货），仅获取 **发货 ** **取消 **订单。对** FBM**（商家发货），获取 **发货 ** **取消 " -"**订单。对于每份已同步的订单，如果尚未注册，则将在Odoo中创建销售订单和客户。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." -msgstr "当订单在Amazon中取消并且已经在Odoo中同步时，相应的销售订单会在Odoo中自动取消。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." msgstr "" -"要强制同步自上次同步以来状态未更改的订单，请激活：ref:`开发者模式`，导航到您的亚马逊帐户，并在：菜单选择：`订单跟进-->最后订单同步`下修改日期。在要同步和保存的订单的最后一次状态更改之前选择一个日期。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" -"要立即同步您的Amazon帐户的订单，请切换到：ref:`开发者模式 `，前往您的Amazon帐户并单击 **步订** " -"。通过单击 **步选** ，也可以对选取进行相同的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "在FBM中管理发货" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" -"当在Odoo中同** " -"FBM**（商家发货）订单时，将与销售订单和客户一同创建拣货命令。你可立即将所有订购的产品发送给客户，也可通过延期交货订单功能部分发货。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "当与订单相关的拣货命令被确认时，将向Amazon发送通知，然后由Amazon通知客户订单（或部分订单）已在处理中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "亚马逊要求在每次交付时提供跟踪参考。您需要指定一个承运人。如果运营商没有自动提供跟踪参考，您需要手动设置一个。这涉及所有市场。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" -"如果您选择的运营商不是Odoo支持的运营商，您仍然可以创建带有其名称的运营商（例如，创建名为`Colissimo`的运营商）。名称不区分大小写，但应拼写正确，否则亚马逊将无法识别。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." -msgstr "创建名为 `自行配送`的快递公司，告知亚马逊您自行配送。您仍然需要输入追踪参考号。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." -msgstr "请谨记，客户会通过电子邮件收到关于交货的通知，并且在发送给客户的电子邮件中会显示承运人和追踪参考号。" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "在FBA中跟进发货" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -"当在Odoo中同步**FBA**（Amazon发货）订单时，将对每个销售订单项目记录库存移动，以便将其保存在你的系统中。库存经理可在 " -":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " -"产品移动`下找到相关记录。他们在**Amazon**的特定库位取货。这个库位代表你在Amazon仓库中的库存，并允许你在FBA程序下管理产品库存。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "如要在Odoo中追踪你的Amazon (FBA)库存，你可在补货后进行库存调整。你还可通过Amazon库位的重订货规则触发自动补货。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -"Amazon库位可通过Odoo管理的Amazon账户进行配置。同一家公司的所有账户默认使用同一库位。但是，你可以按电商平台追踪库存。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该账户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为第二个注册账户分配其他库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "开开票和登记付款" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 +msgid "" +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "开具开票" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 msgid "Register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "在销售报告中追踪你的Amazon销售情况" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." msgstr "" -"由于销售团队设置在你的账户下**订单跟进**选项卡中，你只需要在销售报告中点击数次即可快速查看所有数据。默认情况下，你的账户销售团队在公司所有账户之间共享。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "如有需要，你可将账户的销售团队更改为另一个，并对该账户的销售情况进行单独报告。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." msgstr "" -"你也可以类似方式对每个电商平台进行报告。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该客户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为注册的两个账户其中一个分配其他销售团队。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr ":doc:`features`" @@ -5989,7 +6220,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "启用:ref:`开发者模式`." @@ -6044,147 +6274,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay 连接器" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "如何上架一个产品" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "上架没有变种" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "为了上架一个产品，你需要点击 **eBay可** 字段在产品的界面上，eBay 标签将可用。" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "当勾选 **用库存数** 字段，eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **期数** 。" +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -" **述模** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板。默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描** 字段。你可以使用 **述模** 和 **eBay " -"描** 的内部html。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." -msgstr "要在列表中使用图片，需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "有变种的上架" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"当选中 **有变化的产品上使用易** ，并将 **定价格 **为 **录类型 " -"**，易趣表单略有不同。在变体阵列中，您可以选择将在易趣上列出的变体，并设置每个变体的价格和数量。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "上架没有变种" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "为了增加项目规格，你应该在产品表单创建一个产品属性，在 **** 页签里设置一个值。" +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "产品标示" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "有变种的上架" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" -"大多数易趣类别都需要EAN、UPC、BrandM、PN等产品标识符。该模块使用产品变体的**条形码**字段管理EAN和UPC标识符。如果**条形码**字段为空或is值无效，EAN和UPC值将按照易趣的建议设置为*不适用*。品牌和MPN值作为物品的具体信息，应在产品表单的**变体**选项卡中定义。如果未设置这些值，则*不适用*将用于易趣登录。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "如何在Odoo里配置eBay?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "创建eBay令牌" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" -"为了创建令牌，您需要在开发者门户 `开发者门户 `_。 上创建一个开发者帐户。 " -"登录后，可以通过单击适当的按钮来创建 **盒** 和 **产键** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"在秘钥创建后，你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做，点击在页面底部的链接 **到一个用户令** " -"。通过界面，用你的eBay账号登陆，然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "在Odoo里设置令牌" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。" +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" -"首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段 **发者秘** ， **** ， **应用秘** , **证秘** 。申请变更。" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "开始日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "标题" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "小标题" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." -msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入，你需要从eBay同步信息。点击 **步国家和货** ， 然后你可以填写其他字段。" +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "类别" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后, 你可以通过点击按钮同步种类和策略" +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "付款政策" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "持续时间" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "国家" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "令牌" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "用户令牌" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "开发者密钥" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "接受帐户删除通知" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6194,158 +7544,181 @@ msgstr "" "自2021 9月起， **趣需要支持客户账户删除/关闭通** " "。因此，当易趣收到账户删除请求时，所有易趣合作伙伴必须确认收到该请求，并在必要时采取进一步行动。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -"Odoo有一个通知端点来接收这些通知，确认接收到请求，并处理第一组操作，以匿名化**联系人**中的帐户详细信息，并删除客户对门户的访问权限。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -"请确保正确：ref:`设置您对市场帐户删除通知的订阅 `，因为在订阅完成之前，易趣可能会暂时禁用相关的易趣帐户。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "将Odoo更新到最新版本" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "更新可用模块列表" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "从Odoo检索端点详细信息" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." -msgstr "端点详细信息可以在以下菜单中找到：`销售-->配置-->设置-->易趣`。单击*生成令牌*以检索您的 **证令** 。" +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo中生成eBay验证令牌的按钮" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "订阅帐户删除通知" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." -msgstr "登录 `eBay 开发者门户 `_ 然后去 **报和通** ." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "eBay提醒和通知仪表板概述" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "要订阅删除/关闭通知，易趣需要一些详细信息：" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." -msgstr "如果无法访问端点，则发送通知的 **子邮件地** 。" +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" -msgstr " **点详细信** ：" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "Odoo帐户删除通知终结点的URL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "验证令牌" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "用于输入端点详细信息的专用栏" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." -msgstr "填写电子邮件地址字段后，您可以编辑最后两个字段。" +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "验证与端点的连接" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." -msgstr "在易趣的仪表板中设置检索到的端点详细信息后，考虑使用**发送测试通知**按钮测试连接性。" +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" -msgstr "您应该会收到以下确认消息：“测试通知已成功发送！`" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "用于发送测试通知的按钮" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "使用更新同步方法" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "如有你有大量产品，由于eBay强制规定的一定时间内请求数量限制，eBay API有时可能拒绝某些同步调用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "为了解决这个问题，开发了一种新的实施机制；但是，默认情况下禁用此更新机制，以避免在现有安装中两个系统并行运行。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "如要切换为新同步机制：" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 预定操作`" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "存档旧的同步操作（二者名称都是*Ebay：更新产品状态*）" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" -"启用新的同步操作（*Ebay：获取新订单*，默认每15分钟运行一次，及*Ebay：同步库存（以便与“获取新订单”同步）*，默认每天运行一次）" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "确保两种操作的 **次执行日期 **为最近" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "从下次执行日期开始，将使用新方法进行同步。" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "开票方式" @@ -10436,315 +11809,762 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "管理您的产品" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" -msgstr "如何导入具有类别和变体的产品" +msgid "Import products" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -"要导入的最常见数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）的 **入工具 **提供了导入模板。您可以使用任何电子表格软件（Microsoft " -"Office、OpenOffice、Google Drive等）打开它们。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "如何自定义文件" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." -msgstr "删除不需要的列。但是，我们建议您不要删除*ID*列（请参阅下面的原因）。" +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "向下拖动ID顺序，为每个记录设置唯一的ID。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." -msgstr "不要更改要导入的列的标签。否则，奥多将无法再识别它们，您必须在导入屏幕中自己映射它们。" +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "可以随意添加新列，但字段需要存在于Odoo中。如果Odoo无法将列名与字段匹配，则可以在导入时通过浏览可用字段列表手动进行匹配。" +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "为什么是“ID”列？" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." -msgstr "ID是行项目的真正唯一标识符。您可以随意使用以前软件中的一款，以轻松过渡到Odoo。" +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "导入时设置ID不是强制性的，但在许多情况下会有所帮助：" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "更新导入：可以多次导入同一文件，而不创建重复文件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "如何导入关系字段" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -"Odoo对象始终与许多其他对象相关（例如，产品与产品类别、属性、供应商等相关联）。要导入这些关系，您需要首先从相关对象的列表菜单导入相关对象的记录。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "产品变体" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" -"您可以使用相关记录的名称或其ID来执行此操作。当两个记录具有相同名称时，需要ID。在这种情况下，在列标题的末尾添加“/ID”（例如，对于产品属性：产品属性/属性/ID）。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" -msgstr "使用谷歌图片自动获取产品图片" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -"产品图像在Odoo中非常有用，例如，可以快速找到产品或检查您是否扫描了正确的产品，但设置起来可能有点痛苦，尤其是当您有很多产品时 **歌自定义搜索 " -"**许根据产品的条形码自动查找产品的图像，让您专注于业务中的重要内容。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "这种功能性需要在Google和Odoo上进行配置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." -msgstr "有了免费的谷歌帐号，你每天可以获得多达100张免费图片。如果你需要更高的费率，你必须升级到计费帐户。" +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "谷歌API仪表板" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " "`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -"转到`谷歌云平台API和服务`_页面生成谷歌自定义搜索API凭据。用你的谷歌帐号登录。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." -msgstr "选择或创建API项目以存储凭据。给它一个明确的名称（例如，Odoo Images）。" +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." -msgstr "在凭证部分，单击 **建凭** ，然后选** API密** 。" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "谷歌云平台的API和服务页面" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "保存**API密钥**。在Odoo的下一步中，你需要它！" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." -msgstr "使用搜索栏查找 **歌自定义搜索API**，然后选择它。" +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" -msgstr "谷歌云平台中包含“自定义搜索API”的搜索栏" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "启用API接口。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "谷歌云平台上突出显示启用按钮的“自定义搜索API”分区" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" -msgstr "谷歌可编程搜索仪表板" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" -"转到`谷歌可编程搜索引擎`_然后单击 **** " -"。用你的谷歌帐号登录。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -"谷歌可编程搜索引擎页面，右上角有**快速入门**\n" -"按钮" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." -msgstr "填写搜索引擎的语言和名称。给它一个明确的名称（例如，Odoo Images）。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "谷歌可编程搜索仪表板" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -"谷歌不允许在没有输入至少一个特定网站进行搜索的情况下创建搜索引擎。你可以将任何网站（例如www.Google.com）放在这一步中，我们稍后将删除它。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." -msgstr "通过单击 **建 **证表单。然后，进入您创建的搜索引擎的编辑模式（单击确认页面上** 控制面** ，或单击主页上的搜索引擎名称）。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." -msgstr "在 **础 **项卡中，确保启用 **像搜** 、 **全搜索 ** **索整个网** 。" +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." -msgstr "启用 **索整个网站 **，您可以安全删除在上一步放置的网站。" +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "保存您的 **索引擎Id**。在Odoo的下一步中，你需要它！" +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." -msgstr "转到：菜单选择：`设置-->常规设置-->集成`，激活 **歌图** ，然后保存。" +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." -msgstr "返回：菜单选择：`设置-->常规设置-->集成`，在 **歌图像 **置中输** API键 ** **索引擎ID**，然后再次保存。" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo中自动获取产品图像" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." -msgstr "在任何产品或产品变体列表视图中都会显示在Odoo中自动获取产品图像的操作。以下是库存应用程序的分步指南。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"从任何使用产品（如库存或销售）的应用程序转到产品菜单（：菜单选择:`Products—>Products`或：菜单选择:`Products—>Product" -" Variants`）。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." -msgstr "在列表视图中，选择需要图像的产品。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." -msgstr "仅处理10000个首批选定的产品或产品变体。" +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "只有带有条形码且没有图像的产品或产品变体才会被处理。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "如果从“产品”视图中选择具有一个或多个变体的产品，则将处理与先前标准匹配的每个变体。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." -msgstr "在操作菜单中，选择 **谷歌图片中获取图** ，然后单击 **取图片 **行验证。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." -msgstr "您应该看到图像以增量方式显示。" +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." -msgstr "仅立即获取前10幅图像。如果您选择了10个以上，其余的将作为后台作业获取。" +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." -msgstr "后台作业在一分钟内处理大约100幅图像。如果你达到谷歌授权的配额（无论是免费还是有偿），后台工作将暂停24小时，并在前一天停止的地方继续。" +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" @@ -10752,78 +12572,102 @@ msgstr "" "`创建、修改或关闭您的谷歌云计费帐户`_" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "产品变体" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -"产品变体用于描述产品的各种特征，如尺寸和颜色。使用变体的产品可以在产品模板级别（针对产品的所有属性和变体）和/或变体级别（针对单个变体）进行管理。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "例如, 一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品 :" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T恤" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "颜色：蓝色、红色、白色、黑色" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." -msgstr "在本示例中，**T恤**是产品模板，**T恤，S号，蓝色**是产品变体。**颜色**和大小**是属性。**S号**和**蓝色**是值。" +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "以上示例共有20种不同的产品变体（5种尺寸x 4种颜色）。每个产品都有各自的库存、销售信息等。" +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "激活产品变体" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -"使用产品变体，跳转至：菜单选择：`销售-->配置-->设置-->产品目录`，并启用：guilabel：`变体`功能。最后，单击：guilabel：`保存`，以应用设置。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." -msgstr "激活产品变体。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" -msgstr "创建属性" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." -msgstr "在设置产品变体之前，需要先创建属性。查看属性：菜单选择：`销售-->配置-->产品-->属性`。" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "属性" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " @@ -10831,271 +12675,435 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "：guilabel：`属性`页面中的属性顺序决定了属性在：guillabel：`产品配置器`、：guilibel：`销售点`仪表板和：guilbel：`电子商务`页面中的显示方式。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" -msgstr "创建属性，单击：guilabel：`创建`。首先，选择属性名称，例如“颜色”或“尺寸”" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." -msgstr "属性创建窗口。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" -"然后，选择：guilabel：`显示类型`，它决定了产品在：guillabel：`电子商务`页面、：guilibel：`销售点`仪表板和：guilabel：`产品配置器`中的显示方式。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "：guilabel：`收音机`：选项显示在项目符号样式列表中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "：guilabel：`选择`：选项出现在下拉菜单中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "：guilabel：`颜色`：选项显示为彩色方块，显示所有HTML颜色代码。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "产品配置器中的显示类型。" +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." -msgstr "：guilabel：`变体创建模式`通知Odoo在属性添加至产品后何时自动创建变体。" +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "：guilabel：`立即`：将属性和值添加至产品模板后，立即创建所有可能变体。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." -msgstr "：guilabel：`动态`：仅当将相应属性和值添加至销售订单后才创建变体。" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." -msgstr "：guilabel：`从不`：从不自动创建变体。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "添加至产品后无法编辑属性：guilabel：`变体创建模式`。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" -msgstr "保存前应将值添加至属性，但如果需要，可以随时添加更多值。添加值，单击：guilabel：`添加行`。您可以：" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." -msgstr "输入值名称。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." -msgstr "勾选一个框，指明该值是否为自定义值（即客户提供的唯一规格）。" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." -msgstr "对于颜色，添加HTML颜色代码，使销售人员和客户更直观看到颜色。" +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." -msgstr "可以拖动滑块或输入特定HTML颜色代码（如#FF0077）选择颜色代码。" +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." -msgstr "选择颜色。" +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." -msgstr "最后，单击：guilabel：:`保存`，完成属性创建。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "也可以直接在产品模板创建属性：添加行，在：guilabel：`变体`选项卡中输入名称。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." -msgstr "将属性添加至产品后，属性页面上会出现一个新选项卡：guilabel：“相关产品”。此选项卡列出数据库中当前使用该属性的所有产品。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "创建产品变体" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -"创建属性后，跳转至：菜单选择：`销售-->产品->产品`，使用该属性创建产品变体。然后，选择已有产品，单击：guilabel：`编辑`，或单击：guillabel：`创建`，创建新产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." -msgstr "产品模板顶部的：guilabel：`变体`智能按钮表示产品当前配置的变体数量。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 -msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -"添加新变体，请单击：guilabel：`变体`选项卡，然后单击：guillabel：`添加行`，添加任何属性和值。添加所有属性和值后，单击：guilabel：“保存”。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "类似产品变体创建过程可在采购、库存和电子商务应用程序中完成。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" -msgstr "产品排除管理" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "以下示例均基于具有两个属性的产品模板：" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "T恤" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "颜色：蓝色、红色、白色" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "根据上述产品模板，有15种T恤，有3种颜色和5种尺寸。如果没有XXL码的白色t恤，则可以停用该款式。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" -"在：guilabel：`排除`部分，单击：guillabel：`添加行`，选择当前不可用的任何产品和/或特定属性值。最后单击：guilabel：`保存`，应用设置，Odoo将自动在电子商务页面上显示不可用的产品变体。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "排除属性。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "根据型号设置价格" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." -msgstr "对于特定产品变体，额外成本可以添加至产品标准价格。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." -msgstr "打开：菜单选择：`销售-->产品-->产品`，然后单击相关产品。然后单击：guilabel：`配置变体`，以访问产品变体值列表。" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" -"然后单击变量值，然后点击：guilabel：`编辑`。在：guilabel：`额外价格值`栏中，输入特定额外价值成本，金额将添加至标准价格。最后，单击：guilabel：`保存`，额外价格将应用于变量值。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." -msgstr "额外价格值设置。" +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "变型的影响" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." -msgstr "：guilabel：`条形码`：条形码与变体而非产品模板关联。每个变体都有独特的条形码/SKU。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -"：guilabel：`价格`：每个产品变体都有公开价格，公开价格是产品模板价格与特定属性额外价格的和。例如，一件红色衬衫的价格是23美元，衬衫的模板价格为20美元，红色变体额外价格为3美元。价格表规则可以配置为应用于产品模板或变体。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "：guilabel：`库存`：对各产品变体的库存进行计数。在产品模板表单上，库存反映了所有变体的总和，但实际库存分变体计算。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "：guilabel：`图片`：每个产品变体都可以有特定图片。" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "对产品模板的更改将自动应用于产品的所有变体。" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index e5f041941..f02edfa4c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -4154,12 +4154,9 @@ msgstr "项目设置" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " -"`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize projects " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo 教程：自定义您的项目`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 280b772b1..3e18a34f7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ # 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2022 # liAnGjiA , 2022 # Connie Xiao , 2022 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 # zhao yonghui, 2022 # Raymond Yu , 2023 # Gary Wei , 2023 @@ -16,24 +17,23 @@ # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 # Mandy Choy , 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 -# mrshelly , 2023 -# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2023 # Datasource International , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# mrshelly , 2023 # John An , 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Chloe Wang, 2024 # 阿隆 , 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 阿隆 , 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -45,6 +45,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "网站" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "博客" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "电子商务" @@ -4160,22 +4432,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "小工具" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4183,14 +4454,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4202,29 +4473,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4237,13 +4508,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4254,18 +4525,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4276,18 +4547,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4295,7 +4566,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4305,7 +4576,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4318,20 +4589,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5367,6 +5638,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "探索最好的 **源网站建设** ，学习如何创建美丽的网站，将访问者转化为潜在客户或收入。" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5787,114 +6175,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "地理IP安装（内部数据库）" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "安装" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "请注意，安装取决于计算机的操作系统和发行版。我们假设正在使用Linux操作系统。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "安装`geoip2 `__ Python库" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" -"下载`GeoLite2 City数据库 " -"`_。你将下载到名为``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``的文件" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "将文件移动到文件夹``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "重启服务器" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" -"如果您不能/不想在``/usr/share/GeoIP/``中定位geoip数据库，可以使用Odoo命令行界面的“-geoip " -"db”选项。该选项采用GeoIP数据库文件的绝对路径，并将其用作GeoIP数据。例如：" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" -"``GeoIP`` 也可以使用Python库。但是，该版本自1月份起停止使用 1. 参见 `GeoLite遗留数据库现已停止使用 " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "如何在您的Odoo网站中测试GeoIP地理位置" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "转到你的网站。打开要测试“GeoIP”的网页。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "在页面添加以下XML：" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "最后应该有一个字典，指示IP地址的位置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "如果大括号为空``{}``，则可能是由于以下任何原因：" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "浏览IP地址为本地主机(``127.0.0.1``)或一个局域网(``192.168.*.*``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "如果使用反向代理，请确保正确配置。请参阅：选项:`代理模式 `" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "未安装``geoip2``或未找到GeoIP数据库文件" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "GeoIP数据库无法解析给定的IP地址" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 2ac41a756..e61c094b6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:951 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -947,9 +947,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" -"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " -"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" -" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +"If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button, " +"please contact the `support `_ directly with your" +" client id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 @@ -2642,8 +2642,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:374 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 @@ -6257,7 +6257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1011 @@ -6365,9 +6365,9 @@ msgid "Account Types" msgstr "賬戶類型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "資產負債表" @@ -6971,7 +6971,6 @@ msgid "Total to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "銀行對帳" @@ -7187,7 +7186,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 @@ -7414,22 +7413,23 @@ msgstr "付款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" -"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " -"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +"In Odoo, payments can either be automatically linked to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " -"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces/settles the " +"amount due of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the " +"same invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 msgid "" "If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " "outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " -"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " -"invoices/bills." +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce/settle " +"unpaid invoices/bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 @@ -7437,9 +7437,6 @@ msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7455,174 +7452,194 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " -"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " -"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " -"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " -"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " -"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" -" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +"When clicking :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or vendor " +"bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due according " +"to the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding " +"` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this " +"point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In " +"payment`. Then, when the outstanding account is reconciled with a bank " +"statement line, the invoice or vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` " +"status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:33 msgid "" "The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " "the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " -"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +"journal, by clicking :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:40 msgid "" -"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " -":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +"The customer invoice or vendor bill must be in the :guilabel:`Posted` status" +" to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:42 msgid "" -"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " -"pay and make a partial or full payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " -"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " -"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " -"status :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 -msgid "" -"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"If you unreconcile a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " "longer linked to the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:44 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " "automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 msgid "" "If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " "journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" " amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as an :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is registered in Odoo (not " +"through a related bank statement), invoices and bills are directly " +"registered as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:55 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 msgid "" -"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " -"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " -"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " -"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors -->" +" Payments` menu, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. Instead, " +"the account receivable or the account payable is matched with the " +"**outstanding account** until it is manually matched with its related " "invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:63 msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 msgid "" -"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " -"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " -"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice/bill and an " +"**outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. It can " +"easily be matched from the invoice or bill by clicking :guilabel:`ADD` under" " :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:72 msgid "" "The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " -"reconciled with the bank statement." +"reconciled with its corresponding bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:80 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " -"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" -" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " -"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +"deposit :doc:`checks ` to the bank or for :doc:`SEPA " +"payments `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Customers --> Batch Payments` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Batch Payments`. In the list view of payments, you can select and group " +"several payments in a batch by clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Create " +"Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " -"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " -"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " -"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " -"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " -":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Reconciliation`." +"invoices or vendor bills and allows you to process them individually, " +"matching all payments and invoices in one place. You can reach this tool " +"from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoices / Vendor" +" Bills`, click the drop-down menu button (:guilabel:`⋮`), and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Accounting --> Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "" -"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " -"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " -"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " -"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " -"is displayed." +"You can use the batch reconciliation feature to reconcile several " +"outstanding payments or invoices simultaneously for a specific customer or " +"vendor. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable /" +" Aged Payable`. You can see all transactions that have not been reconciled " +"yet for that partner, and when you select a customer or vendor, the " +":guilabel:`Reconcile` option is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 -msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgid "See the reconcile option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:123 +msgid "Registering a partial payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To register a **partial payment**, click :guilabel:`Register payment` from " +"the related invoice or bill, and enter the amount received or paid. Upon " +"entering the amount, a prompt appears to decide whether to :guilabel:`Keep " +"open` the invoice or bill, or :guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`. Select " +":guilabel:`Keep open` and click :guilabel:`Create payment`. The invoice or " +"bill is now marked as :guilabel:`Partial`. Select :guilabel:`Mark as fully " +"paid` if you wish to settle the invoice or bill with a difference in the " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Partial payment of an invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:136 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:138 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " -":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " -"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " -"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling " +"` it with the related bank statement line to have the " +"transaction finalized and the invoice or bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 @@ -8593,91 +8610,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " -"facilitating the reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Group payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " -"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " -"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " -":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Register payment button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 -msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " -"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " -"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " -":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " -"more bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 -msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " -"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " -"to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 -msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " -"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " -"`. Make " -"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " -"` to the " -"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 msgid "Online payments" msgstr "" @@ -8864,69 +8796,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" "To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" -" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " -":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Vendor " +"Payments` section. There, you can activate the payment method as well as set" +" up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Checks` setting is activated, the **Checks** payment " +"method is automatically set up in the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs of " +"**bank** journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:22 msgid "" "Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" " installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " "module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:27 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:30 msgid "United States" msgstr "美國" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:32 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 msgid "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:36 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:39 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:41 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 msgid "registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:45 msgid "reconciling bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:48 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:50 msgid "" "To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -8934,11 +8872,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:56 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:58 msgid "" "On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " "you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " @@ -8946,7 +8884,7 @@ msgid "" "reconciled checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "click on :guilabel:`Print`." @@ -9135,176 +9073,189 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" +"Odoo includes **generic** and **dynamic** reports available for all " +"countries, regardless of the :doc:`localization package " +"<../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:13 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +"Reports can be **annotated, printed, and drilled down** to see details " +"(payments, invoices, journal items, etc.) by clicking the **down** arrow. " +"Reports can also be exported to **PDF** or **XLSX** format by clicking " +":guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`XLSX` at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Annotate reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +"You can compare values across periods by using the :guilabel:`Comparison` " +"menu and selecting the periods you want to compare." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Comparison menu to compare time periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of your organization's assets, " +"liabilities, and equity at a particular date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Balance sheet report of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:49 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "損益表" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:51 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." +"company's net income by deducting expenses from revenue for the reporting " +"period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Profit and Loss report of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:60 msgid "Executive Summary" msgstr "執行摘要" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:62 msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Performance:**" +"The **Executive Summary** allows a quick look at all the important figures " +"to run your company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In basic terms, this is what each item in the following section reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:68 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (labor, materials, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:72 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:71 msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." +"The contribution of all sales made by your business **minus** any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales *and* fixed overheads your company has " +"(electricity, rent, taxes to be paid as a result of those sales, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:74 +msgid "**Return on investment (per annum):**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:75 msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"The ratio of net profit made to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 +msgid "**Average debtors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." +"The average number of days it takes your customers to (fully) pay you across" +" all your customer invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgid "**Average creditors days:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:81 msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +"The average number of days it takes you to (fully) pay your suppliers across" " all your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:84 +msgid "**Short-term cash forecast:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." +"How much cash is expected in or out of your business in the next month, " +"i.e., the balance of your **Sales account** for the month **minus** the " +"balance of your **Purchases account** for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:90 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:87 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +"(:dfn:`assets that could be turned into cash within a year`) to the current " +"liabilities (:dfn:`liabilities that will be due in the next year`). It is " +"typically used to measure a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Executive summary report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 @@ -9314,10 +9265,14 @@ msgstr "總分類帳" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows each account's totals; " +"from here, you can view a detailed transaction report or any exceptions. " +"This report helps check every transaction that occurred during a specific " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "General Ledger report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 @@ -9327,8 +9282,12 @@ msgstr "到期的應付" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." +" bills, credit notes, and overpayments you owe and how long these have gone " +"unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Payable report in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 @@ -9337,32 +9296,44 @@ msgstr "到期的應收" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices awaiting payment " +"during a selected month and several months prior." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Aged Receivable report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" msgstr "現金流量表" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:135 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." +"income affect cash and cash equivalents and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing, and financing activities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" msgstr "稅金報告" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:146 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Tax report in Odoo." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "" @@ -13177,7 +13148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:698 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -13196,6 +13167,10 @@ msgid "" "bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" @@ -16452,7 +16427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 msgid "Document types" msgstr "" @@ -16535,7 +16510,7 @@ msgid "document types grouped by letters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 msgid "Use on invoices" msgstr "" @@ -16702,7 +16677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:389 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -18041,7 +18016,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" @@ -18869,7 +18844,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -18908,7 +18883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -19473,7 +19448,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:40 -msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoiving`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:41 @@ -19503,7 +19478,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Esports of Goods for Chile`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:49 @@ -19518,12 +19493,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:57 msgid "`l10n_cl_edi_stock`" msgstr "" @@ -19536,24 +19509,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:58 msgid "" -"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate delivery " -"guides online based on the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 -msgid "" "Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for the company " "according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:60 msgid "" "The *Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:63 msgid "" "All features are only available if the company already completed the `SII " "Sistema de Facturación de Mercado " @@ -19561,136 +19527,136 @@ msgid "" " certification process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 msgid "Company information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:70 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` and ensure " "the following company information is up-to-date and correctly filled in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Street`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`City`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`State`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: enter the identification number for the selected " ":ref:`Taxpayer Type `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Names`: select up to four activity codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Activity Description`: enter a short description of the " "company's activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:88 msgid "Accounting settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:90 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Chilean Localization` and follow the instructions to configure the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Fiscal information `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Electronic invoice data `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`DTE incoming email server `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Signature certificates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 msgid "Fiscal information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:103 msgid "Configure the following :guilabel:`Tax payer information`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` by selecting the taxpayer type that applies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT Affected (1st Category)`: for invoices that charge taxes to " "customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fees Receipt Issuer (2nd Category)`: for suppliers who issue fees" " receipt (Boleta)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`End consumer`: only issues receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Foreigner`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII Office`: select your company's :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` regional office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:118 msgid "Electronic invoice data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 msgid "Select your :guilabel:`SII Web Services` environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Test`: for test databases using test :abbr:`CAFs (Folio " "Authorization Code)` obtained from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19698,11 +19664,11 @@ msgid "" "the files being sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`SII - Production`: for production databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SII - Demo Mode`: files are created and accepted automatically in" " demo mode but are **not** sent to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " @@ -19711,15 +19677,15 @@ msgid "" "demo mode. Avoid selecting this option in a production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Legal Electronic Invoicing Data`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution N°`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`SII Resolution Date`" msgstr "" @@ -19727,11 +19693,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required information for electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:144 msgid "DTE incoming email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :guilabel:`Email Box " "Electronic Invoicing` can be defined to receive your customers' claim and " @@ -19741,50 +19707,50 @@ msgid "" "Tributarios Electrónicos)` incoming email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:153 msgid "" "In order to receive your SII documents, it's necessary to set up your own " "email server. More information on how to do this can be found in this " "documentation: :doc:`../../general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 msgid "" "Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Configure DTE Incoming Email`, then click " ":guilabel:`New` to add a server and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: give the server a name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:161 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Type`: select the server type used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:163 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:164 msgid ":guilabel:`POP Server`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Local Server`: uses a local script to fetch emails and create new" " records. The script can be found in the :guilabel:`Configuration` section " "with this option selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:167 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication`: requires your Gmail API credentials " "to be configured in the general settings. A direct link to the configuration" " can be found in the :guilabel:`Login Information` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Server`: enable this option. By checking this option, this " "email account will be used to receive the electronic invoices from the " @@ -19795,29 +19761,29 @@ msgid "" "CONTRIBUYENTE*, *Mail Contacto SII* and *Mail Contacto Empresas*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:178 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Server & Login` tab (for IMAP and POP servers):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Server Name`: enter the hostname or IP of the server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`Port`: enter the server port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`: enable this option if connections are encrypted using " "the SSL/TLS protocol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`: enter the server login username." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Password`: enter the server login password." msgstr "" @@ -19825,19 +19791,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:191 msgid "" "Before going live, it is recommended to archive or remove all emails related" " to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo from your " "inbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "證書" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:199 msgid "" "A digital certificate in `.pfx` format is required to generate the " "electronic invoice signature. To add one, click :guilabel:`Configure " @@ -19845,24 +19811,24 @@ msgid "" "section. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to configure the certificate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:203 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Key`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file` and select " "the `.pfx` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Certificate Passkey`: enter the file's passphrase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:205 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject Serial Number`: depending on the certificate format, the " "field might not be automatically populated. In that case, enter the " "certificate's legal representative :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certificate Owner`: select one if you need to restrict the " "certificate for a specific user. Leave the field empty to share it with all " @@ -19873,13 +19839,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Digital certificate configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:565 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:218 msgid "" "The official currency rate is provided by `Chilean mindicador.cl " "`_. Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -19888,12 +19854,12 @@ msgid "" "select another :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 msgid "Partner information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 msgid "" "Configuring partner contacts is also required to send :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` electronic invoices. Open the " @@ -19901,36 +19867,36 @@ msgid "" " new or existing contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Description`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:236 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`DTE Email`: enter the sender's email address for the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:239 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Guide Price`: select which price the delivery guide " "displays, if any." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:242 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Email` is the email used for sending electronic documents" " and must be set in the contact that will be part of an electronic document." @@ -19940,13 +19906,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:252 msgid "" "Accounting documents are categorized by :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`-defined document types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 msgid "" "Document types are created automatically upon installation of the " "localization module, and can be managed by navigating to " @@ -19957,56 +19923,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 msgid "" "Several document types are inactive by default but can be activated by " "toggling the :guilabel:`Active` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:269 msgid "The document type on each transaction is determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 msgid "" "The journal related to the invoice, identifying if the journal uses " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:272 msgid "" "The condition applied based on the type of issuer and recipient (e.g., the " "buyer or vendor's fiscal regime)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 msgid "" "*Sales journals* in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 msgid "Ventas Santiago." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:284 msgid "" "For retail stores it is common to have one journal per :abbr:`POS (Point of " "Sale)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:287 msgid "Cashier 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 msgid "Cashier 2." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 msgid "" "The *purchase* transactions can be managed with a single journal, but " "sometimes companies use more than one journal in order to handle some " @@ -20014,32 +19980,32 @@ msgid "" "configuration can easily be set by using the following model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:295 msgid "Tax payments to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:296 msgid "Employees payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:299 msgid "Create a sales journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:301 msgid "" "To create a sales journal, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Journals`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " "fill in the following required information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: select :guilabel:`Sale` from the drop-down menu for " "customer invoice journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:305 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of sale type`: if the sales journal will be used for " "electronic documents, the option :guilabel:`Online` must be selected. " @@ -20048,7 +20014,7 @@ msgid "" "portal *Facturación MiPyme*, you can use the option :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents`: check this field if the journal will use document" " types. This field is only applicable to purchase and sales journals that " @@ -20056,7 +20022,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:313 msgid "" "Next, from the :guilabel:`Jounal Entries` tab, define the :guilabel:`Default" " Income Account` and :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Squence` in the " @@ -20064,11 +20030,11 @@ msgid "" "required for one of the debit notes :ref:`use cases `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:320 msgid "CAF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:322 msgid "" "A *folio authorization code* (CAF) is required for each document type that " "will be issued electronically. The :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` is" @@ -20077,7 +20043,7 @@ msgid "" "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:327 msgid "" "Your company can request multiple folios and obtain several :abbr:`CAFs " "(Folio Authorization Codes)` linked to different folio ranges. These " @@ -20086,14 +20052,14 @@ msgid "" " type, and it will be applied to all journals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:332 msgid "" "Please refer to the `SII documentation " "`_ to check the details on how " "to acquire the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:336 msgid "" "The :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` required by the :abbr:`SII " "(Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` are different from production to test " @@ -20101,11 +20067,11 @@ msgid "" "Authorization Code)` set depending on your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 msgid "Upload CAF files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:343 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` files have been acquired " "from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` portal, they need to " @@ -20116,14 +20082,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload your file` button and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:350 msgid "" "Once uploaded, the status changes to :guilabel:`In Use`. At this moment, " "when a transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes " "the first folio in the sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 msgid "" "The document types have to be active before uploading the :abbr:`CAF (Folio " "Authorization Code)` files. In case some folios have been used in the " @@ -20131,60 +20097,60 @@ msgid "" "transaction is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 msgid "" "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the data set " "included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " "in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:365 msgid "Default Account Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 msgid "Default Account Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:367 msgid "Transfer Accounts" msgstr "Transfer Accounts" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 msgid "Conversion Rate" msgstr "轉換率" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and configuration. These taxes can be " "managed from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:380 msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:382 msgid "**VAT**: the regular VAT can have several rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:383 msgid "**ILA**: the tax for alcoholic drinks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:386 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:392 msgid "Electronic invoice workflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:394 msgid "" "In the Chilean localization, the electronic invoice workflow includes " "customer invoice issuance and vendor bill reception. The following diagram " @@ -20196,11 +20162,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:403 msgid "Customer invoice emission" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:405 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" " created in the standard way. For Chile, one of the differences is the " @@ -20213,32 +20179,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice document type selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Documents type 33` electronic invoice must have at least one item" " with tax, otherwise the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` " "rejects the document validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 msgid "Validation and DTE status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:423 msgid "" "Once all invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically " "when generated from a sales order, validate the invoice. After the invoice " "is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:426 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file is created " "automatically and recorded in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)` status is set as :guilabel:`Pending` to be sent." @@ -20248,7 +20214,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:435 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` status is updated " "automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that runs every day at night, " @@ -20261,7 +20227,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transition of DTE status flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:444 msgid "" "The first step is to send the :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` to the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`. This can" @@ -20272,7 +20238,7 @@ msgid "" " Status`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` response is received, " "Odoo updates the :guilabel:`DTE status`. To do it manually, click on the " @@ -20285,7 +20251,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:459 msgid "" "There are intermediate statuses in the :abbr:`SII (Serviciqo de Impuestos " "Internos)` before acceptance or rejection. It's recommended to **NOT** " @@ -20296,26 +20262,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic invoice data statuses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:467 msgid "" "The final response from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` can" " take on one of these values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted`: indicates the invoice information is correct, our " "document is now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accepted with objections`: indicates the invoice information is " "correct, but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless the document is now " "fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:475 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected`: indicates the invoice information is incorrect and " "must be corrected. Details are sent to emails you registered in the " @@ -20324,21 +20290,21 @@ msgid "" " is processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 msgid "If the invoice is rejected please follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:482 msgid "Change the document to :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:483 msgid "" "Make the required corrections based on the message received from the " ":abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:485 msgid "Post the invoice again." msgstr "" @@ -20346,11 +20312,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 msgid "Crossed references" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:494 msgid "" "When the invoice is created, as a result of another fiscal document, the " "information related to the originator document must be registered in the " @@ -20364,14 +20330,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Crossed referenced document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:506 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:508 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -20382,36 +20348,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SII Validation fiscal elements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:517 msgid "" "If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " "`pdf417gen `_ library. Use the " "following command to install it: :command:`pip install pdf417gen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 msgid "Commercial validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 msgid ":guilabel:`DTE Partner Status` changes to :guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:527 msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 msgid "" "Subsequently, if commercial terms and invoice data are correct, an " "acceptance confirmation is sent; otherwise, a claim is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:530 msgid "The field :guilabel:`DTE Acceptance Status` is updated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -20419,11 +20385,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:537 msgid "Processed for claimed invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 msgid "" "Once the invoice has been accepted by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)`, **it can not be cancelled in Odoo**. In case you get a claim for" @@ -20436,12 +20402,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Commercial status updated to claimed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:549 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:403 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:551 msgid "" "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the :abbr:`SII (Servicio " "de Impuestos Internos)`, but these are some of the common errors you might " @@ -20533,40 +20499,40 @@ msgid "" "of them are related to the *Caratula* section of the XML:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:583 msgid "" "The company's :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:584 msgid "" "The certificate owner :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)` number is incorrect" " or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:585 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SII's (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único " "Tributario)` number (this should be correct by default) is incorrect or " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:587 msgid "The resolution date is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:588 msgid "The resolution number is incorrect or missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:593 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:595 msgid "" "When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " "credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a :abbr:`CAF" @@ -20581,16 +20547,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:663 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:610 msgid "Cancel referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:612 msgid "" "In case you need to cancel or invalidate an invoice, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and select the " @@ -20604,11 +20570,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note canceling the referenced document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:622 msgid "Correct referenced document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:624 msgid "" "If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " "street name on the original invoice is wrong, then use the button " @@ -20622,7 +20588,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note correcting referenced document text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:633 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note with the corrected text in an invoice and " ":guilabel:`Price` `0.00`." @@ -20632,17 +20598,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 msgid "" "Make sure to define the :guilabel:`Default Credit Account` in the sales " "journal specifically for this use case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:644 msgid "Corrects referenced document amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:646 msgid "" "When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button :guilabel:`Add " "Credit note` and select :guilabel:`Partial Refund`. In this case the " @@ -20656,23 +20622,23 @@ msgid "" "code 3." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Debit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:657 msgid "" "In Chilean localization, debit notes, in addition to credit notes, can be " "created using the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button, with two main use " "cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:666 msgid "Add debt on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:672 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:668 msgid "" "The primary use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an existing" " invoice. To do so, select option :guilabel:`3. Corrige el monto del " @@ -20683,7 +20649,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note correcting referenced document amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:676 msgid "" "In this case Odoo automatically includes the :guilabel:`Source Invoice` in " "the :guilabel:`Cross Reference` tab." @@ -20693,16 +20659,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic reference to invoice in a debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" "You can only add debit notes to an invoice already accepted by the SII." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:687 msgid "Cancel credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:689 msgid "" "In Chile, debits notes are used to cancel a valid credit note. To do this, " "click the :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` button and select the :guilabel:`1: " @@ -20714,55 +20680,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Debit note to cancel the referenced document (credit note)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:700 msgid "" "As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your incoming email " "server to match the one you have registered in the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` in order to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 msgid "" "Automatically receive the vendor bills :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios " "Electrónicos)` and create the vendor bill based on this information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:705 msgid "Automatically send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:706 msgid "Accept or claim the document and send this status to your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:709 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:711 msgid "" "As soon as the vendor email with the attached :abbr:`DTE (Documentos " "Tributarios Electrónicos)` is received:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 msgid "The vendor bill maps all the information included in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:715 msgid "An email is sent to the vendor with the reception acknowledgement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:720 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:716 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is set as :guilabel:`Acuse de Recibido Enviado`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 msgid "Acceptation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 msgid "" "If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, then you " "can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" @@ -20774,11 +20740,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Button for accepting vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:730 msgid "Claim" msgstr "領取" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:732 msgid "" "In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " "your vendor bill, you can claim the document before validating it, using the" @@ -20793,7 +20759,7 @@ msgid "" "rejected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:742 msgid "" "If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to " ":guilabel:`Cancel` automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the" @@ -20801,12 +20767,12 @@ msgid "" "accounting records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:749 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -20814,7 +20780,7 @@ msgid "" "Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:754 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20822,14 +20788,14 @@ msgid "" "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 msgid "" "The *Delivery Guide* module includes the ability to send the :abbr:`DTE " "(Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` to :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` and the stamp in PDF reports for deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:766 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:762 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20839,46 +20805,46 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`CAF (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic Delivery Guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:768 msgid "" "Verify the following important information in the :guilabel:`Price for the " "Delivery Guide` configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:771 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: delivery guide takes the product price from " "the sales order and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:773 msgid "" ":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " "product template and shows it on the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:779 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 msgid "" "Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " "and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" " basically any product move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:781 msgid "Delivery guide from a sales process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:788 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:784 msgid "" "A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" " 60 product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:786 msgid "" "When a sales order is created and confirmed, a delivery order is generated. " "After validating the delivery order, the option to create a delivery guide " @@ -20889,13 +20855,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create Delivery Guide button on a sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:794 msgid "" "When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " "warning message pops up, stating the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 msgid "" "`No se encontró una secuencia para la guía de despacho. Por favor, " "establezca el primer número dentro del campo número para la guía de " @@ -20906,7 +20872,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "First Delivery Guide number warning message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:804 msgid "" "This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " "number Odoo has to take to generate the delivery guide (e.g. next available " @@ -20916,18 +20882,18 @@ msgid "" "(Folio Authorization Code)` file to generate the following delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:810 msgid "After the delivery guide is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is automatically created and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:818 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE SII Status` is set as :guilabel:`Pending to be sent`." msgstr "" @@ -20936,7 +20902,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chatter notes of Delivery Guide creation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:820 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -20944,7 +20910,7 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:824 msgid "" "Once the delivery guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." @@ -20954,7 +20920,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 msgid "" "Delivery guide will have fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " "fiscally valid when printed (if hosted in *Odoo SH* or on *On-premise* " @@ -20962,18 +20928,18 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Invoice PDF report section `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "Electronic receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:839 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Receipt` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Install` on the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:844 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt` has a dependency with " ":guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`. Odoo will install the " @@ -20981,7 +20947,7 @@ msgid "" "module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:848 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -20991,7 +20957,7 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:854 msgid "" "Electronic receipts are useful when clients do not need an electronic " "invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called " @@ -21005,7 +20971,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipt module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 msgid "" "Although electronic receipts should be used for final consumers with a " "generic :abbr:`RUT (Rol Único Tributario)`, it can also be used for specific" @@ -21019,7 +20985,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document type 39 for Electronic Receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 msgid "" "When all of the electronic receipt information is filled, manually (or " "automatically) proceed to validate the receipt from the sales order. By " @@ -21029,11 +20995,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Receipt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:880 msgid "After the receipt is posted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:882 msgid "" "The :abbr:`DTE (Documentos Tributarios Electrónicos)` file (Electronic Tax " "Document) is created automatically and added to the :guilabel:`chatter`." @@ -21043,7 +21009,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic Receipts STE creation status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:890 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`DTE Status` is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled" " action that runs every day at night. To get a response from the :abbr:`SII " @@ -21051,18 +21017,18 @@ msgid "" " to SII` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:894 msgid "" "Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for electronic invoices as the workflow for electronic receipt " "follows the same process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:898 msgid "Electronic export of goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:900 msgid "" "To install the :guilabel:`Electronic Exports of Goods` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and search for `Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click " @@ -21070,13 +21036,13 @@ msgid "" " Chile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:905 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Exports of Goods for Chile` has a dependency " "with :guilabel:`Chile - Facturación Electrónica`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:912 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:908 msgid "" "Once all configurations have been made for :ref:`electronic invoices " "` (e.g., uploading a valid company certificate, " @@ -21086,14 +21052,14 @@ msgid "" "acquire the :abbr:`CAFs (Folio Authorization Code)` for electronic receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:918 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:914 msgid "" "Electronic invoices for the export of goods are tax documents that are used " "not only for the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)` but are also " "used with customs and contain the information required by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:923 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:919 msgid "Contact configurations" msgstr "" @@ -21101,11 +21067,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type needed for the Electronic Exports of Goods module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:930 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:926 msgid "Chilean customs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:928 msgid "" "When creating an electronic exports of goods invoice, these new fields in " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab are required to comply with Chilean " @@ -21116,11 +21082,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean customs fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:940 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:936 msgid "PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:942 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:938 msgid "" "Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de " "Impuestos Internos)` and the PDF is printed, it includes the fiscal elements" @@ -21132,11 +21098,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "PDF report section for the Electronic Exports of Goods PDF Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:950 msgid "Balance tributario de 8 columnas" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:952 msgid "" "This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " "balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " @@ -21144,7 +21110,7 @@ msgid "" " time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:960 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:956 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " "Balance Sheet` and selecting in the :guilabel:`Report` field the option " @@ -21159,11 +21125,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Chilean Fiscal Balance (8 Columns)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:969 msgid "Propuesta F29" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:975 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:971 msgid "" "The form *F29* is a new system that the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos " "Internos)` enabled to taxpayers, and that replaces the *Purchase and Sales " @@ -21172,13 +21138,13 @@ msgid "" "improving its control and declaration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:980 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:976 msgid "" "This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " "been received by the :abbr:`SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:983 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:979 msgid "" "You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax" " Reports` and selecting the :guilabel:`Report` option :guilabel:`Propuesta " @@ -21189,7 +21155,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Location of the Propuesta F29 (CL) Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:990 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:986 msgid "" "It is possible to set the :abbr:`PPM (Provisional Monthly Payments rate)` " "and the :guilabel:`Proportional Factor for the fiscal year` from the " @@ -21200,7 +21166,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Default PPM and Proportional Factor for the Propuesta F29 Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:998 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:994 msgid "" "Or manually in the reports by clicking on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." msgstr "" @@ -23259,7 +23225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -24775,7 +24741,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -30631,7 +30596,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " "<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " -"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +"bills <../accounting/payments>` with applied withholding taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 @@ -31194,13 +31159,11 @@ msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgid "Spanish chart of accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" +msgid "Several Spanish charts of accounts are available by default in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 @@ -31217,39 +31180,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." +"To choose the one you want, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then select a package in the :guilabel:`Fiscal " +"localization` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:18 msgid "" "When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" " by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:21 msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +"You can only change the accounting package as long as you have not created " +"any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:24 +msgid "Spanish accounting reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish accounting localization is installed, you have access to " +"accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:31 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:32 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 347)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:34 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 349)" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "瑞士" @@ -33081,7 +33058,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 @@ -33504,7 +33481,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." msgstr "" @@ -34124,17 +34101,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst-1 +msgid "Production and testing credentials in Mercado Pago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:32 msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " -"with the value you saved at the step " -":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +"with the value you saved at the " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:40 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago Odoo webinar `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b89a371b5..a25ef3eb8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Benson , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-27 08:06+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3967,7 +3967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " -"post directly from my database." +"post directly from your database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 @@ -3977,14 +3977,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " -"credits to test our IAP features." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 @@ -4012,10 +4012,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:42 msgid "" -"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " -"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " -"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a " +"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:50 @@ -4024,46 +4024,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:52 msgid "" -"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " -"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " -"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " -"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " -"by email!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 -msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " -"Database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " -"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 -msgid "" -"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " -"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:74 -msgid "" -"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" -" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" -" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your " +"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by " +"email!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 @@ -4072,8 +4038,8 @@ msgstr "報告" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " -"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +"You can find several reports under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most " +"apps that let you analyze and visualize the data of your records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 @@ -4105,11 +4071,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:33 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your " "records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " @@ -4121,11 +4087,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:45 msgid "Choosing measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 msgid "" "After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " ":doc:`filtered `. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " @@ -4133,7 +4099,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:52 msgid "" "When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" " for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " @@ -4143,7 +4109,7 @@ msgid "" "the total number of filtered records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:58 msgid "" "After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " "be :ref:`grouped ` depending on the dimension you want to " @@ -4151,7 +4117,7 @@ msgid "" "used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" "When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " "another one appears." @@ -4161,11 +4127,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Using the comparison option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:72 msgid "Select measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:74 msgid "" "Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " ":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " @@ -4176,11 +4142,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:81 msgid "Group measures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" "You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" " rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." @@ -4190,11 +4156,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:92 msgid "Using the pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:94 msgid "" "Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " "the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" @@ -4205,13 +4171,13 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`➖`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " "the newly created subgroups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:104 msgid "" "You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " "example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " @@ -4223,52 +4189,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:112 msgid "" "Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " "(:guilabel:`⇄`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" " (⏷) order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:114 msgid "" "Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " "(:guilabel:`⭳`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 msgid "Using the graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 -msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:121 +msgid "Three graphs are available: the bar, line, and pie charts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:123 msgid "" "**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " "categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " "sets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:126 msgid "" "**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " "time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:128 msgid "" "**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " "number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:133 msgid "Bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4276,7 +4242,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:138 msgid "Line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4284,7 +4250,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:143 msgid "Pie chart" msgstr "" @@ -4292,14 +4258,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:149 msgid "" "For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " "have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " "next to each other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:154 msgid "Stacked bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4307,7 +4273,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:159 msgid "Regular bar chart" msgstr "" @@ -4315,7 +4281,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:164 msgid "Stacked line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4323,8 +4289,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:184 msgid "Regular line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4332,13 +4298,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:174 msgid "" "For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " "is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:179 msgid "Cumulative line chart" msgstr "" @@ -4858,43 +4824,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 -msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" -" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" -" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " -"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " -"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " -"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " -"change." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " -":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" -" Account` button to confirm the deletion." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 msgid "Change language" msgstr "" @@ -5186,73 +5115,218 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.com account changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The " +"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to " +"change the password on an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9 +msgid "Delete Odoo.com account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the " +"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-" +"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, " +"which reveals the user portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. " +"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action," +" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window " +"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the " +":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo.com account password change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user " +"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-" +"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon " +"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security " +"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, " +"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on " +":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143 +msgid "Add two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from " +"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of " +"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the " +":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal " +"dashboard appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below " +"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a " +":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, " +"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a " +":guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7 msgid "" "Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " "documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10 msgid "" "Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" " to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21 msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" msgstr "網站訂閱" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " "documents in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " "If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " @@ -5263,31 +5337,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 -msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " "listing three fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " "into the portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46 msgid "" "To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " "will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" @@ -5301,13 +5375,13 @@ msgid "" "sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59 msgid "" "To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " "contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " @@ -5316,7 +5390,7 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65 msgid "" "At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " "clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " @@ -5324,6 +5398,160 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72 +msgid "Change portal username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This" +" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. " +"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user" +" login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79 +msgid "" +":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under " +":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration " +":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this " +"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email" +" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. " +"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the " +"*username* on the customer's portal login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the" +" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can " +"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be " +"changed. :ref:`See change customer info `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100 +msgid "Customer portal changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their " +"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to " +"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal." +" The following process is how a customer can change their contact " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110 +msgid "Change customer info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo " +"applications will appear with the number count of each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117 +msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, " +"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124 +msgid "Change password" +msgstr "更改密碼" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162 +msgid "" +"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page " +"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon " +"successfully logging in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the " +":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by " +"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and " +"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to " +"complete the password change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact " +"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on " +"changing the portal username `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the " +"same email address is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for " +"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below " +"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA " +"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the " +":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. " +"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-" +"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning" +" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the " +"setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160 +msgid "Change payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the " +"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index a209a7a3a..24df78c64 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -147,154 +147,217 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 -msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "添加一個新員工" +msgid "Create a new employee" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " -"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button to create a new employee form. Fill out the " -"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." +"record. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and a new employee form appears. Fill out the " +"required information and any additional details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14 msgid "" "The current company phone number and name is populated in the " ":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:18 msgid "General information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The employee form automatically saves as data is entered, but the save " +"manually icon (a could with an up arrow inside it) may be clicked at any " +"time to manually save the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51 msgid "Required fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" " employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:33 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 -msgid "Optional fields" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" -" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737 +msgid "Optional fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee form, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title under " +"their name, or select the job position from the :guilabel:`Job Position` " +"drop-down menu to have this field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` field under the employee name can be modified and does not need to" +" match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have the job positions match, but if desired, the " +"typed-in description in this field can contain more information than the " +"selected drop-down job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +msgid "" +"An example where this may be applicable is if someone is hired for a sales " +"representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in " +"the *Recruitment* app, and that is selected for the drop-down :guilabel:`Job" +" Position` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the typed in job position field beneath the employee's name, the position" +" could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if " +"the employee is focused solely on subscription sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 msgid "" "Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" " employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " -"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " -"to the amount of tags that can be added." +"created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no " +"limit to the amount of tags that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:63 msgid "" -"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " ":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " "name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's job position from the drop-" +"down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " +"beneath the employee's name automatically updates to reflect the currently " +"selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment " +"<../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently \\ " +"configured job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: This date automatically populates with a " +"date that is computed according to the settings configured in the " +"*Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 msgid "" "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " "blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " -":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " -"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" -" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal " +"Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` " +"arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " ":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:88 msgid "Additional information tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:91 msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:94 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "個人學經歷/技能" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each " -"resumé line must be entered individually. Click :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. Enter the " +"resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the " +"first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create " +"Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a" +" new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the " "following information for each entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: Type in the title of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " -":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " -"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`," +" or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new entry)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " ":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " "dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " @@ -302,234 +365,289 @@ msgid "" "month, then click on the day to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " "button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " "New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123 msgid "" "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is " -"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab as :guilabel:`Experience`," -" with the end date listed as :guilabel:`Current`." +"automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed " +"as *current*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:127 msgid "Skills" msgstr "技能" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:129 msgid "" "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " -"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " -"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " -"appears. Fill in the information on the form." +"same manner that a resumé line is created. When creating a skill for the " +"first time, click the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button under " +":guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form appears. After a " +"skill is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with " +"an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each skill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgid "A skill form with the information filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select a :ref:`skill type ` " "by clicking the radio button next to the skill type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:141 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " -":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " -":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " -"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " -"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +":guilabel:`Skill`: After selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the " +"corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` " +"appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as " +"the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from " +"under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured " +"skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new " +"skill)\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " -"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a skill " -"level, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress" -" for that skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the " -":guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " -":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field." +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a " +":guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the " +"pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and " +"progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which " +"is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill" +" Level` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " -"New` button to save the current entry and create another skill." +"button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:156 msgid "" "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " "(trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128 -msgid "Skill types" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:163 +msgid "Skill Types" +msgstr "技能類型" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:165 msgid "" "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` " "must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration " -"--> Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new" -" skill types. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form" -" appears. Fill out all the details and then click :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat " +"--> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and " +"create new skill types. Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill " +"Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat " "this for all the skill types needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:171 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This should be " -"somewhat generic, since the specific skills listed will be housed under this" -" category." +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Enter the name of the skill type. This will act as " +"the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:173 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the information " -"for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." +":guilabel:`Skills`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and enter the name for the " +"new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Levels`: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create " -"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a percentage " -"(0-100) for that level. Click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and " -"add another level, or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and " -"close the form." +"Levels` form appears. Enter the name of the level, and assign a number for " +"the :guilabel:`Progress` percentage (0-100) for that level. Click " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to save the entry and add another level, or click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the level and close the form. Once all the " +"levels are entered, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top of " +"the screen. Next, select a default level for this skill type. Click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the line to be the default value. This is " +"typically the lowest level, but any level can be set as the default. A check" +" mark appears in the :guilabel:`Default Level` column, indicating which " +"level is the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, " "in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and " "`Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, " "`Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, " -"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` " -"or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +"`50`, and `100`, respectively. Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Save manually` icon at the top. Last, click " +":guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default " +"skill level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add new math skills and levels with the skill types form." +msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 -msgid "Work information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "Work Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job " -"related information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who " -"approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and " -"specific work location details are listed here. Enter the following " -"information for the new employee." +"The Work Information tab is where the employee's specific job related " +"information is housed. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves " +"their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), and specific " +"work location details are listed here. Click on the :guilabel:`Work " +"Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information" +" for the new employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:204 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` and " -":guilabel:`Work Location` from the corresponding drop-down menus. The work " -"address :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company form " -"in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is the " -"specific location details, such as a floor or building. If a new work " -"location is needed, add the location by typing it in the field." +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are " +"multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow." +" Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and " +"make any edits. Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee" +" form when done. If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing " +"it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the " +"address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit " +"the address form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:211 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the users " -"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " -":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " -"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " -"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " -"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " -"making any edits." +":guilabel:`Approvers`: In order to see this section, the user must have " +"either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all " +"employees` rights set for the :guilabel:`Employees` application. Using the " +"drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving " +":guilabel:`Expenses`, :guilabel:`Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Timesheets` for " +"the employee. Hover over any of the selections to reveal the " +":guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and " +":guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed. Use " +"the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the new employee form when done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Homeworking`: Using the drop-down menu, select the specific " +"location the employee will work from, for each day of the week. The default " +"options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`. A " +"new location can be typed into the field, then click either " +":guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create " +"and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form. After edits are " +"done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and " +"populates the field. For days the employee does not work, for example, " +"Saturday and Sunday, leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:229 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work " +"Locations`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the " +"details on the form. To modify a location, click on an existing location, " +"then make any changes on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and " -":guilabel:`Timezone` (both required) for the employee. The " -":guilabel:`External Link` button opens up a detailed view of the specific " -"daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` to save any changes." +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be modified or deleted here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Planning`: The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the " -"*Planning* app, and will only appear if the *Planning* app is installed. " -"Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for both the " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` fields " -"to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Planning Roles`" -" that can be selected for an employee, but there can only be one " -":guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the *typical* role that " -"the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning Roles` are *all* the " -"specific roles the employee is able to perform." +"Working hours can also be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they " +"are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`. For more information on " +"how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in Payroll, refer to " +"the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 -msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a role from the drop-down menu for both the " +":guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields to add a role. " +"There is no limit to the amount of :guilabel:`Roles` that can be selected " +"for an employee, but there can only be one :guilabel:`Default Role`. The " +"default role is the *typical* role that the employee performs, where the " +":guilabel:`Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to " +"perform. The :guilabel:`Default Role` must be selected as a " +":guilabel:`Role`, if not, when the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected, " +"that role is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* app, and will only " +"appear if the *Planning* app is installed. When planning work in the " +"*Planning* app, employees can only be scheduled for specific work that " +"corresponds to their selected roles. For example, only an employee with a " +"*Functional Tester* role can be assigned to perform any activity that " +"requires a *Functional Tester*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:260 msgid "" "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` " "section must have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human " "resources role. To check who has these rights, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> Manage Users`. Click on an " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Click on an " "employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the " ":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:265 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, " "or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:268 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set " "for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 msgid "" "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " "they must have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " "employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " "times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:278 msgid "" "Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " "databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:281 msgid "" "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " "company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " @@ -538,92 +656,67 @@ msgid "" "edit an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 msgid "" -"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " -"employee." +"After the new working time is created, or an existing one is modified, " +"select the employee's working hours using the drop-down menu in the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` section of the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220 -msgid "Private information tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:291 +msgid "Private Information tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293 msgid "" -"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " -"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " -"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " -"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " -"entered." +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to " +"create an employee, however, some information in this section may be " +"critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process " +"payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's " +"personal information should be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 msgid "" -"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " -"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " -":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " -"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " -"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Work Permit`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` " +"contact, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are " +"entered either using a drop-down menu, activating a check box, or typing in " +"the information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the personal :guilabel:`Address` for the " "employee. The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the " "information is not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit " -"the new address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the " -"address form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " -":guilabel:`Save`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" +"the new address, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open the " +"address form. On the address form, enter or edit the necessary details. Some" +" other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section may auto-" "populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310 msgid "" -"Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` " -"number in the corresponding fields." +"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Email` address and :guilabel:`Phone` number " +"in the respective fields. Next, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account" +" Number` using the drop-down menu. If the bank is not already configured " +"(the typical situation when creating a new employee) enter the bank account " +"number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank " +"Account Number` form loads. Fill in the information, then click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316 msgid "" -"Select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down " -"menu." +"Then, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-" +"down menu. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This" +" field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " +"benefits. Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the " +":guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down " -"menu. If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when " -"creating a new employee) enter the bank account number, and click " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. A :guilabel:`Create: Bank Account Number` for " -"appears. Fill in the information, then click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251 -msgid "" -"Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field " -"is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter " -"benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:254 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " -":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " -":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:257 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the name and phone number of the employee's " -"emergency contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:320 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " "the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " @@ -632,102 +725,140 @@ msgid "" "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:262 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" -" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " -"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " -":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " -"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " -"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " -":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " -"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " -"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " -"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:270 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any children, enter the " -":guilabel:`Number of Children` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " -"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " -":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " -"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` and/or the :guilabel:`Work " -"Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration date(s). If available, " -"upload a digital copy of the work permit document. Click :guilabel:`Upload " -"Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click" -" :guilabel:`Open`." +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number) " +"and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding " +"fields. Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date`" +" and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date` to enter the expiration " +"date(s). If available, upload a digital copy of the work permit document. " +"Click :guilabel:`Upload Your File`, navigate to the work permit file in the " +"file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 -msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Family Status`: Select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` " +"using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, " +":guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. " +"If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Dependent Children` in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:284 -msgid "HR settings tab" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency`: Type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and " +":guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the " +"respective fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:336 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section contains all the information relevant " +"to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the" +" :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a" +" calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the " +"month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year " +"range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the " +"day to select the date. Type in the information for the " +":guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number, :guilabel:`Passport " +"No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. Last, if the " +"employee is not a resident of the country they are working in, activate the " +"check box next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:350 +msgid "HR Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:352 msgid "" "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" " country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " "different locations, however some sections appear regardless." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Status`: Select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, " -"a :ref:`Related User `, with the drop-down menus." +"a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The " +":guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, " +":guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or " +":guilabel:`Freelancer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:362 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payroll`: Select the :guilabel:`Current Contract` and " -":guilabel:`Job Position` from the drop-down menus. If applicable, enter the " -":guilabel:`Registration Number` in this section." +"Employees do not also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards" +" the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. " +"If the new employee should also be a user, the user must be created. After " +"the :guilabel:`User` is created and saved, the new user will appear in the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:367 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Employer`: This section appears only for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. These are days that " -"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Simple Holiday Pay to" -" Recover`, :guilabel:`Number of Days to recover`, and :guilabel:`Recovered " -"Simple Holiday Pay` from a previous employer, for both N and N-1 categories." +"After the employee is created, create the user. Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " +"(gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` " +"form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered, and the employee record " +"is automatically updated with the newly created user populating the " +":guilabel:`Related User` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:373 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Previous Occupations`: This section appears ony for Belgian " -"companies, and will not be visible for other locations. Click :guilabel:`Add" -" a line` to enter information for each previous occupation. Enter the number" -" of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and the " -":guilabel:`Occupational Rate` in the corresponding fields. Click the " -":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete a line." +"Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually " +"add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:376 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale`: The employee's :guilabel:`Badge ID` " -"and :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one." -" Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a " -"badge ID." +":guilabel:`Payroll`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number" +" of the Employee` in this section. The :guilabel:`Attestation (N-1)` and " +":guilabel:`Attestation (N)` sections appear only for Belgian companies, and " +"will not be visible for other locations. These sections log the days that " +"will be paid to the new employee. Enter any :guilabel:`Amount to recover`, " +":guilabel:`Number of days`, and :guilabel:`Recovered Amount` of " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Simple Holiday Pay from previous employer" +" to recover in (year)`, for both N and N-1 categories. For the " +":guilabel:`Holiday Attest (year) - Previous occupation for Double Holiday " +"Pay Recovery in (year)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the" +" number of :guilabel:`Months`, the :guilabel:`Amount`, and " +":guilabel:`Occupation Rate`. Repeat for all entries. Click the :guilabel:`🗑️" +" (trash can)` icon to delete a line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:386 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Application Settings`: If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet " -"Mobility Card` number. Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " -"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work " -"center " +":guilabel:`SD WORX`: Enter the employee's seven digit :guilabel:`SDWorx " +"code` in this field, if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: The employee's " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the " +"employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the " +":guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID. The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used " +"to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of" +" Sale)` system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Application Settings`: Enter the employee's :guilabel:`Hourly " +"Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at" +" a :doc:`work center " "<../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`. This" " value affects the manufacturing costs for a product, if the value of the " -"manufactured product is not a fixed amount." +"manufactured product is not a fixed amount. This value does not affect the " +"*Payroll* application. If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility " +"Card` number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -735,35 +866,18 @@ msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319 -msgid "" -"Employees do not also need to be users. An employee does **not** count " -"towards billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new " -"employee should also be a user, the user must be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:323 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Related User` field, type in the name of the user to add, " -"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Related " -"User` form appears. Type in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`," -" and then select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu. Click " -":guilabel:`Save` after the information is entered. Once the record is saved," -" the new user appears in the :guilabel:`Related User` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:405 msgid "Documents" msgstr "文件" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407 msgid "" -"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the *Documents* app." -" The number of documents associated with the employee appear in the " -":guilabel:`Documents` smart button on the employee form. Click on the smart " -"button, and all the documents appear. For more information on the " -"*Documents* app, refer to the :doc:`Documents documentation " -"`." +"All documents associated with an employee are stored in the " +":guilabel:`Documents` app. The number of documents associated with the " +"employee appear in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee" +" record. Click on the smart button, and all the documents appear. For more " +"information on the :guilabel:`Documents` app, refer to the " +":doc:`../../finance/documents` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 @@ -772,11 +886,1235 @@ msgid "" "smart-button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7 +msgid "Fleet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the " +"vehicles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the " +"*Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings " +"`, :ref:`manufacturers " +"`, :ref:`vehicle models " +"`, and :ref:`model categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:18 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "設定" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration," +" the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24 +msgid "End Date Contract Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the" +" persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will " +"receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the" +" number of days defined in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an " +"individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the " +":guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who " +"will receive the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet -->" +" Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a " +":guilabel:`Contract` to view it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An individual contract can also be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual" +" vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button " +"at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only " +"appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45 +msgid "New Vehicle Request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new " +"vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out " +"the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be" +" able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than " +"the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the" +" specific number limit for existing available cars in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and " +"there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a " +"new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be" +" able to request a new vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61 +msgid "Manufacturers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and " +"bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the " +"pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration " +"--> Manufacturers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each " +"manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each " +"particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured " +":ref:`models ` from four major auto " +"manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel " +"(cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77 +msgid "Add a manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A " +"manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the " +":guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the " +"manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. " +"When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87 +msgid "Vehicle Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a" +" vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being " +"added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto " +"manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle " +"manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). " +"If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers" +" are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added " +"to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97 +msgid "Preconfigured Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to " +"the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "AUDI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "BMW" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Eddy Merckx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Mercedes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102 +msgid "Opel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "A1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Serie 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "SanRemo76" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Class A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104 +msgid "Agilia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "A3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Serie 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Class B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106 +msgid "Ampera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "A4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Serie 5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Class C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108 +msgid "Antara" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "A5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Serie 6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Class CL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110 +msgid "Astra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "A6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Serie 7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "Class CLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112 +msgid "AstraGTC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "A7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Serie Hybrid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Class E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114 +msgid "Combo Tour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "A8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Serie M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Class GL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116 +msgid "Corsa" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Q3" +msgstr "第三季" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Serie X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Class GLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118 +msgid "Insignia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Q5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Serie Z4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Class M" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120 +msgid "Meriva" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Q7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Class R" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122 +msgid "Mokka" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "TT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Class S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124 +msgid "Zafira" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Class SLK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126 +msgid "Zafira Tourer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128 +msgid "Class SLS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134 +msgid "Add a new model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`." +" Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the " +"following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, " +"some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or " +"sections may be visible depending on the location of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. " +"If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then " +"click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, " +"either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The " +"vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* " +"application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding " +"additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under " +"from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and " +"then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will " +"automatically load in the image box in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159 +msgid "Information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can " +"accommodate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:211 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "薪資" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and" +" only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost" +" values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog " +"Value (VAT Incl.)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this " +"model vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's" +" Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian" +" laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the " +"value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the " +":guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the " +":guilabel:`CO2 fee` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, " +"which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future " +"employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross " +"and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure " +"is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it " +"only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and " +"not on the general model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost " +"(Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is " +"depreciated over time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199 +msgid "Engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the " +"drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, " +":guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in " +"Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, " +":guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the " +"vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided" +" by the car manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in " +"grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down " +"menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the" +" vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213 +msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine" +" specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the " +"localization settings and local tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221 +msgid "Vendors tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately" +" from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also " +"appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To" +" add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all " +"the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking " +"the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There " +"is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232 +msgid "" +"If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the " +"vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close " +"the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create " +"another new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244 +msgid "Model Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed " +"under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in " +"the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet " +"application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed " +"in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254 +msgid "Add a new model category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256 +msgid "" +"To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at" +" the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and " +"down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to " +"the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in " +"any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a " +"specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the " +"vehicle can carry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "List view of the models in the fleet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3 +msgid "Create new vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation " +"that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each " +"vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the " +"kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in " +"its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are " +":guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, " +":guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and " +":guilabel:`Waiting List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle " +"form, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18 +msgid "Vehicle form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If " +"the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new " +"tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. " +"When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and " +"relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If " +"some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33 +msgid "Driver section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently " +"driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the " +"future, and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a " +"new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed" +" on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card " +"number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and " +"one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card ` " +"in the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, " +"select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver " +"and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle " +"plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new " +"vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and" +" they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the " +"current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current " +"vehicle, do not check this box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available " +"for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by " +"navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left " +"arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific " +"day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently " +"available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the " +"vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in" +" the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added" +" to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65 +msgid "Vehicle section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67 +msgid "" +"This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's " +"various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is " +"managing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired " +"using the drop-down calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will " +"expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down" +" calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is " +"known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the " +"number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select " +"whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles " +":guilabel:`(mi)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu," +" or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The" +" most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company" +" has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle" +" is located would be the location entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for " +"and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and " +"click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on " +"the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan " +"`_ for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst-1 +msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97 +msgid "Tax Info tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "財稅" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the" +" size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and " +"regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to " +"check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible " +"expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions " +"on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. " +"It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the " +"value(s) entered are correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) " +"Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into" +" effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank " +"line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct " +"month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage " +"that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the " +"date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for " +"all entries needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119 +msgid "Contract" +msgstr "合約" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's " +"first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the " +"vehicle is purchased or leased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's " +"Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the " +"lease for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is " +"recommended to check with the accounting department for more information " +"and/or assistance with these values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137 +msgid "Model tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the " +":guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. " +"If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab " +"needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate." +" For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch " +"installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153 +msgid "Note tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155 +msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "服務介紹" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as " +"periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an" +" entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order " +"when they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10 +msgid "Create a service record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` " +"and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are " +":guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17 +msgid "The fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the " +"drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either " +":guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-" +"configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types " +"of service need to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was" +" provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month " +"using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the " +"drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, " +"type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or " +":guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. " +"The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, " +"such as contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down" +" menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is " +"populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is " +"populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to " +"be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was " +"done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or " +"miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units " +"of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from " +"kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change" +" the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will " +"be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the " +"bottom of the service form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service " +"Type and Vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54 +msgid "List of services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests," +" go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All " +"services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60 +msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested " +"to be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service" +" or repair performed to clarify the specific service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected " +"from a list of services that must be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair " +"that is documented to add clarification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are " +":guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81 +msgid "View services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-" +"configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right " +"corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data" +" in different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n" +"different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "列表顯示" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the " +"services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, " +"hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click" +" the arrow to sort the data by that specific column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the " +"arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to" +" A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` " +"column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to " +"December) instead of alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which" +" is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a" +" cube." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112 +msgid "" +"All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, " +"from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a" +" service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the " +":guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and " +"appears as a small graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents " +"the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each " +"column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. " +"Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is " +"divided by each vehicle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top " +"right, and appears as a small spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. " +"The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them " +"appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service " +"types performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot " +"table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and " +"a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from " +"the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then " +"loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* " +"application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the " +":guilabel:`Download` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n" +"Documents application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39 msgid "Payroll" msgstr "薪資表" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " "employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " @@ -784,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "" "Off*, and *Attendances*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:12 msgid "" "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " "validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " @@ -793,18 +2131,14 @@ msgid "" " processing of payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "設定" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 msgid "" "To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" " SEPA payments are created, is selected here." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:23 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " "configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " @@ -818,7 +2152,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Settings available for Payroll." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:32 msgid "" "Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " ":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " @@ -827,12 +2161,31 @@ msgid "" "localization settings unless specifically required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when " +"there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and " +"there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall " +"under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including " +"the headquarters, would be setup as their own company/branch using the " +"multi-company method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured" +" for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located " +"anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ. For more information on " +"companies refer to :doc:`this documentation <../general/users/companies>` on" +" setting up companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:54 msgid "" "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " "entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " @@ -840,15 +2193,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:64 msgid "" "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" " enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" @@ -856,88 +2209,108 @@ msgid "" "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry " +"Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 msgid "" -"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to " "ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgid "" +"List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll " +"code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:80 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:82 msgid "" -"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " -"the information on the form:" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "General information section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " "such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " -"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " -"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " -"code to use." +":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on " +"timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the " +"*Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting " +"department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " -"is computed in the payslip list." +":guilabel:`DMFA code`: This code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De " +"Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding DMFA report. The DMFA" +" report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to " +"submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work " +"done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to " +"those employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "" -"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " -"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " -":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " -"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " -"entered." +":guilabel:`External Code`: This code is used for exporting data to a third-" +"party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used in order to " +"determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry " +"type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New work entry type form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " -"are displayed on the payslip." +":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: This code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a " +"payroll service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color for the particular work entry type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 +msgid "Display in payslip section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method selected determines how quantities" +" on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " "amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:115 msgid "" "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" " employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " @@ -947,46 +2320,129 @@ msgid "" "hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102 -msgid "Working times" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 +msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 msgid "" -"To view the currently configured working times, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " -"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " -"found in this list." +":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: If the work entry is for work that " +"is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to " +"from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a " +"timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid " +"training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:129 +msgid "Valid for advantages section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 msgid "" -"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " -"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " -"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " -"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " -"week." +":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: If the work entry should count towards a meal " +"voucher, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: If the work entry should count towards " +"representation fees, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: If the work entry should count " +"towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 +msgid "Time off options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Off`: Check this box if the work entry type can be selected " +"for a time off request or entry in the *Time Off* application. If " +":guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. " +"This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, " +"such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours` for example. A " +"new type of time off can be entered in the field if the listed types of time" +" off in the drop-down menu do not display the type of time off needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: This is for Belgian-specific companies " +"only, and will not appear for other localizations. Check this box if the " +"work entry is for time off that will affect the time off benefits for the " +"following year. Workers are given time off each year according to the " +"government, and in some cases, time-off taken during a specific time period " +"can affect how much time off the employee will receive or accrue the " +"following year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:153 +msgid "Reporting section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: If the work entry should be visible on the " +"unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid "New working time" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 msgid "" -"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" -" information on the form." +"To view the currently configured working schedules, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working " +"Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's " +"contracts and work entries are found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Working schedules are company-specific. Each company must identify each type" +" of working schedule they use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour " +"work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company " +"that uses the 40-hour standard work week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "" +"A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week " +"needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New working type form." +msgid "" +"All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for " +"the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 +msgid "New working schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and " +"enter the information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:189 msgid "" "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " "modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " @@ -994,7 +2450,7 @@ msgid "" "times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:193 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " ":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " @@ -1003,28 +2459,28 @@ msgid "" "modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" " format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 msgid "" "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " -":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " -":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +":guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates " +"entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid "Salary" -msgstr "薪資" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working schedule form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:218 msgid "" "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " "types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " @@ -1034,7 +2490,7 @@ msgid "" "on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:224 msgid "" "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " "could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " @@ -1044,13 +2500,13 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 msgid "" "The different structure types can be seen by going to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "" "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " "*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" @@ -1059,32 +2515,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of all structure types." +msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "New structure type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 msgid "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " -"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " -"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " -":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a " +"structure type form appears. Enter the information in the fields. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Structure Type`: Enter the name for the new structure type, such " +"as 'Employee' or 'Worker'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: Select the country that the new structure type applies " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select what type of wage the new structure type will " +"use, either :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. If " +"the wage type is going to be used for salaried employees who receive the " +"same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`. If the " +"wage type is going to be used for employees who receive wages based on how " +"many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: Select the typical pay schedule for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`," +" :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This " +"indicates how often this type of structure type is paid out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: Select the default working hours for the " +"new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for " +"the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default " +"working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 " +"hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a" +" :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: Type in the name for the regular pay " +"structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: Select the default type of work entry " +"the new structure type will fall under from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, and :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "New structure type box." +msgid "" +"New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:280 +msgid "New default working hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282 +msgid "" +"To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type " +"form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form will " +"pop up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general " +"information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours " +"by day and time. When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name for the new default working hours. This " +"should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 " +"Hours/Week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company that can use these new default " +"working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are " +"company-specific and cannot be shard between companies. Each company needs " +"to have their own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: The average hours per day field will be " +"auto-populated based on the working hours configured in the *Working Hours* " +"tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours " +"affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:297 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: Select the timezone that the new default working hours" +" will be used for from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: Enter the number of hours per week an " +"employee would need to work in order to be considered a full-time employee. " +"Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what " +"types of benefits an employee can receive based on their employment status " +"(full-time vs part-time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Time rate`: This percentage is auto-generated based on the " +"entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured" +" in the *Working Hours* tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and " +"`100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the " +"working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: This tab is where each day's specific working" +" hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the " +"working hours tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each " +"day divided into three timed sections. Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), " +"lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured using a 24 " +"hour time format. To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field " +"to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the " +"specific case of the times, type in the desired time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a " +"bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` " +"button at the top of the new default working hours form. This will change " +"the working hours tab to display two weeks of working times that can be " +"adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid "Structures" msgstr "結構" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid "" "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " "specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 msgid "" "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " "how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." @@ -1092,94 +2693,88 @@ msgid "" "`Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 msgid "" "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "All available salary structures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid "" "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " "structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " "define it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:341 msgid "" "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " "what calculate the payslip for the employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgid "" +"Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary " +"Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 msgid "Rules" msgstr "規則" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 msgid "" "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " -"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " -"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " -"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions" +" in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or " +"the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:355 msgid "" "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " -"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " -"all the rules." +"--> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular " +"Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "" -"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" -" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter " +"the information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" "down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:366 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " -"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " -"will affect them." +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use " +"as this will affect accounting reports and payroll processing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " "from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:371 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " "the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " @@ -1188,7 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" "entered beneath the selection)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " "drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " @@ -1197,61 +2792,75 @@ msgid "" "entered next." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 msgid "Rule parameters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:388 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule " +"Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case" +" for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section " +"has matured to more markets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:396 msgid "" "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " "specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " "other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " -"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +"Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgid "" +"A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n" +"a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 msgid "" -"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the " ":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " -"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " -":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" -" delete the entry." +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the" +" :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates " +"that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive " +"to a specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:419 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 msgid "" "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " -"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" -" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " -":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" -" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections" +" (:guilabel:`Advantages`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, :guilabel:`Resume`, and" +" :guilabel:`Offers`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in " +"their salary package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid "" "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " "dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " @@ -1260,54 +2869,67 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Advantages" msgstr "補貼" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid "" "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " -"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " -"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " -"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +"*advantages* or benefits set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make an " +"offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, " +"reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:439 msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " -"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +"Salary Package Configurator --> Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by " +":guilabel:`Structure type`, and the advantage listed for a particular " +"structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Settings available for payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303 msgid "" -"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " -"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +"A list view of all the advantages or benefits that is available for each " +"structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +msgid "" +"A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +"anther labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type " +"contains an advantage of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` " +"structure type does not. Instead, the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has " +"a meal voucher advantage available, while the :guilabel:`Employee` structure" +" type does not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:311 -msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:454 +msgid "" +"A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use a " +"company car, but cannot have meal vouchers. The opposite is true for someone" +" hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type. They would have meal " +"vouchers available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the " +"information in the fields. The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:462 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " "the payslip this advantage appears under." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " "advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " @@ -1315,83 +2937,152 @@ msgid "" "Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:467 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " "salary structure type this advantage applies to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:323 -msgid "Personal info" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:469 msgid "" -"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " -"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " -"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " -"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" -" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" -" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:332 -msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 -msgid "" -"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " -"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " -":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select from the drop-down menu how this advantage " +"is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 -msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:476 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 msgid "" -"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " -"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " -":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a " +"candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal " +"information, resume, work information, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:482 +msgid "" +"The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator " +"section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This " +"personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are " +"hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:486 +msgid "" +"To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app " +"dashboard, and click on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:492 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator " +"--> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all the personal information that appears on employee card to " +"enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 +msgid "" +"To edit a personal info entry, select the entry from the list, and modify " +"the personal info. To create a new personal info entry, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, " +"are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and " +":guilabel:`Category`. Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down " +"menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the " +":guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is " +"related to a bank account instead. Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from " +"the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information " +"this entry is, and where it is going to be stored in the backed. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal " +"information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or " +":guilabel:`Personal Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The " +":guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be " +"entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable" +" :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, " +"and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350 -msgid "" -"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " -"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" -" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" -" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " -"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " -":guilabel:`Document`, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " -"the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "Resume" msgstr "重新開始" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "" "Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " -":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " -"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " -"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package " +"Configurator --> Resume` menu is still in development and only serves a " +"specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated " +"when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:532 +msgid "Offers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +msgid "" +"When a candidate is offered a position, there are several items that need to" +" be tracked in order for a business to stay organized, such as where in the " +"offer process the candidate is, how long the offer is valid for, as well as " +"all the offer details. These details are all stored in each *offers* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +msgid "" +"To view all offers, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Salary Package Configurator --> Offers`. All offers that have been sent to " +"either potential candidates or current employees appears in this list. The " +"status, offer start date and expiration date, amount of the contract, and " +"more, can all be found in this list. Offers sent via the " +":guilabel:`Recruitment` application appear here, but there is an option to " +"create a new offer from the :guilabel:`Payroll` application as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of all offers given to a current employee or potential candidate along with the\n" +"status of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To create a new offer, click the :guilabel:`New` button. The two required " +"fields are the :guilabel:`Contract Template`, and the :guilabel:`Company`. " +"Select the :guilabel:`Contract Template` and :guilabel:`Company` from the " +"drop-down menus. Fill in any other details for the offer, such as the " +":guilabel:`Job Title`, :guilabel:`Department`, the :guilabel:`Contract Start" +" Date` and the :guilabel:`Offer Validity Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 @@ -2529,6 +4220,281 @@ msgid "" " Payslips` button to create the commission payslips." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "報告" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of " +"reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, " +":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal" +" and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid" +" Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets`" +" reports are specific to Belgian companies only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on " +"the specific report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Report dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You " +"must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the " +"optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that " +"matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the " +":guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days" +" appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have " +"different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click " +"the :guilabel:`Apply` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save " +"the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or " +":guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Favorite options for reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the " +":guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can " +"display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` " +"box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The " +"options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, " +":guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`," +" :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, " +":guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, " +"and :guilabel:`Count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a " +"different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon " +"(middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An " +"option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at" +" the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon " +"(first icon) in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format" +" (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the " +"columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When " +"the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon " +"(last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in " +"this view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101 +msgid "Pivot table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a " +"pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the " +"dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net " +"wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The " +"information is divided by department. To display more information on the " +"report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any " +"other items to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, " +"click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the " +"second click sorts the information in descending order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` " +"icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which " +"spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or " +"enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button " +"to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the setting as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 +msgid "" +"The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the " +":guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146 +msgid "Meal Vouchers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by " +"employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default " +"view is by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Meal voucher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data " +"collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, " +"then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period " +"options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the" +" previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either" +" :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save " +"the settings as a template to use in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Attachment of Salary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or " +"allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage " +"garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different " +"deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, " +"using the corresponding buttons at the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data " +"is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of " +"salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be " +"selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark," +" it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous " +"time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on" +" the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either " +":guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End " +"Date: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Work Entries* dashboard, which can be found by going to " @@ -2811,11 +4777,1449 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "招聘" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of " +"steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific" +" step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call," +" conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This " +"process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is " +"automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job " +"position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the " +"recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":ref:`Stages can be configured ` so that an email" +" is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as " +"an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on " +"each stage in the applicant flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, " +"and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* " +"application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be " +"modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job " +"positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured " +"` to be job-specific, meaning that specific " +"stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new " +"stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be " +"visible on all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when " +"opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. " +"Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card " +"to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular " +"job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the " +"applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they" +" are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49 +msgid ":ref:`First Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50 +msgid ":ref:`Second Interview `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning " +"that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from " +"view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that " +"column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and " +"the column expands, revealing the applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information " +"about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that " +"is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as " +"a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity " +"either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities " +"which need to be scheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no " +"future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no " +"applicants currently in the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79 +msgid "Customize stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the " +"particular hiring steps of a business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85 +msgid "New stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column " +"appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` " +"field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new " +"stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on" +" the screen to exit the new column creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99 +msgid "Modify stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a " +":guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the " +"stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then " +"click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form " +"appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` " +"when done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n" +"displays when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112 +msgid "Edit column form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are " +"configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the" +" :guilabel:`Tooltips` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117 +msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the " +"drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters " +"the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the " +"selected template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded " +"(hidden) at all times in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the " +"applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card " +"displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box " +"is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job " +"position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple " +"job positions can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in" +" the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a" +" referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a " +":guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the " +"employee receives when an applicant enters this stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored" +" circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are" +" displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the " +"applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the " +"label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: " +":guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and " +":guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining" +" any requirements of the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144 +msgid "Delete stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage," +" hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears." +" First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, " +"then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking " +":guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to delete the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops " +"up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in" +" the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage" +" before deleting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email " +"templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to " +"use them are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the " +"applicant know that their application was received. This email is " +"automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First " +"Interview` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant " +"know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and " +"they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an" +" applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, " +"and thanks them for their time and consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no" +" longer being considered for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when " +"offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can " +"configure their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a" +" business. For more information on email templates, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A " +"text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the " +":guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and " +":guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered " +"on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: " +"(Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193 +msgid "" +"To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the " +":guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. " +"Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique " +"information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to" +" the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose " +"from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There " +"are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not " +"configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list" +" of available templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` " +"button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then " +"click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the " +":guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes " +"need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits " +"should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new " +"template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom " +"right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will " +"be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213 +msgid "Stage flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215 +msgid "" +"In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the " +"applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the" +" desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card " +"in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage " +"for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply " +"click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note " +"indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the " +"kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu " +"in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n" +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234 +msgid "Initial qualification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline " +"flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized " +"recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241 +msgid "" +"All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a " +"recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically " +"populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and " +":guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is " +"required when applying for a job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247 +msgid "" +"If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short " +"Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. " +"If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in " +"the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the " +"*Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the " +"Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` " +"dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right" +" side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256 +msgid "Send interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258 +msgid "" +"At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the " +"applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and " +"can be formatted in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as " +"questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can " +"be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a " +"job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form " +"of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job " +"position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about " +"the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available" +" on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview" +" forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on" +" the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's" +" card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card " +"appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email " +"address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the " +"applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the " +":guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276 +msgid "" +"To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to " +"navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the " +"applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` " +"pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is " +"not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the " +"applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and " +"the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also " +"use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the " +"job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people " +"should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add " +"that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent " +"to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** " +"be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` " +"button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, " +"then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads," +" and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date" +" for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up " +"window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a " +"calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> " +"(right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired " +"month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the " +"configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the" +" drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email " +"template loads in the email body." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click " +":guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n" +"pre-configured template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315 +msgid "Refuse" +msgstr "拒絕" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317 +msgid "" +"At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from " +"the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's" +" card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of " +"the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled " +":guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse " +"Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: " +":guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is " +"not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. " +"These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated " +"with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can " +"be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the" +" reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: " +"Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email " +"template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window " +"loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, " +"which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For " +"example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the " +"applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the" +" email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to " +"the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340 +msgid "" +"An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a " +"refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant," +" uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template " +"selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified" +" if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the" +" email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346 +msgid "" +"To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The " +"refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner " +"appears on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right " +"corner in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353 +msgid "" +"After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job " +"position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All " +"applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the" +" refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click " +":guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or " +"refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals " +"by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361 +msgid "New applicant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363 +msgid "" +"An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to " +"be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not" +" been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an " +"applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one " +"of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add ` icon or the :ref:`Create ` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372 +msgid "Quick add" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not " +"already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment " +"dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job " +"position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the " +"small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the " +":guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384 +msgid "Enter the following information on the card:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the " +"Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If " +"needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position " +"from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the " +"card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397 +msgid "" +"After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant " +"appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either " +"the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close " +"the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401 +msgid "" +"If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and " +"a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on " +"the form `, then click :guilabel:`Save`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408 +msgid "Create" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job " +"position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard," +" and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card " +"that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how " +"the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all" +" fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and" +" configurations, some fields may not be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427 +msgid "Applicant section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter" +" the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job " +"position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced " +"Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no " +":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` " +"is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned" +" from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, " +":guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or " +":guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates " +"graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a" +" high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To" +" add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click " +":guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the " +"interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either " +"*recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application " +"in order to appear on the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire " +"recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and " +"all users are presented in the drop-down to select from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for " +"the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates " +":guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this " +"job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred " +"the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be " +"installed for this to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460 +msgid "Job section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as " +"long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is" +" possible, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying " +"to from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under " +"from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472 +msgid "Contract section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting " +"for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. " +"The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short" +" and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant" +" for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages " +"are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short " +"and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, " +"select the available start date for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489 +msgid "Application summary tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491 +msgid "" +"Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card" +" can be typed into this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501 +msgid "First interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, " +"they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job " +"position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop" +" the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on " +"the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual " +"applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and " +"drag method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an" +" acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is " +"created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: " +"Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and " +"contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, " +"and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521 +msgid "Schedule a meeting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523 +msgid "" +"When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and " +"interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, " +"whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart " +"button at the top of the applicant's record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527 +msgid "" +"The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a " +":guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on " +"the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532 +msgid "" +"The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings " +"are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the " +":guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are " +"any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display " +":guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled " +"meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for " +"the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the " +"right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and" +" events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be " +"hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543 +msgid "" +"The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a " +"button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range " +"for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ " +"(Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a " +"date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553 +msgid "" +"To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take " +"place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, " +"to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is " +"displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the " +"meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. " +"If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting " +"to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card " +"loads. Make any changes needed to the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565 +msgid "New event card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567 +msgid "" +"The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New " +"Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the " +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending " +"At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"save the changes and create the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should " +"clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the " +":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The " +"default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as " +"many other people as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579 +msgid "Meeting details tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting start time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and " +"time for the meeting end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the " +":guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the " +"meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct " +"duration length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box " +"next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the " +":guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start " +"and end times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in " +"this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is " +"an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables," +" as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a " +"`/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and " +"click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be " +"modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the " +"instructions for each command to complete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text" +" Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, " +"etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting" +" via the selected option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link " +"in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down " +"menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval " +"(not typical for a first interview), check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details " +"for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are " +":guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal " +"users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, " +":guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see " +"the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into " +"the company database to see the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time " +"should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees'" +" schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other " +"meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this " +"field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the " +"attendees at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630 +msgid "Send meeting to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632 +msgid "" +"Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the " +"meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to " +"the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator " +"pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar:" +" Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers " +"of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the " +"meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's " +"email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make " +"any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click " +":guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648 +msgid "" +"To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next " +"to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up " +"appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the " +"message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected." +" The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are " +"invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click " +":guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656 +msgid "" +"It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the " +":guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all " +"contacts with a valid phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659 +msgid "" +"When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be " +"sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number" +" of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the " +"message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue`" +" to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or " +"click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670 +msgid "" +"Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text " +"messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more " +"information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the " +":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677 +msgid "Second interview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679 +msgid "" +"After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they " +"can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the " +"applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the " +":guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second " +"Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684 +msgid "" +"When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, " +"there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, " +"unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now " +":ref:`schedule a second interview ` with the " +"applicant, following the same process as for the first interview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692 +msgid "Contract proposal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694 +msgid "" +"When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to " +"be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag " +"and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or" +" click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of" +" the individual applicant's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699 +msgid "" +"The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card," +" click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a " +"Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with " +"information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars " +"List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this " +"is set to `0.00`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706 +msgid "" +"Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-" +"up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the " +"applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will " +"not appear on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712 +msgid "Universal fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714 +msgid "" +"The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of " +"localization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate " +"the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the " +"applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The " +"default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to" +" reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` " +"arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then " +"click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where " +"they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their " +"employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their " +"salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly," +" this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review" +" Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733 +msgid "" +"The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be " +"signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739 +msgid "" +"The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are " +"selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the " +"*Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to" +" vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or " +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the" +" applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, " +"click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down " +"arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To " +"modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right" +" of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to " +"the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " +"that will be assigned to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant " +"for the cafeteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of " +"contract that is being offered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before " +"sending." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762 +msgid "Send offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764 +msgid "" +"To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant" +" does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the " +"applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already" +" an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears " +"instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The " +"applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-" +"populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, " +"click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears." +" Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to " +"the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the " +":guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778 +msgid "" +"To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is " +"necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The " +"applicant does not need any software installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788 +msgid "Contract signed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next " +"step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To " +"move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to " +"the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button " +"at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed`" +" stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click " +":guilabel:`Contract Signed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the " +"card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a " +"green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst-1 +msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808 +msgid "Create employee" +msgstr "建立員工" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee " +"record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create " +"Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any " +"information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee" +" card appears in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815 +msgid "" +"Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer" +" to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" @@ -2837,40 +6241,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13 msgid "" -"View submitted applications by clicking the :guilabel:`# Applications` " -"button, with `#` being the number of applications received. If a position is" -" not published, a :guilabel:`Start Recruitment` button will appear instead." +"View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20 msgid "Create a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22 msgid "" -"There are two ways a job position can be created: from the main " -":guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard, or from the :guilabel:`Configuration` " -"menu." +"Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To create a job position from the :guilabel:`Configuration` menu, go to " -":menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Configuration --> Job Positions`. The " -"job positions in this view are displayed in a list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Create a new job position from the :guilabel:`Job Positions` dashboard by " -"clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From " "here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical " @@ -2882,37 +6270,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create a new job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the " -"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment`` dashboard, as well as in " -"the list view on the :guilabel:`Configuration` dashboard." +"kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37 msgid "Edit a new job position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " +"After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the " "position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " "corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the details." +":guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Edit the job position card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47 msgid "" -"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Description` tab. This " -"information is what is visible to potential employees when searching for " +"Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This " +"information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for " "available jobs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53 msgid "" "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the " ":guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a " @@ -2920,164 +6307,261 @@ msgid "" "located." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57 msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the job is for." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website where the job will be published." +":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such " +"as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this " +"position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting " +"for this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). " +"Multiple people can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Department`: Select the relevant department for the job position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expected New Employees`: Enter the number of employees to be " -"hired for this position." +":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form ` that" +" applicants will fill out prior to their interview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a contract template that will be used " +":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used " "when offering the job to a candidate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Interview Form`: Select a form that applicants will fill out " -"prior to their interview, or create a new form. Once selected, a " -":guilabel:`Display (Name) Form` button will appear next to the selected " -"form. Click on this to see how the form will be displayed to the candidate " -"on the front end." +":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that " +"is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the" +" timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect" +" a reply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78 msgid "" -"The interview form will display a link to see the form as the candidate " -"will." +":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is" +" contacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Recruiter`: Select the person who will be doing the recruiting " -"for this role." +":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through " +"during the recruitment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the " +"applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are " +"typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed " +"on the website exactly as it appears in this tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:90 -msgid "Appraisals" -msgstr "評價" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This tab displays the :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` and the " -":guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template`, both of which will be used after the " -"employee has been hired, the predetermined time has passed, and feedback is " -"requested." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96 msgid "Create interview form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98 msgid "" -"Once a job position has been made, the :guilabel:`Interview Form` needs to " -"be created. In the kanban view of the :menuselection:`Recruitment` " -"dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right " -"corner of the card to reveal several options, and then click " -":guilabel:`Create Interview Form`." +"An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a " +"job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and " +"can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. " +"Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 -msgid "Create an interview form for the new position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line will" -" appear, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the " -"line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form." +"All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in " +"Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, " +"enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several " +"options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form " +"name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-" +"up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110 msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " -"pop-up window appears to enter the question details. Type out the question " -"in the top line." +"The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview " +"forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options " +"available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:119 -msgid "There are several *Question Types* to choose from:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " -"lines of text" +"First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should " +"be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form " +"specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all" +" recruitment scenarios?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is " +":guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are " +":guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, " +":guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" -" of text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +"Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for " +"the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " -"select a date and time" +"If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the " +"camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. " +"Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. " +"Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select " +"it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "問題" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add " +"a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered." +" When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new " +"section on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A " +":guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the " +"question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145 +msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question " "that only allows the candidate to select one answer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice " "question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several " +"lines of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line" +" of text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to " +"select a date and time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose" " an answer for each row" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This " +"represents how the question will be displayed to applicants." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Add a new question to the interview form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166 msgid "" "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and " "dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired " "position(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 msgid "" "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white " "background." @@ -3087,143 +6571,470 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Next, configure the options for the interview form. Click the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:150 -msgid "Questions" -msgstr "問題" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Choose how the questions should be displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: Display all sections and " -"questions at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per section`: Display each section with the " -"corresponding questions on an individual page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:158 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`One page per question`: Display a single question on each page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:160 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Progression Mode`: Display the progress the candidate is making, " -"either as a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or as a :guilabel:`Number`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:162 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: Check this box to limit the time allowed to " -"complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next " -"to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in " -"the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:165 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Selection`: Display the entire form (e.g. :guilabel:`All " -"questions`), or only a random selection of questions from each section " -"(:guilabel:`Randomized per section`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " -"option is not typically selected for an interview form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:173 -msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "評分" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:175 -msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: Select this option to not score the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: Select this option to score the" -" form and display the" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:177 -msgid "" -"correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269 +msgid "Answers" +msgstr "答案" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: Select this option to score " -"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +"If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or " +":guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question " +"type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:181 -msgid "" -"If one of the scoring options was selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field " -"will appear. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam " -"(example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185 +msgid "Multiple choice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:186 -msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "考生" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Access Mode`: Specify who can access the exam. Either " -":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +"For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and " +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the " +"answers are populated in the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only`: Check this box so only the managers who" -" are reviewing the exam can see the answers. If left unchecked, anyone can " -"view the results." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:192 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Login Required`: Check this box to require candidates to log in " -"before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +"First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line " +"appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off" +" the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have " +"another answer line appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Attempts Limit`: If there is a limit to how many times the exam " -"can be taken, check this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the " -"field next to it." +"If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to " +"select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right " +"side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice " +"question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, " +"click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag" +" the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the " +"form is the order the answers will appear online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204 +msgid "" +"To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far " +"right side of the answer line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different " +"answer listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211 +msgid "Single Line Text Box" +msgstr "單行文字方塊" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two " +"checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must " +"be in the format of an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input " +"must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as " +"the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the " +"answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a " +"nickname." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n" +"for the question type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231 +msgid "Matrix" +msgstr "矩陣" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, " +"and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is " +"their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect " +"question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all" +" the shifts they are available to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need" +" to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are " +"represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are " +"configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242 +msgid "" +"The method for populating both sections is the same. In the " +":guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the " +":guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an " +"answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or " +"press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer " +"line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` " +"and :guilabel:`Rows` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251 +msgid "" +"This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are " +"available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or " +"evening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "說明" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description " +"will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be " +"question-specific and not generalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "選項" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263 +msgid "" +"To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, " +"and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all " +":guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to" +" the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice:" +" multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option " +"appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question " +"by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and " +":guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful " +"to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment " +"should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field " +"appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify" +" how the applicant should answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a " +":guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the " +"applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The " +"answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, " +"several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max " +"Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer" +" given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. " +"Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any " +"additional information or directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` " +"option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be " +"verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date " +"ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a " +"field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar" +" appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the " +"text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated " +"minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the " +":guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or " +"directions to assist the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix " +"Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple " +"choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is " +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a " +"comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment " +"Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text " +"to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an " +"instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. " +"Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate " +"the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304 +msgid "Constraints" +msgstr "限制" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306 +msgid "" +"If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the " +"box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field" +" appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an " +"answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to " +"move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text " +"should explain that the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "格式" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a " +"specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, " +"select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous" +" question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select" +" the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example " +"that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience " +"with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added," +" `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the " +"applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience " +"managing a sales team?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional " +"Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales " +"team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` " +"for the triggering answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0 +msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338 +msgid "Live Sessions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time" +" Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of " +"time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the " +"corresponding questions on an individual page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and " +"questions at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of " +"questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either " +":guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is " +"selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage " +"(%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form " +"all sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of " +"questions from each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to " +"click a back button to go back to previous questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` " +"option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete " +"survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386 +msgid "Time & Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time " +"allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes " +"appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX " +"minute/second format) in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the" +" form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are " +"finished with the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score " +"the form but not display the answers to the candidate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring " +"options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the " +"exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a " +"certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the " +"checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that " +"will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click" +" the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` " +"box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the" +" email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the " +"applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the " +"right of the email template to preview the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "訊息參與者" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either " +":guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log" +" in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam " +"can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in " +"the field next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "現場會議" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: If the exam is to be taken live, check " -"this box to award more points to participants who answer quickly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:202 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Session Code`: Enter an access code that will allow the viewers " +":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers " "into the live exam session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the " +":guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy " +"the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate " +"this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432 msgid "" "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to " "save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes." @@ -3232,3 +7043,1370 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst-1 msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears " +"at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that " +"would be helpful to the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446 +msgid "End Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448 +msgid "" +"After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed " +"for the applicant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3 +msgid "Referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information " +"regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and " +"rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, " +"then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment " +"pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for " +"prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, " +"*Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in" +" order for the *Referrals* application to function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is " +"installed are the :ref:`rewards `; everything else is " +"pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access " +"to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting " +"` and configurations menus. For more information on " +"users and access rights, refer to these documents: " +":doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and " +":doc:`../general/users/access_rights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24 +msgid "Onboarding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-" +"configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, " +"each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top" +" of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the " +"onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. " +"Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory " +"text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is " +"displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to " +"advance to the next slide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35 +msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of " +"superheroes to save the day!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, " +"or refer friends.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice " +"league!`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is " +"opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` " +"button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the" +" :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides " +"will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the " +":guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will " +"not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals " +"application is opened from that point on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51 +msgid "" +"At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. " +"This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If " +":guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when " +"opening the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to " +"opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared " +"before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, " +"instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired ` " +"screen appears instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66 +msgid "Modifying onboarding slides" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with " +":guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify " +"onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals " +"app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the " +"individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an " +"individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the " +"order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be " +"modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which " +"the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, " +"however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for " +"that particular company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top" +" right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change" +" the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, " +"select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the " +"thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, " +"then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete any changes and revert to the original content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding " +"dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the " +"up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the " +"slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding " +"forms, reflecting the new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104 +msgid "Share job positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so " +"the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share " +"job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs " +"` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend ` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114 +msgid "View Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the " +":guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents " +"all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n" +"displayed on the card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125 +msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The title of the job position. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the " +":guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab " +"of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken " +"from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` " +"button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new " +"browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check " +"which job positions are published or not, refer to the " +":doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144 +msgid "Refer friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` " +"button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send " +"Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email " +"address in the :guilabel:`Email` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject " +"`Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job " +"Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the " +"email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position " +"listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the" +" link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the " +"position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all " +"edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168 +msgid "Share a job" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170 +msgid "" +"There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an " +"email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At" +" the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding " +"tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of " +"applicants in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the " +":guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. " +"A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. " +"Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the" +" :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the" +" prospective employee however desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189 +msgid "Facebook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` " +"button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is " +"already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is " +"clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the " +"link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* " +"already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-" +"in to Facebook first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly" +" below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at" +" a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click " +"the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. " +"To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select " +"the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your " +"current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the " +":guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the " +"activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the " +"specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205 +msgid "" +"There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, " +":guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, " +":guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. " +"To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of" +" the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n" +"highlighted, as are all the required settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217 +msgid "Share to news feed or story" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, " +":guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio " +"buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and " +":guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or " +"Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected," +" these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to " +"indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the" +" story, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific " +"privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, " +"there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, " +"the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting " +"parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your" +" story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what " +"privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and " +":guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may" +" have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue " +":guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237 +msgid "Share on a friend's timeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job " +"position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin" +" to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, " +"populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the " +"list. **Only** one friend can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276 +msgid "" +"When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to " +"Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250 +msgid "Share in a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with " +"everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News" +" Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select " +":guilabel:`Share in a Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The " +"available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a " +"member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not " +"joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, " +"a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. " +"Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265 +msgid "Share in an event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the " +":guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the " +"page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The " +"available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. " +"This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that" +" have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the " +"event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match " +"what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279 +msgid "Share in a private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281 +msgid "" +"The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in" +" a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-" +"down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an " +"Private Message`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to " +"type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated " +"with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. " +"Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this " +"process for each friend to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290 +msgid "" +"When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send " +"message` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294 +msgid "X/Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296 +msgid "" +"A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share " +"Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in " +"to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter " +"page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a " +"draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads" +" instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302 +msgid "The default message is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job" +" Position)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306 +msgid "" +"Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If " +"desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail " +"preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message," +" click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the " +"preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The " +":guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in " +"X/Twitter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows " +"everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the " +":guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of" +" the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, " +":guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and " +":guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options " +"restricts who can reply to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319 +msgid "" +"There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media " +"(photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be " +"added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and " +"follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the" +" fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should " +"be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328 +msgid "" +"To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately" +" posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n" +"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337 +msgid "LinkedIn" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339 +msgid "" +"To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button " +"with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already " +"logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a " +"new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If " +"the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, " +"prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345 +msgid "" +"The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private " +"message to an individual or group of individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349 +msgid "Share in a post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351 +msgid "" +"To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)" +" Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A " +":guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link " +"populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355 +msgid "" +"To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 " +"(globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click " +"on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far " +"right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. " +":guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are " +"connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. " +":guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member" +" of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups " +"at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads " +"with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a " +"group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on " +"the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of " +"the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three " +"options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, " +":guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is " +":guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment " +"on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are " +"connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off" +" commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in " +"the far lower right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Post` to share the job position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the " +"post button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384 +msgid "Send as private message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a " +"private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` " +"button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the" +" job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s)" +" for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message " +"recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear." +" Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to " +"send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can" +" be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click " +":guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A " +":guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are " +"presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. " +"Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the " +"browser tab to exit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400 +msgid "Email a friend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402 +msgid "" +"Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list " +"of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, " +"navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a" +" friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by " +"Mail` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407 +msgid "" +"Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be " +"sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space" +" after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with " +"`Job for you`, but can be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411 +msgid "" +"The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that " +"appears is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413 +msgid "`Hello,`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415 +msgid "" +"`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be " +"interesting for you`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417 +msgid "`See Job Offers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419 +msgid "" +"The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job " +"positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's " +"website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the " +"message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The " +"message will be sent and the window will close." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427 +msgid "Hired referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429 +msgid "" +"When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows" +" their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432 +msgid "" +"After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app," +" instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text " +":guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new " +"friend!` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436 +msgid "" +"Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar " +"has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and " +"the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on" +" an available avatar to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application," +" after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another " +"avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been " +"selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse " +"over each avatar and their name is displayed above them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n" +"chosen are greyed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451 +msgid "Modify friends" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels " +"` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` " +"rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. " +"The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend " +"avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the " +"corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The " +"default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to" +" dogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460 +msgid "" +"To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on" +" an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the " +":guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the " +"friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere" +" else in the Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or " +":guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to " +"the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the " +"user's avatar when activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the " +":guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being " +"replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage" +" can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer " +"window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click " +":guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the " +"original information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A friend form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668 +msgid "" +"It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent " +"background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge " +"about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the " +"Referrals application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492 +msgid "Referral points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494 +msgid "" +"The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for " +"rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a " +"summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays " +"the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are " +"available to spend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499 +msgid "" +"To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of" +" the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503 +msgid "" +"The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment " +"pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the " +":guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired " +"appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of " +"referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above " +"the :guilabel:`Referrals` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509 +msgid "" +"To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, " +":guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, " +"click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific " +"category are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514 +msgid "My referrals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the " +":guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This " +"screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral " +"card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520 +msgid "" +"A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and " +"displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. " +"Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in " +"the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job " +"position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for " +"filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528 +msgid "Points" +msgstr "分" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530 +msgid "" +"The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job " +"positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points " +"assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the" +" *Recruitment* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534 +msgid "" +"On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart " +"that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible " +"points that can be earned if the applicant is hired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538 +msgid "" +"Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the " +"points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been " +"achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to" +" the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543 +msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545 +msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547 +msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. " +"Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment" +" application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment ` " +"documentation to modify the points for each stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561 +msgid "Create rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563 +msgid "" +"The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals" +" application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the " +"Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward" +" will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each " +"company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for " +"procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down " +"menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when" +" to deliver the reward to the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will " +"be visible on the reward card, beneath the title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards " +"page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then" +" click :guilabel:`Open` to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583 +msgid "" +"The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, " +":guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591 +msgid "" +"It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a " +"cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would " +"list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a " +"placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596 +msgid "Redeem rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598 +msgid "" +"To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the " +"main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in " +"individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is " +"listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to" +" purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the " +"bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, " +"the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this`" +" instead of a buy button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A " +"confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to " +"purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or " +":guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609 +msgid "" +"After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points " +"used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points." +" The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current " +"available points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n" +"many more reward points are needed to redeem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621 +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in " +"the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential " +"employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They" +" are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for " +"participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630 +msgid "" +"The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals " +"application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: " +"X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, " +"indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional " +"points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring " +"represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the " +"points still needed before they can level up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637 +msgid "Modify levels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and " +"modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration " +"--> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the " +"corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The" +" default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional " +"element to their avatar, such as capes and shields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646 +msgid "" +"To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, " +"click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649 +msgid "" +"Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field." +" What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard" +" when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to " +"reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to" +" level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the " +"employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655 +msgid "" +"If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image" +" to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` " +"icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window " +"appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "A level form in edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672 +msgid "" +"Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to " +"revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals" +" application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 +msgid "Level up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679 +msgid "" +"Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the " +"user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image " +"stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase " +":guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current " +"level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684 +msgid "" +"Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the " +"text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the" +" user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around " +"the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688 +msgid "" +"Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn" +" the specified amount of points required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n" +"above their image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to " +"accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able " +"to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702 +msgid "Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704 +msgid "" +"In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also " +"referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important " +"information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent " +"banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text " +"for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is " +"an :guilabel:`X`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709 +msgid "" +"Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the" +" individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, " +"click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the" +" alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the " +"Referrals application for the first time in a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719 +msgid "Create an alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following " +"information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert " +"will be visible on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert " +"will be hidden from view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To" +" modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company " +"from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible " +"to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is " +"specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the " +"Referrals application) will see the alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside" +" the alert banner on the main dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio" +" button next to the desired selection. The options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to" +" click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, " +"navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that " +"when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field " +"appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst-1 +msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756 +msgid "" +"Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment " +"application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the" +" reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The " +"main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760 +msgid "" +"In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how " +"many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring " +"pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing " +"specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, " +"Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates " +"there are no referrals from that particular channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766 +msgid "" +"The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This " +"includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how " +"many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the " +"current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how " +"many points were given for refused applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771 +msgid "" +"The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a " +"new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in " +"Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which " +"spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet " +"from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table " +"in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778 +msgid "" +"The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application " +"needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` " +"option." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index fa776440b..03d42a5a2 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -54,52 +54,269 @@ msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" -"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" -" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " -"Adjustments*." +"In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " +"always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " +"adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " +"recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" +" Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" -"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " -"*Commands for Inventory*." +"These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " +"scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " -"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " -"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " +"Hardware page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " -"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +"To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " +"**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " +"*Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" -" the quantity." +"Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " +"to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" -"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " -"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " -"manually." +"After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " +"Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " +":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" +" be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " +"barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" -"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " +"and a barcode demo sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" +" :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 +msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" +" dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " +":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " +":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" +" Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" +" :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " +"current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " +"adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " +"the quantity of that product in the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " +"database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " +"scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " +"(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " +":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" +" well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " +"was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " +"`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " +"units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" +" by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " +"validation of the adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " +"click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " +"Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" +" above the scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 +msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " +"*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" +" --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " +"Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 +msgid "" +"This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" +" source location must be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 +msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 +msgid "" +"First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " +"stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " +"product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " +"quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " +"`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " +"locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " +"this inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " +"button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 @@ -1209,7 +1426,7 @@ msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 -msgid "01206116289360043 000000050 10LOT0002" +msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 @@ -1338,141 +1555,661 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "Process to Transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 -msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" -"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " -"*Operations*." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " +"types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " +"app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " -"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " -"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +"This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " +"they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " +"computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " +"barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" -"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " -"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " -"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " -"the stock moves." +"To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " +"enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " -"additional steps for the different operation types." +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " +"the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "收據" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " -"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " -"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " -"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +"Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " -"scan the next product." +"There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " +"and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " +"barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "交貨單" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" -"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " -"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " -"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +"For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" +" the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " +":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 +msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " -"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " -"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " -"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +"To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" +" a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " -"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " +"quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 -msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "內部轉帳" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" -"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " -"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " -"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +"From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" +" menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" -"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," -" you don’t need to scan them." +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" +" to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 -msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" -"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " -"of working:" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" -"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " -"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" -" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" +" on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " +"navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " -"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " -"lot/serial number." +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " +"select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " +"barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " +"each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " +"processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " +"transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " +"well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " +"with the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " +"options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " +"products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" +" be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " +"clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " +"can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " +"Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " +"the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " +":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 +msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " +"can be used to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " +"product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " +"locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " +"closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 +msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " +"be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Create` to create a new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 +msgid "" +"From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " +":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" +" navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " +":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " +"select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " +"transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" +" options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" +" products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " +"should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " +"line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " +"product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " +"to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 +msgid "" +"From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " +"product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" +" `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " +"button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " +"quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " +"reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " +"product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 +msgid "" +"This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " +"Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" +" from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 +msgid "" +"For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " +"rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " +"operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " +"line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " +"delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 -msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" -" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " -"sheet* from the home page of the app." +"The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" +" products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " +"numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" +"compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." -" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " -"products to populate it." +"For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " +"for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " +":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " +"a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " +"Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " +"nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " +"**must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" +" the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 +msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " +"transfer created, and an operation to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " +"Process` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " +"navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " +"as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " +"the products are being moved from, and moved to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " +"transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " +"add to the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " +"internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " +"the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 +msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " +"moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " +"quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 +msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Barcode app`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " +"screen displaying different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" +" the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " +"overview page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 +msgid "" +"From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " +"the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " +"transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " +"the barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 +msgid "" +"When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " +"a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" +" a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " +"scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " +"products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" +" screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " +":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " +"operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" +" line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " +"of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " +"clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " +"displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " +"the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " +"`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " +"`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " +"form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " +"Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " +"transferred quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " +"to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " +"to add quantity, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " +"whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," +" in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" +" a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" +" been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " +"containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 +msgid "" +"From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " +"number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " +"quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " +"shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " +"barcode of the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 +msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 +msgid "" +"In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" +"created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " +"transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" +" features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " +"printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " +"to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " +"sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " +"scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " +"the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " +"different options is presented." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 +msgid "" +"From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " +"scan the product barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 +msgid "" +"When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " +"Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " +"opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" +" the device being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " +"so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 +msgid "" +"From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " +"specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " +"transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " +"listed on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " +"manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " +"Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " +"product quantities that should be transferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 +msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " +"transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " +"transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 @@ -2907,79 +3644,168 @@ msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 -msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介紹" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " -"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" -" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +"*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " +"in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " +"there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " +"inventory reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " -"altogether in one single pack." +"A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " +"pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " -"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " -"delivery and after-sales." +"A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:20 -msgid "When to use" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:22 -msgid "" -"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " -"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " -"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " -"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " -"food." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " -"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " -"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" -" way you manage these products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:34 -msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " -"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " -"chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" -"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " -"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " -"for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`lots`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" +" feature must be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 +msgid "When to use lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" +" back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " +"or expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " +"end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " +"cycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 +msgid "When to use serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " +"chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services related to products they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 +msgid "List of serial numbers for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " +"letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "追溯性" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " +"like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " +"sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " +"serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " +"by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " +"have been specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " +"expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " +"unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " +"product per serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " +"number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " +"specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " +"this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" +" buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " +"made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 @@ -3494,11 +4320,6 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 -msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " @@ -3508,10 +4329,6 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 -msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" @@ -5871,10 +6688,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " -"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" -" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5883,29 +6700,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " -"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " -"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " -"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " +"and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 -msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " -":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +"To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " +"which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " +":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " -"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " -"which are all associated with the sales order." +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " +"quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " +"delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 @@ -5914,11 +6732,11 @@ msgid "" "associated with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " @@ -5931,7 +6749,7 @@ msgid "" "another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " @@ -5941,7 +6759,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " @@ -5952,7 +6770,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " @@ -5967,11 +6785,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -5983,7 +6801,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." @@ -5995,18 +6813,18 @@ msgid "" "output location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " @@ -6018,7 +6836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." @@ -6031,7 +6849,7 @@ msgid "" "the customer location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " @@ -6096,7 +6914,7 @@ msgstr "直接接收產品(1步收貨)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" @@ -6559,49 +7377,57 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" -"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " -":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " +"that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," +" and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " +"form for that specific warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " -"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " -":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " +"(or update) the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 -msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" -" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " -":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +"To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " +"(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " +":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " @@ -6615,7 +7441,7 @@ msgid "" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " @@ -6624,7 +7450,7 @@ msgid "" "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " @@ -6633,7 +7459,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " @@ -6644,7 +7470,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " @@ -6657,11 +7483,11 @@ msgid "" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " @@ -6670,7 +7496,7 @@ msgid "" "kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " @@ -6685,11 +7511,11 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " @@ -6697,7 +7523,7 @@ msgid "" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " @@ -14922,8 +15748,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " -"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " -"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +"the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " +"a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" +" :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 @@ -14932,53 +15759,320 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " -":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" -" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " -":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +"To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" +" the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " +":doc:`product variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 +msgid "Create custom product attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " +"attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " +"attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " +"For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " +":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " +"options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " +"Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " +"new value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " +"checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " +"which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " +"a custom variant of a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 +msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " +"to save the new attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 +msgid "Add product variants on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " +"products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" +" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " +"make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " +"a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " +"choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " +"them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " +"added to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 +msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " +"manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " +"or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" -"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " -":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " -"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " -"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " -":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " -"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " -"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +"Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " +"one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " +"of Materials` form to configure from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" +"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " +":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " +"choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" +" Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " +"product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " +"the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" +" field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " +"menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " -"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" -" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " +"assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" +" :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " +"used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 +msgid "" +"For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " +"operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " +"in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " +"additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 +msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" +" to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 +msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " +"the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" +" correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " +":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " +"to sell and manufacture, if desired." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 -msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " +"will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " +"available optional products will appear, if they have been created " +"previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " +"and confirm a new sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 +msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 +msgid "" +"On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " +"components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," +" different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " +":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " +"icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 +msgid "" +"From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " +"progresses to complete the operation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " +"manufacturing order form to complete the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " +"the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " +":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " +"invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 @@ -15574,10 +16668,6 @@ msgid "" "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 -msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "追溯性" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index f14c27d16..2b5b10472 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ # Tony Ng, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:420 msgid "List view" msgstr "列表顯示" @@ -252,12 +252,26 @@ msgstr "分組依據" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 msgid "" -"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on " -"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent " -"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-" -"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the " -"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria." +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 @@ -265,11 +279,11 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "最愛" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " "filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " @@ -283,11 +297,11 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -297,26 +311,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " "features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " "when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -324,17 +338,17 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." msgstr "" @@ -342,20 +356,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" " a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " "field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " @@ -363,24 +377,24 @@ msgid "" " in either field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "" "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " "is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 msgid "" "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " "email content, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "接收者" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 msgid "" "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." @@ -391,79 +405,79 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "" "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " "option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " "from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " "target audience for the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" " purchased event registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" " a specific talk (track) at an event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 msgid "" "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " "simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " @@ -471,18 +485,18 @@ msgid "" " to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "Add a recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 msgid "" "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" " than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " "needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " "selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " @@ -495,20 +509,20 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " "(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " "rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," @@ -517,17 +531,17 @@ msgid "" "even more specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 msgid "Mail body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 msgid "" "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " ":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " @@ -542,7 +556,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " "and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " @@ -552,17 +566,17 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " "depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " @@ -571,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "" "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" @@ -583,32 +597,32 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " "responsible for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " "sender of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " "this particular email will be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" " for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " ":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " @@ -620,17 +634,17 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 msgid "" "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " "particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " @@ -644,7 +658,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 msgid "" "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -653,18 +667,18 @@ msgid "" "campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " @@ -678,14 +692,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 msgid "" "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " "filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" @@ -693,24 +707,24 @@ msgid "" "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 msgid "" "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " "available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " "the upper-right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" " delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " @@ -718,7 +732,7 @@ msgid "" "page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " @@ -730,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " "it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " @@ -740,11 +754,11 @@ msgid "" " the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 msgid "A/B testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 msgid "" "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" " A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " @@ -753,7 +767,7 @@ msgid "" "duplicate messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " "contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " @@ -761,30 +775,30 @@ msgid "" "are randomly chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 msgid "Send, schedule, or test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 msgid "" "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " "upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " ":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " "recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " "date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " @@ -792,7 +806,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to *In Queue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " "sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " @@ -800,20 +814,20 @@ msgid "" " Sample Mail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" " (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " "as :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" " the last save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " ":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " @@ -822,7 +836,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1468,7 +1482,7 @@ msgid "" "Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " "instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " "options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " -"information is organzied for event staff to review." +"information is organized for event staff to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 @@ -1573,9 +1587,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " "Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " -"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" -" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " -"` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." +"customized either by using the frontend rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode ` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 @@ -1672,23 +1686,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " "website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " -"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +"navigate to it either from the backend of Odoo through the " ":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " -"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +"frontend as either a priveliged user or administrator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" -"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +"If navigating from the backend, go to the event form, and click the " ":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " -"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"website (on the frontend). If starting from the frontend , simply navigate " "to the event page that needs to be published." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 msgid "" -"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." -" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the frontend. " +"In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " "switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " ":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " "accessible to the public on the website." @@ -2104,149 +2118,301 @@ msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高級" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgid "Campaign metrics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " -"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " -"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " -"graphs and in-depth data." +"*Campaign metrics* are detailed statistics and analytics within a marketing " +"campaign, measuring its success and effectiveness. Triggered marketing " +"activities populate relevant activity blocks with real-time metrics, in the " +"campaign detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Activity analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:12 msgid "" -"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " -"success rate of an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " -":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " -"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " -"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " -"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 -msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 -msgid "" -"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " -"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " -"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " -"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " -"with the campaign in one way or another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " -"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " -"or adjustments) may occur." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 -msgid "" -"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " -":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " -":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " -"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " -"adds new ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 -msgid "" -"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " -"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +"In the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a campaign detail form in the " +"*Marketing Automation* app, where the various campaign activities are " +"located, a collection of useful data can be found on every individual " +"activity block, like number of communications :guilabel:`Sent`, percentage " +"of messages that have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"An activity block in the workflow section with useful analytical data in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To the left of the activity block, the configured :doc:`trigger time " +"<../getting_started/workflow_activities>` is displayed as a duration (either" +" :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months`) if it corresponds to period after the workflow begins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If the trigger time is dependent on another activity or triggering action " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Mail: Replied`, etc.) the time is displayed, along with the" +" necessary action for that activity to be activated (e.g. `Replied after 2 " +"Hours`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Time trigger display when dependent on another activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the activity block, an icon represents each activity type. An " +":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon means the activity is an email. Three tiny, " +"interlocking :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icons means the activity is an internal " +"action. And, a small, basic :guilabel:`📱 (mobile)` icon means the activity " +"is an SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The activity type name is also displayed in smaller font below the activity " +"title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Beside the activity icon, at the top of the activity block, is the title of " +"the activity. To the right of the activity title, there are :guilabel:`Edit`" +" and :guilabel:`Delete` buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` to open the :guilabel:`Open: Activities` pop-up form " +"for that specific activity, in which that activity can be modified. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Delete` button to completely delete that specific activity " +"from the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" -"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " -"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " -"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:54 +msgid "Activity graph tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " -"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " -"activities." +"In every activity block, the :guilabel:`Graph (pie chart icon)` tab is open " +"by default, displaying related metrics as a simple line graph. The success " +"metrics are represented in `green` and the rejected metrics are represented " +"in `red`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 msgid "" -"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " -":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" -" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " -"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " -"specific domain filter." +"Numerical representations of both :guilabel:`Success` and " +":guilabel:`Rejected` activities are shown to the right of the line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 msgid "" -"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " -"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +"Hovering over any point in the line graph of the activity block reveals a " +"notated breakdown of data for that specific date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +"Hovering over any point in line graph reveals notated breakdown of data in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " -"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " -"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " -"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " -":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +"Beneath the graph in the activity block, for *Email* or *SMS* activity " +"types, a line of accessible data figures provide a bird's eye view of the " +"campaign activity, including: :guilabel:`Sent` (numerical), " +":guilabel:`Clicked` (percentage), :guilabel:`Replied` (percentage), and " +":guilabel:`Bounced` (percentage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking any of those stats on the :guilabel:`DETAILS` line, beneath the " +"line graph, reveals a separate page containing every specific record for " +"that particular data point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid "Activity filter tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Graph` tab on the activity block, there's the option " +"to open a :guilabel:`Filter` tab (represented by a :guilabel:`filter/funnel`" +" icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " -"an activity." +"What a campaign activity filter tab looks like in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:90 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " -"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " -"days." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Filter` tab on an activity block, reveals what the " +"specific filters are for that particular campaign activity, and how many " +"records in the database match that specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:95 msgid "" -"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " -"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" -" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +"Clicking the :guilabel:`records` link beneath the displayed filter reveals a" +" separate pop-up window containing a list of all the records that match that" +" specific campaign activity rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:99 +msgid "Link tracker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all URLs used in marketing campaigns. To access and analyze " +"those URLs, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> " +"Reporting --> Link Tracker`. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Link Statistics` " +"page, wherein all campaign-related URLs can be analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page is the " +":guilabel:`Bar Chart` view, but there are different view options available " +"in the upper-left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Beside that, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:116 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Number of " +"Clicks` or total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Also, in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Link Statistics` page, to " +"the far-right of the search bar, there are additional view options to choose" +" from: the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, the :guilabel:`Pivot` table view," +" and the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:126 +msgid "Traces" +msgstr "痕跡" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all activities used in every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these activities can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Traces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Traces page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Traces` page is the :guilabel:`Bar Chart`" +" view, but there are different view options available in the upper-left " +"corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line " +"Chart` or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key, informing the user which " +"activities have been :guilabel:`Processed`, :guilabel:`Scheduled`, and " +":guilabel:`Rejected`. There's also an outline indicator to inform users of " +"the :guilabel:`Sum` of certain activities, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Beside the various view option in the upper-left corner of the " +":guilabel:`Traces` page, there is also the option to view the statistics as " +":guilabel:`Stacked`, and the data can be put into :guilabel:`Descending` or " +":guilabel:`Ascending` order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Document ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:158 +msgid "Participants" +msgstr "訊息參與者" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo tracks all participants related to every marketing campaign. The data " +"related to these participants can be accessed and analyzed in the " +":guilabel:`Participants` page, which can be found by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> Reporting --> Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "The Participants page in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The default view on the :guilabel:`Participants` page is the :guilabel:`Pie " +"Chart` view, but there are different view options available in the upper-" +"left corner. There is the option to view the statistics as a :guilabel:`Line" +" Chart` or :guilabel:`Bar Chart`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:172 +msgid "" +"At the top of the graph, there's a color key that describes the type of " +"participants found in the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To the far-left of the view options, there is the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-" +"down menu. When clicked, the options to view the :guilabel:`Record ID` or " +"total :guilabel:`Count` are available. And, to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, there's the ability to add any data to " +"a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 @@ -2254,149 +2420,210 @@ msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 -msgid "Getting started" +msgid "Marketing automation campaigns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks " "by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " -"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " -"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " -"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " -"dashboard." +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (like a series of timed" +" massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build the " +"entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place---on one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 -msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "建立行銷活動" +msgid "Campaign configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" -"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " -":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " -"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " -"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 -msgid "" -"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" -" and fields are available:" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app --> New` to reveal a blank campaign" +" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " -"Odoo." +"A blank marketing automation campaign form in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 -msgid "**Smart buttons**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After entering a name for the marketing campaign, configure the target " +"audience in the remaining fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A target audience can be configured by entering specific criteria for Odoo " +"to use when determining to whom this marketing automation campaign should be" +" sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " -"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " -"created on-the-fly, as well)." +"In the :guilabel:`Target` field, use the drop-down menu to choose which " +"model the target audience filters should be based on (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, :guilabel:`Sales Order`, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:30 msgid "" -":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " -"connected to this campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the drop-down menu to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Target` pop-up window containing all of the available " +"targeting options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:33 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " -"clicked by recipients of this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " -"directly participated in this campaign." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 -msgid "**Fields**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " -"being created." +"Once a :guilabel:`Target` is selected, there's a :guilabel:`Unicity based " +"on` field. This field is used to avoid duplicates based on the model chosen " +"in the :guilabel:`Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " -"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," -" etc.)." +"If :guilabel:`Customers` is chosen as the :guilabel:`Target`, select " +":guilabel:`Email` in the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` field so Odoo only " +"processes one record for each customer email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:41 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " -"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " -"marketing automation campaign." +"Select :guilabel:`Search More...` from the :guilabel:`Unicity based on` " +"drop-down menu to reveal all available options in a pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 -msgid "Campaign filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " -"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " -"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" -" this specific marketing campaign." +"Last on the campaign form is the :guilabel:`Filter` field. This is where " +"more specific targeting options can be layered into the campaign to further " +"narrow the number and type of recipients that receive the marketing " +"automation material." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 -msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If left alone, the :guilabel:`Filter` field reads: :guilabel:`Match all " +"records`. That means Odoo uses the :guilabel:`Target` and :guilabel:`Unicity" +" based on` fields to determine who the recipients will be. The number of " +"recipients is represented beneath as :guilabel:`record(s)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " -"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " -"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " -"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " -"of the campaign." +msgid "Campaign filter rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:55 msgid "" -"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " -"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " -"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +"To add a more specific filter to a marketing automation campaign, click the " +":guilabel:`Add condition` button in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Doing so " +"reveals a series of other configurable filter rule fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:59 msgid "" -"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " -"`." +"In the rule fields, customizable equations can be configured for Odoo to use" +" when filtering who to include or exclude in this specific marketing " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " -"the specified criteria for a campaign." +"How the filter rule equation fields look in Odoo Marketing Automation " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +":guilabel:`Records` refer to contacts in the system that fit the specified " +"criteria for a campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +"Also, once :guilabel:`Add condition` is clicked, the ability to " +":guilabel:`Save as Favorite Filter` becomes available on the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to match records with :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Filter` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To choose either of those options, click :guilabel:`all` from the middle of " +"the sentence \":guilabel:`Match records with all of the following rules`\" " +"to reveal a drop-down menu with those options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Match records with all or any of the rules in Filter field for marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the rule equation is clicked, a nested drop-down " +"menu of options appears on the screen where specific criteria is chosen " +"based on needs of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The remaining fields on the rule equation further define the criteria, which" +" is used to determine which records in the database to include or exclude in" +" the execution of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To add another rule, either click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the " +"right of the filtering rule, or click :guilabel:`New Rule` beneath the rule " +"equation fields. When either are clicked, a new series of rule fields " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a branch of multiple rules at the same time, click the " +":guilabel:`branch` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon. When clicked, two additional sub-rule equation fields appear " +"beneath the initial rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of how the rule branches look in the filter section of a marketing " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:102 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to have the filter apply to :guilabel:`any` or " +":guilabel:`all` of the configured branch rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For further information on marketing automation campaign filter " +"configuration, refer to :doc:`this documentation page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:266 +msgid ":doc:`testing_running`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 @@ -2623,63 +2850,114 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " -"before officially running them." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app allows users to test marketing campaigns" +" (and mailings) before officially running them to check for errors and " +"correct any mistakes before it reaches its target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 -msgid "" -"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " -"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:10 +msgid "Test campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " -"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " -":doc:`this documentation " -"`)." +"To test a marketing campaign, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation " +"app`, and select the desired campaign to test, which reveals the campaign's " +"detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured in the workflow (or build a campaign by following the directions " +"on :doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Testing marketing automation campaigns is meant to be performed in the " +"production version of the database. Duplicate (or trial) databases have " +"limited email sending capabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:23 +msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " -"the campaign form." +"the campaign form, to the right of the :guilabel:`Start` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 -msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgid "" +"Launch a test button on a campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 -msgid "" -"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " -"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " -"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " -"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " -":guilabel:`Create` button." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:30 +msgid "When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " -":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " -"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " -":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " -":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test pop-up window that appears in Odoo Markting Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " -"campaign test page." +"In the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Pick or" +" create a/an Contact to generate a Test Participant` field to reveal a drop-" +"down menu of contacts. From this drop-down menu, select an existing contact " +"(or create a new one) to run the test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Only one contact can be selected from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new contact directly from the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up " +"window, start typing the name of the new contact in the blank field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Typing in a new contact directly from the launch a test pop-up window in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Record` pop-up form, in which the" +" necessary contact information (:guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, etc.)" +" *must* be entered, in order for the test to work. When the necessary " +"information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A blank contact form from a launch test pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary fields have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to return to the :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once a contact is selected, click :guilabel:`Launch` to reveal the campaign " +"test page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:67 msgid "" "On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " "is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " @@ -2688,7 +2966,7 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:72 msgid "" "To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " ":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." @@ -2696,89 +2974,515 @@ msgid "" "analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If a child activity is scheduled beneath a parent activity, that child " +"activity will be revealed slightly indented in the workflow, once that " +"parent activity has been run, via the :guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " -"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " -"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" -"left corner of the campaign test page." +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test ends, and the " +"status bar (in the upper-right corner) moves to the :guilabel:`Completed` " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To stop a test before all the workflow activities are completed, click the " +":guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:92 +msgid "Run campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To run a campaign, navigate to :menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, " +"and select the desired campaign to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:97 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, with all the desired activities ready in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section, click :guilabel:`Start` in the upper-left " +"corner to officially run the campaign to the configured target audience " +"specified on the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Start` launches the campaign, and the status bar of the " +"campaign switches to :guilabel:`Running`, which is located in the upper-" +"right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of a marketing campaign changing to running in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If some participants are already running on a campaign, and was stopped for " +"any reason, clicking the :guilabel:`Start` button again prompts a pop-up " +"warning. This warning advises the user to click an :guilabel:`Update` button" +" to apply any modifications made to the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The workflow has been modified warning pop-up window of a marketing campaign" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Be aware that participants that had already gone through an entire campaign " +"in its original state **can** be reintroduced into the newly-modified " +"campaign, and new traces could be created for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Then, as the mailings and actions are triggered in the :guilabel:`Workflow`," +" the various stats and data related to each activity appear in each activity" +" block. There is also a series of stat-related smart buttons that appear at " +"the top of the campaign detail form, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:125 +msgid "" +"These analytical smart buttons will *also* populate with real-time data as " +"the campaign progresses: :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Clicks`, " +":guilabel:`Tests`, :guilabel:`Participants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The row of smart buttons that appear in a currently running marketing " +"campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:133 +msgid "Stop campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To stop a campaign that's currently running, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation app`, and select the desired campaign " +"to stop. On the campaign detail form, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in " +"the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The stop button on a typical campaign detail form in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:143 +msgid "" +"When clicked, the campaign is officially stopped, and the status changes to " +":guilabel:`Stopped` in the upper-right corner of the campaign detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Marketing campaign's stopped status on a campaign detail form in Odoo " +"Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`first_campaign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`target_audience`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Marketing activities" +msgid "Campaign workflow activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 msgid "" -"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " -"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +"When creating a marketing campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users " +"can plan marketing activities that can be triggered when certain actions or " +"inactions occur. These can be activities such as, automated emails, SMS, or " +"internal server actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " -"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " -":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " -"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " -"activity." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Add workflow activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:12 msgid "" -"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" -"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +"To add workflow activities to a marketing campaign, navigate to the bottom " +"of a pre-existing or new campaign detail form, beneath the target audience " +"configuration fields, and click :guilabel:`Add new activity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up " +"window is a blank activity template, where specific parameters can be set " +"for that particular activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 -msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" -" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +"A workflow activity template pop-up window in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" -" new one on-the-fly)." +"First, enter a name for the activity in the :guilabel:`Activity Name` field." +" Then, proceed to configure the following options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 -msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:26 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " -"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " -":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " -"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " -"cease after the initial date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " -"subsequent child activities)." +"Once ready, either click: :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the activity and " +"close the pop-up form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and " +"instantly create an additional activity on a fresh :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, or :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " -"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgid "Activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`. Choose between " +":guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Server Action` (an internal action within the " +"database), or :guilabel:`SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The field below the :guilabel:`Activity Type` changes, depending on the " +"chosen :guilabel:`Activity Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Email activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Email` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose " +"a premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`Mail Template` becomes available. A mail" +" template can also be created on-the-fly, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`Mail Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`Mail Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to " +"reveal a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit email drop-down option on create activities pop-up " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new email " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template email pop-up window in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61 +msgid "Server action activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Server Action` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to" +" choose a specific :guilabel:`Server Action` (e.g. Message for sales person," +" Create Leads on Website clicks, etc.) becomes available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The option to create a new server action directly from the :guilabel:`Server" +" Action` is also available. To do that, type in the name of the new action, " +"then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create and edit option in the server action field on campaign detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Or, as an alternative, click the empty :guilabel:`Server Action` field to " +"reveal a drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Search More...` to reveal a " +":guilabel:`Search: Server Action` pop-up window, containing all the pre-" +"configured server action options to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a new server action from this pop-up window, and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The new button found on a server action pop-up in Odoo marketing automation " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Either option reveals a blank :guilabel:`Create Server Action` pop-up, " +"wherein a custom server action can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "SMS activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, the option to choose a " +"premade/pre-configured :guilabel:`SMS Template` becomes available. A SMS " +"template can also be created on-the-fly directly from this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To create a new template directly from the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, " +"start typing the title of the new template into the blank field beside " +":guilabel:`SMS Template`, and select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the" +" drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Marketing Template` pop-up window. In " +"that pop-up window, proceed to create and configure the new SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The create marketing template pop-up window to create a SMS template on-the-" +"fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:111 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "觸發動畫" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Trigger` field on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up " +"form allows users to choose when the designated workflow activity should be " +"triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Start by selecting a number in the top field. In the next " +":guilabel:`Trigger` field, designate if it should be :guilabel:`Hours`, " +":guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months`. Then, click the " +"final field, where it reads :guilabel:`beginning of the workflow` be default" +" to reveal a a drop-down menu of other trigger options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the trigger options available on the workflow activities pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:125 +msgid "The trigger options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`beginning of the workflow`: the activity will be triggered at the" +" previously-configured time after the beginning of the entire workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`another activity`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time after another specific activity in the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:opened`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been opened by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail:not opened`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"opened by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:135 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: replied`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been replied to by the " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not replied`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"replied to by the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:141 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent mail in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been clicked by the " +"recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: not clicked`: the activity will be triggered at the " +"previously-configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has not been " +"clicked by the recipient, after it's been opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:149 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS: bounced`: the activity will be triggered at the previously-" +"configured time if the sent SMS in the workflow has been bounced back for " +"any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:153 +msgid "Expiry duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, on the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up form is the " +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expiry Duration` checkbox provides the option to configure " +"the activity to stop the actions after a specific amount of time (after the " +"scheduled date)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:160 +msgid "" +"When selected, a :guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the number" +" of :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` can be configured for the " +"actions to cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of the expiry duration options available on the workflow activities " +"pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:168 +msgid "Activity and applied filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Moving down into the :guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Create " +"Activities` pop-up form, there is the :guilabel:`Activity Filter` and " +":guilabel:`Applied Filter` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:173 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity Filter` field provides the option to configure a " +"recipient filter domain that applies to this activity *and* its child " +"activities. In works in the same fashion as a typical target audience " +"filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:177 +msgid "" +"To add an activity filter, click :guilabel:`Add condition` in the " +":guilabel:`Activity Filter` field and proceed to configure a custom activity" +" filter equation rule(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add an activity filter to a workflow activity in Odoo Marketing " +"Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This option is not a required field. If left alone, the activity applies to " +"all records related to the target audience of the overall campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Applied Filter` field is non-configurable. It's simply a " +"summary of when the activity will be performed, *only* if it satisfies the " +"specified domain (e.g. the rules configured in the :guilabel:`Activity " +"Filter` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:195 msgid "" "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " "Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " @@ -2788,122 +3492,136 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:202 msgid "Workflow activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:204 msgid "" -"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" -" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"Once an activity is created and saved, it appears as an activity card in the" +" :guilabel:`Workflow` section, located at the bottom of the marketing " +"automation campaign form. The analytics related to each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " -"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " -":guilabel:`Workflow` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " -":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " -"the right of the graph." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:212 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " -":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " -"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " -"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to :guilabel:`Email`" +" or :guilabel:`SMS`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many messages have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what" +" percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " "or :guilabel:`Bounced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:225 msgid "Child activities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:227 msgid "" "There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" -" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing campaign form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:231 msgid "" -"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" -" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to and triggered by " +"the activity above it, which is known as its *parent activity*. A child " +"activity is easy to recognize, as its slightly indented beneath its parent " +"activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "A typical child activity indented beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:239 msgid "" "Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " -"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to its parent " "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" -" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +" activity`, to reveal a menu of child activity trigger options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " -"recipient opens the mailing." +"The various child activity trigger options in the workflow section of a " +"campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:247 +msgid "Select any of the following child activity triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:249 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly adds another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:251 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" " does not open the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:253 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "replies to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:254 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not reply to the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:256 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " "clicks on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:258 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:260 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:262 msgid "" -"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " -"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " -":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " -"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " -"indented position beneath its parent activity." +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity the " +"same way they would for a regular workflow activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 @@ -3549,7 +4267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 msgid "" "To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " -"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 @@ -4236,389 +4954,697 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," -" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " -"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* application helps content marketers create and " +"schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content " +"effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, " +"centralized location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 -msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgid "Social media accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " -"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +"In order to create social posts and analyze content with Odoo *Social " +"Marketing*, social media accounts **must** be added as a *stream* on the " +"application's main dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 -msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgid "" +"Be aware that personal profiles **cannot** be added as a stream. The main " +"use of Odoo *Social Marketing* is to manage and analyze business accounts on" +" social media platforms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:20 msgid "" -"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " -":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " -"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* has some limitations in regards to social media " +"accounts. For example, Odoo **cannot** handle a large quantity of various " +"pages (e.g. ~40 pages) under the same company. The same limitations are " +"present in a multi-company environment because of how the API is " +"constructed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" -"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " -"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +"In multi-company environments, if every company doesn't activate a page at " +"once, it will result in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " -"version of Odoo." +"For example, if Company 1 is the only company selected from the main Odoo " +"dashboard, and activates *Facebook Page 1* and *Facebook Page 2*, then those" +" pages will be accesible on the *Social Marketing* dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:33 msgid "" -"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " -":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " -"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " -"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " -"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 -msgid "" -"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " -"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " -"added for different streams." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " -"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " -"account's posts are automatically added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "" -"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " -"Marketing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " -"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " -"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " -":guilabel:`Insights`." +"However, if on that same database, the user adds Company 2 from the company " +"drop-down menu in the header, and attempts to add those same streams, it " +"results in a permission error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" -" Odoo." +"View of the permission error that appears when incorrectly attempting to add" +" stream." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 -msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "Social media streams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To add a social media business account as a stream, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app` and select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals an " +":guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up window that appears when Add a Stream is selected in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Add a Stream` pop-up window, choose to :guilabel:`Link a " +"new account` for a business from any of the following popular social media " +"platforms: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`YouTube`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"After clicking the desired social media outlet from the :guilabel:`Add a " +"Stream` pop-up window, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media" +" outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for" +" Odoo to add that particular social media account as a stream to the *Social" +" Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample of a populated social marketing dashboard with social media streams " +"and content." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" -"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" -" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " -":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column, with that" +" account's posts, is added. Accounts/streams can be added at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " -"configured in a number of different ways." +"A :guilabel:`Facebook` page can be added as long as the :guilabel:`Facebook`" +" account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. It should" +" also be noted that different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instagram` accounts are added through a :guilabel:`Facebook` " +"login because it uses the same API. This means, an :guilabel:`Instagram` " +"account needs to be linked to a :guilabel:`Facebook` account in order for it" +" to show up as a stream in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "Posts" +msgstr "貼文" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a post from a social media stream reveals a pop-up window, " +"showcasing the content of that specific post, along with all the engagement " +"data related to it (e.g. likes, comments, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 -msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 -msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 -msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 -msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" -"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " -"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " -"notification, this post will be published." +"Sample of a social media post's pop-up window in Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:88 msgid "" -"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " -"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." -" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"If desired, the user can leave a new comment of the post from the post's " +"pop-up window, by typing one in the :guilabel:`Write a comment...` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Enter` to post that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:93 +msgid "Create leads from comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* also provides the ability to create leads directly " +"from social media comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To create a lead from a comment left on a social media post, click on the " +"desired post from the dashboard to reveal that post's specific pop-up " +"window. Then, scroll to the desired comment, and click the :guilabel:`three " +"vertical dots` icon to the right of that comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a drop-down menu with the option: :guilabel:`Create Lead`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The drop-down menu beside a comment revealing the option to create a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Create Lead` from the comment's drop-down menu, a " +":guilabel:`Conver Post to Lead` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The convert post to lead pop-up window that appears in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select to either: :guilabel:`Create a new customer`, " +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`, or :guilabel:`Do not link to a " +"customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Link to an existing customer` is selected, a new " +":guilabel:`Customer` field appears beneath those options, wherein a customer" +" can be chosen to be linked to this lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the desired selection has been made, click the :guilabel:`Convert` " +"button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Convert Post to Lead` pop-up window. " +"Doing so reveals a fresh lead detail form, where the necessary information " +"can be entered and processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New lead detail form generated from a social media comment in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:131 +msgid "Insights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "" +"When a social media account stream is added to the *Social Marketing* " +"dashboard, each stream also displays and links that specific social media " +"platform's KPIs (if the platform has them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social media " +"account's KPIs, click on the :guilabel:`Insights` link, located at the top " +"of each stream." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Visual of how the Insights link appears on the dashboard of the Social " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In a multi-company environment, if not *all* pages are selected, de-" +"authentication happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For example, if the companies have 3 *Facebook* pages, but only grant access" +" to 1, and try to grant access to another at a later date, they will be de-" +"authenticated, and access to the initial page's insights/analytics will be " +"lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:150 +msgid "" +"So, be sure to add *all* pages for *all* companies in a multi-company " +"environment to avoid this issue. If a page gets de-autenticated, simply " +"remove the stream, and re-establish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:154 +msgid "Create and post social media content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Social Marketing* offers the ability to create and post content for " +"social media accounts directly through the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts, navigated to the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app`, and click :guilabel:`New Post` " +"located in the upper-right corner of the *Social Marketing* dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New Post button on the main dashboard of the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Or, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Posts` and click " +"the :guilabel:`New` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"New button on the Social Posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank social media post detail form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Blank social media post detail page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "Post detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing* has many " +"different configurable options available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:188 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "公司" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If working in a multi-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Company`. In this field, select the company that should be " +"connected to this specific social media post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:195 +msgid "Post on" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If working in a single-company environment, the first field in the " +":guilabel:`Your Post` section of the social media post detail form is " +":guilabel:`Post on`. In this field, determine which social media outlets " +"(streams) this post is intended to be posted on, and/or which website's " +"visitors this post should be sent to, via push notification, by checking the" +" box beside the desired option(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section. If a social media " +"account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application," +" it will **not** appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Multiple social media outlets (streams) and websites can be selected in the " +":guilabel:`Post on` field. At least **one** option in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field *must* be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear on the " +"social media post detail form in Odoo *Social Marketing*, make sure the " +"*Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" -" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:219 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "訊息" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " -"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " -"template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:221 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:223 msgid "" -"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " -":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " -"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" -" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +"In the :guilabel:`Message` field, type in the desired message for the social" +" post. After typing, click away from the :guilabel:`Message` field to reveal" +" visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected " +"social media accounts (and/or websites, as push notifications)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Sample social media post with visual samples of how it will appear on social" +" media outlets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:232 msgid "" "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " -"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " -"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " -"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`🙂 (smiley face)` icon, located on the line " +"of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down menu containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "" -"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " -"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " -"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +"If :guilabel:`Twitter` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a " +"character counter appears beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:241 +msgid "Attach Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:243 msgid "" -"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " -"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`Attach Images` " +"button, in the :guilabel:`Attach Images` field, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Message` field. When clicked, Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In " +"this pop-up window, select the desired image from the hard drive, and upload" +" it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:248 msgid "" -"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " -"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " -"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " -"campaigns to choose from." +"After successfully uploading and attaching the desired image, Odoo reveals a" +" new preview of the social media post, complete with the newly-added image, " +"on the right side of the detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " -"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " -":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " -":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" -"created campaign." +"Visualized samples of post with newly-attached images in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 -msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "Campaign" +msgstr "行銷活動" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. This non-required field " +"provides the options to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:261 +msgid "" +"To add this post to a pre-existing campaign, click the empty " +":guilabel:`Campaign` field to reveal a drop-down menu, containing all the " +"existing campaigns in the database. Select the desired campaign from this " +"drop-down menu to add this post to that campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign directly from the social media post detail form, " +"start typing the name of the new campaign in the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` " +"field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drop-down menu options of Create or Create and edit in the Campaign field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the campaign, which can be " +"edited/customized later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the campaign, and reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Campaign` pop-up form, wherein the :guilabel:`Campaign " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be instantly " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create campaign pop-up window that appears on a social media post detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"When all the desired settings have been entered, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the campaign and return to the social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:287 +msgid "When" +msgstr "何時" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:289 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:293 msgid "" -"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " -"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " -"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" -" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " -"social media accounts." +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"field appears. Clicking the empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which " +"a future date and time can be designated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" -"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " -"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" -" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " -":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " -"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +"Schedule date pop-up window that appears on social media post detail form in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" -"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" -" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " -"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " -":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +"After selecting a desired date and time, click :guilabel:`Apply`. Then, Odoo" +" will promptly publish the post at that specific date and time on the pre-" +"detemined social media account(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:304 msgid "" -"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " -"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " -"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " -"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " -"as well." +"If scheduling a post, the :guilabel:`Post` button at the top of the social " +"media post detail form changes to :guilabel:`Schedule`. Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Schedule` after completing the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 -msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" -"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " -"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " -"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " -"required." +"Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it" +" changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Push Notification Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" -"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " -"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " -"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +"If one (or multiple) :guilabel:`[Push Notification]` options are chosen in " +"the :guilabel:`Post on` field, a specific :guilabel:`Push Notification " +"Options` section appears at the bottom of the social media post detail form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Push notification options section on a social media post detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:324 +msgid "" +"The first field in this section is :guilabel:`Notification Title`. In this " +"field, there is the option to add a custom title to the push notification " +"that will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "" "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " -"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " -"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " -"the push notification." +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Target URL` field. " +"Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:331 msgid "" -"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " -"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " -"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Icon Image` to the" +" push notification. This is an icon that appears beside the push " +"notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:334 msgid "" -"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " -":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " -"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " -"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) icon` when hovering " +"over the :guilabel:`Icon Image` camera icon. Doing so reveals a pop-up " +"window, in which the desired icon image can be located on the hard drive, " +"and subsequently uploaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:338 msgid "" -"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " -"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " -"the visitor's location into consideration." +"Once that's complete, Odoo automatically updates the visual preview of how " +"the icon appears on the push notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 -msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:342 msgid "" -"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" -" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " -"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " -"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " -"accounts." +"Next, if the post is scheduled to be posted later, there is the option to " +"ensure the post is sent in the visitor's timezone, by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Local Time` option. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the " +"appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into " +"consideration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" -"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " -":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." -" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" -" for visitors." +"The Local Time option in the Push Notification Options section of features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 -msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:351 msgid "" -"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " -":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +"Then, there is the :guilabel:`Match all records` field. This field provides " +"the ability to target a specific group of recipients in the database, based " +"on certain criteria, and can be applied to match :guilabel:`all` or " +":guilabel:`any` of the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:355 msgid "" -"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " -":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " -"*Scheduled*." +"To utilize this field, click the :guilabel:`+ Add condition` button, which " +"reveals an equation-like rule field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:358 msgid "" -"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " -"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " -"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +"In this equation-like rule field, specifiy the specific criteria Odoo should" +" take into account when sending this post to a particular target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Push notification conditions set up to match a specific amount of records in" +" the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:365 +msgid "" +"To add an additional rule, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` to the " +"far-right of the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To add a branch (series of additional rules based on the previous rule, to " +"further specify a target audience), click the unique :guilabel:`branch " +"icon`, located to the right of the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:371 +msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can) icon` to delete any rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The size of the specified target audience of recipients is represented by " +"the number of :guilabel:`Records` displayed beneath the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:377 msgid "Posts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:379 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " -"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" -" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +"Marketing app --> Posts`. Here, on the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page, every " +"post that has been created and posted with Odoo can be seen and accessed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:383 msgid "" -"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " -"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " -"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " -"bar." +"There are four different view options for the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page " +"data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:386 +msgid "" +"The view options are located in the upper right corner of the " +":guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " -"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " -":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +"this page can be sorted even further, via the left sidebar, where all " +"connected social accounts and posts can be quickly seen, accessed, and " +"analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The kanban view is represented by an :guilabel:`inverted bar graph icon` in " +"the upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 @@ -4626,39 +5652,65 @@ msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:404 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:406 msgid "" -"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " -"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " -"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " -"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation of posts in a " +"calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be " +"published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, " +"or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Clicking on a date reveals a blank social media post detail form, in which a" +" social media post can be created, and Odoo will post it on that specific " +"date/time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The calendar view is represented by a :guilabel:`calendar icon` in the " +"upper-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:422 msgid "" "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " -"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"individual blocks, all post information is displayed in a clear, list " "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:426 +msgid "" +"There is also a helpful left sidebar that organizes all posts by " +":guilabel:`Status` and lists all connected :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, as " +"well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The list view is represented by four vertical lines in the upper-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:435 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:437 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." @@ -4668,97 +5720,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:444 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" -"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts and metrics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:447 msgid "" -"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"Click on any :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:450 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " -"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, " +"in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Social Posts` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:454 msgid "" -"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " -"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " -"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three options, specific to" +" the pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " -"specific to the pivot view." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:456 +msgid "From left to right, those options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 -msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:458 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:459 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:461 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:465 msgid "Visitors" msgstr "訪客" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:467 msgid "" "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" -" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" -" Visitors` in the header menu." +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app" +" --> Visitors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:474 msgid "" "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " -"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " -"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +"information in a default kanban view. If visitors already have contact " +"information in the database, the option to send them an :guilabel:`Email` " +"and/or an :guilabel:`SMS` is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:478 msgid "" -"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" -" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " -"beneath the search bar." +"This same visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view " +"options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:482 msgid "Social media page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:484 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" -" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " -":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +"Another way to quickly link social media accounts to Odoo *Social Marketing*" +" can be done on the :guilabel:`Social Media` page. To access the " +":guilabel:`Social Media` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing " +"app --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:488 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Social Media` page there is a collection of all social " +"media options, each complete with a :guilabel:`Link account` button: " +":guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`Instagram`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, :guilabel:`YouTube`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4766,22 +5823,18 @@ msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 -msgid "" -"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " -":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:497 msgid "Social accounts page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:499 msgid "" -"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " -"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " -"associated with." +"To see a list of all social accounts and websites linked to the database, go" +" to :menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social " +"Accounts`. This :guilabel:`Social Accounts` display the :guilabel:`Name`, " +"the :guilabel:`Handle/Short Name`, the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform, " +"who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to which it " +"is associated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 @@ -4789,41 +5842,40 @@ msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:509 msgid "" -"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " -"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " -"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +"To edit/modify any of the social accounts on this page, simply select the " +"desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any " +"adjustments necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:513 msgid "Social streams page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:515 msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " -"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " -"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " -"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +"To view a separate page with all the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main *Social Marketing* dashboard, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing app --> Configuration --> Social Streams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:523 msgid "" "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " -":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, the " ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," -" etc.)." +" etc.), who it was :guilabel:`Created by`, and the :guilabel:`Company` to " +"which it is associated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:528 msgid "" "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" -" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " -":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:532 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" @@ -4854,6 +5906,10 @@ msgid "" "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index bcc768bbd..ac71c024c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -740,165 +740,173 @@ msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgid "Get started with Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " -"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " -"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" -" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " -"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +"Odoo *Discuss* is an internal communication app that allows users to connect" +" through messages, notes, and file sharing, either through a persistent chat" +" window that works across applications, or through the dedicated *Discuss* " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 -msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "Choose notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " -"to be handled." +"Access user-specific preferences for the *Discuss* app by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> User --> Preferences tab`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the Preferences tab for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " -"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " -"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +"By default, the :guilabel:`Notification` field is set as :guilabel:`Handle " +"by Emails`. With this setting enabled, a notification email will be sent by " +"Odoo every time a message is sent from the chatter, a note is sent with an " +"`@` mention (from chatter), or a notification is sent for a record that the " +"user follows. Something that triggers a notification is changing of the " +"stage (if an email\\ is configured to be sent, for example if the task is " +"set to :guilabel:`Done`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 -msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By choosing :guilabel:`Handle in Odoo`, the above notifications are shown in" +" the *Discuss* app's *inbox*. Messages can have the following actions taken " +"on them: respond with an emoji by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Reaction`, or " +"reply to the message by clicking on :guilabel:`Reply`. Additional actions " +"may include starring the message by clicking :guilabel:`Marked as Todo`, or " +"pinning the message by selecting :guilabel:`Pin` or even mark the message as" +" unread by selecting :guilabel:`Marked as unread`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" -" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 -msgid "Start Chatting" +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` on a message causes it to appear on the " +":guilabel:`Starred` page, while clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Read` moves the " +"message to :guilabel:`History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "Start chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " -"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " -"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" -" of where you are in Odoo." +"The first time a user logs in to their account, OdooBot sends a message " +"asking for permission to send desktop notifications for chats. If accepted, " +"the user will receive push notifications on their desktop for the messages " +"they receive, regardless of where the user is in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" -"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" -" your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 -msgid "" -"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " -"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " -"in Odoo Discuss" +" the browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 -msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 -msgid "" -"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " -"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " -"through email, depending on his settings." +"To start a chat, go to the :menuselection:`Discuss` app and click on the " +":guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon next to :guilabel:`Direct Messages` or " +":guilabel:`Channels` in the left menu of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "" +"View of Discuss's panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages in Odoo\n" +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A company can also easily create :doc:`public and private channels " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the chatter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter, type `@user-name`; to refer " +"to a channel, type `#channel-name`. The user mentioned will be notified in " +"their *inbox* or through an email, depending on their communication " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " -"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"first based on the task's followers, and secondly on employees. If the " "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 -msgid "Chat status" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "User status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:91 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " -"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " -"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " -"menu*." +"respond to messages by checking their *status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact's name on the :guilabel:`Discuss` sidebar, on the " +"*messaging menu* and when listed in the *chatter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 -msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgid "View of the contacts' status for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 -msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 @@ -1329,6 +1337,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 21980d319..08462f962 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -55,19 +55,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" -"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " -"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people." +"*Leads* act as qualifying steps before an opportunity is created. This " +"provides additional time before a potential opportunity is assigned to a " +"sales person." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 -msgid "" -"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " -"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " -"channels from their configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 @@ -94,77 +87,199 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +"To activate the *Leads* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check the box labeled, :guilabel:`Leads`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " -"aggregate." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads setting on CRM configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Activating this feature adds a new menu, :guilabel:`Leads`, to the header " +"menu bar at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Leads menu on CRM application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the *Leads* setting has been activated, it applies to all sales teams " +"by default. To turn off leads for a specific team, navigate to " +":menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`. Then, select a " +"team from the list to open the record, and uncheck the :guilabel:`Leads` " +"box. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:35 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " -"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " -"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +"To convert a lead into an *opportunity*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads`, and click on a :guilabel:`Lead` from the list to open it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " -"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " -"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " -"customer already exists." +"In the upper-left corner of the screen, click the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"Opportunity` button, which opens a :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up" +" window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 -msgid "Merge opportunities" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity button on a lead record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" -" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" -" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " -"information present on the first opportunity." +"On the :guilabel:`Convert to opportunity` pop-up window, in the " +":guilabel:`Conversion action` field, select the :guilabel:`Convert to " +"opportunity` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" -"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " -"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +"If a lead, or an opportunity, already exists in the database for this " +"customer, Odoo automatically suggests merging both leads/opportunities. For " +"more information on merging leads and opportunities, see the section on how " +"to :ref:`merge leads ` below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:56 msgid "" -"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " -"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Salesperson` and a :guilabel:`Sales Team` to which" +" the opportunity should be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:59 msgid "" -"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " -"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +"If the lead has already been assigned to a salesperson or a team, these " +"fields automatically populate with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 -msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Create opportunity pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Customer` heading, choose from the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create a new customer`: Choose this option to use the information" +" in the lead to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Link to an existing customer`: Choose this option, then select a " +"customer from the resulting drop-down menu, to link this opportunity to the " +"existing customer record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not link to a customer`: Choose this option to convert the " +"lead, but not link it to a new or existing customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Lastly, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Opportunity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:80 +msgid "Merge leads and opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects similar leads and opportunities by comparing the " +"email addresses of the associated contacts. If a similar lead/opportunity is" +" found, a :guilabel:`Similar Lead` smart button appears at the top of the " +"lead/opportunity record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Similar leads smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To compare the details of the similar leads/opportunities, click the " +":guilabel:`Similar Leads` button. This opens a kanban view with only the " +"similar leads/opportunities. Click into each card to view the details for " +"each lead/opportunity, and confirm if they should be merged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When merging, Odoo gives priority to whichever lead/opportunity was created " +"in the system first, merging the information into the first created " +"lead/opportunity. However, if a lead and an opportunity are being merged, " +"the resulting record is referred to as an opportunity, regardless of which " +"record was created first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:100 +msgid "" +"After confirming that the leads/opportunities should be merged, return to " +"the kanban view using breadcrumbs, or by clicking the :guilabel:`Similar " +"Lead` smart button. Click the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical lines)` icon to " +"change to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Check the box on the left of the page for the leads/opportunities to be " +"merged. Then, click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the " +"page, to reveal a drop-down menu. From that drop-down menu, select the " +":guilabel:`Merge` option to merge the selected opportunities (or leads)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Merge` is selected from the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` " +"drop-down menu, a :guilabel:`Merge` pop-up window appears. In that pop-up " +"window, decide to :guilabel:`Assign opportunities to` a " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` and/or :guilabel:`Sales Team`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Below those fields, the leads/opportunities to merge are listed, along with " +"their related information. To merge those selected leads/opportunities, " +"click :guilabel:`Merge`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When merging opportunities, no information is lost. Data from the other " +"opportunity is logged in the chatter, and the information fields, for " +"reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst-1 +msgid "Merge option from action menu in list view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 @@ -5276,378 +5391,512 @@ msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "亞馬遜聯接器" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgid "Amazon Connector features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " -"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " -"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +"The *Amazon Connector* synchronizes orders between Amazon and Odoo, which " +"considerably reduces the amount of time spent manually entering Amazon " +"orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " +"accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 -msgid "Supported Features" +msgid "Supported features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 -msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" -"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " -"their order items which include:" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " +"their order items, which include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 -msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgid "product name, description, and quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 -msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgid "shipping costs for the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 -msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgid "gift wrapping charges" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" -"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " -"supported: contact and delivery)." +"Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 -msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 +msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " +"Amazon Connector:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 -msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "**Shipping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 -msgid "Charges" -msgstr "Charges" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 -msgid "Delivery created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Handled by Amazon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 -msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 -msgid "Gift message" +msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "**Stock Management**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 -msgid "Handled by the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "**Confirmation**" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " +"it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 -msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Handled by Amazon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" -"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " -"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " -"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +"Cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order. Gift " +"message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " +"is up to the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 -msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "**Stock Management**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" -" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " -"marketplace `." +"Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`setup`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 +msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 +msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector is designed to synchronize the data of sales orders. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" +" usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 +msgid "Supported marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 +msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" +" :ref:`add a new marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgid "Amazon order management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgid "Order synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " +"regular intervals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only orders whose status " +"has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " +"includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " +"fetched." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"For *FBM* (Fulfilled by Merchant), the same is done for *Unshipped* and " +"*Canceled* orders. For each synchronized order, a sales order and customer " +"are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " +"database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " -":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " -"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " -"save." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Force synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " -"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " -"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +"In order to force the synchronization of an order, whose status has **not** " +"changed since the previous synchronization, start by activating the " +":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " +"(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, navigate to the Amazon account in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " +"Last Order Sync`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " +"desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " +"occurs correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To immediately synchronize the orders of an Amazon account, switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to the Amazon account in Odoo, " +"and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " -"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " -"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " -"marketplaces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " -"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " -"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " -"recognize them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " -"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +"Whenever an FBM (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is instantly created in the *Inventory* app, along with a sales " +"order and customer record. Then, decide to either ship all the ordered " +"products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " +"backorders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " -"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " -"customer." +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " +"sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " +"part of it) is on its way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +"Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " +"This is needed to assign a carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " +"be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the chosen carrier isn't supported by Odoo, a carrier with the same name " +"can still be created (e.g. create a carrier named `easyship`). The name used" +" is **not** case sensitive, but be mindful to avoid typos. If there are " +"typos, Amazon will **not** recognize them. Next, create a delivery carrier " +"named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that the user will make the " +"deliveries. Even with this route, a tracking reference still **must** be " +"entered. Remember, the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and" +" the carrier, along with the tracking reference, are displayed in the email " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." +"When an FBA (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," +" it's saved in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +"Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." +"For FBA orders, the stock move is automatically created in Odoo by the " +"Amazon connector, thanks to the shipping status of Amazon. When sending new " +"products to Amazon, the user should manually create a picking (delivery " +"order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To follow *Amazon (FBA)* stock in Odoo, make an inventory adjustment after " +"replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " +"also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by accessing the Amazon account managed " +"in Odoo. To access Amazon accounts in Odoo navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " +"Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +msgid "" +"All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " +"However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do that, first remove the marketplace, where the desired stock to follow " +"separately can be found, from the list of synchronized marketplaces, which " +"can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Next, create another registration for this account, and remove all " +"marketplaces--- **except** the marketplace this is desired to be isolated " +"from the others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another stock location to the second registration of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:107 +msgid "Invoice and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:110 msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:112 msgid "" -"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " -"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " -"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " -"backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 -msgid "" -"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " -"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " -"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " -"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -msgid "Register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " -"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " -"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " -"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " -"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " -":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " -"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " -"batch payment --> Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." -" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " -"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +"Due to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses, it is " +"**not** possible to send invoices directly to Amazon customers from Odoo. " +"However, it **is** possible to manually upload the generated invoices from " +"Odoo to the Amazon back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." +"Additionally, for B2B clients, it is currently required to manually retrieve" +" VAT numbers from the Amazon back-end **before** creating an invoice in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:125 +msgid "TaxCloud integration will be decommissioned in Odoo 17+." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:128 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:130 msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." +"Since customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (e.g. named `Amazon Payments`), with a dedicated *Bank and Cash* " +"intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Additionally, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To do that, use the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` dedicated to Amazon " +"payments, and select :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, select all the generated payments, and click :menuselection:`Actions " +"--> Create batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This same action can be performed with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to" +" commissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month, " +"and the bank statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary account" +" by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:149 +msgid "Follow Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:151 +msgid "" +"On the Amazon account profile in Odoo , a sales team is set under the " +":guilabel:`Order Follow-up` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:154 +msgid "" +"This gives quick access to important metrics related to sales reporting. By " +"default, the Amazon account's sales team is shared between all of the " +"company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If desired, the sales team on the account can be changed for another, in " +"order to perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:161 +msgid "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"First, remove the desired marketplace from the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To access the list of synchronized marketplaces in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Then, create another registration for this account, and remove all other " +"marketplaces **except** the one to isolate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Lastly, assign another sales team to one of the two registrations of the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -5876,7 +6125,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" @@ -5931,137 +6179,1267 @@ msgstr "" msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "eBay 連接器" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:3 +msgid "Linking existing listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay account is linked existing listings from within the eBay " +"seller account need to be added manually to the Odoo product listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The process will be as follows: - Turn off eBay scheduled actions - Add " +"products and link listings - Turn on eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "To learn more about the eBay connector visit these pages as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:21 +msgid "Turn off eBay scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start linking existing listings in eBay, first turn off the eBay " +"notifications in the scheduled actions in Odoo. The reason for this is so " +"that no orders or eBay data syncs during this process. The " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` can be accessed by first activating " +":ref:`developer mode `. After doing so, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:30 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../general/developer_mode` must be activated to ensure the " +"technical menu appears for the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions enables users to sync and validate eBay data " +"before receiving orders. The following are descriptions of scheduled actions" +" that need to be temporarily deactivated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay pushes new orders not already in Odoo" +" (based on :guilabel:`client_order_reference`, or :guilabel:`sales order " +"reference` field). This command also updates existing orders, where changes " +"we made in eBay. New and updated orders are then placed in draft mode. " +"Customers will be created if they are not already in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay displays Odoo's stock on hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer; a manual update required for the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To toggle off the eBay notification, select the entry from the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Actions` list. Then, on the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Active` toggle button to turn it off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:48 +msgid "Sync eBay categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To ensure that Odoo's eBay products have all the categories available on " +"eBay, the eBay categories should be synced to Odoo next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." +" This action will populate the :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"eBay Categories` menu item with all standard eBay product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Odoo only recognizes eBay category paths up to four layers deep. If a " +"product has a listing of more than four, the category field will only " +"populate up to the fourth layer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If product categories beyond four paths are required, users need to manually" +" add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list of all " +"product categories beyond 4 paths, manually importing them into the Product " +"Category model in Odoo, then linking them individually to the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Users can import the remaining product categories into the eBay product " +"categories manually using using the :guilabel:`Action` menu and " +":guilabel:`Import` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:71 +msgid "Link eBay listings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To add eBay listings in Odoo, either manually add products, using a listing " +"ID, or establish an automatic listing link between Odoo and eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For more information on listing a product from scratch visit: :ref:`How to " +"list a product? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:81 +msgid "Manual listing link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To add an eBay listing to products in Odoo, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the " +"desired product. Click on :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` (either in the " +":guilabel:`eBay` tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`). Select " +":guilabel:`Save` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Still the product form, click :guilabel:`link to listing` in the top menu " +"and enter in listing ID from eBay in the pop up (the listing ID is in the " +"eBay product URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An example URL would be as such: " +"`www.ebay.com/itm/272222656444?hash=item3f61bc17bb:g:vJ0AAOSwslJizv8u`. The " +"listing ID is `272222656444` in this case. Once the listing ID has been " +"entered the eBay listing information will sync into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:97 +msgid "Turn on eBay scheduled Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The next step is to turn on the eBay notifications in the scheduled actions " +"in Odoo so that orders and data are exchanged. The :guilabel:`Scheduled " +"Actions` can be accessed by first activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Turning on the following scheduled actions allows users to sync and validate" +" eBay data automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: get new orders`: eBay will push all new orders not already " +"in Odoo (based on client_order_reference, or sales order reference field), " +"and will update orders if there has been a change from eBay. Orders will be " +"put in draft mode. Customers will be created if they are not already in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: synchronize stock`: eBay will display the stock on hand in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eBay: update categories`: eBay will push updated monthly " +"categories (only up to fourth layer, will need to manually update the rest)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *Sales Order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Listing without variation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product on eBay and Odoo there are two methods in Odoo to" +" do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 +msgid "Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " -"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +"Click :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` in the top menu of the product template." +" The product template can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" -"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " -"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +"List the item on eBay, then create the product in Odoo, and finally link " +"product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" -"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " -"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." -" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " -"Description**." +"Click :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay Listing` in the top menu on the " +"product template.The product template can be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Product --> Product` and selecting the " +"individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:22 msgid "" -"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " -"the product template." +"If an order comes in and the listing from the order is not linked to a " +"product, eBay will create a consumable product.product in its place. These " +"consumables should be altered on the *sales order* while in draft state to " +"represent a storable product, and then the user can link to the listing as " +"they come in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 -msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 -msgid "" -"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" -" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " -"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 -msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" -"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " -"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +"Access the product template by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Product` and selecting the individual product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 -msgid "Product Identifiers" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, select the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` field on a " +"product template. :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is either in an :guilabel:`eBay` " +"tab or under the :guilabel:`Product name`. Click :guilabel:`Save` if " +"necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "The eBay template form listed in the product template in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Use Stock Quantity` field is checked, the quantity set " +"on eBay will be the Odoo *Forecast Quantity* (Odoo *Inventory* app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Description Template` allows the administrator to use " +"templates in listings. The default template only use the :guilabel:`eBay " +"Description` field of the product. HTML can be used inside the " +":guilabel:`Description Template` and in the :guilabel:`eBay Description` in " +"Odoo 14. Starting in Odoo 15, the powerbox feature is available to use in " +"the template and description. Simply type a forward slash `/` to reveal a " +"menu with formatting, layout, and text options. To add an image, type " +"`/image`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To use images in the listing, another option is to add them as *Attachments*" +" on the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For more information on template configuration in Odoo visit: " +":doc:`../../../general/email_communication/email_template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Sell on eBay` is checked on a product containing " +"variations with :guilabel:`Fixed Price` as :guilabel:`Listing Type`, the " +"eBay form is slightly different. Go to the :guilabel:`Variants` tab to or " +"click :guilabel:`Configure Variants` in the top menu to configure the " +"variant settings. Pricing can be configured for each variation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Listing Type` is changed to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`, " +"Odoo presents a variant table at the bottom of the :guilabel:`eBay` tab, in " +"which the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` can be entered, and the decision to " +":guilabel:`Publish on eBay` can be made for specific variants, along with " +"other options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The fixed price listing type in the eBay tab on a product form in Odoo " +"sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:83 +msgid "Product identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:85 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " -"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " -"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " -"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " -"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " -"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " -"listing." +"the eBay categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "EAN and UPC identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the :guilabel:`Barcode` " +"field of the product variant. If the :guilabel:`Barcode` field is empty or " +"is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Barcodes can be found on the product template, under the the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab. Access the product template, first, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Product` and " +"selecting the individual product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, one should create a product attribute with a" +" single value in the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product " +"form. Examples of item specifics include: `MPN` or `Brand`. The Brand and " +"MPN values are working as item specifics and should be defined in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab on the product form. If these values " +"are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:108 +msgid "Process invoices and payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:111 +msgid "Posting payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:113 +msgid "" +"When eBay orders are placed they are always paid for up front, via the eBay " +"site. At no point will users pay for items on eBay through Odoo. Therefore, " +"once orders are synced into Odoo from eBay they are already paid for. Odoo's" +" invoicing and payment functionalities are not utilized. However, invoices " +"need to be created and marked as Paid to “close” the *Sales Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Users can opt to mass create and post invoices in batches. To do so, " +"navigate to Quotations in the list view by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Orders --> Quotations`. In the upper right corner, select the list " +"view icon. Hover over the icons to reveal the name of each. Then check the " +"boxes on the left that invoices should be made for and go to the " +":guilabel:`Action` menu or ⚙️ [Gear icon] . Click on :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A pop-up will appear and click on the :guilabel:`Create and view invoice` " +"button. A new screen will populate with the newly created invoices. Next, " +"select all of them by clicking on the box icon next to :guilabel:`Number` in" +" the header row of the list, this will select all the records. Then navigate" +" to the :guilabel:`Action` menu and click :guilabel:`Post entries`. " +"Following this step, a pop-up will appear and click on :guilabel:`Post " +"journal entries`. This will take the invoices out of *draft* and set them to" +" *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid "Reconciling payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Users typically utilize PayPal to receive payment from eBay, and then send " +"lump sums from PayPal into their bank account. To reconcile this income, " +"users can reconcile the one PayPal transfer with all related invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:138 +msgid "" +"First navigate to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` by going to the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Dashboard --> Bank`. :guilabel:`Create` a" +" new transaction and enter the :guilabel:`Label` as `eBay Sales`. Fill out " +"the :guilabel:`Amount` and enter a :guilabel:`Statement` date in. Click on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Ending Balance` field, enter the same account that was " +"entered for the :guilabel:`Amount` above. Click on :guilabel:`Save`. Next, " +"open the new balance that needs to be reconciled. Under the tab marked: " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` select the entries that are included in " +"this balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After adding all the necessary entries, click :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"complete the reconciliation. To verify the payment, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Customers --> Invoices` and select the desired customer " +"invoice. The *Paid* label should appear under the :guilabel:`Payment Status`" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay connector setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概覽" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" -"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " -"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " -"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " -"clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 -msgid "" -"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " -"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " -"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " -"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +"Odoo's eBay connector allows eBay listings to connect with Odoo products. " +"Once connected, :doc:`updates to the listings ` can be " +"made in Odoo or in eBay. When an item sells on eBay, draft *sales orders* " +"are created in Odoo for the user to review and confirm. Once the sales order" +" is confirmed, Odoo *Inventory* and *Sales* apps function standard to pull " +"products out of inventory, and allow the user to create invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgid "eBay - Odoo linked fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" -"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"The following are eBay product details. Each of these eBay fields update " +"corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:27 +msgid "eBay URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "eBay status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " -"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " -"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgid "Quantity sold" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "Start date" +msgstr "開始日期" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:31 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "標題" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Subtitle" +msgstr "小標題" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " -"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " -"other fields." +msgid "Item condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:34 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "類別" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Category 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "" -"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " -"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgid "Store category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:37 +msgid "Store category 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "Seller profiles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgid "Postal code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Shipping policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "Listing type (fixed price or auction)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "Starting price for Auction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "Buy it now price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "Fixed Price amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:48 +msgid "Use stock quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "Quantity on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:50 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "時長" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Allow best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Private listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "eBay description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "eBay product image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "國家" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "eBay terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Variations* group multiple products into one, with variation (or variant) " +"options. Variations can sync to Odoo's attributes and values. Variations " +"will appear in drop down menus near the top of the page when viewing an eBay" +" listing. These are comparable to product variants in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "An example on eBay of the variations that can be added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Item specifics*, located at the bottom of the listing, detail product-" +"specific information. These specifics don't sync with Odoo fields by " +"default; a development is required to link these fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Item specifics listed on an eBay product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:75 +msgid "" +"*Sandbox* and *Production* are terms that are used to categorize the eBay " +"environments as either still in development/testing (*Sandbox*) or for use " +"in the real instance of the database with real customer information/dataset " +"(*Production*). It is recommended to start first in the *Sandbox* to test, " +"and then following the processes below, create a *Production* instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"eBay's sandbox environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay's sandbox " +"portal `_ at `https://sandbox.ebay.com/`. eBay's " +"production environment can be accessed by navigating to `eBay.com portal " +"`_ or `https://www.ebay.com/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The environment selection **must** remain the same for all environment " +"settings on eBay and on Odoo throughout this setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "eBay actions available on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The following are built-in actions in Odoo that add or update eBay listings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**List**/ **Link**: generate a new eBay listing with an Odoo product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`List Item on eBay` or :guilabel:`Link With Existing eBay" +" Listing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Revise item` button: after making changes to an eBay listing in " +"Odoo, save the record, and then click the :guilabel:`Revise Item` in Odoo to" +" update the eBay listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:99 +msgid "" +"**Relist**: if an item's listing was ended early or :guilabel:`auto-relist` " +"was not selected, a user can relist the item from Odoo. The start date will " +"reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`End item's listing` button: end a listing on eBay directly from " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Unlink product listings**: users can unlink a product from the eBay " +"listing; the listing will stay intact on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Setup required on Odoo prior to eBay setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To link eBay with Odoo, install the eBay module by navigating to the Odoo " +"dashboard and clicking into the :guilabel:`Apps` application. Search the " +"term `eBay` and install the `eBay Connector` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "The following items must be configured before eBay is set up:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, create and configure products that are intended to be listed in " +"eBay. eBay does not import new products into Odoo. All products must first " +"be created in Odoo, and then linked to listings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not allow multiple eBay listings to be linked per product in Odoo." +" If the company sells the same product for multiple listings, follow these " +"instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Set up one *base* product (noted in the :guilabel:`Component` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`) from which all eBay listings will pull " +"from. This will be a storable product so stock can be kept. Highlighted in " +"green below, this product will be included in the kit on each subsequent " +"“linked” product below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Set up 2+ *linked* products (noted in the :guilabel:`Product` field of the " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, one for each eBay listing. The product type" +" will be determined by the company's accounting settings, as explained in " +"the Odoo documentation. Highlighted in yellow below, each product should " +"have a :guilabel:`BoM type` equal to :guilabel:`Kit` and have the base " +"product as a :guilabel:`Component` of the kit. When this linked eBay product" +" is sold, the delivery order created will have the base product listed in " +"lieu of the linked product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:0 +msgid "Setting up bill of materials with base product and linked products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration/`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:140 +msgid "" +"eBay does not automatically create invoices for eBay orders that get pushed " +"into Odoo. Set invoicing policy on eBay products: invoicing policy will " +"dictate when the product can be invoiced. Since most eBay users collect " +"payment before the product is shipped, “invoice on ordered” will allow users" +" to mass create invoices for eBay orders every day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route for the warehouse to " +":guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` route is set to two or three steps, " +"a known bug occurs: eBay wrongly marks orders as delivered when the pick " +"operation in Odoo is confirmed. The expected behavior is to mark orders as " +"delivered **after** the *delivery order* is confirmed. This mislabeling " +"prevents tracking numbers in eBay from being imported onto the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the Accounting/Invoicing apps are installed, practice registering payment" +" and reconciling invoices created from eBay orders with incoming eBay money." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../../..//finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Generate a marketplace account deletion/closure notification token. To " +"begin, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eBay` heading, change the mode to " +":guilabel:`Production`, and input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. Then click the :guilabel:`Generate Token` " +"button under the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` section. This token will be used during the setup on eBay for" +" the deletion/closure notifications configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a verification token in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:170 +msgid "Set up on eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:173 +msgid "Set up eBay developer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To start, create an eBay developer account via `eBay's developer portal " +"`_. This site requires a different login and" +" password than the eBay account, though the same email address can be used " +"to register. The verification to create a developer account is around 24 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:181 +msgid "Set up eBay keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Once the eBay developer account is created, set up an application on `eBay's" +" developer portal `_. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Hi [username]` heading at top right of screen, then from the " +"drop-down menu options, click :guilabel:`Application Keysets`. Doing so " +"opens a pop-up that prompts the user to :guilabel:`Enter Application Title` " +"(up to fifty characters), and choose a development environment " +"(:guilabel:`Sandbox` or :guilabel:`Production`). These two fields generate " +"first keyset. This application title is not saved until the keyset is " +"generated. Click on :guilabel:`Create a keyset` to generate the keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The newly created *production keyset* is disabled by default. Activate it by" +" subscribing to the eBay Marketplace 'account deletion or closure " +"notifications' or by applying to eBay for an exemption. Once enabled, the " +"database can make 5000 calls per day using this keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Disabled keyset present after creating a keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:201 +msgid "Configure account deletion / notification settings (Production)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:203 +msgid "" +"To configure notifications or delete the database on a production " +"environment, navigate to the `eBay developer portal " +"`_. Configure the account " +"deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` " +"at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`Application Keysets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`marketplace deletion/account closure " +"notification` option under the :guilabel:`Production` keyset column. Enter " +"an email under :guilabel:`Email to notify if marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint is down`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Following this action, enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace account deletion " +"notification endpoint` URL provided by Odoo. This HTTPs endpoint is found in" +" Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, in the :guilabel:`eBay Marketplace Account Deletion/Closure " +"Notifications` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Token` button in Odoo below this field " +"creates a verification token for the eBay production environment. In Odoo, " +":guilabel:`Copy` the newly created token and navigate to eBay to fill in the" +" :guilabel:`Verification token` field. Click :guilabel:`Save` to enable the " +":guilabel:`Event Notification Delivery Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring account deletion / notification settings in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After completing the above fields, click :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` " +"to test the new notifications. Proceed to the next step when the green check" +" mark appears. Revisit the above settings if the test post is not as " +"expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:230 +msgid "" +"After configuring notification settings, go back to the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page to generate production keysets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:234 +msgid "Creating the keyset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:236 +msgid "" +"A successful setup of the notifications enables the ability to create " +"Production Keysets which are needed in the remainder of the Odoo " +"configuration. Navigate back to the :menuselection:`Application Keys` page " +"generate a production keyset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:240 +msgid "" +"The administrator is prompted to :menuselection:`Confirm the Primary " +"Contact`. Enter or confirm the account owner (the person legally responsible" +" for the eBay API License Agreement). Fill out :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Phone`. Then, select " +"either the :guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The provided email address or phone number does **not** have to match the " +"account's. eBay uses this information to contacting the business or " +"individual in case of issues with user tokens. Additional contacts can be " +"added from the :guilabel:`Profile & Contacts` page on eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Continue to Create Keys` to confirm the primary contact." +" The :guilabel:`Application Keys` populates in a new screen and an email is " +"also sent to the developer account. An :guilabel:`App ID (Client ID)`, " +":guilabel:`Dev ID`, and :guilabel:`Cert ID (Client Secret)` all populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Application keys are populated after creating the app in eBay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Copy these values down as they will be input into Odoo later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:262 +msgid "Create eBay user token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Now, create a *user token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi [username]` at " +"top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Generate user token s on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Select the correct :guilabel:`Environment`: :guilabel:`Sandbox` for testing " +"or :guilabel:`Production` for the live database. Maintain the same selection" +" for all environment settings on both eBay and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:275 +msgid "Next, select the radio button labeled :guilabel:`Auth'n'Auth`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Sign in to Production` or :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox` " +"to get a user token in the chosen environment. This button varies based on " +"the selection made above for either :guilabel:`Sandbox` or " +":guilabel:`Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Doing so triggers a a pop-up window to :guilabel:`Confirm your Legal " +"Address`. Complete the required fields, which are :guilabel:`First Name`, " +":guilabel:`Last Name`, :guilabel:`Primary Email`, :guilabel:`Legal Address`," +" and :guilabel:`Account Type`. For :guilabel:`Account Type`, select either " +":guilabel:`Individual` or :guilabel:`Business`. To complete the " +"confirmation, click :guilabel:`Sign into eBay to get a Token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:288 +msgid "" +"eBay will contact this individual or business should there be any issues " +"with the application keys. Other contacts can be added on the " +":menuselection:`Profile & Contacts` eBay page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:291 +msgid "" +"The administrator will be redirected to either a sandbox or production sign-" +"in page for eBay. This login is different than the eBay developer's console," +" it is the eBay account where the items will be sold on. This email and/or " +"login can differ from the eBay developer account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Email` or :guilabel:`Username` for the eBay account and" +" sign into the eBay account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Should an additional user be needed for the sandbox simulation, a test user " +"needs to be created. Visit `eBay's Register for Sandbox form " +"`_. Detailed instructions can " +"be found on eBay's help pages: `Create a test Sandbox user " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:305 +msgid "Grant application access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:307 +msgid "" +"After signing into the production or sandbox environment, eBay presents the " +"administrator with an *agreement* to grant access to the user's eBay data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:310 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Agree` allows eBay to link the eBay account with the " +"*application programming interface* (API). This agreement can be changed at " +"any time by visiting eBay's account preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:314 +msgid "" +"eBay has a timed sequence between signing in and agreeing to the terms for " +"the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` linkage to the account. " +"Once complete a :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the " +":menuselection:`User Tokens` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:318 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`User Token` will populate on the screen. Make sure to copy this" +" token down as it will be used in the next steps along with the " +":guilabel:`Application Keyset`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Generated user token and API explorer link on the eBay developer console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Signing in to the eBay account is necessary to create to the token. The eBay" +" developer can also revoke the token by clicking on the :guilabel:`Revoke a " +"Token` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:330 +msgid "API explorer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:332 +msgid "" +"Now that the :guilabel:`Application Keyset` and :guilabel:`User Token` have " +"been created, a test can be executed via the `API Explorer " +"`_ to " +"ensure that the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` is " +"configured correctly. This test will execute a simple search using the " +":abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:338 +msgid "" +"To begin the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` test, click on " +":guilabel:`Get OAuth Application Token`. This will populate the key into the" +" :guilabel:`Token` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:341 +msgid "" +"A basic search function is set to execute. Click on :guilabel:`Execute` to " +"complete the test. A successful test will respond with a :guilabel:`Call " +"Response` of `200 OK` with a corresponding :guilabel:`Time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:346 +msgid "Entering credentials into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:348 +msgid "" +"The previously copied :guilabel:`User Token` and :guilabel:`Application " +"Keyset` are now ready to be entered into the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Navigate back the eBay settings in Odoo (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> eBay`) and paste the following credentials " +"from eBay into the corresponding fields in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:358 +msgid "Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:359 +msgid "Dev Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:360 +msgid "Token" +msgstr "代碼(token)" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:361 +msgid "App Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:362 +msgid "Cert Key/ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:363 +msgid "eBay" +msgstr "eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:364 +msgid "Dev ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:365 +msgid "User Token" +msgstr "用戶令牌" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:366 +msgid "App ID (Client ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:367 +msgid "Cert ID (Client Secret)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:102 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:369 +msgid "Developer Key" +msgstr "開發者密鑰" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:370 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:371 +msgid "Production/Sandbox App Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:372 +msgid "Production/Sandbox Cert Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Application Keyset` can be accessed by going to `eBay's " +"developer portal `_ and navigate to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then click on :guilabel:`Application " +"Keysets`. Get to the *User Token* in eBay by navigating to the `Hi " +"[username]` at top right of screen, then :guilabel:`User Access Tokens` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Sign in to Sandbox`. The :guilabel:`User Token` can also" +" be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`User Tokens` from the " +":menuselection:`Application Keys` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Confirm that the setup is correct by saving the credentials in Odoo. Once " +"the initial setup is complete, a new menu tab in products will appear called" +" `eBay` with the option to :guilabel:`Sell on eBay`. See the :doc:`manage` " +"documentation on how to list products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Sync product categories by clicking :guilabel:`Product Categories`. After " +"syncing, a new menu item, `eBay Category`, appears available for products to" +" be configured with. These eBay categories are imported from the Odoo " +"database and are available when listing an item on eBay through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If Product Categories beyond four paths are required, users will need to " +"manually add those paths. This has historically been done by getting a list " +"of all product categories beyond four paths, manually importing them into " +"the Product Category model in Odoo, and then linking them individually to " +"the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:399 +msgid "Now that the setup is complete, proceed to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:401 +msgid ":doc:`Create listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:402 +msgid ":doc:`Link existing listings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:3 +msgid "Troubleshooting eBay connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:13 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " "deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " @@ -6069,154 +7447,181 @@ msgid "" "request and take further action if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:19 msgid "" "Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" " reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " -"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"the account details in *Contacts* and remove the customer's access to the " "portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" -"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up the subscription to the marketplace " "account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " "until the subscription is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:29 +msgid "Verify the installation of Odoo is up to date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to activate the endpoint, the module *eBay Connector - Account " +"Deletion* must be installed. If the Odoo database was first created after " +"September 2021, the module is installed automatically and the administrator " +"can proceed to the :ref:`next step `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:36 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The notification endpoint is made available through a new Odoo module; to be" +" able to install it, the administrator must make sure that the Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, the code is " +"already up-to-date, so proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the company uses Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then" +" the administrator must update the installation as detailed in :doc:`this " +"documentation page ` or by contacting an " +"integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by the Odoo instance to be available in the" +" :menuselection:`Apps` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps -> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:57 +msgid "Install the eBay Connector - Account Deletion update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Never** install new modules in the production database without testing " +"them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, a " +"duplicate database can be created from the database management page. For " +"Odoo.sh users, the administrator should use a staging or duplicate database." +" For on-premise users, the administrator should use a staging environment - " +"contact the integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a" +" new module in a particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To install the module, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` menu, remove the " +"`Apps` search facet and search for `eBay`. If the module *eBay Connector - " +"Account Deletion* is present and marked as installed, the Odoo database is " +"already up-to-date and the administrator can proceed with the next step. If " +"it is not yet installed, install it now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" -" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " -"**Verification Token**." +" --> Settings --> eBay`. First, input random text values for the " +":guilabel:`Production App Key` and for the :guilabel:`Production Cert Key`. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate Token` to retrieve the :guilabel:`Verification " +"Token`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 -msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:89 msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:91 msgid "" -"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " -"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +"Navigate to the `eBay developer portal `_. " +"Configure the account deletion/notification settings in eBay by navigating " +"to the `Hi [username]` at the top right of screen, then go to " +":guilabel:`Alerts & Notifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:101 msgid "" -"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " -"unreachable." +"An *email address* to send notifications to if the endpoint is unreachable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 -msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:102 +msgid "The *endpoint details*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:104 msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "A verification token" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +"The administrator can edit the last two fields once the email address field " +"is filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:115 msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:117 msgid "" "After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " -"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +"testing the connectivity with the :guilabel:`Send Test Notification` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:120 msgid "" -"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" -" sent successfully!\"" +"The following confirmation message should be received: \"A test notification" +" was sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " -"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " -"that eBay enforces." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 -msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " -"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " -"systems running in parallel in existing installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 -msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " -"product status*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " -"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " -"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " -"near future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " -"of the old one." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -10307,641 +11712,1298 @@ msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" -" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " -"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." +"Odoo *Sales* provides a template for importing products with categories and " +"variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " +"(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" -" column (see why below)." +"When this spreadsheet is filled out properly, it can be quickly uploaded to " +"the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " +"accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 +msgid "Import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" -"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" -" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " -"import screen." +"In order to import products with categories and variants, the *Import " +"Template for Products* **must** be downloaded. Once downloaded, the template" +" can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" -"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " -"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " -"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +"To download the necessary import template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Products --> Products`. On the :guilabel:`Products` page, click the" +" :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 -msgid "Why an “ID” column?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " -"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +"The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" +" in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +"Selecting :guilabel:`Import records` reveals a separate page with a link to " +"download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " +"download the template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 -msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgid "" +"Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " +"customize it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 +msgid "Customize product import template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " -"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " -"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +"When the import template has been downloaded and opened, it's time to modify" +" its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " +"elements to keep in mind during the process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " +"*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 +msgid "" +"While it's not mandatory, having a unique identifier (e.g. `FURN_001`) in " +"the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column for each product can be helpful in" +" many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " +"the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For example, when updating imported products, the same file can be imported " +"several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" +" simplicity of imported product management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do **not** change the labels of columns that are meant to be imported. " +"Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " +"import screen manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns to the template spreadsheet, if desired. " +"However, to be added, those fields **must** exist in Odoo. If Odoo can't " +"match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " +"import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 +msgid "" +"During the import process of the completed template, Odoo reveals a page " +"showcasing all the elements of the newly-configured product template " +"spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " +"and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manually match a column name with a field in Odoo, click the " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field` drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`File Column` " +"that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " +"manually adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 +msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After customizing the product template spreadsheet, return to the Odoo " +"product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " +"the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " +"spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After that, Odoo reveals a page showcasing all the elements of the newly-" +"configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " +"Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " +"uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " +":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " +"lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If everything is lined up and applied correctly, Odoo reveals a blue banner " +"at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " +"valid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " +"with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " +"Field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " +"necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If additional product template spreadsheets need to be uploaded, click the " +":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " +"spreadsheet, and repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 +msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 +msgid "" +"When clicked, Odoo instantly imports those products, and reveals the main " +":guilabel:`Products` page, with a pop-up message in the upper-right corner. " +"This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " +"imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " +"Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 +msgid "" +"At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " +"via the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 +msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 +msgid "" +"It's important to note that an Odoo object is always related to many other " +"objects. For example, a product is linked to product categories, attributes," +" vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " +"relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " +"**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 +msgid "Relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On product forms in Odoo, there are a number of fields that can be modified " +"and customized at any time. These fields are found under every tab on a " +"product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" +" form, they can also be modified via a product import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 +msgid "" +"As mentioned, relation fields of this nature can **only** be imported for " +"products if they already exist in the database. For example, if a user " +"attempts to import a product with a *Product Type*, it can only be one of " +"the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " +"Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To import information for a relation field on a product import template " +"spreadsheet, add the name of the field as a column name/title on the " +"spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" +" field option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When all desired relation field information has been entered, save the " +"spreadsheet, and import it to the database, per the process mentioned above " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " +"Import records --> Upload File`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured relation field information " +"has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 +msgid "" +"When the newly-changed/modified products, complete with the new relation " +"field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " +"be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 +msgid "Attributes and values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows users to import product attributes and values that can be " +"used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To import attributes and values, a separate spreadsheet or CSV file " +"dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " +"they can be used for other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 +msgid "" +"The column names/titles of the attributes and values spreadsheet should be " +"as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " +"There are three display type options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" +" to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " +"attribute, and its values, are added to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " +"corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " +"attribute is used on at least one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Values/Value`: values pertaining to the corresponding attribute. " +"If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " +"in individual lines on the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Once the desired attributes and values have been entered and saved in the " +"spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload it into Odoo. To do that, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " +"⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured attributes and values has " +"been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " +"values can be found and edited, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 +msgid "" +"As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " +"Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 +msgid "" +"When product attributes and values are configured in the database, they can " +"be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" +" products being imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To import products with product attributes and values, the product import " +"template spreadsheet must be configured with specific :guilabel:`Product " +"Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " +":guilabel:`Name` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 +msgid "" +"There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " +"order to properly import products with specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" +" purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " +"corresponding attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To import multiple values, separate them by *just* a comma, **not** a comma " +"followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " +"`furniture,couch,home`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the desired products and product variants have been entered and saved " +"in the spreadsheet, it's time to import and upload them into Odoo. To do " +"that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" +" (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet with the newly-configured products and product variants" +" has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " +"found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 +msgid "" +"To view and modify the attributes and variants on any products, select the " +"desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 +msgid ":doc:`variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 -msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgid "Product images with Google Images" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " -"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " -"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" -" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " -"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +"Having appropriate product images in Odoo is useful for a number of reasons." +" However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " +"incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 -msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" -"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " -"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +"Fortunately, by configuring the *Google Custom Search* API within an Odoo " +"database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " +"extremely efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" +" database and the Google API must be properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" +" a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " -"`_ page to generate Google Custom " -"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " -"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Then, log in with a Google account. Next, agree to " +"their :guilabel:`Terms of Service` by checking the box, and clicking " +":guilabel:`Agree and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:32 msgid "" -"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" -" Keys**." +"From here, select (or create) an API project to store the credentials. Start" +" by giving it a memorable :guilabel:`Project Name`, select a " +":guilabel:`Location` (if any), then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:35 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Credentials` option selected in the left sidebar, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key` from the " +"drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 -msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:42 msgid "" -"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +"Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`API key created` pop-up window, containing a " +"custom :guilabel:`API key`. Copy and save :guilabel:`Your API key` in the " +"pop-up window -- it will be used later. Once the key is copied (and saved " +"for later use), click :guilabel:`Close` to remove the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgid "The API key created pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 -msgid "Enable the API." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:50 +msgid "On this page, search for `Custom Search API`, and select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 -msgid "" -"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " -"Platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 -msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 msgid "" -"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ and click on **Get " -"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +"From the :guilabel:`Custom Search API` page, enable the API by clicking " +":guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" -"of the page" +"\"Custom Search API\" page with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " -"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:65 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:67 msgid "" -"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " -"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " -"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +"Next, go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_, and click either of the " +":guilabel:`Get started` buttons. Log in with a Google account, if not " +"already logged in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" -" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" -" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " -"on the Home page)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the Get Started buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:75 msgid "" -"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " -"and **Search the entire web**." +"On the :guilabel:`Create a new search engine` form, fill out the name of the" +" search engine, along with what the engine should search, and be sure to " +"enable :guilabel:`Image Search` and :guilabel:`SafeSearch`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " -"that you put at the previous step." +"Create new search engine form that appears with search engine " +"configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgid "Validate the form by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " -"activate **Google Images** and save." +"Doing so reveals a new page with the heading: :guilabel:`Your new search " +"engine has been created`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " -"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " -"settings and save again." +"The Your New Search Engine Has Been Created page that appears with copy " +"code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 -msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:91 +msgid "" +"From this page, click :guilabel:`Customize` to open the " +":menuselection:`Overview --> Basic` page. Then, copy the ID in the " +":guilabel:`Search engine ID` field. This ID is needed for the Odoo " +"configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 -msgid "" -"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " -"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " -"the Inventory app." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Basic overview page with search engine ID field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 msgid "" -"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " -":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " -"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +"In the Odoo database, go to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and scroll to " +"the :guilabel:`Integrations` section. From here, check the box beside " +":guilabel:`Google Images`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 -msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "The Google Images setting in the Odoo Settings app page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:112 msgid "" -"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " -"processed." +"Next, return to the :menuselection:`Settings app`, and scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section. Then, enter the :guilabel:`API Key` and " +":guilabel:`Search Engine ID` in the fields beneath the :guilabel:`Google " +"Images` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " -"will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " -"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 -msgid "" -"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " -"by clicking on **Get picture**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 -msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgid "Product images in Odoo with Google Custom Search API" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:122 msgid "" -"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " -"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +"Adding images to products in Odoo can be done on any product or product " +"variant. This process can be completed in any Odoo application that provides" +" access to product pages (e.g. *Sales* app, *Inventory* app, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:126 msgid "" -"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " -"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " -"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " -"stopped the day before." +"Below is a step-by-step guide detailing how to utilize the *Google Custom " +"Search API* to assign images to products in Odoo using the Odoo *Sales* " +"application:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page in the *Sales* app " +"(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`). Or, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Product Variants` page in the *Sales* app (:menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Products --> Product Variants`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:132 +msgid "Select the desired product that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Only products (or product variants) that have a barcode, but **not** an " +"image, are processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If a product with one or more variants is selected, each variant that " +"matches the aforementioned criteria is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Action ⚙️ (gear)` icon on the product page, and select " +":guilabel:`Get Pictures from Google Images` from the menu that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The Get Pictures from Google Images option from the Action drop-down menu in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:147 +msgid "On the pop-up window that appears, click :guilabel:`Get Pictures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The pop-up that appears in which the user should click Get Picture in Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:153 +msgid "Once clicked, the image(s) will appear incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Only the first 10 images are fetched immediately. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest are fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The background job processes about 100 images in a minute. If the quota " +"authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan) is reached, the " +"background job puts itself on hold for 24 hours. Then, it will continue " +"where it stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:164 msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " -"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " -"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " -"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +"characteristics and options for customers to choose from, such as size, " +"style, or color, just to name a few." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:8 msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +"Products variants can be managed via their individual product template, or " +"by navigating to either the :guilabel:`Product Variants` or " +":guilabel:`Attributes` page. All of these options are located within the " +"Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 -msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "T恤" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An apparel company has the following variant breakdown for one their best-" +"selling t-shirts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Unisex Classic Tee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:17 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:20 msgid "" -"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " -"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " -"**S** and **Blue** are values." +"Here, the **T-shirt** is the product template, and **T-shirt: Blue, S** is a" +" specific product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " -"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +"**Color** and **Size** are *attributes*, and the corresponding options (like" +" **Blue** and **S**) are *values*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Activating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " -"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: " +"four **Color** options multiplied by five **Size** options. Each variant has" +" its own inventory count, sales totals, and other similar records in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Activating product variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 -msgid "Creating attributes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, the *Variants* setting **must** be activated in the" +" Odoo *Sales* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " -"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Products --> Attributes`." +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and locate the :guilabel:`Product Catalog` section at the top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activating product variants on the Settings page of the Odoo Sales " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the :guilabel:`Settings` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:51 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "屬性" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Before product variants can be set up, attributes **must** be created. To " +"create, manage, and modify attributes, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app" +" --> Configuration --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" " appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " "dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:61 msgid "" -"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " -"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +"To create a new attribute from the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, click " +":guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank attributes form that can be " +"customized and configured in a number of ways." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgid "A blank attribute creation form in the Odoo Sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " -"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " -"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " -"any HTML color codes set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " -"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +"First, create an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, such as `Color` or `Size`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 msgid "" +"Next, in the optional :guilabel:`Category` field, select a category from a " +"drop-down menu to group similar attributes under the same section for added " +"specificity and organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To view the details related to the attribute category selected, click the " +"internal link :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the far-right of the " +":guilabel:`Category` field. Doing so reveals that attribute category's " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard attribute category detail page accessible via its internal link " +"arrow icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Category Name` and :guilabel:`Sequence` is displayed at" +" the top. Followed by :guilabel:`Related Attributes` associated with the " +"category. These attributes can be dragged-and-dropped into a desirable order" +" of priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be directly added to the category, as well, by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To create an attribute category directly from this field, start typing the " +"name of the new category, then select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the category, which can be modified " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the category and " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Category` pop-up window, in which the new " +"attribute category can be configured and customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field are the :guilabel:`Display Type` " +"options. The :guilabel:`Display Type` determines how this product is shown " +"on the online store, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Display Type` options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet-style list on the product page" +" of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pills`: options appear as selectable buttons on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a drop-down menu on the product page " +"of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small, colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set, on the product page of the online store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator on the online store in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` field informs Odoo when to " +"automatically create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:116 +msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " "and values are added to a product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:118 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" -" and values are added to a sales order." +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants **only** when corresponding " +"attributes and values are added to a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 -msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never (option)`: never automatically creates variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:123 msgid "" "Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " "cannot be edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:125 msgid "" -"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" -" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." -" From there, you can:" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field determines whether" +" these attribute options are visible to the customer on the front-end, as " +"they shop on the online store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 -msgid "Type in the value's name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible`: the attribute values are visible to customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "" -"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " -"customer provides unique specifications)." +":guilabel:`Hidden`: the attribute values are hidden from customers on the " +"front-end." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " -"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:132 +msgid "Attribute values" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:134 msgid "" -"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " -"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +"Attribute values should be added to the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab. " +"Values can be added to an attribute at any time, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attribute " +"Values` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Then, enter the name of the value in the :guilabel:`Value` column. Next, " +"check the box in the :guilabel:`Is custom value` column, if the value is " +"custom (i.e. the customer gets to provide unique specifications that are " +"specific to this particular value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Display Type` - :guilabel:`Color` option is selected, the " +"option to add an HTML color code will appear to the far-right of the value " +"line, to make it easier for salespeople and customers to know exactly what " +"color option they're choosing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Selecting a color." +msgid "" +"Attribute values tab when add a line is clicked, showing the custom columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To choose a color, click the blank circle in the :guilabel:`Color` column, " +"which reveals an HTML color selector pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selecting a color from the HTML color pop-up window that appears on " +"attribute form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:159 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up window, select a specific color by dragging the color slider " +"to a particular hue, and clicking on the color portion directly on the color" +" gradient window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Or, choose a specific color by clicking the *dropper* icon, and selecting a " +"desired color that's currently clickable on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:166 msgid "" "Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " "a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "" -"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " -"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " -"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +"Once an attribute is added to a product, that product is listed and " +"accessible, via the attribute's :guilabel:`Related Products` smart button. " +"That button lists every product in the database currently using that " +"attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -msgid "Creating product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:176 msgid "" -"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " -"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " -"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " -"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +"Once an attribute is created, use the attribute (and its values) to create a" +" product variant. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and select an existing product to view that desired product's" +" form. Or, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new product, to which a " +"product variant can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:181 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " -"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +"On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab to " +"view, manage, and modify attributes and values for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "The attributes and values tab on a typical product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" -"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " -":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " -"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To add an attribute to a product, and subsequent attribute values, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab. Then," +" choose the desired attribute from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Attributes can be created directly from the :guilabel:`Attributes \\& " +"Variants` tab of a product form. To do that, start typing the name of the " +"new attribute in the blank field, and select either :guilabel:`Create` or " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` creates the attribute, which can be customized " +"later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` creates the attribute, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Attribute` pop-up form appears. In the pop-up form, " +"proceed to modify the attribute in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once an attribute is selected in the :guilabel:`Attribute` column, proceed " +"to select the specific attribute values to apply to the product, via the " +"drop-down menu available in the :guilabel:`Values` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:207 +msgid "There is no limit to how many values can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:210 msgid "" "Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " "Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 -msgid "Managing product exclusions" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:214 +msgid "Configure variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:216 msgid "" -"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " -"attributes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 -msgid "T-Shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 -msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 -msgid "" -"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " -"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " -"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " -":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " -"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " -"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " -"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " -"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " -"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " -"page." +"To the far-right of the attribute line is a :guilabel:`Configure` button. " +"When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page showcasing those specific " +":guilabel:`Product Variant Values`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Excluding attributes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " -"variants." +"The Product Variant Values page accessible via the Configure button on a " +"product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 msgid "" -"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" -" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " -"access the list of product variant values." +"Here, the specific :guilabel:`Value` name, :guilabel:`HTML Color Index` (if " +"applicable), and :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` are viewable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "" -"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " -":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " -"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" -" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +"The :guilabel:`Value Price Extra` represents the increase in the sales price" +" if the attribute is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:230 +msgid "" +"When a value is clicked on the :guilabel:`Product Variant Values` page, Odoo" +" reveals a separate page, detailing that value's related details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 -msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgid "" +"A Product Variant Values page accessible via the Product Variants Values " +"general page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:237 +msgid "" +"On the specific product variant detail page, the :guilabel:`Value` and " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` fields can be found, along with an " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:240 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` field, different :guilabel:`Product " +"Templates` and specific :guilabel:`Attribute Values` can be added. When " +"added, this specific attribute value will be excluded from those specific " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:245 +msgid "Variants smart button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a product has attributes and variants configured in its " +":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab, a :guilabel:`Variants` smart button" +" appears at the top of the product form. The :guilabel:`Variants` smart " +"button indicates how many variants are currently configured for that " +"specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants smart button at the top of the product form in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:255 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Variants` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page showcasing all the specific product variant combinations " +"configured for that specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The variants page accessible via the variants smart button on the product " +"form in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:263 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:265 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"In addition to offering more detailed product options to customers, product " +"variants have their own impacts that can be taken advantage of throughout " +"the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:268 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant, instead of " "the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " "barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:270 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " -"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " -"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " -"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " -"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" -" variant." +"the sum of the product template price *and* any extra charges for particular" +" attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:274 +msgid "" +"A red shirt's sales price is $23 -- because the shirt's template price is " +"$20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. Pricelist rules can be" +" configured to apply to the product template, or to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:278 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " "variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" " variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:281 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:284 msgid "" "Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" " product." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:287 +msgid ":doc:`import`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 msgid "Returns and refunds" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 20346afe0..33bba9323 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Pak Wai Ho, 2023 # 敬雲 林 , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2024 +# Wil Odoo, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-12-19 09:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,6 +29,278 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Websites" msgstr "網站" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:3 +msgid "Blog" +msgstr "網誌" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Blog** allows you to create and manage blog posts on your website to " +"engage your audience and build a community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:9 +msgid "" +"If the Blog module is not yet installed, click :guilabel:`+New` on the " +"website builder, select :guilabel:`Blog Post`, and click " +":guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:13 +msgid "Creating a blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a blog, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Blogs`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and enter the :guilabel:`Blog " +"Name` and the :guilabel:`Blog Subtitle`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Blog` menu item is added to your website's menu the first " +"time you create a blog and gathers all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:22 +msgid "Adding a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to your website, click :guilabel:`+New` in the top-right corner, and " +"select :guilabel:`Blog Post`. In the pop-up, **select the blog** where the " +"post should appear, write the post's :guilabel:`Title`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then write the post's content and customize the " +"page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Illustrate your articles with copyright-free images from :doc:`Unsplash " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:32 +msgid "Type `/` in the text editor to format and add elements to your text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to toggle the :guilabel:`Unpublished` switch in the top-right " +"corner to publish your post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:39 +msgid "Using tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tags let visitors filter all posts sharing the same tag. By default, they " +"are displayed at the bottom of posts, but can also be displayed on the " +"blog's main page. To do so, click :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and " +"enable the :guilabel:`Sidebar`. By default, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Tags " +"List` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a tag, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Blogs: " +"Tags` and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill in the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: tag categories let you group tags displayed on the " +"sidebar by theme." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in`: to apply the tag to existing blog posts, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line`, select the posts, and click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can add and create tags directly from posts by clicking " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and select the post's cover. Under " +":guilabel:`Tags`, click :guilabel:`Choose a record...`, and select or create" +" a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst-1 +msgid "Adding a tag to a blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To manage tag categories, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Blogs: Tag Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:66 +msgid "Customizing blog homepages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Customize the content of blog homepages by opening a blog homepage and " +"clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:72 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** blogs homepages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Top Banner`: :guilabel:`Name/Latest Post` displays the title of " +"the latest post on the top banner, while :guilabel:`Drop Zone for Building " +"Blocks` removes the top banner and lets you use any building block instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: organizes posts as a :guilabel:`Grid` or " +":guilabel:`List`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cards`: adds a *card* effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: improves the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays a sidebar containing an :guilabel:`About us` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archives`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts" +" created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Follow Us`: displays links to your social media networks. They " +"can be configured using the Social Media building block somewhere on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags List`: displays all tags related to a blog. Visitors can " +"select a tag to filter all related posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Posts List`: :guilabel:`Cover` displays the posts' images, and " +":guilabel:`No Cover` hides them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the posts' authors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comments/Views Stats`: displays the posts' number of comments and" +" views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Teaser & Tags`: displays the posts' first sentences and tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:100 +msgid "Customizing blog posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Customize posts by opening a blog post and clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->" +" Customize`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:105 +msgid "Settings apply to **all** posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: :guilabel:`Title Inside Cover` displays the title inside" +" the cover image, and :guilabel:`Title above Cover` displays it above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Increase Readability`: increases the text's readability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sidebar`: displays the :guilabel:`Sidebar` and additional " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Archive`: allows visitors to select a month and filter all posts " +"created during that month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Author`: displays the post's author and creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blog List`: displays links to all your blogs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Share Links`: displays share buttons to several social networks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: displays the post's tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Breadcrumb`: displays the path to the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bottom`: :guilabel:`Next Article` displays the next post at the " +"bottom, and :guilabel:`Comments` enable visitors to comment on the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select To Tweet`: visitors are offered to tweet the text they " +"select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/blog.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use :ref:`Plausible ` to keep track of the " +"traffic on your blog." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "電子商務" @@ -4141,22 +4413,21 @@ msgid "" "In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " "must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " "default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " -":doc:`setup steps `." +":doc:`setup steps `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:190 msgid "Widget" msgstr "小工具" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:192 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " "the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " "website to provide access to a live chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:196 msgid "" "The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -4164,14 +4435,14 @@ msgid "" "add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:200 msgid "" "To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " "first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " "code into the `` tag on the site." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:203 msgid "" "Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " ":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" @@ -4183,29 +4454,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:212 msgid "Participate in a conversation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:214 msgid "" "As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " "requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " "for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:219 msgid "Set an online chat name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:221 msgid "" "Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " "Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " "live chat conversation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:224 msgid "" "To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " "upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " @@ -4218,13 +4489,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:233 msgid "" "If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " "default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:237 msgid "" "A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " "want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" @@ -4235,18 +4506,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:246 msgid "Join or leave a channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:248 msgid "" "To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " "click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:251 msgid "" "Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" " button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." @@ -4257,18 +4528,18 @@ msgid "" "View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:259 msgid "" "*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " "minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " "channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:263 msgid "Manage live chat requests" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:265 msgid "" "When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " "bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." @@ -4276,7 +4547,7 @@ msgid "" "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:270 msgid "" "Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" " icon in the menu bar." @@ -4286,7 +4557,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:277 msgid "" "Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " @@ -4299,20 +4570,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:284 msgid "" "Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " "conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " "same as they would in the normal chat window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:288 msgid "" ":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " "`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" msgstr "" @@ -5348,6 +5619,123 @@ msgid "" "beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use the Google Places API on your website to ensure that your users'" +" delivery addresses exist and are understood by the carrier. The Google " +"Places API allows developers to access detailed information about places " +"using HTTP requests. The autocompletion predicts a list of places when the " +"user starts typing the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Address autocomplete example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google Maps Platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Google Developers Documentation: Google Places API " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Address Autocomplete` in the :guilabel:`SEO` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Enable address autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Insert your :guilabel:`Google Places API key` in the :guilabel:`API Key` " +"field. If you don't have one, create yours on the `Google Cloud Console " +"`_ and follow these steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:28 +msgid "Step 1: Enable the Google Places API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:30 +msgid "**Create a New Project:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To enable the **Google Places API**, you first need to create a project. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Select a project` in the top left corner, " +":guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set up your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:34 +msgid "**Enable the Google Places API:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` and click :guilabel:`+ ENABLE " +"APIS AND SERVICES.` Search for :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. " +"Click on the :guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Google's pricing depends on the number of requests and their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:42 +msgid "Step 2: Create API Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to `APIs & Services --> Credentials " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "**Create credentials:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To create your credentials, go to :guilabel:`Credentials`, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`API key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:50 +msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:52 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, you can restrict the usage of your API key. You can " +"go to the :guilabel:`API restrictions` section to specify which APIs your " +"key can access. For the Google Places API, you can restrict it to only allow" +" requests from specific websites or apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:57 +msgid "Save Your API Key: Copy your API key and securely store it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:58 +msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 msgid "Cookies bar" msgstr "" @@ -5768,108 +6156,6 @@ msgid "" " by --> Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" msgstr ""